As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 13, 2021

Registration Statement No. [            ]

   

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

___________________

FORM F-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

___________________

MDXHEALTH SA
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

___________________

Belgium

 

8731

 

Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

CAP Business Center
Zone Industrielle des Hauts
-Sarts
4040 Herstal, Belgium
+32 4 257 70 21
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

___________________

MDxHealth, Inc.
15279 Alton Parkway — Suite 100
Irvine, CA 92618
United States
+1 949-812-6979
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

___________________

Copies to:

Roel Meers
Megan Schellinger
Baker McKenzie CVBA
Avenue du Boulevard 21
1210 Brussels
Belgium
+32 2 639 36 11

 

Mark Busch
Christopher H. Cunningham
K&L Gates
300 S. Tryon St., Suite 1000
Charlotte, NC 28202
United States
+1 704
-331-7400

 

Michael D. Maline
Anna K. Spence
Bianca J. LaCaille
DLA Piper LLP (US)
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, NY 10020
United States
+1 212
-335-4645

___________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

†The term “new or revised financial accounting standards” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

Table of Contents

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of each class of securities to be registered

 

Proposed
maximum
aggregate
offering
price
(1)

 

Amount of
registration
fee
(2)

Ordinary shares (represented by American Depositary Shares (ADSs)),
no nominal value per share

 

$

30,000,000

 

$

2,781.00

____________

(1)Includes      ordinary shares (represented by American Depositary Shares (ADSs)) that the underwriters have an option to purchase. See “Underwriting.”

(2)Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), shall determine.

 

 

Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED [•], 2021

MDxHealth SA

 

American Depositary Shares
(Representing Ordinary Shares)

   

This is our initial public offering of American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) in the United States. We are offering           American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”) through the underwriters named in this prospectus, assuming a sale price of $          per ADS, the closing price of our ordinary shares on the Euronext Brussels on          2021, translated at the market rate described below and as adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio. Each ADS represents            ordinary shares.

Our ordinary shares are listed on the regulated market of Euronext in Belgium (“Euronext Brussels”) under the symbol “MDXH.BR.” We have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MDXH.” On October [•], 2021, the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels was €[•] per ordinary share, equivalent to a price of $[•] per ADS, assuming an exchange rate of €1.00 = $[•], the exchange rate published by the European Central bank on October [•], 2021. The initial public offering price of the ADSs will be determined through negotiations between us and the representative, and be based on a nominal discount to the last closing price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels as adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio prior to the pricing of the ADSs as well as prevailing market conditions and other factors described in the “Underwriting” section beginning on page [•] of this prospectus.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company.”

___________________

Our business and an investment in the ADSs involve significant risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 for more information.

 

Per ADS

 

Total

Initial Public offering price

 

$

 

 

$

 

Underwriting discount(1)

 

$

 

 

$

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

 

 

$

 

(1)See “Underwriting” beginning on page 158 for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional            ADSs from us at the initial public offering price, to cover overallotments, if any. See “Underwriting” for more information.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The underwriters expect to deliver the ADSs against payment in New York, New York, on or about            , 2021.

Piper Sandler

BTIG

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

KBC Securities USA

The date of this prospectus is            , 2021

 

Table of Contents

i

Table of Contents

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. We and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and we and the underwriters take no responsibility for any other information others may give you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

For investors outside of the United States: neither we nor any of the underwriters have permitted this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside of the United States who come into possession of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, this offering of ADSs and the distribution of this prospectus and any free writing prospectus outside of the United States.

We are a limited liability company (naamloze vennootschap/société anonyme) incorporated under the laws of Belgium. Certain of our directors and officers named in this prospectus are not citizens or residents of the United States and a portion of the assets of the directors and officers named in this prospectus and a portion of our assets are located outside of the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for you to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them or against us in U.S. courts judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States. There is doubt as to the enforceability in Belgium, either in original actions or in actions for enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts, of civil liabilities predicated on the U.S. federal securities laws.

We are incorporated in Belgium, and a majority of our outstanding securities are owned by non-U.S. residents. Under the rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), we are currently eligible for treatment as a “foreign private issuer.” As a foreign private issuer, we will not be required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as domestic registrants whose securities are registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

Throughout this prospectus, references to ADSs mean ADSs or ordinary shares represented by such ADSs, as the case may be. All references in this prospectus to “$” are to U.S. dollars and all references to “€” are to Euros. Solely for the convenience of the reader, certain Euro amounts herein have been translated into U.S. dollars at the official exchange rate quoted as of June 30, 2021 by the European Central Bank of €1.00 to $1.1878. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other exchange rate as at that or any other date.

Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to the terms “MDxHealth,” the “Company,” “our company,” “we,” “us,” and “our” refer to MDxHealth SA and its wholly owned subsidiaries. In this prospectus, any reference to any provision of any legislation shall include any amendment, modification, reenactment or extension thereof. Words importing the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and words importing the masculine gender shall include the feminine or neutral gender. All references to “shares” in this prospectus refer to ordinary shares of MDxHealth SA with no nominal value.

ii

Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations and market opportunity, is based on information from our own management estimates and research, as well as from industry and general publications, research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Management estimates are derived from publicly available information, our knowledge of our industry and assumptions based on such information and knowledge, which we believe to be reasonable. Where information has been sourced from third parties, this information has been accurately reproduced. As far as we are aware and are able to ascertain from information published by those third parties, no facts have been omitted which would render the reproduced information inaccurate or misleading. The industry publications and third-party studies generally state that the information that they contain has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. The inclusion of these publications and third-party should also not be considered as the opinion of such third parties as to the value of the ADSs or the advisability of investing in the ADSs. Forecasts and other forward-looking information obtained from these sources are subject to the same qualifications and uncertainties as the other forward-looking statements in this prospectus. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These forecasts and forward-looking information are subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described under “Risk Factors.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in our forecasts or estimates or those of independent third parties.

PRESENTATION OF FINANCIAL INFORMATION

This prospectus includes financial information which has been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related notes, and unaudited condensed consolidated interim financial statements as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the related notes, which are collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements” or “financial statements,” and can be found beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.

We prepare our audited consolidated financial statements in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). None of the consolidated financial statements in this prospectus were prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or U.S. GAAP.

Except with respect to U.S. dollar amounts presented as contractual terms, amounts denominated in U.S. dollars when received or paid and unless otherwise indicated, certain amounts in Euros contained in the financial information in this prospectus have been translated into U.S. dollars at the rate of $1.00 to €1.1848, which was the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on June 30, 2021. These translations should not be considered representations that any such amounts have been, could have been or could be converted into U.S. dollars or Euros at that or any other exchange rate as of that or any other rate.

We have made rounding adjustments to some of the figures included in this prospectus. Accordingly, numerical figures shown as totals in some tables may not be an arithmetic aggregation of the figures that preceded them.

iii

Table of Contents

TRADEMARKS AND SERVICE MARKS

We own various trademark registrations and applications, and unregistered trademarks and service marks. “MDxHealth,” “ConfirmMDx,” “SelectMDx,” the MDxHealth logo and other trademarks or service marks of MDxHealth SA appearing in this prospectus are the property of MDxHealth SA or its subsidiaries. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks and trade names referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. We do not intend to use or display other companies’ trademarks and trade names to imply any relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies.

iv

Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary provides an overview of selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in the ADSs. You should carefully read this prospectus and the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part in their entirety before investing, including the information discussed under “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. As used in this prospectus, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “MDxHealth,” or the “Company” refer to MDxHealth SA and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, unless the context otherwise requires it.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage precision diagnostics company committed to providing non-invasive, clinically actionable and cost-effective urologic solutions to improve patient care. Our novel prostate cancer genomic testing solutions, SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx, provide physicians with a clear clinical pathway to accurately identify clinically significant prostate cancer while minimizing the use of invasive procedures that are prone to complications. Our unique approach combines advanced clinical modeling with genomic data to provide each patient with a personalized cancer risk profile, which provides more accurate and actionable information than standard risk factors (e.g., Prostate Specific Antigen (“PSA”), digital rectal exam (“DRE”), age) used by clinicians. Our lead products address men at risk for developing prostate cancer, but in addition, we are actively developing testing solutions to help with the management of men diagnosed with prostate cancer, with the goal to provide our clients with a menu of tools spanning the continuum of prostate cancer diagnosis and care. Our expertise in precision diagnostics and our portfolio of novel biomarkers for diagnostic, prognostic and predictive molecular assays supports our active pipeline of new testing solutions for prostate and other urologic diseases.

Prostate cancer is presently the most common, and second deadliest, form of cancer in men. Approximately 25 million PSA tests are performed each year, and over 15% of these reveal heightened PSA levels, leading to an estimated pool of over three million undiagnosed men informed each year of their heightened risk for prostate cancer based on elevated PSA test results. Other than repeated invasive needle biopsy procedures, these symptomatic men and their clinicians have limited tools to manage their cancer risk.

Since the commercial launch of ConfirmMDx in 2012 and SelectMDx in 2016, we have performed over 200,000 tests ordered by more than 1,000 practicing urologists in the United States. SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer (a liquid biopsy test for men being considered for their first prostate biopsy) and ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer (an epigenetic test for men post-prostate biopsy), are designed to (i) improve the early detection of clinically significant prostate cancer in at-risk men, and (ii) reduce the unnecessary costs and patient anxiety associated with the diagnosis and treatment of the disease. Both tests have been included in the National Comprehensive Cancer Network (“NCCN”) Guideline for the Early Prostate Cancer Detection. Our ConfirmMDx test has been covered by Medicare since 2014. Although our SelectMDx test is not currently covered by Medicare, in May 2021 a draft foundational local coverage determination (“LCD”) supporting the clinical utility of this test was issued which, if finalized, is expected to support Medicare coverage of both SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx for qualified Medicare patients throughout the United States. There is no guarantee that SelectMDx will receive a final LCD and there can be no assurance that Medicare coverage and reimbursement will be granted or, if granted, that it will be maintained.

As a Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments (“CLIA”) certified laboratory, we offer our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx testing services as laboratory developed tests (“LDTs”). Our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests are not approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (the “FDA”). Historically, the FDA has exercised enforcement discretion and not required approvals or clearances for many LDTs (as that term is viewed and defined by the FDA, which is the subject of interpretation) that are regulated under CLIA, and has not required laboratories that offer LDTs consistent with the FDA’s interpretation to comply with the FDA requirements

1

Table of Contents

for medical devices, such as registration, device listing, quality systems regulations, premarket clearance or premarket approval, and post-market controls. If the FDA begins to enforce its medical device requirements for LDTs, or if the FDA disagrees with our assessment that our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests are LDTs, our company and these tests could for the first time be subject to a variety of regulatory requirements, and we could be required to obtain premarket clearance or approval for our existing tests and any new tests we may develop, which may force us to cease or delay marketing our tests until the required clearance or approval are obtained.

While MDxHealth is domiciled and listed as a public company in Belgium, our primary commercial focus is in the United States, where over 95% of our tests are performed and revenues are generated. Our leadership change in 2019 and coincident organizational and operational discipline implemented throughout the MDxHealth group of companies has further focused our commitment to U.S.-sourced growth, with our entire executive management team and over 90% of staff based in or reporting to our U.S. laboratory and headquarters in Irvine, California.

We have established a systematic approach to commercializing our precision diagnostic solutions in our target markets in the United States, focusing on active engagement, education and market development directed toward health care professionals and their patients. Our commercial team is focused on prioritizing large and high-volume community urology centers, and on building long-standing relationships with key physicians and practice groups who have strong connections to the population of men who may be eligible for our solutions. Our sales and marketing organization is focused on building physician awareness through referral network development, education, targeted key opinion leader (“KOL”) development and training, and tools for our customers to interact with patients and consumers (doctor-to-consumer education).

Commercial Products

Our commercial products consist of SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx. Upon a determination that a patient’s PSA level is elevated or an abnormal digital rectal exam result, our SelectMDx test, a noninvasive urine test with 95% negative predictive value (“NPV”), according to a study published in the Journal of Urology in 2019, can be used to help physicians determine whether a costly, painful and complication-prone needle-core biopsy is advisable. For those men who proceed to a biopsy procedure, our ConfirmMDx test, which measures biomarker signals in the same biopsied tissue examined by the pathologist, provides additional information to physicians and increases the accuracy of the biopsy, with a 96% NPV for clinically significant prostate cancer, according to a study published in The Prostate in 2016. We currently process our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests at our 32,379 square foot, CAP-accredited, CLIA certified and NYSDOH approved molecular laboratory and office facility located at our U.S. headquarters in Irvine, California and through our 7,836 square foot diagnostic facilities in Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

2

Table of Contents

SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer liquid biopsy assay

SelectMDx is a non-invasive urine test that measures the expression of two mRNA cancer-related biomarkers (HOXC6 and DLX1). The test provides binary results that, when combined with the patient’s clinical risk factors, help the physician determine whether:

•      The patient may benefit from a biopsy and early prostate cancer detection and treatment; or

•      The patient can avoid a biopsy and return to routine screening

The following chart depicts the functioning of the SelectMDx test:

Guidelines Inclusion

SelectMDx has been included in the NCCN Prostate Cancer Early Detection guidelines since 2020. SelectMDx has also been included in the European Association of Urology (“EAU”) Prostate Cancer guidelines since 2018.

ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer epigenetic assay

ConfirmMDx is a well-validated epigenetic test that guides the detection of occult prostate cancer on a patient’s previously biopsied negative tissue. The test can help urologists determine a man’s risk for harboring clinically significant prostate cancer despite having a cancer-negative biopsy result, and it has a number of unique features/advantages.

The ConfirmMDx test addresses prostate biopsy sampling concerns, helping urologists to:

•      “Rule-out” men from undergoing potentially unnecessary repeat biopsies and screening procedures, helping to reduce complications, patient anxiety and excessive healthcare expenses associated with these procedures; and

•      “Rule-in” high-risk men with a previous negative biopsy result who may be harboring undetected cancer (false negative biopsy result) and therefore may benefit from a repeat biopsy and potentially treatment.

Guidelines Inclusion

ConfirmMDx has been included in the NCCN Prostate Cancer Early Detection guidelines since 2016. ConfirmMDx has also been included in the EAU Prostate Cancer guidelines since 2018.

Pipeline

We intend to build on our leadership in the urologic diagnostic space by expanding our menu of tests beyond SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx. We are currently developing two additional products for the prostate cancer diagnostic and treatment pathway. Not all men diagnosed with localized prostate cancer benefit from intervention as some tumors are slow growing and non-life threatening. Our AS-MDx product in development

3

Table of Contents

will risk-stratify patients who may benefit from immediate intervention versus active surveillance. Patients under active surveillance are currently monitored by invasive and costly prostate biopsies. As such, AS-MDx is being developed to provide clinically actionable information via a more direct, cost-effective approach than currently available tests, which require large gene panels and complex algorithms (e.g., Decipher, Prolaris, Oncotype). Our Monitor-MDx product in development will be a non-invasive alternative that risk stratifies patients for continued active surveillance versus intervention, which may also improve patient compliance with active surveillance protocols. If MonitorMDx could allow physicians to forego or delay surveillance biopsy, the test would represent a significant business opportunity with little or no direct competition.

Market Opportunity

There are currently significant challenges with diagnosing prostate cancer in the United States. Approximately 25 million PSA tests are performed each year, and over 15% of those reveal heightened levels of PSA. Current clinical guidelines suggest that men with an elevated PSA should be considered for a prostate biopsy, so that a pathologist can visually inspect the sampled tissue to identify any sign of malignancy. However, 60% of biopsies are negative, not revealing any cancer, and as many as a third of these negative biopsies are false negatives, providing limited comfort to patients and their physicians that cancer was not missed. The relatively modest sensitivity and specificity of these current standard-of-care tests and procedures has led to increased patient anxiety, potentially unnecessary, invasive and costly interventions, and increased complications and hospitalizations. Our suite of commercial products addresses these issues, presenting a substantial market opportunity. Based on the estimated 3 million men annually that demonstrate an elevated PSA level, and assuming average revenue per test of $500, management estimates the addressable market in the United States for the SelectMDx test at approximately $1.5 billion. Based on the estimated 300,000 men annually that receive a negative biopsy result, and assuming average revenue per test of $1,600, management estimates the addressable market in the United States for the ConfirmMDx test at approximately $500 million.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths which underpin our commercial execution success and will position us for sustainable growth:

•      Targeted Menu Improving Prostate Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment While Reducing Costs to the Healthcare System

•      Strong Commercial Focus and Presence

•      Commercial Channel Advantage

•      Compelling Reimbursement Strategy

•      Robust and Reliable Technology

•      Proven Leadership with Industry Expertise

Our Strategy

Our ultimate goal is to take a prostate cancer patient from positive screen all the way through the diagnostic and therapeutic pathway of prostate cancer. As such, we are focused on continuing to drive adoption of our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests and expand our product offerings. The key elements of our strategy include:

•      Physician and Patient Education.    One important component of our efforts to successfully penetrate the urology market and promote clinical adoption of our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests is to drive awareness of these tests. We educate physicians and patients through a variety of channels including by supporting clinical studies for the publication of peer reviewed journals and

4

Table of Contents

abstracts at key scientific conferences, forging relationships with the leading medical and scientific opinion leaders in urology, developing strategic partnerships with leading pathology laboratories with large urology client bases and via public relations and advertising campaigns.

•      Expand Test Menu.    We intend to build on our leadership in the prostate cancer diagnostic space by expanding our menu of tests beyond SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx. We are currently developing two additional products for the prostate cancer diagnostic and treatment pathway. Not all men diagnosed with localized prostate cancer benefit from intervention as some tumors are slow and non-life threatening. Our AS-MDx product in development is designed to risk-stratify patients who may benefit from immediate intervention versus active surveillance. Patients under active surveillance are currently monitored by invasive and costly prostate biopsies. Our Monitor-MDx product in development is designed to be a non-invasive alternative that risk stratifies patients for continued active surveillance versus intervention, which may also improve patient compliance with active surveillance protocols.

•      Expand Reimbursement.    An important component of our commercial strategy is to expand reimbursement for our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests. Our ConfirmMDx test has been covered by Medicare since 2014. Although our SelectMDx test is not currently covered by Medicare, in May 2021 a draft foundational LCD supporting the clinical utility of this test was issued which, if finalized, is expected to support Medicare coverage of both SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx for qualified Medicare patients throughout the United States. There is no guarantee that SelectMDx will receive a final LCD and there can be no assurance that Medicare coverage and reimbursement will be granted or, if granted, that it will be maintained. Our managed care team continues to pursue adoption of positive coverage policies and contracts by other commercial and private payors, preferred provider organizations and networks. We believe the clinical utility and actionability of our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests, combined with our experience and knowledge of the factors needed to gain reimbursement will enable us to expand coverage of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx among the private payor market. We continue to build upon our successful strategy, supported by governmental and commercial coverage policies, as a foundation to secure additional contracts from major national and regional managed care organizations, insurance carriers, and self-insured employer groups.

Summary of Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that you should be aware of before making a decision to invest in the ADSs. These risks are more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others, the following:

•      The ongoing outbreak of the novel coronavirus (COVID-19) has resulted in significant declines in sales of our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests during 2020, and volumes may decline in 2021 and the business may experience other adverse effects depending on progress made on the global deployment of vaccines and other governmental measures to combat the spread of the virus.

•      We have a history of losses, and expect to incur net losses in the future and may never achieve profitability.

•      We might require substantial additional funding to continue our operations and to respond to business needs or take advantage of new business opportunities, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

•      Our commercial success will depend on the market acceptance and adoption of our current and future tests.

5

Table of Contents

•      Our financial results are largely dependent on sales of one test, and we will need to generate sufficient revenues from this and other future solutions to grow our business.

•      We face uncertainties over the reimbursement of our tests by third party payors.

•      Billing and collections processing for our tests is complex and time-consuming, and any delay in transmitting and collecting claims could have an adverse effect on revenue.

•      Our business and reputation will suffer if we are unable to establish and comply with, stringent quality standards to assure that the highest level of quality is observed in the performance of our tests.

•      We expect to make significant investments to research and develop new tests, which may not be successful.

•      Failure to comply with governmental payor regulations could result in us being excluded from participation in Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental payor programs, which would adversely affect our business.

•      We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and changes in regulations or violations of regulations may, directly or indirectly, adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and harm our business.

•      If the FDA were to begin requiring approval or clearance of our tests, we could incur substantial costs and time delays associated with meeting requirements for premarket clearance or approval.

•      The dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs following the U.S. offering may adversely affect the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Start-ups Act of 2012, as amended (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

•      the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required interim financial statements and correspondingly reduced disclosure in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus;

•      exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting; and

•      to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three year period, by our company of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities held by non-affiliates; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this initial public offering of the ADSs.

6

Table of Contents

We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. For example, we have presented only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus, and intend to take advantage of the exemption from the auditor attestation on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, the information that we provide shareholders (including holders of the ADSs) may be different from what you might obtain from other public companies.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS, as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB.

Implications of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

We are also considered a “foreign private issuer” under U.S. securities laws. In our capacity as a foreign private issuer, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that impose certain disclosure obligations and procedural requirements for proxy solicitations under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, members of our board of directors and our principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules under the Exchange Act with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, we are not required to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. In addition, we are not required to comply with Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure), which restricts the selective disclosure of material information.

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We will remain a foreign private issuer until such time that more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (i) the majority of the members of the board of directors are U.S. citizens or residents; (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States; or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States.

We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting and other requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different from the information you receive from other public companies.

Corporate History and Information

We were incorporated on January 10, 2003 as a company with limited liability (naamloze vennootschap/société anonyme) incorporated and operating under the laws of Belgium. We are registered with the legal entities register (Liège) under enterprise number 0479.292.440. We were publicly listed on Euronext Brussels in June 2006. In October 2010 the Company’s name was changed from OncoMethylome Sciences SA to MDx Health SA. We have two wholly owned subsidiaries: MDxHealth, Inc., a Delaware company incorporated in April 2003, and MDxHealth B.V., a Dutch company incorporated in September 2015.

Our headquarters and principal executive offices are located at CAP Business Center, Zone Industrielle des Hauts-Sarts, Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium, our telephone number is +32 4 257 70 21 and our email is info@mdxhealth.com. Our website address is www.mdxhealth.com. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase ADSs in this offering.

7

Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

Offering

 

            ADSs

Ordinary Shares Outstanding Immediately After This Offering

 


          ordinary shares (or            ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase an additional            ADSs), including ordinary shares represented by ADSs
(1)(2)

Option to Purchase Additional ADSs

 

We have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to an additional            ADSs from us at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to cover overallotments, if any.

American Depositary Shares

 

Each ADS represents      ordinary shares, no par value. The ADSs are delivered by the depositary. You will have the rights of an ADS holder as provided in the deposit agreement among us, the depositary and all owners and holders of ADSs issued thereunder. The depositary, through its custodian, will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying the ADSs.

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary for cancellation to receive the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. The depositary will charge you a fee for such a cancellation.

We may amend or terminate the deposit agreement for any reason without your consent. Any amendment that imposes or increases fees or charges or which materially prejudices any substantial existing right you have as an ADS holder will not become effective as to outstanding ADSs until 30 days after notice of the amendment is given to ADS holders. If an amendment becomes effective, you will be bound by the deposit agreement as amended if you continue to hold your ADSs.

To better understand the terms of the ADSs, you should carefully read the section titled “Description of American Depositary Shares.” We also encourage you to read the deposit agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

____________

(1)The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) is based on 118,469,226 shares outstanding as of September 30, 2021, and excludes:

•      8,891,468 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants pursuant to our warrant plans, at a weighted average exercise price of €1.53 per share; and

•      shares issuable upon conversion of the convertible loan portion of our loan facility with Kreos Capital.

(2)Except as otherwise indicated herein, all information in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

•      no exercise of outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares; and

•      no exercise of the underwriters’ overallotment option.

8

Table of Contents

Depositary

 

The Bank of New York Mellon

Use of Proceeds

 

We estimate the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $            (or approximately $            if the underwriter exercises in full its overallotment option), assuming a public offering price of $             per ADS, the closing price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on             , 2021 as adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to fund product development activities to expand our menu in prostate cancer and other urologic diseases and for working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

Risk Factors

 

See “Risk Factors” and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in the ADSs.

Nasdaq Capital Market Symbol for the ADSs

 

MDXH

Euronext Brussels Symbol for Our Ordinary Shares

 


MDXH.BR

9

Table of Contents

SUMMARY SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following tables summarize our historical consolidated financial data for the periods indicated. We derived the consolidated income statement for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our audited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS, as issued by the IASB.

We derived the consolidated income statement as of the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, and the consolidated statement of financial position data as of June 30, 2021 from our unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard 34, Interim Financial Reporting, the standard of IFRS applicable to interim financial statements.

Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future and our results as of June 30, 2021 and for the year ending December 31, 2020 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021. The following summary consolidated financial data for the periods and as of the dates indicated are qualified by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, our consolidated financial statements and related notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus, as well as the section of this prospectus titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

(in Thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

2021

 

2020

Services

 

$

18,064

 

 

$

11,443

 

 

$

   10,462

 

 

$

9,596

 

Licenses

 

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

Royalties

 

 

58

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

34

 

Government grants

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

18,460

 

 

 

11,785

 

 

 

10,731

 

 

 

9,880

 

Cost of goods & services sold

 

 

(10,416

)

 

 

(11,755

)

 

 

 (5,516

)

 

 

(5,194

)

Gross Profit

 

 

8,044

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

5,215

 

 

 

4,686

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

(4,543

)

 

 

(8,997

)

 

 

(2,823

)

 

 

(2,130

)

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

(16,752

)

 

 

(17,809

)

 

 

(8,247

)

 

 

(8,335

)

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(13,990

)

 

 

(15,196

)

 

 

(6,739

)

 

 

(7,268

)

Other operating income

 

 

118

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

59

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(1,198

)

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Operating loss

 

 

(27,123

)

 

 

(43,169

)

 

 

(12,443

)

 

 

(12,988

)

Financial income

 

 

4

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

3

 

Financial expense

 

 

(1,543

)

 

 

(516

)

 

 

 (866

)

 

 

(724

)

Loss before income tax

 

 

(28,662

)

 

 

(43,675

)

 

 

(13,299

)

 

 

(13,709

)

Income tax

 

 

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

 —

 

 

 

 

Loss

 

 

(28,662

)

 

 

(43,100

)

 

 

(13,299

)

 

 

(13,709

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to parent (EPS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted, $      

 

 

(0.34

)

 

 

(0.69

)

 

 

(0.12

)

 

 

(0.18

)

10

Table of Contents

 

As of
December 31,

 

As of
June 30,
2021

   

2020

 

2019

 

(unaudited)

       

(in thousands)

   

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

15,953

 

 

$

22,050

 

 

$

31,318

 

Total assets

 

 

31,856

 

 

 

40,628

 

 

 

46,376

 

Working capital(1)

 

 

10,070

 

 

 

20,480

 

 

 

26,519

 

Long-term debt

 

 

10,279

 

 

 

9,052

 

 

 

9,959

 

Retained earnings

 

 

(215,300

)

 

 

(186,638

)

 

 

(228,599

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

5,849

 

 

 

19,724

 

 

 

21,494

 

____________

(1)Working capital is calculated as current assets less current liabilities. See our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus for further details regarding our current assets and current liabilities

11

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in the ADSs involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to purchase the ADSs. If any of the following risks are realized, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of the ADSs could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. The risks set forth below are not the only ones facing our Company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known, which management currently deems immaterial or which are like those faced by other companies in our industry or business in general, may also impair our business operations. Please also see “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Other Information Contained in This Prospectus.”

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

The ongoing outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) resulted in significant declines in sales of our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests during 2020, and could impact volumes in 2021 and the business may experience other adverse effects depending on progress made on the global deployment of vaccines and other governmental measures to combat the spread of the virus.

In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 as a global pandemic. The pandemic has resulted in quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and business facilities on a global scale for the past year. Economic and business prospects in the United States and other countries have declined rapidly due to the COVID-19 pandemic and have resulted in restrictions on individual and business activity to mitigate the pandemic. While vaccines have been developed and are in the course of being deployed globally, there remains a risk that the vaccines will not be effective against variants of COVID-19. There are also uncertainties surrounding the pace of vaccinations. Because substantially all of our business operations and our workforce are concentrated in the United States, which has reported significant COVID-19 related cases and mortalities, our business, results of operations, and financial condition have been, and may continue to be, significantly adversely affected.

The impacts of COVID-19 on our business, financial condition, and results of operations have included, but are not limited to, the following:

•      although our laboratory facilities remain operational, we temporarily implemented staggered laboratory shifts and work-from-home policies for non-essential personnel beginning in March 2020 which reduced the level of laboratory throughput capacity available to process testing services by around 20% compared to 2019. During 2021, we have begun to relax our pandemic-related workplace controls with the implementation of our COVID-19 Reopen Plan, but staggered laboratory shifts and work-from-home policies remain in place pending the continuing resolution of pandemic-related risks in the general population;

•      while we believe that our laboratories’ current throughput capacity, which was temporarily reduced due to staggered shift policies implemented following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, is sufficient to handle current customer demand, there can be no assurance that further resource limitations or interruptions or increases in expected demand will not result in service delays or extended turn-around times for our testing services;

•      while our inventories were not materially impacted and we believe that we have and maintain adequate inventories of critical components necessary to process our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests in amounts sufficient to avoid potential disruptions for the next several months, there can be no assurance that our outstanding and future orders needed to maintain appropriate inventories with our component manufacturers will not be delayed or cancelled due to the COVID-19 pandemic; and

12

Table of Contents

•      the healthcare industry and our customers have been negatively impacted by the pandemic, shifting resources toward coronavirus care and limiting non-essential contact with patients, which reduced orders for our testing solutions beginning in March 2020. This has had a negative impact on volumes of our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests. In light of the still high level of cases in the United States and other countries globally, there may be further negative impacts arising from the pandemic.

In addition, the continued spread of COVID-19 globally and implementation of mitigation measures could adversely affect our manufacturing and supply chain.

In terms of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations, representative contact with clinicians began to decline in March due to COVID-19. This affected both ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx volumes and had a negative effect on our revenues and cash flows. During the first half of 2020, ConfirmMDx billed units decreased by 12% compared to the first half of 2019 and SelectMDx billed units decreased by 48% compared to the first half of 2019. The declines continued in the second half of 2020, with ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx billed units decreasing by 23% and 27%, respectively, compared to the second half of 2019. Overall, ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx volumes declined by 18% and 39% for the full year 2020, respectively. The extent to which COVID-19 affects our operations in 2021 and beyond will ultimately depend on future developments, which remain uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the progress in vaccinations, the impact of any emerging variants and any additional information that may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and ongoing actions to contain COVID-19 or mitigate its impact.

These and other factors arising from the COVID-19 pandemic could worsen in the United States or locally at the location of our offices or the offices of our collaborator companies, each of which could further adversely impact our business generally and could have a material adverse impact on our operations and financial condition and results.

We have a history of losses and expect to incur net losses in the future and may never achieve profitability.

We have incurred substantial net losses since our inception, and there can be no assurance that we will achieve profitability. As of June 30, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $228.6 million and for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $13.3 million and $28.7 million and net cash used in operating activities of $11.6 million and $20.2 million, respectively. We expect our losses to continue as a result of costs relating to ongoing research and development and for increased sales and marketing costs for existing and planned solutions. These losses have had, and will continue to have, an adverse effect on our working capital, total assets, and stockholders’ equity. Even if we achieve significant revenues, we may not become profitable, and even if we achieve profitability, we may not be able to sustain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Failure to become and remain consistently profitable could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could significantly impair our ability to raise capital or expand our business in accordance with our growth strategy. Historically, we have been able to raise capital at regular occasions. If we are unable to continue to do this, our ability to operate as a going concern could be seriously compromised.

We might require substantial additional funding to continue our operations and to respond to business needs or take advantage of new business opportunities, which may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all.

Our capital outlays and operating expenditures are expected to increase over the next several years as commercial operations expand. We may require additional equity or debt funding from time to time in case of a shortfall in cash inflows from operations or to respond to business needs or take advantage of new business opportunities, which may not be available at acceptable terms, or at all. For more information about our cash and cash equivalent position or total liquidity position, see also “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

13

Table of Contents

If additional funds are raised through the sale of equity, convertible debt or other equity-linked securities, our securityholders’ ownership will be diluted. Any equity securities issued also may provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of holders of ordinary shares. If additional funds are raised by issuing debt securities, these debt securities would have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of shareholders, and the terms of the debt securities issued could impose significant restrictions on our operations.

If adequate funds are not available, we may have to scale back our operations or limit our research and development activities, which may cause us to grow at a slower pace, or not at all, and our business could be adversely affected.

Our term loan contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business, and if we fail to comply with the covenants and other obligations under our loan agreement, the lenders may be able to accelerate amounts owed under the facility and may foreclose upon the assets securing our obligations.

In September 2019, we entered into a loan facility agreement with Kreos Capital VI (UK) Limited (“Kreos Capital”) which was amended in October 2020 and April 2021. As of June 30, 2021, the facility consisted of a total of €9.0 million ($10.5 million) in term loans (of which €382,500 is convertible into shares of the Company) and a €630,000 ($748,000) convertible loan. We are required to make monthly interest-only payments on the loan through January 2022. Beginning in February 2022 until maturity we are required to make monthly interest and principal payments. The loan matures in October 2023.

The loan agreement is collateralized by substantially all of our assets, including intellectual property related to our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests. The loan agreement also subjects us to certain affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on our ability to transfer or dispose of assets, merge with or acquire other companies, make investments, pay dividends, incur additional indebtedness and liens and conduct transactions with affiliates. As a result of these covenants, we have certain limitations on the manner in which we can conduct our business, and we may be restricted from engaging in favorable business activities or financing future operations or capital needs until our current debt obligations are paid in full or we obtain the consent of Kreos Capital, which we may not be able to obtain. We cannot be certain that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or revenue to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and accrued interest on the debt.

In addition, upon the occurrence of an event of default, Kreos Capital, among other things, can declare all indebtedness due and payable immediately, which would adversely impact liquidity and reduce the availability of cash flows to fund working capital needs, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. An event of default includes, but is not limited to, our failure to pay any amount due and payable under the loan agreement, the breach of any representation or warranty in the loan agreement, the breach of any covenant in the loan agreement (subject to a cure period in some cases), a change in control as defined in the loan agreement, the default on any debt payments to a third party or any voluntary or involuntary insolvency proceeding. If an event of default occurs and we are unable to repay amounts due under the loan agreement, Kreos Capital could foreclose on substantially all of our assets, including secured intellectual property. We cannot be certain that future working capital, borrowings or equity financings will be available to repay or refinance our debt to Kreos Capital or any other debt we may incur in the future.

Our federal loan contains restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business, and if we fail to comply with the covenants and other obligations under our federal loan agreement, the lenders may be able to accelerate amounts owed under the facility and may foreclose upon the assets securing our obligations.

In April 2020, we qualified for a $2.3 million loan through the Paycheck Protection Program (the “PPP”) of the U.S. Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”), under a loan agreement administered by the U.S. Small Business Administration. The PPP loan agreement subjects us to certain affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the permitted uses of the loaned funds. As a result of these covenants, we have certain limitations on the manner in which we can conduct our business, and we

14

Table of Contents

may be restricted from engaging in favorable business activities or financing future operations or capital needs until our current debt obligations are paid in full. Under the loan agreement, we are required to repay any outstanding principal and interest in monthly instalments over a forty-two month period commencing eighteen months after receipt of the funds. We cannot be certain that we will be able to generate sufficient cash flow or revenue to meet the financial covenants or pay the principal and accrued interest on the debt. In the event of an occurrence of an event of default, the U.S. Small Business Administration can declare all indebtedness due and payable immediately, which would adversely impact liquidity and reduce the availability of cash flows to fund working capital needs, capital expenditures and other general corporate purposes. In addition, by participating in a federal loan program, we become subject to increased governmental oversight and federal regulatory compliance obligations, including potential civil and criminal liability for making false claims or statements under the U.S. False Claims Act, 31 USC. § 3729 et seq. (the “FCA”). Liability under the FCA and similar federal statutes can carry significant potential monetary penalties and potential jail time, and can arise from both “knowing” and “willful” misstatements. FCA violations will result in a civil penalty per false claim, of not less than $11,181 and not more than $22,363, plus treble the government’s actual damages. A person who violates § 3729 will also be held liable for the government’s costs for bringing a civil action to recover any penalty or damages.

We may engage in acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and reduce our financial resources.

In addition to the acquisition of NovioGendix, a privately held company based in Nijmegen (The Netherlands), in September 2015, we may enter into other transactions in the future to acquire other businesses, products or technologies. We may be unable to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions or do so within the anticipated timeframe. Any acquisitions may not strengthen our competitive position, and these transactions may be viewed negatively by customers or investors. We could incur losses resulting from undiscovered liabilities of the acquired business that are not covered by the indemnification we may obtain from the seller. In addition, we may not be able to successfully integrate the acquired personnel, technologies and operations into our existing business in an effective, timely and non-disruptive manner. If we are unable to do so, the disruption to our operations could result in additional costs or could distract management’s attention from other initiatives.

The molecular diagnostics industry is highly competitive and characterized by rapid technological changes and we may be unable to keep pace with our competitors.

The molecular diagnostics field is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions, changing customer preferences, emerging competition, evolving industry and regulatory compliance standards, reimbursement uncertainty and price competition. Moreover, the molecular diagnostics field is intensely competitive both in terms of service and price, and continues to undergo significant consolidation, permitting larger clinical laboratory service providers to increase cost efficiencies and service levels, resulting in more intense competition.

The market for assessing men at risk for prostate cancer is large. As a result, this market has attracted competitors, some of which possess substantially greater financial, selling, logistical and laboratory resources, more experience in dealing with third-party payors, and greater market penetration, purchasing power and marketing budgets, as well as more experience in providing diagnostic services. Some companies and institutions are developing serum-based tests and diagnostic tests based on the detection of proteins, nucleic acids or the presence of fragments of mutated genes in the blood that are associated with prostate cancer. These competitors could have technological, financial, reputational, and market access advantages over us.

Regarding our ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer tissue-based test, several directly competitive products are currently commercially available. In 2014, OPKO Health, Inc., a NYSE listed company, launched the 4Kscore test, a blood based 4-plex test which combines the results of the blood test with clinical information in an algorithm that calculates a patient’s percent risk for aggressive prostate cancer prior to a biopsy. OPKO is

15

Table of Contents

the third largest clinical laboratory in the United States, with a significantly larger sales and marketing team than we have. Offered at a lower price point, the 4Kscore test offers a competitive price advantage over the ConfirmMDx test. The PCA-3 test from Hologic, a urine-based test, is on the U.S. market as an FDA approved test, which may be perceived as providing a competitive advantage since the ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer test is not FDA approved. The PCA-3 test is intended for the same patient population as ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer, but our performance has only been established in men who were already recommended by urologists for repeat biopsy.

Regarding our SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer tissue-based test, several directly competitive products are currently commercially available. In 2016, ExosomeDx launched the ExoDx (Intelliscore), a urine-based test designed to assess whether a patient presenting for an initial biopsy is at greater risk for high-grade prostate cancer. The ExoDx test competes directly with SelectMDx. In 2018, Bio-Techne Corporation, a large U.S.-based, diversified life sciences company, acquired the ExoDx test. Bio-Techne has greater resources and a significantly larger sales and marketing team than we have. In addition, the ExoDx test may also provide a competitive advantage since, unlike the SelectMDx test, it does not require a prostate massage as part of its specimen collection procedures. In addition to ExoDx, the 4Kscore test offered by OPKO and the Prostate Health Index test, or the “phi score”, offered by Beckman Coulter, both compete directly with the SelectMDx test. Both OPKO and Beckman Coulter have greater resources and a significantly larger sales and marketing team than we do. As a result of these significantly greater resources, these competitors are able to make larger investments into the tests they produce and the sales and marketing of these tests, which may cause us to lose market share. In addition to competitive products, the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests also face competition from multiparametric MRI (“mpMRI”), a clinical diagnostic imaging procedure available to and used by physicians for many years, which focuses on visual tissue analysis. The mpMRI procedure can visually reveal potential locations of abnormal and potentially cancerous prostate tissue characteristics that distinguish tumors from healthy tissue. The visual aspect of diagnostic imaging may feel more accessible and be considered preferable by some physicians over molecular analysis, and there likely is an economic incentive for some physicians to earn a professional fee from the performance of mpMRI procedures. It may be difficult to change the methods or behavior of physicians to incorporate our testing solutions into their practices in conjunction with, or instead of, mpMRI clinical diagnostic imaging procedures. In addition, companies developing or offering capital equipment or point-of-care kits to physicians represent another source of potential competition. These devices are used directly by the physicians or their institutions, which can facilitate adoption.

If we are unable to compete effectively with the abovementioned competitors and with new technologies and procedures such as mpMRI, we may lose market share, which could in turn adversely affect our revenues.

Our commercial success will depend on the market acceptance and adoption of our current and future tests.

Healthcare providers typically take a long time to adopt new products, testing practices and clinical treatments, partly because of perceived liability risks and the uncertainty of third-party coverage and reimbursement. It is critical to the success of our sales efforts that we educate enough patients, clinicians and administrators about molecular diagnostics testing, in general, as well as about our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests, and demonstrate their clinical benefits. It is likely that clinicians may not adopt, and third-party payors may not cover or adequately reimburse for, our tests unless they determine, based on published peer-reviewed journal articles and the experience of other clinicians, that they provide accurate, reliable and cost-effective information.

As the healthcare reimbursement system in the United States evolves to place greater emphasis on comparative effectiveness and outcomes data, we cannot predict whether we will have sufficient data, or whether the data we have will be presented to the satisfaction of any payors seeking such data, in the process of determining and maintaining coverage for our diagnostic tests. The administration of clinical and economic utility studies is expensive and demands significant attention from the management team. Our largest ongoing study, a multicenter U.S. observational study of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx entitled a Prospective Validation of Prostate Biomarkers for Repeat Biopsy (“PRIORITY”), has encountered and is expected to continue to experience delays in enrolment and completion as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally,

16

Table of Contents

we have several smaller post-marketing clinical studies ongoing or planned that are primarily intended to support expanded indications for our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests. There can be no assurance that the PRIORITY study or our other clinical studies will be successfully initiated, enrolled or completed. Also, data collected from these studies may not be positive or consistent with our existing data or may not be statistically significant or compelling to the medical community. If the results obtained from ongoing or future studies are inconsistent with certain results obtained from previous studies, adoption of diagnostic services would suffer, and our business would be harmed.

If our tests or the technology underlying our current or future tests do not receive sufficient favorable exposure in peer-reviewed publications, the rate of clinician adoption of our tests and positive reimbursement coverage decisions for our tests could be negatively affected. See “Risk Factors — We face uncertainties over the reimbursement of our tests by third party payors”. The publication of clinical data in peer-reviewed journals is a crucial step in commercializing and obtaining reimbursement for diagnostic tests, and our inability to control when, if ever, our results are published may delay or limit our ability to derive sufficient revenue from any product that is the subject of a study.

Our financial results are largely dependent on sales of one test, and we will need to generate sufficient revenues from this and other future solutions to grow our business.

Revenues in 2021 and 2020 were largely dependent on the sales of our ConfirmMDx test for Prostate Cancer. Revenues from sales of ConfirmMDx accounted for approximately 93% and 95% of total revenues in the first half of 2021 and 2020, respectively. We launched our second test, SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer, in 2016 and we anticipate that sales of SelectMDx will increase and complement sales of ConfirmMDx; however, sales of ConfirmMDx are expected to continue to account for a substantial portion of total revenues for at least the next several years. The commercial success of the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests and our ability to generate sales will depend on several factors, including:

•      acceptance by the medical community;

•      the number of patients undergoing a prostate biopsy procedure;

•      acceptance, endorsement and formal policy approval of favorable reimbursement for the test by Medicare and other third-party payors;

•      our ability to successfully market the tests;

•      the amount and nature of competition from other prostate cancer products and procedures; and

•      our ability to establish and maintain commercial distribution, sales force and laboratory testing capabilities.

Based on our expectation that reimbursement for SelectMDx will increase, we expect that sales of the ConfirmMDx test as a proportion of our total revenues will decrease over the next several years. However, there can be no assurance that SelectMDx will be successfully commercialized. If we are unable to increase sales and reimbursement of SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx or successfully develop and commercialize other solutions or enhancements, our revenues and our ability to achieve profitability would be impaired, and the market price of our shares could decline.

We face uncertainties concerning the coverage and reimbursement of our tests by third-party payors.

Successful commercialization of our tests depends, in large part, on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from government and private payors. Favorable third-party payor coverage and reimbursement are essential to meeting our immediate objectives and long-term commercial goals. In the United States, for new diagnostic solutions, each private and government payor decides whether to cover the test, the amount it will reimburse clinical laboratories or other providers for a covered test, and any specific

17

Table of Contents

conditions for coverage and reimbursement. Providers may be unlikely to order a specific diagnostic test unless an applicable third-party payor offers meaningful reimbursement for the test. Therefore, adequate coverage and reimbursement is critical to the commercial success of a diagnostic product, and if we are unable to secure and maintain favorable coverage determinations and reimbursement, this will undermine our ability to earn revenue from our products.

Medicare

Reimbursement for diagnostic tests furnished to Medicare beneficiaries (typically patients aged 65 or older) is usually based on a fee schedule set by the U.S. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”), a division of the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”). As a Medicare-enrolled laboratory based in California, we bill Noridian Healthcare Solutions (“Noridian”), the Medicare Administrative Contractor (“MAC”), for California, and we are subject to Noridian’s local coverage and reimbursement policies. Noridian participates in the Molecular Diagnostic Services Program (“MolDX”), administered by Palmetto GBA, which handles technical assessments for U.S. laboratories that perform molecular diagnostic testing. In 2014, we obtained a positive LCD under the MolDX program, which provides coverage for ConfirmMDx testing of Medicare patients throughout the United States.

However, Medicare does not currently provide coverage and reimbursement for the SelectMDx test. In early 2019, we submitted clinical and outcomes data on our SelectMDx test to the MolDX program as part of a technical assessment process seeking Medicare coverage. In August 2019, Palmetto GBA issued a favorable draft LCD recommending coverage for the SelectMDx test. However, we were subsequently requested to and submitted an update to our technical assessment under the MolDX program for Medicare coverage of SelectMDx. On May 21, 2021, the MolDX Program issued a draft foundational LCD supporting the clinical utility of SelectMDx. This draft foundational LCD identifies evidence supporting the clinical utility of the SelectMDx test and, if/when finalized, would support coverage and reimbursement for SelectMDx testing for qualified Medicare patients throughout the United States. The final determination with respect to Medicare coverage and reimbursement of the SelectMDx test therefore remains pending, and there can be no assurance that such coverage and reimbursement will be granted or, if granted, that it will be maintained.

Commercial payors

Obtaining coverage and reimbursement by commercial payors is a time-consuming and costly process, without a guaranteed outcome, since each commercial payor makes its own decision with respect to whether to cover a particular test and, if so, at what rate to reimburse providers for that test. In addition, several payors and other entities conduct technology assessments of new medical tests and devices and provide the results of these assessments for informational purposes to other parties. These assessments may be used by third-party payors and healthcare providers as grounds to deny coverage for a particular test, or to refuse to use or order a particular test or procedure. The ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests have received initial negative technology assessments from several of these entities and are likely to receive more negative technology assessments. We continue to work with third-party payors to obtain coverage and reimbursement for our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests and to appeal coverage denial decisions based on existing and ongoing studies, peer reviewed publications, and support from physician and patient groups. There are no assurances that commercial payors will continue to issue positive coverage and reimbursement policies and/or contracts and, if issued, that such policies and/or contracts will be maintained in the future. If our tests are considered on a policy-wide level by major third-party payors, whether at our request or on the payor’s own initiative, and the payor determines that such tests are ineligible for coverage and reimbursement, our revenue potential could be adversely impacted.

Outside the United States

Outside of the United States, various coverage, pricing and reimbursement approvals are required, including through coverage determinations made at the national level under public benefit programs. We expect that it will take several years to establish broad coverage and reimbursement for our tests with payors in countries outside of the United States where we commercialize our solutions, and our efforts may not be successful. Even if public

18

Table of Contents

or private reimbursement is obtained, it may cover competing tests, the reimbursement may be conditioned upon local performance of the tests or other requirements we may encounter difficulties in satisfying. Reimbursement levels outside of the United States may vary considerably from the reimbursement amounts we receive in the United States. In addition, because we plan in many circumstances to rely on distributors to obtain reimbursement for our tests, to the extent the distributor does not have direct reimbursement arrangements with payors, we may not be able to retain reimbursement coverage in certain countries with a particular payor; further, if our agreement with a particular distributor is terminated or expires or a distributor fails to pay for other reasons, we could lose reimbursement coverage in that jurisdiction.

Currently, we rely almost entirely on the sale of ConfirmMDx tests for our revenues, with these tests accounting for 95% and 96% of service revenue in the first half of 2021 and 2020, respectively. As noted above, we have not yet obtained reimbursement for the SelectMDx test and hence the failure to receive a favorable reimbursement decision will mainly have an impact on our future prospects rather than resulting in an immediate decrease in revenues. If, however, reimbursement for the ConfirmMDx test were to be revoked either by CMS or any of the commercial payors, this could have an immediate impact on our revenues. While we do not believe that revocation of reimbursement for the ConfirmMDx test is likely, if this were to occur, the impact on us could be severe.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to retain intellectual property protection in relation to our main test ConfirmMDx and our second test SelectMDx or if we are required to expend significant resources to protect our intellectual property position, our competitive position could be undercut.

Our ability to protect our discoveries, know-how and technologies affects our ability to compete and to achieve profitability. We rely on a combination of U.S. and foreign patents and patent applications, copyrights, trademarks and trademark applications, confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements, material transfer agreements, licenses and consulting agreements to protect our intellectual property rights. We also maintain certain company know-how, algorithms, and technological innovations designed to provide us with a competitive advantage in the marketplace as trade secrets. As of June 30, 2021, we own or have exclusive rights to more than 22 patent families related to our molecular technology and cancer-specific biomarkers. Specifically, there are 114 granted or pending patent applications in this group comprised of 16 issued or allowed U.S. patents, 11 pending U.S. provisional or non-provisional applications, 49 pending international patent applications filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) and 38 granted patents in jurisdictions outside the United States, including Japan, Canada, Israel and the major European countries. Our issued U.S. patents expire at various times between 2024 and 2036. Of these issued patents, two cover intellectual property used in our ConfirmMDx test, one of which expires in 2022 and the other of which expires in 2024, and one covers intellectual property used in our SelectMDx test which expires in 2036.

While we intend to pursue additional and future patent applications, it is possible that pending patent applications and any future applications may not result in issued patents. Even if patents are issued, third parties may independently develop similar or competing technology that avoids our patents. Third parties may also assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us or against our licensors, licensees, suppliers or strategic partners. Any actions regarding patents could be costly and time-consuming and could divert the attention of management and key personnel from other areas of our business. Further, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will prevent the misappropriation of our trade secrets and other confidential information as well as the misuse of our patents and other intellectual property, particularly in foreign countries with no patent protection.

Although we have licensed and own issued patents in the United States and foreign countries, we cannot be certain the claims will continue to be considered patentable by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “USPTO”), U.S. courts patent offices and courts in other jurisdictions. The U.S. Supreme Court, other federal courts and/or the USPTO, may change the standards of patentability and any such changes could have a negative impact on our business. For instance, the Federal Circuit has recently ruled on several patent

19

Table of Contents

cases, such as Univ. of Utah Research Found. v. Ambry Genetics Corp., 774 F.3d 755 (Fed. Cir. 2014), Ariosa Diagnostics, Inc. v. Sequenom, Inc., 788 F.3d 1371 (Fed. Cir. 2015), Genetic Tech. Ltd. v. Merial LLC, 818 F.3d 1369 (Fed. Cir. 2016), and Cleveland Clinic Found. v. True Health Diagnostics, 859 F.3d 1352 (Fed. Cir. 2017), that some diagnostic method claims are not patent eligible. These decisions have narrowed the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakened the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Some aspects of our technology involve processes that may be subject to this evolving standard and we cannot guarantee that any of our issued or pending process claims will be patentable as a result of such evolving standards. In addition, this combination of decisions has created uncertainty as to the value of certain issued patents, in particular in the detection of prostate cancer and other cancers.

We may be subject to substantial costs and liabilities, or be prevented from using technologies incorporated in our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests, as a result of litigation or other proceedings relating to patent rights.

Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual property claims against us or our licensors, licensees, suppliers or strategic partners. We pursue a patent strategy that we believe provides us with a competitive advantage in the assessment of prostate cancer and is designed to maximize patent protection against third parties in the United States and, potentially, in certain foreign countries. In order to protect or enforce our patent rights, we may have to initiate actions against third parties. Any actions regarding patents could be costly and time-consuming and could divert the attention of management and key personnel from other areas of our business. Additionally, such actions could result in challenges to the validity or applicability of our patents. Because the USPTO maintains patent applications in secrecy until a patent application is published or the patent is issued, we have no way of knowing if others may have filed patent applications covering technologies used by us or our partners. Additionally, there may be third-party patents, patent applications and other intellectual property relevant our technologies that may block or compete with our technologies. Even if third-party claims are without merit, defending a lawsuit may result in substantial expense to us and may divert the attention of management and key personnel. In addition, we cannot provide assurance that we would prevail in any such suits or that the damages or other remedies, if any, awarded against us would not be substantial. Claims of intellectual property infringement may require us, or our strategic partners, to enter into royalty or license agreements with third parties that may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all. These claims may also result in injunctions which could prevent us from further developing and commercializing services or products containing our technologies, which could in turn adversely affect our ability to earn revenues from these services or products.

Also, patents and patent applications owned by us may become the subject of post grant challenges or interference proceedings in the USPTO to determine validity and the priority of invention, which could result in substantial cost as well as a possible adverse decision as to the validity or priority of invention of the patent or patent application involved. An adverse decision in an interference proceeding may result in the loss of rights under a patent or patent application subject to such a proceeding.

Ultimately, the potential weakening of our intellectual property position as a result of the evolution of case law or otherwise may make us more vulnerable to competition. While we are unable to quantify the impact of this risk given that our patents remain untested in the courts, the impact could be severe if our competitors are able to take advantage of any weakening of our intellectual property position.

We rely on strategic collaborative and license arrangements with third parties to develop critical intellectual property. We may not be able to successfully establish and maintain such intellectual property.

The development and commercialization of our products and services rely, directly or indirectly, upon strategic collaborations and license agreements with third parties. We have a license agreement with an academic institution pursuant to which we have incorporated licensed technology into our ConfirmMDx test and may incorporate licensed technology into our pipeline products. Our dependence on license, collaboration and other similar agreements with third parties may subject us to a number of risks. There can be no assurance that any current contractual arrangements between us and third parties or between our strategic partners and other third parties will be continued on materially similar terms and will not be breached or terminated early. Any

20

Table of Contents

failure to obtain or retain the rights to necessary technologies on acceptable commercial terms could require us to re-configure our products and services, which could negatively impact their commercial sale or increase the associated costs, either of which could materially harm our business and adversely affect our future revenues and ability to achieve sustained profitability.

We expect to continue and expand our reliance on collaboration and license arrangements. Establishing new strategic collaborations and license arrangements is difficult and time-consuming. Discussions with potential collaborators or licensors may not lead to the establishment of collaborations on favorable terms, if at all. To the extent we agree to work exclusively with one collaborator in a given area, our opportunities to collaborate with other entities could be limited. Potential collaborators or licensors may reject collaborations with us based upon their assessment of our financial, regulatory or intellectual property position or other factors. Even if we successfully establish new collaborations, these relationships may never result in the successful commercialization of any product or service. In addition, the success of the projects that require collaboration with third parties will be dependent on the continued success of such collaborators. There is no guarantee that our collaborators will continue to be successful and, as a result, we may expend considerable time and resources developing products or services that will not ultimately be commercialized.

Risks Related to Our Operations

Billing and collections processing for our tests is complex and time-consuming, and any delay in transmitting and collecting for claims could adversely impact revenue.

Substantially all of our current revenue is derived from the use of our ConfirmMDx test, which is billed on a fee-for-service basis and paid, for example by hospitals and direct payments from individual patients, and may be reimbursed by third-party payors, including Medicare and other governmental payor programs, private insurance plans and managed care organizations. Billing for molecular diagnostics testing services is complex, time-consuming, and expensive. We are often obligated to services bill in the specific manner required by each particular third-party payor. Failure to comply with these complex billing requirements (including complex federal and state regulations related to billing government health care programs, e.g., Medicare and Medicaid) may significantly hinder our collection and retention efforts, including not only potential write-offs of doubtful accounts and long collection cycles for accounts receivable, but also the potential disgorgement of previously paid claims based on third-party payor program integrity investigations into billing discrepancies, fraud, waste and abuse. With CMS’ recent implementation of a comprehensive oversight regime that consolidates program integrity powers into a single Unified Program Integrity Contractor (“UPIC”), audit and investigatory activity into billing fraud, waste and abuse in the industry has significantly increased. Responding to requests from a UPIC, or other auditor, are often time-consuming and require dedication of internal, and sometimes external, resources. UPICs also have the authority to implement Medicare payment suspensions during the pendency of the audit, which could significantly impact cash flows, even where no improper billing is ultimately found to have occurred. Commercial payors may also engage in audit activity, requiring timely production of medical documentation in support of billed claims.

Among the potential factors that can complicate third-party payor billing are:

•      differences between the list price for our tests and the reimbursement rates of payors;

•      compliance with complex federal and state regulations related to billing government health care programs, (e.g., Medicare and Medicaid);

•      disputes among payors as to which party is responsible for payment;

•      differences in coverage among payors and the effect of patient co-payments or co-insurance;

•      differences in information and billing requirements among payors;

21

Table of Contents

•      incorrect or missing billing information; and

•      the resources required to manage the billing and claims appeals process.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, and based on recent and historical collections data, we updated certain assumptions to our estimates which affected our revenues. These included a revision to the period that a vast majority of collections would occur (from 24 months to 12 months); an updated lookback period for historical collection experience in order to use more recent and relevant collection data; and recognition on a cash basis if no historical payment experience is available. Updating these revenue recognition estimates negatively affected our revenues in 2019 in the amount of $10.1 million.

We face an inherent risk of product liability claims.

The marketing, sale and use of our tests could lead to product or professional liability claims against us if someone were to allege that our tests failed to perform as they were designed, or if someone were to misinterpret test results or improperly rely on them for clinical decisions. Although we maintain product and professional liability insurance which is deemed to be appropriate and adequate, it may not fully protect us from the financial impact of defending against product liability or professional liability claims or any judgments, fines or settlement costs arising out of any such claims. Furthermore, any product liability lawsuit, with or without merit, could increase our insurance rates or prevent us from securing insurance coverage in the future. Additionally, any product liability lawsuit could harm our reputation, which could impact our results of operations, or cause collaboration partners to terminate existing agreements and potential partners to seek alternate partners, any of which could negatively impact our results of operations.

Failure to attract or retain key personnel or to secure the support of key scientific collaborators could materially adversely impact our business.

Our success in implementing our business strategy depends largely on the skills, experience, and performance of key members of our executive management team and others in key management positions, including Michael McGarrity, our Chief Executive Officer. In 2019, we added new executives including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Commercial Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Such a management transition subjects us to a number of risks, including risks pertaining to coordination of responsibilities and tasks, creation of new management systems and processes, differences in management style, effects on corporate culture, and the need for transfer of historical knowledge. The collective efforts of our executive management team are critical to us as we continue to develop our technologies, tests, and R&D and sales programs. As a result of the difficulty in locating qualified new management, the loss or incapacity of existing members of our executive management team could adversely affect our operations. If we were to lose one or more of these key employees, we could experience difficulties in finding qualified successors, competing effectively, developing our technologies and implementing our business strategy. Our executives have employment agreements; however, the existence of an employment agreement does not guarantee retention of members of our executive management team. We do not maintain “key person” life insurance on any of our employees.

We have established relationships with leading key opinion leaders and scientists at important research and academic institutions that we believe are key to establishing tests using our technologies as a standard of care for cancer assessment and diagnosis. If our collaborators determine that cancer testing using our technologies are not appropriate options for prostate cancer diagnosis, or superior to available prostate cancer methods, or that alternative technologies would be more effective in the early diagnosis of prostate cancer, we would encounter significant difficulty establishing tests using our technologies as a standard of care for prostate cancer diagnosis, which would limit our revenue growth and profitability.

22

Table of Contents

Our business and reputation will suffer if we are unable to establish and comply with, stringent quality standards to assure that the highest level of quality is observed in the performance of our tests.

Inherent risks are involved in providing and marketing cancer tests and related services. Patients and healthcare providers rely on us to provide accurate clinical and diagnostic information that may be used to make critical healthcare decisions. As such, users of our tests may have a greater sensitivity to errors than users of some other types of products and services.

Past or future performance or accuracy defects, incomplete or improper quality and process controls, excessively slow turnaround times, unanticipated uses of our tests or mishandling of samples or test results (whether by us, patients, healthcare providers, courier delivery services or others) can lead to adverse outcomes for patients and interruptions to our services. These events could lead to voluntary or legally mandated safety alerts relating to our tests or our laboratory facilities and could result in the removal of our products and services from the market or the suspension of our laboratories’ operations. Insufficient quality controls and any resulting negative outcomes could result in significant costs and litigation, as well as negative publicity that could reduce demand for our tests and payors’ willingness to cover our tests. Even if we maintain adequate controls and procedures, damaging and costly errors may occur.

Our laboratory facilities may become inoperable due to natural or man-made disasters or regulatory sanctions.

We currently perform all of our testing in our laboratory facilities located in Irvine, California and Nijmegen, The Netherlands. Our laboratory facilities could become inoperable due to circumstances that may be beyond our control, and such inoperability could adversely affect our business and operations. The facilities, equipment and other business process systems would be costly to replace and could require substantial time to repair or replace.

The facilities may be damaged or destroyed by natural or man-made disasters, including earthquakes, wildfires, floods, outbreak of disease (such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), acts of terrorism or other criminal activities and power outages, which may render it difficult or impossible for us to perform our tests for some period.

The facilities may also be rendered inoperable because of regulatory sanction. In the United States, we are subject to federal and state laws and regulations regarding the operation of clinical laboratories. CLIA and the laws of California and certain other states, impose certification requirements for clinical laboratories, and establish standards for quality assurance and quality control, among other things. Clinical laboratories are subject to inspection by regulators, and to sanctions for failing to comply with applicable requirements. Sanctions available under CLIA include prohibiting a laboratory from running tests, requiring a laboratory to implement a corrective action plan, and imposing civil monetary penalties. Our U.S. laboratory facility in Irvine, California holds a certificate of accreditation from CMS to perform high-complexity testing, which is managed by California Laboratory Field Services (“CA LFS”). To renew this certificate, the facility is subject to survey and inspection every two years. We also hold a certificate of accreditation from the College of American Pathologists (“CAP”), which sets standards that are higher than those contained in the CLIA regulations. CAP is an independent, non-governmental organization of board-certified pathologists that accredits laboratories nationwide on a voluntary basis. Because CAP has deemed status with CA LFS, biennial inspections will be performed by teams formed by CAP. Sanctions for failure to comply with CAP or CLIA requirements, including proficiency testing violations, may include suspension, revocation, or limitation of a laboratory’s CLIA certificate, which is necessary to conduct business, as well as the imposition of significant fines or criminal penalties. In addition, our Irvine facility is subject to regulation under state laws and regulations governing laboratory licensure. Two states, one of which is New York, have enacted state licensure laws that are more stringent than the CLIA. Failure to maintain CLIA certification, CAP accreditation, or required state licenses could have a material adverse effect on the sales of our tests

23

Table of Contents

and results of operations. The Irvine facility receives samples from all 50 U.S. states and certain provinces in Canada. Each state maintains independent licensure, registration, or certification procedures with which the facility must maintain compliance in order to receive and test samples from that location.

Maintaining compliance with the myriad of governmental requirements is time and resource intensive, and failure to maintain compliance could result in sanctions.

We rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers for services and items used in the production and operation of our testing solutions, and some of those services and items are supplied from a single source. Disruption of the supply chain, unavailability of third-party services required for the performance of the tests, modifications of certain items or failure to achieve economies of scale could have a material adverse effect on us.

In connection with our role as a CLIA-certified provider of laboratory services, we assist healthcare providers with certain logistics related to the collection and return of samples for testing. To provide our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx services, we are required to obtain customized components and services that are currently available from a limited number of sources. Most of these components and services are sourced externally from approximately 40 external suppliers. Many of the consumable supplies and reagents used as raw materials in our testing process are procured from a limited number of suppliers, some of which are single source. In addition, we rely on a limited number of suppliers, or in some cases a single supplier (for example, for the automation of our deparaffination steps for our ConfirmMDx test), for certain equipment with which we perform testing services. If we have to switch to a replacement supplier for any of these items that are sub-components or for certain services required for the performance of our tests, or if we have to commence our own manufacturing to satisfy market demand, we may face additional delays. For example, in the past, a supplier has delivered critical non-conforming components that failed our acceptance testing, requiring us to audit the supplier and assist the supplier in improving our internal quality processes. In addition, third party suppliers may be subject to circumstances which impact their ability to supply, including enforcement action by regulatory authorities, natural disasters (e.g., hurricanes, earthquakes, disease and terrorism), epidemics (e.g., the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic), industrial action (e.g., strikes), financial difficulties including insolvency, among a variety of other internal or external factors. Any such supply disruptions could in turn result in service disruptions for an extended period of time, which could delay completion of our clinical studies or commercialization activities and prevent us from achieving or maintaining profitability. While we were able to qualify alternative suppliers to address COVID-19 related disruptions, in the future alternative suppliers may be unavailable, may be unwilling to supply, may not have the necessary regulatory approvals, or may not have in place an adequate quality management systems. Furthermore, modifications to a service or items or inclusions of certain services or items made by a third-party supplier could require new approvals from the relevant regulatory authorities before the modified service or item may be used, for example any modifications to the assembly and packaging of items for our testing services supplied to healthcare providers. While we have not experienced any material supply chain disruptions to date, if we were to experience such disruptions, whether as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic or otherwise, this could have an immediate impact on revenues if it related to the ConfirmMDx test, and the impact could be material depending on the length of the supply disruption.

Failures in our information technology, telecommunications or other systems could significantly disrupt our operations.

We use information technology and telecommunications systems across virtually all aspects of our business, including laboratory testing, sales, billing, customer service, logistics and management of data, including patient information. Our information technology, telecommunications and other systems, are vulnerable to damage and failure, computer viruses, acts of God and physical or electronic break-ins. Despite the precautionary measures we have taken to prevent breakdowns in our information technology and telecommunications systems, sustained or repeated system failures that interrupt our ability to process test orders, deliver test results or perform tests in a timely manner or that cause us to lose patient information could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

24

Table of Contents

Although we maintain cyber liability insurance which we believe to be appropriate and adequate, the levels and terms of coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for losses that may arise from any such disruption, failure or security breach. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, insurance may not cover all claims made against us and could have high deductibles in any event, and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management attention.

Security breaches or loss of data may harm our reputation, expose us to liability and adversely affect our business.

If we experience any security breaches or loss of data or if we fail to comply with data protection laws and regulations, we could be subject to government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal penalties), private litigation and/or adverse publicity, which could negatively affect our results of operations and business.

We face four primary risks relative to protecting sensitive and critical personally identifiable information, intellectual property or other proprietary business information about our customers, payors, recipients and collaboration partners, including test results: (1) loss of access risk, (2) inappropriate disclosure or access risk, (3) inappropriate modification risk, and (4) the risk of being unable to identify and audit controls over the first three risks. While we devote significant resources to protecting such information, the measures we introduce may not be sufficient to guard against security breaches, the loss or misappropriation of data, privacy violations or the failure to implement satisfactory remedial measures, which could in turn disrupt operations and lead to reputational damage, regulatory penalties and other material financial losses.

Furthermore, we are subject to privacy and data security laws and regulations at the state, federal and international level. In the United States, numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws (e.g., section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act), govern the collection, use, disclosure, and protection of health-related and other personal information. Failure to comply with data protection laws and regulations could result in (1) government enforcement actions and potential liability thereunder (potentially including civil and/or criminal penalties), (2) private litigation, and/or (3) adverse publicity that could negatively affect our operations and/or business. In addition, we obtain health information from third parties (e.g., healthcare providers) and are subject to privacy and security requirements under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HITECH”). These laws contain significant fines and other penalties for wrongful use or disclosure of protected data. For example, HIPAA violations can result in civil and criminal penalties.

We expect to make significant investments to research and develop new tests, which may not be successful.

We are seeking to improve the performance of our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests and to develop a pipeline for future products and services. Developing new or improved diagnostic tests is a speculative and risky endeavor. Candidate products and services that may initially show promise may fail to achieve the desired results in larger clinical validation studies or may not achieve acceptable levels of clinical accuracy. Results from early studies or trials are not necessarily predictive of future clinical validation or clinical trial results, and interim results of a validation study or trial are not necessarily indicative of final results. From time to time, we may publicly disclose then-available data from clinical validation studies before completion, and the results and related findings and conclusions may be subject to change following the final analysis of the data related to the particular study. As a result, such data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. Additionally, such data from clinical trials are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment and/or follow-up continues and more patient data become available. Significant differences between initial or interim data and final data from either our clinical validation studies or clinical trials could significantly alter our plans to proceed with additional studies or trials, and harm our reputation and business prospects. If we determine that any of our current or future development programs is unlikely to succeed, we may abandon it without any return on our investment into the program. We may need to raise additional capital to bring any new products or services to market, which may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.

25

Table of Contents

Our research and development efforts will be hindered if we are not able to obtain samples, contract with third parties for access to samples or complete timely enrollment in future clinical trials.

Access to human sample types, such as blood, tissue, stool, or urine is necessary for our research and product development. Acquiring samples from individuals with clinical diagnoses or associated clinical outcomes through purchase or clinical studies is necessary. Lack of available samples can delay development timelines and increase costs of development. Generally, the agreements under which we gain access to human samples are non-exclusive. Other companies may compete with us for access. Additionally, the process of negotiating access to samples can be lengthy and it may involve numerous parties and approval levels to resolve complex issues such as usage rights, institutional review board approval and patient informed consent, privacy rights, publication rights, intellectual property ownership and research parameters. If we are not able to negotiate access to clinical samples with research institutions, hospitals, clinical partners, pharmaceutical companies, or companies developing therapeutics on a timely basis, or at all, or if other laboratories or our competitors secure access to these samples before us, our ability to research, develop and commercialize future products will be limited or delayed. Finally, we may not be able to conduct or complete clinical trials on a timely basis if we are not able to enroll sufficient numbers of patients in such trials, and our failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our research and development and product commercialization efforts.

Risks Related to Regulation of Our Business

Failure to comply with governmental payor regulations could result in us being excluded from participation in Medicare, Medicaid or other governmental payor programs, which would adversely affect our business.

Failure to comply with applicable Medicare, Medicaid and other governmental payor rules could result in us being excluded from participation in one or more governmental payor programs, returning funds already paid, civil monetary penalties, criminal penalties and/or limitations on the operational function of our laboratories. Additionally, with the recent implementation by CMS of a comprehensive oversight regime that consolidates program integrity powers into a single UPIC, audit and investigatory activity into potential billing fraud, waste and abuse in the industry has increased. These changes have adversely affected and may in the future adversely affect coverage and reimbursement for laboratory services, including the molecular diagnostics testing services we provide. If we were unable to receive reimbursement under a governmental payor program, this would have a severe impact on our revenues, given the importance of reimbursement under these programs in our revenue base.

We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and changes in, or violations of, applicable regulations may, directly or indirectly, adversely affect our operational results and financial condition, which could harm our business.

Our business operations and activities may be subject to a range of local, state, federal, and international healthcare laws and regulations, including investigatory and program integrity audits and other oversight federal and state health care programs. These laws and regulations currently include, among others:

•      CLIA (which requires laboratories to obtain certification from the federal government) and state laboratory licensure laws;

•      Federal Trade Commission standards regarding advertising and business practices;

•      FDA laws and regulations;

•      HIPAA (which imposes comprehensive federal standards with respect to the privacy and security of protected health information, and requirements for the use of certain standardized electronic transactions), and the amendments to HIPAA under HITECH (which strengthened and expanded HIPAA privacy and security compliance requirements, increased penalties for violators, extended enforcement authority to state attorneys general and imposed requirements for breach notification);

26

Table of Contents

•      state laws regulating genetic testing and the privacy protection of genetic test results, as well as state laws protecting the privacy and security of health information and personal data and mandating reporting of breaches to affected individuals and state regulators;

•      the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (which prohibits knowingly and willfully offering, paying, soliciting, receiving, or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, arranging for, or recommending of an item or service that is reimbursable, in whole or in part, by a federal health care program) and parallel state anti-kickback laws (which contain similar prohibitions on remuneration between referral sources, although these state laws are not always limited in application to items or services reimbursable by federal or state health care programs);

•      the federal False Claims Act (which imposes liability on any person or entity that, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment to the federal government or the improper retention of identified overpayments or other financial obligations to the federal government) and parallel state false claims acts (which contain similar prohibition on presenting false or fraudulent claims, although these state may extend to items or services by any third-party payor, including commercial insurers);

•      the federal Civil Monetary Penalties Law, which prohibits, among other things, the offering or transferring of remuneration to a Medicare or state health care program (e.g., Medicaid) beneficiary if the person knows or should know it is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier of services reimbursable by Medicare or a state health care program, unless an exception applies;

•      the federal physician self-referral law, commonly known as the “Stark Law,” which prohibits a physician from making a referral to an entity for certain “designated health services” (“DHS”) payable by Medicare if the physician, or an immediate family member of the physician, has a financial relationship with that entity, unless an exception applies. The Stark Law further prohibits the entity from billing the Medicare program for DHS furnished pursuant to a prohibited referral. In addition, the Stark Law, through the addition of section 1903(s) to the Social Security Act, prohibits the federal government from making federal financial participation payments to state Medicaid programs for DHS furnished as a result of a referral that would violate the Stark Law if Medicare “covered the service to the same extent and under the same conditions” as the state Medicaid Program. The U.S. Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and several state agencies have successfully argued that Section 1903(s) expands the Stark Law to Medicaid-covered claims, even absent a separate state self-referral law prohibiting the same conduct;

•      other federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including (i) the state anti-kickback laws described above, (ii) the state physician self-referral laws, and (iii) the state false claims acts described above;

•      Section 216 of the Protecting Access to Medicare Act of 2014, which requires applicable laboratories to report commercial payor data in a timely and accurate manner beginning in 2017 and every three years thereafter (and in some cases annually);

•      Federal and state laws that impose reporting and other compliance-related requirements; and

•      similar foreign laws and regulations that apply to us in the countries in which we operate.

In addition, in October 2018, the Eliminating Kickbacks in Recovery Act of 2018 (“EKRA”), was enacted by the U.S. Congress as part of the Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Recovery and Treatment for Patients and Communities Act. EKRA is an all-payor anti-kickback law that makes it a criminal offense to pay any remuneration to induce referrals to, or in exchange for, patients using the services of a recovery home, a substance use clinical treatment facility, or laboratory. Although it appears that EKRA was

27

Table of Contents

intended to reach patient brokering and similar arrangements to induce patronage of substance use recovery and treatment, the language in EKRA is broadly written. Further, certain of EKRA’s exceptions, such as the exception applicable to relationships with employees that effectively prohibits incentive compensation, are inconsistent with the federal anti-kickback statute and regulations, which permit payment of employee incentive compensation, a practice that is common in the industry. Significantly, EKRA permits the U.S. Department of Justice to issue regulations clarifying EKRA’s exceptions or adding additional exceptions, but such regulations have not yet been issued. Laboratory industry stakeholders are reportedly seeking clarification regarding EKRA’s scope and/or amendments to its language.

Our business practices, in operating a U.S. clinical laboratory, may face heightened scrutiny from U.S. government enforcement agencies such as the DOJ, the HHS Office of Inspector General (“OIG”), and CMS. The OIG has issued fraud alerts in recent years that identify certain arrangements between clinical laboratories and referring physicians as implicating the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. The OIG has stated that it is particularly concerned about these types of arrangements because the choice of laboratory, as well as the decision to order laboratory tests, typically are made or strongly influenced by the physician, with little or no input from the patient. Moreover, the provision of payments or other items of value by a clinical laboratory to a referring physician could be prohibited under the Stark Law, unless the arrangement meets all criteria of an applicable exception. The government has actively enforced these laws against clinical laboratories in recent years.

These U.S. laws and regulations are complex and are subject to interpretation by the U.S. courts and government agencies. Our failure to comply with such laws and regulations could lead to significant civil or criminal penalties, exclusion from participation in state and federal health care programs, individual imprisonment, disgorgement of profits, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, additional reporting or oversight obligations if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or other agreement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with the law, curtailment or restructuring of our operations, or prohibitions or restrictions on our laboratories’ ability to provide or receive payment for our services, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and pursue our strategy. Even where we are able to successfully defend against any such claims, any potential audit, enforcement action, or litigation would involve substantial internal and external resources, detract from our executives’ day to day responsibilities, and result in legal expenditures, all of which could materially adversely affect our results of operations. While we believe that we are in material compliance with all applicable laws and regulations, there remains a risk that one or more government agencies could take a contrary position, or that a private party could file suit under the qui tam provisions of the federal False Claims Act or a similar state law. Such occurrences, regardless of their outcome, could damage our reputation and adversely affect important business relationships with third parties, including managed care organizations, and other private third-party payors.

Our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, and vendors may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including noncompliance with regulatory standards and requirements.

We are exposed to the risk of fraud, misconduct, or other illegal activity by our employees, independent contractors, consultants, commercial partners, and vendors. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and negligent conduct that fails to: comply with the rules and regulations of the CMS, FDA, and other federal and state government agencies as well as comparable foreign regulatory authorities; provide true, complete and accurate information to such regulatory authorities; comply with manufacturing and clinical laboratory standards; comply with healthcare fraud and abuse laws in the United States and similar foreign fraudulent misconduct laws; or report financial information or data accurately or to disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, research, sales, marketing, education, and other business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws designed to prevent fraud, kickbacks, self-dealing, and other abusive practices, as well as off-label product promotion. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, educating, marketing and promotion, sales and commission, certain customer incentive programs, and other business arrangements generally. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of participant recruitment for

28

Table of Contents

clinical studies, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics and provide compliance training to our workforce members upon onboarding and annually thereafter, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to be in compliance with such laws. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions. Even if it is later determined after an action is instituted against us that we were not in violation of these laws, we may be faced with negative publicity, incur significant expenses defending our actions, and have to divert significant management resources from other matters.

Our expansion of our business beyond the United States has resulted in additional regulatory requirements with which we must comply.

Our expansion of our business outside of the United States increases the potential of violating foreign laws similar to those described above under “ — We conduct business in a heavily regulated industry, and changes in regulations or violations of regulations may, directly or indirectly, adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition and harm our business”. In order to market our tests in other countries, we may be required to obtain regulatory approvals and comply with extensive safety and quality regulations in other countries. The time required to obtain approval by a foreign country may be longer or shorter than that required for FDA clearance or approval, and the requirements may differ. The European Union/European Economic Area (the “EU/EEA”), requires a CE conformity mark in order to market medical devices. Many other countries accept CE or FDA clearance or approval, although others, require separate regulatory filings. Further, the advertising and promotion of our products in the EEA is subject to the laws of individual EEA Member States implementing the EU Medical Devices Directives including Directive 98/79/EC on Invitro Diagnostic Medical Devices, Directive 2006/114/EC concerning misleading and comparative advertising, and Directive 2005/29/EC on unfair commercial practices, as well as other EEA Member State laws governing the advertising and promotion of medical devices. Going forward, CE marking will be pursuant to Regulation 2017/745 (the “Medical Devices Regulation” or “MDR”) and Regulation 2017/746 (the “Invitro Diagnostic Medical Devices Regulation” or “IVDR”), which were passed by the European Parliament on April 5, 2017 and will become applicable from 26 May 2021 (previously 26 May 2020) for the MDR and from May 26, 2022 for the IVDR. The Medical Devices Regulation and the Invitro Diagnostic Medical Devices Regulation contain further obligations for medical devices and invitro diagnostic medical devices with which we will be required to comply as applicable. These new laws are generally stricter than the requirements previously in place and contain increased evidence requirements for CE marking. They may limit or restrict the advertising and promotion of our tests to the general public and may impose limitations on promotional activities with healthcare professionals. The risk of being found in violation of these or other laws and regulations is further increased by the fact that many have not been fully interpreted by the regulatory authorities or the courts, and their provisions are open to a variety of interpretations. Any action brought against us for violation of these or other laws or regulations, even in case of successful defense against it, could result in significant legal expenses and divert management’s attention from the operation of our business. While our business is primarily based in the United States, these laws or regulations would not have an immediate material impact on our revenues. However, in the longer term, our prospects could be seriously harmed.

If the FDA were to take the position that our tests are not within the scope of its policy on enforcement discretion for laboratory-developed tests, or Congress or FDA were otherwise to begin requiring approval or clearance of our tests, responding to such a development could lead to a halt in the commercial provision of our tests until we meet the requirements for premarket approval or clearance, enforcement action from FDA, and we could incur substantial costs and time delays associated with meeting FDA requirements for premarket clearance or approval.

Although we believe we are within the scope of the FDA’s policy on enforcement discretion for laboratory-developed tests, commercial availability of LDTs is subject to uncertainty given the FDA’s latitude

29

Table of Contents

in interpreting and applying its laws and policies. For example, although the FDA has historically exercised enforcement discretion over most LDTs, it does not consider tests to be subject to this enforcement discretion if they were or are designed or manufactured completely, or partly, outside of the laboratory that offers and uses them, or if they are offered “over-the-counter” (as opposed to being available to patients only when prescribed by a health care provider). Even for tests that appear to fall within FDA’s previously stated policy on enforcement discretion, the FDA may decide to regulate certain LDTs on a case-by-case basis at any time.

Furthermore, the laws and regulations governing the marketing of diagnostic products are evolving, extremely complex and in many instances, there are no significant regulatory or judicial interpretations of these laws and regulations. Pursuant to its authority under the federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the “FDCA”), the FDA has jurisdiction over medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics and, therefore, potentially our clinical laboratory tests. Among other things, pursuant to the FDCA and its implementing regulations, the FDA regulates the research, testing, manufacturing, safety, labeling, storage, recordkeeping, premarket clearance or approval, marketing and promotion, and sales and distribution of medical devices in the United States to ensure that medical products distributed domestically are safe and effective for their intended uses. Although the FDA has asserted that it has authority to regulate the development and use of LDTs, such as our and many other laboratories’ tests, as medical devices, it has generally exercised enforcement discretion and is not otherwise regulating most tests developed and performed within a single high complexity CLIA-certified laboratory.

Even though the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests are commercialized in the United States as LDTs, they may in the future become subject to more onerous regulation by the FDA. For example, the FDA may disagree with the assessment that the tests fall within the definition of an LDT and seek to regulate them as medical devices. The FDA has, for over the past decade, been introducing proposals to end enforcement discretion and to bring LDTs clearly under existing FDA regulatory frameworks and the U.S. Congress has recently been working on legislation to create an LDT and in vitro diagnostic regulatory framework that would be separate and distinct from the existing medical device regulatory framework. On March 5, 2020, U.S. Representatives Diana DeGette (D-CO) and Dr. Larry Bucshon (R-IN) formally introduced the Verifying Accurate, Leading-edge IVCT Development Act (“VALID Act”) in the House and an identical version of the bill was introduced in the U.S. Senate by Senators Michael Bennet (D-CO) and Richard Burr (R-NC). As anticipated from a discussion draft of the legislation released for or stakeholder comment in December 2018, the VALID Act would codify into law the term “in vitro clinical test” (“IVCT”) to create a new medical product category separate from medical devices that would include products currently regulated as in vitro diagnostics as well as LDTs, and bring all such products within the scope of FDA’s oversight. Furthermore, in May 2021, Senator Rand Paul (R-KY) introduced the Verified Innovative Testing in American Laboratories Act of 2021 (“VITAL Act of 2021”) which if ultimately enacted would clarify that CMS, and not the FDA, is permitted to regulate LDTs and also require CMS to hold a public meeting to solicit recommendations on updating existing CLIA regulations related to clinical laboratories. It is unclear whether the VALID Act or the VITAL Act of 2021 It is unclear whether the VALID Act or the VITAL Act of 2021 would be passed by Congress in its current form or signed into law by the President.

If the FDA begins to enforce its medical device requirements for LDTs, or if the FDA disagrees with our assessment that our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests are LDTs, our company and these tests could for the first time be subject to a variety of regulatory requirements, including registration and listing, medical device reporting, and adherence to good manufacturing practices under the quality system regulations, and we could be required to obtain premarket clearance or approval for these existing tests and any new tests we may develop, which may force us to cease or delay marketing our tests until the required clearance or approval are obtained. The premarket review process for diagnostic products can be lengthy, expensive, time-consuming, and unpredictable. Further, obtaining premarket clearance or approval may involve, among other things, successfully completing clinical trials. Clinical trials require significant time and cash resources and are subject to a high degree of risk, including risks of experiencing delays, failing to complete the trial or obtaining unexpected or negative results. If we are required to obtain premarket clearance or approval and/or conduct premarket clinical trials, development costs could significantly increase, the introduction of any new tests under development may be delayed, and sales of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx could

30

Table of Contents

be interrupted or stopped. Any of these outcomes could reduce revenues or increase costs and materially adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations, or financial condition. Moreover, any cleared or approved labelling claims may not be consistent with current claims or be adequate to support continued adoption of and reimbursement for our tests. For instance, if FDA requires that ConfirmMDx or SelectMDx be labelled as investigational, or if the labelling claims the FDA allows are limited, order levels may decline and reimbursement may be adversely affected. If after commercialization under the LDT framework our tests are allowed to remain on the market but there is uncertainty about the regulatory status of our tests, including questions that may be raised if competitors object to our regulatory positioning as an LDT, we may encounter ongoing regulatory and legal challenges and related costs. Such challenges or related developments (for example if the labeling claims the FDA allows us to make are more limited than the claims we currently plan to make) may impact our commercialization efforts as orders or reimbursement may be less than anticipated. As a result, we could experience significantly increased development costs and a delay in generating additional revenue. Until the FDA finalizes its regulatory position regarding LDTs, or federal legislation is passed concerning regulation of LDTs, it is unknown how the FDA may regulate our tests in the future and what testing and data may be required to support any required clearance or approval as an medical device or an “in vitro clinical test” (as that category is being defined in the VALID Act, as introduced).

The requirement of premarket review could negatively affect our business until such review is completed and regulatory clearance or approval is obtained. The FDA could require that sales of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx be halted pending premarket clearance or approval. In December 2018 the FDA Commissioner and the Director of the Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) expressed significant concerns regarding disparities between some LDTs and in vitro diagnostics that have been reviewed and cleared or approved by FDA. If the FDA were to determine that our tests are not within the policy for LDTs for any reason, including new rules, policies, or guidance, or due to changes in statute, our tests may become subject to FDA requirements, including premarket review. If required, the regulatory marketing authorization process may involve, among other things, successfully completing additional clinical trials and submitting a premarket clearance (510(k)) submission or filing a de novo or premarket approval application with the FDA. If premarket review and authorization is required by the FDA, we may need to incur additional expenses or require additional time to seek it, or we may be unable to satisfy FDA standards, and our tests may not be cleared or approved on a timely basis, if at all, and the labeling claims permitted by the FDA may not be consistent with our currently planned claims or adequate to support adoption of and reimbursement for our tests. If the FDA requires any form of premarket review, the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests may not be cleared or approved on a timely basis, if at all. We may also decide voluntarily to pursue FDA premarket review and authorization of the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests if it appears that doing so would be appropriate.

In addition, we believe that the sample collection kits provided by us for collection and transport of specimens from a health care provider to our Irvine, California clinical laboratory are considered a Class I medical devices subject to the FDA’s general device controls but exempt from premarket review. However, the FDA could assert the specimen collection kits are non-exempt or Class II devices, which would subject them to premarket clearance or approval processes, which could be time-consuming and expensive.

Failure to comply with any applicable FDA requirements could trigger a range of enforcement actions by the FDA, including warning letters, civil monetary penalties, injunctions, criminal prosecution, recall or seizure, operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of operations and denial of or challenges to applications for clearance or approval, as well as significant adverse publicity.

Our operating results could be materially adversely affected by unanticipated changes in tax laws and regulations, adjustments to our tax provisions, exposure to additional tax liabilities, or forfeiture of our tax assets.

We are subject to laws and regulations on tax levies and other charges or contributions in different countries, including transfer pricing and tax regulations for the compensation of personnel and third parties. Our tax structure involves several transfers and transfer price determinations between our parent company and our

31

Table of Contents

subsidiaries or other affiliates. Our effective tax rates could be adversely affected by changes in tax laws, treaties and regulations, both internationally and domestically. An increase of the effective tax rates could have an adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

The net operating loss (“NOL”) carry forwards of our corporate subsidiaries may be unavailable to offset future taxable income because of restrictions under U.S. tax law. As of December 31, 2020, consolidated net tax losses amounted to $276.2 million. Our NOLs generated in tax years ending on or prior to December 31, 2017 are only permitted to be carried forward for 20 taxable years under applicable U.S. federal tax law, and therefore could expire unused. We consider that it is highly likely that we will be unable to use at least a portion of these NOLs, in light of our continued losses. Under tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“TCJA”), as modified by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”), our federal NOLs generated in tax years ending after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely and NOLs arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before 1 January 2021 may be carried back to each of the five taxable years preceding the tax year of such loss, but NOLs arising in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020 may not be carried back. In addition, under the TCJA, as modified by the CARES Act, for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020, the deductibility of federal NOLs generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 is limited to 80% of current year taxable income. It is uncertain if and to what extent various states will conform to the TCJA, as modified by the CARES Act.

In addition, under sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a cumulative change in ownership by “5-percent shareholders” that exceeds 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change NOLs and certain other pre-change tax attributes to offset post-change income and taxes may be limited. Similar rules may apply under state tax laws. Our existing NOLs and other certain tax attributes may be subject to limitations arising from previous ownership changes, and if we undergo an ownership change in connection with, or we undergo an ownership change following, this offering, our ability to utilize NOLs and such other tax attributes could be further limited by Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. In addition, future changes in our stock ownership, many of which are outside of our control, could result in an ownership change under Sections 382 and 383 of the Code. We have not conducted any studies to determine annual limitations, if any, that could result from such changes in the ownership. Our ability to utilize those NOLs and certain other tax attributes could be limited by an “ownership change” as described above and consequently, we may not be able to utilize a material portion of our NOLs and certain other tax attributes, which could have a material adverse effect on our cash flows and results of operations by effectively increasing our future tax obligations.

Also under Belgian tax law, certain restrictions regarding the use of Belgian tax losses carried forward apply and these losses may also be forfeited upon certain changes of control over Belgian corporate taxpayers. As a Coronavirus measure, some limited tax loss carried back mechanism was introduced in Belgian tax law.

Given that we have historically generated operating losses, any change in our ability to use NOLs could have a severe impact on us if and when we become profitable. As of December 31, 2020, we had an accumulated deficit of $215.3 million and for the year ended December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $28.7 million.

Risks Related to the Offering and the ADSs

Investors in the offering will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of their investment.

The initial offering price of the ADSs in the offering is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per ADS before giving effect to the offering. Accordingly, if you invest in the ADSs in the offering, you will incur immediate substantial dilution of $            per ADS, based on an assumed initial offering price of $            per ADS, which was the U.S. dollar equivalent of the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on             , 2021, adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, and our pro forma

32

Table of Contents

net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021. Furthermore, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs, or if the board authorizes the issue of additional ADSs, warrants or convertible securities are issued and subsequently exercised, you could experience further dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after the offering. See “Dilution.”

There has been no prior market for the ADSs on a U.S. securities exchange and an active and liquid market for the securities may fail to develop, which could harm the market price of the ADSs.

Prior to the offering, while our ordinary shares have been traded on Euronext Brussels since 2006, there has been no public market on a U.S. securities exchange for the ADSs.

Although we have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market, an active trading market for the ADSs may never develop or be sustained following the Offering. The Offering Price may not be indicative of the market price of the ADSs or after the offering. In the absence of an active trading market for the ADSs, investors may not be able to sell their ADSs at or above the offering price or at the time that they would like to sell.

Following the offering and after the ADSs begin trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, our ordinary shares will continue to be admitted to trading on Euronext Brussels. We cannot predict the effect of this dual listing on the value of the ADSs. However, the dual listing of the ordinary shares and ADSs may dilute the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for the ADSs.

The dual listing of our ordinary shares and ADSs following the U.S. offering may adversely affect the liquidity and value of the ADSs.

Following the offering and after the ADSs begin trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market, our ordinary shares will continue to be listed on Euronext Brussels. Trading in these markets will take place in different currencies (U.S. dollars on the Nasdaq Capital Market and EUR on Euronext Brussels), and at different times (resulting from different time zones, different trading days and different public holidays in the United States and Belgium). The trading prices of our ordinary shares and ADSs on these two markets may differ due to these and other factors. Any decrease in the price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels could cause a decrease in the trading price of the ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Investors could seek to sell or buy our ordinary shares or ADSs to take advantage of any price differences between the markets through a practice referred to as arbitrage. Any arbitrage activity could create unexpected volatility in both the trading prices on one exchange and the securities available for trading on the other exchange. However, the dual listing of the ordinary shares and ADSs may reduce the liquidity of these securities in one or both markets and may adversely affect the development of an active trading market for the ADSs in the United States.

The trading price of our ordinary shares and ADSs may be volatile due to factors beyond our control, and purchasers of the ADSs could incur substantial losses.

The market prices of the ADSs and ordinary shares may be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for biotechnology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their ADSs or shares at or above the price originally paid for the security. The market price for the ADSs may be influenced by many factors, including:

•      actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results;

•      the release of new data from our PRIORITY or other clinical trials;

•      actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;

•      competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;

33

Table of Contents

•      announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, collaborations or capital commitments;

•      failure to meet or exceed financial estimates and projections of the investment community or that we provide to the public;

•      issuance of new or updated research or reports by securities analysts;

•      fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;

•      currency fluctuations;

•      additions or departures of key management or scientific personnel;

•      disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;

•      changes to coverage policies or reimbursement levels by commercial third-party payors and government payors and any announcements relating to coverage policies or reimbursement levels;

•      announcement or expectation of additional debt or equity financing efforts;

•      uncertainty caused by and the unprecedented nature of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

•      issuances or sales of the ADSs by us, our insiders or our other holders; and

•      general economic and market conditions.

These and other market and industry factors may cause the market price and demand for the ADSs to fluctuate substantially, regardless of our actual operating performance, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their ADSs and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of the trading market for ADSs.

We have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from the offering and may use them in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not enhance our operating results or the price of the ADSs.

Our board of directors and executive management will have broad discretion over the application of the net proceeds that we receive from the offering. We may spend or invest these proceeds in ways with which our shareholders disagree or that do not yield a favorable return, if at all. We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering, together with our existing cash resources as described in “Use of Proceeds.” However, our use of these proceeds may differ substantially from our current plans. Failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business, results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and/or prospects. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from the offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

Certain of our significant shareholders may have different interests from us and may be able to control us, including the outcome of shareholder votes.

Before this offering, (i) MVM Partners LLP beneficially owns approximately 22.2% of our ordinary shares and has one representative at the board level (Dr. Eric Bednarski), (ii) Biovest NV beneficially owns approximately 9.4% of our ordinary shares and has one representative at the board level (Rudi Mariën), (iii) Valiance Asset Management beneficially owns approximately 15.0% of our ordinary shares and has one representative at the board level (Jan Pensaert). (iv) Soleus Capital Management Limited, L.P. beneficially owns approximately 5.3% of our ordinary shares and (v) Scorpiaux BV beneficially owns approximately 3.3% of our ordinary shares. In addition, as long as two of MVM Partners LLP’s funds (MVM V LP and MVM GP (No.5) LP) hold in aggregate 5% of our company’s outstanding shares, they are entitled to have one observer

34

Table of Contents

at the board level (see “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — MVM Subscription Agreement”). As a result, these shareholders will be able to exercise a significant level of control over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our articles of association and approval of certain significant corporate transactions. This control could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of the Company or changes in management, in each case, which other shareholders might find favorable, and will make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these significant shareholders.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of the ADSs and their trading volume could decline.

The trading market for the ADSs depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If no or only limited securities or industry analysts cover our company, the trading price for the ADSs could be negatively impacted. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our equity securities or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, the price of ADSs would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, or downgrades our securities, demand for ADSs could decrease, which could cause the price of the ADSs or their trading volume to decline.

We intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of the ADSs.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares or ADSs, and we intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business. In addition, our loan agreement with Kreos Capital limits our ability to pay any such dividends. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your ADSs for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in ADSs will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of ADSs after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. There is no guarantee that the ADSs will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our investors have purchased them. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase the ADSs.

In addition, if we choose to pay dividends in the future, exchange rate fluctuations may affect the amount of Euros that we are able to distribute, and the amount in U.S. dollars that our shareholders receive upon the payment of cash dividends or other distributions we declare and pay in euros, if any. Any dividends will generally be subject to Belgian withholding tax. See “Taxation — Material Belgian Income Tax Consequences” for a more detailed description of Belgian taxes on dividends. These factors could harm the value of the ADSs.

Investors should be aware that the rights provided to our shareholders under Belgian corporate law and our articles of association differ in certain respects from the rights that you would typically enjoy as a shareholder of a U.S. company under applicable U.S. federal and state laws.

We are, and will upon the consummation of the offering be, a Belgian public company with limited liability. Our corporate affairs are governed by our articles of association and by the laws governing companies incorporated in Belgium. The rights of shareholders and the responsibilities of members of our board of directors may be different from the rights and obligations of shareholders and boards of directors in companies governed by the laws of U.S. jurisdictions. In the performance of its duties, our board is required by Belgian law to consider the interests of our company, its shareholders, its employees, and other stakeholders. It is possible that some of these parties will have interests that are different from, or in addition to, the interests of our shareholders. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association.”

35

Table of Contents

Future sales, or the perception of future sales, of a substantial number of our ordinary shares could adversely affect the price of the ADSs, and actual sales of our equity will dilute shareholders.

Future sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares, or the perception that such sales will occur, could cause a decline in the market price of the ADSs. Following the completion of the offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of September 30, 2021, we will have            shares outstanding (including shares underlying the ADSs and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs). This includes the ADSs offered in the offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which may be resold only if registered under the Securities Act or in accordance with the requirements of Rule 144 or another applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Ordinary shares and ADSs held by our directors, executive officers and certain shareholders will be subject to the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. If, after the period during which such lock-up agreements restrict sales of the our ordinary shares and ADSs or if the underwriters waive the restrictions set forth therein (which may occur at any time), one or more of these securityholders sell substantial amounts of ordinary shares or ADSs in the public market, or the market perceives that such sales may occur, the market price of the ADSs and our ability to raise capital through an issue of equity securities in the future could be adversely affected.

If we issue ordinary shares in future financings, shareholders may experience dilution and, as a result, the price of the ADSs may decline.

We may from time to time issue additional ordinary shares at a discount from the trading price of the ADSs. As a result, holders of the ADSs would experience immediate dilution upon the issuance of any of our ordinary shares at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preference shares or shares. If we issue ordinary shares or other equity or equity-linked securities, holders of ADSs would experience additional dilution and, as a result, the price or the ADSs may decline.

It may be difficult for investors outside Belgium to serve process on, or enforce foreign judgments against, us or our directors and senior management.

We are a Belgian public limited liability company. Less than a majority of the members of our board of directors and members of our executive management team are residents of the United States. All or a substantial portion of the assets of such non-resident persons and most of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect service of process upon such persons or on us or to enforce against them or us a judgment obtained in U.S. courts. Original actions or actions for the enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts relating to the civil liability provisions of the federal or state securities laws of the United States are not directly enforceable in Belgium.

The United States and Belgium do not currently have a multilateral or bilateral treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitral awards, in civil and commercial matters. In order for a final judgment for the payment of money rendered by U.S. courts based on civil liability to produce any effect on Belgian soil, it is accordingly required that this judgment be recognized or be declared enforceable by a Belgian court in accordance with Articles 22 to 25 of the 2004 Belgian Code of Private International Law. Recognition or enforcement does not imply a review of the merits of the case and is irrespective of any reciprocity requirement. A U.S. judgment will, however, not be recognized or declared enforceable in Belgium, unless (in addition to compliance with certain technical provisions) the Belgian courts are satisfied of the following:

•      the effect of the enforcement judgment is not manifestly incompatible with Belgian public policy;

•      the judgment did not violate the rights of the defendant;

•      the judgment was not rendered in a matter where the parties transferred rights subject to transfer restrictions with the sole purpose of avoiding the application of the law applicable according to Belgian international private law;

36

Table of Contents

•      the judgment is not subject to further recourse under U.S. law;

•      the judgment is not incompatible with a judgment rendered in Belgium or with a subsequent judgment rendered abroad that might be recognized in Belgium;

•      the claim was not filed outside Belgium after the same claim was filed in Belgium, while the claim filed in Belgium is still pending;

•      the Belgian courts did not have exclusive jurisdiction to rule on the matter;

•      the U.S. court did not accept its jurisdiction solely on the basis of the presence of the plaintiff or the location of goods not direct linked to the dispute in the United States;

•      the judgment did not concern the deposit or validity of intellectual property rights when the deposit or registration of those intellectual property rights was requested, done or should have been done in Belgium pursuant to international treaties;

•      the judgment did not relate to the validity, operation, dissolution, or liquidation of a legal entity that has its main seat in Belgium at the time of the petition of the U.S. court;

•      if the judgment relates to the opening, progress or closure of insolvency proceedings, it is rendered on the basis of the European Insolvency Regulation (EC Regulation No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000) or, if not, that (a) a decision in the principal proceedings is taken by a judge in the state where the most important establishment of the debtor was located or (b) a decision in territorial proceedings was taken by a judge in the state where the debtor had another establishment than its most important establishment; and

•      the judgment submitted to the Belgian court is authentic under the laws of the state where the judgment was issued; in case of a default judgment, it can be shown that under locally applicable laws the invitation to appear in court was properly served on the defendant; a document can be produced showing that the judgment is, under the rules of the state where it was issued, enforceable and was properly served on the defendant.

In addition to recognition or enforcement, a judgment by a federal or state court in the United States against us may also serve as evidence in a similar action in a Belgian court if it meets the conditions required for the authenticity of judgments according to the law of the state where it was rendered. The findings of a federal or state court in the United States will not, however, be taken into account to the extent they appear incompatible with Belgian public policy.

Based on the lack of a treaty as described above, U.S. investors may not be able to enforce against us or members of our board of directors or our executive management any judgments obtained in U.S. courts in civil and commercial matters, including judgments under the U.S. federal securities laws.

We are an “emerging growth company” and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, the ADSs may be less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As an emerging growth company, we are required to report only two years of financial results and selected financial data compared to three and five years, respectively, for comparable data reported by other public companies. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could

37

Table of Contents

cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the aggregate market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of our second fiscal quarter before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31st (the last day of our fiscal year). We cannot predict if investors will find the ADSs less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the ADSs less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the ADSs and the price of the ADSs may be more volatile.

As a foreign private issuer and as permitted by the listing requirements of Nasdaq, we will rely on certain home country corporate governance practices rather than the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq.

We qualify as a foreign private issuer and have applied to have the ADSs listed on Nasdaq. As a result, in accordance with the listing requirements of Nasdaq, we will rely on home country governance requirements and certain exemptions thereunder rather than relying on the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. For example, we are exempt from certain rules under the Exchange Act that regulate disclosure obligations and procedural requirements related to the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations applicable to a security registered under the Exchange Act, including the U.S. proxy rules under Section 14 of the Exchange Act. In addition, our officers and directors are exempt from the reporting and “short-swing” profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and related rules with respect to their purchases and sales of our securities. Moreover, while we currently publish annual and semi-annual reports on our website pursuant to the rules of Euronext Brussels and expect to file such financial reports with the SEC, we will not be required to file periodic reports with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. public companies. Specifically, we will not be required to file quarterly reports on Form 10-Q or current reports on Form 8-K that a domestic company would be required to file under the Exchange Act. Accordingly, there may be less publicly available information concerning our company than there would be if we were not a foreign private issuer.

In addition, the Listing Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market require a majority of the directors of a listed U.S. company to be independent, whereas in Belgium, only three directors need to be independent. The Listing Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market further require that each of the nominating, compensation and audit committees of a listed U.S. company be comprised entirely of independent directors. However, the Belgian Corporate Governance Code recommends only that a majority of the directors on the nomination committee meet the technical requirements for independence under Belgian corporate law. At present, our audit committee is composed of three independent directors out of three members, whereas our nomination and remuneration committees are composed of two independent directors out of three members. Our board of directors has no plan to change the composition of our audit committee and nomination and remuneration committee, and we intend to follow home country practice to the maximum extent possible. Therefore, our shareholders may be afforded less protection than they otherwise would have under corporate governance listing standards applicable to U.S. domestic issuers.

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

As a foreign private issuer, we are not required to comply with all the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and related rules and regulations. Following the consummation of the offering, the determination of foreign private issuer status will be made annually on the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter. Accordingly, we will next make a determination with respect to our foreign private issuer status on June 30, 2022. There is a risk that we will lose our foreign private issuer status in the future.

We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for instance more than 50% of our ordinary shares are owned by U.S. residents or persons and more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States and we continue to fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. The regulatory and compliance costs to us under U.S. securities laws as a U.S. domestic issuer may be significantly greater than the costs we incur as a foreign private issuer. If we are not a foreign private issuer, we will be required to file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with the SEC, which

38

Table of Contents

are more detailed and extensive in certain respects than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We would be required under current SEC rules to prepare our financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP and modify certain of our policies to comply with corporate governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers. Such conversion and modifications would involve additional costs. In addition, we may lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign private issuers, which could also increase our costs.

U.S. Holders may suffer adverse tax consequences if we are characterized as a passive foreign investment company, or PFIC.

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year in which (i) 50% or more of value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during such taxable year) consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income, or (ii) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income. A separate determination must be made after the close of each fiscal year as to whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for that year. For purposes of the above calculations, a non-U.S. corporation that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% by value of the shares of another corporation is treated as if it held its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and received directly its proportionate share of the income of the other corporation. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, investment gains and certain rents and royalties. Cash is generally a passive asset for these purposes. The value goodwill is generally treated as an active asset if it is associated with business activities that produce active income.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder (as defined below under “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences”) holds ADSs, we will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder in all succeeding years during which the U.S. Holder owns the ADSs regardless of whether we continue to meet the PFIC test described above, unless the U.S. Holder makes a specified election once we cease to be a PFIC. If we are classified as a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. Holder holds ADSs, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse tax consequences regardless of whether we continue to qualify as a PFIC, including ineligibility for any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements.

Based on the current estimates, and expected future composition, of our income and the value of our assets, including goodwill, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, our PFIC status for any taxable year is an annual determination that can be made only after the end of that year and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is fact-intensive and the applicable law is subject to varying interpretation. There can be no assurance that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will agree with our position or that the IRS will not successfully challenge our position including our classification of certain income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our tangible and intangible assets.

A U.S. Holder may in certain circumstances mitigate the adverse tax consequences of the PFIC rules by filing an election to treat the PFIC as a QEF, or, if shares of the PFIC are “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules, by making a mark-to-market election with respect to the shares of the PFIC. However, we do not currently intend to provide the information necessary for U.S. Holders to make a QEF election if we were treated as a PFIC for any taxable year and prospective investors should assume that a QEF election will not be available. Furthermore, if a U.S. Holder were to make a mark-to-market election with respect to its ADSs, the U.S. Holder would be required to include annually in its U.S. federal taxable income (taxable at ordinary income rates) an amount reflecting any year end increase in the value of its ADSs. For further discussion of the PFIC rules and the adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences in the event we are classified as a PFIC, see “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

39

Table of Contents

The United States federal income tax rules relating to PFICs are very complex. Prospective U.S. Holders are strongly urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the impact of PFIC status on the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs, the consequences to them of an investment in a PFIC, any elections available with respect to the ADSs and the IRS information reporting obligations with respect to the purchase, ownership and disposition of ADSs of a PFIC.

If a U.S. Holder is treated as owning at least 10% of our ordinary share capital, such holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.

If a U.S. Holder (as defined below under “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences”) is treated as owning, directly, indirectly or constructively, at least 10% of the value or voting power of our share capital, such U.S. Holder may be treated as a “U.S. shareholder” with respect to each “controlled foreign corporation” in our group, if any. Because our group currently includes at least one U.S. subsidiary, under current law, any of our current non-U.S. subsidiaries and any future newly formed or acquired non-U.S. subsidiaries will be treated as controlled foreign corporations, regardless of whether we are treated as a controlled foreign corporation. A U.S. shareholder of a controlled foreign corporation may be required to annually report and include in its U.S. taxable income its pro rata share of “Subpart F income,” “global intangible low-taxed income” and investments in U.S. property by controlled foreign corporations, regardless of whether we make any distributions. An individual that is a U.S. shareholder with respect to a controlled foreign corporation generally would not be allowed certain tax deductions or foreign tax credits that would be allowed to a U.S. shareholder that is a U.S. corporation. Failure to comply with controlled foreign corporation reporting obligations may subject a U.S. shareholder to significant monetary penalties. We cannot provide any assurances that we will furnish to any U.S. shareholder information that may be necessary to comply with the reporting and tax paying obligations applicable under the controlled foreign corporation rules of the Code. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the potential application of these rules to their investment in ADSs. See “Taxation — Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences — U.S. Holders” for a more detailed discussion.

We will incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a company that is publicly listed on both Nasdaq in the United States and Euronext Brussels in Belgium, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a U.S. public company listed on Nasdaq, we will incur legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not previously incur. We will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, the Nasdaq listing requirements and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time consuming or costly and increase demand on our systems and resources, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company” and/or a foreign private issuer. The Exchange Act would require that, as a public company, we file annual, semi-annual and current reports with respect to our business, financial condition and result of operations. However, as a foreign private issuer, we are not required to file quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and results. We currently make annual and semi-annual reporting with respect to our listing on Euronext Brussels.

Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, which in turn could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified senior management personnel or members for our board of directors.

However, these rules and regulations are often subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices.

40

Table of Contents

Further, being a U.S. listed company and a Belgian public company with shares admitted to trading on Euronext Brussels impacts the disclosure of information and requires compliance with two sets of applicable rules. From time to time, this may result in uncertainty regarding compliance matters and result in higher costs necessitated by legal analysis of dual legal regimes, ongoing revisions to disclosure and adherence to heightened governance practices. As a result of the enhanced disclosure requirements of the U.S. securities laws, business and financial information that we report is broadly disseminated and highly visible to investors, which we believe may increase the likelihood of threatened or actual litigation, including by competitors and other third parties, which could, even if unsuccessful, divert financial resources and the attention of our management from our operations.

As a result of becoming a U.S. public company, we will become subject to additional regulatory compliance requirements, including Section 404, and if we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or prevent fraud.

Pursuant to Section 404, our management will be required to assess and attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in connection with issuing our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ending December 31, 2022. Section 404 also requires an attestation report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm beginning with our annual report following the date on which we are no longer an “emerging growth company”, which may be up to five fiscal years from the date of the offering.

The cost of complying with Section 404 will significantly increase and management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could adversely affect our results. We may need to hire more employees in the future or engage outside consultants to comply with these requirements, which will further increase expenses. If we fail to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in the required timeframe, we may be subject to sanctions or investigations by regulatory authorities, including the SEC and Nasdaq. Furthermore, if we are unable to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, we could lose investor confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, and the market price of the ADSs could decline. Failure to implement or maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could also restrict our future access to the capital markets and subject each of us, our directors and our officers to both significant monetary and criminal liability. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure are creating uncertainty for public companies, increasing legal and financial compliance costs and making some activities more time consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expense and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue generating activities to compliance activities. If our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards differ from the activities intended by regulatory or governing bodies due to ambiguities related to their application and practice, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business, financial position, results and prospects may be adversely affected.

If we fail to implement and maintain effective internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

Following the completion of this offering, we will be subject to reporting obligations under U.S. securities laws and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we include a report from management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our second annual report on Form 20-F after we become public. If we fail to implement and maintain adequate disclosure controls and procedures, our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. This conclusion could adversely impact the market price of the ADSs due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our reporting processes.

41

Table of Contents

In the future, we will be required to perform system and process evaluations and testing of our internal controls over financial reporting, to allow our management and our independent public registered accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, our compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require that we incur substantial accounting expense, expend significant management effort and we may need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with the appropriate experience and technical accounting knowledge, and compile the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We may not be able to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, any testing by us conducted in connection with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or any subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal additional deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses or that may require prospective or retroactive changes to our financial statements or identify other areas for further attention or improvement. We cannot assure you that there will not be additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future.

If we are unable to conclude that our internal controls are effective or if we have material weaknesses, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy or completeness of our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of ADSs.

For as long as we are an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We could be an “emerging growth company” for up to five years. At the time when we are no longer an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. Our remediation efforts may not enable us to avoid a material weakness in the future. Undetected material weaknesses in our internal controls could lead to financial statement restatements and require us to incur remediation costs. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management’s attention.

The market price of the ADSs may be volatile and, in the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

Investors resident in countries other than Belgium may suffer dilution if they are unable to participate in future preferential subscription rights offerings.

Under Belgian law and our constitutional documents, shareholders have a waivable and cancellable preferential subscription right to subscribe pro rata to their existing shareholdings to the issuance, against a contribution in cash, of new shares or other securities entitling the holder thereof to new shares, unless such rights are limited or cancelled by resolution of our general shareholders’ meeting or, if so authorized by a resolution of such meeting, our board of directors. The exercise of preferential subscription rights by certain shareholders not residing in Belgium (including those in the United States, Australia, Israel, Canada or Japan as a result of the offering and taking into account the current shareholding and international network of our current board of directors) may be restricted by applicable law, practice or other considerations, and such shareholders may not be entitled to exercise such rights, unless the rights and shares are registered or qualified for sale under the relevant legislation or regulatory framework. In particular, we may not be able to establish an exemption from registration under the U.S. Securities Act, and we are under no obligation to file a registration statement with

42

Table of Contents

respect to any such preferential subscription rights or underlying securities or to endeavor to have a registration statement declared effective under the U.S. Securities Act. Shareholders in jurisdictions outside Belgium who are not able or not permitted to exercise their preferential subscription rights in the event of a future preferential subscription rights, equity or other offering may suffer dilution of their shareholdings.

You may not be able to exercise your right to vote the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs.

ADS holders do not have the same rights as our shareholders. For example, ADS holders may not attend shareholders’ meetings or directly exercise the voting rights attaching to the ordinary shares underlying their ADSs. ADS holders may vote only by instructing the depositary to vote on their behalf. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, to vote or to have its agents vote the deposited ordinary shares as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so. Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you won’t be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the ordinary shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the ordinary shares. We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares. In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested. In addition, ADS holders have no right to call a shareholders’ meeting.

Holders of ADSs may be subject to limitations on the transfer of their ADSs and the withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares.

ADSs, which may be evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), are transferable on the books of the depositary. However, the depositary may close its books at any time or from time to time when it deems expedient in connection with the performance of its duties. The depositary may refuse to deliver, transfer or register transfers of ADSs generally when our books or the books of the depositary are closed, or at any time if we or the depositary think it is advisable to do so because of any requirement of law, government or governmental body, or under any provision of the deposit agreement, or for any other reason subject to a holder of ADSs’ right to cancel his or her ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares as specified in the deposit agreement. Temporary delays in the cancellation of ADSs and withdrawal of the underlying ordinary shares may arise because the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books, in connection with voting at a shareholders’ meeting or we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares. In addition, a holder of ADSs may not be able to cancel his or her ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares when he or she owes money for fees, taxes and similar charges and when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities. See “Description of American Depositary Shares.”

ADS holders may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to claims arising under the deposit agreement, which could result in less favorable outcomes to the plaintiffs in any such action.

The deposit agreement governing the ADSs representing our ordinary shares provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, ADS holders, including holders who acquire ADSs in the secondary market, waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws.

43

Table of Contents

If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable based on the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with the applicable state and federal law. To our knowledge, the enforceability of a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver in connection with claims arising under the federal securities laws has not been finally adjudicated by the U.S. Supreme Court. However, we believe that a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision is generally enforceable, including under the laws of the State of New York, which govern the deposit agreement, by a federal or state court in the City of New York, which has non-exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising under the deposit agreement. In determining whether to enforce a contractual pre-dispute jury trial waiver provision, courts will generally consider whether a party knowingly, intelligently and voluntarily waived the right to a jury trial. We believe that this is the case with respect to the deposit agreement and the ADSs. It is advisable that you consult legal counsel regarding the jury waiver provision before entering into the deposit agreement.

If you or any other owners or holders of ADSs bring a claim against us or the depositary in connection with matters arising under the deposit agreement or the ADSs, including claims under federal securities laws, you or such other holder or beneficial owner may not be entitled to a jury trial with respect to such claims, which may have the effect of limiting and discouraging lawsuits against us and the depositary. If a lawsuit is brought against either or both of us and the depositary under the deposit agreement, it may be heard only by a judge or justice of the applicable trial court, which would be conducted according to different civil procedures and may result in different outcomes than a trial by jury would have, including results that could be less favorable to the plaintiffs in any such action.

Nevertheless, if this jury trial waiver provision is not permitted by applicable law, an action could proceed under the terms of the deposit agreement with a jury trial. No condition, stipulation or provision of the deposit agreement or ADSs serves as a waiver by any owner or holder of ADSs or by us or the depositary of compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

Takeover provisions in the national law of Belgium may make a takeover difficult.

Public takeover bids on our shares and other voting securities, such as warrants or convertible bonds, if any, are subject to the Belgian Act of April 1, 2007 on public takeover bids, as amended and implemented by the Belgian Royal Decree of April 27, 2007, or Royal Decree, and to the supervision by the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority, or FSMA. Public takeover bids must be made for all of our voting securities, as well as for all other securities that entitle the holders thereof to the subscription to, the acquisition of or the conversion into voting securities. Prior to making a bid, a bidder must issue and disseminate a prospectus, which must be approved by the FSMA. The bidder must also obtain approval of the relevant competition authorities, where such approval is legally required for the acquisition of our company. The Belgian Act of April 1, 2007 provides that a mandatory bid will be required to be launched for all of our outstanding shares and securities giving access to shares if a person, as a result of its own acquisition or the acquisition by persons acting in concert with it or by persons acting on their account, directly or indirectly holds more than 30% of the voting securities in a company that has its registered office in Belgium and of which at least part of the voting securities are traded on a regulated market or on a multilateral trading facility designated by the Royal Decree. The mere fact of exceeding the relevant threshold through the acquisition of one or more shares will give rise to a mandatory bid, irrespective of whether or not the price paid in the relevant transaction exceeds the current market price.

There are several provisions of Belgian company law and certain other provisions of Belgian law, such as the obligation to disclose important shareholdings and merger control, that may apply to us and which may make an unfriendly tender offer, merger, change in management or other change in control, more difficult. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts that third parties may consider and thus deprive the shareholders of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium (which is typically offered in the framework of a takeover bid).

44

Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements give our current expectations or forecasts of future events. You can find many (but not all) of these statements by looking for words such as “approximates,” “believes,” “hopes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “may” or other similar expressions in this prospectus. These statements may be found principally under the sections entitled “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our historical experience and our present expectations or projections. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to:

•      our plans relating to commercializing our products and the rate and degree of market acceptance of our products;

•      the size of the market opportunity for our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests and future tests we may develop;

•      our ability to achieve and maintain adequate levels of coverage or reimbursement for our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests and any future products we may seek to commercialize;

•      our plans relating to the further development of products;

•      existing regulations and regulatory developments in the United States, Europe and other jurisdictions;

•      timing, progress and results of our research and development programs;

•      the period over which we estimate our existing cash will be sufficient to fund our future operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements;

•      our expected use of proceeds of the offering;

•      our ability to attract and retain qualified employees and key personnel;

•      the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our products and technology;

•      our ability to operate our business without infringing the intellectual property rights and proprietary technology of third parties;

•      cost associated with defending intellectual property infringement, product liability and other claims;

•      the impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations from the ongoing and global COVID-19 pandemic, or any other pandemic, epidemic or outbreak of an infectious disease in the United States or worldwide; and

•      other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk Factors.”

45

Table of Contents

These statements reflect our views with respect to future events as of the date of this prospectus and are based on assumptions and subject to risks and uncertainties. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements represent our estimates and assumptions only as of the date of this prospectus and, except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or review publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise after the date of this prospectus. We anticipate that subsequent events and developments will cause our views to change. You should read this prospectus and the documents referenced in this prospectus and filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

46

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a commercial-stage precision diagnostics company committed to providing non-invasive, clinically actionable and cost-effective urologic solutions to improve patient care. Our novel prostate cancer genomic testing solutions, SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx, provide physicians with a clear clinical pathway to accurately identify clinically significant prostate cancer while minimizing the use of invasive procedures that are prone to complications. Our unique approach combines advanced clinical modeling with genomic data to provide each patient with a personalized cancer risk profile, which provides more accurate and actionable information than standard risk factors (e.g., PSA, DRE, age) used by clinicians. Our lead products address men at risk for developing prostate cancer. In addition, we are actively developing testing solutions to help with the management of men diagnosed with prostate cancer, with the goal to provide our clients with a menu of tools spanning the continuum of prostate cancer diagnosis and care. Our team’s collective decades of experience in precision diagnostics and our portfolio of novel biomarkers for diagnostic, prognostic and predictive molecular assays supports our active pipeline of new testing solutions for prostate and other urologic diseases.

Prostate cancer is presently the most common, and second deadliest, form of cancer in men. The broad adoption of PSA testing in the 1980s created a paradigm shift in men’s health, reducing the incidence of metastatic prostate cancers by more than 50%. However, widespread PSA testing also significantly increased the pool of symptomatic men, resulting in overdiagnosis, overtreatment, serious complications, and potential anxiety — triggering a retreat from standardized PSA screening — culminating with the U.S. Preventative Services Task Force’s (“USPSTF’s”) decision to recommend against all PSA screening in 2012. Following recommendations from clinicians and patient advocates together with building evidence of an uptick in metastatic prostate cancer incidence, the USPSTF softened its position in 2017, upgrading PSA screening for middle aged men. However, the USPSTF’s reversal left unresolved the clinical dilemma posed by the estimated pool of over ten million men living with an elevated PSA in the United States. Approximately 25 million PSA tests are performed each year, and over 15% of these reveal heightened PSA levels — leading to an estimated pool of over three million undiagnosed men informed each year of their heightened risk for prostate cancer based on elevated PSA test results and/or negative biopsy results. Other than repeated invasive needle biopsy procedures, these symptomatic men and their clinicians have limited tools to manage their cancer risk.

Our commercialized testing solutions directly address this challenge. Since the commercial launch of ConfirmMDx in 2012 and SelectMDx in 2016, we have performed over 200,000 tests ordered by more than 1,000 practicing urologists in the United States. SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer (a liquid biopsy test for men being considered for their first prostate biopsy) and ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer (an epigenetic test for men post-prostate biopsy), are designed to (i) improve the early detection of clinically significant prostate cancer in at-risk men and (ii) reduce the unnecessary costs and patient anxiety associated with the diagnosis and treatment of the disease. Both tests have been included in the NCCN Guideline for the Early Prostate Cancer Detection. Both tests have also successfully completed formal technical assessment review for Medicare reimbursement and have received either a final or draft local coverage determination.

Building from the foundation of our complementary marketed products, we are committed to sustained growth, with our core management principles defined by a commitment to focus, commercial execution and operating discipline throughout our organization. While MDxHealth is domiciled and listed as a public company in Belgium, our primary commercial focus is in the United States, where over 95% of our tests are performed and revenues are generated. Our leadership change in 2019 and coincident organizational and operational discipline implemented throughout the MDxHealth group of companies has further focused our commitment to U.S.-sourced growth, with our entire executive management team and over 90% of staff based in or reporting to our U.S. laboratory and headquarters in Irvine, California.

47

Table of Contents

We have established a systematic approach to commercializing our precision diagnostic solutions in our target markets in the United States, focusing on active engagement, education and market development directed toward health care professionals and their patients. Our commercial team is focused on prioritizing large and high-volume community urology centers, and on building long-standing relationships with key physicians and practice groups who have strong connections to the population of men who may be eligible for our solutions. Our ultimate goal is to support physicians using our tests through all aspects of the patient’s journey, starting from initial diagnosis through to advanced prostate cancer management. We also seek to build on our long-term partnerships with key opinion leaders (“KOLs”) and patient associations that are oriented towards the needs of our patients and customers. Our sales and marketing organization is focused on building physician awareness of the clinical and economic benefits provided by ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx through education of urologists and their clinical staff as well as pathology and laboratory staff, targeted KOL development and training, and development of tools for our customers to interact with patients and consumers (doctor-to-consumer education).

We generated total revenue of $11.8 million, $18.5 million and $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively. We also incurred net losses of $43.1 million, $28.7 million and $13.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2020 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021, respectively.

Our Product Portfolio

Our commercial tests address a substantial unmet clinical need in the prostate cancer diagnostic and treatment pathway. According to the American Cancer Society, prostate cancer is the most common, and second deadliest, form of cancer in males in the United States. Prior to the emergence of precision diagnostic solutions, existing diagnostic tests were critically flawed, with high false negatives and false positives, leading to costly and invasive diagnostic protocols and attendant complications. Approximately 25 million PSA tests are performed each year, and over 15% of those reveal heightened levels of PSA. An elevated PSA level can be caused by many different sources, the majority of which are not cancer. Current clinical guidelines suggest that men with an elevated PSA should be considered for a prostate biopsy, so that a pathologist can visually inspect the sampled tissue to identify any sign of malignancy. However, 60% of biopsies are negative, not revealing any cancer, and as many as a third of these negative biopsies are false negatives, providing limited comfort to patients and their physicians that cancer was not missed. The relatively modest sensitivity and specificity of these current standard-of-care tests and procedures has led to increased patient anxiety, potentially unnecessary, invasive and costly interventions, and increased complications and hospitalizations.

Upon a determination that a patient’s PSA level is elevated or an abnormal digital rectal exam result, our SelectMDx test — which is a noninvasive urine test with 95% NPV — can be used to help physicians determine whether a costly, painful and complication-prone needle-core biopsy is advisable. For those men who proceed to a biopsy procedure, our ConfirmMDx test — which measures biomarker signals in the same biopsied tissue examined by the pathologist — provides additional information to physicians and increases the accuracy of the biopsy, with a 96% NPV.

48

Table of Contents

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths which underpin our commercial execution success and will position us for sustainable growth:

•      Targeted Menu Improving Prostate Cancer Diagnosis and Treatment.    We offer a menu of tests that provide clinically actionable results for at-risk men who may or may not have prostate cancer. Collectively, SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx provide urologists with a clear clinical pathway to accurately identify clinically significant prostate cancer while minimizing the use of invasive procedures, improving health outcomes and significantly lowering costs to the healthcare system.

•      Strong Commercial Focus and Presence.    We aim to increase adoption of our two commercial tests by leveraging our direct sales force in the United States to continue to market and sell to our urology-focused network. We have significant experience in building effective commercial teams consisting of sales reps, strategic account managers, and clinical liaisons led by a management team with a track record of success. In addition, our payor and reimbursement, revenue cycle management and client services groups provide expert support for our field sales team as well as our patients and customer base. We believe we can leverage these groups to explore additional opportunities for growth based on this commercial channel. Outside the United States we will continue to evaluate distribution partners to drive adoption in markets where our menu is best suited.

•      Commercial Channel Advantage.    Building from the launch of our first commercial test in 2012, we have established MDxHealth as an industry leader in precision diagnostics for early prostate cancer detection. We intend to take advantage of our client relationships — urologists, pathologists, physicians assistants, nurses, office administrators — to support menu expansion and additional growth opportunities as appropriate and within our focus.

•      Compelling Reimbursement Strategy.    Adoption of our ConfirmMDx test has been supported by its LCD issued via the Palmetto GBA-administered MolDX Program in 2014, its inclusion in the NCCN guidelines in 2016 and the European Association of Urology (EAU) guidelines in 2018, as well as consistent expansion of coverage by commercial payors. We expect our SelectMDx test to follow the same progress path of payor coverage by both Medicare and commercial payors, based on inclusion of the test in the NCCN guidelines in 2020. There is no guarantee that SelectMDx will receive a final LCD and there can be no assurance that Medicare coverage and reimbursement will be granted or, if granted, that it will be maintained.

•      Robust and Reliable Technology.    We possess a proprietary intellectual property (“IP”) portfolio capable of advancing our diagnostic pathway in prostate cancer as well as high quality laboratory operations, including our CAP accredited, CLIA certified and New York State Department of Health (“NYSDOH”) approved molecular laboratory facility located at our U.S. headquarters in Irvine, California. We also have an extensive library of biomarkers which can be applied in additional urology and men’s health diagnostics.

•      Proven Leadership with Industry Expertise.    Our management team members have proven track records of execution and value creation across medical devices, diagnostics and biotech. We believe we have built a culture of performance, responsibility and accountability — from research and development, to sales and marketing, and operations and management, we are committed to building value for all of our stakeholders, including patients, customers, employees and shareholders.

49

Table of Contents

Our Strategy

Our ultimate goal is to take a prostate cancer patient from positive screen all the way through the diagnostic and therapeutic pathway of prostate cancer. As such, we are focused on continuing to drive adoption of our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests and expand our product offerings. The key elements of our strategy include:

•      Physician and Patient Education.    One important component of our efforts to successfully penetrate the urology market and promote clinical adoption of our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests is to drive awareness of these tests. We educate physicians and patients through a variety of channels including by supporting clinical studies for the publication of peer reviewed journals and abstracts at key scientific conferences, forging relationships with the leading medical and scientific opinion leaders in urology, developing strategic partnerships with leading pathology laboratories with large urology client bases and via public relations and advertising campaigns.

•      Expand Test Menu.    We intend to build on our leadership in the prostate cancer diagnostic space by expanding our menu of tests beyond SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx. We are currently developing two additional products for the prostate cancer diagnostic and treatment pathway. Not all men diagnosed with localized prostate cancer benefit from intervention as some tumors are slow and non-life threatening. Our AS-MDx product is being developed to risk-stratify patients who may benefit from immediate intervention versus active surveillance. Patients under active surveillance are currently monitored by invasive and costly prostate biopsies. Our Monitor-MDx product is being developed to be a non-invasive alternative that risk stratifies patients for continued active surveillance versus intervention, which may also improve patient compliance with active surveillance protocols.

•      Expand Reimbursement.    An important component of our commercial strategy is to expand reimbursement for our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests. Our ConfirmMDx test has been covered by a Medicare MoIDX LCD since 2014. Although our SelectMDx test is not currently covered by Medicare, in May 2021 a draft foundational LCD supporting the clinical utility of this test was issued by the MoIDX Program which, if finalized, is expected to support Medicare coverage of both SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx for qualified Medicare patients throughout the United States. There is no guarantee that SelectMDx will receive a final LCD and there can be no assurance that Medicare coverage and reimbursement will be granted or, if granted, that it will be maintained. Our managed care team continues to pursue adoption of positive coverage and reimbursement policies and contracts by other payors. We believe the clinical utility and actionability of our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests, combined with our experience and knowledge of the complex coverage and reimbursement landscape in the United States, will enable us to expand coverage and reimbursement of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx among the commercial payor market. We continue to build upon our successful strategy, supported by governmental and commercial coverage policies, as a foundation to secure additional contracts from major payors.

Market Opportunity

Among U.S. males, prostate cancer is the most diagnosed cancer and the second leading cause of cancer death. According to the American Cancer Society, in 2021, nearly 250,000 men are expected to be diagnosed with prostate cancer in the United States, with more than 33,000 dying from the disease.

There are currently significant challenges with diagnosing prostate cancer in the United States. Approximately 25 million PSA tests are performed each year, and over 15% of those reveal heightened levels of PSA. Current clinical guidelines suggest that men with an elevated PSA should be considered for a prostate biopsy, so that a pathologist can visually inspect the sampled tissue to identify any sign of malignancy. However, 60% of biopsies are negative, not revealing any cancer, and as many as a third of these negative biopsies are false negatives, providing limited comfort to patients and their physicians that cancer was not missed.

50

Table of Contents

The relatively modest sensitivity and specificity of these current standard-of-care tests and procedures has led to increased patient anxiety, potentially unnecessary, invasive and costly interventions, and increased complications and hospitalizations. Our suite of commercial products addresses these issues, presenting a substantial market opportunity. Based on the estimated 3 million men annually that demonstrate an elevated PSA level, and assuming average revenue per test of $500, management estimates the addressable market in the United States for the SelectMDx test at approximately $1.5 billion. Based on the estimated 300,000 men annually that receive a negative biopsy result, and assuming average revenue per test of $1,600, management estimates the addressable market in the United States for the ConfirmMDx test at approximately $500 million.

Commercial Products

SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer liquid biopsy assay

The current standard for prostate cancer screening is the PSA blood test. Unfortunately, the PSA is not specific to clinically significant prostate cancer — it is more of an indicator of prostate health. There are many factors such as benign prostatic hyperplasia (“BPH”), inflammation, prostatitis and a naturally occurring enlarged prostate that can cause an elevated PSA. In men with an elevated PSA level between 3-10 ng/mL, only 25-40% of biopsies reveal cancer — and the majority of these identified cancers are indolent. Also, following a prostate biopsy procedure, around 18% of men suffer complications (blood in urine) and around 3% are hospitalized for infection (sepsis). SelectMDx helps physicians determine if a patient is at higher or lower risk for prostate cancer and which men can safely avoid biopsy.

SelectMDx is a non-invasive urine test that measures the expression of two mRNA cancer-related biomarkers (HOXC6 and DLX1). The test provides binary results that, when combined with the patient’s clinical risk factors, help the physician determine whether:

•      The patient may benefit from a biopsy and early prostate cancer detection; or

•      The patient can avoid a biopsy and return to routine screening.

Men identified by the test as having a high likelihood of clinically significant cancer can, upon biopsy, be diagnosed and treated sooner, while men identified at very low risk may avoid biopsy.

51

Table of Contents

The following chart depicts the functioning of the SelectMDx test:

Guidelines Inclusion

SelectMDx has been included in the NCCN Prostate Cancer Early Detection guidelines since 2020. NCCN is a non-profit alliance of the 31 leading cancer centers in the United States. SelectMDx has also been included in the European Association of Urology (EAU) Prostate Cancer guidelines since 2018.

Clinical Validation Studies

The use of SelectMDx as a predictive test to identify men at low risk for aggressive prostate cancer has been well validated in both scientific and clinical studies.

Results from the clinical validation study for SelectMDx confirmed its superior performance compared to other commonly used biomarker tests and risk calculators. The test’s NPV of 95% in the validation study means that if the test identifies a very low risk, the physician and patient can be 95% sure that a subsequent biopsy will not detect Gleason score ≥7 prostate cancer, information that may provide a level of confidence needed to avoid a biopsy. The test has a very high predictive accuracy (AUC 0.85) for high-grade prostate cancer, which is significantly better than the PCPT risk calculator version 2.

There are twelve published studies assessing the SelectMDx test and which together demonstrate its analytical validity, clinical validity, clinical utility and positive health economic outcomes. These studies, all of which have been published in peer-reviewed publications, evaluated more than 4,500 patients in the aggregate.

The following is a summary that highlights key findings from some of these studies.

•      Analytical validity.    A study published in 2017 illustrated, in an independent laboratory, the performance characteristics and robustness of the SelectMDx mRNA assay, covering all aspects of analytical method validation including assay sensitivity, specificity, linearity, precision, repeatability and reproducibility using pre-specified acceptance criteria.

•      Clinical validity.    In a study published in 2019, the SelectMDx test demonstrated an NPV of 95%. Urine samples were collected from 1,955 men from The Netherlands, France and Germany prior to an initial prostate biopsy. SelectMDx molecular biomarker results were combined with other risk factors in a clinical model optimized to detect International Society of Urological Pathology Grade Group 2 or greater prostate cancer in men. Results in the validation cohort were compared with the independent PCPT risk calculator version 2. The full validation cohort of 916 men including all prostate specific antigen levels yielded an AUC of 0.85 with 93% sensitivity, 47% specificity and 95% negative predictive value. The Prostate Cancer Prevention Trial Risk Calculator (“PCPTRC”) AUC was 0.76. In the 715-patient validation cohort, limited to subjects with PSA less than 10 ng/ml, the AUC was 0.82 with 89% sensitivity, 53% specificity and 95% negative predictive value. The PCPTRC AUC was 0.70.

•      Clinical utility.    In a 2019 study, SelectMDx had a significant impact on initial prostate biopsy decision-making in a U.S. community urology setting. Biopsy rates in SelectMDx positive men were 5-fold higher than in SelectMDx negatives.

52

Table of Contents

•     Health economic outcomes.    A 2018 study demonstrated that routine use of the SelectMDx test to guide biopsy decision making improved health outcomes and significantly lowered costs in American men at risk for prostate cancer. Compared to the current standard of care, SelectMDx implementation would result in an average of 0.045 quality-adjusted life years (“QALYs”) gained at a cost savings of $1,694 per patient. Assuming approximately 300,000 men are biopsied each year, this translates to an incremental 14,000 QALYs gained at cost savings of $500,000 annually.

ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer epigenetic assay

Approximately 30% of men with a cancer-negative prostate biopsy actually have cancer. Prostate cancer is difficult to diagnose because it is both heterogenous and multi-focal. The standard of care for diagnosing prostate cancer is a transrectal ultrasound guided biopsy. However, this procedure samples less than 1% of the entire gland, leaving men at risk for undetected prostate cancer.

ConfirmMDx is a well-validated epigenetic test that guides the detection of occult prostate cancer on a patient’s previously biopsied negative tissue. The test can help urologists determine a man’s risk for harboring clinically significant prostate cancer despite having a cancer-negative biopsy result, and it has a number of unique features/advantages.

For patients with an initial negative biopsy, few options are currently available to guide a urologist in determining whether or when an additional biopsy procedure is warranted. Fear of occult (hidden) prostate cancer leads to additional procedures, leading many men to receive multiple follow-up biopsy procedures to rule out the presence of cancer.

The ConfirmMDx test addresses prostate biopsy sampling concerns, helping urologists to:

•      “Rule-out” men from undergoing potentially unnecessary repeat biopsies and screening procedures, helping to reduce complications, patient anxiety and excessive healthcare expenses associated with these procedures; and

•      “Rule-in” high-risk men with a previous negative biopsy result who may be harboring undetected cancer (false negative biopsy result) and therefore may benefit from a repeat biopsy and potentially treatment.

53

Table of Contents

For men with a negative biopsy, independently published clinical studies have shown that the ConfirmMDx test is the most significant, independent predictor of prostate biopsy outcomes relative to other available clinical factors such as age, PSA and DRE results. Incorporating ConfirmMDx into clinical practice can reduce the number of unnecessary repeat biopsies, yielding clinical and economic value for healthcare providers, patients and payors. ConfirmMDx can aid urologists with patient management decisions regarding the need for follow-up testing and procedures with the identification of low-risk patients testing negative for DNA hypermethylation.

The use of ConfirmMDx for prostate cancer detection using methylation-specific PCR (MSP) and cancer-associated epigenetic biomarkers to improve upon histopathology has been well validated in both scientific and clinical studies. DNA methylation, the most common and useful measure of epigenetic abnormality testing, is responsible for the silencing of key tumor suppressor genes. DNA methylation biomarkers associated with prostate cancer have been extensively evaluated.

GSTP1 is a widely studied and reported epigenetic biomarker associated with prostate cancer diagnosis, encoding the glutathione S-transferase Pi 1 (GSTP1) protein involved in detoxification, due to its high sensitivity and specificity. Complementing GSTP1, methylation of the APC and RASSF1 genes is frequently found in prostate cancer, and these markers have demonstrated a “field effect” aiding in the identification of biopsies with false-negative histopathological results.

The epigenetic field effect is a molecular mechanism whereby cells adjacent to cancer foci can contain DNA methylation changes, which may be indistinguishable by histopathology, but detectable by MSP testing. The presence of epigenetic field effects associated with prostate cancer has been widely published and is the basis of activity for the ConfirmMDx assay to aid in the detection of occult prostate cancer on previously biopsied, histopathologically negative tissue.

The following image depicts how the ConfirmMDx test identifies false-negative biopsies:

ConfirmMDx Field Effect

Guidelines Inclusion

ConfirmMDx has been included in the NCCN Prostate Cancer Early Detection guidelines since 2016. NCCN is a non-profit alliance of the 31 leading cancer centers in the United States. ConfirmMDx has also been included in the EAU Prostate Cancer guidelines since 2018.

54

Table of Contents

ConfirmMDx Clinical Validation Studies

The use of ConfirmMDx for prostate cancer detection to improve upon histopathology has been well validated in both scientific and clinical studies.

There are more than 55 published studies on the genes and technology used in the ConfirmMDx test. Among these, studies demonstrating the analytical validity, clinical validity, clinical utility and positive health economic outcomes of the ConfirmMDx test evaluated more than 1,200 patients in the aggregate.

The following is a summary that highlights key findings from some of these studies.

•      Analytical validity.    A study published in 2012 illustrated the performance characteristics and robustness of the ConfirmMDx multiplex DNA methylation assay, covering the analytical method including assay sensitivity, specificity, linearity, precision, repeatability and reproducibility using pre-specified acceptance criteria.

•      Clinical validity.    The clinical validity of the ConfirmMDx test has been demonstrated in two large, blinded clinical validation studies published in 2013 and 2014, yielding a NPV of ~90% for all prostate cancer, which is significantly higher (p < 0.001) than that afforded by standard histopathology review, as well as a NPV of 96% for clinically significant prostate cancer. Further, when compared to all pertinent risk factors for prostate cancer detection (patient’s age, serum PSA level, digital rectal exam (DRE), histopathological findings on the previous cancer-negative biopsy and the epigenetic assay), ConfirmMDx was shown to be the most significant, independent predictor for prostate cancer in a repeat biopsy with an odds ratio of 3.24 (and a p-value < 0.001). An additional clinical validity study published in 2017 demonstrated that the ConfirmMDx test improved the identification of African American men at risk for aggressive cancer missed by a prostate biopsy, with accuracy equivalent to prior studies in predominantly Caucasian populations.

•      Clinical utility.    A 2014 study reported on the real-world use of the ConfirmMDx assay, demonstrating that the test impacts physician behavior. A very low rate of repeat biopsies (4.4%) was observed in the ConfirmMDx negative men, as compared to the expected 43% rate of repeat biopsy reported in a large population-based randomized trial sponsored by the National Cancer Institute.

•      Health economic outcomes.    In a study published in 2013, a budget impact model developed to evaluate the effect of the ConfirmMDx assay on healthcare spending demonstrated significant potential healthcare savings associated with the reduction of repeat biopsies and complications avoided. Under the study’s model, utilization of ConfirmMDx would bring approximately $500,000 in annual savings per 1 million covered patients.

55

Table of Contents

Pipeline

We intend to build on our leadership in the urologic diagnostic space by expanding our menu of tests beyond SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx. We are currently developing two additional products for the prostate cancer diagnostic and treatment pathway. Not all men diagnosed with localized prostate cancer benefit from intervention as some tumors are slow growing and non-life threatening. Our AS-MDx product is being developed to risk-stratify patients who may benefit from immediate intervention versus active surveillance. Patients under active surveillance are currently monitored by invasive and costly prostate biopsies. Our Monitor-MDx product is being developed as a non-invasive alternative that risk stratifies patients for continued active surveillance versus intervention, which may also improve patient compliance with active surveillance protocols. We estimate the addressable market in the United States for the AS-MDx test at approximately 134,000 men annually, or $134 million, and for the Monitor-MDx test at approximately 1.5 million men annually, or $1.5 billion.

Active Surveillance (AS-MDx) for men with localized Prostate Cancer

In the United States, prostate cancer is the most frequently diagnosed cancer among men, with an estimated 248,530 new cases and 34,130 deaths in 2021. Despite its high prevalence, the five-year survival rate for men diagnosed with localized prostate cancer is nearly 100%. Definitive treatment by surgery or radiation carries significant risk of co-morbidities, and Active Surveillance (“AS”) in lieu of treatment has been increasingly adopted as an alternate care plan for patients with low-risk prostate cancer. To aid in the identification of candidates for AS, the NCCN Guidelines defines a series of Risk Groups based on clinical factors and pathologic features. However, prostate cancer is a heterogeneous disease with varying potential to progress to lethal forms, and clinical information available at the time of diagnosis may not provide an accurate assessment of the extent of the disease and/or its aggressiveness for all patients. There is an unmet need for better patient risk stratification in order to optimize disease management.

AS-MDx is being developed to improve the risk-stratification of men diagnosed with localized prostate cancer who are being considered for Active Surveillance in lieu of immediate treatment. AS-MDx is a nucleic acid amplification assay that measures the relative levels of the PDE isoform 4D (PDE4D) in tissue from the patient’s cancer-positive biopsy. The PDE4D biomarker has been extensively studied and validated as a biomarker for aggressive prostate cancer and has been shown to function as a “master regulator” directly linked to the biology of prostate cancer progression. As such, AS-MDx is being developed to provide clinically actionable information via a more direct, cost-effective approach than currently available tests, which unlike AS-MDx require large gene panels and complex algorithms (e.g., Decipher, Prolaris, Oncotype).

MonitorMDx for Men being considered for a Surveillance Biopsy

Men on Active Surveillance are monitored using PSA, MRI and periodic biopsies to determine if the prostate cancer has progressed and whether definitive treatment is appropriate. We are actively analyzing urine and blood biomarker panels with the goal of developing a non-invasive test for monitoring these patients. If MonitorMDx could allow physicians to forego or delay surveillance biopsy, the test would represent a significant business opportunity with little or no direct competition.

56

Table of Contents

If these projects are successful, MDxHealth would have a full offering of biomarker-based prostate cancer tests from early detection to treatment and management. SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx would help determine which patients should (or should not) undergo a prostate biopsy. In the post-biopsy setting, AS-MDx and MonitorMDx would provide methods to identify and monitor patients who could choose Active Surveillance as a treatment option.

The figure below shows how AS-MDx and MonitorMDx would fit in the current standard of care pathways for management of men with localized prostate cancer.

Addressing other urological unmet clinical needs

Urinary tract infections (“UTIs”) account for over 10 million clinic and ER visits every year. Up to 30% of UTIs are polymicrobial, driven by biofilm-producing bacteria. Traditional culture-only testing leaves clinicians with no more than a “mixed flora” result, and ultimately empirical treatment.

We seek to address this unmet clinical need with the development of a non-invasive urine test that identifies and quantifies infectious bacteria and their antibiotics susceptibility to help ensure patients receive the correct diagnosis and treatment as quickly as possible. Our UTI solution is being developed for prompt sample-to-answer results, combining molecular testing to identify and quantify each microbe with culture-based testing to look for in-vitro susceptibility. Our goal is to help pinpoint not only the offending organisms, regardless of how many are identified, but also the antibiotics capable of clearing the entire infection. We estimate the addressable market in the United States for UTI testing at approximately 2 million men annually, or $1 billion.

Laboratory Operations

We currently process our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests at our 32,379 square foot, CAP-accredited, CLIA-certified and NYSDOH-approved molecular laboratory and office facility located at our U.S. headquarters in Irvine, California and through our 7,836 square foot diagnostic facilities in Nijmegen, The Netherlands. Our current clinical reference laboratory has excess processing expansion capacity with incremental increases in laboratory personnel and equipment, including expansion capacity for laboratory facilities. We believe that we currently have sufficient capacity to process all of our tests. We may require additional facilities in the future as we expand our business and believe that additional space, when needed, will be available on commercially reasonable terms.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales approach focuses on the clinical and economic benefits of our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests as supported by peer-reviewed literature covering the clinical validation and utility of these tests. Our sales and marketing team include molecular diagnostic specialists, reimbursement account managers, clinical liaisons and client service personnel. Sales personnel are primarily field based, client service and marketing personnel are primarily based in our California headquarters.

57

Table of Contents

Our sales team is trained to address the clinical, economic and reimbursement questions associated with selling the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests. Our sales force focuses on educating its primary and secondary clientele, which consists of urologists and their clinical staff, including nurses, laboratory and pathology personnel, finance administrators and billing personnel, and secondarily the pathology and laboratory staff who fulfil test requests on behalf of their clinician clients. Our current urology sales force consists of direct sales representatives, strategic account managers and regional sales managers.

Our sales efforts are directed towards increasing adoption and utilization of our tests in clinical practice. The strategy entails:

•      working with community-based, large group practices and academic urologists to educate them on the clinical and economic benefits provided by ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx;

•      nurturing and strengthening relationships with key thought leaders in urology;

•      supporting ongoing collaborations with leading universities and research institutions that have generated clinical validation data supporting ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx; and

•      encouraging ongoing exploration and studies of expanded indications for the tests.

Successful penetration of the urology market and clinical adoption of our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests has been achieved with a multi-faceted approach to build brand recognition and raise awareness of the tests. Our efforts and programs include sharing information with leaders in the medical community on a national and regional scale, supporting clinical studies for the publication of peer reviewed journals and abstracts at key scientific conferences, development of tools for our customers to interact with patients and consumers (doctor-to-consumer education), providing support to patient advocacy groups like Prostate Conditions Education Council, developing strategic partnerships with leading pathology laboratories with large urology client bases, participation in industry trade shows and the implementation of public relations, media and advertising campaigns.

Reimbursement

Reimbursement of our tests by third-party payors is essential to our commercial success. Payment for our testing services may come from, in some cases:

•      third-party payors that provide health care coverage to the patient (e.g., commercial health insurance companies or managed care organizations);

•      federal health care programs, such as Medicare, state Medicaid programs, the Department of Defense and Veterans Affairs hospitals in the United States;

•      other government agencies or laboratories that order the testing service; and

•      patients in cases where the patient has no insurance or coverage benefit, is underinsured or has insurance with cost sharing benefits whereby the insurance covers a percentage of testing costs, and the patients are responsible for a co-payment, co-insurance and/or deductible amount.

Reimbursement for diagnostic tests furnished to Medicare beneficiaries (typically patients aged 65 or older) is typically based on a fee schedule set by CMS, a division of the HHS. As a Medicare-enrolled laboratory based in California, we bill Noridian Healthcare Solutions Noridian, and we are subject to Noridian’s local coverage and reimbursement policies. Noridian participates in MolDX, administered by Palmetto GBA, which handles technical assessments for U.S. laboratories that perform molecular diagnostic testing. In 2014, we obtained a positive Medicare LCD under the MoIDX Program, which provides coverage and reimbursement for ConfirmMDx testing of Medicare beneficiaries throughout the United States.

However, Medicare does not currently provide coverage or reimbursement for the SelectMDx test. In early 2019, we submitted clinical and outcomes data on our SelectMDx test to the MoIDX Program as part of a technical assessment process seeking Medicare coverage. In August 2019, the MoIDX Program issued a positive draft LCD recommending coverage for the SelectMDx test. Following recent communications

58

Table of Contents

with the MAC related to the retirement of the previously issued draft LCD, we have been requested to and have submitted an update to its technical assessment under the MoIDX Program for Medicare coverage of SelectMDx. On May 21, 2021, the MoIDX Program issued a draft foundational LCD supporting the clinical utility of SelectMDx. This draft foundational LCD, if finalized, is expected to support Medicare coverage and reimbursement for SelectMDx testing for qualified Medicare patients throughout the United States. The final determination with respect to Medicare coverage and reimbursement of the SelectMDx test therefore remains pending, and there can be no assurance that such coverage and reimbursement will be granted or, if granted, that it will be maintained, nor is any particular reimbursement rate guaranteed.

We believe the clinical utility and actionability of our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests, combined with our experience and knowledge of the complex coverage and reimbursement landscape in the United States will enable us to expand coverage and reimbursement of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx among the commercial payor market. We continue to build upon our successful strategy, using our Medicare LCD for ConfirmMDx and existing commercial payor contracts as a foundation to secure additional contracts from major payors.

Where there is a payor policy or contract in place, we bill in accordance with the terms of that policy or contract. Where there is no payor policy or contract in place, we pursue third-party reimbursement on behalf of each patient on a case-by-case basis. Our efforts on behalf of these patients involve a substantial amount of time and expense, and bills may not be paid for many months, if at all. Furthermore, if a third-party payor denies coverage after final appeal, it may take a substantial amount of time to collect from the patient, if we are able to collect at all.

Materials Needed for Our Laboratory Services

In connection with our role as a CLIA-certified provider of laboratory services, we assist healthcare providers with certain logistics related to the collection and return of samples for testing.

The overall process of testing with ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx requires items and services, the majority of which are sourced from multiple suppliers. Certain of the consumable supplies and reagents used in our testing process are procured from a limited number of suppliers, some of which are single source. In addition, we rely on a limited number of suppliers, or in some cases a single supplier (for example, for the automation of our deparaffination steps for the ConfirmMDx test), for certain equipment with which we perform testing services. To date, we have acquired all of our equipment and the majority of our materials on a purchase order basis, and we generally do not have language included in contracts with our suppliers and manufacturers that commit them to supply equipment and materials to us.

Competition

The molecular diagnostics field is characterized by rapid technological changes, frequent new product introductions, changing customer preferences, emerging competition, evolving industry standards, reimbursement uncertainty and price competition. Moreover, the molecular diagnostics field is intensely competitive both in terms of service and price, and continues to undergo significant consolidation, permitting larger clinical laboratory service providers to increase cost efficiencies and service levels, resulting in more intense competition.

The market for assessing men at risk for prostate cancer is large. As a result, this market has attracted competitors, some of which possess substantially greater financial, selling, logistical and laboratory resources, more experience in dealing with third-party payors, and greater market penetration, purchasing power and marketing budgets, as well as more experience in providing diagnostic services. Some companies and institutions are developing liquid biopsy (blood and urine)-based tests and diagnostic tests based on the detection of proteins, mRNA, nucleic acids or the presence of fragments of mutated genes that are associated with prostate cancer. These competitors could have technological, financial, reputational, and market access advantages over us.

In regard to our SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer test, several directly competitive products are currently commercially available. In 2014, OPKO Health, a NYSE listed company, launched the 4Kscore test, a blood based 4-plex test which combines the results of the blood test with clinical information in an algorithm that

59

Table of Contents

calculates a patient’s percent risk for aggressive prostate cancer prior to an initial or repeat biopsy (no previous diagnosis of prostate cancer). OPKO Health, a NYSE listed company, operates one of the largest clinical laboratories in the United States. The 4Kscore test competes directly with SelectMDx. In 2016, ExosomeDx launched the ExoDx (Intelliscore), a urine-based test designed to assess a whether a patient presenting for an initial or repeat biopsy is at greater risk for high-grade prostate cancer. The ExoDx test competes directly with SelectMDx. In 2018, Bio-Techne Corporation, a large U.S.-based, diversified life sciences company, acquired the ExoDx test. In addition to the ExoDx and the 4Kscore tests, the Prostate Health Index test (“phi score”) offered by Beckman Coulter, competes directly with the SelectMDx test. In addition, each of these tests may also provide a competitive advantage since, unlike the SelectMDx test, they do not require a digital rectal procedure as part of their specimen collection process. Each of OPKO Health, ExosomeDx and Beckman Coulter have greater resources and a significantly larger sales and marketing teams than MDxHealth. As a result of these significantly greater resources, these competitors are able to make larger investments into the tests they produce and the sales and marketing of these tests, which may cause us to lose market share.

In regard to our ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer test, several competitive products are currently commercially available. Both the 4Kscore test, offered by OPKO Health, and the ExoDx (Intelliscore) test offered by ExosomeDx, compete with the ConfirmMDx test. Offered at a lower price point, both the 4Kscore and ExoDx tests offer a competitive price advantage over the ConfirmMDx test. In addition, the PCA-3 test from Hologic, a urine-based test, is on the U.S. market as an FDA approved test, which may be perceived as providing a competitive advantage since the ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer test is not FDA approved. The PCA-3 test is intended for the same patient population as ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer, but its performance has only been established in men who were already recommended by urologists for repeat biopsy.

In addition to competitive products, the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests also face competition from multiparametric MRI (“mpMRI”), a clinical diagnostic imaging procedure available to and used by physicians for many years, which focuses on visual tissue analysis. The mpMRI procedure can visually reveal potential locations of abnormal and potentially cancerous prostate tissue characteristics that distinguish tumors from healthy tissue. The visual aspect of diagnostic imaging may feel more accessible and be considered preferable by some physicians over molecular analysis, and there likely is an economic incentive for some physicians to earn a professional fee from the performance of mpMRI procedures. It may be difficult to change the methods or behavior of physicians to incorporate our testing solutions into their practices in conjunction with, or instead of, mpMRI clinical diagnostic imaging procedures. In addition, companies developing or offering capital equipment or point-of-care kits to physicians represent another source of potential competition. These devices are used directly by the physicians or their institutions, which can facilitate adoption.

Intellectual Property

Our intellectual property and its protection are crucial to the operation of our business. We are committed to developing and protecting our intellectual property and, where appropriate, filing patent applications or securing licenses to patents to protect our technology. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and other agreements with employees and third parties to establish and protect our proprietary intellectual property rights. We also rely upon trade secret laws to protect unpatented know how and continuing technological innovation. However, trade secrets can be difficult to protect, and do not provide protection against a third party independently discovering or recreating the information for which trade secret protection is claimed. We seek to protect our proprietary unpatented technology, know how, algorithms and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, scientific advisors and contractors and limit access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. We also require our officers, employees and consultants to enter into standard agreements containing provisions requiring confidentiality of proprietary information and assignment to us of all inventions made during the course of their employment or consulting relationship. We also enter into nondisclosure agreements with our commercial counterparties and limit access to, and distribution of, our proprietary information. We also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our data and trade secrets by maintaining physical security of our premises and physical and electronic security of our information technology systems.

60

Table of Contents

We believe that our patent portfolio places us in a competitive position in the realm of molecular cancer diagnostics. We own or hold exclusive rights to a range of issued and pending patents in multiple countries worldwide covering our epigenetic and molecular tests and associated biomarkers, their methods of use and any other inventions that are important to the development of our business. Many of our commercially important technology and inventions are in-licensed from academic and commercial collaborators. Through our internal R&D programs, together with our NXTGNT (Epi)genomics research joint-venture with University of Gent and other academic and commercial collaborations, we continue to be at the forefront of researching and understanding the link between cancer and methylation (epigenetics), and how this link can be translated into meaningful clinical molecular diagnostic products and services. We consider patent protection of the technologies, on which our products are based, to be a key factor to our success.

Our intellectual property portfolio is managed by an in-house intellectual property team, which works in close collaboration with qualified external patent attorneys both in Europe and the United States. As of June 30, 2021, we own or have exclusive rights to more than 22 patent families related to our molecular technology and cancer-specific biomarkers. Specifically, there are 114 granted or pending patent applications in this group comprised of 16 issued or allowed U.S. patents, 11 pending U.S. provisional or non-provisional applications, 49 pending international patent applications filed under the Patent Cooperation Treaty (“PCT”) and 38 granted patents in jurisdictions outside the United States, including Japan, Canada, Israel and the major European countries. Our issued U.S. patents expire at various times between 2024 and 2036. Of these issued patents, two cover intellectual property used in our ConfirmMDx test, one of which expires in 2022 and the other of which expires in 2024, and one covers intellectual property used in our SelectMDx test which expires in 2036. When these patents expire other companies will no longer be prohibited from incorporating the subject intellectual property into competing tests they may seek to develop. Nevertheless, given the significant unpatented proprietary and confidential intellectual property that we have developed and that is used in our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests, together with the clinical performance characteristics reported in published clinical studies that are specific to these branded tests, we believe there will be significant barriers to any competitors’ ability to use such previously patent-protected intellectual property to develop competitive tests.

In most countries in which we file, our patents have a life of 20 years from the date of the filing of the nonprovisional application. In the United States, a patent’s term may be lengthened by patent term adjustment, which compensates a patentee for administrative delays by the USPTO in granting a patent, or may be shortened if a patent is terminally disclaimed over an earlier-expiring patent. The expected expiration dates listed above assume that no terminal disclaimers will be filed. A patent term can also be lengthened in certain countries, including the United States, under circumstances where there is a delay associated with approval from a governmental regulatory agency.

We may in the future receive notices of claims of infringement and misappropriation or misuse of other parties’ proprietary rights and may from time to time receive additional notices. Assertions of misappropriation, infringement or misuse, or actions seeking to establish the validity of our patents could materially or adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Collaboration and License Agreements

Collaborative research agreements and clinical research agreements

We have entered into agreements with universities, medical centers and external researchers for research and development work and for the validation of our technology and products. These agreements typically have durations of one to three years. However, our NXTGNT (Epi)genomics research joint-venture with University of Gent has continued for nearly a decade. In certain circumstances, we pay fixed fees to the collaborators and in exchange typically receive access and rights to the results of the work. MDxHealth has collaborated on research and clinical development with a number of the world’s leading academic and government cancer research institutes. These important relationships have provided us with additional resources and expertise for clinical marker validation as well as access to patient samples for testing.

61

Table of Contents

Commercial and intellectual property licensing agreements

We have entered into numerous agreements with universities and companies for in-licensing intellectual property. These agreements typically require us to pay an up-front fee, annual maintenance fees and/or minimum annual royalty fees, legal fees related to the patents, and certain milestone and royalty fees if the patents are eventually used in a commercialized product. In addition, we must provide the licensor with periodic reports.

In particular, we are party to an Amended and Restated Exclusive License Agreement with The Johns Hopkins University through which we hold an exclusive license to intellectual property that is used in our ConfirmMDx test. Pursuant to this agreement, we made upfront license fee payments of $10,000 in each of 2004 and 2005, and we are obligated to pay a mid-single-digit royalty rate on our net sales of ConfirmMDx (with minimum annual royalties of $5,000). Unless earlier terminated in accordance with the agreement, the agreement will remain in effect until the last of the licensed patents expires in 2024. The agreement contains customary termination provisions which, among other things, permit termination in the event of material uncured breaches.

In regard to our developed tests, we have entered into a range of marketing and sales arrangements with commercial entities. These important relationships provide us with additional resources and infrastructure to expand the geographic reach and awareness of our solutions, primarily in relation to the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests. Our marketing partners include Ambry Genetics, Laboratory Corporation of America (LabCorp), Inform Diagnostics (InformDx) and Poplar Healthcare.

Government Regulations

Certain of our activities are subject to regulatory oversight by CMS pursuant to CLIA, as well as agencies in various states, including New York. We are subject to many other federal, state and foreign laws, including anti-fraud and abuse, anti-kickback and patient privacy. Failure to comply with applicable requirements can lead to sanctions, including withdrawal of products from the market, recalls, refusal to authorize government contracts, product seizures, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs, civil money penalties, injunctions, and criminal prosecution.

Laboratory Certification, Accreditation, and Licensing

We are also subject to U.S. and state laws and regulations regarding the operation of clinical laboratories. CLIA requirements and laws of certain states, including those of California, New York, Maryland, Pennsylvania and Rhode Island, impose certification requirements for clinical laboratories, and establish standards for quality assurance and quality control, among other things. CLIA provides that a state may adopt different or more stringent regulations than federal law and permits states to apply for exemption from CLIA if the state’s laboratory laws are equivalent to or more stringent than CLIA. For example, the State of New York’s clinical laboratory regulations, which have received an exemption from CLIA, contain provisions that are in certain respects more stringent than federal law. Therefore, as long as New York maintains a licensure program that is CLIA-exempt, we will need to comply with New York’s clinical laboratory regulations in order to offer our clinical laboratory products and services in New York.

We have current certificates to perform clinical laboratory testing. Clinical laboratories are subject to inspection by regulators and to sanctions for failing to comply with applicable requirements. Sanctions available under CLIA and certain state laws include prohibiting a laboratory from running tests, requiring a laboratory to implement a corrective plan, and imposing civil monetary penalties. If we fail to meet any applicable requirements of CLIA or state law, that failure could adversely affect any future CMS consideration of our technologies, prevent their approval entirely, and/or interrupt the commercial sale of any products and services and otherwise cause us to incur significant expense.

HIPAA and Other Privacy Laws

The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (“HIPAA”) established comprehensive protection for the privacy and security of health information. The HIPAA standards apply to three types of organizations, or “Covered

62

Table of Contents

Entities”: (1) health plans, (2) healthcare clearinghouses, and (3) healthcare providers that conduct certain healthcare transactions electronically. Covered Entities and their business associates must have in place administrative, physical, and technical standards to guard against the misuse of individually identifiable health information. As a clinical laboratory that engages in HIPAA-covered standard transactions, we are a Covered Entity subject to regulation under HIPAA. We have implemented privacy and security policies and procedures, provided required training to our personnel, and ensure that we enter into Business Associate Agreements with our vendors who have access to our protected health information. Penalties for violations of HIPAA include civil money and criminal penalties.

HIPAA establishes a federal “floor” with respect to privacy, security, and breach notification requirements and does not supersede any state laws insofar as they are broader or more stringent than HIPAA. Numerous state and certain other federal laws protect the confidentiality of health information and other personal information, including but not limited to state medical privacy laws, state laws protecting personal information, state data breach notification laws, state genetic privacy laws, human subjects research laws and federal and state consumer protection laws. These additional federal and state privacy and security-related laws may be more restrictive than HIPAA and could impose additional penalties. For example, the Federal Trade Commission uses its consumer protection authority under Section 5 of the Federal Trade Act to initiate enforcement actions in response to alleged privacy violations and data breaches. California recently enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which went into effect on January 1, 2020. The CCPA, among other things, creates new data privacy obligations for covered companies and provides new privacy rights to California residents, including the right to opt out of certain disclosures of their information. The CCPA also creates a private right of action with statutory damages for certain data breaches, thereby potentially increasing risks associated with a data breach. California recently amended and expanded the CCPA through another ballot initiative, the California Privacy Rights Act (CPRA), passed on November 3, 2020. It remains unclear what, if any, additional modifications will be made to the CPRA by the California legislature or how it will be interpreted. In addition to California, other states have strengthened their data security laws and others are indicated their intention to do so as well. Virginia also enacted a comprehensive data privacy and security law, the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, on March 2, 2021, to go into effect on January 1, 2023. We expect that other states will follow with their own comprehensive data privacy legislation as well. Our activities must therefore comply with these other applicable privacy laws, which impose further restrictions on the access, use and disclosure of personal information. Further, we are required to comply with international personal data protection laws and regulations, including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). The GDPR is a prescriptive, detailed regulation that provides extensive powers to public authorities to sanction and stop use of personal data. While companies are afforded some flexibility in determining how to comply with the GDPR’s various requirements, the GDPR has and will continue to require significant effort and expense to ensure compliance. All of these laws may impact our business and may change periodically, which could adversely affect our business operations. Our failure to comply with these privacy laws or significant changes in the laws restricting our ability to obtain stool, tissue, blood, and other patient samples and associated patient information could significantly impact our business and our future business plans, including potentially a temporary inability to provide tests to patients in the European Union.

In Vitro Regulation

Under current law, in vitro diagnostics that the FDA regulates as medical devices must undergo premarket review prior to commercialization, unless the device is exempt from such review. The particular premarket requirements that must be met to market a medical device in the United States will depend on the classification of the device under FDA regulations. Medical devices are categorized into one of three classes, based on the degree of risk they present. Devices that pose the lowest risk are designated as Class I devices; devices that pose moderate risk are designated as Class II devices and are subject to general controls and special controls; and the devices that pose the highest risk are designated as Class III devices and are subject to general controls and premarket approval. As a CLIA-certified laboratory, we offer our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx testing services as LDTs, and we may seek to commercialize future testing services in development as LDTs. LDTs are generally defined as clinical laboratory tests that are developed and validated by a laboratory for its own use. Historically, the FDA has exercised enforcement discretion and not required approvals or clearances for many LDTs (as that term is viewed and defined by the FDA, which is the subject of interpretation) that are

63

Table of Contents

regulated under CLIA, and has not required laboratories that offer LDTs consistent with FDA’s interpretation to comply with the FDA requirements for medical devices, such as registration, device listing, quality systems regulations, premarket clearance or premarket approval, and post-market controls.

Regulatory jurisdiction over LDTs has historically been greatly disputed. For many years, the FDA has expressed its position through a range of guidance documents and precedent provided through enforcement action. The FDA has issued documents outlining its intent, at various times, to require varying levels of heightened FDA oversight of many laboratory tests that have traditionally been offered as LDTs, including categories that would include our tests. Additionally, in recent years, Congress has introduced two draft bills: the VALID Act and the VITAL Act of 2021. While we cannot predict whether the either VALID Act or the VITAL Act as proposed, or any modified version of either act will be enacted into law, it is expected that some form of the acts will be incorporated into a broader health care legislative package. It is unknown at this time whether legislation will be enacted impacting LDTs, or whether in the interim the FDA may take a more aggressive enforcement approach toward certain laboratory testing. Legal, regulatory, and policy developments may materially impact our ability to develop and commercialize testing services as LDTs, including without limitation our SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests.

Until regulatory requirements suggested by the FDA or required by any new legislation are phased in, we do not consider our current LDTs to require FDA filings or clearance or approval before launch and we will continue to follow the CLIA certification and inspection pathway.

If the new requirements are phased in or if we elect to develop IVDs, our future offerings may require a 510(k) submission or a Premarket Approval (“PMA”) application to the FDA. In a 510(k) submission, the device sponsor must demonstrate that the new device is “substantially equivalent” to a predicate device in terms of intended use, technological characteristics, and performance testing. A 510(k) requires demonstration of substantial equivalence to another device that is legally marketed in the United States. Substantial equivalence means that the new device is at least as safe and effective as the predicate. A device is substantially equivalent if, in comparison to a predicate it (a) has the same intended use as the predicate and has the same technological characteristics as the predicate; or (b) has the same intended use as the predicate, has different technological characteristics, and the information submitted to the FDA does not raise new questions of safety and effectiveness, and is demonstrated to be at least as safe and effective as the legally marketed predicate device.

A claim of substantial equivalence does not mean the new and predicate devices must be identical. Substantial equivalence is established with respect to intended use, design, energy used or delivered, materials, chemical composition, manufacturing process, performance, safety, effectiveness, labeling, biocompatibility, standards, and other characteristics. A device may not be marketed in the United States until the submitter receives a letter declaring the device substantially equivalent. If the FDA determines that a device is not substantially equivalent, the applicant may resubmit another 510(k) with new data, or request a Class I or II designation through the FDA’s de novo process that allows a new device without a valid predicate to be classified into Class I or II if it meets certain criteria, or file a reclassification petition, or submit a PMA.

Manufacturers of medical devices must comply with various regulatory requirements under the FDCA and regulations thereunder, including, but not limited to, quality system regulations, unless they are exempt, facility registration, product listing, labeling requirements, and certain post-market surveillance requirements. Entities that fail to comply with FDA requirements can be liable for criminal or civil penalties, such as recalls, detentions, orders to cease manufacturing, and restrictions on labeling and promotion, among other potential sanctions.

The regulatory review and approval process for medical devices can be costly, timely, and uncertain. This process may involve, among other things, successfully completing additional clinical trials and submitting a premarket clearance notice or filing a premarket approval application with the FDA. If premarket review is required by the FDA, there can be no assurance that our tests will be cleared or approved on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, there can be no assurance that the labeling claims cleared or approved by the FDA will be consistent with our current claims or adequate to support continued adoption of and reimbursement for

64

Table of Contents

our products. Ongoing compliance with FDA regulations could increase the cost of conducting our business, subject us to FDA inspections and other regulatory actions, and potentially subject us to penalties in the event we fail to comply with such requirements.

Federal and State Fraud and Abuse Laws

False Claims and Overpayments

We are subject to numerous federal and state fraud and abuse laws, including the federal False Claims Act. Many of these fraud and abuse laws are broad in scope, and, at least with respect to the state laws, neither the courts nor relevant government agencies have extensively interpreted these laws. Prohibitions under some of these laws include:

•      the submission of false claims or false information to government programs,

•      the retention of any overpayments received from governmental payors,

•      deceptive or fraudulent conduct,

•      excessive or unnecessary services or services at excessive prices, and

•      defrauding commercial health insurers.

We may be subject to substantial penalties for violations of these fraud and abuse laws, including denial of payment and refunds or recoupments, suspension of payments from Medicare, Medicaid or other federal health care programs, and exclusion from participation in federal and state health care programs, as well as civil monetary and criminal penalties and imprisonment. Numerous federal and state agencies enforce the fraud and abuse laws. In addition, commercial insurers may also bring private actions. In some circumstances, private whistleblowers are authorized to bring lawsuits on behalf of the government against providers and are entitled to receive a portion of any final recovery.

In addition, amendments to the federal False Claims Act (“FCA”) impose severe penalties for the knowing and improper retention of overpayments collected from governmental payors. Within sixty (60) days of identifying and quantifying an overpayment, a provider is required to notify CMS or the relevant MAC of the overpayment (and the reason for it) and to return the overpayment; failure to do so may result in a separate basis for liability under the FCA. These amendments could subject our procedures for identifying and processing payments to greater scrutiny. Overpayments may occur from time to time in the healthcare industry without any fraudulent intent. For example, overpayments may result from mistakes in reimbursement claim forms or from improper processing by governmental payors. We maintain protocols intended to identify any overpayments and to make timely refunds as appropriate. From time to time, we have identified overpayments and made appropriate refunds to government payors.

To avoid liability, we must carefully and accurately code claims for reimbursement, proactively monitor the accuracy and appropriateness of Medicare claims and payments received, diligently investigate any credible information indicating that we may have received an overpayment, and promptly return any overpayments.

Federal and State “Self-Referral” and “Anti-Kickback” Restrictions

If we or our operations are found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations prohibiting improper referrals for healthcare items or services, we may be subject to penalties, including civil and criminal penalties, damages, fines, exclusion from participation in U.S. federal or state healthcare programs, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Anti-Kickback Statute

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, receiving, offering, or paying remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce either the referral of an individual, or the furnishing, recommending, or arranging for an item or service, for which payment may be made under a federal health

65

Table of Contents

care program, such as the Medicare and Medicaid programs, unless an exception or “safe harbor” applies. The term “remuneration” is not defined in the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and has been broadly interpreted to include anything of value, including for example, gifts, discounts, the furnishing of supplies or equipment, credit arrangements, payments of cash, waivers of payment, ownership interests and providing anything at less than its fair market value. Sanctions for violations of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute may include imprisonment and other criminal penalties, civil monetary penalties, and exclusion from participation in federal health care programs. Further, the Affordable Care Act made clear that claims for items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil FCA. Further, the Affordable Care Act made clear that claims for items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the federal civil FCA. Many states have also adopted laws similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, some of which are not limited in application to only items or services reimbursable by federal health care programs, and do not contain identical safe harbors.

In addition to the Anti-Kickback Statute, in October 2018, Congress enacted the Eliminating Kickbacks in Recovery Act of 2018 (“EKRA”) as a component of the Substance Use-Disorder Prevention that Promotes Opioid Recovery and Treatment for Patients and Communities Act. EKRA is an anti-kickback law similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute that, subject to several exceptions, makes it a criminal offense to pay any remuneration to induce referrals to, or in exchange for, patients using the services of a recovery home, a substance use clinical treatment facility, or laboratory. Although it appears that EKRA was intended to reach patient brokering and similar arrangements to induce patronage of substance use recovery and treatment, the language in EKRA is broadly written and can apply to laboratory services covered under public or private payor arrangements. That said, an interpretation of EKRA that prohibits certain incentive compensation payments to sales employees or other forms of remuneration that would otherwise be permissible under a safe harbor to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute would directly conflict with the intent of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute and regulations and would prohibit a number of practices that are common throughout the industry. Significantly, EKRA permits the DOJ to issue regulations clarifying EKRA’s exceptions or adding additional exceptions, but no such regulations or applicable guidance have yet been issued.

Medicare Physician Self-Referral Law

The federal Physician Self-Referral Law, commonly referred to as the “Stark Law”, prohibits, subject to certain exceptions, physicians from making a referral to an entity for certain “designated health services” or “DHS” payable by Medicare if the physician, or an immediate family member of the physician, has a direct or indirect financial relationship (including ownership interests and compensation arrangements) with the entity. The Stark Law also prohibits such an entity from presenting or causing to be presented a claim to Medicare for DHS provided pursuant to a prohibited referral, and provides that certain collections related to any such claims must be refunded in a timely manner. The Stark Law is a strict liability statute and therefore, any referrals for Medicare DHS pursuant to a financial relationship that does not meet an exception will be nonpayable and subject to refund to Medicare. In addition, any Medicare “overpayment” (that is, Medicare funds to which a person is not entitled) must be returned within 60 days of identification — or risk liability under the FCA’s “obligation” provision. Therefore, claims relating to Stark Law violations must be timely refunded to Medicare or we would risk liability under the federal FCA. Violations of the Stark Law can also result in civil penalties and federal health care program exclusions for knowing violations and civil monetary assessments of up to three times the amount claimed. Although the Stark Law is drafted to apply only to Medicare claims, the DOJ has taken the position that it applies to Medicaid claims under an extension of the federal FCA and several courts, including courts in Florida and Texas, have agreed. In addition, there are comparable state laws, some of which apply to all payors (not just Medicare), and do not contain identical exceptions to the Stark Law.

Compliance with federal fraud and abuse laws such as the Anti-Kickback Statute and the Stark Law involve constant monitoring for regulatory changes, agency and court interpretations, and revisiting of arrangements based on new interpretations or clarifications, all of which will require ongoing compliance costs. In addition, these laws and their exceptions and safe harbors are complex and clear interpretations are not always available. Despite our best efforts to comply, we cannot guarantee that a government agency will necessarily agree with

66

Table of Contents

our interpretations or that one or more of our arrangements will not be subject to challenge, nor can we provide any assurance that they will not have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows. Any action against us for violation of these or similar foreign laws, even if we successfully defend against it, could cause us to incur significant legal expenses and divert our management’s attention from the operation of our business.

Sunshine Act

In 2010, Congress enacted the Physician Payments Sunshine Act (“Sunshine Act”), which aims to promote transparency around financial relationships between physicians, teaching hospitals and certain life sciences industry manufacturers. The Sunshine Act requires manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologicals, and medical supplies covered by Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program to report annually to CMS any payments or other transfers of value made to healthcare providers and teaching hospitals, unless an exception applies. Manufacturers must also disclose to CMS any healthcare provider ownership or investment interests. Some states have similar transparency laws. Although we do not consider our laboratory services to be covered devices under the Sunshine Act, the laws and regulations are continually evolving and in the future we could be required to comply with transparency requirements in the future, or we could otherwise be subject to scrutiny for the nature and amount of our payments and transfers of value in the healthcare industry.

International

When marketing our tests outside of the United States, we are subject to foreign regulatory requirements governing human clinical testing, export of tissue, marketing approval for our products, and performance and reporting of tests in each market. These requirements vary by jurisdiction, differ from those in the United States, and may require us to perform additional pre-clinical or clinical testing. In many countries outside of the United States, coverage, pricing, and reimbursement approvals are also required in order for our tests to be made available to patients in substantial volume.

Many countries in which we offer our tests have anti-kickback regulations prohibiting providers, as well as medical and in vitro diagnostic device manufacturers, from offering, paying, soliciting, or receiving remuneration, directly or indirectly, or providing a benefit to a healthcare professional in order to induce business that is reimbursable under any national healthcare program. In situations involving healthcare providers employed by public or state-funded institutions or national healthcare services, violation of the local anti-corruption or anti-gift laws may also constitute a violation of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”).

The FCPA prohibits any U.S. individual, business entity, or employee of a U.S. business entity from offering or providing, directly or through a third party, including the distributors we rely on in certain markets, anything of value to a foreign government official with corrupt intent to influence an award or continuation of business or to gain an unfair advantage, whether or not such conduct violates local laws. In addition, it is illegal for a company that reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) to have false or inaccurate books or records or to fail to maintain a system of internal accounting controls. We are also required to maintain accurate information and control over sales and distributors’ activities that may fall within the purview of the FCPA, its books and records provisions, and its anti-bribery provisions.

Other Laws

Occupational Safety and Health

In addition to its comprehensive regulation of health and safety in the workplace in general, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration has established extensive requirements aimed specifically at laboratories and other healthcare-related facilities. In addition, because our operations require employees to use certain hazardous chemicals, we also must comply with regulations on hazard communication and hazardous chemicals in laboratories. These regulations require us, among other things, to develop written programs and

67

Table of Contents

plans, which must address methods for preventing and mitigating employee exposure, the use of personal protective equipment, and training.

Specimen Transportation

Our commercialization activities subject us to regulations of the Department of Transportation, the U.S. Postal Service, and the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention that apply to the surface and air transportation of clinical laboratory specimens.

Legal Proceedings

We are not a party to any pending material legal proceedings.

We signed a sale and purchase agreement on September 18, 2015 (the “Purchase Agreement”) pursuant to which we acquired all shares and voting interests of NovioGendix, an entity incorporated in The Netherlands.

Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, in addition to the consideration paid at closing, we committed to pay up to $3.3 million to the prior owners of NovioGendix (the “Sellers”) subject to meeting certain milestones, payable in six milestone payments. As of June 30, 2021, we had made $1.1 million of these milestone payments. As of June 30, 2021, we recorded $1.6 million of contingent liabilities related to this contingent consideration. In June 2021, we received a notice of dispute from the Sellers claiming that approximately $880,000 of the remaining $2.2 million of milestone payments had been earned and we were in breach of the Purchase Agreement for not having timely paid such milestone payments to the Sellers. In September 2021, pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, representatives of the Company met with representatives of the Sellers to discuss these matters. During this meeting the Company’s representatives informed the representatives of the Seller that the Company disagrees with the Sellers that any such payments have been earned and are payable by the Company. Following this meeting, the Sellers requested further information from the Company and indicated if these matters are not resolved to Sellers satisfaction they may take further action to enforce their rights by instituting arbitration proceedings, in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, before the Netherlands Arbitration Institute.

Facilities

We process SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests and conduct research and development at our 32,379 square foot U.S. headquarters and laboratory facility in Irvine, California pursuant to a lease that is currently scheduled to expire in 2026. This laboratory facility is certified pursuant to CLIA and accredited by CAP.

Our headquarters is located in the CAP Business Center, Herstal, Belgium.

We maintain offices and a laboratory facility located in Nijmegen, The Netherlands where we lease approximately 7,836 square feet of laboratory and office space pursuant to a lease that is currently scheduled to expire in 2022.

Employees

As of September 30, 2021, we had 190 employees, 186 of whom are employed on a full-time basis. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we believe our relationship with our employees is good.

Our human capital resources objectives include, as applicable, identifying, recruiting, retaining, incentivizing and integrating our existing and new employees, advisors and consultants. The principal purposes of our equity incentive plans are to attract, retain and reward personnel through the granting of stock-based compensation awards, in order to increase stockholder value and the success of our company by motivating such individuals to perform to the best of their abilities and achieve our objectives.

68

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL 
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with the section entitled “Summary Financial Data” and our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Other Information Not Contained in This Prospectus.” Our actual results may differ materially from those described below. You should read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

We are a commercial-stage precision diagnostics company committed to providing non-invasive, clinically actionable and cost-effective urologic solutions to improve patient care. Our novel prostate cancer genomic testing solutions, SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx, provide physicians with a clear clinical pathway to accurately identify clinically significant prostate cancer while minimizing the use of invasive procedures that are prone to complications.

We have experienced net losses and significant cash used in operating activities since inception in 2003. To date, our primary sources of capital have been public offerings of our ordinary shares and private placements, debt financing agreements, and revenue from the sale of our products. Since inception, we have raised equity financing of approximately €250 million ($297 million). As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $31.3 million, long-term loans and borrowings of $10.0 million and an accumulated deficit of $228.6 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated revenue of $18.5 million, with a net loss was $28.6 million, and during the six months ended June 30, 2021, we generated revenue of $10.7 million and our net loss was $13.3 million

Management expects the Company to continue to incur net losses and have significant cash outflows for at least the next twelve months. While these conditions, among others, could raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, these consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of our assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. A successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of positive cash flows adequate to support the Company’s cost structure.

Key Factors and Trends

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic

The COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted, and we expect will continue to disrupt, our operations, with most non-lab employees continuing to perform their duties remotely. Our sales, marketing and business development efforts have been constrained by our operational response to the COVID-19 pandemic due to travel restrictions. We expect to continue to adjust our operational norms in an effort to help slow the spread of COVID-19 in the coming months, including complying with government directives and guidelines as they are modified and supplemented. To date, both our Irvine-based and Nijmegen, Netherlands-based laboratory facilities have not experienced a stoppage of operating activities and we have not experienced a noticeable delay or decrease in supply of components from our third-party suppliers due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, our support functions, including our research and development and quality assurance activities, have also continued.

69

Table of Contents

The COVID-19 pandemic has also negatively affected, and we expect will continue to negatively affect, our testing-related revenue. For example, cancer patients may have more limited access to hospitals, healthcare providers and medical resources as they take steps to control the spread of COVID-19. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, beginning in the second quarter of 2020, we experienced a reduction in our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx testing volume of 31% and 53%, respectively, as compared to the first quarter of 2020, and which we believe is linked to delays and/or cancellations in patient visits and thus lower genomic testing volume from ordering physicians in response to COVID-19. While we are unable to predict the pace, timing or occurrence of any rescheduled patient visits, we anticipate that a majority of these delayed and/or canceled patient visits will be subsequently rescheduled as applicable restrictions and guidelines are eased, which we believe is supported by recent metrics available to us. For example, for the third quarter of 2020, ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx testing volume increased 14% and 57%, respectively, as compared to the second quarter, while continuing to increase and 3% and 6%, respectively, from the third quarter to the fourth quarter of 2020.

Although we are monitoring developments related to the COVID-19 pandemic closely, the impact of COVID-19 on our business is uncertain at this time and will depend on future developments, which cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the efficacy or side effects of vaccines and the speed of vaccination activities, the severity of COVID-19 and the actions taken to contain it or address its impact, among other things. Therefore, we do not yet know the full extent of the impact on our business, including our supply chains, our clinical studies and our access to the capital required to execute our business strategy.

Ability to Attract New Ordering Physicians and Increase Our Penetration with Existing Physicians

Revenue growth for our products will depend on our ability to continue to expand our base of ordering physicians, increase our penetration with existing physician customers, and increase the number of physicians who consistently order our tests. We do not have immediate plans to expand our direct sales force and believe that we have the ability to increase our base of ordering physicians with our current structure.

Reimbursement for Genomic Testing from Third-Party Payors

Successful commercialization of our tests depends, in large part, on the availability of coverage and adequate reimbursement from government and private payors. Favorable third-party payor coverage and reimbursement are essential to meeting the Company’s immediate objectives and long-term commercial goals. In the United States, for new diagnostic solutions, each private and government payor decides whether to cover the test, the amount it will reimburse for a covered test, and any the specific conditions for reimbursement. Providers may be unlikely to order a specific diagnostic test unless an applicable third-party payor offers meaningful reimbursement for the test. Therefore, adequate coverage and reimbursement is critical to the commercial success of a diagnostic product, and if the Company and is unable to secure and maintain favorable coverage determinations and reimbursement levels, this will compromise its ability to earn revenues from its products.

Medicare

Reimbursement for diagnostic tests furnished to Medicare beneficiaries is typically based on a fee schedule set by CMS. As a Medicare-enrolled laboratory based in California, the Company bills Noridian (the “MAC for California), and is subject to applicable Medicare local coverage and reimbursement policies. Noridian participates in the MolDX, which handles technical assessments for U.S. laboratories that perform molecular diagnostic testing. In 2014, we obtained a positive MolDX LCD, which provides coverage for ConfirmMDx testing of Medicare patients throughout the United States. However, Medicare does not currently provide coverage and reimbursement for the SelectMDx test. In early 2019, we submitted clinical and outcomes data on our SelectMDx test to the MolDX program as part of a technical assessment process seeking Medicare

70

Table of Contents

coverage. In May 2021, the MolDX Program issued a draft foundational LCD for the SelectMDx test. This draft foundational LCD, if finalized, would support coverage of the test for qualified Medicare patients throughout the United States. There is no guarantee that SelectMDx will receive a final LCD and there can be no assurance that Medicare coverage and reimbursement will be granted or, if granted, that it will be maintained.

Commercial payors

Obtaining coverage and reimbursement by commercial payors is a time-consuming and costly process, without a guaranteed outcome, since each commercial payor makes its own decision with respect to whether to cover a particular test, and, if so, at what rate to reimburse providers for such test. In addition, several payors and other entities conduct technology assessments of new medical tests and devices and provide the results of these assessments for informational purposes to other parties. These assessments may be used by third-party payors and healthcare providers as grounds to deny coverage for a particular test, or to refuse to use or order a particular test or procedure. The ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests have received initial negative technology assessments from several of these entities and are likely to receive more negative technology assessments. The Company continues to work with third-party payors to obtain coverage for its ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests and to appeal denial decisions based on existing and ongoing studies, peer reviewed publications, and support from physician and patient groups. There are no assurances that commercial payors will continue to issue positive coverage and reimbursement policies and/or contracts, and, if issued, that such policies and/or contracts will be maintained in the future. If the Company’s tests are considered on a policy-wide level by major third-party payors, whether at the Company’s request or on their own initiative, and the tests are determined to be ineligible for coverage and reimbursement by such payors, the Company’s collection efforts and potential for revenue growth could be adversely impacted.

Increasing Market Acceptance and Adoption of our Tests

Healthcare providers typically take a long time to adopt new products, testing practices and clinical treatments, partly because of perceived liability risks and the uncertainty of third-party coverage and reimbursement. It is critical to the success of our sales efforts that we educate enough patients, clinicians and administrators about molecular diagnostics testing, in general, as well as about our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests, and demonstrate our clinical benefits. It is likely that clinicians may not adopt, and third-party payors may not cover or adequately reimburse for, the Company’s tests unless they determine, based on published peer-reviewed journal articles and the experience of other clinicians, that they provide accurate, reliable and cost-effective information.

Menu Expansion

Our lead products address men at risk for developing prostate cancer, but in addition, we are actively developing testing solutions to help with the management of men diagnosed with prostate cancer, with the goal to provide our clients with a menu of tools spanning the continuum of prostate cancer diagnosis and care. Our expertise in precision diagnostics and our portfolio of novel biomarkers for diagnostic, prognostic and predictive molecular assays supports our active pipeline of new testing solutions for prostate and other urologic diseases. Our pipeline products in active surveillance are still under development and may or may not make it to market, depending on results of our research and clinical studies. The completion of these research and development activities is difficult to predict, and the related expenses may vary significantly by quarter. We expect to increase our research and development expense during this time. We may also take advantage of our strong commercial channel into urology to introduce complimentary tests outside of our current pipeline products.

While these factors may present significant opportunities for us, they also pose significant risks and challenges that we must address. See “Risk Factors” for more information.

71

Table of Contents

Components of Our Results of Operations

Revenues

The majority of our revenue is derived from laboratory services for our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests, with revenue recognized at a point in time when control of the services has transferred to the customer. This is generally when the test results are delivered to the customer. We derive a small amount of additional revenue from license fees, royalties and government grants.

A large portion of our revenues are derived from Medicare, which has set a fixed price (via a LCD for the Company’s ConfirmMDx test. Therefore, the amount of revenue recognized from Medicare for ConfirmMDx is determined by reference to the fixed price in the LCD. For other commercial insurance companies for ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx, where there is no certainty of the amount that will be paid for services rendered, the Company uses historical collection data — on an individual payor basis — to estimate its future collection and corresponding revenues that should be recognized for each of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx.

We analyze historical collection data on a quarterly basis and make quarterly adjustments to our estimates. In accordance with IFRS 15, revenue is recognized where such a variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent that it is highly probable that the amount of revenue recognized will not be subject to significant future reversals as a result of subsequent re-estimation. When historical collection data is insufficient to estimate future collections, recognize revenue on a cash basis, meaning that revenues will not be recognized until actual cash payment is received from the payor.

Cost of Goods & Services Sold

Cost of goods sold includes the cost of materials, labor (including salaries, bonuses, and benefits), transportation, collection kits, and allocated overhead costs associated with processing samples. Allocated overhead costs include depreciation of laboratory equipment, facility occupancy and information technology costs. Costs associated with processing samples are expensed when incurred, regardless of the timing of revenue recognition. As such, cost of goods and related volume does not always trend in the same direction as revenue recognition.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

We calculate gross profit as revenue less cost of goods & services sold, and gross margin as gross profit divided by revenue. Our gross margin has and will continue to be affected by a variety of factors, primarily average selling prices and ordering volumes. We expect our gross profit to increase in the foreseeable future as our revenue grows, our average selling price improves — based on broader commercial coverage for our tests — and as we take advantage of economies of scale as we grow test volume.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for the development of our products. These expenses consist primarily of labor costs (including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation), reagents and supplies, clinical studies, outside services, patent expenses, depreciation of laboratory equipment, facility occupancy and information technology costs. Research and development expenses also include costs associated with assay improvements and automation workflow for our current suite of products. We expense our research and development expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

We expect that our research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars as we continue to develop additional products, however, we expect that these expenses will decrease as a percentage of revenue over the long term, though they may fluctuate as a percentage from period to period due to the timing and extent of these expenses.

72

Table of Contents

Sales and Marketing Expenses

Our sales and marketing expenses are expensed as incurred and include costs associated with our sales organization, including our direct clinical sales force and sales management, medical affairs, client services, marketing and managed care, as well as technical lab support and administration. These expenses consist primarily of labor costs (including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation), customer education and promotional expenses, market analysis expenses, conference fees, travel expenses and allocated overhead costs.

While there are no immediate plans to grow the size of our commercial organization, our sales and marketing expenses may increase in absolute dollars as we increase our marketing activities to drive further awareness and adoption of our products. However, we expect that these expenses will decrease as a percentage of revenue over the long term, though they may fluctuate as a percentage from period to period due to the timing and extent of these expenses.

General and Administrative Expenses

Our general and administrative expenses include costs for certain executives, accounting and finance, legal, revenue cycle management, information technology, human resources, and administrative functions. These expenses consist primarily of labor costs (including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation), professional service fees such as consulting, accounting, legal, general corporate costs, and public-company costs associated with our European listing, as well as allocated overhead costs (rent, utilities, insurance, etc.)

We expect that our general and administrative expenses will continue to increase in absolute dollars primarily due to increased headcount (some of it related to volume, such as revenue cycle management) and costs associated with operating as a public company, including expenses related to legal, accounting, regulatory, tax, maintaining compliance with exchange listing in both Belgium (EURONEXT) and the United States (NASDAQ) and requirements of the SEC, director and officer insurance and investor relations.

Other Operating Income/Expenses

Other operating income/expense is primarily related to the revaluation of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of NovioGendix in 2015 as well as goodwill impairment, if any. We do not expect the revaluation of the contingent consideration to be a significant source of income or expense going forward.

Financial Income/Expenses

Financial income/expense is comprised of interest income/expense, as well as foreign exchange gain/loss and other financial gain/loss. Interest income consists primarily of interest earned on our deposits. Our interest income has not been significant to date and we do not expect it to be significant in the future. Our interest expense is primary related to our long-term debt facility with Kreos Capital in the amount €9.0 million, or approximately $10 million.

Foreign exchange gains/losses are derived from our operating in two different currencies (Euro and U.S. dollar) for our European and U.S. operations. These gains and losses are not expected to be significant and we maintain reserves in both currencies to offset extreme fluctuations in the dollar/euro exchange rate.

Other financial loss is derived from accrued interest charges on the fair value of the NovioGendix contingent liability.

73

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

 

Six Months Ended
June 30,

 

Year-Over-Year
Change

(in Thousands)

 

2021

 

2020

 

$

 

%

Services

 

$

10,462

 

 

$

9,596

 

 

$

866

 

 

9

 

Licenses

 

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties

 

 

19

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

(15

)

 

(44

)

Revenues

 

 

10,731

 

 

 

9,880

 

 

 

851

 

 

9

 

Cost of goods & services sold

 

 

(5,516

)

 

 

(5,194

)

 

 

(322

)

 

6

 

Gross Profit

 

 

5,215

 

 

 

4,686

 

 

 

529

 

 

11

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

(2,823

)

 

 

(2,130

)

 

 

(693

)

 

33

 

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

(8,247

)

 

 

(8,335

)

 

 

88

 

 

(1

)

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(6,739

)

 

 

(7,268

)

 

 

529

 

 

(7

)

Other operating income, net

 

 

151

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

92

 

 

156

 

Operating loss

 

 

(12,443

)

 

 

(12,988

)

 

 

545

 

 

(4

)

Financial income

 

 

10

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

7

 

 

233

 

Financial expenses

 

 

(866

)

 

 

(724

)

 

 

(142

)

 

20

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(13,299

)

 

 

(13,709

)

 

 

410

 

 

(3

)

Income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss for the period

 

 

(13,299

)

 

 

(13,709

)

 

 

410

 

 

(3)

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Loss per share attributable to parent (EPS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Basic and Diluted,

 

 

(0.12

)

 

 

(0.18

)

 

 

.06

 

 

(33

)

Revenue

Revenue increased $0.9 million, or 9%, for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due an increase in our test volumes.

For the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020, ConfirmMDx accounted for 93% and 95% of total revenue, respectively.

Cost of Goods & Services Sold

Cost of revenue increased $0.3 million, or 6%, for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily as a result of the increase in unit volumes, however, gross margins increased from 47.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2020 to 48.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2021, a 120 basis-point improvement.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses increased $0.7 million, or 33%, for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due increased expenses associated with our active surveillance pipeline products.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expense was comparable to the prior year period, decreasing slightly by $0.1 million, or 1% the six months ended June 30, 2021, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020.

74

Table of Contents

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense decreased $0.5 million, or 7%, for the six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2020, primarily due to lower stock-based compensation.

Other Operating Income, net

Other operating income, net was comprised of the revaluation of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of NovioGendix in 2015, which increased by $0.1 million for the six month ended June 30, 2021 versus the prior year period.

Financial Income/Expense

Financial income was comprised of interest income from deposits, interest expense on our long-term debt facility, foreign exchange gains and losses and other financial losses. Financial expenses increased by $0.1 million, or 20%, related to interest charges recognized on operating leases under IFRS 16.

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the periods presented below:

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

Year-Over-Year
Change

(in Thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

 

$

 

%

Services

 

$

18,064

 

 

$

11,443

 

 

$

6,621

 

 

58

%

Licenses

 

 

250

 

 

 

250

 

 

 

 

 

 

Royalties

 

 

58

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

(34

)

 

(37

)

Government grants

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

18,460

 

 

 

11,785

 

 

 

6,675

 

 

57

 

Cost of goods & services sold

 

 

(10,416

)

 

 

(11,755

)

 

 

1,339

 

 

(11

)

Gross Profit

 

 

8,044

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

8,014

 

 

*

 

Research and development expenses

 

 

(4,543

)

 

 

(8,997

)

 

 

4,454

 

 

(50

)

Selling and marketing expenses

 

 

(16,752

)

 

 

(17,809

)

 

 

1,057

 

 

(6

)

General and administrative expenses

 

 

(13,990

)

 

 

(15,196

)

 

 

1,206

 

 

(8

)

Other operating income

 

 

118

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

117

 

 

*

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

 

 

 

(1,198

)

 

 

1198

 

 

(100

)

Operating loss

 

 

(27,123

)

 

 

(43,169

)

 

 

16,046

 

 

(37

)

Financial income

 

 

4

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(6

)

 

(60

)

Financial expense

 

 

(1,543

)

 

 

(516

)

 

 

(1,027

)

 

199

 

Loss before income tax

 

 

(28,662

)

 

 

(43,675

)

 

 

15,013

 

 

(34

)

Income tax

 

 

 

 

 

575

 

 

 

(575

)

 

(100

)

Loss for the year

 

 

(28,662

)

 

 

(43,100

)

 

 

14,438

 

 

(33

)

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Earnings per share attributable to parent (EPS)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

Basic and Diluted,

 

 

(0.34

)

 

 

(0.69

)

 

 

0.35

 

 

(51

)

____________

* Greater than 1,000%

Revenue

Revenue increased $6.7 million, or 57%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a change in accounting estimates which negatively affected 2019 revenues by $10.1 million, partially offset by a decrease in revenues attributable to the negative impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our operations, affecting our billable unit volumes for our ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests,

75

Table of Contents

which declined 18% and 39% respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. During the fourth quarter of 2019, and based on current and historical collections data available at the time, we updated certain assumptions to our estimates, primarily related to management’s decision to reduce the amount of time we carry accounts receivable from 24 months to 12 months, which negatively affected 2019 revenues by $10.1 million.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, ConfirmMDx accounted for 94% and 93% of total revenue, respectively.

Cost of Goods & Services Sold

Cost of revenue decreased $1.3 million, or 11%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily as a result of the declines in unit volumes, which were impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses decreased $4.5 million, or 50%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to an impairment loss in 2019 of intangible assets in the amount of $5.1 million, related to purchase price paid for the acquisition of MDxHealth BV in September 2015 and the associated development costs of AssureMDx. A further impairment loss in the amount of $0.3 million was recorded in 2020 for the previously acquired intellectual property.

Excluding these impairment losses, research and development expenses increased by $0.4 million, or 11%, primarily due a change in presentation of patent expenses which were recorded as part of research and development expenses in 2020, previously under general and administrative expenses in 2019.

Selling and Marketing Expenses

Selling and marketing expense decreased $1.1 million, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a reduction in marketing and travel expenses of $1.9 million as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic travel restrictions, partially offset by an increase of $0.7 million in personnel costs due to salesforce realignment and turnover in 2019.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense decreased $1.2 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a $1.0 million reduction in professional fees as well as a reduction of $0.9 million in patent expenses which were recorded as part of research and development expenses in 2020, previously under general and administrative expenses in 2019, partially offset by an increase of $0.7 million in personnel costs due to increased headcount and benefit costs.

Other Operating Income/Expenses

Other operating income/expenses were comprised of the revaluation of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of NovioGendix in 2015. Other operating income, net, increased by $1.3 million, primarily due to goodwill impairment in the prior year.

Financial Income/Expense

Financial income was comprised of interest income from deposits, interest expense on our long-term debt facility, foreign exchange gains and losses and other financial losses. Financial expense, net, increased by $1.0 million, or 204%, due to interest expenses on our long-term debt facility of $10.8 million with Kreos Capital which was entered into during the fourth quarter of 2019.

76

Table of Contents

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have incurred net losses in each quarter since our inception. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the six months ended June 30, 2021, we incurred a net loss of $28.7 million, $43.1 million and $13.3 million, respectively. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses for the foreseeable future and to incur operating losses in the near term while we make investments to support our anticipated growth.

As of June 30, 2021, we have been financed primarily through net proceeds of approximately €250 million ($297 million) from the sale of our equity securities and long-term debt facilities. Our primary source of cash from operations is cash receipts on accounts receivable from our revenue. As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $31.3 million and an accumulated deficit of $228.6 million.

Our primary uses of cash are to fund operating expenses, service debt and acquire equipment. Cash used to fund operating expenses excludes the impact of non-cash items such as depreciation and stock-based compensation and is impacted by the timing of when we pay our operating expenses as reflected in the change in our outstanding accounts payable and accrued expenses. Debt service primarily consists of interest payments on our outstanding debt. Acquisitions of property and equipment primarily consist of purchases of laboratory equipment.

In September 2019, we entered into a senior secured loan agreement with Kreos Capital in the amount of €9.0 million ($10.5 million), which was amended in October 2020 and April 2021. The main characteristics of the loan agreement are:

•      Balance:    As of June 30, 2021 the outstanding balance on the loan agreement was €9.0 million ($10.5 million). In addition, in connection with the facility, a drawdown fee of €630,000 ($748,000) was due to Kreos Capital which was not payable in cash but remained outstanding as a “convertible loan” (the “Initial Convertible Loan”).

•      Term:    We are required to make monthly interest-only payments on the loan through January 2022. As of February 2022 until maturity we are required make monthly interest and principal payments. The loan matures in October 2023.

•      Interest:    The loan accrues interest at a rate of 9.5% per annum.

•      End-of-loan payment:    Upon final repayment of the loan an end-of-loan payment equal to €585,000 will be due to Kreos Capital.

•      Initial Convertible Loan:    The Initial Convertible Loan does not accrue interest and is not required to be repaid. The Company will not have the right to prepay or otherwise terminate the Initial Convertible Loan. The Initial Convertible Loan expires on the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the drawdown of the loan (i.e., November 1, 2029) and (ii) the sale of the entire issued share capital of MDxHealth (the “Expiration Date”).

•      Conversion of the Initial Convertible Loan:    Upon the Expiration Date, the convertible loan will convert automatically into ordinary shares. Prior to the Expiration Date, Kreos Capital may at any time convert the convertible loan into new ordinary shares at its election. Upon conversion of the Initial Convertible Loan, the relevant shares of MDxHealth will be valued at €0.85 per share.

•      Cancellation of the Initial Convertible Loan:    In lieu of converting the Initial Convertible Loan, Kreos Capital may instead cancel the convertible loan at any time (but before the Expiration Date) after the earlier to occur of (i) a repayment or prepayment in full of the loan, and (ii) sale of the entire issued share capital of MDxHealth. In such case, Kreos Capital will be paid an amount equal to 150% of the principal amount of the Initial Convertible Loan.

77

Table of Contents

•      Additional convertible amounts:    In the framework of amendments to the loan after the initial signing date, it has been agreed that an additional €180,000 ($213,000) of the loan will be convertible into shares of MDxHealth at a 25% premium to the 30-day volume weighted average price immediately prior to signing the amendment of October 19, 2020 (i.e., €0.95) (rounded) and €202,500 ($240,000) of the loan will be convertible into shares of MDxHealth at a 25% premium to the 30-day volume weighted average price ten days prior to signing the amendment of April 19, 2021 (i.e., €1.41) (rounded). These amounts form part of the loan and are thus subject to the amortization schedule and the voluntary prepayment provisions of the loan agreement. If exercised, these amounts will be reduced from the principal amount due under the loan agreement.

In April 2020, the Company, through its U.S. subsidiary, MDxHealth Inc., entered into a “Paycheck Protection Program” (PPP) loan with the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) in the amount of $2,316,000 as part of the U.S. Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. The loan has a term of five years and carries an interest rate of 1.0% per year. Payments on the loan are deferred for the first eighteen months following disbursement of the loan, with principal and interest payments beginning on the nineteenth month. Interest on the loan continues to accrue during the eighteen-month deferment period. Cash proceeds from the loan were received in July 2020. The PPP loan has been recorded as long-term debt on the company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 and June 30, 2021.

Funding Requirements

As of June 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents of $31.3 million. Based on our current business plan, we estimate that our current cash and cash equivalents and our anticipated cash flows generated from sales of our products, will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements over at least the next 12 months from the date of this prospectus. In addition, the proceeds of this offering will further reinforce our equity and cash position. We may consider raising additional capital to expand our business, to pursue strategic investments, to take advantage of financing opportunities or for other reasons. As a result of our expected revenue growth, we expect our accounts receivable and inventory balances to increase. Any increase in accounts receivable and inventory may not fully cover corresponding increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses, which could result in greater working capital requirements. We have based these estimates on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could utilize our available capital resources sooner than we expect.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate revenue to support our cost structure, we expect to finance our operations through equity offerings or debt financings, or other capital resources, including potentially collaborations or licensing arrangements. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our shareholders and the terms of these securities could provide for rights, preferences or privileges senior to those of our common stock. The terms of debt securities issued or borrowings pursuant to a credit agreement could impose significant restrictions on our operations. If we raise funds through collaborations and licensing arrangements, we might be required to relinquish significant rights to our technologies or products or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

Our ability to generate sufficient revenue to achieve profitability will be heavily dependent on the successful commercialization of our currently marketed products and our anticipated future products, as well as obtaining favorable reimbursement. We anticipate that a substantial portion of our capital resources and efforts in the foreseeable future will be focused on the commercialization of our existing products and the development of future products.

Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from period to period, depending on the timing of our planned development activities, clinical studies, and the growth of our sales and marketing activities. We expect our expenses will increase substantially for the foreseeable future as we:

•      attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

78

Table of Contents

•      continue to develop additional products and generate any evidence required to support expanded reimbursement of our products;

•      expand our sales force and territories and increase our marketing activities to drive further awareness and adoption of our products;

•      protect and defend our intellectual property;

•      invest in processes, infrastructure to support the growth of our business; and

•      operate as a dual-listed public company.

The table below summarizes our cash flows information for the six months ended June 30, 2021 and 2020.

 

For the six months ended
June

(in Thousands)

 

2021

 

2020

Net cash used in operations

 

$

(11,642

)

 

$

(11,255

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(411

)

 

 

(164

)

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

27,285

 

 

 

13,113

 

Effects of exchange rate changes

 

 

133

 

 

 

37

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

15,365

 

 

$

1,731

 

Net cash used in operations was $11.6 million for six months ended June 30, 2021 compared to $11.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase of cash used in operations of $0.3 million was primarily due to non-cash foreign exchange rate change.

Net cash from investing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 was $0.4 million compared to $0.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. The increase in net cash from investing activities related to purchases of property, plant, and equipment during 2021.

Net cash from financing activities for six months ended June 30, 2021 was $27.3 million compared to $13.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2020. Cash from financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2021 were primarily from an equity financing of €25.0 million ($30.4 million) in gross proceeds by means of a private placement of 27,777,777 new shares (being approximately 30.63% of the Company’s outstanding shares) at an issue price of €0.90 per share through an accelerated bookbuild offering. Cash from financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2020 were primarily from an equity investment in the Company by MVM V LP and MVM GP (No.5) LP, funds managed by MVM Partners LLP (collectively “MVM”) of $13.9 million.

Cash Flows

The table below summarizes our cash flows information for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

For the year ended
December 31

(in Thousands)

 

2020

 

2019

Net cash used in operations

 

$

(20,244

)

 

$

(22,289

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(537

)

 

 

(73

)

Net cash from financing activities

 

 

14,290

 

 

 

17,965

 

Effects of exchange rate changes

 

 

394

 

 

 

244

 

Change in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(6,097

)

 

$

(4,153

)

79

Table of Contents

Net cash used in operations was $20.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $22.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease of cash used in operations of $2.0 million was primarily due to a decrease in our operating loss, net of non-cash items, of $10.4 million, partially offset by negative variation in the working capital of $8.3 million.

Net cash from investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.5 million compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase in net cash from investing activities related to purchases of property, plant, and equipment during 2020.

Net cash from financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $14.3 million compared to $18.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Cash from financing activities in 2020 were primarily from an equity investment in the Company by MVM V LP and MVM GP (No.5) LP, funds managed by MVM Partners LLP (collectively “MVM”) of $13.9 million as well as proceeds of $2.3 million from the “Paycheck Protection Program” (PPP) loan with the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) as part of the U.S Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act.

Cash from financing activities in 2019 were primarily from a capital increase with the offering of new ordinary shares by means of a private placement in the net amount of $9.6 million and the entering into a loan agreement with Kreos Capital as described above.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

Our principal obligations consist of a lease liability, financial debt and trade and other payables. The following table sets out, as of December 31, 2020, our contractual obligations and commitments due by period:

 

Payments Due by Period

   

Total

 

Less than
1 Year

 

1 – 3 Years

 

3 – 5 Years

 

More than 5 Years

   

(in thousands)

Long-term debt

 

$

13,097

 

$

2,818

 

$

9,205

 

$

1,074

 

$

Operating lease obligations

 

 

2,774

 

 

757

 

 

921

 

 

776

 

 

320

Total

 

$

15,871

 

$

3,575

 

$

10,126

 

$

1,850

 

$

320

The contractual obligations table does not include any additional potential contingent payments upon the future achievement by us of specified sales-based and other milestones, or royalty payments we may be required to make under license agreements we have entered into pursuant to which we have in-licensed certain intellectual property. See “Business — Collaboration and License Agreements” for additional information. The timing of when these additional payments will actually be made is uncertain and the payments are contingent upon the completion of future activities.

Off Balance Sheet Transactions

During the periods presented we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under SEC rules.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

During the periods presented we did not have, nor do we currently have, any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined under SEC rules.

80

Table of Contents

Credit Risk

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, as well as credit exposure to collaboration partners. Credit risk refers to the risks that counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.

At the end of 2020, the Company operated with more than 1,000 different customers, systematically reducing credit risk compared to prior periods.

In the U.S. healthcare system, and particularly within the molecular diagnostic CLIA-laboratory industry, where there are rapid technological advances in diagnostic services, companies provide services to healthcare professionals and their patients, while being reimbursed from commercial and governmental insurance systems. Often these services are provided out-of-network and without supplier contracts. As a result, there is reimbursement risk, separate from credit risk that is characterized by uncertainty in reimbursement value, delays in payment, and ultimately non-payment. This impacts the Company’s revenue recognition and cash collections.

In addition to reimbursement risk associated with commercial third-party payors, credit risk may also arise from amounts due directly from patients. In many cases, payors will cover the entire cost of testing. The ConfirmMDx test falls under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, so there is no co-payment, co-insurance or deductible for patients covered under traditional Medicare. However, patients covered by commercial insurance companies may be responsible for a co-payment, co-insurance, and/or deductible depending on the health insurance plan and individual patient benefit. Credit risk exists for those patients who cannot meet their co-payment or deductible portions.

Customer’s compliance with agreed credit terms is regularly and closely monitored. Trade accounts receivable amounted to $3,771,000 as of December 31, 2020, and no allowance for expected credit loss was recorded. The Company applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses (ECL) prescribed by IFRS 9, which requires the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. No ECL has been recorded for other financial assets carried at amortized cost as there is no related credit risk.

The credit risk on cash and cash equivalents of $15,953,000 is limited given that the counterparties are banks with high credit scores attributed by international rating agencies.

Interest Rate Risk

Our cash consists of cash in readily available checking accounts and money market accounts. As a result, the fair value of our portfolio is relatively insensitive to interest rate changes. Our long-term debt bears interest at a fixed rate and therefore has no exposure to changes in interest rates.

Foreign Currency

Our European operations, including all sales and expenses, are denominated in Euros. At the end of each reporting period, these assets and liabilities are converted to U.S. dollars at the then-applicable foreign exchange rate. As a result, our business is affected by fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies. We enter into limited foreign currency hedging transactions to mitigate our exposure to foreign currency exchange risks. Exchange rate fluctuations may adversely affect our expenses, results of operations, financial position and cash flows. However, to date, these fluctuations have not been significant and a movement of 10% in U.S. dollar to the Euro exchange rate would not have a material effect on our results of operations.

81

Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. The consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, except when otherwise indicated.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires management to exercise judgment in the process of applying accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment or complexity are areas where assumptions and estimates are significant to the consolidated financial statements.

When preparing the consolidated financial statements, judgments, estimates and assumptions are made that affect the carrying amount of certain assets and liabilities as well as revenues and expenses. These judgments, estimates and assumptions have been reviewed for each year and are reviewed on a regular basis, taking into consideration past experience and other factors deemed relevant under the then prevailing economic conditions. Changes in such conditions might accordingly result in different estimates in our future consolidated financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions and any such differences may be material. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates.

While our critical accounting estimates and assumptions are described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe that the following critical accounting policies and estimates are those most important to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with IFRS 15, at a point in time when control of the services has transferred to the customer. This is generally when the test results are delivered to the customer. Minor other revenue is derived from license fees, royalties and government grants.

A large portion of our revenues are derived from Medicare, which has set a fixed price (via a LCD) for the Company’s ConfirmMDx test. Therefore, the amount of revenue recognized from Medicare for ConfirmMDx is determined by reference to the fixed price in the LCD. For other commercial insurance companies for ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx, where there is no certainty of the amount that will be paid for services rendered, the Company uses historical collection data — on an individual payor basis — to estimate its future collection and corresponding revenues that should be recognized for each of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx.

We analyze historical collection data on a quarterly basis and make quarterly adjustments to our estimates. In accordance with IFRS 15, revenue is recognized where such a variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent that it is highly probable that the amount of revenue recognized will not be subject to significant future reversals as a result of subsequent re-estimation. When historical collection data is insufficient to estimate future collections, we recognize revenue on a cash basis, meaning that revenues will not be recognized until actual cash payment is received from the payor.

82

Table of Contents

Share-Based Payments

We grant stock options in accordance with several share-based compensation plans in consideration for services performed by personnel, directors and business associates. The cost of the services rendered is measured at the fair value of the granted options and recognized as an expense in the income statement. The corresponding credit is recorded directly into equity.

The estimate of the number of options which will ultimately vest is revised at each reporting date. The change in estimate is recorded as an expense with a corresponding correction in equity.

The received amount, less directly attributable transaction costs, will be recorded as share capital and share premium when the options are exercised.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

We applied for the first-time certain standards and amendments, which are effective for annual periods beginning on or before January 1, 2020. The new standards and amendments that apply for the first time in 2020 did not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows and are described in Note 2.5 to our consolidated financial statements found elsewhere in this prospectus.

Emerging Growth Company and Foreign Private Issuer Status

Emerging Growth Company Status

As a company with an annual revenue under $1.07 billion, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include:

•      the ability to present only two years of audited financial statements in addition to any required interim financial statements and correspondingly reduced disclosure in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations in this prospectus;

•      exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting; and

•      to the extent that we no longer qualify as a foreign private issuer, (i) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and (ii) exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, including golden parachute compensation.

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or until such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; (ii) the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; (iii) the issuance, in any three-year period by our company of more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities held by non-affiliates; and (iv) the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of this public offering of our ordinary shares.

We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens. For example, we have presented only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” disclosure in this prospectus, and intend to take advantage of the exemption from the auditor attestation on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, the information that we provide shareholders may be different than you might obtain from other public companies.

83

Table of Contents

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Given that we currently report and expect to continue to report under IFRS as issued by the IASB, we have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required by the IASB. Since IFRS makes no distinction between public and private companies for purposes of compliance with new or revised accounting standards, the requirements for our compliance as a private company and as a public company are the same.

Foreign Private Issuer Status

Upon consummation of this offering, we will report under the Exchange Act as a non-U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, as long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act, we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

•      the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

•      the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time;

•      the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8-K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events; and

•      Regulation FD, which regulates selective disclosures of material information by issuers.

84

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Our Board of Directors

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our board of directors as of September 30, 2021.

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

 

Term

Koen Hoffman(1)

 

52

 

Independent Non-Executive Director (Chairperson of the Board of Directors)

 

Until 2024

Michael K. McGarrity

 

58

 

Executive Director (Chief Executive Officer)

 

Until 2023

Rudi Mariën(2)

 

76

 

Non-Executive Director

 

Until 2024

Jan Pensaert(3)

 

50

 

Non-Executive Director

 

Until 2024

Dr. Lieve Verplancke(4)

 

62

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Until 2024

Hilde Windels(5)

 

56

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Until 2023

Dr. Regine Slagmulder(6)

 

55

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Until 2023

Dr. Eric Bednarski

 

50

 

Non-Executive Director

 

Until 2023

Donnie (Don) M. Hardison(6)

 

70

 

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

Until 2023

____________

(1)Acting through Ahok BV.

(2)Acting through RR-Invest S.à.r.l.

(3)Acting through Valiance Advisors LLP.

(4)Acting through Qaly-Co BV.

(5)Acting through Hilde Windels BV.

(6)Acting through Regine Slagmulder BV.

(7)Mr. Hardison was appointed by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy on September 29, 2021.

Unless otherwise stated, the address for our directors is CAP Business Center, Zone Industrielle des Hauts-Sarts, Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium.

Our board of directors has determined that five out of nine of the members of the board are independent under Belgian law and the Nasdaq Stock Market listing requirements.

The following sets forth the biographical information of the members of our board of directors:

Koen Hoffman, chairperson of our board of directors, obtained a Master in Applied Economics and an MBA at Vlerick Business School. Between 1992 and July 2016, he was active at KBC Group at which he started his career in the corporate finance department and later became the CEO of KBC Securities as from October 2012. Since August 2016, he has been the CEO of Value Square asset management. Mr. Hoffman also serves as board member at Fagron (Chair), Greenyard (chair) and SnowWorld.

Michael K. McGarrity, chief executive officer and executive director of our Company, has more than 25 years of experience in the healthcare industry with a unique combination of device, diagnostics and biotechnology experience. Mr. McGarrity is the chair of LeviSense Medical and was most recently the CEO of Sterilis Medical. Prior to Sterilis Medical, he was the CEO of Nanosphere (NASDAQ: NSPH), a nanotechnology-based molecular diagnostics company, where he engineered an operational and strategic turnaround that resulted in its successful sale to Luminex (NASDAQ: LMNX) in 2016. Prior to Nanosphere, Mr. McGarrity spent 13 years at Stryker Corporation (NYSE: SYK). Mr. McGarrity holds a BA from the University of Notre Dame.

Rudi Mariën, non-independent non-executive director of our Company, is President and Managing Director of Gengest BV and Biovest NV. He was the Vice President of Cerba European Lab. Through his management company, Gengest BV, Mr. Mariën has Board mandates in different listed and private biotech companies. Mr. Mariën was co-founder, reference shareholder and Chair of Innogenetics, and has been the founder,

85

Table of Contents

shareholder and Managing Director of several clinical reference laboratories including the Barc Group, a leading international centralized clinical laboratory, exclusively dedicated to pharmaceutical studies. Mr. Mariën holds a degree in pharmaceutical sciences from the University of Gent and is specialized in clinical biology.

Jan Pensaert, non-independent non-executive director of our Company, is the Founding Managing Partner of Valiance. He brings over 20 years of experience in growth investing. He leads the Investment Committee for the Valiance Funds and is responsible for all aspects of the Funds’ investment processes. Jan currently serves on the Board of several Valiance entities funds and portfolio companies including MDxHealth, JenaValve, MyCartis and 4Tech. Prior to founding Valiance, Mr. Pensaert was CEO of La Fayette. Before that, he was responsible for the Permal Group’s European-based investment management and research activities, and prior to that he worked at Lazard in Corporate Finance M&A. Jan holds a BA in Business Economics from Gent University in Belgium, and a Masters in Banking & Finance from the University of Aix-Marseille, France.

Dr. Lieve Verplancke MD, independent non-executive director of our Company, a Belgian national, began her career in 1984 with The Beecham Group (now part of GlaxoSmithKline), and has since held key management positions with Merck & Co., as well as Bristol-Myers Squibb, where she served as Managing Director, leading their Belgian/GDL subsidiary, until 2012. Ms. Verplancke also serves as a Board Member for Brussels-based Europe Hospitals, the Imelda Hospital in Bonheiden, Quest for Growth, Stichting tegen Kanker- Fondation contre le Cancer, and Materialise. She was also the Founder and the Managing Director of Qaly@Beersel, an elderly care center in Belgium from 2013-2020. In addition to being a medical doctor (MD– KULeuven University), Ms. Verplancke holds a postgraduate degree in Economics and an MBA from the University of Antwerp. She has also completed courses at INSEAD, CEDEP, Columbia University and the Vlerick Business School, and is a certified Executive Coach (PCC).

Hilde Windels, independent non-executive director of our Company, is the CEO of immunodiagnostic company Antelope Dx BV and has 20 years of experience in the biotechnology sector with a track record of building and structuring organizations, fundraising, M&A, public capital markets and corporate strategies. At Biocartis, she was CEO ad interim and Deputy CEO from September 2015 until September 2017 and CFO from 2011 until September 2015. Previously, Mrs. Windels worked as independent CFO for several private biotech companies and from 1999 to 2008 she was CFO of Devgen. Currently, Mrs. Windels serves as a board member at Erytech and Celyad. In the past, she also served on the boards of Devgen, Biocartis, Ablynx, VIB and FlandersBio. Mrs. Windels holds a Masters in Economics (commercial engineer) from the University of Leuven, Belgium.

Dr. Regine Slagmulder, independent non-executive director of our Company, is a partner and full professor in management accounting & control at Vlerick Business School. Previously, she worked as a strategy practice consultant at McKinsey & Company. She also previously worked as a professor of management accounting at INSEAD and at the University of Tilburg. She serves as an independent director and chair of the audit committee on the board of the investment company Quest for Growth (since 2011) and of Ekopak (since 2021), both listed on Euronext. Dr. Slagmulder graduated in civil electrotechnical engineering and industrial management from the University of Gent, after which she received a management doctorate at Vlerick Business School. As part of her research activities, she was a research fellow attached to INSEAD, Boston University (USA) and the P. Drucker Graduate Management Center at Claremont University (USA).

Dr. Eric Bednarski, non-independent non-executive director of our Company, currently serves as a Partner of MVM Partners LLP. Before joining MVM in 2008, he was a Partner at Advent Healthcare Ventures and a Principal at Advent International Corporation. Prior to Advent, he was a Director in the Corporate Finance Group of Silicon Valley Bank. Dr. Bednarski has a B.S. degree in Neural Science from Brown University and a Ph.D. in Biological Sciences from the University of California, Irvine.

Donnie (Don) M. Hardison, independent non-executive director of our Company, has served on our Board of Directors since October 2021. Since February 2021, he has been the sole proprietor of DMH Consulting, a management consulting firm that he founded and previously operated from April 2016 to January 2017.

86

Table of Contents

He was most recently the President and Chief Executive Officer, and served on the board of directors, of Biotheranostics, Inc., a molecular diagnostic company focused on oncology, from February 2017 until it was acquired by Hologic, Inc. in February 2021. From April 2010 to March 2016, Mr. Hardison was the President and Chief Executive Officer of Good Start Genetics, a molecular genetic testing and information company. For more than 20 years prior to that, Mr. Hardison held various executive and senior management positions at companies including Laboratory Corporation of America (LabCorp) a clinical laboratory company, Exact Sciences Corporation, a molecular diagnostics company, OnTarget, Inc., a sales and marketing consulting company, Quest Diagnostics Inc., a clinical laboratory company, SmithKline Beecham Corporation, a pharmaceutical company, and others. He served on the board of directors of Exact Sciences Corporation (Nasdaq: EXAS) from May 2000, through its initial public offering in February 2001, until August 2007. Mr. Hardison received his Bachelor of Arts degree, in political science, from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill.

Director Independence

As a foreign private issuer, under the listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq, we are not required to have a board of directors comprised of a majority of independent directors, except that our audit committee is required to consist fully of independent directors, subject to certain phase-in schedules. However, our board of directors has determined that, under current listing requirements and rules of Nasdaq and taking into account any applicable committee independence standards, Koen Hoffman (acting through Ahok BV), Dr. Lieve Verplancke (acting through Qaly-Co BV), Hilde Windels (acting through Hilde Windels BV) and Dr. Regine Slagmulder (acting through Regine Slagmulder BV) are “independent directors.” In making such determination, our board of directors considered the relationships that each non-executive director has with us and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining each director’s independence, including the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by the director and his or her affiliated entities (if any).

Under Belgian law, a director of a listed company is considered to be independent if he or she does not have a relationship with the company or a major shareholder thereof that compromises his or her independence. A candidate for director who meets the criteria set out in provision 3.5 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code of 2020, or the Belgian Corporate Governance Code criteria is presumed to be independent until proven otherwise, which require that the director:

a.    Not be an executive, or exercising a function as a person entrusted with the daily management of the company or a related company or person, and not have been in such a position for the previous three years before his/her appointment. Alternatively, such person must no longer enjoy stock options of the company related to this position.

b.    Not have served for a total term of more than twelve years as a non-executive board member.

c.    Not be an employee of the senior management (as defined in article 19.2 of the Belgian act of September 20, 1948 regarding the organization of the business industry) of the company or a related company or person, and not have been in such a position for the previous three years before his/her appointment. Alternatively, such person must no longer enjoy stock options of the company related to this position.

d.    Not be receiving, or having received during his/her mandate or for a period of three years prior to his/her appointment, any significant remuneration or any other significant advantage of a patrimonial nature from the company or a related company or person, apart from any fee he/she receives or has received as a non-executive board member.

e.    Not hold shares, either directly or indirectly, either alone or in concert, representing globally one tenth or more of the Company’s capital or one tenth or more of the voting rights in the company at the moment of appointment.

87

Table of Contents

f.     Not have been nominated, in any circumstances, by a shareholder fulfilling the conditions covered under (e).

g.    Not maintain, nor have maintained in the past year before his/her appointment, a significant business relationship with the company or a related company or person, either directly or as a partner, shareholder, board member, member of the senior management (as defined in article 19.2 of the Belgian act of September 20, 1948 regarding the organization of the business industry) of a company or person who maintains such a relationship.

h.    Not be or have been within the last three years before his/her appointment, a partner or member of the audit team of the company or person who is, or has been within the last three years before his/her appointment, the external auditor of the company or a related company or person.

i.     Not be an executive of another company in which an executive of the company is a non-executive board member, and not have other significant links with executive board members of the company through involvement in other companies or bodies.

              j.      Not have, in the company or a related company or person, a spouse, legal partner or close family member to the second degree, exercising a function as board member or executive or person entrusted with the daily management or employee of the senior management (as defined in article 19.2 of the Belgian act of September 20, 1948 regarding the organization of the business industry), or falling in one of the other cases referred to in a) to i) above, and as far as point b) is concerned, up to three years after the date on which the relevant relative has terminated his/her last term.

k.    When the board of directors presents the candidacy of an independent director who does not meet these criteria to the general meeting, it shall explain the reasons why it still considers that candidate independent in the sense that he or she does not have a relationship with the company or a major shareholder thereof that compromises his or her independence.

Role of the Board in Risk Oversight

Our board of directors is responsible for the oversight of our risk management activities and has delegated to the audit committee the responsibility to assist our board in this task. While our board oversees our risk management, our management is responsible for day-to-day risk management processes. Our board of directors expects our management to consider risk and risk management in each business decision, to proactively develop and monitor risk management strategies and processes for day-to-day activities and to effectively implement risk management strategies adopted by the board of directors. We believe this division of responsibilities is the most effective approach for addressing the risks we face.

Powers, Responsibilities and Functioning of the Board of Directors

We have a “one tier” governance structure whereby our board of directors is the ultimate decision making body, with the overall responsibility for the management and control of our company, and is authorized to carry out all actions that are considered necessary or useful to achieve our Company’s object. The board of directors has entrusted the Company’s day-to-day management to the chief executive officer (CEO) and has appointed the executive management that assists the chief executive officer. The board of directors has also set up several specialized committees, which are further described below. Our board of directors has all powers except for those reserved to the general shareholders’ meeting by law or our articles of association. Our board of directors acts as a collegiate body.

Our board of directors has the power to appoint and remove the chief executive officer. The chief executive officer is charged by the board of directors with the day-to-day management of the Company, and is therefore also managing director of the Company. In this function, the chief executive officer is responsible for the following:

88

Table of Contents

•      the management of the company and the implementation of the decisions of the board of directors, within the strategy, planning, values and budgets approved by the board of directors;

•      overseeing the different central departments and business units of the Company, and reporting to the board of directors on his/her activities; and

•      the development of proposals for the board of directors relating to strategy, planning, finances, operations, human resources and budgets, and such other matters that are to be dealt with at the level of the board of directors.

The chief executive officer reports directly to the board of directors.

Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, our articles of association, and our corporate governance charter, the board of directors should be composed of at least three directors. Our corporate governance charter provides that the board of directors should have a composition appropriate to the Company’s purpose, its operations, phase of development, structure of ownership and other specifics. The composition of the board of directors should also be determined so as to gather sufficient expertise in the Company’s areas of activity as well as sufficient diversity of skills, background, age and gender. Pursuant to the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, a majority of the directors must be non-executive and at least three directors must be independent in accordance with the criteria set out in the Belgian Corporate Governance Code.

Our directors are elected by our general shareholders’ meeting. The term of the directors’ mandates cannot exceed four years. Resigning directors can be re-elected for a new term. Proposals by the board of directors for the appointment or re-election of any director must be based on a recommendation by the nomination and remuneration committee. In accordance with the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, if the mandate of a director becomes vacant, the remaining directors have the right to appoint temporarily a new director to fill the vacancy until the first general shareholders’ meeting after the mandate became vacant. The new director completes the term of the director whose mandate became vacant. The general shareholders’ meeting can dismiss the directors at any time.

The board of directors elects a chair from among its members on the basis of his or her knowledge, skills, experience and mediation strength. The chair leads the board of directors, takes measures to engender a climate of trust, allowing for open discussions and constructive challenge, and supervises the good and efficient functioning of the board of directors. As of the date of this prospectus, Mr. Hoffman (acting through Ahok BV) is the chair of the board of directors and Mr. McGarrity is the chief executive officer. If the board of directors envisages appointing a former chief executive officer as chair, it should carefully consider the positive and negative implications of such a decision and disclose in the Corporate Governance Statement why such appointment will not hamper the required autonomy of the chief executive officer.

The board of directors should meet as frequently as the interest of the Company requires, or at the request of at least two directors. The board of directors will meet sufficiently regularly to discharge its duties effectively. All decisions within the board of directors require a simple majority of the votes cast at a validly convened and quorate meeting.

Committees of our Board of Directors

Our board of directors is assisted by a number of specialized committees in order to advise the board in respect of decisions to be taken, to give comfort to the board of directors that certain issues have been adequately addressed and, if necessary, to bring specific issues to the attention of the board of directors. The decision-making remains the collegial responsibility of the board of directors.

Our board of directors has established, in its midst and under its responsibility, two board committees which are responsible for assisting the board of directors and making recommendations in specific fields: an audit committee (in accordance with article 7:99 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code

89

Table of Contents

and provision 4.10 and following of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code) and a remuneration and nomination committee (in accordance with article 7:100 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and provision 4.17 and following of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code). The terms of reference of these board committees are primarily set out in the Corporate Governance Charter of the Company.

Audit Committee

As of the date of this prospectus, our audit committee consists of three directors: Regine Slagmulder, Lieve Verplancke and Hilde Windels.

According to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, all members of the audit committee must be non-executive directors, and at least one member must be independent within the meaning of article 7:87 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and provision 3.5 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code. Our board of directors has determined that all members of our audit committee are independent under Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act, the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq, and the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the Belgian Corporate Governance Code.

The members of the audit committee must have a collective expertise relating to the activities of the Company, and at least one member of the audit committee must have the necessary competence in accounting and auditing, including qualifying as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that the members of the audit committee satisfy the competency requirement, and our board of directors has further determined that Regine Slagmulder and Hilde Windels each qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined under the Exchange Act.

The audit committee will be governed by a charter that complies with Nasdaq listing rules and the Belgian Corporate Governance Code.

Without prejudice to the legal responsibilities of the board of directors, the audit committee has the following roles:

•      to inform our board of directors of the result of the audit of the financial statements and the manner in which the audit has contributed to the integrity of the financial reporting and the role that the audit committee has played in that process;

•      to monitor the financial reporting process, and to make recommendations or proposals to ensure the integrity of the process;

•      to monitor the effectiveness of our company’s internal control and risk management systems, and our Company’s internal audit process and its effectiveness;

•      to monitor the audit of the annual statutory and consolidated financial statements, including the follow-up questions and recommendations by the statutory auditor and, as the case may be, the auditor responsible for the audit of the consolidated financial statements;

•      to assess and monitor the independence of the statutory auditor, in particular with respect to the appropriateness of the provision of additional services to the Company. More specifically, the audit committee analyses, together with the statutory auditor, the threats for the statutory auditor’s independence and the security measures taken to limit these threats, when the total amount of fees exceeds the criteria specified in article 4 § 3 of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014; and

•      to make recommendations to our board of directors on the selection, appointment and remuneration of our Company’s statutory auditor in accordance with article 16 § 2 of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014.

90

Table of Contents

The audit committee shall meet whenever it deems it necessary for the proper performance of its duties and at least four regularly scheduled meetings each year. The audit committee regularly reports to our board of directors on the exercise of its missions, and at least once a year prior to the approval of the annual financial statements and annual report by the board of directors on the operations, findings and recommendations of the audit committee. The members of the audit committee shall have unrestricted access to the offices and all information and papers kept by the company and its subsidiaries. Each member of the audit committee may ask the executive management or any other staff member of the company or its subsidiaries to submit the information that he or she deems useful, appropriate or necessary to perform his or her tasks within the framework of the audit committee.

Without prejudice to the statutory provisions which determine that the statutory auditor must address reports or warnings to our corporate bodies, the statutory auditor must discuss, at the request of the statutory auditor, or at the request of the audit committee or of our board of directors, with the audit committee or with the board of directors, essential issues which are brought to light in the exercise of the statutory audit of the financial statements, which are included in the additional statement to the audit committee, as well as any meaningful shortcomings discovered in our internal financial control system.

Nomination and Remuneration Committee

According to article 7:100 § 4 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, our Company would meet the size criteria in order to operate without a separate remuneration committee, but we have chosen to continue operating with a separate nomination and remuneration committee.

As of the date of this prospectus, our nomination and remuneration committee consists of five directors: Eric Bednarski, Don Hardison, Koen Hoffman, Jan Pensaert and Lieve Verplancke.

In line with the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the Belgian Corporate Governance Code (i) all members of the nomination and remuneration committee are non-executive directors, (ii) the nomination and remuneration committee consists of a majority of independent directors, and (iii) the remuneration committee is chaired by the chairperson of our board of directors or another non-executive director appointed by the committee, it being understood that the chair of the board of directors should not chair the committee when dealing with the designation of his successor. Our board of directors has determined that three members of our nomination and remuneration committee are independent under the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq, the applicable rules of the Belgian Companies and Association Code and the Belgian Corporate Governance Code.

Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, a remuneration committee must have the necessary expertise in terms of remuneration policy. Our board of directors has determined that the members of the nomination and remuneration committee satisfy this requirement.

The role of the nomination and remuneration committee is to make recommendations to the board of directors with regard to the appointment and remuneration of directors and members of the executive management and, in particular, to:

•      to identify, recommend and nominate, for the approval of the board of directors, candidates to fill vacancies in the board of directors and executive management positions as they arise. In this respect, the nomination and remuneration committee must consider and advise on proposals made by relevant parties, including management and shareholders;

•      to advise the board of directors on any proposal for the appointment of the chief executive officer and on the chief executive officer’s proposals for the appointment of other members of the executive management;

•      to draft appointment procedures for members of the board of directors and the chief executive officer;

91

Table of Contents

•      to ensure that the appointment and re-election process is organized objectively and professionally;

•      to periodically assess the size and composition of the board of directors and make recommendations to the board of directors with regard to any changes;

•      to consider issues related to succession planning;

•      to make proposals to the board of directors on the remuneration policy for directors and members of the executive management and the persons responsible for the day-to-day management of the company, as well as, where appropriate, on the resulting proposals to be submitted by the board of directors to the shareholders’ meeting;

•      to make proposals to the board of directors on the individual remuneration of directors and members of the executive management, and the persons responsible for the day-to-day management of the company, including variable remuneration and long-term incentives, whether or not share-related, in the form of share options or other financial instruments, and arrangements on early termination, and where applicable, on the resulting proposals to be submitted by the board of directors to the shareholders’ meeting;

•      to prepare a remuneration report to be included by the board of directors in the annual Corporate Governance Statement;

•      to present and provide explanations in relation to the remuneration report at the annual shareholders’ meeting; and

•      to report regularly to the board of directors on the exercise of its duties.

Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, the chief executive officer participates in the meetings of the remuneration committee in an advisory capacity each time the remuneration of another member of the executive management is being discussed.

Our Executive Management

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our executive management as of September 30, 2021.

Name

 

Age

 

Position(s)

Michael K McGarrity

 

58

 

Chief Executive Officer and Executive Director

John Bellano

 

53

 

Chief Commercial Officer

Ron Kalfus

 

47

 

Chief Financial Officer

Joseph Sollee

 

57

 

Executive Vice President of Corporate Development and General Counsel

Unless otherwise stated, the address for our executive management is CAP Business Center, Zone Industrielle des Hauts-Sarts, Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium.

The following is the biographical information of those members of our executive management who do not also serve on our board of directors:

John Bellano, our chief commercial officer, joined MDxHealth in June 2019. He has more than 25 years of experience in the healthcare Industry. Mr. Bellano started his career in pharmaceuticals and transitioned to molecular diagnostics where he has spent the past 20 years of his career, most recently as Chief Commercial Officer of Sterilis Solutions. Prior to Sterilis Solutions he served as the commercial leader for pharmacogenomic companies Assurex Health and AltheaDx. Mr. Bellano holds a degree from Allentown College.

92

Table of Contents

Ron Kalfus, our chief financial officer, joined MDxHealth in July 2019. He has over 20 years of leadership experience in both public and private companies within diagnostics/biotech and other sectors, and brings extensive knowledge in financial operations and management. Mr. Kalfus joined MDxHealth from Rosetta Genomics, where he helped lead efforts to reposition the company for commercial success with its oncology diagnostic products. Prior to Rosetta, Mr. Kalfus served as the CFO and Treasurer of MabCure, a Belgium-based publicly-traded biotechnology start up in the field of early cancer detection using antibodies. Mr. Kalfus holds a MS in Accounting from Fairleigh Dickinson University and a BBA in Finance from the University of Georgia and is a CPA licensed in New Jersey.

Joseph Sollee, our executive vice president of corporate development and general counsel, has provided legal counsel to MDxHealth since its inception in 2003, and in April 2008 joined our management team. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Sollee served as Special Counsel with the law firm of Kennedy Covington (now K&L Gates), where he led the Life Sciences Practice Group. Mr. Sollee has more than 20 years of experience in the life sciences industry, and has held senior legal and management positions at Triangle Pharmaceuticals and TherapyEdge. In addition, he has practiced as a corporate attorney in the Washington D.C. legal firm Swidler & Berlin and in investment banking at Smith Barney in New York. Mr. Sollee received a Juris Doctorate in Law (JD) and a Master’s degree in International & Comparative Law (LLM) from Duke University, a BA degree from Harvard University, and has been certified into the legal bars of New York, Washington D.C. and North Carolina.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of the members of our executive management and/or our board of directors.

Corporate Governance Code

We adopted a corporate governance charter that is in line with the Belgian Corporate Governance Code. The corporate governance charter describes the main aspects of the corporate governance of our company, including our governance structure, the terms of reference of our board of directors and its committees and other important topics. The corporate governance charter must be read together with our articles of association.

The Belgian Corporate Governance Code is based on a “comply or explain” system: Belgian listed companies are expected to follow the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, but can deviate from specific provisions and guidelines (though not the principles) provided they disclose the justification for such deviations. We apply the ten corporate governance principles contained in the Belgian Corporate Governance Code and comply with the corporate governance provisions set forth in the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, except in relation to the following:

•      Given the size of our Company, no internal audit function exists at this time. In line with provision 4.14 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, the need for an internal audit function will be reviewed annually.

•      Following the modification of the directors’ remuneration on 30 July 2020, effective as from 1 July 2020, the non-executive directors that are not independent directors shall not be entitled to a remuneration in cash, but shall each year be entitled to receive share options for a maximum of 10,000 shares of the Company. This is contrary to provision 7.6 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, which provides that no share options should be granted to non-executive directors. We believe that this provision of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code is not appropriate and adapted to take into account the realities of companies in the biotech and life sciences industry that are still in a development phase. Notably, the ability to remunerate non-executive directors with share options allows us to limit the portion of remuneration in cash that we would otherwise need to pay to attract or retain renowned experts with the most

93

Table of Contents

relevant skills, knowledge and expertise. We are of the opinion that granting non-independent non-executive directors the opportunity to be remunerated in part in share-based incentives rather than all in cash enables the non-independent non-executive directors to link their effective remuneration to the performance of us and to strengthen the alignment of their interests with the interests of our shareholders. We believe that this is in the interest of the Company and its stakeholders. Furthermore, we believe that this is customary for directors active in companies in the life sciences industry.

•      In accordance with provision 7.6 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, the non-executive directors should receive a part of their remuneration in the form of our shares. We have however no distributable reserves and therefore does not meet the legal requirements to proceed to a shares buy-back. As a result, we do not own any treasury shares and are unable to grant existing shares to non-executive directors as part of their remuneration. The interests of the non-independent non-executive directors are currently considered to be sufficiently oriented to the creation of long-term value for us. Finally, the board will propose to remunerate the independent directors in cash, but leaving it at the own initiative of the independent directors whether or not they wish to use such funds (in whole or in part) to acquire existing shares of the Company.

•      In accordance with provision 7.9 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, the board of directors should set a minimum threshold of shares to be held by the executive management. A part of the remuneration of the executive management consists of options to subscribe our shares, which should allow the executive management over time to acquire our shares, in line with the objectives of the option plans.

•      Pursuant to article 7:91 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and provision 7.11 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, shares should not vest and share options should not be exercisable within three years as of their granting. It has been expressly provided by our general shareholders’ meeting that the board of directors is explicitly authorized to deviate from the provisions of 7:91 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, for all persons who fall within the scope of these provisions (whether directly or pursuant to articles 7:108 and 7:121 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, or otherwise). We are of the opinion that this allows for more flexibility when structuring share-based awards. For example, it is customary for option plans to provide for a vesting in several instalments over a well-defined period of time, instead of vesting after three years only. This seems to be more in line with prevailing practice.

•      In accordance with provision 7.12 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, the board of directors should include provisions that would enable us to recover variable remuneration paid, or withhold the payment of variable remuneration, and specify the circumstances in which it would be appropriate to do so, insofar as enforceable by law. We believe that this provision of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code is not appropriate and adapted to take into account the realities of companies in the biotech and life sciences industry, including, notably, for management teams located in the United States. The share option plans set up by us do however contain bad leaver provisions that can result in the share options, whether vested or not, automatically and immediately becoming null and void. Notwithstanding our position that share options are not to be qualified as variable remuneration, the board of directors is of the opinion that such bad leaver provisions sufficiently protect our interests and that it is therefore currently not necessary to provide for additional contractual provisions that give us a contractual right to reclaim any (variable) remuneration from the members of the executive management. For that reason, there are no contractual provisions in place between us and the members of the executive management that give us a contractual right to reclaim from said executives any variable remuneration that would be awarded.

94

Table of Contents

What constitutes good corporate governance will evolve with the changing circumstances of a company and with the standards of corporate governance globally, and must be tailored to meet those changing circumstances. Our board of directors intends to update the corporate governance charter as often as required to reflect changes to our corporate governance.

Our articles of association and the corporate governance charter are available on our website (www.mdxhealth.com) and can be obtained free of charge at our registered office. Information contained on our website does not constitute part of this prospectus.

Differences between Our Corporate Governance Practices and the Listing Rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market

The listing rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market include certain accommodations in relation to corporate governance requirements that allow foreign private issuers, to follow “home country” corporate governance practices in lieu of the otherwise applicable corporate governance standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. The application of such exceptions requires that we disclose each instance of non-compliance with the Nasdaq Stock Market listing rules that we do not follow and describe the Belgian corporate governance practices that we do follow in lieu of the relevant Nasdaq Stock Market corporate governance standard.

We intend to continue to follow Belgian corporate governance practices in lieu of the corporate governance requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market in respect of the following:

•      Quorum at Shareholder Meetings.    Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rule 5620(c) requires that for any meeting of shareholders, the quorum must be no less than 33.33% of the outstanding shares of common voting stock. There is no general quorum requirement under Belgian law for ordinary meetings of shareholders, except in relation to decisions regarding certain matters. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association — Articles of Association and Other Share Information — Description of the Rights and Benefits Attached to Our Shares — Quorum and majorities.

•      Nomination and Remuneration Committee.    Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rule 5605(d)(2) requires that compensation of officers must be determined by, or recommended to, the board of directors for determination, either by a majority of the independent directors, or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors. Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rule 5605(e) requires that director nominees be selected, or recommended for selection, either by a majority of the independent directors or a nominations committee comprised solely of independent directors. Under Belgian law, we are not subject to any such requirements. In particular, we are not required by Belgian law to set up any compensation or nominations committees within our board of directors, and are therefore not subject to any Belgian legal requirements as to the composition of such committees. However, our articles of association provide that our board of directors may form committees from among its members. Accordingly, our board of directors has set up and appointed a nomination and remuneration committee. Pursuant to article 7:100 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, only a majority of the members of the remuneration committee should in principle meet the independence criteria referred to in article 7:87 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and set out in provision 3.5 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code. Pursuant to provision 4.19 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, only a majority of the members of the remuneration committee must qualify as independent.

•      Charters.    Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules 5605(c)(1), (d)(1) and (e)(2) require that each committee of the board of directors must have a formal written charter. Pursuant to the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, our board of directors has drawn up a corporate governance charter including, amongst others, the internal rules of our committees.

95

Table of Contents

•     Independent Director Majority.    Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rules 5605(b)(1) and (2) require that a majority of the board of directors must be comprised of independent directors and that independent directors must have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. We are not required under Belgian law to have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors. However, our articles of association provide that our board of directors must be comprised of at least three directors, of which, pursuant to our corporate governance charter and provision 3.4 of the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, at least three directors must be independent directors under Belgian law. Furthermore, in line with the provisions of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, the nomination and remuneration committee should consist of a majority of independent directors, and the audit committee should have at least one independent director among its members

•      Meetings of Independent Directors.    Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rule 5605(b)(2) requires that independent directors must have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present. We do not intend to require our independent directors to meet separately from the full board of directors on a regular basis or at all, although the board of directors is supportive of its independent members voluntarily arranging to meet separately from the other members of our board of directors when and if they wish to do so.

•      Stockholder Approval of Equity Compensation Arrangements. Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Rule 5635(c) requires shareholder approval when a plan or other equity compensation arrangement is established or materially amended. Under Belgian law the establishment or amendment of equity compensation arrangements does not require a prior approval by the general shareholders’ meeting. However, pursuant to Belgian law our shareholders must decide any issuance of new equity, as a general matter. As mentioned in section “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association — Articles of Association and Other Share Information — Capital increases decided by the board of directors.”, the shareholders may also authorize the board of directors, within certain limits, to issue new equity (including equity compensation arrangements) in the framework of the so-called authorized capital. By virtue of a resolution of our extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of May 27, 2021, our board of directors was authorized to issue equity (including equity compensation arrangements) in the framework of the authorized capital. Furthermore, the compensation of director mandates is subject to an approval by the general shareholders’ meeting. See also “Management — Compensation of Our Directors and Executive Management”. In the future, we intend to keep following Belgian home country rules and practice.

Compensation of Our Directors and Executive Management

Our current remuneration policy is based on meritocracy and a sense of ownership and is designed to reward performance in order to motivate members of the board of directors and the executive management of the Company in order to deliver increased shareholder value through superior business results.

We have prepared and submitted a remuneration policy in accordance article 7:89/1 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code to the general shareholders’ meeting of the Company, which approved said remuneration policy on May 27, 2021. Upon every material change to the remuneration policy and in any case at least every four years, the remuneration policy will be submitted to the general shareholders’ meeting for approval. The shareholders’ vote on the remuneration policy is binding. We will only pay remuneration in accordance with the remuneration policy approved by the general shareholders’ meeting.

Compensation of Our Board of Directors

Upon recommendation and proposal of the nomination and remuneration committee, our board of directors determines the remuneration of the directors to be proposed to the general shareholders’ meeting.

96

Table of Contents

Pursuant to Belgian law, the general shareholders’ meeting approves the remuneration of the directors, including inter alia, each time as relevant:

a.    in relation to the remuneration of executive and non-executive directors, the exemption from the rule that share based awards can only vest after a period of at least three years as of the grant of the awards (article 7:91, first subsection of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code);

              b.    in relation to the remuneration of executive directors, the exemption from the rule that (unless the variable remuneration is less than a quarter of the annual remuneration) at least one quarter of the variable remuneration must be based on performance criteria that have been determined in advance and that can be measured objectively over a period of at least two years and that at least another quarter of the variable remuneration must be based on performance criteria that have been determined in advance and that can be measured objectively over a period of at least three years (article 7:91, second to fourth subsection of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code);

c.    in relation to the remuneration of non-executive directors, any variable part of the remuneration (independent directors can never receive a variable remuneration) (Article 7:92, fourth and fifth subsection of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code); and

d.    any provisions of service agreements to be entered into with executive directors providing for severance payments exceeding twelve months’ remuneration and if the severance payments exceed eighteen months’ remuneration, only with the prior recommendation of the nomination and remuneration committee (article 7:92, first subsection of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code).

Notwithstanding points (a) and (b) above, pursuant to our articles of association, our board of directors is explicitly authorized to deviate from the provisions of article 7:91 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

The level and structure of the remuneration of the members of the board of directors are determined based on their general and specific responsibilities and market practice. Our shareholders approved the following annual remuneration and compensation of the members of the board of directors:

 

Compensation

   

(in EUR)

 

(in USD)

Chairman – Non-Executive Director

 

59,500

 

70,500

Non-Executive Director (including Independent Directors)

 

35,000

 

41,500

Additional fee for the Chair of the Audit Committee

 

17,500

 

20,700

Additional fee for a Member of the Audit Committee (other than the Chair of the Audit Committee)

 

9,000

 

10,700

Additional fee for the Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee

 

17,500

 

20,700

Additional fee for a Member Nomination and Remuneration Committee Member (other than the Chair of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee)

 

5,500

 

6,500

The abovementioned remuneration can be reduced pro rata temporis depending on the duration of the mandate, chairpersonship or membership of a director during a given year. The abovementioned amounts are exclusive of VAT and similar charges.

97

Table of Contents

Directors are not entitled to any kind of performance cash bonus or other kind of variable remuneration.

Mr. McGarrity, our chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors, does not receive any compensation for his service as a director.

Additionally, directors are not entitled to any kind of compensation when their mandate ends.

For 2020, the following remuneration or compensation was due to the directors (excluding Mr. McGarrity):

 

Compensation

   

(in EUR)

 

(in USD)

Koen Hoffman(1)

 

53,000

 

62,750

Rudi Mariën(2)

 

 

Timothy Still(3)

 

43,000

 

51,000

Jan Pensaert(4)

 

6,000

 

7,100

Dr. Lieve Verplancke(5)

 

37,000

 

43,800

Hilde Windels(6)

 

51,000

 

60,400

Dr. Regine Slagmulder(7)

 

18,000

 

21,300

Dr. Eric Bednarski

 

 

____________

(1)Acting through Ahok BV.

(2)Acting through RR-Invest S.à.r.l.

(3)Acting through TSTILL Enterprises LLC.

(4)Acting through Valiance Advisors LLP.

(5)Acting through Qaly-Co BV.

(6)Acting through Hilde Windels BV.

(7)Acting through Regine Slagmulder BV.

The table below provides an overview as of September 30, 2021 of the warrants held by the non-executive directors.

 

Warrants

Name

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Underlying
the Warrants

 

Warrant
Exercise
Price per
Ordinary Share
Underlying
the Warrants
(in EUR)

 

Warrant
Expiration Date

Koen Hoffman(1)

 

10,000

20,000

 

4.97

1.28

 

June 18, 2027

June 20, 2029

Rudi Mariën(2)

 

6,000

6,000

6,000

4,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

 

1.52

2.05

4.25

4.13

4.91

4.13

4.97

4.97

1.28

1.28

1.375

 

June 14, 2022

June 14, 2022

June 14, 2022

June 22, 2024

June 22, 2024

June 22, 2024

June 18, 2027

June 18, 2027

June 20, 2029

June 20, 2029

May 26, 2031

98

Table of Contents

 

Warrants

Name

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Underlying
the Warrants

 

Warrant
Exercise
Price per
Ordinary Share
Underlying
the Warrants
(in EUR)

 

Warrant
Expiration Date

Jan Pensaert(4)

 

6,000

4,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

10,000

 

4.25

4.13

4.91

4.13

4.97

4.97

1.28

1.28

1.375

 

June 14, 2022

June 22, 2024

June 22, 2024

June 22, 2024

June 18, 2027

June 18, 2027

June 20, 2029

June 20, 2029

May 26, 2031

Dr. Lieve Verplancke(5)

 

10,000

10,000

10,000

 

4.97

4.97

1.28

 

June 18, 2027

June 18, 2027

June 20, 2029

Hilde Windels(6)

 

10,000

10,000

 

4.97

1.28

 

June 18, 2027

June 20, 2029

Dr. Regine Slagmulder(7)

 

None

       

Dr. Eric Bednarski

 

None

       

Donnie (Don) M. Hardison

 

None

       

____________

(1)Acting through Ahok BV.

(2)Acting through RR-Invest S.à.r.l.

(3)Acting through TSTILL Enterprises LLC.

(4)Acting through Valiance Advisors LLP.

(5)Acting through Qaly-Co BV.

(6)Acting through Hilde Windels BV.

(7)Acting through Regine Slagmulder BV.

Compensation of Our Executive Management

The remuneration of the chief executive officer and the other members of our executive management is based on recommendations made by our nomination and remuneration committee. The chief executive officer can, and will in principle be invited to, participate in an advisory capacity to the meetings of the committee when it deals with the remuneration of other executive managers.

The remuneration of our executive management is determined by our board of directors, in accordance with the current remuneration policy pursuant to Article 7:89/1 Belgian Companies and Associations Code, as approved by the general shareholders’ meeting of 27 May 2021.

As an exception to the foregoing rule, Belgian law provides that the general shareholders’ meeting must approve, as relevant:

a.    in relation to the remuneration of members of the executive management and other executives, an exemption from the rule that share-based awards can only vest after a period of at least three years as of the grant of the awards (article 7:121, last subsection juncto article 7:91, first subsection of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code);

b.    in relation to the remuneration of members of the executive management and other executives, an exemption from the rule that (unless the variable remuneration is less than a quarter of the annual remuneration) at least one quarter of the variable remuneration must be based on performance

99

Table of Contents

criteria that have been determined in advance and that can be measured objectively over a period of at least two years and that at least another quarter of the variable remuneration must be based on performance criteria that have been determined in advance and that can be measured objectively over a period of at least three years (article 7:121, last subsection juncto article 7:91, second to fourth subsection of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code); and

c.    any service agreements to be entered into with members of the executive management and other executives (as the case may be) providing for severance payments exceeding twelve months’ remuneration (or, subject to a motivated opinion by the remuneration committee, eighteen months’ remuneration) (article 7:121, last subsection juncto article 7:92, first subsection of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code).

Notwithstanding points (a) and (b) above, our board of directors has been explicitly authorized in the articles of association to deviate from the provisions of Article 7:91 of the Belgian Companies and Associations.

Each member of the executive management is entitled to a basic fixed remuneration designed to fit responsibilities, relevant experience and competences, in line with market rates for equivalent positions. The majority of the annual remuneration is a fixed compensation amount. There is no minimum or maximum variable bonus.

The chief executive officer has a fixed remuneration, a fixed bonus and variable bonus linked to the performance of the Company and to his capacity to manage remuneration costs.

The other management team members receive a fixed remuneration plus a variable bonus that is linked to their personal achievements (i.e. experience, know-how, education, skills, responsibilities, and performance) and the achievements of the Company. The remuneration is closely linked to performance.

Bonuses, if any, are linked to identifiable objectives and to special projects and are set and measured on a calendar-year basis. Non-performers are not retained in the Company. The performance objectives of the management team members are primarily evaluated with regard to the following criteria: (i) respect of the board-approved annual budget, and (ii) meeting measurable operational targets. The various objectives and their weighting may differ for the individual managers.

The nomination and remuneration committee of the board of directors meets annually to review the performance of the executive managers, to compare the actual measurable results to the objectives that were pre-defined by the committee, and to establish the measurable objectives for the ensuing calendar year.

Each member of the executive management is in principle entitled to receive share options or subscription rights.

Each member of the executive management who is a salaried employee may be entitled to a number of fringe benefits, which may include participating in a defined contribution pension or retirement scheme, disability insurance, a company car, a mobile telephone, internet access and/or a laptop computer according to general Company policy, and other collective benefits (such as hospitalization insurance and meal vouchers). Executive members who are engaged on the basis of a services contract do not receive fringe benefits, except that they may be provided with a mobile phone and laptop computer according to General Company policy, and they qualify for reimbursement of expenses incurred while carrying out their professional responsibilities.

Executive managers of the Company that are employed under employee contracts are entitled to enroll in defined-contribution type pension plans (such as 401(k) plans in the United States). Executive managers of the Company that are engaged on the basis of a service agreement are not entitled to any pension plans or pension plan contributions from the Company.

100

Table of Contents

Furthermore, the Company has entered into indemnification arrangements with the members of the executive management and has implemented directors’ and officers’ insurance coverage in order to cover liability they may incur in the exercise of their mandates.

Mr. McGarrity is remunerated on the basis of his executive management position. As CEO, Mr. McGarrity is entitled to a gross annual base salary of $400,000.00, which will be reviewed by the board of directors (or the nomination and remuneration committee) on an annual basis, and an annual bonus of up to 50% of the then applicable base salary. In connection with his hiring as CEO in February 2019, Mr. McGarrity also received a one-time grant of 1,500,000 subscription rights (employee share options) and a one-time signing bonus in the gross amount of $85,000.00. Furthermore, Mr. McGarrity is entitled to the reimbursement of expenses, and he and his dependents are eligible to participate in all group health, medical, dental, disability and insurance plans, incentive, savings and retirement plans, and other employee benefits that are established by the Company for its executives.

Excluding the value of subscription rights, the remuneration and benefits provided to Mr. McGarrity in 2020 were composed of the following:

 

Compensation

   

(in EUR)

 

(in USD)

Fixed gross remuneration(1)

 

370,308

 

422,966

Supplementary paid compensation(2) (gross)

 

64,223

 

73,356

Pension benefits

 

788

 

900

Other benefits(3)

 

40,782

 

46,581

Total

 

476,101

 

543,803

____________

(1)Total cost to the Company, including employer social security contributions and vacation pay accrual.

(2)Excludes value of 450,000 subscription rights already created, issued, and accepted in 2020 under the Company’s 2019 Share Option Plan.

(3)Includes Company-paid and other similar benefits, such as the employer’s payroll taxes, meal tickets and health insurances. Excludes reimbursement of normal professional expenses such as telephone and Company travel expenses.

The 2020 combined remuneration package of the other executive management team members in office in 2020 (excluding the CEO) — i.e. John Bellano, Joseph Sollee and Ron Kalfus — including employer taxes, was €1,040,581, composed of the following:

 

Compensation

   

(in EUR)

 

(in USD)

Fixed gross remuneration(1)

 

782,621

 

893,910

Bonuses paid and awarded (2) (gross)

 

39,587

 

45,216

Pension benefits

 

18,940

 

21,633

Other benefits(3)

 

111,883

 

127,792

Total

 

1,040,581

 

1,188,551

____________

(1)Includes employer taxes and vacation pay accrual. Excludes VAT.

(2)Excludes value of subscription rights already created, issued, and accepted in 2020 by certain other executive managers under the Company’s 2019 Share Option Plan.

(3)Includes for some individuals a Company car, meal vouchers, and other similar benefits. Excludes reimbursement of normal professional expenses such as telephone and Company travel expenses.

The total remuneration and benefits paid to the executive management team members (including the CEO) in 2020 and 2019 was €1,516,682 and €2,056,865 respectively ($1,732,354 and $2,302,660, respectively) (gross amount, excluding VAT and share based compensation). In the aforementioned figures, the service fees of the managers hired on the basis of a service agreement are included with the salaries of the other management team members.

101

Table of Contents

The primary performance objectives for the bonuses of the above management team members in 2020 were the following:

•      respect of the board-approved annual budget, with a focus on cash-flow management; and

•      meeting measurable operational targets, such as the commercialization of its ConfirmMDx for Prostate and SelectMDx for Prostate tests and attainment of revenue targets.

The table below provides an overview as of September 30, 2021 of the warrants held by the members of the executive management team.

 

Warrants

Name

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Underlying
the Warrants

 

Warrant
Exercise
Price per
Ordinary Share
Underlying
the Warrants
(in EUR)

 

Warrant
Expiration Date

Michael K. McGarrity

 

1,500,000

450,000

1,000,000

 

1.49

0.80

1.375

 

June 18, 2027

June 20, 2029

May 26, 2031

Ron Kalfus

 

200,000

347,000

400,000

 

1.24

0.80

1.375

 

June 20, 2029

June 20, 2029

May 26, 2031

Joseph Sollee

 

15,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

40,000

230,000

98,000

350,000

 

2.00

3.60

4.49

3.78

5.35

1.24

0.80

1.375

 

June 14, 2022

June 14, 2022

June 22, 2024

June 22, 2024

June 22, 2024

June 20, 2029

June 20, 2029

May 26, 2031

John Bellano

 

400,000

288,000

450,000

 

1.24

0.80

1.375

 

June 20, 2029

June 20, 2029

May 26, 2031

Warrant Plans

We have created several pools of subscription rights (warrants) under stock option plans for grant to eligible employees, directors, and consultants. On the date of this prospectus, the Company has the following outstanding plans:

•      the March 2012 Share Options plan, issued on March 15, 2012 for staff members, directors and consultants of the Company, entitling the holder thereof to acquire one share when exercising one of his, her or its share options;

•      the May 2012 Share Options plan, issued on June 15, 2012 for staff members, directors and consultants of the Company, entitling the holder thereof to acquire one share when exercising one of his, her or its share options;

•      the 2014 Share Options plan, issued on June 23, 2014 for staff members, directors and consultants of the Company, entitling the holder thereof to acquire one share when exercising one of his, her or its share options;

•      the 2017 Share Options plan, issued on June 19, 2017 for staff members, directors and consultants of the Company, entitling the holder thereof to acquire one share when exercising one of his, her or its share options;

102

Table of Contents

•      the 2019 Share Options plan, issued on June 21, 2019 for staff members, directors and consultants of the Company, entitling the holder thereof to acquire one share when exercising one of his, her or its share options; and

•      the 2021 Share Options plan, issued on May 27, 2021 for members of the members of the personnel of the Company, as defined under article 1:27 of the BCAC (with the exclusion of independent directors), entitling the holder thereof to acquire one share when exercising one of his or her share options.

The warrants are granted to employees (mainly), consultants or directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Each warrant entitles its holders to subscribe to one new share of the Company at a subscription price determined by the board of directors, within the limits decided upon at the occasion of their issuance. The warrants issued have generally a term of ten years as of issuance. Upon expiration of their term, the warrants become null and void. In general, the warrants vest in cumulative tranches of 25% per year, provided that the beneficiary has provided at least one year of service. However, there are certain exceptions to this rule which are, if applicable, specified in the relevant stock option plans. The warrants granted under the May 2012 Share Options plan and under the 2014 Share Options plan to directors all vest on the date of the annual meeting that takes place in the calendar year following the calendar year in which they were granted, provided that the mandate of the relevant director has not ended or been terminated. The warrants granted under the May 2012 Share Options plan and under the 2014 Share Options plan to beneficiaries who are not directors all vest in installments of 25% per year, the first tranche of 25% vesting on the first anniversary date of the date of grant and the following tranches vesting on a quarterly basis.

The following table sets forth all warrants granted under the warrant plans in force as of July 31, 2021, including the plan pursuant to which the warrants were granted, the number of warrants issued, the number of warrants outstanding, the issue date and the exercise price per warrant:

Name of Plan

 

Number of Warrants Issued

 

Number of
Warrants
Outstanding

 

Issue Date

 

Exercise Price per
Warrant

March 2012 Share Options plan

 

565,000

 

35,000

 

March 15, 2012

 

From 1.71 to 2.07

May 2012 Share Options plan

 

700,000

 

276,000

 

June 15, 2012

 

From 1.52 to 5.02

2014 Share
Options plan

 

1,500,000
(68,500 available for grant)

 

526,000

 

June 23, 2014

 

From 3.43 to 5.41

2017 Share
Options plan

 

2,500,000
(27,000 available for grant)

 

1,989,843

 

June 19, 2017

 

From 0.80 to 4.98

2019 Share
Options plan

 

3,000,000
(312,000 available for grant)

 

2,678,000

 

June 21, 2019

 

From 0.80 to 1.28

2021 Share
Options plan

 

3,600,000
(420,000 available for grant)

 

3,180,000

 

May 27, 2021

 

From 1.375 to 1.385

Other than the warrants set forth in the above table and the new shares issuable at the occasion of a contribution in kind by Kreos Capital VI (UK), or Kreos Capital, of its outstanding loan payables vis-à-vis the Company (see section “Kreos Loan Agreement” below), there are no other stock options, options to purchase securities or other rights to subscribe for or purchase outstanding securities.

103

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Agreements with the members of the board of directors and the executive management

Each non-executive director exercises his/her mandate as a self-employed worker. According to our articles of association, the term of a directors’ mandate cannot exceed four (4) years, but may be renewed. The directors’ mandates may be terminated ad nutum (at any time) without any form of compensation. There is no specific agreement between us and non-executive directors which waives or restrains this right of the Company to terminate ad nutum (at any time) the mandates of the directors.

Currently, all the members of the executive management are engaged on the basis of an employment agreement. The employment agreements are for an indefinite term. The employment agreements include, where appropriate, non-competition undertakings, as well as confidentiality and intellectual property transfer undertakings (which are intended to obtain maximum protection of our interests, under applicable laws and subject to the employee’s agreement).

•      We hired Mr. Michael K. McGarrity, acting in the role of Chief Executive Officer, effective as of February 18, 2019. The executive employment agreement with Mr. McGarrity provides that if we terminate the employment agreement without cause or if Mr. McGarrity resigns for good reason, Mr. McGarrity shall be eligible to receive as severance an amount equal to twelve months of base salary in effect at the time of the separation. In addition, we have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the executive employment agreement with immediate effect for cause (as defined in the employment agreement) by providing written notice.

•      Acting under the direction of the board of directors, we hired Mr. Ron Kalfus, acting in the role of Chief Financial Officer, effective as of July 22, 2019. The executive employment agreement with Mr. Kalfus provides that if we terminate the employment agreement without cause or if Mr. Kalfus resigns for good reason, Mr. Kalfus shall be eligible to receive as severance an amount equal to six months of base salary in effect at the time of the separation, which amount will increase to twelve months of base salary for a termination that occurs after July 22, 2020. In addition, we have has the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the executive employment agreement with immediate effect for cause (as defined in the employment agreement) by providing written notice.

•      Acting under the direction of the board of directors, we hired Mr. John Bellano, acting in the role of Chief Commercial Officer, effective as of June 19, 2019. The executive employment agreement with Mr. Bellano provides that if we terminate the employment agreement without cause or if Mr. Bellano resigns for good reason, Mr. Bellano shall be eligible to receive as severance an amount equal to six months of base salary in effect at the time of the separation, which amount will increase to twelve months of base salary for a termination that occurs after June 19, 2020. In addition, we have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the executive employment agreement with immediate effect for cause (as defined in the employment agreement) by providing written notice.

•      The executive employment contract with Mr. Joe Sollee dates from before the entry into force of the Belgian Act of April 6, 2010 on corporate governance in public and listed companies and is in conformity with common employment law. The contract with Mr. Sollee provides that if his employment is terminated for a reason other than serious misconduct or if Mr. Sollee resigns for good reason, he will be entitled to severance pay of nine (9) months gross remuneration and benefits. In addition, we have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the executive employment agreement with immediate effect for cause (as defined in the employment agreement) by providing written notice.

104

Table of Contents

Warrants Granted to Our Board Directors and Executive Management

We have granted warrants to certain members of our board of directors and executive management. For more information regarding the warrants granted to our board of directors and executive management. See “Management — Compensation of Our Directors and Executive Management.

MVM Subscription Agreement

As part of an investment by MVM V LP and MVM GP (No. 5) LP, or collectively MVM, into our share capital, our company entered in April 2020 into a subscription agreement with MVM, or the Subscription Agreement. Pursuant to the Subscription Agreement, MVM is entitled to have one observer at the board of directors of our company for as long as MVM holds in aggregate 5% of our company’s outstanding shares. At the date of this prospectus, the observer of MVM at our board of directors is Dr. Kyle Dempsey. In addition, we agreed that MVM could propose to our general shareholders’ meeting to appoint Dr. Eric Bednarski as director of the Company. Our general shareholders’ meeting held on July 30, 2020 approved the appointment of Dr. Eric Bednarski as a director for a term of three years, up to and including the closing of our annual general shareholders’ meeting to be held in 2023 which will have decided upon the financial statements for the financial year ended on December 31, 2022.

105

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

Except as specifically noted, the following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of September 30, 2021:

•      each of our directors and executive officers; and

•      each person known to us to beneficially own more than 3% of our ordinary shares.

To our knowledge, as of September 30, 2021, none of our ordinary shares were held of record by            residents of the United States.

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally means that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power of that security, including ordinary shares that can be acquired within 60 days of September 30, 2021. Ordinary shares subject to derivative securities currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of September 30, 2021 are deemed to be outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding these securities and the percentage ownership of any group of which the holder is a member, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

The percentage ownership information shown in the table prior to this offering is based upon 118,469,226 ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2021. The percentage ownership information shown in the table after this offering is based on            ordinary shares outstanding, assuming the sale of            ADSs by us in this offering and no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ADSs.

Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares shown that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable. The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other purpose, including for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 13(g) of the Exchange Act.

Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of the directors, members of the executive management team and named beneficial owners are in care of MDxHealth SA, CAP Business Center, Zone Industrielle des Hauts-Sarts, Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium.

The following table does not reflect any potential purchases of ADSs by our executive officers, directors, their affiliated entities or holders of more than 3% of our ordinary shares in this offering. If any shares are purchased by these persons or entities, the percentage of shares of beneficially owned by them after this offering will differ from the amounts set forth in the following table.

106

Table of Contents

Name of beneficial owner

 

Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned

 

Percentage of
Ordinary Shares
Beneficially Owned

Before
Offering

 

After
Offering

3% or Greater Shareholders:

           

MVM Partners LLP(1)

 

26,337,924

 

22.2%

   

Valiance Asset Management Limited(2)

 

17,731,864

 

15.0%

   

Biovest NV(3)

 

11,090,257

 

9.4%

   

Soleus Capital Management, L.P.(4)

 

6,300,000

 

5.3%

   

Scorpiaux BV(5)

 

3,867,776

 

3.3%

   

Executive Officers and Directors:

           

Michael K. McGarrity(6)

 

1,075,000

 

*

   

Ron Kalfus(6)

 

170,333

 

*

   

Joseph Sollee(6)

 

318,750

 

*

   

John Bellano(6)

 

273,000

 

*

   

Koen Hoffman (acting through Ahok BV)(6)

 

30,000

 

*

   

Rudi Mariën (acting through RR-Invest S.à.r.l.)(3)

 

11,090,257

 

9.4%

   

Jan Pensaert (acting through Valiance Advisors LLP)(6)

 

70,000

 

*

   

Dr. Lieve Verplancke (acting through Qaly-Co BV)(6)

 

30,000

 

*

   

Hilde Windels (acting through Hilde Windels BV)(6)

 

20,000

 

*

   

Dr. Regine Slagmulder (acting through Regine Slagmulder BV)

 

590,204

 

*

   

Dr. Eric Bednarski

 

 

*

   

Donnie (Don) M. Hardison

 

 

*

   

All current directors and executive management as a group (12 persons)

 

13,667,544

       

____________

*Less than one percent.

(1)Includes 25,808,845 shares held by MVM V LP and 529,079 shares held by MVM GP (No. 5) (collectively, the “MVM Entities”). MVM Partners LLP notified us on May 15, 2020 that the aggregate number of shares with respect to which MVM Partners LLP can exercise voting rights actively crossed above the threshold of 20% of the outstanding shares and voting rights of the Company at the time of the notification. The notification also stated that MVM Partners LLP is not a controlled entity, acts as fund manager of the aforementioned two entities, and can exercise the voting rights attached to the securities at its own discretion, without specific instruction. The Company has been informed that voting and investment power over the shares held by the MVM Entities is exercised jointly by three or more natural persons and voting and disposition decisions require the approval of a majority of such persons. Accordingly, no single natural person has voting or dispositive power over such shares.

(2)Includes 8,834,387 shares held by TopMDx Ltd, 8,591,797 shares held by Valiance Life Sciences Growth Investments SICAV-SIF, 235,680 shares held by Valiance Holdings Limited, and 70,000 shares acquirable upon the exercise of warrants held by Valiance Advisors LLP, a director of the Company and a related person of such entities (collectively, the “Valiance Entities”). Valiance Asset Management Limited notified us on May 21, 2021 that the aggregate number of shares with respect to which Valiance Asset Management Limited can exercise voting rights passively crossed below the threshold of 15% of the outstanding shares and voting rights of the Company at the time of the notification. The notification also stated that Valiance Holdings Limited is a Guernsey company within the Valiance corporate structure, that Valiance Life Sciences Growth Investment Fund SICAV-SIF is a Luxembourg fund with multiple external investors, that TopMDx Ltd is an exempted closed-ended fund registered in British Virgin Islands with multiple external investors, and that Valiance Asset Management Limited is investment manager, is not a controlled entity, and can exercise the voting rights at its discretion for each of the aforementioned three entities. The Company has been informed that voting and investment power over the shares held by the Valiance Entities is exercised jointly by three or more natural persons and voting and disposition decisions require the approval of a majority of such persons. Accordingly, no single natural person has voting or dispositive power over such shares.

(3)Biovest NV notified the Company on February 1, 2021 that the aggregate number of shares with respect to which Biovest NV can exercise voting rights passively crossed below the threshold of 10% of the outstanding shares and voting rights of the Company at the time of the notification. Notably, it follows from the notification by Biovest NV that 11,090,257 shares of the Company, representing 9.36% of the 118,469,226 outstanding shares (at the time of the relevant notification) and voting rights of the Company, are held through Biovest NV. The notification also stated that Rudi Mariën controls Biovest NV, that Biovest NV participated to the capital increase of January 26, 2021, and that before the capital increase, Biovest NV held 9,979,146 shares out of a total of 90,691,449 shares (11%). The shareholding on a fully diluted basis takes into account the exercise of 82,000 warrants held by Gengest BV, a director of the Company and a company controlled by Mr. Rudi Mariën, who also controls Biovest NV.

107

Table of Contents

(4)Soleus Capital Management, L.P. notified the Company on February 1, 2021 that the number of shares with respect to which Soleus Capital Management, L.P. can exercise voting rights actively crossed above the threshold of 5% of the outstanding shares and voting rights of MDxHealth at the time of the notification. Notably, it follows from the notification by Soleus Capital Management, L.P. that 6,300,000 shares of the Company, representing 5.32% of the 118,469,226 outstanding shares (at the time of the relevant notification) and voting rights of MDxHealth, are held through Soleus Capital Master Fund, L.P. The notification also stated that the voting rights attached to the shares are exercised by the investment advisor Soleus Capital Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, at its discretion, in the absence of specific instructions, that Soleus Capital Master Fund, L.P. is a limited partnership formed in the Cayman Islands, that Soleus Capital Management, L.P. is controlled by a sole general partner, Soleus GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and that Soleus GP, LLC is controlled by its sole member, Mr. Guy Levy.

(5)Scorpiaux BV notified the Company on June 2, 2021 that the number of shares with respect to which Scorpiaux BV can exercise voting rights passively crossed below the threshold of 5% of the outstanding shares and voting rights of MDxHealth at the time of the notification. Notably, it follows from the notification by Scorpiaux BV that it owns 3,867,776 Shares of MDxHealth, representing 4.26% of the 90,691,449 outstanding shares (at the time of the relevant notification) and voting rights of the Company. The notification states that Scorpiaux BV is exclusively controlled by Bart Versluys.

(6)Reflects shares acquirable upon the exercise of warrants.

108

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $            from this offering, or approximately $            if the underwriters exercise their overallotment option in full, assuming a public offering price of $            per ADS, the closing price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on            , 2021 as adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase (decrease) the number of ADSs we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million ADSs we are offering, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by approximately $            million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $            per ADS remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The principal purposes of this offering are to increase our financial flexibility in order to fund our growth through business and product development activities and to expand our menu in prostate cancer and other urologic diseases. We currently expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash, as follows: (1) approximately $            million to expand our commercial operations to grow and support our urology customer base for our current and pipeline menu of tests; (2) approximately $            million to fund our research and development efforts to expand the applications of our current tests and to create enhanced urologic testing solutions and (3) the balance for working capital and general corporate purposes. This expected use of net proceeds from the offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds for strategic investments in complementary businesses, products, services, or technologies. However, we do not have any agreements or commitments to enter into any material acquisitions or investments at this time.

We cannot predict with certainty all of the particular uses for the net proceeds to be received upon the consummation of the offering or the amounts that we will actually spend on the uses set forth above. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the progress and timing of our development and marketing efforts, the status of and results from clinical trials, any collaborations that we may enter into with third parties and any unforeseen cash needs. Therefore, as of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty the specific allocation of the net proceeds to be received upon the completion of this offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the proceeds from this offering.

109

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL AND ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Description of Share Capital

The following description of our share capital summarizes certain provisions of our articles of association and the Belgian Companies and Associations Code. Because this description is a summary, it may not contain all information important to you. Accordingly, this description is qualified entirely by references to our articles of association. Copies of our articles of association will be publicly available as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

The following description includes comparisons of certain provisions of our articles of association and the Belgian Companies and Associations Code applicable to us and the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, the law under which many publicly listed companies in the United States are incorporated. Because such statements are summaries, they do not address all aspects of Belgian law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders or all aspects of Delaware law which may differ from Belgian law, and they are not intended to be a complete discussion of the respective rights.

Share Capital

Share Capital and Shares

Our share capital is represented by ordinary shares without nominal value. Our share capital is fully paid-up. Our shares are not separated into classes.

The number of shares issued is expressed in units.

As of December 31, 2020, our share capital amounts to 68,998,734.95, represented by 90,691,449 fully authorized and subscribed and paid-up shares without nominal value. This number does not include outstanding warrants issued by us and granted to certain of our directors, employees and non-employees nor any other capital increases after December 31, 2020. Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries holds any of our own shares.

On January 26, 2021, our share capital was increased with an amount of 24,999,999.30 in the framework of the authorized capital through the issuance of 27,777,777 new shares at an issue price of 0.90 per new share. The relevant new shares were placed with institutional, qualified, professional and/or other investors, in and outside of Belgium, on the basis of applicable private placement exemptions, in the framework of a private placement through an accelerated bookbuilding procedure.

On the date of this prospectus, our share capital amounts to 90,132,067.69, represented by 118,469,226 fully authorized and subscribed and paid-up shares without nominal value.

Other Outstanding Securities

In addition to the shares already outstanding, we have granted subscription rights (warrants), which upon exercise will lead to an increase in the number of our outstanding shares. A total of [•] warrants (where each warrant entitles the holder to subscribe for one new share were outstanding as of July 31, 2021). For further information, see “Management — Warrant Plans.

110

Table of Contents

History of Securities Issuances

All shares issued have been fully paid.

The changes to our actual share capital since January 1, 2018 can be summarized as follows:

Date

 

Transaction

 

Increase (reduction) of share capital
(in EUR)

 

Number of
shares
issued

 

Class of
shares
issued

 

Issue price
per Share
(in EUR,
rounded)

 

Resulting
share capital
(in EUR)

 

Existing shares

March 26, 2018

 

Capital Increase in Cash

 

7,968,928.07

 

9,989,881

 

Ordinary Shares

 

3.60

 

47,813,068.45

 

59,939,289

October 1, 2019

 

Capital Increase in Cash

 

8,447,033.56

 

10,589,236

 

Ordinary Shares

 

0.85

 

56,260,102.01

 

70,528,525

May 15, 2020

 

Capital Increase in Cash

 

12,738,632.94

 

20,162,924

 

Ordinary Shares

 

0.63

 

68,998,734.95

 

90,691,449

January 26, 2021

 

Capital Increase in Cash

 

24,999,999.30

 

27,777,777

 

Ordinary Shares

 

0.90

 

90,132,067.69

 

118,469,226

On the date of this prospectus, our share capital amounts to 90,132,067.69, represented by 118,469,226 fully authorized and subscribed and paid-up shares without nominal value.

Articles of Association and Other Share Information

Corporate Profile

Our legal and commercial name is MDxHealth SA. We are a public limited liability company incorporated in the form of a naamloze vennootschap/société anonyme under Belgian law. We are registered with the Register of Legal Entities (RPM Liège) under the enterprise number 0479.292.440. Our principal executive and registered offices are located at CAP Business Center, Zone Industrielle des Hauts-Sarts, Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium and our telephone number is +32 4 257 70 21. Our agent for service of process in the United States is MDxHealth, Inc., whose address is 15279 Alton Parkway — Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618, United States.

We were incorporated in Belgium on January 10, 2003 for an unlimited duration. Our fiscal year ends December 31.

Corporate Purpose

Our corporate purpose as set forth in Article 3 of our articles of association is as follows:

The Company’s corporate purpose is to engage in Belgium and abroad, in its own name and on behalf of third parties, alone or in collaboration with third parties, in the following activities:

All forms of research and development into or involving biological cells and organisms (including gene methylation) and chemical compounds, as well as the industrialization and commercialization of the results thereof;

•      Research and development into biotechnological or derivative products that could have a market value in applications related to human and animal healthcare, diagnostics, pharmacogenomics and therapeutics, based amongst other things on the technology of genetics, genetic engineering and detention, chemistry and cell biology;

•      Commercialization of the aforementioned products and application domains;

•      Acquisition, disposal, exploitation, commercialization and management of intellectual property, property and usage rights, trade marks, patents, drawings, licenses and any other form of know how.

111

Table of Contents

The Company is also authorized to engage in all commercial, industrial, financial and real estate transactions which are directly or indirectly related to or which may be beneficial to the achievement of its corporate purpose.

It may, by means of subscription, contribution, merger, collaboration, financial participation or otherwise, take interests or participate in any company, existing or to be incorporated, undertakings, businesses and associations in Belgium or abroad. The company may manage, re-organize or sell these interests and can also, directly or indirectly, participate in the board of directors, management, control and winding-up of companies, undertakings, business and associations in which it has an interest or a participation. The company may provide guarantees and security interests for the benefit of these companies, undertakings, businesses and associations, act as their agent or representative, and grant advances, credit, mortgages or other securities.

Board of Directors

Belgian law does not specifically regulate the ability of directors to borrow money from us.

Directors are expected to arrange their personal and business affairs so as to avoid conflicts of interest with our Company. When the board takes a decision, board members should disregard their personal interests. They should not use business opportunities intended for the Company for their own benefit.

In accordance with article 7:96 and/or 7:97 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, all directors must inform the board of directors and the statutory auditor of the Company of conflicts of interest as they arise and abstain from voting on the matter involved in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

Prior to his or her appointment, a director must inform the board of directors of his or her transactions and/or business relationships with the Company or its subsidiaries. During his or her mandate as a director, a director must inform the chair of the board of directors of the transactions and/or business relationships that he or she (or his or her affiliates) contemplates to enter into, and such transactions and/or business relationships can only be entered into after approval by the board of directors, where applicable in accordance with article 7:97 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

Each board member should place the Company’s interests above his/her own. The board members have the duty to look after the interests of all shareholders on an equivalent basis. Each board member should act in accordance with the principles of reasonableness and fairness.

Each board member should inform the board of any conflict of interests that could in their opinion affect their capacity of judgement. In particular, at the beginning of each board or committee meeting, board members should declare whether they have any conflict of interests regarding the items on the agenda.

Each board member should, in particular, be attentive to conflicts of interests that may arise between the Company, its board members, its significant or controlling shareholder(s) and other shareholders. The board members who are proposed by significant or controlling shareholder(s) should ensure that the interests and intentions of these shareholder(s) are sufficiently clear and communicated to the board in a timely manner.

The board should act in such a manner that a conflict of interest, or the appearance of such a conflict, is avoided. In the possible case of a conflict of interest, the board should, under the lead of its chair, decide which procedure it will follow to protect the interests of the Company and all its shareholders. In the next annual report, the board should explain why they chose this procedure. However, where there is a substantial conflict of interests, the board should carefully consider communicating as soon as possible on the procedure followed, the most important considerations and the conclusions.

112

Table of Contents

In case of non-compliance with the foregoing, we may request the annulment of the decision or the transaction which has taken place in breach of these provisions if the counterparty to the decision or the transaction was, or should have been, aware of such breach.

There are no outstanding loans granted by our company to any of the members of the board of directors and members of the executive management, nor are there any guarantees provided by our company for the benefit of any of the members of the board of directors and members of the executive management.

None of the members of the board of directors and members of the executive management has a family relationship with any other of the members of the board of directors and members of the executive management.

The DGCL generally permits transactions involving a Delaware corporation and an interested director of that corporation if (i) the material facts as to the director’s relationship or interest and as to the transaction are disclosed and a majority of disinterested directors consent, (ii) the material facts are disclosed as to the director’s relationship or interest and a majority of shares entitled to vote thereon consent or (iii) the transaction is fair to the corporation at the time it is authorized by the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors or the shareholders.

We rely on a provision in the listing rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market that allows us to follow Belgian corporate law with respect to certain aspects of corporate governance. This allows us to continue following certain corporate governance practices that differ in significant respects from the corporate governance requirements applicable to U.S. companies listed on the Nasdaq Global Market. In particular, the listing rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market require a majority of the directors of a listed U.S. company to be independent, whereas in Belgium, only three directors need to be independent. The listing rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market further require that each of the nominating, compensation and audit committees of a listed U.S. company be comprised entirely of independent directors. However, the Belgian Corporate Governance Code recommends only that a majority of the directors on the nomination committee meet the technical requirements for independence under Belgian corporate law. At present, our audit committee is composed of            independent directors out of three members. Our nomination and remuneration committees are composed of three independent directors out of five members. Our board of directors has no plan to change the composition of our nomination and remuneration committee.

Form and Transferability of Our Shares

The shares underlying the ADSs are all ordinary shares, are fully paid, and rank pari passu in all respects with all other existing and outstanding shares of the Company.

All of our shares belong to the same class of securities and are in registered form or in dematerialized form. All of our outstanding shares are fully paid-up and freely transferable, subject to any contractual restrictions.

Belgian company law and our articles of association entitle shareholders to request, in writing and at their expense, the conversion of their dematerialized shares into registered shares and vice versa. Any costs incurred as a result of the conversion of shares into another form will be borne by the shareholder. For shareholders who opt for registered shares, the shares will be recorded in our shareholder register.

Currency

Our share capital, which is represented by our outstanding ordinary shares, is denominated in Euros. The shares underlying the ADSs do not have a nominal value, but each reflect the same fraction of our share capital.

113

Table of Contents

Changes to the share capital decided by the shareholders

In principle, changes to our share capital are decided by our shareholders. Our general shareholders’ meeting may at any time decide to increase or reduce the share capital of the Company. Such resolution must satisfy the quorum and majority requirements that apply to an amendment of the articles of association, as described below under “— Right to attend and vote at general shareholders’ meetings” and “— Quorum and majorities.

Capital increases decided by the board of directors

Subject to the quorum and majority requirements described below under subsection “— Right to attend and vote at general shareholders’ meetings”, subsection “— Quorum and majorities”, the general shareholders’ meeting may authorize our board of directors, within certain limits, to increase our share capital without any further approval of our shareholders. This is the so-called authorized capital. This authorization needs to be limited in time (i.e. it can only be granted for a renewable period of maximum five years) and scope (i.e. the authorized capital may not exceed the amount of the registered capital at the time of the authorization).

By virtue of the resolution of the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of the Company held on May 27, 2021, as published by excerpt in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette (Belgisch Staatsblad/Moniteur belge) on June 1, 2021 under number 21333389, which entered into force on June 1, 2021, the board of directors of the Company has been granted certain powers to increase our share capital in the framework of the authorized capital. The powers under the authorized capital have been set out in article 6 of the Company’s articles of association.

Pursuant to the authorization granted by the extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting, the board of directors is authorized to increase the share capital of the Company on one or several occasions by a maximum aggregate amount of €90,132,067.69 (excluding issue premium, as the case may be).

The board of directors may increase the share capital by contributions in cash or in kind, by capitalization of reserves, whether available or unavailable for distribution, and capitalization of issue premiums, with or without the issuance of new shares, with or without voting rights, that will have the rights as will be determined by the board of directors. The board of directors is also authorized to use this authorization for the issuance of convertible bonds or subscription rights, bonds with subscription rights or other securities.

In the event of a capital increase decided by the board of directors within the framework of the authorized capital, all issue premiums booked, if any, will be accounted for in accordance with the provisions of these articles of association.

The board of directors is authorized, when exercising its powers within the framework of the authorized capital, to restrict or cancel, in the interest of the company, the preferential subscription rights of the shareholders. This restriction or cancellation of the preferential subscription rights can also be done in favor of members of the personnel of the Company or of its subsidiaries, or in favor of one or more persons other than members of the personnel of the Company or of its subsidiaries.

The board of directors is authorized, with the right of substitution, to amend the articles of association, after each capital increase that has occurred within the framework of the authorized capital, in order to bring them in conformity with the new situation of the share capital and the shares.

The board of directors has not yet used its powers under the authorized capital. As a result, the board of directors therefore still has the authority under the authorized capital to increase our share capital with an aggregate amount of €90,132,067.69 (excluding issue premium, as the case may be).

114

Table of Contents

Preferential Subscription Rights

In the event of a capital increase for cash with the issue of new shares, or in the event of an issue of convertible bonds or subscription rights, the existing shareholders have a preferential right to subscribe, pro rata, to the new shares, convertible bonds or subscription rights. These preferential subscription rights are transferable during the subscription period.

Our general shareholders’ meeting may decide to limit or cancel this preferential subscription right, subject to special reporting requirements. Such decision by the general shareholders’ meeting needs to satisfy the same quorum and majority requirements as the decision to increase our share capital.

The shareholders may also decide to authorize our board of directors to limit or cancel the preferential subscription right within the framework of the authorized capital, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Belgian Companies and Associations Code. As mentioned above, our board of directors of the Company has been granted certain powers to increase our share capital in the framework of the authorized capital and to cancel the statutory preferential subscription rights of the shareholders (within the meaning of articles 7:191 and 7:193 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code). The powers under the authorized capital have been set out in article 6 of the Company’s articles of association.

Generally, unless expressly authorized in advance by the general shareholders’ meeting, the authorization of the board of directors to increase our share capital through contributions in cash with cancellation or limitation of the preferential subscription right of the existing shareholders is suspended as of the notification to us by the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority, or the FSMA, of a public takeover bid on our financial instruments. Our general shareholders’ meeting did not grant such express authorization to our board of directors. See also “— Share Capital increases decided by the board of directors” above.

Under the DGCL, shareholders of a Delaware corporation have no pre-emptive rights to subscribe for additional issues of stock or to any security convertible into such stock unless, and to the extent that, such rights are expressly provided for in the corporation’s certificate of incorporation.

Acquisition and Sale of own Shares

We may acquire, pledge and dispose of our own shares, profit certificates or associated certificates at the conditions provided for by articles 7:215 and following of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code. These conditions include a prior special shareholders’ resolution approved by at least 75% of the votes validly cast at a general shareholders’ meeting (whereby abstentions are not included in the numerator nor in the denominator) where at least 50% of the share capital and at least 50% of the profit certificates, if any, are present or represented.

Furthermore, shares can only be acquired with funds that would otherwise be available for distribution as a dividend to the shareholders and the transaction must relate to fully paid-up shares or associated certificates. Furthermore, an offer to purchase shares must be made by way of an offer to all shareholders under the same conditions. Shares can also be acquired by us without offer to all shareholders under the same conditions, provided that the acquisition of the shares is effected in the central order book of the regulated market of Euronext Brussels or, if the transaction is not effected via the central order book, provided that the price offered for the shares is lower than or equal to the highest independent bid price in the central order book of the regulated market of Euronext Brussels at that time.

Generally, the general shareholders’ meeting or the articles of association determine the amount of shares, profit certificates or certificates that can be acquired, the duration of such an authorization which cannot exceed five years as from the publication of the proposed resolution as well as the minimum and maximum

115

Table of Contents

price that the board of directors can pay for the shares. The prior approval by the shareholders is not required if we purchase the shares to offer them to our personnel, in which case the shares must be transferred within a period of 12 months as from their acquisition.

We may, without prior authorization by the general shareholders’ meeting, dispose of the Company’s own shares, profit certificates or associated certificates in the limited number of situations set out in article 7:218 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

As of the date of this prospectus, our company does not hold any own shares.

Under the DGCL, a Delaware corporation may purchase or redeem its own shares, unless the capital of the corporation is impaired or the purchase or redemption would cause an impairment of the capital of the corporation.

Description of the Rights and Benefits Attached to Our Shares

Right to attend and vote at general shareholders’ meetings

Annual meetings of shareholders

Our annual general shareholders’ meeting is held at the registered office of our Company (in Belgium) or at the place determined in the notice convening the general shareholders’ meeting. The meeting is held every year on the last Thursday of May at 10:00 a.m. (Belgian time). If this day would be a Belgian public holiday, the annual general shareholders’ meeting shall be held on the previous business day. At our annual general shareholders’ meeting, the board of directors submits to the shareholders the audited non-consolidated and consolidated annual financial statements and the reports of the board of directors and of the statutory auditor with respect thereto.

The general shareholders’ meeting then decides on the approval of the statutory annual financial statements, the proposed allocation of the Company’s profit or loss, the release from liability of the directors and the statutory auditor, the approval of the remuneration report included in the annual report of the board of directors (it being understood that the vote on the remuneration report is only an advisory vote and that the Company must explain in the remuneration report of the subsequent financial year how it took into account the advisory vote of the general shareholders’ meeting of the previous financial year), of the remuneration policy (as the case may be), and, when applicable, the (re-)appointment or dismissal of the statutory auditor and/or of all or certain directors. In addition, as relevant, the general shareholders’ meeting must also decide on the approval of the remuneration of the directors and statutory auditor for the exercise of their mandate, and on the approval of provisions of service agreements to be entered into with executive directors, members of the executive management and other executives providing (as the case may be) for severance payments exceeding twelve months’ remuneration (or, subject to a motivated opinion by the remuneration and nomination committee, 18 months’ remuneration) (see also “— Voting rights attached to the Shares” above).

Special and extraordinary general shareholders’ meetings

Our board of directors or the statutory auditor (or the liquidators, if appropriate) may, whenever the interest of our Company so requires, convene a special or extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting. Pursuant to article 7:126 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, such general shareholders’ meeting must also be convened every time one or more shareholders holding, alone or together, at least 10% of our company’s share capital so request. Shareholders that do not hold at least 10% of our share capital do not have the right to have the general shareholders’ meeting convened.

116

Table of Contents

Under the DGCL, special meetings of the shareholders of a Delaware corporation may be called by such person or persons as may be authorized by the certificate of incorporation or by the bylaws of the corporation, or if not so designated, as determined by the board of directors. Shareholders generally do not have the right to call meetings of shareholders, unless that right is granted in the certificate of incorporation or the bylaws.

Right to put items on the agenda of the general shareholders’ meeting and to table draft resolutions

Shareholders who hold alone or together with other shareholders at least 3% of our share capital have the right to put additional items on the agenda of a general shareholders’ meeting that has been convened and to table draft resolutions in relation to items that have been or are to be included in the agenda. This right does not apply to general shareholders’ meetings that are being convened on the grounds that the quorum was not met at the first duly convened meeting (see “— Quorum and majorities” below). Shareholders wishing to exercise this right must prove on the date of their request that they own at least 3% of the outstanding share capital. The ownership must be based, for dematerialized shares, on a certificate issued by the applicable settlement institution for the shares concerned, or by a certified account holder, confirming the number of shares that have been registered in the name of the relevant shareholders and, for registered shares, on a certificate of registration of the relevant shares in the share register book of the Company. In addition, the shareholder concerned must register for the meeting concerned with at least 3% of the outstanding share capital (see also “— Formalities to attend the general shareholders’ meeting” below). A request to put additional items on the agenda and/or to table draft resolutions must be submitted in writing, and must contain, in the event of an additional agenda item, the text of the agenda item concerned and, in the event of a new draft resolution, the text of the draft resolution. The request must reach the Company at the latest on the twenty second calendar day preceding the date of the general shareholders’ meeting concerned. If the Company receives a request, it will have to publish at the latest on the fifteenth calendar day preceding the general shareholders’ meeting an update of the agenda of the meeting with the additional agenda items and draft resolutions.

Notices convening the general shareholders’ meeting

The notice convening the general shareholders’ meeting must state the place, date and hour of the meeting and must include an agenda indicating the items to be discussed and the proposed resolutions. The notice must, as the case may be, include the proposal of the audit committee to nominate a statutory auditor responsible for auditing the consolidated financial statements. The notice also needs to contain a description of the formalities that security holders must fulfil in order to be admitted to the general shareholders’ meeting and (as the case may be) exercise their voting right, information on the manner in which shareholders can put additional items on the agenda and table draft resolutions, information on the manner in which security holders can ask questions during the general shareholders’ meeting and prior to the meeting via the Company’s email address or a specific email address mentioned in this notice, information on the procedure to participate to the general shareholders’ meeting by means of a proxy or to vote by means of a remote vote, and, as applicable, the registration date for the general shareholders’ meeting. The notice must also mention where shareholders can obtain a copy of the documentation that will be submitted to the general shareholders’ meeting, the agenda with the proposed resolutions or, if no resolutions are proposed, a commentary by the board of directors, updates of the agenda if shareholders have put additional items or draft resolutions on the agenda, the forms to vote by proxy or by means of a remote vote, and the address of the webpage on which the documentation and information relating to the general shareholders’ meeting will be made available. This documentation and information, together with the notice and the total number of outstanding voting rights, must also be made available on our company’s website at the same time as the publication of the notice convening the meeting, for a period of five years after the relevant general shareholders’ meeting.

The notice convening the general shareholders’ meeting has to be published at least 30 calendar days prior to the general shareholders’ meeting in the Belgian Official Gazette (Belgisch Staatsblad/Moniteur Belge), in a newspaper that is published nation-wide in Belgium, in paper or electronically, in media that can be reasonably relied upon for the dissemination of information within the EEA in a manner ensuring fast access to such information on a non-discriminatory basis, and on our company’s website. A publication in a nation-wide

117

Table of Contents

newspaper is not needed for annual general shareholders’ meetings taking place on the date, hour and place indicated in the articles of association of the Company if the agenda is limited to the treatment and approval of the financial statements, the annual report of the board of directors, the report of the statutory auditor, the remuneration report, the severance pay for executive directors, and the discharge from liability of the directors and statutory auditor. See also “— Voting Rights attached to the Shares” above. In addition to this publication, the notice has to be distributed at least 30 calendar days prior to the meeting via the normal publication means that the Company uses for the publication of press releases and regulated information. The term of 30 calendar days prior to the general shareholders’ meeting for the publication and distribution of the convening notice can be reduced to 17 calendar days for a second meeting if, as the case may be, the applicable quorum for the meeting is not reached at the first meeting, the date of the second meeting was mentioned in the notice for the first meeting and no new item is put on the agenda of the second meeting. See also further below under “— Quorum and majorities.

At the same time as its publication, the convening notice must also be sent to the holders of registered shares, holders of registered convertible bonds, holders of registered subscription rights, holders of registered certificates issued with the co-operation of the Company (if any), and, as the case may be, to the directors and statutory auditor of the Company. This communication needs to be made by e-mail unless the addressee has informed the Company that it wishes to receive the relevant documentation by another equivalent means of communication. If the relevant addressee does not have an e-mail address or if it did not inform the Company thereof, the relevant documentation will be sent by ordinary mail.

Under the DGCL, unless otherwise provided in the certificate of incorporation or bylaws, written notice of any meeting of the shareholders of a Delaware corporation must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting and shall specify the place, date, hour and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose of the meeting.

Formalities to attend the general shareholders’ meeting

All holders of shares, warrants, profit-sharing certificates, non-voting shares, convertible bonds, subscription rights or other securities issued by our company, as the case may be, and all holders of certificates issued with the co-operation of our company (if any) can attend the general shareholders’ meetings insofar as the law or the articles of association entitles them to do so and, as the case may be, gives them the right to participate in voting.

In order to be able to attend a general shareholders’ meeting, a holder of securities issued by our company must satisfy two criteria: being registered as holder of securities on the registration date for the meeting, and notify our company:

•      Firstly, the right to attend general shareholders’ meetings applies only to persons who are registered as owning securities on the fourteenth calendar day prior to the general shareholders’ meeting at midnight (Belgian time) via registration, in the applicable register book for the securities concerned (for registered securities) or in the accounts of a certified account holder or relevant settlement institution for the securities concerned (for dematerialized securities or securities in book-entry form).

•      Secondly, in order to be admitted to the general shareholders’ meeting, securities holders must notify our Company at the latest on the sixth calendar day prior to the general shareholders’ meeting whether they intend to attend the meeting and indicate the number of shares in respect of which they intend to do so. For the holders of dematerialized securities or securities in book-entry form, the notice should include a certificate confirming the number of securities that have been registered in their name on the record date. The certificate can be obtained by the holder of the dematerialized securities or securities in book-entry form with the certified account holder or the applicable settlement institution for the securities concerned.

118

Table of Contents

The formalities for the registration of securities holders, and the notification of our company must be further described in the notice convening the general shareholders’ meeting.

Electronic participation

Our board of directors has the possibility to organize the general shareholders’ meeting by means of electronic communication which must (i) allow the Company to verify the capacity and identity of the shareholders using it; (ii) at least enable (a) the securities holders to directly, simultaneously and continuously follow the discussions during the meeting and (b) the shareholders to exercise their voting rights on all points on which the general shareholders’ meeting is required to take a decision; and (iii) allow the securities holders to actively participate to the deliberations and to ask questions during the meeting.

Voting by proxy or remote voting

Each shareholder has, subject to compliance with the requirements set forth above under “— Formalities to attend the general shareholders’ meeting”, the right to attend a general shareholders’ meeting and to vote at the general shareholders’ meeting in person or through a proxy holder, who need not be a shareholder. A shareholder may designate, for a given meeting, only one person as proxy holder, except in circumstances where Belgian law allows the designation of multiple proxy holders. The appointment of a proxy holder may take place in paper form or electronically (in which case the form shall be signed by means of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable Belgian law), through a form which shall be made available by our Company. The signed original paper (handwritten) or electronic form must be received by our Company at the latest on the sixth calendar day preceding the meeting. The appointment a proxy holder must be made in accordance with the applicable rules of Belgian law, including in relation to conflicts of interest and the keeping of a register.

The notice convening the meeting may allow shareholders to vote remotely in relation to the general shareholders’ meeting, by sending a paper form or, if specifically allowed in the notice convening the meeting, by sending a form electronically (in which case the form shall be signed by means of an electronic signature in accordance with applicable Belgian law). These forms shall be made available by our company. The original signed paper form must be received by our company at the latest on the sixth calendar day preceding the date of the meeting. Voting through the signed electronic form may occur until the last calendar day before the meeting.

Our company may also organize a remote vote in relation to the general shareholders’ meeting through other electronic communication methods, such as, among others, through one or several websites. Our company shall specify the practical terms of any such remote vote in the convening notice.

When votes are cast electronically, an electronic confirmation of receipt of the votes is sent to the relevant shareholders that cast the vote. After the general shareholders’ meeting, shareholders can obtain, at least upon request (which must be made no later than three months after the vote), the confirmation that their votes have been validly recorded and taken into account by the Company, unless that information is already available to them. If an intermediary receives such confirmation, it must transmit it without delay to the shareholder.

Holders of securities who wish to be represented by proxy or vote remotely must, in any case comply with the formalities to attend the meeting, as explained under “— Formalities to attend the general shareholders’ meeting.” Holders of shares without voting rights, profit-sharing certificates without voting rights, convertible bonds, warrants or certificates issued with the cooperation of our company may attend the general shareholders’ meeting but only with an advisory vote.

119

Table of Contents

Voting rights attached to the Shares

Each shareholder of the Company is entitled to one vote per Share. Shareholders may vote by proxy, subject to the rules described below in “— Right to attend and vote at general shareholders’ meetings” and “— Voting by proxy or remote voting.

Voting rights can be mainly suspended in relation to shares:

•      which are not fully paid up, notwithstanding the request thereto of the board of directors of the Company;

•      to which more than one person is entitled or on which more than one person has rights in rem (zakelijke rechten/droits réels) on, except in the event a single representative is appointed for the exercise of the voting right vis-à-vis the Company;

•      which entitle their holder to voting rights above the threshold of 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20% and any further multiple of 5% of the total number of voting rights attached to the outstanding financial instruments of our company on the date of the relevant general shareholders’ meeting, in the event that the relevant shareholder has not notified us and the FSMA at least 20 calendar days prior to the date of the general shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the applicable rules on disclosure of major shareholdings; and

•      of which the voting right was suspended by a competent court or the FSMA.

Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, the voting rights attached to shares owned by the Company, or a person acting in its own name but on behalf of the Company, or acquired by a subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, are suspended. Generally, the general shareholders’ meeting has sole authority with respect to:

•      the approval of the annual financial statements of the Company;

•      the distribution of profits (except interim dividends (see “— Dividends” below));

•      the appointment (at the proposal of the board of directors and upon recommendation by the remuneration and nomination committee) and dismissal of directors of the Company;

•      the appointment (at the proposal of the board of directors and upon recommendation by the audit committee) and dismissal of the statutory auditor of the Company;

•      the granting of release from liability to the directors and the statutory auditor of the Company;

•      the determination of the remuneration of the directors and of the statutory auditor for the exercise of their mandate;

•      the advisory vote on the remuneration report included in the annual report of the board of directors, the binding vote on the remuneration policy that the Company intends to submit for the first time to the general shareholders’ meeting to be held on 27 May 2021, and subsequently upon every material change to the remuneration policy and in any case at least every four years, and the determination of the following features of the remuneration or compensation of directors, members of the executive management and certain other executives (as the case may be): (i) in relation to the remuneration of executive and non-executive directors, members of the executive management and other executives, an exemption from the rule that share based awards can only vest after a period of at least three years as of the grant of the awards, (ii) in relation to the remuneration of executive directors, members of the executive management and other executives, an exemption from the rule that (unless the variable remuneration is less than a quarter of the annual remuneration) at least one quarter of the variable remuneration must be based on

120

Table of Contents

performance criteria that have been determined in advance and that can be measured objectively over a period of at least two years and that at least another quarter of the variable remuneration must be based on performance criteria that have been determined in advance and that can be measured objectively over a period of at least three years, (iii) in relation to the remuneration of non-executive directors, any variable part of the remuneration (provided, however that no variable remuneration can be granted to independent non-executive directors), and (iv) any service agreements to be entered into with executive directors, members of the executive management and other executives providing for severance payments exceeding twelve months’ remuneration (or, subject to a motivated opinion by the remuneration and nomination committee, eighteen (18) months’ remuneration);

•      the filing of a claim for liability against directors;

•      the decisions relating to the dissolution, merger and certain other reorganizations of the Company; and

•      the approval of amendments to the articles of association.

Quorum and majorities

In general, there is no attendance quorum requirement for a general shareholders’ meeting and decisions are generally passed with a simple majority of the votes of the shares present or represented. However, capital increases (other than those decided by the board of directors pursuant to the authorized capital), decisions with respect to the Company’s dissolution, mergers, de-mergers and certain other reorganizations of the Company, amendments to the articles of association (other than an amendment of the corporate purpose), and certain other matters referred to in the Belgian Companies and Associations Code do not only require the presence or representation of at least 50% of the share capital of our Company but also a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast (whereby abstentions are not included in the numerator nor in the denominator). An amendment of our company’s corporate purpose requires the approval of at least 80% of the votes cast at a general shareholders’ meeting (whereby abstentions are not included in the numerator nor in the denominator), which can only validly pass such resolution if at least 50% of the share capital of the Company and at least 50% of the profit certificates, if any, are present or represented. In the event where the required quorum is not present or represented at the first meeting, a second meeting needs to be convened through a new notice. The second general shareholders’ meeting may validly deliberate and decide regardless of the number of shares present or represented. The special majority requirements, however, remain applicable.

Under the DGCL, the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of a Delaware corporation may specify the number of shares required to constitute a quorum but in no event shall a quorum consist of less than one-third of shares entitled to vote at a meeting. In the absence of such specifications, a majority of shares entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum.

Right to ask questions

Within the limits of article 7:139 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, security holders have a right to ask questions to the directors in connection with the report of the board of directors or the items on the agenda of such general shareholders’ meeting. However, directors may, in the interest of the Company, refuse to answer questions when the communication of certain information or facts could cause prejudice to the Company or is contrary to the obligations of confidentiality entered into by them or by the Company.

Shareholders can also ask questions to the statutory auditor in connection with its report. Such questions can be submitted in writing prior to the meeting or can be asked at the meeting. Written questions to the statutory auditor must be submitted to the Company at the same time. The statutory auditor may, in the interest of the Company, refuse to answer questions when the communication of certain information or facts could cause

121

Table of Contents

prejudice to the Company or is contrary to its professional secrecy or to obligations of confidentiality entered into by the Company. The statutory auditor has the right to speak at the general meeting in connection with the performance of its duties.

Written and oral questions will be answered during the meeting concerned in accordance with applicable law. In addition, in order for written questions to be considered, the shareholders who submitted the written questions concerned must comply with the formalities to attend the meeting, as explained under “— Formalities to attend the general shareholders’ meeting.

Dividends

All shares participate equally in the Company’s profits (if any). Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, the shareholders can in principle decide on the distribution of profits with a simple majority vote at the occasion of the annual general shareholders’ meeting, based on the most recent statutory audited financial statements, prepared in accordance with Belgian GAAP and based on a (non-binding) proposal of the Company’s board of directors. The Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the Company’s articles of association also authorize the board of directors to declare interim dividends without shareholder approval. The right to pay such interim dividends is, however, subject to certain legal restrictions.

Our company’s ability to distribute dividends is subject to availability of sufficient distributable profits as defined under Belgian law on the basis of our stand-alone statutory accounts prepared in accordance with Belgian GAAP. In particular, dividends can only be distributed if following the declaration and issuance of the dividends the amount of our net assets on the date of the closing of the last financial year as follows from the statutory non-consolidated financial statements (i.e. summarized, the amount of the assets as shown in the balance sheet, decreased with provisions and liabilities, all in accordance with Belgian accounting rules), decreased with, except in exceptional circumstances, to be disclosed and justified in the notes to the annual accounts, the non-amortized costs of incorporation and extension and non-amortized costs for research and development, does not fall below the amount of the paid-up capital (or, if higher, the issued capital), increased with the amount of non-distributable reserves.

In addition, pursuant to Belgian law and our articles of association, the Company must allocate an amount of 5% of our Belgian GAAP annual net profit (nettowinst/bénéfices nets) to a legal reserve in its stand-alone statutory accounts, until the legal reserve amounts to 10% of our share capital. Our legal reserve currently does not meet this requirement nor will it meet the requirement at the time of the closing of this offering. Accordingly, 5% of its Belgian GAAP annual net profit during future years will need to be allocated to the legal reserve, limiting our ability to pay out dividends to its shareholders.

Under the senior secured loan agreement entered into between with Kreos Capital and the Company on November 1, 2019 and amended on October 19, 2020 and April 19, 2021, no distributions can be declared or made without the consent of the Kreos Capital.

In addition, further financial restrictions and other limitations may be contained in future credit agreements.

The right to payment of dividends expires five years after the board of directors declared the dividend payable.

Under the DGCL, a Delaware corporation may pay dividends out of its surplus (the excess of net assets over capital), or in case there is no surplus, out of its net profits for either or both of the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and the preceding fiscal year (provided that the amount of the capital of the corporation is not less than the aggregate amount of the capital represented by the issued and outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets). Dividends may be paid in the form of shares, property or cash.

122

Table of Contents

Appointment of Directors

Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the articles of association, the board of directors must consist of at least three directors. Our Company’s Corporate Governance Charter provides that the board of directors should have a composition appropriate to the Company’s purpose, its operations, phase of development, structure of ownership and other specifics. Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the articles of association of the company, the board of directors should be composed of at least three directors. In accordance with the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, the composition of the board of directors should be determined so as to gather sufficient expertise in the company’s areas of activity as well as sufficient diversity of skills, background, age and gender. Pursuant to the Belgian Corporate Governance Code, a majority of the directors must be non-executive directors, and the board of directors should consist of an appropriate number of independent directors. At least three directors should qualify as independent directors in accordance with the criteria described in the Belgian Corporate Governance Code. At least one third of the members of the board of directors must be of the opposite gender.

Liquidation Rights

Our company can only be voluntarily dissolved by a shareholders’ resolution passed with a majority of at least 75% of the votes cast at a meeting of shareholders where at least 50% of the share capital is present or represented. In the event the required quorum is not present or represented at the first meeting, a second meeting needs to be convened through a new notice. The second meeting of shareholders can validly deliberate and decide regardless of the number of shares present or represented.

Under the DGCL, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution of a Delaware corporation must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. The DGCL allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.

In the event of the dissolution and liquidation of our company, the assets remaining after payment of all debts and liquidation expenses will be distributed to the holders of our shares, each receiving a sum on a pro rata basis.

Pursuant to article 7:228 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, if, as a result of losses incurred, the ratio of our company’s net assets (determined in accordance with Belgian legal and accounting rules for non-consolidated financial statements) to share capital is less than 50%, the board of directors must convene an extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting within two months as of the date upon which the board of directors discovered or should have discovered this undercapitalization. At this general shareholders’ meeting the board of directors needs to propose either the dissolution of the Company or the continuation of the Company, in which case the board of directors must propose measures to ensure the Company’s continuity. The board of directors must justify its proposals in a special report to the shareholders. Shareholders representing at least 75% of the votes validly cast at this meeting have the right to dissolve the Company, provided that at least 50% of our share capital is present or represented at the meeting.

If, as a result of losses incurred, the ratio of the Company’s net assets to share capital is less than 25%, the same procedure must be followed, it being understood, however, that in that event shareholders representing 25% of the votes validly cast at the meeting can decide to dissolve the Company.

Pursuant to article 7:229 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, if the amount of the Company’s net assets has dropped below €61,500 (the minimum amount of share capital of a corporation with limited liability organised under the laws of Belgium (naamloze vennootschap/société anonyme)), any interested party is entitled to request the competent court to dissolve the Company. The court can order the dissolution of the Company or grant a grace period within which the Company is to remedy the situation.

123

Table of Contents

If the Company is dissolved for any reason, the liquidation must be carried out by one or more liquidators appointed by the general shareholders’ meeting and whose appointment has been ratified by the enterprise court. Any balance remaining after discharging all debts, liabilities and liquidation costs must first be applied to reimburse, in cash or in kind, the paid-up capital of the shares not yet reimbursed. Any remaining balance shall be equally distributed amongst all the shareholders.

On the date of this prospectus, the Company’s net equity is positive and thus does not fall within the scope of the articles 7:228 and 7:229 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

Belgian Legislation and jurisdiction

Notification of significant shareholdings

Pursuant to the Belgian act of 2 May 2007 on the disclosure of significant shareholdings in issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and containing various provisions, as amended from time to time, or the Belgian Transparency Act, a notification to the Company and to the FSMA is required by all natural persons and legal entities (i.e. legal person, enterprise without legal personality, or trust), in the following circumstances:

•      an acquisition or disposal of voting securities, voting rights or financial instruments that are treated as voting securities;

•      the reaching of a threshold by persons or legal entities acting in concert;

•      the conclusion, modification or termination of an agreement to act in concert;

•      the downward reaching of the lowest threshold;

•      the passive reaching of a threshold;

•      the holding of voting securities in the Company upon first admission thereof to trading on a regulated market;

•      where a previous notification concerning the financial instruments treated as equivalent to voting securities is updated;

•      the acquisition or disposal of the control of an entity that holds voting securities in the Company; and

•      where the Company introduces additional notification thresholds in the articles of association,

in each case where the percentage of voting rights attached to the securities held by such persons reaches, exceeds or falls below the legal threshold, set at 5% of the total voting rights, and 10%, 15%, 20% and so on in increments of 5% or, as the case may be, the additional thresholds provided in the articles of association. The Company has provided for an additional threshold of 3% in its articles of association.

The notification must be made promptly and at the latest within four trading days following the moment on which the person who is subject to the notification obligation received knowledge or could be deemed to have received knowledge of the acquisition or disposal of the voting rights triggering the reaching of the threshold. Where the Company receives a notification of information regarding the reaching of a threshold, it has to publish such information within three trading days following receipt of the notification. Subject to certain exceptions, no shareholder may, pursuant to article 25/1 of the Belgian Transparency Act, cast a greater number of votes at a general shareholders’ meeting of the Company than those attached to the rights and securities that it has notified in accordance with the aforementioned disclosure rules at least 20 calendar days prior to the date of the general shareholders’ meeting.

124

Table of Contents

The forms on which such notifications must be made, as well as further explanations, can be found on the website of the FSMA (www.fsma.be). Violation of the disclosure requirements may result in the suspension of voting rights, a court order to sell the securities to a third party and/or criminal liability. The FSMA may also impose administrative sanctions. The Company is required to publicly disclose any notifications received regarding increases or decreases in a shareholder’s ownership of the Company’s securities, and must mention these notifications in the notes to its financial statements.

The obligation to disclose significant shareholdings as well as certain other provisions of Belgian law (e.g., merger control, authorized capital and the requirement to have certain change of control clauses approved by an extraordinary shareholders’ meeting) that may apply to the Company, may make an unsolicited tender offer, merger, change in management or other change in control, more difficult. Such provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts that third parties may consider and that other shareholders may consider to be in their best interest and could adversely affect the market price of the shares. These provisions may also deprive shareholders of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium (which is typically offered in the context of a takeover bid).

In accordance with U.S. federal securities laws, holders of our ordinary shares and holders of ADSs will be required to comply with disclosure requirements relating to their ownership of our securities. Any person that, after acquiring beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares or ADSs, is the beneficial owners of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares or ordinary shares underlying ADSs must file with the SEC a Schedule 13D or Schedule 13G, as applicable, disclosing the information required by such schedules, including the number of our ordinary shares or ordinary shares underlying ADSs that such person has acquired (whether alone or jointly with one or more other persons). In addition, if any material change occurs in the facts set forth in the report filed on Schedule 13D (including a more than 1% increase or decrease in the percentage of the total shares beneficially owned), the beneficial owner must promptly file an amendment disclosing such change.

Disclosure of Net Short Positions

Pursuant to the Regulation (EU) No. 236/2012 of the European Parliament and the Council on short selling and certain aspects of credit default swaps, any person that acquires or disposes of a net short position relating to our issued share capital, whether by a transaction in shares or ADSs, or by a transaction creating or relating to any financial instrument where the effect or one of the effects of the transaction is to confer a financial advantage on the person entering into that transaction in the event of a decrease in the price of such shares or ADSs is required to notify the FSMA if, as a result of which acquisition or disposal his net short position reaches, exceeds or falls below 0.2% of our issued share capital and each 0.1% above that. If the net short position reaches 0.5%, and also at every 0.1% above that, the FSMA will disclose the net short position to the public.

Public Takeover Bids

Public takeover bids for the Company’s shares and other securities giving access to voting rights (such as subscription rights or convertible bonds, if any) are subject to supervision by the FSMA. Any public takeover bid must be extended to all of the Company’s voting securities, as well as all other securities giving access to voting rights. Prior to making a bid, a bidder must publish a prospectus which has been approved by the FSMA prior to publication.

Belgium has implemented the Thirteenth Company Law Directive (European Directive 2004/25/EC of 21 April 2004) by the Belgian Act of 1 April 2007 on public takeover bids, as amended, or the Belgian Takeover Act, and the Belgian Royal Decree of 27 April 2007 on public takeover bids, as amended, or the Belgian Takeover Decree. The Belgian Takeover Act provides that a mandatory bid must be launched if a person, as a result of its own acquisition or the acquisition by persons acting in concert with it or by persons acting for their account, directly or indirectly holds more than 30% of the voting securities in a company having its registered office in Belgium and of which at least part of the voting securities are traded on a regulated market or on a multilateral

125

Table of Contents

trading facility designated by the Belgian Takeover Decree. The mere fact of exceeding the relevant threshold through the acquisition of shares will give rise to a mandatory bid, irrespective of whether the price paid in the relevant transaction exceeds the current market price. The duty to launch a mandatory bid does not apply in certain cases set out in the Belgian Takeover Decree such as (i) in case of an acquisition if it can be shown that a third party exercises control over the company or that such party holds a larger stake than the person holding 30% of the voting securities or (ii) in case of a capital increase with preferential subscription rights decided by the Company’s general shareholders’ meeting.

There are several provisions of Belgian company law and certain other provisions of Belgian law, such as the obligation to disclose significant shareholdings (see “— Notification of significant shareholdings” above) and merger control, that may apply towards the Company and which may create hurdles to an unsolicited tender offer, merger, change in management or other change in control. These provisions could discourage potential takeover attempts that other shareholders may consider to be in their best interest and could adversely affect the market price of the shares of the Company. These provisions may also have the effect of depriving the shareholders of the opportunity to sell their shares at a premium.

In addition, pursuant to Belgian company law, the board of directors of Belgian companies may in certain circumstances, and subject to prior authorization by the shareholders, deter or frustrate public takeover bids through dilutive issuances of equity securities (pursuant to the “authorized capital”) or through share buy-backs (i.e. purchase of own shares). In principle, the authorization of the board of directors to increase the share capital of the Company through contributions in kind or in cash with cancellation or limitation of the preferential subscription right of the existing shareholders is suspended as of the notification to the Company by the FSMA of a public takeover bid on the securities of the Company. The general shareholders’ meeting can, however, under certain conditions, expressly authorize the board of directors to increase the capital of the Company in such case by issuing shares in an amount of not more than 10% of the existing shares at the time of such a public takeover bid. (see also “— Rights attached to the Shares”, “— Changes to the share capital” and “— Capital increases decided by the board of directors”).

The Company’s articles of association do not provide for any specific protective mechanisms against public takeover bids.

Squeeze-out

Pursuant to article 7:82 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code or the regulations promulgated thereunder, a person or legal entity, or different persons or legal entities acting alone or in concert, who own, together with the company, at least 95% of the securities with voting rights in a public company are entitled to acquire the totality of the securities with voting rights in that company following a squeeze-out offer. The securities that are not voluntarily tendered in response to such an offer are deemed to be automatically transferred to the bidder at the end of the procedure. At the end of the squeeze-out procedure, the company is no longer deemed a public company, unless convertible bonds issued by the company are still spread among the public. The consideration for the securities must be in cash and must represent the fair value (verified by an independent expert) as to safeguard the interests of the transferring shareholders.

A squeeze-out offer is also possible upon completion of a public takeover bid, provided that the bidder holds at least 95% of the voting capital and 95% of the voting securities of the public company. In such a case, the bidder may require that all remaining shareholders sell their securities to the bidder at the offer price of the takeover bid, provided that, in case of a voluntary takeover offer, the bidder has also acquired 90% of the voting capital to which the offer relates. The shares that are not voluntarily tendered in response to any such offer are deemed to be automatically transferred to the bidder at the end of the procedure.

126

Table of Contents

The DGCL provides for shareholders appraisal rights, or the right to demand payment in cash of the judicially determined fair value of the shareholder’s shares, in connection with certain mergers and consolidations.

Sell-out right

Within three months after the end of an acceptance period related to a public takeover bid, holders of voting securities or of securities giving access to voting rights may require the offeror, acting alone or in concert, who owns at least 95% of the voting capital and 95% of the voting securities in a public company following a takeover bid, to buy their securities from them at the price of the bid, on the condition that, in case of a voluntary takeover offer, the offeror has acquired, through the acceptance of the bid, securities representing at least 90% of the voting capital subject to the takeover bid.

Limitations on the Right to Own Securities

Neither Belgian law nor our articles of association impose any general limitation on the right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold our securities or exercise voting rights on our securities other than those limitations that would generally apply to all shareholders.

Exchange Controls and Limitations Affecting Shareholders

There are no Belgian exchange control regulations that impose limitations on our ability to make, or the amount of, cash payments to residents of the United States.

We are in principle under an obligation to report to the National Bank of Belgium certain cross-border payments, transfers of funds, investments and other transactions in accordance with applicable balance-of-payments statistical reporting obligations. Where a cross-border transaction is carried out by a Belgian credit institution on our behalf, the credit institution will in certain circumstances be responsible for the reporting obligations.

Securities Exercisable for Ordinary Shares (Equity Incentives)

See “Management — Compensation of Our Directors and Executives — Warrant Plans” for a description of securities granted by our board of directors to our directors, members of the executive management team, employees and other service providers.

Listing

We intend to apply to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “MDXH.” Our ordinary shares are currently listed on Euronext Brussels under the symbol “MDXH.BR.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Upon the closing of the offering, the transfer agent and registrar for the ADSs will be The Bank of New York Mellon.

127

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our equity securities in the foreseeable future and intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. All of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus will have the same dividend rights as all of our other outstanding ordinary shares. In general, distributions of dividends proposed by our board of directors require the approval of our shareholders at a meeting of shareholders with a simple majority vote, although our board of directors may declare interim dividends without shareholder approval, subject to the terms and conditions of the Belgian Code of Companies and Associations, or CCA. See “Description of Share Capital and Articles of Association.”

Our ability to distribute dividends is subject to availability of sufficient distributable profits as defined under Belgian law on the basis of our stand-alone statutory accounts prepared in accordance with Belgian GAAP. In particular, dividends can only be distributed if following the declaration and issuance of the dividends the amount of our net assets on the date of the closing of the last financial year as follows from the statutory non-consolidated financial statements (i.e., summarized, the amount of the assets as shown in the balance sheet, decreased with provisions and liabilities, all in accordance with Belgian accounting rules), and, save in exceptional cases, to be mentioned and justified in the notes to the annual accounts, decreased with the non-amortized costs of incorporation and extension and the non-amortized costs for research and development, does not fall below the amount of the paid-up capital (or, if higher, the issued capital), increased with the amount of non-distributable reserves (which include, as the case may be, the unamortized part of any revaluation surpluses).

In addition, pursuant to Belgian law and our Articles of Association, we must allocate an amount of 5% of our Belgian GAAP annual net profit to a legal reserve in its stand-alone statutory accounts, until the legal reserve amounts to 10% of our share capital. Our legal reserve currently does not meet this requirement nor will it meet the requirement at the time of the closing. Accordingly, 5% of our Belgian GAAP annual net profit during future years will need to be allocated to the legal reserve, further limiting our ability to pay out dividends to its shareholders.

For information regarding the Belgian withholding tax applicable to dividends and related U.S. reimbursement procedures, see “Taxation — Material Belgian Tax Consequences.”

128

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our actual cash and cash equivalents and capitalization, each as of June 30, 2021:

•      on an actual basis; and

•      on an as adjusted basis, to reflect the sales by us of            ADSs at an assumed initial offering price of $            per ADS, which was the U.S. dollar equivalent of the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on             , 2021, adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us and the receipt by us of the expected net proceeds of such sale.

The as adjusted information below is illustrative only, and our capitalization following the closing of this offering may differ from that shown below based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this information together with the sections entitled “Summary Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes, which appear elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

As of June 30, 2021

(in thousands)

 

Actual

 

As Adjusted

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

31,318

 

   

Capitalization:

 

 

 

 

   

Share capital

 

 

100,360

 

   

Issuance premium

 

 

141,041

 

   

Retained Earnings

 

 

(228,599

)

   

Share-based compensation

 

 

9,871

 

   

Translation reserve

 

 

(1,179

)

   

Total equity

 

 

21,494

 

   

Loans and borrowings

 

 

 

 

   

Long-term

 

 

9,959

 

   

Short-term

 

 

2,835

 

   

Total loans and borrowings

 

 

12,794

 

   

Total capitalization

 

 

34,288

 

   

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $            per ADS, which was the U.S. dollar equivalent of the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on             , 2021, adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, would increase (decrease) each of as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million, assuming that the number of ADSs by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase or decrease the number of ADSs we are offering. Each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million ADSs offered by us would increase (decrease) each of as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, total equity and total capitalization by approximately $            million), assuming that the assumed offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) is based on 118,469,226 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, and excludes:

•      5,766,093 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants pursuant to our warrant plans, at a weighted average exercise price of €1.74 per share; and

•      shares issuable upon conversion of the convertible loan portion of our loan facility with Kreos Capital.

129

Table of Contents

DILUTION

If you invest in the ADSs in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per ADS paid by purchasers in the offering and our as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after completion of the offering. Dilution results from the fact that the public offering price per ADS is substantially in excess of the net tangible book value per ADS.

As of June 30, 2021, we had a historical net tangible book value of $17.2 million, corresponding to a net tangible book value of $0.15 per ordinary share or $1.46 per ADS (using the ratio of ten ordinary shares to one ADS). Net tangible book value per ordinary share represents the amount of our total assets less our total liabilities, excluding goodwill and other intangible assets, divided by the total number of our ordinary shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, or the total number of ADSs that would represent such total number of shares based on a share-to-ADS ratio of            -to-one.

After giving effect to the sale by us of            ADSs in the offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per ADS, which was the U.S. dollar equivalent of the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on             , 2021, adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us, our as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2021 would have been $            , representing an as adjusted net tangible book value of $            per ordinary share or $            per ADS. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $            per ordinary share or $            per ADS to existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of $            per ordinary share or $            per ADS to new investors purchasing ADSs in the offering. Dilution per ordinary share or ADS to new investors is determined by subtracting the as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS after the offering from the offering price per ADS paid by new investors.

The following table illustrates this dilution to new investors purchasing ADSs in the offering.

 

As of June 30, 2021

   

Per ADS

Public offering price

 

 

   

$

 

Historical net tangible book value per ADS

 

$

1.46

 

 

 

Increase in net tangible book value per ADS attributable investors participating in the offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

As adjusted net tangible book value per ADS, after giving effect to this the offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilution in as adjusted net tangible book value per ADS to new investors participating in the offering

 

 

   

$

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial offering price of $            per ADS, which was the U.S. dollar equivalent of the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on             , 2021, adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, would increase (decrease) our as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            million), or approximately $            per ADS, and the dilution to new investors participating in this offering would be approximately $            per ADS, assuming that the number of ADSs offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We may also increase (decrease) the number of ADSs we are offering. An increase in the number of ADSs offered by us by 1.0 million would increase the as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            million, or $            per ADS, and the dilution to new investors participating in this offering would be $            per ADS, assuming that the initial offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, a decrease in the number of ADSs offered by us by 1.0 million would decrease the as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $            million, or $            per ADS, and the dilution to new investors participating in this offering would be $            per ADS, assuming that the initial offering

130

Table of Contents

price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will be adjusted based on the actual offering price, the number of ADSs offered by us and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ADSs, the as adjusted net tangible book value after the offering would be $            per ADS, the increase in the as adjusted net tangible book value to existing shareholders would be $            per ADS, and the dilution to new investors participating in this offering would be $            per ADS.

The following table sets forth consideration paid to us in cash for ordinary shares purchased from us by our existing shareholders (translated into U.S. dollars at an exchange rate of €1.00 for $1.1878) and by new investors participating in this offering based on an assumed offering price of $            per ADS, which was the U.S. dollar equivalent of the last reported sale price of our ordinary shares on Euronext Brussels on             , 2021, adjusted to reflect the ADS-to-ordinary share ratio, and before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

Ordinary Shares
(including ADSs)
Purchased

 

Total
Consideration

 

Average
Price Per

   

Number

 

Percent

 

Amount
(in millions)

 

Percent

 

Share

 

ADS

Existing shareholders

 

118,469,226

 

%

 

 

$

308,171,865

 

%

 

 

$

2.60

 

$

26.01

Investors participating in this offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

100

%

 

$

 

 

100

%

 

$

 

 

$

 

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ADSs, the percentage of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) held by existing shareholders would be reduced to            % of the total number of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) outstanding after the offering, and the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering would be increased to            % of the total number of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) outstanding after this offering.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional ADSs in full, the number of ordinary shares held by the existing shareholders (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) after this offering would be reduced to            , or            % of the total number of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) outstanding after the offering, and the number of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) held by new investors participating in this offering would increase to            , or            % of the total number of ordinary shares (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) outstanding after the offering.

The number of ordinary shares to be outstanding after this offering (including ordinary shares underlying ADSs) is based on 118,469,226 shares outstanding as of June 30, 2021, and excludes:

•      5,766,093 ordinary shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants pursuant to our warrant plans, at a weighted average exercise price of €1.74 per share; and

•      shares issuable upon conversion of the convertible loan portion of our loan facility with Kreos Capital.

131

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

Dividends and Distributions

The Bank of New York Mellon, as depositary, will register and deliver American Depositary Shares, or ADSs. Each ADS will represent ten ordinary shares (or a right to receive ten ordinary shares) deposited with ING Bank, S.A., as custodian for the depositary in Belgium. Each ADS will also represent any other securities, cash or other property that may be held by the depositary. The deposited ordinary shares together with any other securities, cash or other property held by the depositary are referred to as the deposited securities. The depositary’s office at which the ADSs will be administered and its principal executive office are located at 240 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10286.

You may hold ADSs either (A) directly (i) by having an American Depositary Receipt, or an ADR, which is a certificate evidencing a specific number of ADSs, registered in your name, or (ii) by having uncertificated ADSs registered in your name, or (B) indirectly by holding a security entitlement in ADSs through your broker or other financial institution that is a direct or indirect participant in The Depository Trust Company, or DTC. If you hold ADSs directly, you are a registered ADS holder, or an ADS holder. This description assumes you are an ADS holder. If you hold the ADSs indirectly, you must rely on the procedures of your broker or other financial institution to assert the rights of ADS holders described in this section. You should consult with your broker or financial institution to find out what those procedures are.

Registered holders of uncertificated ADSs will receive statements from the depositary confirming their holdings. As an ADS holder, we will not treat you as one of our shareholders and you will not have shareholder rights. Belgian law governs shareholder rights. The depositary will be the holder of the ordinary shares underlying your ADSs. As a registered holder of ADSs, you will have ADS holder rights. A deposit agreement among us, the depositary, ADS holders and all other persons indirectly or beneficially holding ADSs sets out ADS holder rights as well as the rights and obligations of the depositary. New York law governs the deposit agreement and the ADSs.

The following is a summary of the material provisions of the deposit agreement. For more complete information, you should read the entire deposit agreement and the form of ADR. For directions on how to obtain copies of those documents, see the section of this prospectus titled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

How will you receive dividends and other distributions on the ordinary shares?

The depositary has agreed to pay or distribute to ADS holders the cash dividends or other distributions it or the custodian receives on ordinary shares or other deposited securities, upon payment or deduction of its fees and expenses. You will receive these distributions in proportion to the number of ordinary shares your ADSs represent.

Cash.    The depositary will convert any cash dividend or other cash distribution we pay on the ordinary shares into U.S. dollars, if it can do so on a reasonable basis and can transfer the U.S. dollars to the United States. If that is not possible or if any government approval is needed and cannot be obtained, the deposit agreement allows the depositary to distribute the foreign currency only to those ADS holders to whom it is possible to do so. It will hold the foreign currency it cannot convert for the account of the ADS holders who have not been paid. It will not invest the foreign currency and it will not be liable for any interest.

Before making a distribution, any withholding taxes, or other governmental charges that must be paid will be deducted. See “Taxation.” The depositary will distribute only whole U.S. dollars and cents and will round fractional cents to the nearest whole cent. If the exchange rates fluctuate during a time when the depositary cannot convert the foreign currency, you may lose some of the value of the distribution.

132

Table of Contents

Ordinary Shares.    The depositary may distribute additional ADSs representing any ordinary shares we distribute as a dividend or free distribution.

The depositary will only distribute whole ADSs. It will sell ordinary shares which would require it to deliver a fraction of an ADS (or ADSs representing those ordinary shares) and distribute the net proceeds in the same way as it does with cash. If the depositary does not distribute additional ADSs, the outstanding ADSs will also represent the new ordinary shares. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed ordinary shares (or ADSs representing those ordinary shares) sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution.

Rights to purchase additional ordinary shares. If we offer holders of our securities any rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares or any other rights, the depositary may (i) exercise those rights on behalf of ADS holders, (ii) distribute those rights to ADS holders or (iii) sell those rights and distribute the net proceeds to ADS holders, in each case after deduction or upon payment of its fees and expenses. To the extent the depositary does not do any of those things, it will allow the rights to lapse. In that case, you will receive no value for them. The depositary will exercise or distribute rights only if we ask it to and provide satisfactory assurances to the depositary that it is legal to do so. If the depositary will exercise rights, it will purchase the securities to which the rights relate and distribute those securities or, in the case of ordinary shares, new ADSs representing the new ordinary shares, to subscribing ADS holders, but only if ADS holders have paid the exercise price to the depositary. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute rights or ADSs or other securities issued on exercise of rights to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

Other Distributions.    The depositary will send to ADS holders anything else we distribute on deposited securities by any means it thinks is legal, fair and practical. If it cannot make the distribution in that way, the depositary has a choice. It may decide to sell what we distributed and distribute the net proceeds, in the same way as it does with cash. Or, it may decide to hold what we distributed, in which case ADSs will also represent the newly distributed property. However, the depositary is not required to distribute any securities (other than ADSs) to ADS holders unless it receives satisfactory evidence from us that it is legal to make that distribution. The depositary may sell a portion of the distributed securities or property sufficient to pay its fees and expenses in connection with that distribution. U.S. securities laws may restrict the ability of the depositary to distribute securities to all or certain ADS holders, and the securities distributed may be subject to restrictions on transfer.

The depositary is not responsible if it decides that it is unlawful or impractical to make a distribution available to any ADS holders. We have no obligation to register ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or other securities under the Securities Act. We also have no obligation to take any other action to permit the distribution of ADSs, ordinary shares, rights or anything else to ADS holders. This means that you may not receive the distributions we make on our ordinary shares or any value for them if it is illegal or impractical for us to make them available to you.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

How are ADSs issued?

The depositary will deliver ADSs if you or your broker deposits ordinary shares or evidence of rights to receive ordinary shares with the custodian.

Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will register the appropriate number of ADSs in the names you request and will deliver the ADSs to or upon the order of the person or persons that made the deposit.

133

Table of Contents

How can ADS holders withdraw the deposited securities?

You may surrender your ADSs to the depositary for the purpose of withdrawal. Upon payment of its fees and expenses and of any taxes or charges, such as stamp taxes or stock transfer taxes or fees, the depositary will deliver the ordinary shares and any other deposited securities underlying the ADSs to the ADS holder or a person the ADS holder designates at the office of the custodian. Or, at your request, risk and expense, the depositary will deliver the deposited securities at its office, if feasible. However, the depositary is not required to accept surrender of ADSs to the extent it would require delivery of a fraction of a deposited ordinary share or other security. The depositary may charge you a fee and its expenses for instructing the custodian regarding delivery of deposited securities.

How do ADS holders interchange between certificated ADSs and uncertificated ADSs?

You may surrender your ADS to the depositary for the purpose of exchanging your ADS for uncertificated ADSs. The depositary will cancel that ADS and will send to the ADS holder a statement confirming that the ADS holder is the registered holder of uncertificated ADSs. Upon receipt by the depositary of a proper instruction from a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs requesting the exchange of uncertificated ADSs for certificated ADSs, the depositary will execute and deliver to the ADS holder an ADR evidencing those ADSs.

Voting Rights

How do you vote?

ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote the number of deposited ordinary shares their ADSs represent. If we request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions (and we are not required to do so), the depositary will notify you of a shareholders’ meeting and send or make voting materials available to you. Those materials will describe the matters to be voted on and explain how ADS holders may instruct the depositary how to vote. For instructions to be valid, they must reach the depositary by a date set by the depositary. The depositary will try, as far as practical, subject to the laws of Belgium and the provisions of our articles of association or similar documents, to vote or to have its agents vote the ordinary shares or other deposited securities as instructed by ADS holders. If we do not request the depositary to solicit your voting instructions, you can still send voting instructions, and, in that case, the depositary may try to vote as you instruct, but it is not required to do so.

Except by instructing the depositary as described above, you won’t be able to exercise voting rights unless you surrender your ADSs and withdraw the shares. However, you may not know about the meeting enough in advance to withdraw the shares. In any event, the depositary will not exercise any discretion in voting deposited securities and it will only vote or attempt to vote as instructed.

We cannot assure you that you will receive the voting materials in time to ensure that you can instruct the depositary to vote your ordinary shares.

In addition, the depositary and its agents are not responsible for failing to carry out voting instructions or for the manner of carrying out voting instructions. This means that you may not be able to exercise voting rights and there may be nothing you can do if your ordinary shares are not voted as you requested.

In order to give you a reasonable opportunity to instruct the depositary as to the exercise of voting rights relating to deposited securities, if we request the Depositary to act, we agree to give the depositary notice of any such meeting and details concerning the matters to be voted upon at least [30] days in advance of the meeting date.

134

Table of Contents

Fees and Expenses

Persons depositing or withdrawing ordinary shares or
ADS holders must pay:

For:

$5.00 (or less) per 100 ADSs (or portion of 100 ADSs)

•      Issuance of ADSs, including issuances resulting from a distribution of ordinary shares or rights or other property

•      Cancellation of ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal, including if the deposit agreement terminates

$.05 (or less) per ADS

•      Any cash distribution to ADS holders

A fee equivalent to the fee that would be payable if securities distributed to you had been ordinary shares and the ordinary shares had been deposited for issuance of ADSs

•      Distribution of securities distributed to holders of deposited securities (including rights) that are distributed by the depositary to ADS holders

$.05 (or less) per ADS per calendar year

•      Depositary services

Registration or transfer fees

•      Transfer and registration of ordinary shares on our share register to or from the name of the depositary or its agent when you deposit or withdraw ordinary shares

Expenses of the depositary

•      Cable (including SWIFT) and facsimile transmissions (when expressly provided in the deposit agreement)

•      Converting foreign currency to U.S. dollars

Taxes and other governmental charges the depositary or the custodian has to pay on any ADSs or ordinary shares underlying ADSs, such as stock transfer taxes, stamp duty or withholding taxes

•      As necessary

Any charges incurred by the depositary or its agents for servicing the deposited securities

•      As necessary

The depositary collects its fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them. The depositary collects fees for making distributions to investors by deducting those fees from the amounts distributed or by selling a portion of distributable property to pay the fees. The depositary may collect its annual fee for depositary services by deduction from cash distributions or by directly billing investors or by charging the book-entry system accounts of participants acting for them. The depositary may collect any of its fees by deduction from any cash distribution payable (or by selling a portion of securities or other property distributable) to ADS holders that are obligated to pay those fees. The depositary may generally refuse to provide fee attracting services until its fees for those services are paid.

From time to time, the depositary may make payments to us to reimburse us for costs and expenses generally arising out of establishment and maintenance of the ADS program, waive fees and expenses for services provided to us by the depositary or share revenue from the fees collected from ADS holders. In performing its duties under the deposit agreement, the depositary may use brokers, dealers, foreign currency dealers or other service providers that are owned by or affiliated with the depositary and that may earn or share fees, spreads or commissions.

135

Table of Contents

The depositary may convert currency itself or through any of its affiliates, or the custodian or we may convert currency and pay U.S. dollars to the depositary. Where the depositary converts currency itself or through any of its affiliates, the depositary acts as principal for its own account and not as agent, advisor, broker or fiduciary on behalf of any other person and earns revenue, including, without limitation, transaction spreads, that it will retain for its own account. The revenue is based on, among other things, the difference between the exchange rate assigned to the currency conversion made under the deposit agreement and the rate that the depositary or its affiliate receives when buying or selling foreign currency for its own account. The depositary makes no representation that the exchange rate used or obtained by it or its affiliate in any currency conversion under the deposit agreement will be the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, subject to the depositary’s obligation to act without negligence or bad faith. The methodology used to determine exchange rates used in currency conversions made by the depositary is available upon request. Where the custodian converts currency, the custodian has no obligation to obtain the most favorable rate that could be obtained at the time or to ensure that the method by which that rate will be determined will be the most favorable to ADS holders, and the depositary makes no representation that the rate is the most favorable rate and will not be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate. In certain instances, the depositary may receive dividends or other distributions from us in U.S. dollars that represent the proceeds of a conversion of foreign currency or translation from foreign currency at a rate that was obtained or determined by us and, in such cases, the depositary will not engage in, or be responsible for, any foreign currency transactions and neither it nor we make any representation that the rate obtained or determined by us is the most favorable rate and neither it nor we will be liable for any direct or indirect losses associated with the rate.

Payment of Taxes

You will be responsible for any taxes or other governmental charges payable on your ADSs or on the deposited securities represented by any of your ADSs. The depositary may refuse to register any transfer of your ADSs or allow you to withdraw the deposited securities represented by your ADSs until those taxes or other charges are paid. It may apply payments owed to you or sell deposited securities represented by your ADSs to pay any taxes owed and you will remain liable for any deficiency. If the depositary sells deposited securities, it will, if appropriate, reduce the number of ADSs to reflect the sale and pay to ADS holders any proceeds, or send to ADS holders any property, remaining after it has paid the taxes.

Tender and Exchange Offers; Redemption, Replacement or Cancellation of Deposited Securities

The depositary will not tender deposited securities in any voluntary tender or exchange offer unless instructed to do so by an ADS holder surrendering ADSs and subject to any conditions or procedures the depositary may establish.

If deposited securities are redeemed for cash in a transaction that is mandatory for the depositary as a holder of deposited securities, the depositary will call for surrender of a corresponding number of ADSs and distribute the net redemption money to the holders of called ADSs upon surrender of those ADSs.

If there is any change in the deposited securities such as a sub-division, combination or other reclassification, or any merger, consolidation, recapitalization or reorganization affecting the issuer of deposited securities in which the depositary receives new securities in exchange for or in lieu of the old deposited securities, the depositary will hold those replacement securities as deposited securities under the deposit agreement.

However, if the depositary decides it would not be lawful and practical to hold the replacement securities because those securities could not be distributed to ADS holders or for any other reason, the depositary may instead sell the replacement securities and distribute the net proceeds upon surrender of the ADSs.

136

Table of Contents

If there is a replacement of the deposited securities and the depositary will continue to hold the replacement securities, the depositary may distribute new ADSs representing the new deposited securities or ask you to surrender your outstanding ADSs in exchange for new ADSs identifying the new deposited securities.

If there are no deposited securities underlying ADSs, including if the deposited securities are cancelled, or if the deposited securities underlying ADSs have become apparently worthless, the depositary may call for surrender of those ADSs or cancel those ADSs upon notice to the ADS holders.

Amendment and Termination

How may the deposit agreement be amended?

We may agree with the depositary to amend the deposit agreement and the ADRs without your consent for any reason. If an amendment adds or increases fees or charges, except for taxes and other governmental charges or expenses of the depositary for registration fees, facsimile costs, delivery charges or similar items, or prejudices a substantial right of ADS holders, it will not become effective for outstanding ADSs until 30 days after the depositary notifies ADS holders of the amendment. At the time an amendment becomes effective, you are considered, by continuing to hold your ADSs, to agree to the amendment and to be bound by the ADRs and the deposit agreement as amended.

How may the deposit agreement be terminated?

The depositary will initiate termination of the deposit agreement if we instruct it to do so. The depositary may initiate termination of the deposit agreement if

•      60 days have passed since the depositary told us it wants to resign but a successor depositary has not been appointed and accepted its appointment;

•      we delist the ADSs from an exchange in the United States on which they were listed and do not list the ADSs on another exchange in the United States or make arrangements for trading of ADSs on the U.S. over-the-counter market;

•      we delist our ordinary shares from an exchange outside the United States on which they were listed and do not list the ordinary shares on another exchange outside the United States;

•      the depositary has reason to believe the ADSs have become, or will become, ineligible for registration on Form F-6 under the Securities Act of 1933;

•      we appear to be insolvent or enter insolvency proceedings;

•      all or substantially all the value of the deposited securities has been distributed either in cash or in the form of securities;

•      there are no deposited securities underlying the ADSs or the underlying deposited securities have become apparently worthless; or

•      there has been a replacement of deposited securities.

If the deposit agreement will terminate, the depositary will notify ADS holders at least 90 days before the termination date. At any time after the termination date, the depositary may sell the deposited securities. After that, the depositary will hold the money it received on the sale, as well as any other cash it is holding under the deposit agreement, unsegregated and without liability for interest, for the pro rata benefit of the ADS holders that have not surrendered their ADSs. Normally, the depositary will sell as soon as practicable after the termination date.

137

Table of Contents

After the termination date and before the depositary sells, ADS holders can still surrender their ADSs and receive delivery of deposited securities, except that the depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing deposited securities or reverse previously accepted surrenders of that kind that have not settled if it would interfere with the selling process. The depositary may refuse to accept a surrender for the purpose of withdrawing sale proceeds until all the deposited securities have been sold. The depositary will continue to collect distributions on deposited securities, but, after the termination date, the depositary is not required to register any transfer of ADSs or distribute any dividends or other distributions on deposited securities to the ADSs holder (until they surrender their ADSs) or give any notices or perform any other duties under the deposit agreement except as described in this paragraph.

Limitations on Obligations and Liability

Limits on our Obligations and the Obligations of the Depositary; Limits on Liability to Holders of ADSs

The deposit agreement expressly limits our obligations and the obligations of the depositary. It also limits our liability and the liability of the depositary. We and the depositary:

•      are only obligated to take the actions specifically set forth in the deposit agreement without negligence or bad faith, and the depositary will not be a fiduciary or have any fiduciary duty to holders of ADSs;

•      are not liable if we are or it is prevented or delayed by law or by events or circumstances beyond our or its ability to prevent or counteract with reasonable care or effort from performing our or its obligations under the deposit agreement;

•      are not liable if we exercise or it exercises discretion permitted under the deposit agreement;

•      are not liable for the inability of any holder of ADSs to benefit from any distribution on deposited securities that is not made available to holders of ADSs under the terms of the deposit agreement, or for any special, consequential or punitive damages for any breach of the terms of the deposit agreement;

•      have no obligation to become involved in a lawsuit or other proceeding related to the ADSs or the deposit agreement on your behalf or on behalf of any other person;

•      may rely upon any documents we believe or it believes in good faith to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person;

•      are not liable for the acts or omissions of any securities depository, clearing agency or settlement system; and

•      the depositary has no duty to make any determination or provide any information as to our tax status, or any liability for any tax consequences that may be incurred by ADS holders as a result of owning or holding ADSs or be liable for the inability or failure of an ADS holder to obtain the benefit of a foreign tax credit, reduced rate of withholding or refund of amounts withheld in respect of tax or any other tax benefit.

In the deposit agreement, we and the depositary agree to indemnify each other under certain circumstances.

Requirements for Depositary Actions

Before the depositary will deliver or register a transfer of ADSs, make a distribution on ADSs, or permit withdrawal of ordinary shares, the depositary may require:

•      payment of stock transfer or other taxes or other governmental charges and transfer or registration fees charged by third parties for the transfer of any ordinary shares or other deposited securities;

138

Table of Contents

•      satisfactory proof of the identity and genuineness of any signature or other information it deems necessary; and

•      compliance with regulations it may establish, from time to time, consistent with the deposit agreement, including presentation of transfer documents.

The depositary may refuse to deliver ADSs or register transfers of ADSs when the transfer books of the depositary or our transfer books are closed or at any time if the depositary or we think it advisable to do so.

Your Right to Receive the Ordinary Shares Underlying your ADSs

ADS holders have the right to cancel their ADSs and withdraw the underlying ordinary shares at any time except:

•      when temporary delays arise because: (i) the depositary has closed its transfer books or we have closed our transfer books; (ii) the transfer of ordinary shares is blocked to permit voting at a shareholders’ meeting; or (iii) we are paying a dividend on our ordinary shares;

•      when you owe money to pay fees, taxes and similar charges; or

•      when it is necessary to prohibit withdrawals in order to comply with any laws or governmental regulations that apply to ADSs or to the withdrawal of ordinary shares or other deposited securities.

This right of withdrawal may not be limited by any other provision of the deposit agreement.

Direct Registration System

In the deposit agreement, all parties to the deposit agreement acknowledge that the Direct Registration System, also referred to as DRS, and Profile Modification System, also referred to as Profile, will apply to the ADSs. DRS is a system administered by DTC that facilitates interchange between registered holding of uncertificated ADSs and holding of security entitlements in ADSs through DTC and a DTC participant. Profile is a feature of DRS that allows a DTC participant, claiming to act on behalf of a registered holder of uncertificated ADSs, to direct the depositary to register a transfer of those ADSs to DTC or its nominee and to deliver those ADSs to the DTC account of that DTC participant without receipt by the depositary of prior authorization from the ADS holder to register that transfer.

In connection with and in accordance with the arrangements and procedures relating to DRS/Profile, the parties to the deposit agreement understand that the depositary will not determine whether the DTC participant that is claiming to be acting on behalf of an ADS holder in requesting registration of transfer and delivery as described in the paragraph above has the actual authority to act on behalf of the ADS holder (notwithstanding any requirements under the Uniform Commercial Code). In the deposit agreement, the parties agree that the depositary’s reliance on and compliance with instructions received by the depositary through the DRS/Profile system and in accordance with the deposit agreement will not constitute negligence or bad faith on the part of the depositary.

Shareholder Communications; Inspection of Register of Holders of ADSs

The depositary will make available for your inspection at its office all communications that it receives from us as a holder of deposited securities that we make generally available to holders of deposited securities. The depositary will send you copies of those communications or otherwise make those communications available to you if we ask it to. You have a right to inspect the register of holders of ADSs, but not for the purpose of contacting those holders about a matter unrelated to our business or the ADSs.

139

Table of Contents

Jury Trial Waiver

The deposit agreement provides that, to the extent permitted by law, ADS holders waive the right to a jury trial of any claim they may have against us or the depositary arising out of or relating to our ordinary shares, the ADSs or the deposit agreement, including any claim under the U.S. federal securities laws. If we or the depositary opposed a jury trial demand based on the waiver, the court would determine whether the waiver was enforceable in the facts and circumstances of that case in accordance with applicable case law.

You will not, by agreeing to the terms of the deposit agreement, be deemed to have waived our or the depositary’s compliance with U.S. federal securities laws and the rules or regulations promulgated thereunder.

140

Table of Contents

SHARES AND ADSs ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to the offering, although our ordinary shares are admitted to trading on Euronext Brussels, there has been no public market on a U.S. national securities exchange for our ordinary shares or ADSs and we cannot assure you that a significant public market in the U.S. for the ordinary shares or ADSs will be established or sustained after the global offering.

Future sales of the ADSs in the public market immediately after the global offering, and the availability of ADSs for future sale, could adversely affect the market price of the ADSs prevailing from time to time. Some of our ordinary shares and ADSs are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below. There may be sales of substantial amounts of the ADSs or ordinary shares in the public market after such restrictions lapse, which could adversely affect prevailing market prices of the ADSs and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

Upon the closing of the offering,            ordinary shares (including ordinary shares represented by ADSs) will be outstanding, based on our ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2021. The ordinary shares and ADSs sold in the global offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any ordinary shares or ADSs purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, sales of which would be subject to Rule 144 resale restrictions described below, other than the holding period requirement.

The ordinary shares held by existing shareholders are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the United States on the Nasdaq Capital Market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for exemption from registration described below under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. We expect            of our ordinary shares outstanding after the offering will be subject to the contractual 180-day lock-up period described below.

Rule 144

Rule 144 provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act for restricted securities and securities held by certain affiliates of an issuer being sold in the United States, to U.S. persons or through U.S. securities markets. In general, once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, a person (or persons whose securities are required to be aggregated) who is not deemed to have been one of our “affiliates” for purposes of Rule 144 at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who have beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, and any affiliate of the company who owns either restricted or unrestricted securities, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Non-Affiliates

Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144 if:

•      the restricted securities have been held for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates;

•      we have been subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least 90 days before the sale; and

•      we are current in our Exchange Act reporting at the time of sale.

141

Table of Contents

Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144, including the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

Affiliates

Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above.

Once we have been subject to the public company reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 180 days, our affiliates who have beneficially owned the securities proposed to be sold for at least six months and comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

•      1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after the consummation of the global offering based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of September 30, 2021; or

•      the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares represented by ADSs on the Nasdaq Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Such sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling ADSs on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Additionally, persons who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell unrestricted securities under the requirements of Rule 144 described above, without regard to the six-month holding period of Rule 144, which does not apply to sales of unrestricted securities.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701, subject to the market standoff agreements and lock-up agreements described above.

Regulation S

Regulation S provides generally that sales made in offshore transactions are not subject to the registration or prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

142

Table of Contents

Lock-up Agreements

Each of our executive officers, directors and certain of our existing shareholders have agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the ADSs, ordinary shares or such securities convertible or exercisable into ADS or ordinary shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, or publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, without the prior written consent of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.”

143

Table of Contents

TAXATION

The discussion below is for general information only and is not, and should not be interpreted to be, tax advice to any holder of the ADSs. Each holder or prospective holder of the ADSs is urged to consult his, her or its own tax advisor.

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences

General

The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. Holders and Non-U.S. Holders, both as defined below, of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs as of the date of this report. This discussion is based on the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the “Code,” the applicable U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated and proposed thereunder, judicial decisions and current administrative rulings and guidance, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This discussion applies to you only if you acquire the ADSs in this offering and hold such ADSs as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, held for investment). The U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the “IRS,” may challenge the tax consequences described below, and we have not requested, nor will we request, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring, holding or disposing of the ADSs. This discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to the ownership of the ADSs. In particular, the discussion does not address tax consequences that depend upon an investor’s particular tax circumstances nor does it cover any state, local or foreign law, the possible application of the U.S. federal estate or gift tax laws. You are urged to consult your own tax advisor regarding the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation as well as any state, local, foreign and U.S. federal estate and gift tax consequences resulting from the ownership and disposition of the ADSs. In addition, this discussion does not take into account special U.S. federal income tax rules that apply to particular categories of holders of the ADSs, including, without limitation, the following:

•      dealers, brokers or traders in securities electing to use a mark-to-market method of accounting;

•      banks, thrifts or other financial institutions;

•      individual retirement or tax-deferred accounts;

•      insurance companies;

•      tax-exempt organizations;

•      regulated investment companies or real estate investment trusts;

•      persons holding the ADSs as part of a hedging, straddle or conversion transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

•      persons required for U.S. federal income tax purposes to conform the timing of income accruals to their financial statements under Section 451 of the Code;

•      persons whose functional currency for U. S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

•      persons subject to the alternative minimum tax;

144

Table of Contents

•      persons that own, or are treated as owning, 10% or more, by voting power or value, of our outstanding common stock (including common stock represented by ADSs);

•      certain former U.S. citizens and residents who have expatriated; or

•      persons receiving the ADSs pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation.

U.S. Holders

For purposes of the discussion below, you are a “U.S. Holder” if you are a beneficial owner of the ADSs that is:

•      an individual United States citizen or resident alien of the United States (as specifically defined for United States federal income tax purposes);

•      a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

•      an estate whose income is subject to United States federal income tax regardless of its source; or

•      a trust (x) if a U.S. court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons are authorized to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) that, if it was in existence on August 20, 1996, was treated as a U.S. person prior to that date and has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds the ADSs, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. If you are a partnership holding the ADSs or a partner in such partnership, you should consult your tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of the ADSs by the partnership.

General

In general, a U.S. Holder of the ADSs will be treated as owning the underlying shares represented by those ADSs for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized if a U.S. Holder exchanges ADSs for the underlying shares represented by those ADSs. The U.S. Department of the Treasury has expressed concern that parties to whom ADSs are released before shares are delivered to the Depositary (“pre-release”), or intermediaries in the chain of ownership between holders and the issuer of the security underlying the ADSs, may be taking actions that are inconsistent with the claiming of foreign tax credits by holders of ADSs. These actions would also be inconsistent with the claiming of the preferential rate of tax, described below, applicable to dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders. Accordingly, the creditability of Belgian taxes, and the availability of the preferential tax rate for dividends received by certain non-corporate U.S. Holders, each as described below, could be affected by actions taken by such parties or intermediaries.

Distributions

Subject to the “passive foreign investment company”, or PFIC, rules discussed below, the amount of any cash distribution (other than in liquidation) that you receive with respect to the ADSs including the amount of any Belgian taxes actually withheld therefrom (described below in “— Material Belgian Tax Consequences”) generally will be taxed to a U.S. Holder as dividend income to the extent such distribution does not exceed our current or accumulated earnings and profits, or E&P, as calculated for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Such income will be includable in your gross income as ordinary income on the date of receipt by the Depositary. Dividends received by individuals and certain other non-corporate U.S. Holders from “qualified foreign corporations” are taxed at the rate of either 0 percent, 15 percent or 20 percent, depending upon the particular

145

Table of Contents

taxpayer’s U.S. federal income tax bracket; provided that the recipient-shareholder has held his or her shares as a beneficial owner for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date which is 60 days before the shares’ ex-dividend date. A foreign corporation is a “qualified foreign corporation” if the stock with respect to which it pays dividends is traded on an established securities market in the United States, provided that the foreign corporation is not a PFIC.

The ADSs will be traded on an established securities market in the United States, although we cannot guarantee that the ADSs will be so traded in the future. If we are not a PFIC and we are treated as a qualified foreign corporation, dividends we pay with respect to the ADSs would be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation described in this paragraph. We do not expect to be treated as a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, our PFIC status for any taxable year is an annual determination that can be made only after the end of that year and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time. No assurance can be given that the IRS will not disagree and seek to treat us as a PFIC. If we are a PFIC with respect to a particular U.S. Holder, dividends received from us would be taxed at regular ordinary income tax rates and certain other rules will apply. See “Passive Foreign Investment Company (PFIC),” below. Holders of Company ADSs should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of a reduced dividend tax rate in light of their own particular circumstances.

To the extent any distribution exceeds our E&P, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in the ADSs and will be applied against and reduce such basis on a dollar-for-dollar basis (thereby increasing the amount of gain and decreasing the amount of loss recognized on a subsequent disposition of such ADSs). To the extent that such distribution exceeds your adjusted tax basis, the distribution will be taxed as gain recognized on a sale or exchange of ADSs. However, because we do not maintain calculations of our E&P under U.S. federal income tax principles, it is expected that distributions will generally be reported to U.S. Holders as dividends. Because we are not a U.S. corporation, no dividends-received deduction will be allowed to corporations with respect to dividends paid by us.

For U.S. foreign tax credit limitation purposes, dividends received on ADSs will be treated as foreign source income and will generally constitute “passive category income,” or in the case of certain holders, “general category income.” You may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of Belgian taxes actually withheld on dividends paid on ADSs. A U.S. Holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholding, but only for a year in which such U.S. Holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. However, if we are a “U.S.-owned foreign corporation,” solely for foreign tax credit purposes, a portion of the dividends allocable to our U.S. source earnings and profits may be re-characterized as U.S. source. A “U.S.-owned foreign corporation” is any foreign corporation in which U.S. persons own, directly or indirectly, 50% or more (by vote or by value) of the stock. In general, U.S.-owned foreign corporations with less than 10% of earnings and profits attributable to sources within the United States are excepted from these rules. Although we don’t believe we are currently a “U.S.-owned foreign corporation,” we may become one in the future. In such case, if 10% or more of our earnings and profits are attributable to sources within the United States, a portion of the dividends paid on the ADSs allocable to our U.S. source earnings and profits will be treated as U.S. source, and, as such, a U.S. Holder may not offset any foreign tax withheld as a credit against U.S. federal income tax imposed on that portion of dividends. The rules governing U.S. foreign tax credits are complex, and we recommend that you consult your tax advisor regarding the applicability of such rules to you.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of ADSs

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, generally, in connection with the sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs:

•      you will recognize capital gain or loss equal to the difference (if any) between the amount realized on such sale, exchange or other disposition and your adjusted tax basis in such ADSs;

146

Table of Contents

•      such gain or loss will be long-term capital gain or loss if your holding period for such ADSs is more than one year at the time of the sale or other disposition;

•      such gain or loss will generally be treated as U.S. source for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes; and

•      your ability to deduct capital losses is subject to limitations.

Long-term capital gains recognized by individuals and certain other non-corporate taxpayers are taxed at preferential rates. If the consideration received upon the sale or other taxable disposition of ADSs is paid in foreign currency, the amount realized will be the U.S. dollar value of the payment received, translated at the spot rate of exchange on the date of taxable disposition. If ADSs are treated as traded on an established securities market, a cash basis U.S. Holder and an accrual basis U.S. Holder who has made a special election (which must be applied consistently from year to year and cannot be changed without the consent of the IRS) will determine U.S. dollar value of the amount realized in foreign currency by translating the amount received at the spot rate of exchange on the settlement date of the sale. An accrual basis United States Holder that does not make the special election will recognize exchange gain or loss to the extent attributable to the difference between the exchange rates on the sale date and the settlement date, and such exchange gain or loss generally will constitute ordinary income or loss.

Passive Foreign Investment Company (PFIC)

In general, a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes for any taxable year in which (i) 50% or more of value of its assets (based on an average of the quarterly values of the assets during such taxable year) consists of assets that produce, or are held for the production of, passive income, or (ii) 75% or more of its gross income consists of passive income. A separate determination must be made after the close of each fiscal year as to whether a non-U.S. corporation is a PFIC for that year. For purposes of the above calculations, a non-U.S. corporation that owns, directly or indirectly, at least 25% by value of the shares of another corporation is treated as if it held its proportionate share of the assets of the other corporation and received directly its proportionate share of the income of the other corporation. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, investment gains and certain rents and royalties. Cash is generally a passive asset for these purposes. The value goodwill is generally treated as an active asset if it is associated with business activities that produce active income.

Based on the current estimates, and expected future composition, of our income and the value of our assets, including goodwill, we do not expect to be a PFIC for our current taxable year. However, our PFIC status for any taxable year is an annual determination that can be made only after the end of that year and will depend on the composition of our income and assets and the value of our assets from time to time. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is fact-intensive and the applicable law is subject to varying interpretation. There can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with our position or that the IRS will not successfully challenge our position including our classification of certain income and assets as non-passive or our valuation of our tangible and intangible assets.

If we are treated as a PFIC, gain realized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of your ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, such gain would be allocated ratably over your holding period for the ADSs. The amounts allocated to the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition and to any year before we became a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be subject to tax at the highest rate in effect for such year, together with an interest charge on the tax attributable to each such year. If we are a PFIC for any year during a U.S. Holder’s holding period for ADSs, we generally will continue to be treated as a PFIC with respect to such U.S. Holder for all succeeding years during which such U.S. Holder owns the ADSs. Dividends received from ADSs will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income for certain non-corporate U.S. Holder if we were treated as a PFIC with respect to the U.S. Holder, either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income. Further, any distribution in respect of ADSs in excess of 125 percent of the average annual distributions on ADSs received by a U.S. Holder

147

Table of Contents

during the preceding three years or such U.S. Holder’s holding period, whichever is shorter, would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for ADSs and subject to taxation as described with respect to sales, exchanges or other dispositions above. Certain elections may be available that would result in alternative treatments such as mark-to-market treatment of the ADSs.

3.8% Medicare Tax on “Net Investment Income”

Certain U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates, and certain trusts are subject to a 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their “net investment income,” which may include any gain realized or amounts received with respect to their ADSs, to the extent of their net investment income that, when added to other modified adjusted gross income, exceeds $200,000 for a single taxpayer (or a qualifying head of household), $250,000 for married taxpayers filing a joint return (or a qualifying widower), or $125,000 for a married taxpayer filing a separate return. U.S. Holders should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the applicability of the net investment income tax.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Except in the case of corporations or other exempt holders, amounts received by a U.S. Holder in connection with distributions, if any, paid by Company with respect to ADSs and proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs may be subject to U.S. information reporting requirements and backup withholding unless the U.S. Holder provides an accurate taxpayer identification number and complies with certain certification procedures or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax and amounts withheld may be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Holder to a refund, provided that certain required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

U.S. Holders who are individuals (and under proposed regulations, certain entities) and who own “specified foreign financial assets” with an aggregate value in excess of $50,000 on the last day of the tax year (or more than $75,000 at any time during the tax year) are generally required to file an information statement along with their tax returns, currently on IRS Form 8938, with respect to such assets, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in custodial accounts maintained with a U.S. financial institution) “Specified foreign financial assets” include securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer (which would include ADSs) that are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions. Higher reporting thresholds apply to certain individuals living abroad and to certain married individuals. Individuals who fail to report the required information could be subject to substantial penalties, and such individuals should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of these rules to their investment in ADSs.

TAX MATTERS CAN BE COMPLICATED. THE FOREGOING DISCUSSION OF MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES IS NOT INTENDED TO BE A COMPLETE ANALYSIS OR DESCRIPTION OF ALL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ADSS. IN ADDITION, THE DISCUSSION DOES NOT ADDRESS TAX CONSEQUENCES THAT DEPEND UPON INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES. THIS DISCUSSION DOES NOT ADDRESS ANY U.S. FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES OTHER THAN INCOME TAX OR ANY FOREIGN, STATE OR LOCAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS, NOR ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF ANY TRANSACTION OTHER THAN THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ADSS. ACCORDINGLY, YOU ARE STRONGLY URGED TO CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISOR TO DETERMINE THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN INCOME OR OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF ADSS TO YOU.

Non-United States Holders

For purposes of this discussion, if you are not a U.S. Holder (as defined above), you are a “Non-U.S. Holder”.

148

Table of Contents

Distributions on the ADSs

You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding on distributions made on the ADSs unless:

•      you conduct a trade or business in the U.S., and

•      the distributions are effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business (or, under certain income tax treaties, such distributions are attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States).

If you meet the two tests above, you generally will be subject to tax in respect of such distributions in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, as described above. In addition, any effectively connected distributions received by a non-U.S. corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30-percent rate or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty.

Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of the ADSs

Generally, you will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding in respect of gain recognized on a sale, exchange or other disposition of the ADSs unless:

•      your gain is effectively connected with a trade or business that you conduct in the United States (or, under certain income tax treaties, such gain is attributable to a permanent establishment that you maintain in the United States), or

•      you are an individual Non-U.S. Holder and are present in the United States for at least 183 days in the taxable year of the sale, exchange or other disposition, and certain other conditions exist.

If you meet either of the two tests above, you will be subject to tax in respect of any gain effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States generally in the same manner as a U.S. Holder, as described above. Effectively connected gains realized by a non-U.S. corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30-percent or such lower rate as may be provided by an applicable income tax treaty.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Payments, including distributions and proceeds from sales, exchanges or other dispositions in respect of the ADSs that are made in the United States or by a U.S.-related financial intermediary will be subject to U.S. information reporting rules. In addition, such payments may be subject to U.S. federal backup withholding. You will not be subject to backup withholding provided that:

•      you are a corporation or other exempt recipient, or

•      you provide your correct U.S. federal taxpayer identification number and certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are not subject to backup withholding.

Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be credited against your U.S. federal income tax, and you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS in a timely manner.

FATCA

The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (or “FATCA”) generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on the ADSs paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding the U.S. account holders of

149

Table of Contents

such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or otherwise establishes an exemption. FATCA also generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends on the ADSs paid to a ”non-financial foreign entity” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification identifying certain substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, certifies that there are none or otherwise establishes an exemption. The withholding obligations under FATCA generally apply to payments of dividends (including constructive dividends) on the ADSs. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph.

Additionally, FATCA may impose a 30% withholding tax on payments of gross proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of property that gives rise to U.S.-source dividends or interest, including the ADSs. The IRS recently issued Proposed Treasury Regulations that eliminate withholding on payments of gross proceeds. Pursuant to the Proposed Treasury Regulations, the issuer and any withholding agent may (but are not required to) rely on this proposed change to FATCA withholding until the final regulations are issued. Non-U.S. Holders are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible application of FATCA to their ownership of the ADSs.

Material Belgian Tax Consequences

General

The following paragraphs are a summary of material Belgian tax consequences of the ownership of ADSs by an investor. The summary is based on laws, treaties and regulatory interpretations in effect in Belgium on the date of this document, all of which are subject to change, including changes that could have retroactive effect.

The summary only discusses Belgian tax aspects which are relevant to U.S. holders of ADSs (“Holders”). This summary does not address Belgian tax aspects which are relevant to persons who are residents in Belgium or engaged in a trade or business in Belgium through a permanent establishment or a fixed base in Belgium. This summary does not purport to be a description of all of the tax consequences of the ownership of ADSs, and does not take into account the specific circumstances of any particular investor, some of which may be subject to special rules, or the tax laws of any country other than Belgium. This summary does not describe the tax treatment of investors that are subject to special rules, such as banks, insurance companies, collective investment undertakings, dealers in securities or currencies, persons that hold, or will hold, ADSs in a position in a straddle, share-repurchase transaction, conversion transactions, synthetic security or other integrated financial transactions. Investors should consult their own advisers regarding the tax consequences of an investment in ADSs in the light of their particular circumstances, including the effect of any state, local or other national laws, treaties and regulatory interpretation thereof.

In addition to the assumptions mentioned above, it is also assumed in this discussion that for purposes of the domestic Belgian tax legislation, the owners of ADSs will be treated as the owners of the ordinary shares represented by such ADSs. However, the assumption has not been confirmed by or verified with the Belgian Tax Administration.

For the purposes of this summary, ADSs or ordinary shares means ordinary shares represented by ADSs. Both terms are used interchangeably.

150

Table of Contents

Dividend Withholding Tax

As a general rule, a withholding tax of 30% is levied on the gross amount of dividends paid on or attributed to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, subject to such relief as may be available under applicable domestic or tax treaty provisions. Dividends subject to the dividend withholding tax include all benefits attributed to the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs, irrespective of their form. A reimbursement of fiscal capital made in accordance with the Belgian Companies and Associations Code is partly considered to be a distribution of the existing taxed reserves (irrespective whether incorporated into the capital or not) and/or the tax-free reserves incorporated into the capital. The proportion is determined on the basis of the ratio between certain taxed reserves and tax-free reserves incorporated into the capital on the one hand and, on the other hand, the aggregate of such reserves and the fiscal capital. In principle, fiscal capital includes paid-up statutory share capital, and subject to certain conditions, the paid-up issue premiums and the cash amounts subscribed to at the time of the issue of profit sharing certificates.

In case of a redemption by us of own shares represented by ADSs, the redemption distribution (after deduction of the portion of fiscal capital represented by the redeemed shares) will be treated as a dividend which in certain circumstances may be subject to a withholding tax of 30%, subject to such relief as may be available under applicable domestic or tax treaty provisions. In case of a liquidation of our Company, any amounts distributed in excess of the fiscal capital will be subject to a 30% withholding tax, subject to such relief as may be available under applicable domestic or tax treaty provisions.

For non-residents, the dividend withholding tax will be the only tax on dividends in Belgium, unless the non-resident holds ADSs in connection with a business conducted in Belgium, through a fixed base in Belgium or a Belgian permanent establishment.

Relief of Belgian Dividend Withholding Tax

Under the Belgium-United States Tax Treaty (the “Treaty”), there is a reduced Belgian withholding tax rate of 15% on dividends paid by us to a U.S. resident which beneficially owns the dividends and is entitled to claim the benefits of the Treaty under the limitation of benefits article included in the Treaty, (a “Qualifying Holder”). If such Qualifying Holder is a company that owns directly at least 10% of our voting stock, the Belgian withholding tax rate is further reduced to 5%. No withholding tax is however applicable if the Qualifying Holder, is: (i) a company that is a resident of the United States that has owned directly ADSs representing at least 10% of our capital for a 12-month period ending on the date the dividend is declared, or (ii) a pension fund that is a resident of the United States, provided that such dividends are not derived from the carrying on of a business by the pension fund or through an associated enterprise.

Under the normal procedure, we or our paying agent must withhold the full Belgian withholding tax (without taking into account the Treaty rate). Qualifying Holders may make a claim for reimbursement for amounts withheld in excess of the rate defined by the Treaty. The reimbursement form (Form 276 Div-Aut.) may be obtained from the Centre Etrangers, Team 6, Kruidtuinlaan 50, PO 3429, 1000 Brussels, Belgium or online on the website of the Belgian tax authorities. Qualifying Holders may also, subject to certain conditions, obtain the reduced Treaty rate at source. Qualifying Holders should deliver a duly completed Form 276 Div-Aut. no later than ten days after the date on which the dividend is paid or attributed. U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors as to whether they qualify for reduction in withholding tax upon payment or attribution of dividends, and as to the procedural requirements for obtaining a reduced withholding tax upon the payment of dividends or for making claims for reimbursement.

Withholding tax is also not applicable, pursuant to Belgian domestic tax law, on dividends paid to certain U.S. pension funds provided that the U.S. pension fund (i) qualifies as a non-resident saver for Belgian withholding tax purposes (i.e., it has a separate legal personality and fiscal residence outside of Belgium and without a permanent establishment or fixed base in Belgium), (ii) has a corporate purpose that consists solely in

151

Table of Contents

managing and investing funds collected in order to pay legal or complementary pensions, (iii) has activity that is limited to the investment of funds collected in the exercise of its statutory purpose, without any profit making activity and (iv) is exempt from income taxes in the United States. Furthermore, such pension fund may not contractually be obligated to redistribute the dividends to any beneficial owner of such dividends for whom it would manage the ADSs nor obligated to pay a manufactured dividend with respect to the ADSs under a securities borrowing transaction (save in certain particular cases as described in Belgian law) and subject to certain procedural formalities.

Under Belgian domestic tax law, a withholding tax exemption is available to dividends paid to a non-resident corporate shareholder (located in a Member State of the European Union or in a country with which Belgium has entered in a double tax treaty including sufficient information exchange provisions) provided that (i) at the date of payment or attribution of the dividend it holds a participation in our company representing at least 10% of our share capital, (ii) this holding is held or will be held in full ownership for an uninterrupted period of at least one year, (iii) this non-resident corporate shareholder is tax resident of the country where it is established according to the tax laws of and the bilateral tax treaties established by such country, (iv) this non-resident corporate shareholder is subject to a corporate income tax regime similar to Belgian corporate income tax regime without benefitting from a tax regime that derogates from the ordinary tax regime and (v) its legal form is (similar to one of the legal forms) listed in the annex of the E.U. directive dated 23 July 1990 (90/435/EC) as amended by the directive of 22 December 2003 (2003/123/EC). This reduced withholding tax will apply provided that certain procedural formalities are complied with.

Finally, a withholding tax exemption is available, pursuant to Belgian domestic tax law, to dividends paid to a non-resident corporate shareholder (located in the European Economic Area or in a country with which Belgium has entered in a double tax treaty including sufficient information exchange provisions) to the extent that at the date of payment or attribution of the dividend it holds a participation in our company representing less than 10% of our share capital but the acquisition value of which is at least €2.5 million and provided that certain other conditions are met, i.e., that (i) this holding is held or will be held in full ownership for an uninterrupted period of at least one year (ii) this non-resident corporate shareholder is subject to a corporate income tax regime similar to Belgian corporate income tax regime without benefitting from a tax regime that derogates from the ordinary tax regime, and (iii) its legal form is (similar to one of the legal forms) listed in the annex I, part A, of the E.U. directive dated 30 November 2011 (2011/96/EU) as amended by the directive of 8 July 2014 (2014/86/EU). This reduced withholding tax will apply only if and to the extent that the ordinary Belgian withholding tax cannot be credited or reimbursed to the non-resident corporate shareholder referred to above and subject to certain procedural formalities.

Capital Gains and Losses

Pursuant to the Treaty, capital gains and/or losses realized by a Qualifying Holder from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ADSs do not fall within the scope of application of Belgian domestic tax law.

Capital gains realized on ADSs by a corporate Holder which is not entitled to claim the benefits of the Treaty under the limitation of benefits article included in the Treaty are generally not subject to taxation in Belgium unless the corporate Holder is acting through a Belgian permanent establishment or a fixed place in Belgium to which the ADSs are effectively connected. Capital losses are not deductible.

Private individual Holders who are not entitled to claim the benefits of the Treaty under the limitation of benefits article included in the Treaty and which are holding ADSs as a private investment will, as a rule, not be subject to tax on any capital gains arising out of a disposal of ADSs. Losses will, as a rule, not be deductible in Belgium.

152

Table of Contents

However, if the gain realized by such individual Holders on ADSs is deemed to be realized outside the scope of the normal management of such individual’s private estate and the capital gain is obtained or received in Belgium, the gain will in principle be taxable at 33%. The Official Commentary to the ITC 1992 stipulates that occasional transactions on a stock exchange regarding ADSs should not be considered as transactions realized outside the scope of normal management of one’s own private estate.

Capital gains realized by such individual Holders on the disposal of ADSs for consideration, outside the exercise of a professional activity, to a non-resident company (or a body constituted in a similar legal form), to a foreign state (or one of its political subdivisions or local authorities) or to a non-resident legal entity who is established outside the European Economic Area, are in principle taxable at a rate of 16.5% if, at any time during the five years preceding the sale, such individual Holders has owned directly or indirectly, alone or with his/her spouse or with certain relatives, a substantial shareholding in us (that is, a shareholding of more than 25% of our shares).

Capital gains realized by a Holder upon the redemption of ADSs or upon our liquidation will generally be taxable as a dividend. See section “Dividend Withholding Tax.”

Estate and Gift Tax

There is no Belgian estate tax on the transfer of ADSs upon the death of a Belgian non-resident.

Donations of ADSs made in Belgium may or may not be subject to gift tax in Belgium depending on the modalities under which the donation is carried out.

Belgian Tax on Stock Exchange Transactions

A tax on stock exchange transactions (taxe sur les opérations de bourse/taks op de beursverrichtingen) is generally levied on the purchase and the sale and on any other acquisition and transfer for consideration of existing ADSs on the secondary market carried out by a Belgian resident investor through a professional intermediary if (i) executed in Belgium through a professional intermediary, or (ii) deemed to be executed in Belgium, which is the case if the order is directly or indirectly made to a professional intermediary established outside of Belgium, either by private individuals having their usual residence in Belgium, or legal entities for the account of their seat or establishment in Belgium.

The applicable rate amounts to 0.35% of the consideration paid but with a cap of €1,600 per transaction and per party. The tax is due separately from each party to any such transaction, i.e., the seller (transferor) and the purchaser (transferee), both collected by the professional intermediary.

However, if the intermediary is established outside of Belgium, the tax will in principle be due by the ordering private individual or legal entity, unless that individual or entity can demonstrate that the tax has already been paid. Professional intermediaries established outside of Belgium can, subject to certain conditions and formalities, appoint a Belgian representative for tax purposes, which will be liable for the tax on stock exchange transactions in respect of the transactions executed through the professional intermediary.

Belgian non-residents who purchase or otherwise acquire or transfer, for consideration, ADSs in Belgium for their own account through a professional intermediary may be exempt from the tax on stock exchange transactions if they deliver a sworn affidavit to the intermediary in Belgium confirming their non-resident status. A tax on repurchase transactions (taxe sur les reports/taks op de reportverrichtingen) at the rate of 0.085%. will be due from each party to any such transaction entered into or carried out in Belgium by a Belgian resident investor in which a stockbroker acts for either party (with a maximum amount of €1,600 per transaction and per party).

153

Table of Contents

No stock exchange tax, nor tax on repurchase transactions is payable by: (i) professional intermediaries described in Article 2, 9° and 10° of the Belgian Act of August 2, 2002 acting for their own account, (ii) insurance companies described in Article 2, §1 of the Belgian Act of 9 July 1975 acting for their own account, (iii) professional retirement institutions referred to in Article 2, 1° of the Belgian Act of October 27, 2006 relating to the control of professional retirement institutions acting for their own account, (iv) collective investment institutions acting for their own account, or (v) regulated real estate companies (for the stock exchange tax only).

No stock exchange tax, nor tax on repurchase transactions will thus be due by Holders on the subscription, purchase or sale of ADSs, if the Holders are acting for their own account. In order to benefit from this exemption, the Holders must file with the professional intermediary in Belgium a sworn affidavit evidencing that they are non-residents for Belgian tax purposes.

Belgian Annual Tax on Securities Accounts

Pursuant to the Belgian Act of February 17, 2021 introducing a new annual tax on securities accounts due on securities accounts held through an intermediary if the average value of the taxable financial instruments held on this securities account exceeds €1 million during a reference period of 12 consecutive months. This new annual tax on securities accounts is introduced because the previous tax on securities accounts was annulled by the Belgian Constitutional Court.

The annual tax on securities accounts is due irrespective of whether the holder of a securities account is a physical person or a legal entity. If the holder of a securities account is a Belgian resident, the annual tax on securities accounts will be applicable both to securities accounts held in Belgium as well as securities accounts held abroad. For non-residents, only securities accounts held in Belgium fall in scope of the annual tax on securities accounts. A double tax treaty could prevent Belgium to levy the annual tax on securities accounts.

Certain exemptions exist to mitigate the impact of the annual tax on securities accounts on the financial sector. As such, securities accounts held by certain financial undertakings are exempt.

All securities held on a securities account are targeted, such as shares, bonds, participations in investment funds and investment companies, but also derived products, such as index trackers, turbos, real estate certificates and cash. The rate of the annual tax on securities accounts amounts to 0.15% on securities accounts of which the average value exceeds €1 million during a reference period of 12 consecutive months. In order to avoid that the payment of the tax would result in a decrease of the average value below the €1 million threshold, the rate is limited to 10% of the difference between the taxable base and €1 million in those cases. The reference period is a subsequent period of 12 months starting on October 1 and ending September 30 of the subsequent year or (i) any earlier date when the account is closed; or (ii) the moment when the account holder becomes a resident of a state with which Belgium has concluded a tax treaty and the tax treaty allocates the taxing rights to the other state. The average value is calculated by taking the average of the securities accounts values on December 31, March 31, June 30 and September 30.

The tax must be declared and paid by the Belgian resident intermediary with whom the securities account is held. If a securities account is held with a non-resident intermediary, the holder of the securities account itself is responsible for the declaration and the payment of the annual tax on securities accounts. Alternatively, the foreign intermediary could also voluntarily appoint a recognized responsible representative in Belgium to declare and pay the tax.

In case of non-declaration, late, inaccurate or incomplete declaration, as well as non-payment or late payment, a penalty varying from 10% to 200% of the tax due can be imposed. Every holder of the securities account is jointly and severally liable to pay these penalties. The Act furthermore includes a general anti-abuse provision pursuant to which the following is not allowed: (i) distributing taxable financial instruments over different

154

Table of Contents

securities accounts to avoid the threshold of €1 million for an individual account, (ii) converting taxable financial instruments into nominative securities (the latter are out of scope of the tax); (iii) transferring a securities account to a foreign legal entity which then transfers the securities to a foreign securities account, etc. In the aforementioned circumstances, there is a refutable presumption that abuse exists. However, the Act also includes situations in which there is an irrefutable presumption of abuse. As such, the following transactions taking place as of October 30, 2020 onwards will be considered to constitute abuse: (i) splitting of a securities account into multiple securities accounts held by the same intermediary; and (ii) the conversion of taxable financial instruments held in a securities account to nominal financial instruments.

Prospective Holders should consult their own tax advisors as to whether they are subject to the new annual tax on securities accounts.

Proposed Financial Transactions Tax

On February 14, 2013, the European Commission published a proposal for a Directive for a common financial transactions tax (“FTT”) in Belgium, Germany, Greece, Spain, France, Italy, Austria, Portugal, Slovenia, Estonia and Slovakia (collectively, the “Participating Member States”). On December 8, 2015, Estonia declared that it will no longer support the FTT.

The proposed FTT has a very broad scope and could, if introduced in its current form, apply to certain dealings in ADSs in certain circumstances. The FTT could apply in certain circumstances to persons both within and outside of the Participating Member States. Generally, it would apply to certain dealings in ADSs where at least one party is a financial institution, and at least one party is established in a Participating Member State.

A financial institution may be, or be deemed to be, “established” in a Participating Member State in a broad range of circumstances, including by transacting with a person established in a Participating Member State.

Currently, the proposed FTT remains subject to further negotiations between the Participating Member States (excluding Estonia). It may therefore be adjusted prior to any implementation, of which the timing and fate remains unclear. Moreover, additional E.U. Member States could decide to participate or drop out of the negotiations. Prospective Holders of ADSs are advised to seek their own professional advice in relation to the FTT.

155

Table of Contents

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

We are a corporation organized under the laws of Belgium. Certain of our directors are citizens and residents of countries other than the United States, and certain of our assets are located outside of the United States. Accordingly, it may be difficult for investors:

•      to obtain jurisdiction over us or our non-U.S. resident officers and directors in U.S. courts in actions predicated on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws;

•      to enforce judgments obtained in such actions against us or our non-U.S. resident officers and directors;

•      to bring an original action in a Belgian court to enforce liabilities based upon the U.S. federal securities laws against us or our non-U.S. resident officers or directors; and

•      to enforce against us or our directors in non-U.S. courts, including Belgian courts, judgments of U.S. courts predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws.

The U.S. currently does not have a treaty with Belgium providing for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments, other than arbitral awards, in civil and commercial matters. Consequently, a final judgment rendered by any federal or state court in the United States, whether or not predicated solely upon U.S. federal or state securities laws, would not automatically be enforceable in Belgium. Actions for the recognition and enforcement of judgments of U.S. courts are regulated by Articles 22 to 25 of the 2004 Belgian Code of Private International Law. Recognition or enforcement does not imply a review of the merits of the case and is irrespective of any reciprocity requirement. A U.S. judgment will, however, not be recognized or declared enforceable in Belgium, unless (in addition to compliance with certain technical provisions) the Belgian courts are satisfied of the following:

•      The effect of the recognition or enforcement of judgment is not manifestly incompatible with (Belgian) public order.

•      The judgment did not violate the rights of the defendant.

•      The judgment was not rendered in a matter where the parties did not freely dispose of their rights, with the sole purpose of avoiding the application of the law applicable according to Belgian international law.

•      The judgment is not subject to further recourse under U.S. law.

•      The judgment is not incompatible with a judgment rendered in Belgium or with a prior judgment rendered abroad that might be recognized in Belgium.

•      The claim was not filed outside Belgium after a claim was filed in Belgium, if the claim filed in Belgium relates to the same parties and the same subject and is still pending.

•      The Belgian courts did not have exclusive jurisdiction to rule on the matter.

•      The U.S. court did not accept its jurisdiction solely on the basis of either the presence of the plaintiff or the location of goods not direct linked to the dispute in the United States.

•      The judgment did not concern the deposit or validity of intellectual property rights when the deposit or registration of those intellectual property rights was requested, done or should have been done in Belgium pursuant to international treaties.

•      The judgment did not relate to the validity, operation, dissolution, or liquidation of a legal entity that has its main seat in Belgium at the time of the petition of the U.S. court.

156

Table of Contents

•      If the judgment relates to the opening, progress or closure of insolvency proceedings, it is rendered on the basis of the European Insolvency Regulation (EC Regulation No. 1346/2000 of May 29, 2000) or, if not, that (a) a decision in the principal proceedings is taken by a judge in the state where the most important establishment of the debtor was located or (b) a decision in territorial proceedings was taken by a judge in the state where the debtor had another establishment than its most important establishment.

•      The judgment submitted to the Belgian court is authentic under the laws of the state where the judgment was issued; in case of a default judgment, it can be shown that under locally applicable laws the invitation to appear in court was properly served on the defendant; a document can be produced showing that the judgment is, under the rules of the state where it was issued, enforceable and was properly served on the defendant.

In addition, with regard to the enforcement by legal proceedings of any claim (including the exequatur of foreign court decisions in Belgium), a registration tax of 3% (to be calculated on the total amount that a debtor is ordered to pay) is due, if the sum of money that the debtor is ordered to pay by a Belgian court judgment, or by a foreign court judgment that is either (i) automatically enforceable and registered in Belgium or (ii) rendered enforceable by a Belgian court, exceeds €12,500. The debtor is liable for the payment of the registration tax. A stamp duty is payable for each original copy of an enforcement judgment rendered by a Belgian court, with a maximum of €1,450.

157

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

We are offering the ADSs described in this prospectus through the underwriters named below. Piper Sandler & Co. is acting as book-running manager. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with Piper Sandler & Co. as representative of the several underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from us, the number of ADSs listed opposite its name below:

 

Name

 

Number of
ADSs

   

Piper Sandler & Co.

     

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

     

BTIG, LLC

 

  

 

KBC Securities USA LLC.

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Option to Purchase Additional ADSs

We have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to            additional ADSs from us, to cover overallotments, if any. The underwriters may exercise this option at any time and from time to time during the 30-day period from the date of this prospectus. If any additional ADSs are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional ADSs on the same terms as those on which the ADSs are being offered.

Discounts and Commissions

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the ADSs directly to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriters propose to offer the ADSs to certain dealers at the same price less a concession of not more than $            per ADS. After the offering, these figures may be changed by the underwriters.

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per ADS less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per ADS. The following table shows the per ADS and total underwriting discount to be paid by the underwriters in connection with this offering, assuming either no exercise and full exercise of the option to purchase additional ADSs:

     

Total

   

Per ADS

 

Without
Option

 

With
Option

Initial Public offering price

 

$

   

$

   

$

 

Underwriting discounts

 

$

   

$

   

$

 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

 

$

   

$

   

$

 

We estimate that the total fees and expenses payable by us, excluding underwriting discount and excluding the reimbursement of the underwriter’s expenses, will be approximately $            million. We have also agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $150,000.

Indemnification of Underwriters

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

158

Table of Contents

No Sales of Similar Securities

We and each of our directors, all of our executive officers and certain affiliated shareholders are subject to lock-up agreements that prohibit us and them from offering, pledging, announcing the intention to sell, selling, contracting to sell, selling any option or contract to purchase, purchasing any option or contract to sell, granting any option, right or warrant to purchase, making any short sale or otherwise transferring or disposing of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares, ADSs or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares or ADSs for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Piper Sandler & Co.

The lock-up agreements do not prohibit our directors and executive officers from transferring ordinary shares as bona fide gifts or for bona fide estate or tax planning purposes, subject to certain requirements, including that the transferee be subject to the same lock-up terms. The lock-up provisions do not prohibit us from issuing shares upon the exercise or conversion of securities outstanding on the date of this prospectus. The lock-up provisions do not prevent us from selling ADSs to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement, or from granting options to acquire securities under our existing stock option plans or issuing shares upon the exercise or conversion of securities outstanding on the date of this prospectus.

Listing

Our ordinary shares are listed Euronext Brussels under the symbol “MDXH.BR.” We have applied to list the ADSs on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “MDXH.”

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

To facilitate the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of ADSs during and after the offering. Specifically, the underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in the ADSs for their own account by selling more ADSs than we have sold to them. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of ADSs than the underwriters are required to purchase in the offering. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional ADSs or purchasing ADSs in the open market.

In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of the ADSs by bidding for or purchasing ADSs in the open market and may impose penalty bids. If penalty bids are imposed, selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in the offering are reclaimed if ADSs previously distributed in the offering are repurchased, whether in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of the ADSs at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the ADSs to the extent that it discourages resales of the ADSs. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time. The underwriters may also engage in passive market making transactions in ADSs. Passive market making consists of displaying bids on Nasdaq and is limited by the prices of independent market makers and effecting purchases is limited by those prices in response to order flow. Rule 103 of Regulation M promulgated by the SEC limits the amount of net purchases that each passive market maker may make and the displayed size of each bid. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of the ADSs at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

159

Table of Contents

Electronic Distribution

This prospectus and the accompanying base prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters and the underwriters may distribute prospectuses electronically.

Affiliations

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters and their affiliates may from time to time in the future engage with us and perform services for us or in the ordinary course of their business for which they will receive customary fees and expenses. In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of these securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/ or short positions in these securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom (each, a “Relevant State”), each underwriter represents and agrees that in that Relevant State, it has not made and will not make an offer of securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant State other than:

•      to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Regulation;

•      to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representative for any such offer; or

•      in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the securities, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” Regulation 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 14 June 2017 on the prospectus to be published when securities are offered to the public or admitted to trading on a regulated market, and repealing Directive 2003/71/EC, as amended.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

Each of the underwriters severally represents, warrants and agrees as this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Regulation) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not

160

Table of Contents

resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Israel

This document does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority nor have the securities offered under this document been approved or disapproved by the Israel Securities Authority or registered for sale in Israel. The securities covered by this document will not be offered or sold to the public in Israel, except that the underwriters may offer and sell such securities in the State of Israel to (i) a limited number of persons in accordance with the Israeli Securities Law, and (ii) investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the TASE, underwriters, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) and “qualified individuals,” each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors (in each case purchasing for their own account or, where permitted under the Addendum, for the accounts of their clients who are investors listed in the Addendum). Qualified investors will be required to submit written confirmation that they fall within the scope of the Addendum, are aware of the meaning of same and agree to it. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus may be subject to restrictions on transferability and subject to compliance with the Israeli Securities Law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions, and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption form, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, or which do not constitute an invitation to the public within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong), or Securities and Futures Ordinance, or (ii) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance, and no

161

Table of Contents

advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” in Hong Kong as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor (as defined under Section 4A of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA) under Section 274 of the SFA, (ii) to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA, in each case subject to conditions set forth in the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor, the securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer in that corporation’s securities pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore, or Regulation 32.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an accredited investor, the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 of the SFA except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA), (2) where such transfer arises from an offer that is made on terms that such rights or interest are acquired at a consideration of not less than $200,000 (or its equivalent in a foreign currency) for each transaction (whether such amount is to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other assets), (3) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer, (4) where the transfer is by operation of law, (5) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA, or (6) as specified in Regulation 32.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Act of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended), or the FIEA. The securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan (including any person resident in Japan or any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan) or to others for reoffering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the FIEA and otherwise in compliance with any relevant laws and regulations of Japan.

162

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission, or ASIC, in relation to the offering. This offering document does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001, or Corporations Act, and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.

Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons, or Exempt Investors, who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.

The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.

This offering document contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this offering document is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Dubai International Financial Centre

This offering document relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. This offering document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth in this prospectus and has no responsibility for the offering document. The securities to which this offering document relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered should conduct their own due diligence on the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this offering document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

We have not and will not register with the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority, or FINM, as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 of the Federal Act on Collective Investment Scheme of 23 June 2006, as amended, or CISA, and accordingly the securities being offered pursuant to this prospectus have not and will not be approved, and may not be licensable, with FINMA. Therefore, the securities have not been authorized for distribution by FINMA as a foreign collective investment scheme pursuant to Article 119 CISA and the securities offered hereby may not be offered to the public (as this term is defined in Article 3 CISA) in or from Switzerland. The securities may solely be offered to “qualified investors,” as this term is defined in Article 10 CISA, and in the circumstances set out in Article 3 of the Ordinance on Collective Investment Scheme of 22 November 2006, as amended, or CISO, such that there is no public offer. Investors, however, do not benefit from protection under CISA or CISO or supervision by FINMA. This prospectus

163

Table of Contents

and any other materials relating to the securities are strictly personal and confidential to each offeree and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This prospectus may only be used by those qualified investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offer described in this prospectus and may neither directly or indirectly be distributed or made available to any person or entity other than its recipients. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in Switzerland or from Switzerland. This prospectus does not constitute an issue prospectus as that term is understood pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Federal Code of Obligations. We have not applied for a listing of the securities on the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated securities market in Switzerland, and consequently, the information presented in this prospectus does not necessarily comply with the information standards set out in the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

164

Table of Contents

EXPENSES OF THE OFFERING

We estimate that our expenses in connection with the offering, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, will be as follows:

Expense

 

Amount

SEC registration fee

 

$

 

Nasdaq initial listing fee

 

 

 

FINRA filing fee

 

 

 

Printing expenses

 

 

 

Legal fees and expenses

 

 

 

Accounting fees and expenses

 

 

 

Underwriters’ expenses

 

 

 

Miscellaneous costs

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

All amounts in the table are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq initial listing fee and the FINRA filing fee. We will pay all of the expenses of the offering.

165

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

The validity of the securities being offered by this prospectus and other legal matters concerning this offering relating to Belgium law will be passed upon for us by Baker & McKenzie CVBA. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering relating to U.S. federal law will be passed upon for us by K&L Gates, LLP. Certain legal matters concerning this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by DLA Piper UK LLP, relating to Belgium law, and by DLA Piper LLP (US), relating to U.S. federal law.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of MDxHealth SA at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, appearing in this prospectus and registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of BDO Réviseurs d’Entreprises SRL, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The registered business address of BDO Réviseurs d’Entreprises SRL is Da Vincilaan 9, 1930 Zaventem, Belgium.

166

Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed a registration statement, including relevant exhibits, with the SEC on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ADSs to be sold in the offering. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement on Form F-1, does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement. You should read our registration statements and their exhibits and schedules for further information with respect to us and the ADSs. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document are summaries of all material information about the documents summarized, but are not complete descriptions of all terms of these documents. If we file any of these documents as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the document that has been filed for a complete description of its terms. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit.

Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement on Form F-1 of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to periodic reporting and other informational requirements of the Exchange Act as applicable to foreign private issuers. Accordingly, we will be required to file reports, including annual reports on Form 20-F, and other information with the SEC. All information filed with the SEC can be obtained over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

As a foreign private issuer, we are exempt under the Exchange Act from, among other things, the rules prescribing the furnishing and content of proxy statements, and our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders are exempt from the reporting and short-swing profit recovery provisions contained in Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will not be required under the Exchange Act to file periodic reports and financial statements with the SEC as frequently or as promptly as U.S. companies whose securities are registered under the Exchange Act. However, we intend to furnish the depositary with our annual reports, which will include a review of operations and annual audited consolidated combined financial statements prepared in conformity with IFRS, and all notices of shareholders’ meetings and other reports and communications that are made generally available to our shareholders.

As a foreign private issuer, we are also exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. We are, however, still subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations required of us as a foreign private issuer are different than those required by U.S. domestic reporting companies, our shareholders, potential shareholders and the investing public in general should not expect to receive information about us in the same amount and at the same time as information is received from, or provided by, U.S. domestic reporting companies.

We will send the depositary a copy of all notices of shareholders meetings and other reports, communications and information that are made generally available to shareholders. The depositary will make such notices, reports and communications available to holders of ADSs and, if we so request, will mail to all record holders of ADSs the information contained in any notice of a shareholders’ meeting received by the depositary from us.

We maintain a corporate website at www.mdxhealth.com. Information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and our website address is included in this prospectus as an inactive textual reference only.

167

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA

INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     

Page

   

Condensed Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2021 and 2020

     

Condensed Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

 

F-2

 

Condensed Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

F-3

 

Condensed Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

F-4

 

Condensed Unaudited Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

 

F-5

 

Explanatory Notes

 

F-6

 
     

Page

   

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

     

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-14

 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss

 

F-15

 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

F-16

 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

 

F-17

 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

 

F-18

 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow

 

F-19

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-20

 

F-1

Table of Contents

Condensed unaudited consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income

In thousands of USD (except per share data)
Condensed unaudited consolidated statement of profit or loss

 

Note

 

Jan-June
2021

 

Jan-June
2020

Services

 

4

 

10,462

 

 

9,596

 

Licenses

 

4

 

250

 

 

250

 

Royalties

 

4

 

19

 

 

34

 

Revenues

     

10,731

 

 

9,880

 

Cost of goods & services sold

     

(5,516

)

 

(5,194

)

Gross Profit

     

5,215

 

 

4,686

 

Research and development expenses

     

(2,823

)

 

(2,130

)

Selling and marketing expenses

     

(8,247

)

 

(8,335

)

General and administrative expenses

     

(6,739

)

 

(7,268

)

Other operating income, net

     

151

 

 

59

 

Operating loss

     

(12,443

)

 

(12,988

)

Financial income

     

10

 

 

3

 

Financial expenses

     

(866

)

 

(724

)

Loss before income taxes

     

(13,299

)

 

(13,709

)

Income taxes

     

0

 

 

0

 

Loss for the period

     

(13,299

)

 

(13,709

)

Loss for the period attributable to the parent

     

(13,299

)

 

(13,709

)

Loss per share attributable to parent

       

 

   

 

Basic and diluted earnings per share

     

(0.12

)

 

(0.18

)

         

 

   

 

Condensed unaudited consolidated statement of other comprehensive income

           

Loss for the period

     

(13,299

)

 

(13,709

)

Other comprehensive income

       

 

   

 

Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss:

Exchange differences arising from translation of foreign operations

     

122

 

 

35

 

Total other comprehensive income

     

122

 

 

35

 

Total comprehensive loss for the period (net of tax)

     

(13,177

)

 

(13,674

)

F-2

Table of Contents

Condensed unaudited consolidated statement of financial position

In thousands of USD

 

Note

 

as at
June 30,
2021

 

as at
December 31,
2020

ASSETS

       

 

   

 

Intangible assets

     

4,248

 

 

5,058

 

Property, plant and equipment

     

1,132

 

 

973

 

Right-of-use assets

     

2,271

 

 

2,734

 

Non-current assets

     

7,651

 

 

8,765

 

         

 

   

 

Inventories

     

2,119

 

 

2,324

 

Trade receivables

 

6

 

4,294

 

 

3,771

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     

994

 

 

1,043

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

6

 

31,318

 

 

15,953

 

Current assets

     

38,725

 

 

23,091

 

Total assets

     

46,376

 

 

31,856

 

         

 

   

 

EQUITY

       

 

   

 

Share capital

     

100,360

 

 

76,716

 

Issuance premium

     

141,041

 

 

136,349

 

Retained earnings

     

(228,599

)

 

(215,300

)

Share-based compensation

     

9,871

 

 

9,385

 

Translation reserves

     

(1,179

)

 

(1,301

)

Total equity

     

21,494

 

 

5,849

 

         

 

   

 

LIABILITIES

       

 

   

 

Loans and borrowings

 

5

 

9,959

 

 

10,279

 

Lease liabilities

 

5

 

1,707

 

 

2,017

 

Other non-current financial liabilities

 

5/6/7

 

1,010

 

 

690

 

Non-current liabilities

     

12,676

 

 

12,986

 

         

 

   

 

Loans and borrowings

 

5

 

2,835

 

 

2,818

 

Lease liabilities

 

5

 

636

 

 

757

 

Trade payables

 

6

 

4,627

 

 

5,320

 

Other current liabilities

     

3,514

 

 

3,217

 

Other current financial liabilities

 

5/6/7

 

594

 

 

909

 

Current liabilities

     

12,206

 

 

13,021

 

Total liabilities

     

24,882

 

 

26,007

 

Total equity and liabilities

     

46,376

 

 

31,856

 

F-3

Table of Contents

Condensed unaudited consolidated statement of changes in equity

Attributable to owners of MDxHealth SA

In thousands of USD, except number of shares

 

Number of
shares

 

Share
capital and
issuance premium

 

Retained earnings

 

Share-based compensation

 

Translation reserves

 

Total equity

       

Note 10

     

Note 9

       

Balance at January 1, 2020

 

70,528,525

 

199,190

 

(186,638

)

 

8,090

 

(918

)

 

19,724

 

Loss for the period

         

(13,709

)

       

 

 

(13,709

)

Other comprehensive income

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

35

 

 

35

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

  

 

  

 

(13,709

)

 

  

 

35

 

 

(13,674

)

             

 

       

 

   

 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

           

 

       

 

   

 

Issuance of shares, net of transaction costs

 

20,162,924

 

14,003

   

 

       

 

 

14,003

 

Share-based compensation

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

674

 

  

 

 

674

 

Balance at June 30, 2020

 

90,691,449

 

213,193

 

(200,347

)

 

8,764

 

(883

)

 

20,727

 

In thousands of USD, except number of shares

 

Number of
shares

 

Share
capital and issuance
premium

 

Retained earnings

 

Share-based compensation

 

Translation reserves

 

Total equity

       

Note 10

               

Balance at January 1, 2021

 

90,691,449

 

213,065

 

(215,300

)

 

9,385

 

(1,301

)

 

5,849

 

Loss for the period

         

(13,299

)

       

 

 

(13,299

)

Other comprehensive income

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

122

 

 

122

 

Total comprehensive income for the period

 

  

 

  

 

(13,299

)

 

  

 

122

 

 

(13,177

)

             

 

       

 

   

 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

           

 

       

 

   

 

Issuance of shares, net of transaction costs

 

27,777,777

 

28,336

   

 

       

 

 

28,336

 

Share-based compensation

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

486

 

  

 

 

486

 

Balance at June 30, 2021

 

118,469,226

 

241,401

 

(228,599

)

 

9,871

 

(1,179

)

 

21,494

 

F-4

Table of Contents

Condensed unaudited consolidated statement of cash flows

In thousands of USD

 

Jan-June
2021

 

Jan-June
2020

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

   

 

   

 

Operating loss

 

(12,443

)

 

(12,988

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

1,514

 

 

1,675

 

Share-based compensation

 

486

 

 

674

 

Non-cash fair value change

 

(195

)

 

(147

)

Non-cash foreign exchange rate change

 

(339

)

 

31

 

Cash generated from operations before working capital changes

 

(10,977

)

 

(10,755

)

     

 

   

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

   

 

   

 

Decrease/(increase) in inventories

 

205

 

 

(543

)

(Increase)/decrease in receivables

 

(474

)

 

1,647

 

Decrease in payables

 

(396

)

 

(1,604

)

Net cash outflow from operating activities

 

(11,642

)

 

(11,255

)

     

 

   

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

   

 

   

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

(411

)

 

(167

)

Interests received

 

0

 

 

3

 

Net cash outflow from investing activities

 

(411

)

 

(164

)

     

 

   

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

   

 

   

 

Proceeds from issuance of shares, net of transaction costs

 

28,336

 

 

14,003

 

Payment of lease liability

 

(536

)

 

(391

)

Payment of interest

 

(515

)

 

(499

)

Net cash inflow from financing activities

 

27,285

 

 

13,113

 

     

 

   

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

15,232

 

 

1,694

 

     

 

   

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

 

15,953

 

 

22,050

 

Effect of exchange rates

 

133

 

 

37

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

 

31,318

 

 

23,781

 

F-5

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Explanatory Notes

Accounting policies

1.    Basis of preparation

MDxHealth, SA together with its subsidiaries are herein referred to as “the Company”. MDxHealth is a company domiciled in Belgium, with offices and labs in the United States and The Netherlands. The reporting and functional currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar.

The condensed consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Accounting Standard (IAS) 34 — Interim Financial Reporting, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IASB, and as adopted by the EU.

These interim consolidated financial statements do not include all the information required for full annual financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of the Company as at, and for the year ended, December 31, 2020.

The Company ended the period with $31.3 million in cash and cash equivalents as of June 30, 2021 and continued to incur losses. The Company is expecting continued losses and negative operating cash flows in the coming twelve months. Taking into account the above financial situation and on the basis of the most recent business plan, the Company believes that it has sufficient cash to be able to continue its operations for at least the next twelve months from the date of issuance of these interim financial statements, and accordingly has prepared the condensed consolidated financial statements assuming that it will continue as a going concern. This assessment is based on forecasts and projections within management’s most recent business plan as well as the Company’s expected ability to realize cost reductions should these forecasts and projections not be met. However, there is a material uncertainty about a going concern since the Company may incur higher than expected losses and cash outflows, may not be able to realize its business plan, or may not be successful in taking alternative measures, such as cost reductions or attracting new financing.

2.    Significant accounting policies, use of judgments and estimates

The Company applies the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU. The same accounting policies, presentation and methods of computation have been followed in these condensed financial statements as were applied in the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. No amendments to existing standards that became applicable as from January 1, 2021 have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements or accounting policies.

The preparation of the interim condensed financial statements in compliance with IAS 34 requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires the Company’s management to exercise judgment in applying the Company’s accounting policies. The Company has applied the same accounting policies and there have been no material revisions to the nature and amount of estimates and judgments in its interim condensed financial statements.

3.    Significant events and transactions

The COVID-19 outbreak has impacted management’s estimates, judgments and assumptions, and could impact the Company’s ability to develop business, conduct operations, and obtain components used in its business. The situation is continuously evolving, therefore the extent to which the COVID-19 outbreak will continue to impact business and the economy is highly uncertain and is extremely difficult to predict. Accordingly, the Company cannot accurately predict the extent to which its 2021 financial condition and results of operations will further be affected.

F-6

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Explanatory Notes

3.    Significant events and transactions (cont.)

The areas where assumptions and estimation uncertainties in the financial statements related to the COVID-19 outbreak have potentially the most significant effect in 2021 are related to the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, revenue recognition, impairment testing, and recognized fair value measurements.

In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, management took every precaution necessary to stay safe and to ensure tests remain accessible to patients who need them. These precautions included:

•      Following all CDC (Centres for Disease Control and Prevention) recommendations for maintaining a healthy work environment

•      Directing many of the office staff to work remotely. Those who work in the office are following regulatory guidelines and recommendations to ensure their safety

•      Conducting meetings virtually

•      Restricting staff travel

4.    Segment information

The Company does not distinguish different business segments since most revenues are generated from clinical laboratory service testing, or the out-licensing of the Company’s patented DNA methylation platform and biomarkers. However, the Company does distinguish different geographical operating segments based on revenue since the revenues are generated both in United States of America and Europe.

Total product revenue and non-current assets are shown below as a percentage by geography:

Segment revenues

As of June 30, 2021, the Company earned 100% of its revenue from external customers from its clinical laboratory testing services and out-licensing of intellectual property. As of June 30, 2021, the clinical laboratory testing in the U.S. CLIA laboratory represented 95.2% of the Company’s revenue (first six months of 2020: 94.0%), while the out-licensing of intellectual property revenue and grant income in Europe represented 2.5% (first six months of 2020: 3%).

F-7

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Explanatory Notes

4.    Segment information (cont.)

The Company has one customer responsible for more than 10% of the Company’s revenues over the period, represented by Medicare.

The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location from the customers is shown in the table below:

In thousands of USD

 

Jan-June
2021

 

Jan-June
2020

United States of America

 

10,487

 

9,573

The Netherlands

 

97

 

130

Rest of the EU

 

140

 

162

Rest of the world

 

7

 

15

Total segment revenue

 

10,731

 

9,880

The amount of its revenue by category is already presented on the face of the consolidated statement of income.

As of June 30, 2021, 41% of the non-current assets were located in the U.S. (30 June 2020: 51%) and the remaining 59% were located in Europe (June 30, 2020: 49%).

5.    Loans, Borrowings and Lease Liabilities

 

Loans and Borrowings

 

Other Financial Liabilities

In thousands of USD

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Beginning balance

 

13,097

 

 

9,617

 

 

1,599

 

1,599

Cash movements

   

 

   

 

       

Loans and borrowings repaid

 

0

 

 

(39

)

 

 

Loans and borrowings received

 

0

 

 

2,316

 

 

 

Non-cash movements

   

 

   

 

       

Effective interest rate adjustment

 

118

 

 

258

 

       

Foreign exchange rate impact/Other movements

 

(339

)

 

941

 

 

 

Fair value changes

 

(82

)

 

4

 

 

5

 

Balance at the closing date

 

12,794

 

 

13,097

 

 

1,604

 

1,599

Balance at

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Total

 

12,794

 

13,097

 

1,604

 

1,599

Non-current

 

9,959

 

10,279

 

1,010

 

690

Current

 

2,835

 

2,818

 

594

 

909

F-8

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Explanatory Notes

5.    Loans, Borrowings and Lease Liabilities (cont.)

 

Lease liabilities

In thousands of USD

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Beginning balance

 

2,774

 

 

1,385

 

Cash movements

   

 

   

 

Repayment of lease liabilities

 

(536

)

 

(831

)

Non-cash movements

   

 

   

 

Interest accretion

 

105

 

 

89

 

New leases

   

 

 

2,131

 

Balance at the closing date

 

2,434

 

 

2,774

 

Balance at

 

June 30,
2021

 

December 31,
2020

Total

 

2,434

 

2,774

Non-current

 

1,707

 

2,017

Current

 

636

 

757

In 2019, the Company entered into a loan facility with Kreos Capital in the amount of €9 million, or $10.5 million. The loan had a term of four years, with 12 months of interest-only payments followed by 36 months of principal and interest payments. Additionally, the Company entered into an Initial Convertible Loan for an amount of €0.6 million reflected the non-cash drawn-down fee payable by the Company to Kreos Capital. The Initial Convertible loan is convertible at any time in a fixed number of ordinary shares. Kreos Capital has also a cancellation right to require the Company to repay the Initial Convertible Loan in cash at any time (but before the Expiration Date) after the earlier to occur of (i) a repayment or prepayment in full of the loan, and (ii) sale of the entire issued share capital of MDxHealth. In such case, Kreos Capital will be paid an amount equal to 150% of the principal amount of the Initial Convertible Loan.

The Initial Convertible loan is measured as a derivative financial instrument measured at fair value through profit and loss. The fair value impact of the Initial Convertible loan was not material.

In October 2020, MDxHealth and Kreos Capital executed an amendment to the loan facility, extending the interest-only period from 12 months to 18 months. As a result of this amendment, repayment of principal has been extended from November 2020 to May 2021. As part of the amendment, the Company agreed to increase the end-of-loan fee by €67,500 (approx. $80,000) as well as to provide for €180,000 of the €9 million loan to be convertible into shares of MDxHealth at a 25% premium to the 30-day volume weighted average price immediately prior to signing the amendment. If exercised, this amount will be reduced from the principal amount due under the loan agreement. The convertible loan of €180,000 is measured as a compound financial instrument whereby the residual equity component was not material.

In April 2021, MDxHealth and Kreos Capital executed a second amendment to the loan facility, extending the interest-only period from 18 months to 27 months. As a result of this amendment, repayment of principal has been extended from May 2021 to February 2022. As part of the amendment, the Company agreed to increase the end-of-loan fee by an additional €67,500 (approx. $80,000) as well as to provide for an additional €202,500 of the €9 million loan to be convertible into shares of MDxHealth at a 25% premium to the 30-day volume weighted average price 10 days prior to signing the amendment. If exercised, this amount will be reduced from the principal amount due under the loan agreement. The convertible loan of €202,500 is measured as a compound financial instrument whereby the residual equity component was not material.

F-9

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Explanatory Notes

5.    Loans, Borrowings and Lease Liabilities (cont.)

The financial results largely related to the interest charges for the loan facility with Kreos Capital for a total of $555,000. The amortized cost is calculated using the effective interest method, which allocates interests and expenses at a constant rate over the term of the instrument; the effective interest rate for the loan is 12.16%. At June 30, 2021, the total liability for the loan is composed by a current portion of $2,596,000 and a non-current portion of $7,860,000.

The Company has several lease obligations. The leases have terms of 3 to 5 years and some of them include an option to purchase the equipment.

6.    Financial instruments and fair value

The carrying value and fair value of the financial instruments for June 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 can be presented as follows:

In thousands of USD

 

As at
June 30,
2021

 

As at
December 31,
2020

 

Hierarchy

Assets

           

At amortized cost

           

Trade receivables

 

4,294

 

3,771

   

Other current assets

 

994

 

920

   

Cash and cash equivalents

 

31,318

 

15,953

   

Subtotal financial assets at amortized cost

 

36,606

 

20,644

   

Total financial assets

 

36,606

 

20,644

   
             

Liabilities

           

At fair value

           

Other financial liabilities

 

1,604

 

1,599

 

Level 3

Subtotal financial liabilities at fair value through P&L

 

1,604

 

1,599

   
             

At amortized cost:

           

Loans and borrowings

 

12,794

 

13,097

 

Level 2

Lease liabilities

 

2,343

 

2,774

   

Trade payables

 

4,627

 

5,320

   

Subtotal financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

19,764

 

21,191

   

Total financial liabilities

 

21,368

 

22,790

   

The fair value of the financial instruments has been determined on the basis of the following methods and assumptions:

•      The carrying value of the cash and cash equivalents, the trade receivables, the trade payables and the other liabilities approximate their fair value due to their short-term character.

•      The fair value of loans and borrowings applying the Effective Interest Rate (EIR)-method approximates their carrying value (level 2). Applying a market rate would not result in a materially different fair value for the Paycheck Protection Program (PPP) loan with the U.S. Small Business Administration which carries an interest rate of 1% and was obtained as part of the U.S Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act.

F-10

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Explanatory Notes

6.    Financial instruments and fair value (cont.)

•      Leases are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, using a discount rate based on the incremental borrowing rate at the commencement date of these leases. Their fair value approximates their carrying value.

•      The fair value of contingent consideration payable (presented in the condensed consolidated interim statement of financial position under “other non-current financial liabilities” and “other current financial liabilities”) is based on an estimated outcome of the conditional purchase price/contingent payments arising from contractual obligations (level 3). This is initially recognized as part of the purchase price and subsequently fair valued with changes recorded through other operating income in the statement of profit or loss. The Company used a discount rate of 9.30%. The effect of the fair value measurement is $5,000 in the condensed consolidated interim financial statements.

•      Financial instruments are evaluated based on the mark-to-market report and the unrealised gains (loss) are recognised through the statement of profit or loss.

Fair value hierarchy

The Company uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

•      Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

•      Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

•      Level 3: techniques which use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

No financial assets or financial liabilities have been reclassified between the valuation categories during the period.

7.    Contingent consideration

The Company signed a sale and purchase agreement on September 18, 2015 to acquire all shares and voting interests of NovioGendix, an entity incorporated in The Netherlands.

Under the terms of the agreement, the Company is committed to pay up to $3.3 million subject to meeting certain milestones, be payable in six milestone payments. As of 30 June 2021, the Company paid $1.1 million.

The contingent consideration is valued at every reporting date and the change in fair value only relates to the time value of money, all other assumptions remained unchanged compared to 31 December 2020. This contingent liability has been evaluated at a fair-value of $1.6 million as of 30 June 2021 ($1.6 million at 31 December 2020) in our interim consolidated statement of financial position, where $1,010,000 is included in “other non-current financial liabilities” and $594,000 in “other current financial liabilities” ($690,000 in “other non-current financial liabilities” and $909,000 in “other current financial liabilities” at 31 December 2020).

8.    Related party transactions

There were no transactions to key personnel other than remuneration, warrants and bonus and those already disclosed in the Company’s 2020 consolidated financial statements. For the first half of 2021, the total remuneration for key management and Directors was $1.0 million, with no warrants being were granted.

There were no other related party transactions.

F-11

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Explanatory Notes

9.    Warrant plans

The General Assembly of May 27th, 2021 approved the creation of 3,600,000 “2021 Share Options” of which none have currently been granted in the first half of 2021.

During the first half of 2021, the Company granted a total of 14,000 warrants to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The warrants have been granted free of charge. Each warrant entitles its holder to subscribe to one common share of the Company at a subscription price determined by the board of directors, within the limits decided upon at the time of their issuance.

The warrants issued have generally a term of ten years as of issuance. Upon expiration of their term, the warrants become null and void. In general, the warrants vest in cumulative tranches of 25% per year, provided that the beneficiary has provided at least one year of service.

The fair value of each warrant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

•      The dividend return is estimated by reference to the historical dividend payment of the Group; currently, this is estimated to be zero as no dividends have been paid since inception

•      The expected volatility was determined using the average volatility of the stock over the last two years at the date of grant

•      Risk-free interest rate is based on the interest rate applicable for the 10Y Belgian government bond at the grant date

The model inputs for warrants granted during the period ended June 30, 2021 included:

Grant date

 

March 01

 

May 03

 

June 01

Exercise price

 

1.08

 

 

1.16

 

 

1.18

 

Expiry date

 

 

3/31/2027

 

 

 

3/31/2027

 

 

 

3/31/2027

 

Share price at grant date

 

1.03

 

 

1.15

 

 

1.31

 

Expected price volatility

 

 

65.06

%

 

 

64.59

%

 

 

65.82

%

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

0

%

 

 

0.01

%

 

 

0.01

%

The total fair value of the granted warrant is estimated at $6,000 following the underlying assumptions of the model.

10.    Share Capital

In January 2021, the Company raised in total €25.0 million ($30.4 million) in gross proceeds by issuance of 27,777,777 new shares at an issue price of EUR 0.90 per share through a private placement. The 27,777,777 newly issued shares were issued pursuant to a capital increase in cash that was decided by the Company’s board of directors within the framework of the authorised capital with dis-application of the preferential subscription rights of existing shareholders of the Company and, in so far as required, of existing holders of subscription rights (share options) issued by the Company. Of the 27,777,777 newly issued shares, 18,138,288 newly issued shares were immediately admitted to listing and trading on the regulated market of Euronext Brussels upon their issuance, while the 9,639,489 shares, were not immediately admitted to listing trading on the regulated market of Euronext Brussels upon their issuance (as their admission to listing and trading was subject to the approval of a listing prospectus). After deduction of the costs directly associated to the transaction, the net proceeds raised amounts to $28.3 million.

F-12

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Explanatory Notes

10.    Share Capital (cont.)

Further, on May 27, 2021 the General Assembly approved the authorization for the Board of Directors to execute a capital increase up to a maximum of EUR 90,132,067.69 for a period of 5 years ending May 26, 2026.

11.    Statutory auditor’s report to the Board of Directors of MDxHealth SA on the review of consolidated interim financial information for the six-month period ended 30 June 2021

Introduction

We have reviewed the accompanying interim consolidated statement of financial position of MDxHealth SA as of 30 June 2021 and the related interim consolidated statements of comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for the six-month period then ended, as well as the explanatory notes. The Board of Directors is responsible for the preparation and presentation of this consolidated interim financial information in accordance with IAS 34 “Interim Financial Reporting”, as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the European Union. Our responsibility is to express a conclusion on this consolidated interim financial information based on our review.

Scope of review

We conducted our review in accordance with International Standard on Review Engagements 2410, “Review of Interim Financial Information Performed by the Independent Auditor of the Entity”. A review of interim financial information consists of making inquiries, primarily of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters, and applying analytical and other review procedures. A review is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing and consequently does not enable us to obtain assurance that we would become aware of all significant matters that might be identified in an audit. Accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion.

Conclusion

Based on our review, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe that the accompanying consolidated interim financial information is not prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with IAS 34 “Interim Financial Reporting”, as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the European Union.

Material uncertainty related to going concern

The accompanying consolidated financial information has been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. Without modifying our conclusion, we draw your attention to Note 1 to the consolidated interim financial information, where is disclosed that the Company has suffered recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 1. The consolidated financial information does not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Zaventem, 26 August 2021

BDO Bedrijfsrevisoren BV / BDO Réviseurs d’Entreprises SRL
Statutory auditor
Represented by Bert Kegels

F-13

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Shareholders and Board of Directors
MDxHealth SA

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MDxHealth SA (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

Uncertainty related to going concern

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2.3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered recurring losses and negative cash flows from operations that raise substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2.3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ BDO Réviseurs d’Entreprises SRL

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2004.

Zaventem, Belgium

6 August 2021

F-14

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of profit or loss

Thousands of $ (Except per share Amounts)
For the years ended December 31

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

Services

 

3

 

18,064

 

 

11,443

 

Licenses

 

3

 

250

 

 

250

 

Royalties

 

3

 

58

 

 

92

 

Government grants

 

3

 

88

 

 

0

 

Revenues

     

18,460

 

 

11,785

 

Cost of goods & services sold

 

3

 

(10,416

)

 

(11,755

)

Gross profit

     

8,044

 

 

30

 

Research and development expenses

 

4

 

(4,543

)

 

(8,997

)

Selling and marketing expenses

 

4

 

(16,752

)

 

(17,809

)

General and administrative expenses

 

4

 

(13,990

)

 

(15,196

)

Other operating income

     

118

 

 

1

 

Other operating expenses

 

8

 

0

 

 

(1,198

)

Operating Loss

     

(27,123

)

 

(43,169

)

Financial income

 

6

 

4

 

 

10

 

Financial expenses

 

6

 

(1,543

)

 

(516

)

Loss before income tax

     

(28,662

)

 

(43,675

)

Income tax

 

7

 

0

 

 

575

 

Loss for the year

     

(28,662

)

 

(43,100

)

         

 

   

 

Earnings per share attributable to parent (EPS)

       

 

   

 

Basic and Diluted, $

 

19

 

(0.34

)

 

(0.69

)

F-15

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

Loss for the year

     

(28,662

)

 

(43,100

)

Other comprehensive income

       

 

   

 

Items that will be reclassified to profit or loss:

       

 

   

 

Exchange differences arising from translation of foreign operations

     

(383

)

 

253

 

Total other comprehensive income/(loss)

     

(383

)

 

253

 

Total comprehensive loss for the year (net of tax)

     

(29,045

)

 

(42,847

)

F-16

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of financial position

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

ASSETS

       

 

   

 

Non-current assets

       

 

   

 

Intangible assets

 

9

 

5,058

 

 

7,269

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

10

 

973

 

 

1,067

 

Right-of-use assets

 

10

 

2,734

 

 

1,385

 

Total non-current assets

     

8,765

 

 

9,721

 

         

 

   

 

Current assets

       

 

   

 

Inventories

 

11

 

2,324

 

 

1,192

 

Trade receivables

 

12/18

 

3,771

 

 

6,645

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

12

 

1,043

 

 

1,020

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

13/18

 

15,953

 

 

22,050

 

Total current assets

     

23,091

 

 

30,907

 

TOTAL ASSETS

     

31,856

 

 

40,628

 

         

 

   

 

EQUITY

       

 

   

 

Share capital

 

21

 

76,716

 

 

62,841

 

Issuance premium

 

21

 

136,349

 

 

136,349

 

Retained earnings

     

(215,300

)

 

(186,638

)

Share-based compensation

 

23

 

9,385

 

 

8,090

 

Translation reserve

     

(1,301

)

 

(918

)

Total equity

     

5,849

 

 

19,724

 

         

 

   

 

LIABILITIES

       

 

   

 

Non-current liabilities

       

 

   

 

Loans and borrowings

 

14/18

 

10,279

 

 

9,052

 

Lease liabilities

 

14/15

 

2,017

 

 

735

 

Other non-current financial liabilities

 

15/18

 

690

 

 

690

 

Total non-current liabilities

     

12,986

 

 

10,477

 

         

 

   

 

Current liabilities

       

 

   

 

Loans and borrowings

 

14/18

 

2,818

 

 

565

 

Lease liabilities

 

14/15

 

757

 

 

650

 

Trade payables

 

17/18

 

5,320

 

 

4,958

 

Other current liabilities

 

17

 

3,217

 

 

3,345

 

Other current financial liabilities

 

15/18

 

909

 

 

909

 

Total current liabilities

     

13,021

 

 

10,427

 

Total liabilities

     

26,007

 

 

20,904

 

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

     

31,856

 

 

40,628

 

F-17

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Thousands of $

 

Share
Capital &
Issuance
Premium

 


Attributable to Owners of MDxhealth SA

 

Total Equity

Retained
Earnings

 

Share-based
Compensation

 

Translation
Reserve

 

Notes

 

21

 

   

 

 

23

   

 

   

 

Balance at January 1, 2019

 

189,608

 

 

(143,538

)

 

7,218

 

(1,171

)

 

52,117

 

Loss for the year

   

 

 

(43,100

)

       

 

 

(43,100

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

253

 

 

253

 

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

 

(43,100

)

 

 

 

253

 

 

(42,847

)

     

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

   

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

Issuance of shares

 

10,040

 

   

 

       

 

 

10,040

 

Deduction of transaction costs

 

(458

)

   

 

       

 

 

(458

)

Share-based compensation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

872

 

 

 

 

872

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

199,190

 

 

(186,638

)

 

8,090

 

(918

)

 

19,724

 

     

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

Balance at January 1, 2020

 

199,190

 

 

(186,638

)

 

8,090

 

(918

)

 

19,724

 

Loss for the year

   

 

 

(28,662

)

       

 

 

(28,662

)

Other comprehensive income

   

 

   

 

     

(383

)

 

(383

)

Total comprehensive income for the year

 

 

 

 

(28,662

)

 

 

 

(383

)

 

(29,045

)

     

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

   

 

   

 

       

 

   

 

Issuance of shares

 

14,186

 

   

 

       

 

 

14,186

 

Deduction of transaction costs

 

(311

)

   

 

       

 

 

(311

)

Share-based compensation costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,295

 

 

 

 

1,295

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

213,065

 

 

(215,300

)

 

9,385

 

(1,301

)

 

5,849

 

F-18

Table of Contents

Consolidated statement of cash flow

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

       

 

   

 

Operating loss

     

(27,123

)

 

(43,169

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

9/10

 

3,332

 

 

3,420

 

Impairment

 

8/9

 

273

 

 

6,292

 

Share-based compensation

 

23

 

1,295

 

 

872

 

Other non-cash transactions

     

26

 

 

1

 

Cash used in operations before working capital changes

     

(22,197

)

 

(32,584

)

         

 

   

 

Increase (-)/Decrease (+) in inventories

 

11

 

(1,132

)

 

615

 

Decrease (+) in receivables

 

12

 

2,851

 

 

12,188

 

Increase (+)/Decrease (-) in payables

 

17/18

 

234

 

 

(2,508

)

Net cash outflow from OPERATING ACTIVITIES

     

(20,244

)

 

(22,289

)

         

 

   

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

       

 

   

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

10

 

(537

)

 

(73

)

Net cash outflow from investing activities

     

(537

)

 

(73

)

         

 

   

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

       

 

   

 

Proceeds from issuance of shares (net of transaction costs)

 

21

 

13,875

 

 

9,582

 

Proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt

 

14/15

 

2,316

 

 

10,111

 

Payment of long-term debt

 

15

 

0

 

 

(589

)

Payment of lease liability

 

15

 

(831

)

 

(815

)

Payment of interest

 

6

 

(1,070

)

 

(324

)

Net cash inflow from financing activities

     

14,290

 

 

17,965

 

         

 

   

 

Net (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     

(6,491

)

 

(4,397

)

         

 

   

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the financial year

     

22,050

 

 

26,203

 

Effect on Exchange rate changes

     

394

 

 

244

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the financial year

 

13/18

 

15,953

 

 

22,050

 

F-19

Table of Contents

Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 1 :

 

Status and principal activity

NOTE 2 :

 

Summary of Significant Accounting policies

NOTE 3 :

 

Revenue and Cost of goods & services sold

NOTE 4 :

 

Nature of expenses

NOTE 5 :

 

Personnel costs

NOTE 6 :

 

Finance income/(expenses)

NOTE 7 :

 

Taxes

NOTE 8 :

 

Goodwill

NOTE 9 :

 

Intangible assets

NOTE 10 :

 

Property, plant and equipment and right of-use assets

NOTE 11 :

 

Inventories

NOTE 12 :

 

Trade and other receivables

NOTE 13 :

 

Cash and cash equivalents

NOTE 14 :

 

Loans, borrowings and lease liabilities

NOTE 15:

 

Liabilities arising from financing activities

NOTE 16 :

 

Contractual obligations

NOTE 17 :

 

Trade and other payables

NOTE 18 :

 

Financial instruments and fair value

NOTE 19 :

 

Earnings per share

NOTE 20 :

 

Financial risk management

NOTE 21 :

 

Share capital and reserves

NOTE 22 :

 

Retirement benefit schemes

NOTE 23 :

 

Share-based payments

NOTE 24 :

 

Related parties

NOTE 25 :

 

Significant agreements, commitments and contingencies

NOTE 26 :

 

Subsequent events

NOTE 27 :

 

Subsidiaries

NOTE 28:

 

Principal audit fees and services

NOTE 29 :

 

Alternative performance measures (APMs)

F-20

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 1:    Status and principal activity

MDxHealth SA (“The Company”) is a limited liability company incorporated in Belgium.

MDxHealth is a molecular diagnostics company that develops and commercializes advanced epigenetic and other molecular tests for cancer assessment and the personalized treatment of patients. Applying its DNA methylation platform and proprietary biomarkers, the Company helps address a large and growing unmet medical need for better cancer diagnosis and treatment information. The Company develops and commercializes advanced molecular diagnostic products for personalized cancer treatment that provide physicians with tools to aid in the diagnosis and or prognosis of cancers, and aid in the physician’s ability to predict disease progression and response to therapy. MDxHealth’s products and pipeline cover primarily urologic cancers, but in addition, MDxHealth has numerous proprietary biomarkers for other solid cancer types ready for development.

MDxHealth’s assays deliver highly accurate analytical results and can be performed on a variety of sample types including formalin-fixed paraffin embedded (FFPE) tissue, fresh/frozen tissue, urine, plasma, serum, sputum, broncho-alveolar lavages and stool using commercially available PCR equipment.

MDxHealth offers our laboratory solutions from our state-of-the-art, 32,379 sqft, College of American Pathologists (CAP)-accredited and Clinical Laboratory Improvement Amendments of 1988 (“CLIA”) certified, molecular laboratory facility located at our U.S. headquarters in Irvine, California. MDxHealth also operates in The Netherlands where MDxHealth BV offers the design and development, manufacturing, service laboratory activities and client services of in vitro diagnostic test kits, in vitro diagnostic reagents used for molecular diagnostic detection of oncological diseases from our ISO 13485:2016 certified, molecular laboratory facility located at our headquarters in Nijmegen, the Netherlands.

The Company is headquartered in Belgium. The parent company, MDxHealth SA, has its registered and corporate office in Cap Business Center, Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium. MDxHealth, Inc., the Company’s US subsidiary, is located at 15279 Alton Parkway — Suite 100 — Irvine, CA 92618, United States. MDxHealth B.V., the Company’s Dutch subsidiary, is located at Transistorweg 5, 6534 Nijmegen, The Netherlands.

The functional and presentation currency is the US Dollar.

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies

2.1. Basis of preparation and statement of compliance

MDxHealth’s consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations issued by the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRS IC) applicable to companies reported under IFRS. The financial statements comply with IFRS as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are set out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. All amounts are presented in thousands of US Dollars ($) unless otherwise indicated, rounded to the nearest thousand.

F-21

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

2.2. Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the financial statements of MDxHealth SA (Belgium) and its subsidiaries, including MDxHealth Inc. (United States), and MDxHealth BV (The Netherlands) for each fiscal year ending on December 31.

Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Company has control. The Company controls an entity when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities of the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Company. The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations by the Company.

All intercompany balances, profits and transactions are eliminated upon consolidation.

2.3. Going Concern

The Company has experienced net losses and significant cash used in operating activities since its inception in 2003, and as of December 31, 2020, had an accumulated deficit of $215.3 million, a net loss of $28.6 million, and net cash used in operating activities of $20.2 million. Management expects the Company to continue to incur net losses and have significant cash outflows for at least the next twelve months. While these conditions, among others, could raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, these consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. This basis of accounting contemplates the recovery of our assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. A successful transition to attaining profitable operations is dependent upon achieving a level of positive cash flows adequate to support the Company’s cost structure.

As at December 31, 2020, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $16.0 million. In addition, in January 2021, the Company raised €25.0 million ($ 30.4 million) in gross proceeds by means of a private placement of 27,777,777 new shares (being approximately 30.63% of the Company’s outstanding shares) at an issue price of €0.90 per share through an accelerated bookbuild offering (for further details of this transaction, refer to Note 26 Subsequent Events).

Furthermore, in April 2021, MDxHealth and Kreos Capital executed a second amendment to the loan facility, extending the interest-only period from 18 months to 27 months. As a result of this amendment, repayment of principal has been extended from May 2021 to February 2022. As part of the amendment, the Company agreed to increase the end-of-loan fee by an additional €67,500 (approx. $80,000) as well as to provide for an additional €202,500 of the €9 million loan to be convertible into shares of MDxHealth at a 25% premium to the 30-day volume weighted average price 10 days prior to signing the amendment. If exercised, this amount will be reduced from the principal amount due under the loan agreement.

Taking into account the above financial situation and on the basis of the most recent business plan, the Company believes that it has sufficient cash to be able to continue its operations for at least the next twelve months from the date of issuance of these financial statements, and accordingly has prepared the consolidated financial statements assuming that it will continue as a going concern. This assessment is based on forecasts and projections within management’s most recent business plan as well as the Company’s expected ability to realize cost reductions should these forecasts and projections not be met. However, there is a material uncertainty about a going concern since the Company may incur higher than expected losses and cash outflows, may not be able to realize its business plan, or may not be successful in taking alternative measures, such as cost reductions or attracting new financing.

F-22

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

2.4. Use of estimates and judgments

Management makes certain critical accounting estimates and management judgment when applying the Company’s accounting policies, which affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates and judgments are continuously evaluated based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events, which are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. In the future, actual experience may differ from these estimates and assumptions.

The areas where assumptions and estimation uncertainties in the financial statements have potentially the most significant effect in 2020, are listed below:

Revenue recognition (see Note 3):

The Company analyzes historical collection data on a quarterly basis and makes adjustments to its estimates. In accordance with IFRS 15, revenue is recognized where such a variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent that it is highly probable that the amount of revenue recognized will not be subject to significant future reversals as a result of subsequent re-estimation.

Deferred income tax (see Note 7)

Management estimates unused tax credits and tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the tax credits and tax losses can be utilized. On December 31, 2020 the Company had a consolidated net tax loss carried forward amounting to $276,166,000 (2019: $279,752,000), implying a potential deferred tax asset of $69,041,000 (2019: $82,751,000). No deferred tax assets have been recognized on December 31, 2020.

Impairment Testing (see Note 8, 9 and 10)

Management periodically assess whether there are events or circumstances that indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible or tangible asset may not be recoverable. When such indications exist, management estimates the recoverable amount and records an impairment accordingly.

As of December 31, 2020, there were no indications of impairment. In addition, as of December 31, 2020, the Company had no outstanding goodwill remaining after the company fully impaired its goodwill in 2019.

Share-Based Payments (see Note 23)

Management estimates the fair value of the equity-settled share-based payment transactions by using the Black-Scholes option valuation model:

•      The dividend return is estimated by reference to the historical dividend payment of the Company. Currently, this is estimated to be zero as no dividends have been paid since inception.

•      The expected volatility was determined using the average volatility of the stock over the last two years at the date of grant.

•      Risk-free interest rate is based on the interest rate applicable for the 10Y Belgian government bond at the grant date

F-23

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

Going Concern (note 2.3)

Management needs to make significant judgements whether the Company will have sufficient liquidity to continue operations during the next twelve months. We refer to Note 2.3 for management assessment.

2.5. New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments

2.5.1. New Standards, Interpretations and Amendments adopted by the Company

The accounting policies have been consistently applied by the Company and are consistent with those used in previous years.

In the current financial year, the Company has applied the amendments to IFRS standards issued by the IASB for the annual period starting on 1 January 2020. This adoption has not had any material impact on the disclosures or on the amounts reported in these financial statements.

2.5.2. Standards and Interpretations issued but not yet effective in the current period

Certain new standards and amendments to standards have been published, these were not mandatory for 31 December 2020 reporting period.

No amendments to standards that are issued but not yet effective are considered to affect the Company’s accounting policies or any of the disclosures when applied for the first time.

2.6. Foreign currency translation

Functional and presentation currency

Items included in the financial statements of each of the Company’s entities are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the functional currency). The Company’s functional and presentation currency is the US dollar based on the continuing development of the commercial activities in the US market.

Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates at the date of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at year end exchange rates are generally recognized in profit or loss.

The results and financial positions of foreign operations that have a functional currency different from the presentation currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:

•      Assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet

•      Income and expenses for each statement of profit or loss and statement of comprehensive income are translated at average exchange rates, and

•      All resulting exchange differences are recognized in other comprehensive income.

F-24

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

2.7. Revenue recognition

Performance obligations and timing of revenue recognition

The majority of the Company’s revenue is derived from laboratory services with revenue recognized at a point in time when control of the services has transferred to the customer. This is generally when the test results are delivered to the customer.

Minor other Company’s revenue is derived from license fees, royalties and government grants:

•      License fees are recognized when the Company has fulfilled all conditions and obligations. If the Company has continuing performance obligations towards the fees, the fee will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the contractual performance period.

•      Royalties are recognized as revenue once the amounts due can be reliably estimated based on the sale of the underlying products and services and when the collection of the royalties can be reasonably assured.

•      Government grants are recognized as revenue over the life of the grant as the required or planned activities are performed and the related costs incurred and when there is reasonable assurance that the Company will comply with the conditions of the grant.

License fees are recognized when the Company has fulfilled all conditions and obligations. A license fee will not be recognized if the amount cannot be reasonably estimated and if the payment is doubtful.

License up-front (signature fees) and non-refundable fees for access to prior research results and databases are recognized when earned, if the Company has no continuing performance obligations and all conditions and obligations are fulfilled. If the Company has continuing performance obligations towards the fees, the fee will be recognized on a straight-line basis over the contractual performance period.

Royalties are generated from the sales by third parties of products or services which incorporate the Company’s proprietary technology. Royalties are recognized as revenue once the amounts due can be reliably estimated based on the sale of the underlying products and services and when the collection of the royalties can be reasonably assured.

Determining the transaction price

A large portion of the Company’s revenues are derived from Medicare, which has set a fixed price (via a Local Coverage Determination or “LCD”) for the Company’s ConfirmMDx test. Therefore, the amount of revenue recognized from Medicare for ConfirmMDx is determined by reference to the fixed price in the LCD.

For other commercial insurance companies for ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx, where there is no certainty of the amount that will be paid for services rendered, the Company uses historical collection data — on an individual payor basis — to estimate its future collection and corresponding revenues that should be recognized for each of ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx.

F-25

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

The Company analyzes historical collection data on a quarterly basis and makes quarterly adjustments to its estimates. In accordance with IFRS 15, revenue is recognized where such a variable consideration is included in the transaction price only to the extent that it is highly probable that the amount of revenue recognized will not be subject to significant future reversals as a result of subsequent re-estimation.

When historical collection data is insufficient to estimate future collections, the Company defaults to cash basis, meaning that revenues will not be recognized until actual cash payment is received from the payor.

Total revenue in any given year includes amounts related to tests performed in previous years as:

•      unrecognized amounts are collected;

•      recognized amounts are collected for different amounts than initially accrued for; and

•      balances outstanding for more than 12 months are reversed.

2.8. Segment information

Information for the Company’s operating segments has been determined by reference to the information used by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) of the Company to review the performance of the Company and in making decisions on allocation of resources, the nature of the activities and the management structure and accountabilities. The Company’s CEO has been identified as the chief operating decision maker in accordance with his designated responsibility for the allocation of resources to operating segments and assessing their performance through periodic reporting. The CODM periodically reviews the Company’s performance based on information at a company level.

The Company does not distinguish different business segments since most revenues are generated from clinical laboratory service testing, or the out-licensing of the Company’s patented DNA methylation platform and biomarkers. On an ancillary and opportunistic basis, the Company may engage in contracting out its R&D and scientific expertise to commercial and non-commercial entities. The Company is not organized, nor does it operate along business lines and all functions supported all the Company’s commercial endeavors.

2.9. Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess between the fair value of the consideration paid for an acquisition and the fair value of the Company’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired company at the date of the acquisition. Where intangible assets are identified in the acquired company, such as intellectual property, brands, ongoing contracts or customer lists, these are valued to form part of the net identifiable assets.

Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment of goodwill is not reversed.

Goodwill is allocated to cash generating units, which are expected to receive future economic benefits from synergies that are most likely to arise from the acquisition. These cash generating units form the basis of any future assessment of impairment of the carrying value of the goodwill.

F-26

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

2.10. Externally acquired intangible assets

Intangible assets are recognized on business combinations if they are separable from the acquired entity or give rise to other contractual/legal rights. The amounts ascribed to such intangibles are determined using appropriate valuation techniques.

Externally generated intangible assets are carried at their cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Externally acquired patents and software licenses are initially recognized at cost and are subsequently amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives on the following basis:

•      Patents: shorter of 5 years or the remaining patent life

•      Software: shorter of 5 years or the software license period

•      Developed technology: 10 years

•      In-Process Research and Development: indefinite until the completion or abandonment of the associated research and development effort.

2.11. Internally generated intangible assets (development costs)

Development costs are capitalized if it can be demonstrated that:

•      It is technically feasible to develop the product for it to be sold;

•      Adequate resources are available to complete the development;

•      There is an intention to complete and sell the product;

•      The Company is able to sell the product

•      Sale of the product will generate future economic benefits, and;

•      Expenditures on the project can be measured reliably.

Internally generated intangible assets are carried at their cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated impairment losses. Amortization over the asset’s useful life shall begin when the asset is available for use.

2.12. Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Repair and maintenance costs are charged to the income statement as incurred. Gains and losses on the disposal of property, plant and equipment are included in other income or expenses. Depreciation is charged to write off the cost or valuation of assets over their useful lives, using the straight-line method, on the following basis:

•      Equipment: 5 years

•      IT hardware and software: 3 years

•      Furniture: 5 years

F-27

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

•      Vehicles: 5 years

•      Leasehold improvements: in line with the lease agreement period

2.13. Right-of-use assets and liabilities

Right-of-use assets:

The Company recognizes right-of-use assets at the commencement date of the lease (i.e., the date the underlying asset is available for use). Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of lease liabilities. The cost of right-of-use assets includes the amount of lease liabilities recognized, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease incentives received. Unless the Company is reasonably certain to obtain ownership of the leased asset at the end of the lease term, the recognized right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the shorter of its estimated useful life (see 2.12) and the lease term. Right-of-use assets are subject to impairment.

Lease liabilities:

At the commencement date of the lease, the Company recognizes lease liabilities measured at the present value of lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including in substance fixed payments) less any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees. The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option reasonably certain to be exercised by the Company and payments of penalties for terminating a lease, if the lease term reflects the Company exercising the option to terminate. The variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognized as expense in the period on which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs. In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for the lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the in-substance fixed lease payments or a change in the assessment to purchase the underlying asset.

Short-term leases and leases of low-value assets:

The Company applies the short-term lease recognition exemption to its short-term leases of machinery and equipment (i.e., those leases that have a lease term of 12 months or less from the commencement date and do not contain a purchase option). It also applies the lease of low-value assets recognition exemption to leases of office equipment that are considered of low value (i.e., below $5,000). Lease payments on short-term leases and low-value assets are recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss as incurred.

2.14. Impairment of assets

Goodwill acquired in a business combination and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortizations and are tested annually for impairment, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other assets are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifiable cash

F-28

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

inflows which are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets (cash generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period.

2.15. Inventories

Inventories are initially recognized at cost, and subsequently at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost comprises merely purchase costs, as the inventory consists solely of raw materials. Raw materials are not ordinarily interchangeable, and they are as such accounted for using the specific identification of their individual cost.

The Company does not account for work in progress and finished products.

2.16. Trade receivables

Trade receivables do not carry any interest and are recognized initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortized cost, less provision for impairment.

2.17. Government Grants

A government grant is only recorded as a payable/receivable when (i) the grant has been approved by the granting party, (ii) the amounts are measurable, and (iii) the Company believes it will meet the conditions necessary to be able to receive/use the grant.

2.18. Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents are carried in the balance sheet at nominal value. For the purposes of the cash flow statements, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand, deposits held on call with banks, other short-term highly liquid investments and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts, if any, are included in borrowings included in current liabilities.

2.19. Taxation

Current tax assets and liabilities for the current period are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted, at the reporting date.

Deferred income tax is provided in full using the “balance sheet liability method”, on temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes.

Deferred tax liabilities are recognized for all taxable differences. Deferred tax assets are recognized for all deductible temporary differences, carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses, to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilized.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized. Unrecognized deferred tax assets are reassessed at each reporting date and are recognized to the extent that it has become probable that future taxable profits will allow the deferred tax asset to be recovered.

F-29

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the year when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax rates (and tax laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.

Deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities are offset, if a legally enforceable right exists to set off current tax assets against current income tax liabilities and the deferred taxes relate to the same taxable entity and the same taxation authority.

2.20. Share Capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

2.21. Financial Assets

The financial assets consist mainly of trade receivables and other current assets (deposits)

Classification and measurement on initial recognition

The classification of financial assets at initial recognition depends on the financial asset’s contractual cash flow characteristics and the Company’s business model for managing them. With the exception of trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Company has applied the practical expedient, the Company initially measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs. Trade receivables that do not contain a significant financing component or for which the Company has applied the practical expedient are measured at the transaction price.

2.21.1. Subsequent measurement

After initial recognition, trade receivables and some other current assets are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less provision for impairment based on expected credit losses.

2.21.2. Impairment

The Company recognizes an allowance for expected credit losses (ECLs) for all debt instruments not held at fair value through profit or loss. For trade receivables and contract assets, the Company applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. A loss allowance is recognized at each reporting date based on lifetime ECLs. The Company established a provision matrix that is based on its historical loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the economic environment.

For all other receivables, ECLs are based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all the cash flows that the Company expects to receive, discounted at an approximation of the original effective interest rate. The expected cash flows will include cash flows from the sale of collateral held or other credit enhancements that are integral to the contractual terms. ECLs are recognized in two stages. For credit exposures for which there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses that result from default events that are possible within the next 12-months (a 12-month ECL). For those credit exposures for which there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, a loss allowance is required for credit losses expected over the remaining life of the exposure, irrespective of the timing of the default (a lifetime ECL).

F-30

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 2:    Summary of Significant Accounting policies (cont.)

2.22. Financial Liabilities

The financial liabilities consist mainly of loans and borrowings, lease liabilities, trade and other payables and contingent consideration related to business combinations.

2.22.1. Measurement on initial recognition

At initial recognition financial liabilities are measured at fair value minus transaction costs unless the financial liability is carried at fair value through profit or loss, in which case the transaction costs are immediately recognized in profit or loss. The best estimate of the fair value at initial recognition is usually the transaction price, represented by the fair value of the consideration given or received in exchange for the financial instrument. Any difference between the fair value estimated by the entity and the transaction price (“day one gain or loss”) is recognized:

•      in the income statement if the estimate is evidenced by a quoted price in an active market; and

•      deferred as an adjustment to the carrying amount of the financial instrument in all other cases.

The fair value of the contingent consideration payable at the date of acquisition is computed as the sum of the probability weighted values of the fair values of the purchase prices associated with each of the potential product development routes. The fair value of each route is in turn computed as the sum of the survival probability discounted present values of the contingent payments in each such route including the milestone and commercialization payments. Any other financial liability included in the consideration payable for a business combination is recorded at fair value at the date of acquisition.

2.22.2. Subsequent measurement

After initial recognition, loans & borrowings, lease liabilities, trade and other payables, are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The contingent consideration is measured at fair value and reviewed on a regular basis, and at least at each reporting date, and any changes in fair value are recorded in the consolidated statement of profit or loss under other operating income/expenses.

2.23. Retirement benefit schemes and employee savings schemes

Payments to defined contribution employee savings schemes are charged as an expense as they fall due. The Company does not offer nor operate any defined benefit schemes for its employees.

2.24. Share-based compensation plans for personnel, directors and business associates

The Company grants stock options in accordance with several share-based compensation plans in consideration for services performed by personnel, directors and business associates. The cost of the services rendered is measured at the fair value of the granted options and recognized as an expense in the income statement. The corresponding credit is recorded directly into equity.

The estimate of the number of options which will ultimately vest is revised at each reporting date. The change in estimate is recorded as an expense with a corresponding correction in equity.

The received amount, less directly attributable transaction costs, will be recorded as share capital and share premium when the options are exercised.

F-31

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 3:    Revenue and Cost of goods & services sold

Revenue

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Services

 

18,064

 

11,453

Licenses

 

250

 

250

Royalties

 

58

 

92

Government grants

 

88

 

0

Total revenue

 

18,460

 

11,785

Total revenue for 2020 was $18,460,000 compared to total revenue of $11,785,000 for 2019. During the fourth quarter of 2019, and based on current and historical collections data available at the time, the Company updated certain assumptions to its estimates, primarily related to management’s decision to reduce the amount of time it carries accounts receivable from 24 months to 12 months, which negatively affected the 2019 revenues by $10,078,000.

The table below shows a summary of billable test volume by product over 2020 and 2019. The decrease is mainly related to the COVID-19 impact.

Product

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

% Change

2020

 

2019

 

ConfirmMDx

 

14,945

 

18,195

 

(18

)%

SelectMDx

 

13,201

 

21,699

 

(39

)%

ConfirmMDx accounted for 94% of total services revenue in 2020 and 92% in 2019.

At the end of 2020, the Company had concluded agreements with 112 payors for ConfirmMDx (2019: 90) and 42 payors for SelectMDx (2019: 32). In 2018 Medicare established a Final Positive Local Coverage Determination for use of ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer.

In April 2020, the Dutch subsidiaries, MDxHealth BV and MDxHealth Research BV, were granted with a preliminary allowance of approximately $114,000 related to the COVID-19 outbreak and its resulting revenue loss. After assessment, the Company did record a net revenue of $88,000 and considers the reimbursement of the excess to the authorities. The final approval will occur in 2021.

Segment revenue

The Company does not distinguish different business segments since most revenues are generated from clinical laboratory service testing, or the out-licensing of the Company’s patented DNA methylation platform and biomarkers. However, the Company does distinguish different geographical operating segments based on revenue since the revenues are generated both in United States of America and Europe.

In 2020, the Company earned 99.5% (2019: 100%) of its revenue from external customers from its clinical laboratory testing services and out-licensing of intellectual property. In 2020, the clinical laboratory testing in the US CLIA laboratory represented 95% of the Company’s revenue (2019: 95%), while the out-licensing of intellectual property revenue and grant income in Europe represented 3% (2019: 5%).

F-32

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 3:    Revenue and Cost of goods & services sold (cont.)

In 2020, Medicare represented the only customer generating over 10% of the Company’s revenues, for a total of $8,805,000.

The amount of its revenue from external customers broken down by location from the customers is shown in the table below:

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

United States of America

 

17,760

 

10,878

The Netherlands

 

352

 

339

Belgium

 

29

 

32

Spain

 

132

 

194

Poland

 

16

 

38

Italy

 

38

 

43

Rest of EU

 

112

 

197

Rest of the world

 

21

 

64

Total segment revenue

 

18,460

 

11,785

At the end of 2020, 40% of the non-current assets were located in the US (2019: 52%) and the remaining 60% in Europe (2019: 48%).

Cost of goods & services sold

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Cost of goods & services sold

 

10,416

 

11,755

Total cost of goods & services sold

 

10,416

 

11,755

The costs of goods & services sold are the costs associated with providing testing services to third parties and include the cost of materials, labor (including salaries, bonuses, and benefits), transportation, collection kits, and allocated overhead costs associated with processing samples. Allocated overhead costs include depreciation of laboratory equipment, facility occupancy and information technology costs. Costs associated with processing samples are expensed when incurred, regardless of the timing of revenue recognition.

NOTE 4:    Nature of expenses

Research and development expenses

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

Personnel costs

 

5

 

1,277

 

1,143

Depreciation and amortization

 

9/10

 

1,203

 

1,283

Impairment

 

9

 

273

 

5,147

Lab consumables

     

390

 

480

Patent expenses

     

396

 

0

External research and development collaborator fees

     

874

 

880

Other expenses

     

130

 

64

Total research and development expenses

     

4,543

 

8,997

F-33

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 4:    Nature of expenses (cont.)

Research and development expenses consist of costs incurred for the development of our products. These expenses consist primarily of labor costs (including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation), reagents and supplies, clinical studies, outside services, patent expenses, depreciation of laboratory equipment, facility occupancy and information technology costs. Research and development expenses also include costs associated with assay improvements and automation workflow for our current suite of products. The Company expenses its research and development expenses in the period in which they are incurred.

During 2020, the Company recorded an impairment loss on some of its intangible assets related to previously acquired IP. A change in presentation for patent expenses has been brought in 2020 to report patent expenses under Research and Development, previously under General and Administrative expenses in the amount of $890,000 for 2019. Excluding patent expenses as well as depreciation and impairment expenses, total research and development expenses increased by 4% over 2020, primarily due to increases in personnel costs.

Selling and Marketing expenses

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

Personnel costs

 

5

 

12,839

 

12,125

Depreciation

 

9/10

 

603

 

562

Professional fees

     

497

 

255

Marketing expenses

     

1,315

 

2,664

Travel expenses

     

260

 

837

Offices & facilities expenses

     

503

 

439

Clinical validation

     

377

 

546

Other expenses

     

358

 

381

Total selling and marketing expenses

     

16,752

 

17,809

The Company’s sales and marketing expenses are expensed as incurred and include costs associated with its sales organization, including its direct clinical sales force and sales management, medical affairs, client services, marketing and managed care, as well as technical lab support and administration. These expenses consist primarily of labor costs (including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation), customer education and promotional expenses, market analysis expenses, conference fees, travel expenses and allocated overhead costs.

Selling and marketing expense decreased $1.1 million, or 6%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a reduction in marketing and travel expenses of $1.9 million as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic travel restrictions, partially offset by an increase of $0.7 million in personnel costs due to salesforce realignment and turnover in 2019.

F-34

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 4:    Nature of expenses (cont.)

General and administrative expenses

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Notes

 

2020

 

2019

Personnel costs

 

5

 

9,209

 

8,465

Depreciation and amortization

 

9/10

 

1,526

 

1,575

Professional fees

     

1,522

 

2,538

Travel expenses

     

6

 

124

Offices & facilities expenses

     

530

 

537

Royalties to third parties

     

107

 

174

Patent expenses

     

0

 

890

Board fees & expenses

     

238

 

170

Other expenses

     

852

 

723

Total general and administrative expenses

     

13,990

 

15,196

General and administrative expenses include costs for certain executives, accounting and finance, legal, revenue cycle management, information technology, human resources, and administrative functions. These expenses consist primarily of labor costs (including salaries, bonuses, benefits, and stock-based compensation), professional service fees such as consulting, accounting, legal, general corporate costs, and public-company costs associated with the Company’s European listing, as well as allocated overhead costs (rent, utilities, insurance, etc.).

General and administrative expense decreased $1.2 million, or 8%, for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the year ended December 31, 2019, primarily due to a $1.0 million reduction in professional fees as well as a reduction of $0.9 million in patent expenses which were recorded as part of research and development expenses in 2020, previously under general and administrative expenses in 2019, partially offset by an increase of $0.7 million in personnel costs due to increased headcount and benefit costs.

NOTE 5:    Personnel costs

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

The number of employees at the end of the year was:

       

Management (headcount)

 

4

 

4

Laboratory staff (headcount)

 

10

 

12

S&M staff (headcount)

 

109

 

110

G&A staff (headcount)

 

54

 

51

Total

 

177

 

177

Their aggregate remuneration comprised:

       

Wages and salaries

 

17,552

 

16,343

Social security costs

 

1,275

 

1,411

Pension costs

 

567

 

638

Health insurance expenses

 

2,093

 

1,882

Share-based compensation

 

1,295

 

872

Other costs

 

543

 

587

Total personnel costs

 

23,325

 

21,733

The personnel numbers in the table reflect year-end numbers.

F-35

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 6:    Finance income/(expenses)

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Interests income

 

4

 

 

10

 

Interests on bank loans

 

(1,345

)

 

(318

)

Foreign exchange loss

 

0

 

 

(4

)

Other financial loss

 

(198

)

 

(194

)

Net financial results

 

(1,539

)

 

(506

)

During 2019, the Company entered into a loan facility with Kreos Capital in the amount of €9.0 million, or approximately $10 million. The loan had a term of four years with the first 12 months of interest-only payments followed by 36 months of principal and interest payments. On October 20, 2020, MDxHealth and Kreos Capital executed an amendment to the 2019 loan facility, extending the interest-only period from 12 months to 18 months. As a result of this amendment, repayment of principal has been extended by 6 months, from November 2020 to May 2021. As part of the amendment, the Company agreed to increase the end-of-loan fee by €67,500 (approx. $80,000) as well as to provide for €180,000 of the €9 million loan to be convertible into shares of MDxHealth at a 25% premium to the 30-day volume weighted average price immediately prior to signing the amendment. If exercised, this amount will be reduced from the principal amount due under the loan agreement.

In April 2020, the Company announced that its U.S. subsidiary, MDxHealth, Inc., had qualified for a “Paycheck Protection Program” (PPP) loan with the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) in the amount of $2.3 million, as part of the U.S Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. The loan has a term of five years and carries an interest rate of 1.0% per year. Payments on the loan are deferred for the first eighteen months following disbursement of the loan, with principal and interest payments beginning on the nineteenth month. Interest on the loan continues to accrue during the eighteen-month deferment period. Cash proceeds from the loan were received in July 2020.

The financial results primarily relate to interest charges for the loan facility with Kreos Capital for a total of $1,205,000. Finally, the revaluation of the contingent consideration related to the acquisition of NovioGendix in 2015 represents a total of $118,000 in 2020, and $104,000 in 2019. Other financial losses relate to bank costs incurred during the year.

NOTE 7:    Taxes

Current income tax

No income taxes were payable in view of the losses incurred by the Company. On December 31, 2020 the Company had a consolidated net tax loss carried forward amounting to $276,166,000 (2019 : $279,752,000(*)), implying a potential deferred tax asset of $69,041,000 (respectively $82,751,000(*) in 2019). The tax losses related to MDxHealth SA in Belgium are available for carry forward indefinitely. The tax losses related to MDxHealth BV in Netherlands are available for carry forward to a period of 7 years.

The Company has no notional interest deduction to offset future taxable profits in 2020 and 2019.

Tax credits (investment deductions) amounted to $462,000 in 2020 and $422,000 in 2019.

____________

(*)restated with final Income Tax declaration filled

F-36

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 7:    Taxes (cont.)

It is uncertain if the Company will have taxable profits in the near future to allow all or part of the deferred tax asset to be utilized and as a result, no deferred tax asset was recognized in 2020 and 2019. The tax reconciliation and the impact of the unrecognized deferred tax assets is as follows:

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Income Statement

2020

 

2019

Loss for the year

 

(28,662

)

 

(43,100

)

Income tax expense

 

 

 

575

 

Loss before income tax

 

(28,662

)

 

(43,675

)

     

 

   

 

Tax using the MDxHealth’s domestic tax rate (25,00 % in 2020 and 29,58% in 2019)

 

(7,166

)

 

(12,919

)

Effect of unused tax losses not recognized as deferred tax assets

 

(7,166

)

 

(12,919

)

Deferred tax liabilities

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

In the Consolidated
Statement of
Financial Position

 

In the Statement of
Profit or Loss

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

Developed Technology

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

219

In-process research and development

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

356

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

575

The deferred tax liabilities relate to the intangible assets acquired and recognized as part of the business combination with MDXHealth BV (former NovioGendix).

The Dutch entity also has tax losses carried forward for a total amount of $13.8 million for which no deferred tax asset has been recognized. Significant management judgment is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profits together with future tax planning strategies. If the Dutch entity would recognize a deferred tax asset for the tax loss carryforward at December 31, 2020, the deferred tax assets would amount to $3.5 million.

Last year, in 2019, in relation with the impairment of the entire amount of the goodwill, together with the impairment of the In-process R&D, the management decided to write-off the remaining amount of the deferred tax liability of $575,000.

NOTE 8:    Goodwill

The Company tests whether goodwill has suffered any impairment on an annual basis. The recoverable amount of the cash generating unit (CGU) including the goodwill is determined based on the fair value less cost of disposal calculations by reference to the market value of the company as reflected by the quoted prices of its publicly listed shares.

Goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be impaired and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment of goodwill is not reversed.

F-37

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 9:    Intangible assets

Thousands of $

 

Intellectual
and
Property
Rights &
Software
Licenses

 

Internally
Developed
Intangible
Assets

 

Externally
Acquired
Developed
Technology

 

Externally
Developed
In-Process
R&D

 

Total

Gross value

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2019

 

5,129

 

 

9,325

 

 

4,500

 

 

3,300

 

 

22,254

 

Additions – externally acquired

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Currency translation adjustments

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14

 

Gross value at December 31, 2019

 

5,143

 

 

9,325

 

 

4,500

 

 

3,300

 

 

22,268

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2019

 

(4,080

)

 

(2,267

)

 

(1,513

)

   

 

 

(7,860

)

Additions

 

(324

)

 

(1,218

)

 

(450

)

   

 

 

(1,992

)

Impairment

 

 

 

(1,847

)

 

 

 

(3,300

)

 

(5,147

)

Accumulated amortization and impairment at December 31, 2019

 

(4,404

)

 

(5,332

)

 

(1,963

)

 

(3,300

)

 

(14,999

)

Net value at December 31, 2019

 

739

 

 

3,993

 

 

2,537

 

 

0

 

 

7,269

 

Gross value

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2020

 

5,143

 

 

9,325

 

 

4,500

 

 

3,300

 

 

22,268

 

Currency translation adjustments

 

(9

)

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

(11

)

Gross value at December 31, 2020

 

5,134

 

 

9,323

 

 

4,500

 

 

3,300

 

 

22,257

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2020

 

(4,404

)

 

(5,332

)

 

(1,963

)

 

(3,300

)

 

(14,999

)

Additions

 

(274

)

 

(1,206

)

 

(450

)

   

 

 

(1,930

)

Impairment

   

 

 

(273

)

   

 

   

 

 

(273

)

Currency translation adjustments

 

2

 

 

1

 

   

 

   

 

 

3

 

Accumulated amortization and impairment at December 31, 2020

 

(4,676

)

 

(6,810

)

 

(2,413

)

 

(3,300

)

 

(17,199

)

Net value at December 31, 2020

 

458

 

 

2,513

 

 

2,087

 

 

0

 

 

5,058

 

Amortization of intangible assets are included in research & development expenses, general & administrative expenses, and in selling and marketing expenses in the statement of profit or loss.

The Company did not capitalize development expenses during 2020 and 2019.

The In-process R&D resulted from the allocation of the purchase price paid for the acquisition of MDxHealth BV in September 2015 and is related to the development of AssureMDx. Development costs for AssureMDx are included in development assets and are not yet subject for amortization. The Company test the development costs for AssureMDx and the In-process R&D for any impairment on an annual basis. Considering the uncertainties about the future commercialization of AssureMDx, during 2019, the Company impaired the entire In-Process R&D for $3,300,000, in addition to the previously capitalized development expenses for $1,847,000. The impairment charge has been presented in the line research and development expenses for 2019.

F-38

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 10:    Property, plant and equipment and right of-use assets

In December 2019 and in April 2020, the Company entered into two lease agreements (the “Lease Agreements”) for approximately 19,000 square feet of office space in Irvine, California. The term of the Lease Agreements is 6 years and commenced in September 2020 and October 2020. Under the terms of the Lease Agreements, the Company has an option to extend the leases for a period of 5 years and is subject to additional charges for common area maintenance and other costs. Monthly rental payments due under the lease commenced in September 2020 and escalate throughout the lease terms.

Thousands of $

 

Laboratory
Equipment

 

Furniture

 

IT
Equipment

 

Leasehold
Improvements

 

Total

Gross value

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2019

 

5,736

 

 

270

 

 

450

 

 

552

 

 

7,008

 

Additions

 

22

 

   

 

 

40

 

 

11

 

 

73

 

Disposals

 

(4

)

   

 

 

(157

)

   

 

 

(161

)

Reclassification to leasing category

 

(498

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(498

)

Gross value at December 31, 2019

 

5,256

 

 

270

 

 

333

 

 

563

 

 

6,422

 

Accumulated depreciation

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2019

 

(4,047

)

 

(189

)

 

(331

)

 

(428

)

 

(4,995

)

Additions

 

(518

)

 

(22

)

 

(91

)

 

(46

)

 

(677

)

Disposals

 

1

 

   

 

 

150

 

   

 

 

151

 

Reclassification to leasing category

 

156

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

156

 

Exchange rate difference arising

 

10

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

10

 

Accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2019

 

(4,398

)

 

(211

)

 

(272

)

 

(474

)

 

(5,355

)

Net value at December 31, 2019

 

858

 

 

59

 

 

61

 

 

89

 

 

1,067

 

Thousands of $

 

Laboratory
Equipment

 

Furniture

 

IT
Equipment

 

Leasehold
Improvements

 

Total

Gross value

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2020

 

5,256

 

 

270

 

 

333

 

 

563

 

 

6,422

 

Additions

 

101

 

 

163

 

 

178

 

 

98

 

 

540

 

Disposals

   

 

   

 

 

(4

)

   

 

 

(4

)

Exchange rate difference arising

 

2

 

 

1

 

 

(3

)

 

5

 

 

5

 

Gross value at December 31, 2020

 

5,359

 

 

434

 

 

504

 

 

666

 

 

6,963

 

Accumulated depreciation

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2020

 

(4,398

)

 

(211

)

 

(272

)

 

(474

)

 

(5,355

)

Additions

 

(467

)

 

(34

)

 

(77

)

 

(53

)

 

(631

)

Disposals

 

1

 

   

 

 

4

 

   

 

 

5

 

Exchange rate difference arising

 

(10

)

 

1

 

 

2

 

 

(2

)

 

(9

)

Accumulated depreciation at December 31, 2020

 

(4,874

)

 

(244

)

 

(343

)

 

(529

)

 

(5,990

)

Net value at December 31, 2020

 

485

 

 

190

 

 

161

 

 

137

 

 

973

 

F-39

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 10:    Property, plant and equipment and right of-use assets (cont.)

The right-of-use assets can be presented as follows:

Thousands of $

 

Buildings

 

Vehicles

 

Materials

 

Total

Gross value

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2019 before adoption IFRS 16

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

399

 

 

399

 

Impact of adoption of IFRS 16

 

1,595

 

 

138

 

 

0

 

 

1,733

 

At January 1, 2019 after adoption IFRS 16

 

1,595

 

 

138

 

 

399

 

 

2,132

 

Additions

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Disposals

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Reclassification to leasing category

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

498

 

 

498

 

Gross value at December 31, 2019

 

1,595

 

 

138

 

 

897

 

 

2,630

 

Accumulated amortization

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2019

 

0

 

 

0

 

 

(338

)

 

(338

)

Additions

 

(577

)

 

(55

)

 

(119

)

 

(751

)

Disposals

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Reclassification to leasing category

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(156

)

 

(156

)

Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2019

 

(577

)

 

(55

)

 

(613

)

 

(1,245

)

Net value at December 31, 2019

 

1,018

 

 

83

 

 

284

 

 

1,385

 

Thousands of $

 

Buildings

 

Vehicles

 

Materials

 

Total

Gross value

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2020

 

1,595

 

 

138

 

 

897

 

 

2,630

 

Additions

 

2,017

 

 

114

 

   

 

 

2,131

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

(34

)

 

 

 

 

(34

)

Gross value at December 31, 2020

 

3,612

 

 

218

 

 

897

 

 

4,727

 

Accumulated amortization

   

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

At January 1, 2020

 

(577

)

 

(55

)

 

(613

)

 

(1,245

)

Additions

 

(600

)

 

(55

)

 

(116

)

 

(771

)

Disposals

   

 

 

23

 

   

 

 

23

 

Accumulated amortization at December 31, 2020

 

(1,177

)

 

(87

)

 

(729

)

 

(1,993

)

Net value at December 31, 2020

 

2,435

 

 

131

 

 

168

 

 

2,734

 

The following amounts related to leases are recognized in profit & loss

Thousands of $

 

2020

 

2019

Depreciation expense

 

771

 

751

Interest expense on lease liabilities

 

93

 

88

NOTE 11:    Inventories

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Raw materials and consumables

 

2,324

 

1,192

Total Inventories

 

2,324

 

1,192

F-40

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 11:    Inventories (cont.)

Inventories are recognized at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Inventories recognized as an expense during the year ended December 31, 2020 amounted to $ 2,959,000 (2019: $ 3,843,000). These were included in cost of sales and services.

NOTE 12:    Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Trade receivable

 

3,771

 

6,645

Total trade receivable

 

3,771

 

6,645

Trade receivables mainly consist of claims due from insurance companies covering the Company’s customers.

In 2020, the trade accounts receivable balances were mainly composed of services for ConfirmMDx for Prostate Cancer for $3,438,000 in comparison with $5,767,000 in 2019, while SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer represents a total of $316,000 in 2020 (2019: $878,000). The average Days Sales Outstanding (DSO) stood at 55 days in 2020 compared to 248 days in 2019.

In consideration with the revenue recognition methodology further described under note 2.7 of the financials, our total accounts receivable balance could be presented in relation with the claim date of each case sold.

For the years ended December 31, 2019
Thousands of $/

 

Months

   

1-3 months

 

4-6 months

 

7-12 months

 

Total A/R

A/R by claim date – SELECT US

 

204

 

175

 

352

 

731

A/R by claim date – CONFIRM US

 

2,376

 

1,162

 

1,825

 

5,363

A/R Client bills US

 

404

         

404

A/R by claim date – SELECT EU

 

147

         

147

For the years ended December 31, 2020
Thousands of $/

 

Months

   

1-3 months

 

4-6 months

 

7-12 months

 

Not due

 

Total A/R

A/R by claim date – SELECT US

 

74

 

59

 

115

 

 

 

248

A/R by claim date – CONFIRM US

 

1,570

 

716

 

1,034

     

3,320

A/R Client bills US

 

114

 

2

 

2

     

118

A/R by claim date – SELECT EU

 

6

 

3

 

0

 

59

 

68

A/R by claim date – Royalties

 

0

 

0

 

0

 

17

 

17

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Prepayments

 

868

 

915

Deposits

 

52

 

51

Recoverable VAT

 

123

 

50

Other

 

0

 

4

Total prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

1,043

 

1,020

All financial assets carried at amortized cost are shown net of expected credit losses.

F-41

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 13:    Cash and cash equivalents

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Cash at bank and in hand

 

15,953

 

22,055

Total cash and cash equivalents

 

15,953

 

22,055

The bank balances and cash held by the Company and short-term bank deposits have an original maturity of less than 3 months.

The Company had no restricted cash in 2020(2019: $42,000 representing a guarantee with respect to the loan granted by ING; see Note 14 for more information on bank loans). The Company holds no other restricted cash.

NOTE 14:    Loans, Borrowings and lease liabilities

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Non-current loans and borrowings

       

Loans

 

10,279

 

9,052

Lease liabilities

 

2,017

 

735

Total non-current loans and borrowings

 

12,296

 

9,787

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Current loans and borrowings

       

Loans

 

2,818

 

565

Lease liabilities

 

757

 

650

Total current loans and borrowings

 

3,575

 

1,215

During 2019, the Company entered into a loan facility with Kreos Capital in the amount of €9.0 million, or approximately $10 million. The loan had a term of four years with the first 12 months of interest-only payments followed by 36 months of principal and interest payments. Additionally, the Company entered into an Initial Convertible Loan for an amount of €0.6 million reflected the non-cash drawn-down fee payable by the Company to Kreos Capital. The Initial Convertible loan is convertible at any time in a fixed number of ordinary shares. Kreos Capital has also a cancellation right to require the Company to repay the Initial Convertible Loan in cash at any time (but before the Expiration Date) after the earlier to occur of (i) a repayment or prepayment in full of the loan, and (ii) sale of the entire issued share capital of MDxHealth. In such case, Kreos Capital will be paid an amount equal to 150% of the principal amount of the Initial Convertible Loan.

The Initial Convertible loan is measured as a derivative financial instrument measured at fair value through profit and loss. The fair value impact of the Initial Convertible loan was not material.

On October 20, 2020, MDxHealth and Kreos Capital executed an amendment to the 2019 loan facility, extending the interest-only period from 12 months to 18 months. As a result of this amendment, repayment of principal has been extended by 6 months, from November 2020 to May 2021. As part of the amendment, the Company agreed to increase the end-of-loan fee by €67,500 (approx. $80,000) as well as to provide for €180,000 of the €9 million loan to be convertible into shares of MDxHealth at a 25% premium to the 30-day volume weighted average price immediately prior to signing the amendment. If exercised, this amount will be reduced from the principal amount due under the loan agreement. The convertible loan of €180,000 is measured as a compound financial instrument whereby the residual equity component was not material.

F-42

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 14:    Loans, Borrowings and lease liabilities (cont.)

The financial results largely related to the interest charges for the loan facility with Kreos Capital for a total of $1,205,000. The amortized cost is calculated using the effective interest method, which allocates interests and expenses at a constant rate over the term of the instrument; the effective interest rate for the loan is 12.16%.

On April 20, 2020, the Company, through its U.S. subsidiary, MDxHealth Inc., has entered into a “Paycheck Protection Program” (PPP) loan with the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) in the amount of $2,316,000 as part of the U.S Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. The loan has a term of five years and carries an interest rate of 1.0% per year. Payments on the loan are deferred for the first eighteen months following disbursement of the loan, with principal and interest payments beginning on the nineteenth month. Interest on the loan continues to accrue during the eighteen month deferment period. Cash proceeds from the loan were received in July 2020.

The Company has several lease obligations. The leases have terms of 3 to 5 years and some of them include an option to purchase the equipment.

Maturity of loans and borrowings are as follows at the balance sheet date:

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Loans

       

Within one year

 

3,644

 

1,443

Years two to five

 

11,736

 

11,109

         

Leases

       

Within one year

 

1,040

 

682

Years two to five

 

2,414

 

741

Note: all figures shown in this table are undiscounted and reflect future cash payments.

NOTE 15:    Liabilities arising from financing activities

A reconciliation of cash and non-cash movements of loans and borrowings, lease liabilities and other financial liabilities is presented below:

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Loans and Borrowings

 

Other Financial Liabilities

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

Opening balance

 

9,617

 

147

 

 

1,599

 

1,447

Cash movements

       

 

       

Loans and borrowings repaid

 

39

 

(825

)

 

 

Loans and borrowings received

 

2,316

 

10,111

 

 

 

Non-cash movements

       

 

       

Effective interest rate adjustment

 

258

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange rate impact/Other movements

 

941

 

184

 

 

 

Fair value changes through profit or loss

 

4

 

 

 

 

152

Closing balance

 

13,097

 

9,617

 

 

1,599

 

1,599

F-43

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 15:    Liabilities arising from financing activities (cont.)

On October 20, 2020, MDxHealth and Kreos Capital executed an amendment to the 2019 loan facility, extending the interest-only period from 12 months to 18 months. As a result of this amendment, repayment of principal has been extended by 6 months, from November 2020 to May 2021, and has an impact on the net present value of the loan. In addition, as the loan facility is contracted in Euro, the foreign exchange rate impacts the carrying amount.

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

Lease Liabilities

2020

 

2019

Opening balance

 

1,385

 

 

379

 

Cash movements

   

 

   

 

Repayment of lease liabilities

 

(831

)

 

(815

)

Non-cash movements

   

 

   

 

Interest accretion

 

93

 

 

88

 

New leases

 

2,131

 

 

1,733

 

Closing balance

 

2,774

 

 

1,385

 

NOTE 16:    Contractual obligations

Thousands of $/
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Outstanding commitments for future minimum rent payments, which fall due as follows:

       

Within one year

 

113

 

213

In the second to fifth year

 

112

 

103

Total contractual obligations

 

225

 

316

For 2020 and 2019, we refer to note 10 and 14 for the lease liabilities subsequent adoption and application of IFRS 16.

Outstanding commitments for future minimum rent payments include rental fees related to leased facilities, and equipment for assets with a value below $5,000 or with short-term duration.

These lease contracts can be terminated early with certain indemnity fees. All figures shown assume that the lease contracts will not be terminated early.

NOTE 17:    Trade and other payables

Trade accounts payable

Thousands of $/
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Trade accounts payable

 

2,903

 

2,640

Accruals for invoices to be received

 

2,417

 

2,318

Total trade accounts payable

 

5,320

 

4,958

Other current liabilities

Thousands of $/
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Payroll

 

2,539

 

3,331

Other accruals

 

678

 

14

Total other current liabilities

 

3,217

 

3,345

F-44

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 17:    Trade and other payables (cont.)

In April 2020, the Company also received funding from the U.S. Department of Health & Human Services (HHS) of approximately $659,000, however, the final amount related to the funding could still differ from the current amount received. As part of the requirements of IAS 20, the Company is still assessing its ability to comply with the terms and conditions related to the HHS grant and is, therefore, currently unable to recognize the grant in the income statement.

NOTE 18:    Financial instruments and fair value

The table shows the Company’s significant financial assets and liabilities. All financial assets and liabilities are carried at amortized cost with the exception of the contingent considerations in relation to acquisitions reported at fair value through profit or loss.

All financial assets and liabilities are considered to have carrying amounts that do not materially differ from their fair value.

Thousands of $/
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

 

Fair Value
Hierarchy

Assets

           

At amortized cost

           

Trade receivables

 

3,771

 

6,645

   

Other current assets

 

920

 

966

   

Cash and cash equivalents

 

15,953

 

22,050

   

Total financial assets

 

20,644

 

29,661

   
             

Liabilities

           

At fair value:

           

Other financial liabilities

 

1,599

 

1,599

 

Level 3

Subtotal financial liabilities at fair value

 

1,599

 

1,599

   
             

At amortized cost:

           

Loans and borrowings

 

13,097

 

9,617

 

Level 2

Lease liabilities

 

2,774

 

1,385

   

Trade payables

 

5,320

 

4,958

   

Subtotal financial liabilities at amortized cost

 

21,191

 

15,960

   

Total financial liabilities

 

22,790

 

17,559

   

Recognized fair value measurements — Valuation technique and principal inputs

The fair value of the financial instruments has been determined on the basis of the following methods and assumptions:

•      The carrying value of the cash and cash equivalents, the trade receivables, other current assets and the trade payables approximate their fair value due to their short-term character;

•      Loans and borrowings (excluding leases) are evaluated based on their interest rates and maturity date. Their fair value approximates their carrying value (level 2).

•      Leases are measured at the present value of the remaining lease payments, using a discount rate based on the incremental borrowing rate at the commencement date of the lease. Their fair value approximates their carrying value.

F-45

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 18:    Financial instruments and fair value (cont.)

•      The fair value of contingent consideration payable (presented in the lines other non-current financial liabilities and other current financial liabilities) is based on an estimated outcome of the conditional purchase price/contingent payments arising from contractual obligations (level 3). This is initially recognized as part of the purchase price and subsequently fair valued with changes recorded through profit or loss. The Company used a discount rate of 9.30%. The effect of the fair value measurement is $118,000 in consolidated income statement.

Fair value hierarchy:

The Company uses the following hierarchy for determining and disclosing the fair value of financial instruments by valuation technique:

–     Level 1: quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

–     Level 2: other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly; and

–     Level 3: techniques which use inputs that have a significant effect on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable market data.

No financial assets or financial liabilities have been reclassified between the valuation categories during the year.

NOTE 19:    Earnings per share

The basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net result attributable to shareholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

Years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Loss for the year, in thousands of $

 

(28,662

)

 

(43,100

)

Basic and diluted EPS, in $

 

(0.34

)

 

(0.69

)

Weighted average number of shares

 

2020

 

2019

Weighted average number of shares for basic and diluted EPS

 

83,199,215

 

62,579,345

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had potential dilutive shares in the form of warrants. Diluted earnings per share (“Diluted EPS”) considers the impact of potentially dilutive securities except in periods in which there is a loss because the inclusion of the potential common shares would have an anti-dilutive effect.

On January 21, 2021, the company announced the successful pricing of its capital increase with the offering of new ordinary shares. The Company raised EUR 25.0 million (USD 30.4 million) in gross proceeds by means of a private placement of 27,777,777 new shares (being approximately 30.63% of the Company’s outstanding shares) at an issue price of EUR 0.90 per share through an accelerated bookbuild offering. As a result of the issuance of new shares, the Company’s share capital increased from EUR 68,998,734.95 to EUR 90,132,067.69 and its issued and outstanding shares increased from 90,691,449 to 118,469,226 ordinary shares.

F-46

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 20:    Financial Risk Management

Capital management

The Company manages its capital with the aim of ensuring that the Company can continue to operate in continuity.

Capital is comprised of equity attributable to shareholders, borrowings, and cash and cash equivalents. The Company aims to maintain a strong capital base in order to uphold investor and creditor confidence and to sustain the future development of the business. The Company’s objectives when managing capital are to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet its working capital requirements, fund capital investment and purchases, and safeguard its ability to continue operating as a going concern. The Company monitors capital regularly to ensure that the statutory capital requirements are met and may propose capital increases to the shareholders’ meeting to ensure the necessary capital remains intact.

Credit risk

Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents, short-term bank deposits, as well as credit exposure to collaboration partners. Credit risk refers to the risks that counterparty will default on its contractual obligations resulting in financial loss to the Group.

At the end of 2020, the Company operated with more than 1,000 different customers, systematically reducing credit risk compared to prior periods.

In the US healthcare system, and particularly within the molecular diagnostic CLIA laboratory industry, where there are rapid technological advances in diagnostic services, companies provide services to healthcare professionals and their patients, while being reimbursed from commercial and governmental insurance systems. Often these services are provided out of network and without supplier contracts. As a result, there is reimbursement risk, separate from credit risk that is characterized by uncertainty in reimbursement value, delays in payment, and ultimately non-payment. This impacts the Company’s revenue recognition and cash collections.

In addition to reimbursement risk associated with commercial third-party payors, credit risk may also arise from amounts due directly from patients. In many cases, payors will cover the entire cost of testing. The ConfirmMDx test falls under the Clinical Laboratory Fee Schedule, so there is no co-payment, co-insurance or deductible for patients covered under traditional Medicare. However, patients covered by commercial insurance companies may be responsible for a co-payment, co-insurance, and/or deductible depending on the health insurance plan and individual patient benefit. Credit risk exists for those patients who cannot meet their co-payment or deductible portions.

Customer’s compliance with agreed credit terms is regularly and closely monitored. Trade accounts receivable amounted to $3,771,000 at December 31, 2020 and no allowance for expected credit loss was recorded. The Company applies the simplified approach to providing for expected credit losses (ECL) prescribed by IFRS 9, which requires the use of the lifetime expected loss provision for all trade receivables. No ECL has been recorded for other financial assets carried at amortized cost as there is no related credit risk.

The credit risk on cash and cash equivalents $15,953,000 is limited given that the counterparties are banks with high credit scores attributed by international rating agencies.

F-47

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 20:    Financial Risk Management (cont.)

Interest risk

In the course on 2019, the Company has entered into a 48-months loan agreement for a total amount of €9 million, and has been amended in October 2020 (refer to NOTE 14 for further details). In application to IFRS 9 given the change in estimated cash-flows following the signed amendment, considering that the modification is non-substantial, the Company recognized in profit or loss the amount of the remeasurement. The amortized cost is calculated using the effective interest method, which allocates interests and expenses at a constant rate over the term of the instrument; the effective interest rate for the loan is 12.16%.

In addition, on April 20, 2020, the Company, through its U.S. subsidiary, MDxHealth Inc., has entered into a “Paycheck Protection Program” (PPP) loan with the U.S. Small Business Administration (SBA) in the amount of $2,316,000 as part of the U.S Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act. The amortized cost is calculated using the effective interest method, which allocates interests and expenses at a constant rate over the term of the instrument; the effective interest rate for the loan is 1.00%.

Considering the fixed interest rate, the Company is not exposed to interest risk, thus did not perform any sensitivity analysis.

Currency risk

The functional currency changed from the EURO to the US Dollar as of July 1, 2014. In consequence, the currency risk is concentrated on European operations.

The monetary items at December 31, 2020 in EURO are composed of cash on hand of €3,601,000.

The Company performed a sensitivity analysis of an increase/decrease of exchange rate on operations of 10%. The exposure of operations to the currency risk is limited to the net amount of €4,777,000 (€628,000 revenue and €5,405,000 costs), resulting in a potential gain of €531,000 in case of an increase of the USD/Euro exchange rate by 10%, and a potential loss of €435,000 in case of a decrease of the exchange rate by 10%.

Liquidity risk

The Company manages liquidity risk by maintaining adequate reserves and by continuously monitoring forecast and actual cash flows and matching the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities. At the date of this document, the Company has two loan agreements with banks and state institutions, and eleven leases (see notes 17 and 18) and no derivative instruments.

For the years ended December 31, 2020

 

Less than
1 year

 

Between
1 and 2 years

 

Between
2 and 5 years

 

Total
Contractual Cash Flows

 

Carrying
Amount

Non derivatives

                   

Trade payables

 

5,320

         

5,320

 

5,320

Borrowings

 

3,644

 

5,568

 

6,168

 

15,380

 

13,097

Lease liabilities

 

1,040

 

670

 

1,744

 

3,454

 

2,774

Total

 

10,004

 

6,238

 

7,912

 

24,154

 

21,850

Note: Except for carrying amount, all figures shown in this table are undiscounted and reflect future cash payments.

F-48

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 20:    Financial Risk Management (cont.)

For the years ended December 31, 2019

 

Less than
1 year

 

Between
1 and 2 years

 

Between
2 and 5 years

 

Total
Contractual Cash Flows

 

Carrying
Amount

Non derivatives

                   

Trade payables

 

4,958

         

4,958

 

4,958

Borrowings

 

1,443

 

3,856

 

7,253

 

12,552

 

9,617

Lease liabilities

 

682

 

490

 

251

 

1,423

 

1,385

Total

 

7,083

 

4,346

 

7,504

 

18,933

 

15,960

Note: all figures shown in this table are undiscounted and reflect future cash payments.

Other risks

The Company subscribes to certain insurance policies to cover matters such as (i) fire, theft, and other damage to its assets, (ii) product and liability insurance and clinical trial insurance, and (iii) D&O insurance. To date, no significant claims have been made under these insurance policies and there is no guarantee that the insurances will cover all damages if they should ever occur.

To date, the Company has received several government grants for various R&D projects. Some of these grant amounts can be re-claimed if the Company does not fulfill all the conditions of the grant agreements.

NOTE 21:    Share capital and reserves

At December 31, 2020, the Company’s share capital was represented by the following number of shares (units). Only one class of shares (common shares) exists and they have no par value.

For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Common shares

 

90,691,449

 

70,528,525

Total outstanding shares

 

90,691,449

 

70,528,525

The share capital and issuance premium increased in 2020 via a placement of 20,162,924 new shares in May 2020 for a gross amount of $14.2 million (€12.7 million). The share capital and issuance premium increased in 2019 via a placement of new shares in October 2019 for a gross amount of $10 million.

New Table
For the years ended December 31

 

Thousands of $/

 

Thousands of €/

Share
Capital

 

Issuance
Premium

 

Share
Capital

 

Issuance
Premium

Situation at January 1st, 2019

 

53,877

 

135,731

 

41,728

 

111,524

October 2019 – Issuance of 10,589,236 shares(*)

 

8,963

 

618

 

8,026

 

554

Situation at December 31st, 2019

 

62,841

 

136,349

 

49,754

 

112,078

May 2020 – Issuance of 20,162,924 shares(*)

 

13,875

 

0

 

12,460

 

0

Situation at December 31st, 2020

 

76,716

 

136,349

 

62,214

 

112,078

____________

(*)net of expenses

F-49

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 21:    Share capital and reserves (cont.)

The capital stock and the issuance premium at December 31 amounted to the following:

 

Thousands of $/

 

Thousands of €/

For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

 

2020

 

2019

Share Capital as per statutory accounts

 

84,903

 

 

70,717

 

 

68,999

 

 

56,260

 

Capital Increase costs

 

(8,187

)

 

(7,876

)

 

(6,785

)

 

(6,506

)

Share capital under IFRS

 

76,716

 

 

62,841

 

 

62,214

 

 

49,754

 

Issuance premium

 

136,349

 

 

136,349

 

 

112,078

 

 

112,078

 

Share capital and issuance premium

 

213,065

 

 

199,190

 

 

174,292

 

 

161,832

 

The history of the Share Capital can be found in “General Information; Capital and Shares”.

NOTE 22:    Retirement benefit schemes

The Company operates defined contribution schemes for all its qualifying employees. The assets of these schemes are held separately from those of the Company in designated funds.

A total cost of $567,000 in 2020 (2019: $637,000) represents contributions payable to these schemes by the Company at rates specified in the rules of the plans.

The employees of the Company in Belgium are members of a state-managed retirement benefit scheme operated by the government (i.e., legal pension) and are members of a bank-operated private pension scheme. The Company is required to contribute a specified percentage of payroll costs to the retirement benefit scheme to fund the benefits. The obligation of the Company with respect to the retirement benefit scheme is to make the specified contributions.

Because the Company must guarantee the statutory minimum return on these plans, not all actuarial and investment risks relating to these plans are transferred to the insurance company or pension fund managing the plans. The Company has considered the potential impact of the employer’s obligation to guarantee a minimum return and that this was assessed not to be significant.

NOTE 23:    Share based payments

This section provides an overview of the outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2020. The warrants were created within the context of stock-based incentive plans for employees, directors and consultants of the Company.

The Company has created several pools of warrants under stock option plans for grant to eligible employees, Directors, and consultants. On May 12, 2004 (30,000), July 12, 2005 (15,000), March 22, 2006 (66,700), November 8, 2006 (47,500), April 18, 2007 (55,100), May 25, 2007 (50,000), May 30, 2008 (61,000), January 2, 2009 (120,500), June 21, 2010 (145,000), May 27, 2011 (225,000), March 15, 2012 (195,000), June 15, 2012 (700,000), June 23, 2014 (1,500,000), June 19, 2017 (2,500,000), June 21, 2019 (3,000,000). In aggregate 8,710,800 warrants were issued, subject to warrants being granted to and accepted by the beneficiaries. Of these 8,710,800 warrants, (i) 1,945,084 warrants were terminated or lapsed, (ii) 577,123 warrants were exercised, (iii) 5,766,093 warrants were granted but not yet exercised, and (iv) 422,500 warrants were not yet granted by the Company. For the year 2020, 357,594 warrants (2019: 652,687) were terminated or lapsed, no warrants were exercised, and 859,999 warrants (2019: 37,624) were vested. As a result, as at December 31, 2020, there are 5,766,093 warrants outstanding, entitling their holders to subscribe to 5,766,093 shares of the Company.

F-50

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 23:    Share based payments (cont.)

Number of potential shares from outstanding warrants

 

2020

 

2019

At January 1

 

4,250,687

 

 

2,124,374

 

Number of warrants cancelled/forfeited during the year

 

(357,594

)

 

(652,687

)

Number of warrants exercised during the year

 

0

 

 

0

 

Number of warrants granted during the year

 

1,873,000

 

 

2,779,000

 

At December 31

 

5,766,093

 

 

4,250,687

 

The warrants are granted to employees (mainly), consultants or directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. Each warrant entitles its holders to subscribe to one new share of the Company at a subscription price determined by the board of directors, within the limits decided upon at the occasion of their issuance.

The warrants issued have generally a term of ten years as of issuance. Upon expiration of their term, the warrants become null and void.

In general, the warrants vest in cumulative tranches of 25% per year, provided that the beneficiary has provided at least one year of service. However, there are certain exceptions to this rule which are, if applicable, specified in the relevant stock option plans. The 30,000 warrants granted under the May 2011 Stock Option Plan to the CEO became vested immediately on the date of grant (i.e. December 7, 2010). The warrants granted under the May 2012 Stock Option Plan and under the June 23, 2014 Stock Option Plan to directors all vest on the date of the annual meeting that takes place in the calendar year following the calendar year in which they were granted, provided that the mandate of the relevant director has not ended or been terminated. The warrants granted under the May 2012 Stock Option Plan and under the June 23, 2014 Stock Option Plan to beneficiaries who are not directors all vest in instalments of 25% per year, the first tranche of 25% vesting on the first anniversary date of the date of grant and the following tranches vesting on a quarterly basis.

The table below presents the outstanding warrants and their exercise price at the end of each accounting year covered by the financial statements:

 

Warrants

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
(€)

 

Potential
Shares
from
Exercise of
Warrants

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price per
Potential
Share
(€)

Granted in 2019

 

2,779,000

 

1.35

 

2,779,000

 

1.35

Outstanding 31 December 2019

 

4,250,687

 

2.35

 

4,250,687

 

2.35

Granted in 2020

 

1,873,000

 

0.81

 

1,876,000

 

0.81

Outstanding 31 December 2020

 

5,766,093

 

1.74

 

5,766,093

 

174

Exercisable at 31 December 2020

 

2,298,249

 

2,69

 

2,298,249

 

2,69

F-51

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 23:    Share based payments (cont.)

The following table provides an overview of the outstanding potential shares from warrants per personnel category at December 31, 2020 and 2019:

Category

 

2020

 

2019

Executive Director

 

1,950,000

 

1,500,000

Non-Executive Directors

 

272,000

 

282,000

Management team (excluding the Executive Director)

 

1,738,000

 

1,005,000

Other employees, consultants, and former service providers

 

1,806,093

 

1,463,687

Total outstanding at December 31

 

5,766,093

 

4,250,687

The share-based compensation expense recognized in the statement of comprehensive income is given below as is the cumulated amount per the consolidated statement of financial position:

Thousands of $/
Years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Share-based compensation

 

1,295

 

872

Cumulated Share-based compensation

 

9,385

 

8,090

The Cumulated Share-based compensation amount is part of the Total Shareholders’ Equity on the balance sheet. This amount is presented on the balance sheet for both exercised and non-exercised warrants.

The weighted average exercise price of all outstanding warrants (vested and non-vested warrants; assuming 1 warrant = 1 share) is €1.74 or $ conversion 2.14 at December 31, 2020 (€2.35 or $ conversion 2.64 at December 31, 2019). The weighted average remaining contractual life of all outstanding warrants at the end of 2020 is 6.70 years (2019: 6.74 years).

The fair value of each warrant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes methodology with the following assumptions:

 

Number of Warrants
Granted

 

Exercise
Price (€)

 

Expected
Dividend
Yield

 

Expected
Stock
Price
Volatility

 

Risk-free
Interest
Rate

 

Expected Duration
(months)

Dates

 

To Belgian
Fenef.

 

To Other
Benef.

 

To Belgian
Benef.

 

To Other
Benef.

15-Mar-12

 

75,000

 

120,000

 

€1.72

 

 

67.74

%

 

3.43

%

 

78.57

 

60.56

15-Aug-12

 

12,000

 

24,000

 

€1.52

 

 

54.50

%

 

2.57

%

 

73.54

 

61.54

14-Sep-12

 

 

85,000

 

€1.65

 

 

55.58

%

 

2.59

%

 

72.56

 

60.56

01-Dec-12

 

 

10,000

 

€2.19

 

 

57.13

%

 

2.19

%

 

75.98

 

57.99

01-Jan-13

 

65,000

 

107,000

 

€2.00

 

 

57.13

%

 

2.09

%

 

80.97

 

62.92

01-Feb-13

 

 

23,000

 

€2.26

 

 

49.99

%

 

2.39

%

 

79.96

 

61.91

01-Apr-13

 

 

5,000

 

€2.30

 

 

51.52

%

 

2.18

%

 

78.02

 

59.97

01-May-13

 

 

15,000

 

€2.13

 

 

49.75

%

 

1.93

%

 

77.03

 

58.98

31-May-13

 

12,000

 

18,000

 

€2.05

 

 

49.62

%

 

2.22

%

 

76.04

 

57.99

12-Mar-14

 

76,000

 

177,000

 

€3.60

 

 

47.75

%

 

2.24

%

 

72.69

 

54.67

01-Apr-14

 

 

12,000

 

€4.32

 

 

48.82

%

 

2.21

%

 

72.03

 

54.02

30-May-14

 

18,000

 

18,000

 

€4.25

 

 

48.68

%

 

1.86

%

 

70.09

 

52.08

01-Jun-14

 

 

4,000

 

€4.24

 

 

48.81

%

 

1.86

%

 

70.03

 

52.01

01-Jul-14

 

 

15,000

 

€4.02

 

 

48.58

%

 

1.72

%

 

69.04

 

51.02

1-avr-15

 

 

4,000

 

€5.02

 

 

47.42

%

 

0.40

%

 

60.03

 

47.97

23-Jun-14

 

12,000

 

12,000

 

€4.13

 

 

48.12

%

 

1.78

%

 

75.32

 

63.29

10-Oct-14

 

 

17,500

 

€4.01

 

 

46.93

%

 

1.01

%

 

69.73

 

57.70

9-Feb-15

 

60,000

 

95,000

 

€4.49

 

 

46.75

%

 

0.62

%

 

79.73

 

61.71

29-May-15

 

20,000

 

30,000

 

€4.91

 

 

46.52

%

 

0.81

%

 

64.14

 

52.11

1-Apr-15

 

 

3,000

 

€5.02

 

 

47.42

%

 

0.40

%

 

72.03

 

54.02

F-52

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 23:    Share based payments (cont.)

 

Number of Warrants
Granted

 

Exercise
Price (€)

 

Expected
Dividend
Yield

 

Expected
Stock
Price
Volatility

 

Risk-free
Interest
Rate

 

Expected Duration
(months)

Dates

 

To Belgian
Fenef.

 

To Other
Benef.

 

To Belgian
Benef.

 

To Other
Benef.

1-May-15

 

 

20,000

 

€5.05

 

 

46.59

%

 

0.62

%

 

71.05

 

53.03

1-Jun-15

 

 

6,000

 

€4.90

 

 

46.58

%

 

0.81

%

 

70.03

 

52.01

1-Jul-15

 

 

4,000

 

€4.62

 

 

47.02

%

 

1.27

%

 

69.04

 

51.02

1-Aug-15

 

 

4,000

 

€4.64

 

 

46.54

%

 

0.98

%

 

68.02

 

50.01

1-Sep-15

 

 

85,000

 

€4.24

 

 

49.31

%

 

1.15

%

 

73.02

 

48.99

1-Oct-15

 

 

8,000

 

€4.20

 

 

48.99

%

 

0.90

%

 

72.03

 

54.02

1-Nov-15

 

 

4,000

 

€3.81

 

 

50.88

%

 

0.92

%

 

71.01

 

52.99

1-Dec-15

 

 

18,000

 

€3.89

 

 

51.18

%

 

0.85

%

 

70.03

 

52.01

1-Feb-16

 

 

10,000

 

€4.13

 

 

51.18

%

 

0.85

%

 

67.99

 

49.97

4-Feb-16

 

50,000

 

134,000

 

€3.78

 

 

52.49

%

 

0.72

%

 

67.89

 

49.87

2-Apr-16

 

 

52,000

 

€3.62

 

 

53.40

%

 

0.58

%

 

65.33

 

53.33

29-May-16

 

30,000

 

40,000

 

€4.13

 

 

51.85

%

 

0.54

%

 

64.11

 

52.11

1-Jan-16

 

 

4,000

 

€3.79

 

 

51.12

%

 

1.06

%

 

69.01

 

50.99

1-Jun-16

 

 

2,000

 

€3.43

 

 

53.73

%

 

0.49

%

 

64.01

 

52.01

1-Aug-16

 

 

4,000

 

€3.62

 

 

53.51

%

 

0.16

%

 

62.01

 

50.01

21-Oct-16

 

 

20,000

 

€4.44

 

 

54.19

%

 

0.28

%

 

59.34

 

47.34

22-Jan-16

 

 

20,000

 

€3.83

 

 

52.81

%

 

0.86

%

 

68.32

 

56.32

1-Dec-16

 

 

22,000

 

€4.65

 

 

54.16

%

 

0.75

%

 

57.99

 

39.98

1-Jan-17

 

 

19,000

 

€4.56

 

 

53.84

%

 

0.73

%

 

56.98

 

50.96

1-Mar-17

 

 

95,000

 

€5.26

 

 

52.62

%

 

0.68

%

 

55.04

 

49.02

1-Apr-17

 

 

18,000

 

€5.41

 

 

51.80

%

 

0.81

%

 

54.02

 

48.00

11-Apr-17

 

20,000

 

200,000

 

€5.35

 

 

51.83

%

 

0.72

%

 

65.68

 

47.67

1-Jun-17

 

 

2,000

 

€5.01

 

 

51.86

%

 

0.59

%

 

52.01

 

52.01

1-Jul-17

 

 

22,000

 

€4.96

 

 

50.94

%

 

0.77

%

 

63.02

 

44.98

29-Jul-17

 

 

10,000

 

€4.72

 

 

50.95

%

 

0.87

%

 

50.10

 

44.05

1-Sep-17

 

 

34,000

 

€4.92

 

 

48.08

%

 

0.71

%

 

60.99

 

42.97

1-Oct-17

 

 

70,000

 

€4.80

 

 

47.32

%

 

0.76

%

 

53.98

 

41.95

2-Nov-17

 

 

99,000

 

€4.61

 

 

45.23

%

 

0.66

%

 

52.93

 

40.90

1-Dec-17

 

 

6,000

 

€3.92

 

 

46.50

%

 

0.56

%

 

51.98

 

39.98

20-Jun-17

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

€4.97

 

 

51.57

%

 

0.59

%

 

81.40

 

63.39

27-Jun-17

 

250,000

 

 

€4.98

 

 

51.04

%

 

0.66

%

 

81.17

 

63.16

01-Apr-18

 

 

42,000

 

€3,77

 

 

46.08

%

 

0.76

%

 

54.02

 

42.02

01-May-18

 

 

8,000

 

€3,64

 

 

46.27

%

 

0.82

%

 

53.03

 

41.03

01-Jun-18

 

 

2,000

 

€3,79

 

 

46.15

%

 

0.77

%

 

52.01

 

40.01

01-Jun-18

 

50,000

 

30,000

 

€4,97

 

 

46.15

%

 

0.77

%

 

52.01

 

40.01

01-Aug-18

 

 

70,000

 

€3,74

 

 

44.09

%

 

0.79

%

 

62.01

 

55.96

01-Jun-18

 

 

8,000

 

€3,66

 

 

44.04

%

 

0.73

%

 

48.99

 

36.99

01-Oct-18

 

 

4,000

 

€3,10

 

 

46.56

%

 

0.88

%

 

60.00

 

53.95

05-Dec-18

 

 

20,000

 

€1,73

 

 

57.56

%

 

0.79

%

 

45.86

 

33.86

24-Jan-19

     

191,000

 

€1,64

     

67.56

%

 

0.77

%

 

62.24

 

50.20

16-May-19

     

1,508,000

 

€1,49

     

75.78

%

 

0.38

%

 

58.55

 

46.52

01-Nov-19

     

8,000

 

€1,01

     

82.15

%

 

0.00

%

 

64.99

 

46.98

01-Dec-19

     

12,000

 

€1,02

     

81.95

%

 

0.00

%

 

64.01

 

45.99

01-Jan-20

     

6,000

 

€1,02

     

81.00

%

 

0.00

%

 

62.99

 

50.99

01-Feb-20

     

2,000

 

€0,98

     

80.26

%

 

0.00

%

 

61.97

 

49.67

01-Mar-20

     

4,000

 

€0,89

     

80.59

%

 

0.00

%

 

61.02

 

49.02

01-Jun-20

     

6,000

 

€0,85

     

86.64

%

 

0.00

%

 

57.99

 

45.99

01-Oct-20

     

2,000

 

€0,80

     

85.20

%

 

0.00

%

 

53.95

 

35.97

15-Jul-20

     

225,000

 

€0,80

     

85.89

%

 

0.00

%

 

56.51

 

38.53

01-Jul-19

 

60,000

 

20,000

 

€1,28

     

78.70

%

 

0.07

%

 

69.01

 

51.02

24-Jul-19

     

980,000

 

€1,24

     

78.64

%

 

0.00

%

 

68.25

 

50.27

15-Jul-20

     

1,598,000

 

€0,80

     

85.89

%

 

0.00

%

 

56.52

 

38.53

30-Jul-20

 

20,000

     

€1,28

     

87.02

%

 

0.00

%

 

56.02

 

38.04

01-Oct-20

     

10,000

 

€1,28

     

85.20

%

 

0.00

%

 

53.95

 

35.97

F-53

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 23:    Share based payments (cont.)

The above inputs for the Black-Scholes model have been determined based on the following:

•      The dividend return is estimated by reference to the historical dividend payment of the Company. Currently, this is estimated to be zero as no dividends have been paid since inception.

•      The expected volatility was determined using the average volatility of the stock over the last two years at the date of grant.

•      Risk-free interest rate is based on the interest rate applicable for the 10Y Belgian government bond at the grant date

NOTE 24:    Related parties

Transactions between the Company and its employees, consultants or Directors are described below. There were no other related party transactions.

Remuneration of key management personnel

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the executive management team included four members:

1.    Chief Executive Director, Mr. Michael McGarrity

2.    Executive Vice President of Corporate Development & General Counsel, Mr. Joseph Sollee

3.    Chief Finance Officer, Mr. Ron Kalfus

4.    Chief Commercial Officer, Mr. John Bellano

Their combined remuneration package, including employer taxes, amounted to the following:

Thousands of $/
Except per personnel, warrants & share Amounts
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Number of management members and Executive Directors

 

4

 

4

Short-term employee benefits

 

1,535

 

1,101

Post-employment benefits

 

23

 

26

Other employment costs

 

174

 

65

Termination benefits

 

0

 

1,111

Total benefits

 

1,732

 

2,303

IFRS share-based compensation expense

 

596

 

34

Number of warrants offered

 

1,183,000

 

2,330,000

Cumulative outstanding warrants

 

3,688,000

 

2,505,000

Exercisable warrants

 

1,036,250

 

160,000

In 2020, in aggregate for the four members of the executive management team, no warrants were exercised, and 1,183,000 new warrants were granted and accepted. The annualized IFRS cost for existing warrants is $596,000.

In 2019, in aggregate for the four members of the executive management team, no warrants were exercised, and 2,330,000 new warrants were granted and accepted. The annualized IFRS cost for existing warrants is $34,000.

No loans, quasi-loans or other guarantees are outstanding with members of the executive management team.

F-54

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 24:    Related parties (cont.)

Remuneration of the Board

The total remuneration of the Board of Directors (including the Executive Director) in 2020 and 2019 was $775,000, and $484,000 respectively (excluding VAT, stock-based compensation and reimbursement of expenses). No advances or credits have been granted to any member of the Board of Directors. None of the members of the Board of Directors have received any non-monetary remuneration other than warrants as disclosed above.

Transactions with Non-Executive Directors

Since 2012, the Non-Independent Directors do not receive a fee payment for attending and preparing for Board meetings or for assisting the Company with Board matters. They receive reimbursement for expenses directly related to the Board meetings, totaling less than $7,000 in 2020.

The Independent Directors receive a fee for attending and preparing meetings of the Board of Directors and for assisting the Company with Board matters, and they receive reimbursement for expenses directly related to the Board meetings. In 2020 and 2019, respectively $231,000 and $135,000 were paid as fees and expense reimbursement to independent members of the Board of Directors.

A total of 20,000 warrants were granted to Non-Executive Directors in 2020 and no warrants were exercised in 2020.

NOTE 25:    Significant agreements, commitments and contingencies

Fair value of Other financial liabilities

On September 18, 2015, MDxHealth acquired MDxHealth BV (former NovioGendix), a Dutch molecular diagnostic research and service company with expertise in the urological oncology. The terms of the acquisition consisted of initial consideration paid in 1,086,956 shares of MDxHealth common stock, issued at €4.14 representing the average closing price of the Company’s shares on Euronext Brussels during a period of 30 days ending on September 17, 2015. In addition to this equity, additional cash consideration of €250,000 was paid. On top of the acquisition price, MDxHealth is committed to pay future milestone fees. The Company paid €1,000,000, being $1,105,000 regarding these milestone fees in 2017. The fair value of this contingent consideration as of December 31, 2020 is estimated at $1,599,000 over the period 2020-2022 (2019: $1,599). The Company is contractually required to pay at maturity to the holder of the obligation the amount of maximum $2,200,000.

Collaborative research agreements and clinical research agreements

The Company has entered into numerous agreements with universities, medical centers and external researchers for research and development work and for the validation of the Company’s technology and products. These agreements typically have durations of one to three years. The Company must pay fixed fees to the collaborators and in exchange typically receives access and rights to the results of the work.

MDxHealth collaborates on research and clinical development with many of the world’s leading academic and government cancer research institutes. These important relationships provide the Company with additional resources and expertise for clinical marker validation as well as access to patient samples for testing.

F-55

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 25:    Significant agreements, commitments and contingencies (cont.)

MDxHealth’s collaborators include such prestigious institutions as, Duke University Medical Center (US), Harvard Medical School (US), Cleveland Clinic (US), University of Colorado (US), University of California at Los Angeles (US), Radboud University (The Netherlands) and University of Gent (Belgium) among others.

Intellectual property in-licensing agreements

The Company has entered into numerous agreements with universities and companies for in-licensing intellectual property. These agreements typically require the Company to pay an up-front fee, annual maintenance fees and/or minimum annual royalty fees, legal fees related to the patents, and certain milestone and royalty fees if the patents are eventually used in a commercialized product. In addition, the Company must provide the licensor with periodic reports.

Commercial and intellectual property sub-licensing agreements

The Company has entered into numerous partnering and sub-licensing agreements. In regard to the Company’s developed tests, the Company has entered into a range of marketing and sales arrangements with commercial entities. These important relationships provide the Company with additional resources and infrastructure to expand the geographic reach and awareness of the Company’s solutions, primarily in relation to the ConfirmMDx and SelectMDx tests. MDxHealth’s marketing partners include Cerba Healthcare (Belgium), Ferrer Internacional (Spain), Teva Pharmaceuticals (Israel), and SouthGenetics (South and Central America), LifeLabs (Canada) and, in the US, LabCorp, Miraca Life Sciences, Bostwick Laboratories.

In regard to intellectual property that MDxHealth has developed or improved, MDxHealth has sublicensed certain of its non-core epigenetic technologies to commercial partners, several of whom have launched products that generate royalties and other fees. These sublicenses include:

•      an exclusive sublicense to Laboratory Corporation of America (LabCorp) for the MGMT test (for the North American market only, of indefinite duration, and limited to service testing only). MDxHealth retained certain rights to develop and commercialize the MGMT test as a companion diagnostic on a worldwide basis. LabCorp began to commercialize the MGMT test in North America in 2008.

•      non-exclusive sublicense agreements for the Company’s patented methylation specific PCR (MSP) technology for diagnostic applications, in exchange for certain license fees and running royalties, to several partners including oncgnostics GmbH, Qiagen GmbH and Takara Bio.

Litigation

As of the date of this document and as far as MDxHealth is aware, the Company is not involved in any material legal proceedings.

NOTE 26:    Subsequent events

On January 21, 2021, the company announced the successful pricing of its capital increase with the offering of new ordinary shares. The Company raised EUR 25.0 million (USD 30.4 million) in gross proceeds by means of a private placement of 27,777,777 new shares (being approximately 30.63% of the Company’s outstanding shares) at an issue price of EUR 0.90 per share through an accelerated bookbuild offering. As a result of the issuance of new shares, the Company’s share capital increased from EUR 68,998,734.95 to EUR 90,132,067.69 and its issued and outstanding shares increased from 90,691,449 to 118,469,226 ordinary shares.

F-56

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

NOTE 26:    Subsequent events (cont.)

In April 2021, MDxHealth and Kreos Capital executed a second amendment to the Kreos loan facility, extending the interest-only period from 18 months to 27 months. As a result of this amendment, repayment of principal has been extended from May 2021 to February 2022. As part of the amendment, the Company agreed to increase the end-of-loan fee by an additional €67,500 (approx. $80,000) as well as to provide for an additional €202,500 of the €9 million loan to be convertible into shares of MDxHealth at a 25% premium to the 30-day volume weighted average price 10 days prior to signing the amendment. If exercised, this amount will be reduced from the principal amount due under the loan agreement.

NOTE 27:    Subsidiaries

The Company has the following two wholly-owned direct subsidiaries:

MDxHealth Inc.

   

Address

 

15279 Alton Parkway – Suite 100 – Irvine, CA 92618

Incorporation Date

 

April 14, 2003

Number of employees

 

163 at December 31, 2020, 158 at December 31, 2019, and 164 at December 31, 2018.

MDxHealth B.V.

   

Address

 

Transistorweg 5, 6534 AT Nijmegen, The Netherlands

Incorporation Date

 

October 18, 2006

Incorporated into MDxHealth on

 

September 18, 2015

Number of employees

 

9 at December 31, 2020, 11 at December 31, 2019, and 12 at December 31, 2018.

NOTE 28:    Principal audit fees and services

During the past fiscal year, in addition to their usual activity, the statutory auditor performed additional activities on behalf of the Company mainly for the issuance of special reports related to warrant plans, grant report certification, for participation to the audit committees and for participation to special projects.

The Company expensed $95,000 (€83,000) in fees to the auditor in 2020. The fees are broken down as follows:

•      Audit fee for statutory and consolidated financials of $85,000 (€75,000)

•      Audit related services (legal missions) $10,000 (€8,000)

Note 29:    Alternative performance measures (APMs)

In its decision making, the Company uses some alternative performance measures (APMs) that are not defined in IFRS. They are used because they provide information useful to assess the Company’s development and performance. These measures should not be viewed in isolation or as an alternative to the measures presented in accordance with IFRS. These APMs may not be comparable to similar measures presented by other companies. The main alternative performance measures used by the Company are explained and reconciled as follows:

Thousands of $
For the years ended December 31

 

2020

 

2019

Operating loss (EBIT)

 

(27,123

)

 

(43,169

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

3,332

 

 

3,420

 

Impairment

 

273

 

 

6,292

 

EBITDA

 

(23,518

)

 

(33,457

)

F-57

Table of Contents

MDxHealth SA
Notes to consolidated financial statements

Note 29:    Alternative performance measures (APMs) (cont.)

APM

 

Definition

 

Reason for use

EBITDA

 

Earnings before interest, other financial income/(expense), tax, amortization, depreciation and impairment.

 

This measure is used to show profit generation in the operating activities excluding non-cash-based depreciation, amortization and impairment. This measure gives an approximation of the cash generation potential before reinvestment in the business.

F-58

Table of Contents

  

American Depositary Shares
(Representing Ordinary Shares)

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

   

Piper Sandler

 

Oppenheimer & Co.

BTIG

 

KBC Securities USA

              , 2021

Until            , 2021, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

  

 

Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 6. Indemnification Of Directors And Officers

Under Belgian law, the directors of a company may be liable for damages to our company in case of improper performance of their duties. Our directors may be liable to our company and to third parties for infringement of our articles of association or Belgian company law. Under certain circumstances, directors may be criminally liable. We maintain liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and members of our executive management team.

We maintain liability insurance for our directors and officers, including insurance against liability under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and have entered into agreements with our directors and executive officers to provide contractual indemnification. With certain exceptions and subject to limitations on indemnification under Belgian law, these agreements will provide for indemnification for damages and expenses including, among other things, attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her actions in that capacity.

These agreements may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors and executive officers for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and executive officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these insurance agreements.

Certain of our non-employee directors may, through their relationships with their employers or partnerships, be insured and/or indemnified against certain liabilities in their capacity as members of our board of directors.

In the underwriting agreement, the form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, the members of our board of directors and persons who control our company within the meaning of the Securities Act against certain liabilities, but only to the extent that such liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriters furnished to us in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents.

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

From January 1, 2018 through the date of the filing of this registration statement, we issued the following securities without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

From January 1, 2018 through the date of the filing of this registration statement, we have issued the securities in the following transactions that were not registered under the Securities Act:

(a) Issuances of Share Capital

On March 26, 2018, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate 9,989,881 ordinary shares for an aggregate consideration of €36.0 million.

On October 1, 2019, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate 10,589,236 ordinary shares for an aggregate consideration of €9.0 million.

On May 15, 2020, we issued and sold to investors in a direct placement an aggregate 20,162,924 ordinary shares for an aggregate consideration of €12.7 million.

II-1

Table of Contents

On January 26, 2021, we issued and sold to investors in a private placement an aggregate 27,777,777 ordinary shares for an aggregate consideration of €25.0 million.

(b) Issuances under Our Warrant Plans

On June 21, 2019, we issued 3,000,000 warrants to subscribe to ordinary shares under 2019 Share Options plan.

On May 27, 2021, we issued 3,600,000 warrants to subscribe to ordinary shares under 2021 Share Options plan.

The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in the preceding paragraphs were exempt from registration either: (a) under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act in that the transactions were between an issuer and sophisticated investors and did not involve any public offering within the meaning of Section 4(a)(2); (b) in reliance on Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act in that offers, sales and issuances were made only to “qualified institutional buyers” (as such term is defined in Rule 144A(a)(1); (c) under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation; or (d) under Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act in that offers, sales and issuances were not made to persons in the United States and no directed selling efforts were made in the United States.

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Exhibits

The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or has been included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

Item 9. Undertakings

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

(1)  To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(i)   To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(ii)  To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement;

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

II-2

Table of Contents

(2)  That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)  To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered that remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)  That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser: (i) any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; (ii) any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant; (iii) the portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and (iv) any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(5)  Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(6)  For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus as filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(7)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3

Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

 

Description of Document

1.1

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement*

3.1

 

Articles of Association of MDxHealth SA (English Translation)

3.2

 

Corporate Governance Charter of MDxHealth SA (English Translation)

4.1

 

Form of Deposit Agreement*

4.2

 

Form of American Depositary Receipt*

5.1

 

Opinion of Baker McKenzie LLP*

10.1

 

March 2012 Stock Option Plan (English Translation)†

10.2

 

May 2012 Stock Option Plan (English Translation)†

10.3

 

May 2014 Stock Option Plan (English Translation)†

10.4

 

May 2017 Stock Option Plan (English Translation)†

10.5

 

2019 Stock Option Plan (English Translation)†

10.6

 

2021 Share Option Plan (English Translation)†

10.7

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between MDxHealth and each of its officers and directors

10.8

 

Employment Agreement between MDxHealth and Joseph Sollee dated April 14, 2008 and amended January 27, 2014†

10.9

 

Executive Employment Agreement between MDxHealth and Michael K. McGarrity dated February 18, 2019†

10.10

 

Executive Employment Agreement between MDxHealth and John Bellano dated May 21, 2019†

10.11

 

Executive Employment Agreement between MDxHealth and Ron Kalfus dated July 18, 2019†

10.12

 

Amended and Restated License Agreement between The Johns Hopkins University and MDxHealth dated September 1, 2004#

10.13

 

Amendment No. 1 to Restated License Agreement between The Johns Hopkins University and MDxHealth dated April 15, 2005#

10.14

 

Agreement for the Provision of a Loan Facility between Kreos Capital VI (UK) Limited and MDxHealth dated September 23, 2019

10.15

 

Deed of Amendment to Loan Facility Agreement between Kreos Capital VI (UK) Limited and MDxHealth dated April 19, 2021

10.16

 

Amendment and Restatement Agreement relating to Convertible Loan Agreement between Kreos Capital VI (UK) Limited and MDxHealth dated April 19, 2021

10.17

 

U.S. Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program Note, issued by the Company to Customers Bank

10.18

 

Lease Agreement between Alton Corporate Plaza LLC and MDxHealth dated December 17, 2019

10.19

 

First Amendment to Lease Agreement between Alton Corporate Plaza LLC and MDxHealth dated April 23, 2020

10.20

 

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement between Alton Corporate Plaza LLC and MDxHealth dated March 23, 2021

10.21

 

Subscription Agreement between MDxHealth and MVM V LP and MVM GP (No. 5) LP dated April 24, 2020

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of the registrant

23.1

 

Consent of BDO Réviseurs d’Entreprises SRL, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

23.2

 

Consent of Baker McKenzie LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)*

24.1

 

Power of Attorney (included on the signature page of this Registration Statement)

____________

*To be filed by amendment.

†Indicates management compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

#Certain confidential portions of this Exhibit were omitted by means of marking such portions with brackets (“[***]”) because the identified confidential portions (i) are not material and (ii) would be competitively harmful if publicly disclosed.

II-4

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Herstal, Belgium, on October 13, 2021.

 

MDxHealth SA

   

/s/ Michael McGarrity

   

Michael McGarrity

   

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Michael McGarrity and Joseph Sollee, and each of them, his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this Registration Statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his or her substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Michael McGarrity

   
   

Michael McGarrity

   
   

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

   

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Ron Kalfus

   
   

Ron Kalfus

   
   

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

   

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Koen Hoffman

   
   

Koen Hoffman (acting through Ahok BV)

   
   

Chairman of the Board of Directors

   

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Rudi Mariën

   
   

Rudi Mariën (acting through RR-Invest S.à.r.l.)

   
   

Director

   

II-5

Table of Contents

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Jan Pensaert

   
   

Jan Pensaert (acting through Valiance Advisors LLP)

   
   

Director

   

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Dr. Lieve Verplancke

   
   

Dr. Lieve Verplancke (acting through Qaly-Co BV)

   
   

Director

   

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Hilde Windels

   
   

Hilde Windels (acting through Hilde Windels BV)

   
   

Director

   

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Dr. Regine Slagmulder

   
   

Dr. Regine Slagmulder (acting through Regine Slagmulder BV)

   
   

Director

   

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Dr. Eric Bednarski

   
   

Dr. Eric Bednarski

   
   

Director

   

Dated: October 13, 2021

 

/s/ Donnie (Don) M. Hardison

   
   

Donnie (Don) M. Hardison

   
   

Director

   

II-6

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of MDxHealth SA, has signed this registration statement on Form F-1 on October 13, 2021.

 

MDxHealth, Inc.

   

By:

 

/s/ Michael McGarrity

   

Name:

 

Michael McGarrity

   

Title:

 

Chief Executive Officer

II-7

Exhibit 3.1

 

 

 

MDxHealth

Abbreviated: MDxH

Public limited liability company (société anonyme)

Registered office: 4040 Herstal, rue d'Abhooz 31, CAP Business Center, Zone Industrielle des Hauts-Sarts

Company number: VAT BE 0479.292.440

 

 

 

COORDINATED ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION AS AT MAY 27, 2021

 

 

 

Company incorporated by deed given before notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels on January 10, 2003, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on January 23 thereafter under number 03010994.

 

The articles of association were amended on February 7, 2003, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on March 6 thereafter under number 03028086.

 

The articles of association were amended on June 30, 2003, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on August 5 thereafter under number 03084014.

 

The articles of association were amended on September 30, 2003, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on October 31 thereafter under number 030114608.

 

The articles of association were amended on May 12, 2004, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on June 4 thereafter under number 04082179.

 

The articles of association were amended on June 30, 2004, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 24 thereafter under number 04109754.

 

The articles of association were amended on October 28, 2005, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on November 17 thereafter under number 05164784.

 

The articles of association were amended on March 22, 2006, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on April 10 thereafter under number 06064934.

 

The articles of association were amended on March 31, 2006, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on May 2 thereafter under number 06075354.

 

The articles of association were amended on May 23, 2006, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on June 19 thereafter under number 06098642.

 

1

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

The articles of association were amended on June 30, 2006, by deed given before notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, as published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 19 thereafter under number 06117924.

 

The articles of association were amended on April 18, 2007, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on May 24, 2007 under number 07073858.

 

The articles of association were amended on October 19, 2007, by deed given before notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on November 6, 2007 under number 07160150.

 

The articles of association were amended on October 25, 2007, by deed given before notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on November 9, 2007 under number 07162369.

 

The articles of association were amended on April 24, 2008, by deed given before notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on May 13 following under number 08069822.

 

The articles of association were amended on May 30, 2008, by deed given before notary public Paul-Arthur Coëme, at Liège, deputizing for notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on June 25, 2008 under number 08093577.

 

The articles of association were amended on November 5, 2008, by deed given before notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on November 25, 2008, under number 08183262.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on December 15, 2008 and deed given before notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on December 18, 2008 published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on January 12, 2009, under number 09006273.

 

The articles of association were amended on April 17, 2009, by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on May 5, 2009 under number 09063303.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Paul-Arthur Cöeme, at Liège, deputizing for notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on June 21, 2010, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 13, 2010, under number 10103164.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Anne Michel, associated notary public of the civil company under the form of a private limited liability company "Michel COËME & Anne MICHEL, Notaires Associés", whose registered office is at 4420 Liège (Tilleur), deputizing for notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on October 5, 2010, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on October 26, 2010, under number 10157274.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Anne Michel, associated notary public of the civil company under the form of a private limited liability company "Michel COËME & Anne MICHEL, Notaires Associés", whose registered office is at 4420 Liège (Tilleur), deputizing for notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on February 18, 2011, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on March 8, 2011, under number 11301665, respectively on March 18, 2011 under number 11301876.

 

2

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on April 4, 2011 and by deed received by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on April 8, 2011, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on April 29, 2011 under number 11065384.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Anne Michel, associated notary public of the civil company under the form of a private limited liability company "Michel COËME & Anne MICHEL, Notaires Associés", whose registered office is at 4420 Liège (Tilleur), deputizing for notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on June 21, 2011, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 29, 2011 under number 11117127.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on June 15, 2012, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on June 27, 2012 under number 12113155.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on June 28, 2012, and by deed received by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on July 4, 2012, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 23, 2012 under number 12129274.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on June 25, 2013, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 15, 2013 under number 13108665.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on May 31, 2013, and by deed received by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on June 27, 2013, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 22, 2013 under number 13113354.

 

The articles of association were rectified by deed given before notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on July 19, 2013, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on August 2, 2013 under number 13121263.

 

The articles of association were amended by deed given before Notary Jean-Philippe Lagae at Brussels on October 14, 2013, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on November 7, 2013 under number 13168649.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on November 4, 2014, and by deed received by notary public Jean-Philippe Lagae, at Brussels, on November 7, 2014, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on December 2, 2014 under number 14216009.

 

The articles of association were amended by deed received by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on April 30, 2015, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on May 29, 2015 under number 15075852.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on June 23, 2015 and deed received by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on June 26, 2015, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 22, 2015 under number 15105340.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on September 18, 2015, under number 15147487.

 

3

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

The articles of association were amended by deed received by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on November 27, 2015, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on December 24, 2015 under number 15179835.

 

The articles of association were amended by deed received by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on May 19, 2016, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on June 16, 2016 under number 1682608.

 

The articles of association were amended by deed received by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on June 20, 2016, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 22, 2016 under number 16103134.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on November 2, 2016, and by deed received by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on November 7, 2016, under publication.

 

The articles of association were amended by deed received by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on November 10, 2016, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on November 30, 2016 under number 16164007.

 

The articles of association were amended by deed received by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on May 5, 2017, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on May 30,2017 under number 1707858.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on June19, 2017, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on July 10, 2017 under number 17098472.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on March 26, 2018, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on April 13, 2018 under number 18061173.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Dirk Delbaere, at Brussels, on September 25, 2019, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on October 22, 2019 under number 19340113.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Stijn Raes, at Brussels, on May 15, 2020, published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette on May 20, 2019 under number 20322625.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Stijn Raes, at Ghent, substituting his colleague the notary Kim Lagae, in Brussels, prevented, on July 30, 2020, an extract of which was published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette of the following August 3, under the number 20335998.

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Stijn Raes, at Ghent, on January 26, 2021, an extract of which was published in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette of the following February 24, under the number 21312254.

 

 

 

The articles of association were amended by minutes produced by notary public Stijn Raes, at Ghent, on May 27, 2021, an extract of which was filed for publication in the Annexes of the Belgian Official Gazette.

 

4

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

TITLE I: FORM - NAME - REGISTERED OFFICE –
CORPORATE PURPOSE - DURATION

 

Article 1: Name

 

The company takes the form of a public limited liability company under Belgian law (société anonyme).

 

It has the name "MDxHealth", abbreviated "MDxH".

 

Article 2: Registered office

 

The registered office of the company is located in the Walloon Region.

 

The board of directors may transfer the registered office to elsewhere in Belgium in accordance with applicable law.

 

The company may also, by simple decision of the board of directors, establish additional administrative offices and business offices, as well as offices and branches in Belgium and abroad.

 

Article 3: Corporate purpose

 

The company's corporate purpose is to engage in Belgium and abroad, in its own name and on behalf of third parties, alone or in collaboration with third parties, in the following activities:

 

  All forms of research and development into or involving biological cells and organisms (including gene methylation) and chemical compounds, as well as the industrialization and commercialization of the results thereof;

 

  Research and development into biotechnological or derivative products that could have a market value in applications related to human and animal healthcare, diagnostics, pharmacogenomics and therapeutics, based amongst other things on the technology of genetics, genetic engineering and detection, chemistry and cell biology;

 

  Commercialization of the aforementioned products and application domains;

 

  Acquisition, disposal, exploitation, commercialization and management of intellectual property, property and usage rights, trade marks, patents, drawings, licenses and any other form of know how.

The company is also authorised to engage in all commercial, industrial, financial and real estate transactions which are directly or indirectly related to or which may be beneficial to the achievement of its corporate purpose.

 

It may , by means of subscription, contribution, merger, collaboration, financial participation or otherwise, take interests or participate in any company, existing or to be incorporated, undertakings, businesses and associations in Belgium or abroad.

 

The company may manage, re-organize or sell these interests and can also, directly or indirectly, participate in the board of directors, management, control and winding-up of companies, undertakings, business and associations in which it has an interest or a participation.

 

The company may provide guarantees and security interests for the benefit of these companies, undertakings, businesses and associations, act as their agent or representative, and grant advances, credit, mortgages or other securities.

 

Article 4: Duration

 

The company is incorporated indefinitely.

 

Except in the event of winding-up by court order the company can only be dissolved by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting with due observance of the applicable legal provisions relating to the winding-up of companies.

 

TITLE II: CAPITAL

 

Article 5: Share capital

 

5.1. Share capital and shares\

 

The share capital of the company is to ninety million one hundred and thirty-two thousand sixty-seven euros and sixty-nine cents (EUR 90,132,067.69).

 

It is divided into one hundred and eighteen million four hundred and sixty-nine thousand two hundred and twenty-six (118,469,226) shares of no nominal value, each representing the same fraction of the share capital.

 

The share capital is entirely and unconditionally subscribed and fully paid up.

 

5

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

5.2. History of share capital

 

At incorporation, the share capital amounted to sixty-one thousand, five hundred euros (€61,500), represented by two hundred and two thousand, nine hundred and seventy-five (202,975) shares, fully paid up in cash.

 

By resolution of the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of February 7, 2003, the share capital was increased by three million, nine hundred and forty thousand, five hundred euros (€3,940,500), taking it from sixty-one thousand, five hundred euros (€61,500) to four million, two thousand euros (€4,002,000), by issuing one hundred and ninety-seven thousand and twenty-five (197,025) shares, fully paid up in cash.

 

By resolution of the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of June 30, 2003, the share capital was increased by six hundred and sixty-six thousand, six hundred and sixty euros (€666,660), taking from four million, two thousand euros (€4,002,000) to four million, six hundred and sixty-eight thousand, six hundred and sixty euros (€4,668,660) by issuing thirty-three thousand, three hundred and thirty-three (33,333) preferred "A" shares, fully paid up in cash.

 

By resolution of the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of September 30, 2003, the share capital was increased by four million, eight hundred and sixty-six thousand, six hundred and eighty-one euros and nine cents (€4,866,681.09) taking it from four million, six hundred and sixty-eight million, six hundred and sixty euros (€4,668,660) to nine million, five hundred and thirty-five thousand, three hundred and forty-one euros and nine cents (€9,535,341.09) by issuing two hundred and eighteen thousand, one hundred and thirty-nine (218,139) preferred "A" shares, fully paid up in cash.

 

By resolution of the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of June 30, 2004, the share capital was plus by four million, six hundred and sixty-six thousand, six hundred and eighty euros and forty-eight cents (€4,666,680.48), taking it from nine million, five hundred and thirty-five thousand, three hundred and forty-one euros and nine cents (€9,535,341.09) to fourteen million, two hundred and two thousand, and twenty-one euros and fifty-seven cents (€14,202,021.57) by issuing one hundred and ninety-five thousand, five hundred and four (195,504) preferred "A" shares, fully paid up in cash.

 

By resolution of the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of October 28, 2005, the share capital was increased by nine million euros (€9,000,000), taking it from fourteen million, two hundred and two thousand, and twenty-one euros and fifty-seven cents (€14,202,021.57) to twenty-three million, two hundred and two thousand and twenty-one euros and fifty-seven cents (€23,202,021.57) by issuing three hundred and seventy-five thousand (375,000) preferred "B" shares, fully paid up in cash.

 

By resolution of the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of March 31, 2006, the share capital was increased by five million, nine hundred and ninety-nine thousand, nine hundred and eighty-eight euros (€5,999,988), taking it from twenty-three million, two hundred and two thousand and twenty-one euros and fifty-seven cents (€23,202,021.57) to twenty-nine million, two hundred and two thousand, and nine euros and fifty-seven cents (€29,202,009.57) by issuing one hundred and ninety-three thousand, five hundred and forty-eight (193,548) preferred "B" shares, fully paid up in cash.

 

Following the resolutions of the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of May 23, 2006, of which the realization was established by the notarized deed of June 30, 2006, and following the exercise of the "Overallotment Warrant" issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of May 23, 2006, of which the exercise was established by the aforementioned deed of June 30, 2006, the share capital was increased by twenty-three million, eight hundred and seventeen thousand, two hundred and five euros (€23,817,205.00) by issuing three million, three hundred and seventy-three thousand, three hundred and thirty-four (3,373,334) new ordinary shares, fully paid-up in cash, and the share capital was reduced by ten million, two hundred and seventeen thousand, eight hundred and nine euros (€10,217,809.00) by absorbing losses without calling in any shares. Following these transactions, the share capital amounted to forty-two million, eight hundred and one thousand, four hundred and five euros and fifty-seven cents (€42,801,405.57).

 

6

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

The deed of April 18, 2007 given before notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, records that the share capital was increased by seven hundred and forty-seven thousand, six hundred and sixty-six euros and sixteen cents (€747,666.16) and issuing one hundred and two thousand, five hundred and sixty (182,560) additional shares, fully paid up through contributions in cash, as a result of the exercise of thirty-six thousand, five hundred and twelve (36,512) subscription rights, including nine thousand, nine hundred and thirty-seven (9,937) subscription rights issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of May 12, 2004, six thousand, nine hundred (6,900) subscription rights issued by the board of directors on July 12, 2005 and nineteen thousand, six hundred and seventy-five (19,675) subscription rights issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of March 22, 2006. Following this transaction, the share capital amounted to forty-three million, five hundred and forty-nine and seventy-one euros and seventy-three cents (€43,549,071.73).

 

The deed of October 19, 2007 given before notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, records that the share capital was increased within the framework of the authorised capital, resolved upon by the board of directors on October 15, 2006, to the value of four million, three hundred and fifty-four thousand, nine hundred and fifty-four euros and two cents (€4,354,954.02) by issuing one million, sixty-three thousand, three hundred and fifty-one (1,063,351) new shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash for a price equal to €10 per share comprising the par value of the existing shares, i.e. €4.0955 per share, plus an issue premium for the balance .

 

The deed of October 25, 2007 given before notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, records that the share capital was increased by two hundred and eight thousand, two hundred and two euros and ninety-three cents (€208,202.93) and issuing fifty thousand, eight hundred and thirty-seven (50,837) shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash as a result of the exercise of ten thousand, four hundred and seventeen (10,417) subscription rights, including two thousand, six hundred and eighty (2,680) subscription rights issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of May 12, 2004, three thousand (3,000) subscription rights issued by the board of directors' meeting of July 12, 2005 and four thousand, four hundred and twenty-five (4,425) subscription rights issued at the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of March 22, 2006, one hundred and eighty-seven (187) subscription rights issued by the board of directors on November 8, 2006 and one hundred and twenty-five (125) subscription rights issued by the board of directors on April 18, 2007.

 

Following this transaction, the share capital amounted to forty-eight million, one hundred and twelve thousand, two hundred and twenty-eight euros and sixty-eight cents (€48,112,228.68).

 

The notarized deed of April 24, 2008 given before notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, records that the share capital was increased by two hundred and fifty-thousand, three hundred and six euros and ninety-six cents (€250,316.96) and issuing sixty-one thousand, one hundred and twenty (61,120) shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash as a result of the exercise of twelve thousand, two hundred and twenty-four (12,224) subscription rights, including seven thousand, five hundred (7,500) subscription rights issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of May 12, 2004 and four thousand, seven hundred and twenty-four (4,724) subscription rights issued at the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of March 22, 2006.

 

Following this transaction, the share capital amounted to forty-eight million, three hundred and sixty-two thousand, five hundred and forty-five euros and sixty-four cents (€48,362,545.64).

 

The notarized deed of November 5, 2008 drawn up by notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, recorded that the share capital was increased by €79,350.31 and the issuance of 19,375 shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash as a result of the exercise of three thousand, eight hundred and seventy-five (3,875) subscription rights, of which 625 subscription rights issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of May 12, 2004, 2,500 subscription rights issued by the board of directors on July 12, 2005 and 750 subscription rights issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of March 22, 2006.

 

7

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Following this transaction, the share capital amounted to forty-eight million, four hundred and forty-one thousand, eight hundred and ninety-five euros and ninety-five cents (€48,441,895.95_.

 

The notarized deed of December 18, 2008, drawn up by notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, recorded the increase in the share capital, resolved upon by the board of directors under the powers pertaining to the authorised capital on December 15, 2008, in the amount of €5,458,797.75 through the issuance of 1,332,877 shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash for a price equal to €6.29 per share comprising the par value of the existing shares, i.e. €4.0955 per share, plus an issue premium for the balance .

 

The notarized deed of April 17, 2009, drawn up by notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, recorded the increase of the share capital in the amount of € 100,503.37 by issuing 24,540 shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash as a result of the exercise of 4,908 subscription rights, of which 4,508 subscription rights issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of May 12, 2004, and 400 subscription rights issued by the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of March 22, 2006.

 

Following this transaction, the share capital amounted to €54,001,197.27.

 

The extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of June 21, 2010, resolved to formally reduce the share capital by incorporating (and expunging) the (accumulated) losses, without reducing the total number of issued and outstanding shares, by €43,483,535.37 to reduce the share capital to €10,517,661.90.

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed of April 8, 2011, drawn up by notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, it was recorded that the share capital was increased as resolved upon by the board of directors under the powers pertaining to the authorised capital on April 4, 2011, to the value of four million, three hundred and thirty-six thousand, eight hundred and sixty-five euros and ninety-six cents (€4,336,865.96) by issuing 5,436,713 new shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash, for a price of €1.50 per share comprising the par value of the existing shares, i.e. €0.7977 per share, plus an issue premium for the balance.

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed of July 4, 2012, given before notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, the share capital increase, resolved upon by the board of directors under the powers pertaining to the authorised capital on June 28, 2012, was made to the value of five million, four hundred and ninety-seven thousand and forty euros and eighty-four cents (€5,497,040.84) by issuing 6,891,113 new shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash, amongst which 1,996,008 shares were issued for a price of €1.503 per share, and 4,895,105 shares were issued for a price of €1.430 per share, comprising the par value of the existing shares, i.e. €0.7977 per share, plus an issue premium for the balance.

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed of June 25, 2013, drawn up by notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, Brussels, the board of directors increased the share capital in the framework of the authorised capital to the value of six million, nine hundred and seventy thousand, one hundred and ninety-three euros and thirteen cents (€6,970,193.32) by issuing eight million, seven hundred and thirty-seven thousand, eight hundred and sixty-three (8,737,863) new shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash, issued for a price of €2.06 per share, comprising the par value of the existing shares, i.e. €0.7977 per share, plus an issue premium for the balance.

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed drawn up by notary Jean-Philippe Lagae, in Brussels, on November 7, 2014, it was acknowledged that the share capital increase, in the framework of the authorised capital, resolved by the board of directors on November 4, 2014, was realised up to two million, seven hundred and thirty-two thousand, hundred and twenty-two euros and fifty cents (€2,732,122.50), by issuing three million, four hundred and twenty-five thousand (3,425,000) new shares, fully paid up through contribution in cash, issued for a price of €3.60 per share, comprising the par value of the existing shares, i.e. €0.7977 per share, plus an issue premium for the balance.

 

8

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed of April 30, 2015, drawn up by notary Kim Lagae, Brussels, a share capital increase was recorded in the amount of hundred thirty seven thousand three hundred and fifty three euros and fifty-seven cents (EUR 137,353.57) by the issuance of hundred seventy-two thousand and hundred eighty seven (172,187) shares, fully paid-up, through contribution in cash, further to the exercise of 172,187 subscription rights, amongst which 140,000 had been issued in the framework of the May 2010 Sotck Option Plan, 30,000 had been issued in the framework of the April 2011 Stock Option Plan and 2,187 had been issued in the framework of the May 2012 Stock Option Plan. As a result of this transaction, the share capital amounts to thirty million hundred ninety one thousand and two hundred thirty eight euros and nine cents (EUR 30,191,238.09).

 

Pursuant to the deed received by notary Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on 26 June 2015, it was acknowledged that the capital increase, in the framework of the authorised capital, resolved by the board of directors on 23 June 2015, was realised in the amount of four million nine hundred and five thousand and eight hundred fifty-five euros (€4,905,855), through the issuance of six million hundred fifty thousand new shares, entirely paid-up, through a contribution in cash, issued at the price of four euros and fifty cents (€ 4.50) per share, including the fractional value of existing shares, i.e. 0,7977 euro per share, increased with an issuance premium for the balance.

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed received by the notary Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on 18 September 2015, the board of directors increased the share capital, in the framework of authorised capital, up to eight hundred sixty-seven thousand, sixty-four euros and eighty cents (€ 867,064.80) by issuing one million, eighty-six thousand, nine hundred and fifty-six (1,086,956) fully paid up new shares by a contribution in kind, issued at a price of 4.14 euros per share, including the fractional value of the existing shares, i.e., 0.7977 euro per share, increased by an issue premium for the balance.

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed of November 27, 2015, drawn up by notary Kim Lagae, Brussels, a share capital increase was recorded in the amount of fifty four thousand three hundred and ninety-two euros and seventy-seven cents (EUR 54,392.77) by the issuance of sixty eight thousand and hundred eighty seven (68,187) shares, fully paid-up, through contribution in cash, further to the exercise of 68,187 subscription rights, amongst which 20,000 had been issued in the framework of the April 2011 Stock Option Plan, 42,187 had been issued in the framework of the March 2012 Stock Option Plan and 6,000 had been issued in the framework of the June 2012 Stock Option Plan. As a result of this transaction, the share capital amounts to thirty six million eighteen thousand five hundred fifty-five euros and sixty-six cents (EUR 36,018,550.66).

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed of May 19, 2016, drawn up by notary Kim Lagae, Brussels, a share capital increase was recorded in the amount of ninety-two thousand five hundred and thirty-three euros and twenty cents (EUR 92,533.20) by the issuance of one hundred and sixteen thousand (116,000) shares, fully paid-up, through contribution in cash, further to the exercise of 116,000 subscription rights, amongst which 105,000 had been issued in the framework of the April 2011 Stock Option Plan, 11,000 had been issued in the framework of the May 2012 Stock Option Plan. As a result of this transaction, the share capital amounts to thirty-six million, one hundred and eleven thousand, eighty-three euros and eighty-six cents (EUR 36,111,083.86).

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed received by the notary Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on 7 November 2016, following the decision of the board of directors from November 2, 2016, to increase the share capital, in the framework of authorised capital, up to three million six hundred, eleven thousand, one hundred fifty-seven euro and fifty-nine cents (€ 3,611,157.59) by issuing four million five hundred twenty-six thousand, nine hundred and sixty-two shares (4,526,962) fully paid up new shares by a contribution in cash, issued at a price of 4.50 euros per share, including the fractional value of the existing shares, i.e., 0.7977 euro per share, increased by an issue premium for the balance.

 

9

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed of November 10, 2016, drawn up by notary Kim Lagae, Brussels, a share capital increase was recorded in the amount of thirty-nine thousand eighty-seven euros and thirty cents (EUR 39,087.30) by the issuance of forty-nine thousand (49,000) shares, fully paid-up, through contribution in cash, further to the exercise of 49,000 subscription rights, amongst which 25,000 had been issued in the framework of the March 2012 Stock Option Plan, 24,000 had been issued in the framework of the May 2012 Stock Option Plan. As a result of this transaction, the share capital amounts to thirty-nine million, seven hundred sixty-one thousand, three hundred twenty-eight euro and seventy-five cents (€ 39,761,328.75). Free English translation – for information purposes only 10 Pursuant to the notarized deed of May 5, 2017, drawn up by notary Kim Lagae, Brussels, a share capital increase was recorded in the amount of eighty-two thousand eight hundred eleven euros and sixty-three cents (EUR 82,811.63) by the issuance of a hundred three thousand, eight hundred thirteen (103,813) shares, fully paid-up, through contribution in cash, further to the exercise of 103,813 subscription rights, amongst which 77,813 had been issued in the framework of the March 2012 Stock Option Plan, 26,000 had been issued in the framework of the May 2012 Stock Option Plan. As a result of this transaction, the share capital amounts to thirty-nine million, eight hundred forty-four thousand, one hundred forty euro and thirty-eight cents (€ 39,844,140.38).

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed received by the notary Kim Lagae, at Brussels, on 26 March 2018, following the decision of the board of directors from March 21, 2018, to increase the share capital, in the framework of authorised capital, up to seven million nine hundred sixty-eight thousand nine hundred twenty-eight euro and seven cents (€ 7,968,928.07) by issuing nine million nine hundred eighty-nine thousand eight hundred eighty-one shares (9,989,881) fully paid up new shares by a contribution in cash, issued at a price of 3.60 euros per share, including the fractional value of the existing shares, i.e., 0.7977 euro per share, increased by an issue premium for the balance.

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed received by the notary Dirk Delbaere, at Gent, substituting his colleague, the notary Kim Lagae, unable to attend at Brussels, on October 1, 2019, following the decision of the board of directors from September 25, 2019, to increase the share capital, in the framework of authorised capital, up to nine million eight hundred fifty euros and sixty cents (€ 9,000,850.60) by issuing ten million five hundred eighty-nine thousand two hundred thirty-six shares (10,589,236) fully paid up new shares by a contribution in cash, issued at a price of eighty-five cents (€ 0.85) per share, including the fractional value of the existing shares, i.e., 0.7977 euro per share, increased by an issue premium for the balance.

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed received by the notary Stijn Raes, at Gent, substituting his colleague, the notary Kim Lagae, unable to attend at Brussels, on May 15, 2020, the board of directors increased the share capital of an amount of twelve million seven hundred thirty-eight thousand and six hundred thirty-two euros and ninety-four cents (€ 12,738,632.94) by issuing twenty million one hundred sixty-two thousand nine hundred twenty-four shares (20,162,924) new shares at a subscription price of (rounded) € 0.632 per share (or € 12,738,632.94 in aggregate), fully paid up in cash

 

Pursuant to the notarized deed received by the notary Stijn Raes, at Gent, on January 26, 2021, it has been noted that the capital increase, within the framework of the authorised capital, decided by the board of directors on January 21, 2021, has been realised in the amount of twenty-four million nine hundred and ninety-nine thousand nine hundred and thirty cents (EUR 24,999,999.30) (issue premium included) through the issue of twenty-seven million seven hundred and seventy-seven thousand seven hundred and seventy-seven (27,777,777) new shares, fully paid up by means of a cash contribution, issued at a price of ninety cents (EUR 0.90) per share, comprising the accounting par value of the existing shares, i.e. EUR 0.7608 (rounded) per share, increased by an issue premium for the balance.

 

10

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 6: Authorised capital

 

The board of directors is authorised to increase the share capital of the company on one or several occasions by a maximum aggregate amount of ninety million one hundred and thirty-two thousand sixty-seven euros and sixty-nine cents (EUR 90,132,067.69).

 

The board of directors may increase the share capital by contributions in cash or in kind, by capitalisation of reserves, whether available or unavailable for distribution, and capitalisation of issue premiums, with or without the issuance of new shares, with or without voting rights, that will have the rights as will be determined by the board of directors. The board of directors is also authorised to use this authorisation for the issuance of convertible bonds or subscription rights, bonds with subscription rights or other securities.

 

This authorisation is valid for a period of five years as from the date of publication in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette of an extract of the minutes of the extraordinary general shareholders' meeting of the company held on May 27, 2021.

 

In the event of a capital increase decided by the board of directors within the framework of the authorised capital, all issue premiums booked, if any, will be accounted for in accordance with the provisions of these articles of association.

 

The board of directors is authorised, when exercising its powers within the framework of the authorised capital, to restrict or cancel, in the interest of the company, the preferential subscription rights of the shareholders. This restriction or cancellation of the preferential subscription rights can also be done in favour of members of the personnel of the company or of its subsidiaries, or in favour of one or more persons other than members of the personnel of the company or of its subsidiaries.

 

The board of directors is authorised, with the right of substitution, to amend the articles of association, after each capital increase that has occurred within the framework of the authorised capital, in order to bring them in conformity with the new situation of the share capital and the shares.

 

Article 7: New rights issue - Preferential subscription right - New rights issue to the benefit of the personnel

 

The decision to increase the share capital is taken by the general shareholders' meeting or, as the case may be, the board of directors, within the framework of the authorised capital, subject to observance of the provisions of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and of these articles of association.

 

The general shareholders' meeting or, as the case may be, the board of directors, within the framework of the authorised capital, determines the issuance price and issuance conditions for the new shares upon proposal of the board of directors.

 

In the event the new shares are issued with an issue premium, the issue premium must be immediately paid-up in full upon subscription to the shares.

 

All issue premiums booked will be accounted for in one or more separate accounts as net equity on the liabilities side of the company's balance sheet and will be subscribed by contributions actually paid up in cash or in kind, other than in industry, on the occasion of the issue of shares or profit shares. These issue premiums may only be reduced in execution of a regular decision of the company in accordance with the Code of Companies and Associations.

 

Upon every increase of the share capital, the shares subscribed to in cash must first be offered to the shareholders in accordance with the applicable legal provisions.

 

The preferential subscription right can be limited or cancelled in the interest of the company by the general shareholders' meeting or, as the case may be, the board of directors, within the framework of the authorised capital, in accordance with the relevant legal provisions.

 

The general shareholders' meeting, or as the case may be, the board of directors within the framework of the authorised capital, may decide to increase the share capital to the benefit of the personnel of the company or its subsidiaries, subject to observance of the provisions of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

11

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 8: Decrease of share capital

 

The company may decrease the share capital in accordance with the relevant legal provisions.

 

TITLE III: SHARES – OTHER SECURITIES

 

Article 9: Nature of the securities

 

Shares that are not fully paid-up are in registered form. Fully paid-up shares and other securities are in registered form, in dematerialised form or, to the extent allowed by law and the relevant issuance conditions of the relevant securities, in another form, at the discretion of the relevant holder of such shares or such securities. Any holder of securities may request at any time and at his/her/its expense that his/her/its fully paid-up securities be converted into another form, to the extent allowed by the law and the relevant issuance conditions of such securities.

 

Dematerialised securities are represented by an entry on an account, in the name of the owner or the holder, with a certified account holder or with a settlement institution. The transfer of dematerialised securities is registered from one account to another.

 

The register of registered shares and the register of other registered securities, as the case may be, can be kept electronically. Each holder of securities can consult the register with respect to his/her/its securities. The board of directors can appoint a third party of its choice to keep this electronic register.

 

All recordings in the share register and the registers of other registered securities, including transfers and conversions, can be validly made on the basis of documents or instructions submitted electronically or via any other means by the transferor, the transferee and/or the holder of the securities, as applicable.

 

The general shareholders' meeting may decide to carry out a share split or a share consolidation, subject to observance of the rules and majorities required for an amendment to the articles of association in accordance with the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

Article 10: Shares not paid up in full - Requirement to pay up shares

 

The undertaking to pay-up a share in full is unconditional and indivisible.

 

If shares which have not been paid-up in full belong to several persons undividedly, each of them is liable for the payment of the entire amount of the called payments due.

 

Additional payment or payment in full is called by the board of directors at the time it determines. Notice thereof is given to the shareholders by registered letter or, for shareholders who have communicated their e-mail address to the company in accordance with the provisions of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, by e-mail, indicating the bank account to which the payment should be made, to the exclusion of all other methods of payment, by means of wire transfer or cash deposit. The shareholder is in default by the mere lapse of the term determined in the notice and owes interest to the company at the legal interest rate effective at that time, plus two percent.

 

As long as the calls for payments on a share that are due have not been made in accordance with this provision, the exercise of the rights attached to the share concerned are suspended.

 

Earlier payments on shares cannot be made without the prior permission of the board of directors.

 

Article 11: Indivisibility of the securities

 

Securities are indivisible vis-à-vis the company.

 

In case securities belong to multiple holders of rights in rem, are pledged, or in case the rights attached to the securities are subject to an undivided ownership, usufruct or any other manner of division of the rights attached to such securities, the board of directors can suspend all rights attached to such securities until one person has been identified towards the company as the holder of those securities.

 

All notices, writs and other notifications by the company will occur validly and exclusively, as the case may be, to the person appointed as owner vis-à-vis the company, or to the common representative so appointed.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, and unless a will or an agreement provides otherwise, the usufructuary of securities shall exercise all the rights attached to those securities.

 

12

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 12: Distraint

 

Heirs, creditors, or other rightful claimants of a shareholder may in no circumstances intervene in the management of the company, nor cause any distraint to be imposed on the goods and securities of the company, nor pursue the liquidation of the company and the distribution of its assets.

 

In exercising their rights, they must abide by the balance sheets and inventories of the company and comply with the decisions of the general shareholders' meeting.

 

Article 13: Issue of bonds, subscription rights and other securities giving right to shares

 

The company may issue mortgage bonds or other bonds by resolution of the board of directors and on such conditions as it shall determine.

 

The general shareholders' meeting or the board of directors, acting within the framework of the authorised capital, may issue convertible bonds, bonds repayable into shares, subscription rights, or any other financial instrument giving an entitlement to shares.

 

The general shareholders' meeting or the board of directors, acting within the framework of the authorised capital, may, in the interest of the company, restrict or cancel the preferential subscription rights of the shareholders in accordance with the relevant legal provisions, including in favour of one or more specified persons other than members of the personnel of the company or of its subsidiaries.

 

In accordance with applicable law, holders of shares without voting rights, profit certificates without voting rights, convertible bonds, subscription rights or certificates which were issued with cooperation of the company have the right to attend shareholders' meetings, but only in a consultative capacity.

 

TITLE IV: TRANSPARENCY OBLIGATIONS

 

Article 14: Transparency obligation

 

Each natural or legal person acquiring or transferring voting securities of the company, whether or not representing the share capital, must notify the company and the Financial Services and Markets Authority of the number and percentage of securities owned directly or indirectly by him alone or in concert with one or more other persons, as soon as the percentage of the voting rights attached to these securities reach three percent (3%) or more of the total number of voting rights at the moment when the circumstances arise that require a notification.

 

Such notification is also required each time, as a result of an acquisition, a threshold of five percent (5%) and a multiple of five percent (5%) is reached, and when the number of voting rights drops below the aforementioned thresholds as a result of a transfer.

 

The notification must be done within the term and in the manner as provided by applicable law.

 

Article 15: Voting rights

 

In accordance with the applicable legal provisions, no one may participate to the voting at the general shareholders' meeting for more votes than the votes attached to shares that have been notified by him at least 20 days before the date of the general shareholders' meeting in accordance with the articles of association and the legislation regarding transparency notifications.

 

TITLE V: ACQUISITION AND DISPOSAL OF TREASURY SHARES

 

Article 16: Acquisition and disposal of treasury shares

 

The company may acquire, dispose of or pledge its own shares, profit certificates or any certificates relating thereto subject to the compliance with the relevant legal provisions.

 

TITLE VI: GOVERNANCE AND REPRESENTATION

 

Article 17: Powers of the board of directors

 

The company has opted for a one-tier management model whereby the board of directors has the authority to carry out all actions that are useful or serve to achieve the corporate purpose of the company, with the exception of those that according to law are reserved to the general shareholders' meeting.

 

13

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 18: Composition of the board of directors

 

The company is governed by a board of directors, acting as collective body and consisting of at least three (3) directors.

 

If a legal entity is appointed director it must appoint a permanent representative charged with the performance of the mandate in the name of and for the account of the legal entity director.

 

The directors are appointed by the general shareholders' meeting.

 

The term of their mandate shall in any event not exceed four (4) years.

 

Unless the relevant appointment resolution provides otherwise, the term of their mandate shall run from the general shareholders' meeting at which they are appointed to the ordinary general meeting in the financial year in which the term of their mandate expires in accordance with the appointment resolution.

 

The directors can be dismissed by the general shareholders' meeting in accordance with the applicable legal provisions.

 

A director whose mandate has ended may be re-appointed.

 

Should the mandate of a director become vacant, for any reason whatsoever, the remaining directors shall have the right to temporarily fill such vacancy (co-optation). The next general shareholders' meeting must confirm the mandate of the co-opted director; if confirmed, the co-opted director completes the mandate of his/her/its predecessor, unless the general shareholders' meeting decides otherwise. In the absence of confirmation, the mandate of the co-opted director ends at the end of the general shareholders' meeting, without prejudice to the regularity of the composition of the board of directors up to that moment in time.

 

In case of more than one vacancy, the remaining directors shall have the right to fill all such vacancies simultaneously. As long as the general shareholders' meeting or the board of directors, for any reason whatsoever, does not fill the vacancy, the directors of whom the mandate has ended will remain in function if this is needed for the board of directors to maintain the minimum number of directors as required by applicable law and the articles of association.

 

Article 19: Remuneration

 

The general shareholders' meeting decides whether the mandate of a director will be remunerated or not, by granting a fixed and/or variable remuneration.

 

The amount will be determined by the general shareholders' meeting and will be accounted for as a general expense of the company.

 

Article 20: Chairman

 

The board of directors will appoint a chairman amongst its members.

 

The chairman, or if the chairman is absent, a director appointed by the other directors present, shall chair the meetings of the board of directors.

 

Article 21: Conflicts of interest

 

If a director has a direct or indirect financial interest in accordance with Article 7:96 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, which is contrary to a decision or transaction that falls within the powers of the board of directors, the provisions of Article 7:96 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code must be complied with by the director concerned, as well as by the board of directors in its deliberations and resolutions.

 

If more than one director finds himself in this position, and applicable law prohibits them from participating in the discussions or voting in connection therewith, the resolutions can be validly passed by the remaining directors, even if in these circumstances more than half of the directors are no longer present or validly represented.

 

Article 22: Convening of meetings of the board of directors

 

The board of directors meets whenever the interest of the company so requires, as well as any time two directors so request.

 

The board of directors shall be convened by the chairman. If the chairman has not convened the board of directors within 14 days as from such request of the directors, the directors who requested a meeting may validly convene the meeting.

 

The notice of meeting will mention the place, date, hour and agenda for the meeting and be sent out at least one week prior to the meeting by letter, telefax or any other written (possibly electronic) means.

 

When all the directors are present or validly represented, the valid convening of the meeting cannot be challenged.

 

14

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 23: Meetings of the board of directors

 

The meetings of the board of directors are chaired by the chairman.

 

In the absence of the chairman, the meeting is chaired by another director.

 

The board of directors can only validly deliberate and resolve on matters appearing on the agenda and only provided that at least half of its members are present or represented at the meeting. If this quorum requirement is not met at a first meeting, a second meeting of the board of directors may be convened which will validly deliberate and decide regardless of the number of directors present or represented, on the understanding that at least two (2) directors must be present, either physically at the meeting or by telecommunication means.

 

The requirement to be present shall not apply to resolutions in which the majority of the members of the board of directors would not participate in accordance with Article 7:96 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code with regard to conflicts of interest, but provided that the majority of the other directors are present or represented at this meeting.

 

The board of directors can only validly deliberate and resolve on matters not appearing on the agenda if all members of the board of directors are present at the meeting and have consented thereto.

 

This consent is assumed to have been given if no objection is recorded in the minutes.

 

Any director who cannot be present in person at a meeting may participate in the deliberation and voting with the aid of telecommunication means such as telephone or videoconference, subject to the condition that all participants to the meeting can communicate directly with all other participants.

 

Any director may instruct one of his colleagues merely by letter, telegram, telex, telefax, or any other written communication means to represent him at a specified meeting of the board of directors and to vote for him and in his place. A director giving such instructions is regarded as being present at the meeting. A director can represent several of his fellow members of the board of directors.

 

Resolutions of the board of directors are passed by majority vote, unless otherwise required by the articles of association or applicable law.

 

The resolutions of the board of directors may be taken by unanimous written resolution of all directors, with the exception of those resolutions for which the articles of association exclude this possibility (as the case may be).

 

Article 24: Minutes of the board of directors

 

Minutes are kept of the resolutions of the board of directors, which shall be kept at the registered office of the company and are signed by the chairman and in his absence by the director chairing the meeting and by at least the majority of the board members present.

 

Copies and excerpts of minutes to be submitted in court or elsewhere shall be validly signed by two directors acting jointly, or by the director to whom powers of the day-to-day management have been delegated.

 

Article 25: Special committees

 

The board of directors shall have the power and, to the extent required by applicable law, the obligation to establish, in its midst and under its responsibility, one or more advisory committees, such as (but not limited to) an audit committee, a nomination committee and a remuneration committee (which can be combined with the nomination committee). The board of directors determines the composition and duties of these committees.

 

TITLE VII: DELEGATION OF POWERS

 

Article 26: Day-to-day management – Delegation of powers

 

The board of directors may appoint one or more managing director(s) and grant them the most extensive powers for the day-to-day management of the company, the representation with regard to this day-to-day management and the implementation of the decisions of the board of directors.

 

The board of directors and the managing director(s) may grant special and certain powers of attorney to one or more persons of their choice.

 

15

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

TITLE VIII: REPRESENTATION OF THE COMPANY

 

Article 27: Representation of the company

 

Without prejudice to the general representative powers of the board of directors as a collective body, the company shall be validly represented in and out of court by two directors, acting jointly.

 

As to the day-to-day management, the company is also validly represented in and out of court by one or more persons charged with the day-to-day management, acting alone or jointly in accordance with the delegation resolution of the board of directors;

 

In addition, the company is validly represented by special attorneys-in-fact acting within the limits of the powers granted to them.

 

When the company is appointed director, manager or liquidator of another company, it appoints amongst its shareholders, directors or members of the personnel a permanent representative who shall be charged with the performance of the mandate in the name of and for account of the company.

 

TITLE IX: AUDITS

 

Article 28: Statutory auditors

 

The audit of the financial situation, the financial statements and the validity of the transactions to be reported in the financial statements, must be entrusted to one or more statutory auditors.

 

The statutory auditors are appointed and remunerated in accordance to the rules set forth in the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

TITLE X: GENERAL SHAREHOLDERS' MEETINGS

 

Article 29: Annual, special and extraordinary general shareholders' meeting

 

The annual general shareholders' meeting must each year be convened on the last Thursday of May at ten o'clock.

 

If this day would be a Belgian public holiday, the annual general shareholders' meeting shall be held on the previous business day. In these articles of association, "business day" shall mean any calendar day, with the exception of Saturdays, Sundays and Belgian public holidays.

 

At any time a special or extraordinary general shareholders' meeting can be convened to discuss any matter falling within its powers.

 

Each general shareholders' meeting is held at the registered office of the company or at any other location indicated in the notice convening the meeting.

 

Article 30: Meeting - powers - obligation

 

The board of directors and any statutory auditor of the company may, acting alone, convene a general shareholders' meeting. They must convene the annual general shareholders' meeting on the day determined by these articles of association.

 

The board of directors and statutory auditor are obliged to convene the general shareholders' meeting within three (3) weeks when shareholders representing at least one tenth of the share capital so request, with at least the items on the agenda proposed by the shareholders concerned.

 

In the notice convening the general shareholders' meeting, other items may be added on the agenda than those included therein by the shareholders.

 

Article 31: Notices convening shareholders' meetings

 

The notices convening general shareholders' meetings must be issued in accordance with the applicable legal provisions.

 

Convening notices drawn up by the board of directors may be validly signed in its name by a person to whom the day-to-day management of the company has been delegated.

 

16

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 32: Admission – Prior formalities

 

In order to be admitted to and participate to a general shareholders' meeting, shareholders must comply with the relevant registration, notice, filing and other formalities as required by applicable law or as shall be set out (subject to applicable law) in the notice convening the meeting.

 

The representatives of legal entities have to provide documents showing their capacity as corporate body or special proxy holder.

 

Natural persons, corporate bodies or proxy holders who participate in the general shareholders' meeting must be able to provide proof of their identity.

 

Holders of profit-sharing certificates, shares without voting rights, convertible bonds, subscription rights or other securities issued by the company, as the case may be, as well as holders of certificates issued with cooperation of the company representing securities issued by the company, if any, can participate in the general shareholders' meeting insofar as the law or the articles of association allow this and, if applicable, give them the right to participate in the vote. If they wish to participate, they will be subject to the same formalities of prior deposit and notice, of the form and the deposit of a proxy, and of admission, as those to which the shareholders are subject.

 

Prior to participating to the meeting, the shareholders or their proxies must sign the attendance list, stating :

 

a. the identity of the shareholder,

 

b. the name of the proxy, and

 

c. the number of shares they represent.

 

Article 33: Representation of shareholders

 

Notwithstanding the legal provisions with respect to legal representation, each security holder who can participate in the general shareholders' meeting, can be represented at a general shareholders' meeting by a proxy holder who has been granted a handwritten proxy or a proxy on another durable medium recognized by law.

 

Such proxies must be granted in accordance with the applicable law and/or as set out (in accordance with the applicable law) in the convening notice, as the case may be.

 

The holders of a proxy must comply with the relevant legal provisions concerning proxies for general shareholders' meetings, as relevant.

 

The board of directors can establish a form for the proxies. The proxy forms will be made available to the security holders.

 

Article 34: Bureau

 

The chairman of the board of directors, or in his absence, a director appointed by the other directors, shall chair the general shareholders' meeting.

 

The chairman shall appoint a secretary, who may be or may not be a shareholder; the meeting elects one or two tellers.

 

The persons mentioned in this article constitute the bureau of the meeting.

 

17

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 35: Adjournment of the meeting

 

The board of directors has the right, during the annual general shareholders' meeting, to adjourn the resolution relating to the approval of the annual accounts for five (5) weeks. This adjournment does not affect the other decisions already taken, unless the general shareholders' meeting decides otherwise in this respect. The next general shareholders' meeting has the right to definitively adopt the annual accounts.

 

The board of directors also has the right, during the general shareholders' meeting, to adjourn any other general shareholders' meeting once by five (5) weeks. This adjournment does not affect the resolutions already passed by this meeting, unless the general shareholders' meeting decides otherwise in this respect.

 

At the next general shareholders' meeting, the items on the agenda on which no final decision was taken at the previous general shareholders' meeting will be dealt with further.

 

Subject to applicable law, additional items on the agenda may be added to the agenda of the next general shareholders' meeting.

 

Subject to applicable law, the formalities completed in order to attend the first general shareholders' meeting, including registration for the general shareholders' meeting, and, as the case may be, the deposit of proxies, shall remain valid for the second general shareholders' meeting.

 

Shareholders who were not present or represented at the previous (adjourned) general shareholders' meeting will be admitted to the next general shareholders' meeting, provided that they have complied with the formalities set out in the applicable legal provisions and these articles of association.

 

Article 36: Decisions on matters not on the agenda - Amendments

 

Without prejudice to article 7:130 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, the general shareholders' meeting cannot validly deliberate or decide on the items that are not included or implicitly contained in the agenda, unless all shareholders are present or represented at the meeting and unanimously agree and if, in the case of a vote by mail, the form authorises a proxy to make such a decision. The required consent is assumed to exist, if no objection is recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

Article 37: Voting rights

 

Each share gives the right to one vote.

 

If a share is subject to a right of usufruct, the exercise of the voting right attached to this share is exercised by the common representative appointed in accordance with article 11, and, failing a common representative, the voting right is suspended.

 

The voting rights attached to shares that have been pledged, are exercised by the owner-pledgor.

 

Article 38: Decision-making at the general shareholders' meeting

 

The general shareholders' meeting may validly deliberate and pass resolutions regardless of the number of shares present or represented, except in cases where the applicable law requires a certain attendance quorum.

 

The resolutions of the general shareholders' meeting are validly passed by a simple majority of the votes validly cast at the meeting, except in the cases where applicable law or these articles of association provide for another majority.

 

In the event votes are tied, the proposal is rejected.

 

Voting shall occur orally or by calling the names or by show of hands unless the chairman of the meeting thinks it preferable to vote by another method, such as voting slips or electronic means.

 

Shareholders' meetings may be transmitted or broadcast live by telephone conferencing or video conferencing, or any other means of transmission and/or telecommunication.

 

18

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 39: Remote voting or participation

 

If the convening notice so provides, a shareholder may, prior to the general shareholders' meeting, vote by mail or via electronic means using forms, the contents of which shall be specified in the convening notice and which will be made available to the shareholders.

 

The form for remote voting shall contain at least the following information: (i) the identity of the shareholder, (ii) the domicile or registered office of the shareholder, (iii) the number of shares or votes with which the shareholder is participating in the vote, (iv) the form of the shares held by the shareholder, (v) the agenda of the general shareholders' meeting and the proposed resolutions, (vi) the term within which the company must receive the form for remote voting, and (vii) the positive or negative vote or the abstention relating to each proposed resolution. Forms that do not indicate a positive or negative vote, or an abstention, are void. The form must bear the shareholder's signature (which may be a digital signature to the extent permitted as evidence by applicable law).

 

In accordance with applicable law, the dated and signed form for votes by distance must be sent by letter, fax, email or any other means mentioned to the extent permitted as written evidence by applicable law to the company's registered office or to the place indicated in the notice and must reach the company at the latest on the sixth calendar day prior to the general shareholders' meeting concerned. In accordance with applicable law, the board of directors may opt that votes can be cast electronically on, or until the day of, the relevant general shareholders' meeting.

 

The board of directors may arrange for remote voting to take place electronically via one or more websites. It shall establish the practical procedures for such electronic voting, ensuring that the system used allows for the inclusion of the information referred to in the second paragraph of this article and control of compliance with the prescribed time limits

 

Article 40: Minutes

 

The minutes of the general shareholders' meetings are signed by the members of the bureau and by the shareholders who so request.

 

Copies and excerpts of the minutes of the general shareholders' meeting are signed by two directors acting jointly, by the chairman of the board of directors or by any person to whom powers of the day-to-day management have been delegated.

 

19

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

TITLE XI: CLOSING OF THE FISCAL YEAR – FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – APPLICATION OF PROFITS - DIVIDENDS

 

Article 41: Fiscal year – Financial statements

 

The company's fiscal year starts on January 1 and ends on December 31 of each year.

 

At the end of each fiscal year the books and documents are closed and the board of directors draws up the inventory, as well as the financial statements, in accordance with the applicable legal provisions.

 

Article 42: Application of the profits

 

The positive balance on the profit and loss account represents the profit of the company to be allocated.

 

At least five percent of these profits are deducted to constitute the legal reserve fund until this represents one/tenth of the share capital.

 

The general shareholders' meeting decides on the allocation of the balance by simple majority vote upon the proposal by the board of directors.

 

Article 43: Payment of dividends - Payment of interim dividends

 

The board of directors determines the time and the manner in which dividends will be paid.

 

The payment of the dividend must occur before the end of the fiscal year in which the dividend has been declared.

 

The board of directors is granted the power to pay an interim dividend on the result of the current fiscal year.

 

TITLE XII: WINDING-UP - LIQUIDATION

 

Article 44: Winding-up

 

The voluntary winding-up of the company may only be decided by an extraordinary general shareholders' meeting and with due observance of the applicable legal provisions.

 

After being wound up, the company will continue to exist in law as an entity in law for the purpose of its liquidation until the liquidation is completed.

 

Article 45: Appointment of liquidators

 

In accordance with applicable law, the liquidators are appointed by the general shareholders'' meeting.

 

If no liquidators are appointed, the directors in office at the time of the winding-up shall, with respect to third parties, be considered as liquidators as of right without, however, having the powers that the law and these articles of association grant with respect to liquidation transactions to the liquidators appointed in these articles of association, by the general meeting or by the court.

 

If an entity in law is appointed liquidator, the natural person representing the liquidator in the liquidation must be appointed in the resolution appointing the liquidator. Any amendment to this appointment is to be made public in the annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette.

 

Article 46: Powers of the liquidators

 

The liquidators are authorised to carry out all transactions as permitted by applicable law, without the requirement of a prior authorisation by the general shareholders' meeting, unless the general shareholders' meeting decides otherwise by a simple majority vote.

 

20

Free English translation – for information purposes only

 

Article 47: Method of liquidation

 

In accordance with applicable law, after the payment of all debts, charges and expenses of the liquidation or after the consignment of the sums necessary for that purpose, the liquidators distribute the net assets in cash or in securities to the shareholders in proportion of the shares that they own.

 

Article 48: Special provisions s for companies in liquidation

 

Any change of the name of a company in liquidation is prohibited.

 

All documents issued by a dissolved company must mention the fact that it is in liquidation.

 

A resolution to move the registered office of a company in liquidation cannot be carried out without being approved by the enterprise court in the jurisdiction of which the company has its registered office. The approval is requested by the liquidator by means of a writ of request. A transcript of the decision regarding the approval by the court needs to be attached to the deed that is filed in connection with the move of the registered office.

 

TITLE XIII: GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Article 49: Election of domicile

 

Any director and any person delegated to the day-to-day management may elect domicile at the company's registered office, for all matters affecting the performance of his or her duties. The directors and liquidators who are domiciled abroad, are deemed to elect domicile for the entire duration of their mandate at the registered office of the company, where all summons and notifi-cations concerning the business of the company and the responsibility for their management may be served on them.

 

Article 50: Governing law

 

All matters not expressly determined in these articles of association, or to the legal provisions from which is not validly derogated in these articles of association are subject to, the provisions of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and other provisions of Belgian law.

 

Article 51: Personnel

 

Unless the context requires otherwise or unless otherwise defined in these articles of association, for the purposes of these articles of association, "personnel" shall have the meaning defined in Article 1:27 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

 

21

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Governance Charter

 

 

 

14 April 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MDxHealth SA

CAP Business Center, Rue d’Abhooz, 31, B-4040 Herstal, Belgium

VAT BE 0479.292.440 RPM Liège (Belgium)

Tel: 00 32 4 364 20 70
Fax 00 32 4 364 20 71
Web: www.mdxhealth.com

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

          Page
Introduction   ii
Certain definitions and expressions   iii
1. General information   1
  1.1.   MDxHealth   1
  1.2.   Corporate purpose   1
  1.3.   Group structure   2
  1.4.   Governance structure   2
  1.5.   Outstanding shares and other securities   2
  1.6.   Listing   2
  1.7.   Important shareholders   2
  1.8.   Available information   2
2. Board of directors   3
  2.1.   Terms of reference   3
  2.2.   Role and responsibilities of the board of directors   3
  2.3.   Composition and election of the board of directors   4
  2.4.   Evaluation of the board of directors, its committees and the individual directors   6
  2.5.   Chair of the board of directors   7
  2.6.   Non-executive directors and independent directors   7
  2.7.   Special committees   8
  2.8.   Executive management   9
  2.9.   Company secretary   9
  2.10.   External advice   9
  2.11.   Conduct by directors   9
  2.12.   Organization of meetings   11
3. Audit committee   12
  3.1.   Terms of reference   12
  3.2.   Role of the committee   12
  3.3.   Composition of the committee   13
  3.4.   Specific tasks of the committee   13
  3.5.   Operation of the committee   15
4. Nomination and remuneration committee   17
  4.1.   Terms of reference   17
  4.2.   Role of the committee   17
  4.3.   Composition of the committee   18
  4.4.   Specific tasks of the committee   18
  4.5.   Operation of the committee   19
5. CEO and other executive management   20
  5.1.   Terms of reference   20
  5.2.   Structure of executive management   20
  5.3.   Chief executive officer   20
  5.4.   Other executive managers   21
  5.5.   Operation of executive management   22
  5.6.   Conduct by executive management   22
6. Remuneration of directors and managers   23
  6.1.   Remuneration policy   23
  6.2.   Remuneration report   25
7. Shares and Shareholders   25
  7.1.   General   25
  7.2.   Communication with shareholders and potential shareholders   25
  7.3.   Rights and obligations of the shareholders   25
Appendix 1 - Deviations   30
Appendix 2 – Organizational structure   31

  

i

 

 

Introduction

 

This Corporate Governance Charter (the “Charter”) has been adopted by the board of directors of MDxHealth SA (“MDxHealth”) at its meeting of 14 April 2021, the date on which it has become effective.

 

The Charter reflects the main principles by which the board of directors of MDxHealth organizes and supervises the operations of the company. It is subject to and without prejudice to the provisions of Belgian law and the company’s articles of association.

 

The Charter is adopted in accordance with the recommendations set out in the Belgian Corporate Governance Code of 2020 (the “2020 Code”). MDxHealth has adopted the 2020 Code as its reference code. The 2020 Code is based on a “comply or explain” system: Belgian listed companies should follow the 2020 Code, but can deviate from its provisions and guidelines (though not from the principles) provided they disclose the justifications for such deviation. MDxHealth complies with the 2020 Code, but believes that certain deviations from its provisions are justified in view of the company’s particular situation. These deviations are further explained in the present Charter and, where applicable, identified in Appendix 1 to this Charter.

 

This Charter is governed by and construed in accordance with Belgian law.

The board of directors of MDxHealth will review this Charter from time to time and make such changes as it deems necessary and appropriate.

 

The Charter should be read together with the articles of association of MDxHealth and other information that is made available by the company from time to time. In accordance with the 2020 Code, each annual report of MDxHealth contains a “Corporate Governance Statement” (the “Corporate Governance Statement”) in which the board of directors provides further information on its corporate governance and the application of this Charter.

 

In case of any contradiction between a provision of this Charter and an applicable mandatory law or regulation, such law or regulation supersedes the provision of this Charter.

 

The Charter is available on the “Investors – Shareholders’ Information” section of the company’s website (www.mdxhealth.com) and can be obtained free of charge at the registered office of the company.

 

On behalf of the board of directors of MDxHealth,

 

14 April 2021

 

ii

 

 

Certain definitions and expressions

 

Throughout this Charter, certain terms and expressions are used. Unless the context in which these terms and expressions are used, do not so permit, or unless these terms or expressions are defined differently, they should be read and understood as follows:

 

Any reference to “the company” or “MDxHealth” should be read as a reference to MDxHealth SA.

 

The expression “subsidiary” means, when used with respect to a person, a subsidiary of such person within the meaning of article 1:15 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code (filiale).

 

The expression “control” shall, when used with respect to a person, have the meaning as defined in article 1:14 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, and shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of articles 1:14 to 1:18 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, and expressions such as “controlling” or “controlled” shall have a correlative meaning.

 

FSMA” means the Belgian Financial Services and Markets Authority (Autorité des Services et Marchés Financiers).

 

This Charter is complementary to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the articles of association of MDxHealth. No provision of this Charter can be interpreted as derogating therefrom.

 

iii

 

 

1. General information

 

1.1. MDxHealth

 

The company was incorporated for an unlimited duration on 10 January 2003 as “Oncogenome Sciences”. It changed its name to “OncoMethylome Sciences” on 30 June 2003 and subsequently into “MDxHealth” on 5 October 2010. It has the legal form of a limited liability company (société anonyme - SA) organized and existing under the laws of Belgium. Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, the liability of the shareholders is limited to the amount of their respective committed contribution to the capital of MDxHealth SA.

 

The company’s registered office is located at CAP Business Center, Rue d’Abhooz, 31, B-4040 Herstal, Belgium. The company is registered with the registry of legal persons (registre des personnes morales) in Belgium under enterprise number (numéro d’entreprise) 0479.292.440 Liège (Belgium).

 

1.2. Corporate purpose

 

The corporate purpose of MDxHealth reads as follows:

 

“The company’s corporate purpose is to engage in Belgium and abroad, in its own name and on behalf of third parties, alone or in collaboration with third parties, in the following activities:

 

all forms of research and development on or involving biological cells and organisms (including gene methylation) and chemical compounds, as well as the industrialization and commercialization of the results thereof;

 

the research and development of biotechnological or derivative products that could have a market value in applications related to human and animal healthcare, diagnostics, pharmacogenomics and therapeutics, based amongst other things on the technology of genetics, genetic engineering and detection, chemistry and cell biology;

 

the commercialization of the aforementioned products and application domains;

 

the acquisition, disposal, exploitation, commercialization and management of intellectual property, property and usage rights, trade marks, patents, drawings, licenses and any other form of know how.

 

The company is also authorized to engage into all commercial, industrial, financial and real estate transactions, which are directly or indirectly related to, or that may be beneficial to the achievement of, its corporate purpose.

It can, by means of subscription, contribution, merger, collaboration, financial participation or otherwise, take interests or participate in any company, existing or to be incorporated, undertakings, businesses and associations in Belgium or abroad.

 

The company can manage, re-organize or sell these interests and can also, directly or indirectly, participate in the board, management, control and dissolution of companies, undertakings, business and associations in which it has an interest or a participation.

 

The company can provide guarantees and security interests for the benefit of these companies, undertakings, businesses and associations, act as their agent or representative, and grant advances, credit, mortgages or other securities.”

 

1

 

  

1.3. Group structure

 

The company’s main business is conducted through MDxHealth. In accordance with the corporate purpose of MDxHealth, the company may take participations in other companies.

 

MDxHealth has two direct subsidiaries, and two indirect subsidiaries:

 

MDxHealth Inc., a fully owned company, incorporated under the laws of Delaware, USA, with principal office at 15279 Alton Parkway, Suite 100, Irvine CA 92618, USA.

 

MDxHealth B.V., a fully owned company, incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, with its principal address at Geert Grooteplein Zuid 34, 6524 GA Nijmegen, the Netherlands. MDxHealth B.V. operates as a holding company, with two wholly-owned subsidiaries incorporated under the laws of the Netherlands, including MDxHealth Servicelab B.V. and MDxHealth Research B.V., each of which has its principal address at Geert Grooteplein Zuid 34, 6524 GA Nijmegen, the Netherlands.

 

1.4. Governance structure

 

MDxHealth has opted for a "one tier" governance structure whereby the board of directors is the ultimate decision making body, with the overall responsibility for the management and control of MDxHealth, and is authorized to carry out all actions that are considered necessary or useful to achieve MDxHealth' object. The board of directors has entrusted the company’s day-to-day management to the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and has appointed the executive management that assists the CEO. The board of directors has also set up several specialized committees, which are further discussed in Sections 2, 3 and 4 of this Charter. The board of directors has all powers except for those reserved to the general shareholders' meeting by law or the MDxHealth' articles of association. The board of directors acts as a collegiate body.

 

1.5. Outstanding shares and other securities

 

As per the date of this Charter, the share capital of MDxHealth amounts to EUR 90,132,067.69 represented by 118,469,226 ordinary shares. For a history of the company’s share capital, further reference is made to the “Investor – Shareholder Information” section of the company’s website (www.mdxhealth.com).

 

Apart from the shares, MDxHealth also issued a number of subscription rights that give the right to subscribe for new shares. The “Investor – Shareholder Information” section of the company’s website (www.mdxhealth.com) contains further information regarding the potential future voting rights attached to these outstanding subscription rights.

 

1.6. Listing

 

The shares of MDxHealth are listed on Euronext Brussels since 27 June 2006. The shares have the following securities codes:

 

ISIN: BE0003844611

 

Symbol: MDXH

 

1.7. Important shareholders

 

For an overview of the important shareholders of the company that have notified the company and the FSMA of their ownership of the company’s securities, please refer to the “Investor – Shareholder Information” section of the company’s website (www.mdxhealth.com).

 

1.8. Available information

 

The present Charter is available in Belgium at no cost at the company's registered office, located at CAP Business Center, Zone Industrielle des Hauts-Sarts, Rue d'Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium.

 

2

 

 

The Charter is also available also available under the 'Investors' section on the following website: www.mdxhealth.com.

 

The company must file its restated articles of association and all other deeds and resolutions that are to be published in the Annexes to the Belgian Official Gazette (Moniteur Belge) with the clerk's office of the enterprise court of Liège, division Liège, where they are available to the public. The company is registered with the legal entities register (Liège, division Liège) under enterprise number 0479.292.440. A copy of the company's most recently restated articles of association is also available on its website (under the 'Investors' section) free of charge.

 

In accordance with Belgian law, the company must prepare annual audited statutory and consolidated financial statements. The annual statutory and consolidated financial statements and the reports of the company's board of directors and statutory auditor relating thereto must be filed with the National Bank of Belgium, where they are available to the public. Furthermore, as a company with shares listed on the regulated market of Euronext Brussels, the company is also required to publish an annual financial report (which includes its audited condensed statutory financial statements and audited consolidated financial statements, the report of its board of directors and the report of the statutory auditor) and an annual announcement preceding the publication of the annual financial report, as well as a half-yearly financial report on the first six months of its financial year (which includes a condensed set of financial statements and an interim management report). Copies of these documents will be made available on the company's website (under the 'Investors' section) and on STORI, the Belgian central storage mechanism, which is operated by the FSMA and can be accessed via stori.fsma.be or www.fsma.be.

 

The company must also disclose inside information, information about its shareholder structure and certain other information to the public. In accordance with the Belgian Royal Decree of 14 November 2007 on the obligations of issuers of financial instruments that are admitted to trading on a regulated market, and Regulation (EU) 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on market abuse and related rules, as amended from time to time, such information and documentation is made available through the company's website, press releases, the communication channels of Euronext Brussels, on STORI, or a combination of these means. All press releases published by the company are made available on its website.

 

The company can be contacted by phone (+32 4 257 70 21) or email (info@mdxhealth.com).

 

2. Board of directors

 

2.1. Terms of reference

 

The board of directors of MDxHealth will arrange its procedures, policies and activities in accordance with the terms of reference set out in this Section 2.

 

2.2. Role and responsibilities of the board of directors

 

The board of directors of MDxHealth has the broadest powers to manage and represent the company, except to the extent provided otherwise by applicable law or the company’s articles of association.

 

The board of directors’ role is to pursue sustainable value creation by the company, by determining the company’s strategy, putting in place effective, responsible and ethical leadership, and monitoring the company’s performance.

 

3

 

 

In order to effectively pursue such sustainable value creation, the board of directors will attempt to develop an inclusive approach that balances the legitimate interests and expectations of shareholders and other stakeholders. The board of directors should support the executive management in the fulfilment of their duties and should be prepared to constructively challenge the executive management whenever appropriate. The board members should be available to give advice, also outside of board of directors meetings.

 

As to strategy, the board of directors is responsible for:

- deciding on, and regularly reviewing, the company’s medium and long-term strategy based on proposals from the executive management;
- approving the operational plans and main policies developed by the executive management to give effect to the approved company strategy;
- ensuring that the company’s culture is supportive of the realization of its strategy and that it promotes responsible and ethical behavior;
- determining the risk appetite of the company in order to achieve the company’s strategic objectives.

As to leadership, the board of directors is responsible for:
- appointing and dismissing the CEO and the other members of the executive management, in consultation with the CEO, and taking into account the need for a balanced executive team;
- ensuring that there is a succession plan in place for the CEO and the other members of the executive management, and reviewing this plan periodically;
- determining the company’s remuneration policy for non-executive board members and executives, taking into account the overall remuneration framework of the company;
- annually reviewing the executive management’s performance and the realization of the company’s strategic objectives against agreed performance measures and targets;
- making proposals to the general shareholders’ meeting for the appointment or re-appointment of board members and ensuring that there is a succession planning for board members in place.

As to monitoring, the board of directors is responsible for:
- approving the framework for internal control and risk management proposed by the executive management and reviewing the implementation of this framework;
- taking all necessary measures to ensure the integrity and timely disclosure of the company’s financial statements and other material financial and non
- financial information in accordance with applicable law;
- ensuring that the company presents an integrated view of the company’s performance in its annual report, and that the annual report contains sufficient information on issues of importance for society and on relevant environmental and social indicators;
- ensuring that there is a process in place for monitoring the company’s compliance with laws and other regulations, as well as for the application of internal guidelines relating thereto;
- approving a code of conduct (or several activity-specific codes of conduct), setting out the expectations for the company’s leadership and employees in terms of responsible and ethical behavior. The board of directors should monitor compliance with such code of conduct at least on an annual basis.

 

2.3. Composition and election of the board of directors

 

2.3.1. Composition

 

The board of directors should have a composition appropriate to the company’s purpose, its operations, phase of development, structure of ownership and other specifics.

 

Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the articles of association of the company, the board of directors should be composed of at least three directors. In accordance with the 2020 Code, the composition of the board of directors should be determined so as to gather sufficient expertise in the company’s areas of activity as well as sufficient diversity of skills, background, age and gender.

 

4

 

 

Pursuant to the 2020 Code, a majority of the directors must be non-executive directors, and the board of directors should consist of an appropriate number of independent directors. At least three directors should qualify as independent directors in accordance with the criteria described in the 2020 Code (see also Section 2.6.2).

 

2.3.2. Criteria for directors

 

All members of the board of directors should uphold the highest standards of integrity and probity. They should have broad experience at the policy-making level in business, government, education, technology or public interest. They should be committed to enhancing shareowner value and should have sufficient time to carry out their duties and to provide insight and practical wisdom based on experience.

 

2.3.3. Election of directors

 

The directors of MDxHealth are elected by the general shareholders’ meeting. However, in accordance with the Belgian Companies and Association Code, if the mandate of a director becomes vacant, the remaining directors have the right to appoint temporarily a new director to fill the vacancy until the first general shareholders’ meeting after the mandate became vacant. The new director completes the term of the director whose mandate became vacant. While the legal maximum (renewable) term for a director’s mandate is six years, directors can be elected for a maximum (renewable) term of four years only.

 

2.3.4. Nomination procedure

 

The nomination and remuneration committee of the board of directors of MDxHealth will lead the nomination process for a new director and recommend suitable candidates to the board of directors. In the event the mandate of a director has become or will become vacant, the following procedure will apply:

 

In the event the mandate of a director has become or will become vacant, the chair of the board of directors informs the other directors of the vacancy and invites them to a special meeting of the board of directors.
When the remaining members of the board of directors consider the appointment of a new director, they evaluate the skills, knowledge, experience and (gender and other) diversity already present and those needed on the board of directors and, in the light of that evaluation, agree on a profile, including a description of the role and skills, experience, knowledge and diversity needed. The nomination and remuneration committee assists the board of directors in evaluating the composition of the board of directors and drafting the profile.
The nomination and remuneration committee selects, interviews and assesses appropriate candidates in accordance with the aforementioned evaluation and profile.
Following the selection, interviews and assessment of appropriate candidates, the nomination and remuneration committee gives its recommendation to the board of directors.
The board of directors decides on the appointment of the director (in the event of a vacancy) or on the submission of the proposals for election of the candidate director to the company’s general shareholders’ meeting, taking into account the recommendations of the nomination and remuneration committee.

 

If the board of directors receives a proposal from shareholders to elect a director, the following procedure applies:

 

The proposal is submitted to the nomination and remuneration committee, which provides its recommendation to the board of directors.
The board of directors decides on the appointment of the director (in the event of a vacancy) or on the submission of the proposals for election of the candidate director to the company’s general shareholders’ meeting, taking into account the recommendation of the nomination and remuneration committee.

 

5

 

 

In order to maintain flexibility and to be able to best react to changing conditions, the board of directors can deviate from the above procedures if it is of the opinion that this is in the interest of the company.

 

The chair of the board of directors ensures that, before considering candidate directors, the board of directors has received sufficient information such as the candidate’s curriculum vitae, an assessment of the candidate based on the candidate’s initial interview(s), a list of the positions currently held by the candidate and, if applicable, any necessary information about the candidate’s independence (see also Section 2.6.2 below).

 

Proposals for the election of a director that are submitted to the general shareholders’ meeting will be accompanied by a recommendation from the board of directors, based on the advice of the nomination and remuneration committee. The proposal will specify the proposed term of the mandate, which cannot exceed four years as set out above. It will be accompanied by relevant information on the candidate’s professional qualifications, together with a list of the positions the candidate already holds. The proposal must indicate whether the candidate satisfies the independence criteria (see also Section 2.6.2 below).

 

Without prejudice to applicable legal provisions, proposals for the election of a director that are submitted to the general shareholders’ meeting must be communicated to the public in the agenda of the general shareholders’ meeting, together with the other points on the agenda of the general meeting sufficiently in advance. This provision also applies to proposals for election originating from shareholders.

 

2.3.5. Professional development Induction

 

Newly appointed board members should receive an appropriate induction, geared to their role, including an update on the legal and regulatory environment, to ensure their capacity to swiftly contribute to the board.

 

Board members should update their skills and improve their knowledge of the company to fulfil their roles both on the board and on the board committees they serve on. The company should for that purpose make the necessary resources available.

 

2.4. Evaluation of the board of directors, its committees and the individual directors

 

2.4.1. Evaluation of the board of directors and its committees

 

The board of directors will assess at least every three years its own performance and its interaction with the executive management, as well as its size, composition, functioning and that of its committees. The evaluation will be carried out through a formal process, whether or not externally facilitated, in accordance with a methodology approved by the board of directors.

 

At the end of each board member’s term, the nomination and remuneration committee should evaluate this board member’s presence at the board of directors or committee meetings, their commitment and their constructive involvement in discussions and decision-making in accordance with a pre-established and transparent procedure. The nomination and remuneration committee should also assess whether the contribution of each board member is adapted to changing circumstances.

 

The board of directors will act on the results of the performance evaluation. Where appropriate, this will involve proposing new board members for appointment, proposing not to re-appoint existing board members or taking any measure deemed appropriate for the effective operation of the board.

 

6

 

 

2.5. Chair of the board of directors

 

An important function within the board of directors is reserved to the chair, who leads the board of directors, takes measures to engender a climate of trust, allowing for open discussions and constructive challenge, and supervises the good and efficient functioning of the board of directors.

 

The chair should be a person trusted for his or her professionalism, independence of mind, coaching capabilities, ability to build consensus, and communication and meeting management skills. The board of directors elects a chair from among its non-executive members on the basis of his or her knowledge, skills, experience and mediation strength. The chair of the board of directors and the CEO should not be the same individual. If the board envisages appointing a former CEO as chair, it should carefully consider the positive and negative implications of such a decision and disclose in the Corporate Governance Statement why such appointment will not hamper the required autonomy of the CEO. In case the chair is absent or for chairing discussions and decision-making by the board of directors on matters where the chair has a conflict of interest, the other directors shall appoint a replacement chair among the independent directors by majority vote.

 

The chair determines the calendar and the agenda of the meetings of the board of directors in consultation with the CEO and the company secretary. The agenda should specify which topics are for information, for deliberation or for decision-making purpose. He or she should ensure that procedures relating to preparatory work, deliberations, the passing of resolutions and the implementation of decisions are properly followed and that the directors are provided with accurate, concise, timely and clear information before the meetings and, where necessary, between meeting, so that they can make a knowledgeable and informed contribution to board discussions. All board members should receive the same board information. He or she leads the meetings of the board of directors and ensures that there is sufficient time for consideration and discussion before decision-making. Once decisions are taken, all board members should be supportive of their execution.

 

The chair should establish a close relationship with the CEO, providing support and advice, should ensure effective interaction between the board and the executive management.

 

The chair should ensure effective communication with shareholders and that board members develop and maintain an understanding of the views of the shareholders and other significant stakeholders.

 

2.6. Non-executive directors and independent directors

 

2.6.1. Non-executive directors

 

Non-executive directors should be made aware of the extent of their duties at the time of their application as director, in particular as to the time commitment involved in carrying out their duties, also taking into account the number and importance of their other commitments.

 

While exceptions may be warranted in view of the company’s interest, non-executive directors are encouraged not to take on more than five directorships in listed companies. Changes to other relevant commitments and new commitments of directors outside the company must be reported to the chair of the board of directors as they arise.

 

Non-executive board members should meet at least once a year in the absence of the CEO and the other executives.

 

7

 

 

2.6.2. Independent directors

 

A director will only qualify as an independent director if he or she does not have a relationship with the company or an important shareholder of the company which jeopardizes his or her independence. In case the director is a legal entity, the independence of such director must be assessed both for the legal entity as for its permanent representative. In order to assess whether a candidate director meets the aforementioned condition, the criteria set out in provision 3.5 of the 2020 Code will be applied.

 

In case the board of directors proposes a candidate director who does not meet the above criteria to the general shareholders’ meeting for appointment as independent director, it will set out the reasons why it deems that the candidate is independent.

 

The board of directors will disclose in its Corporate Governance Statement which directors it considers to be independent directors. An independent director who ceases to satisfy the requirements of independence must immediately inform the board of directors hereof via the chair of the board of directors.

 

2.7. Special committees

 

2.7.1. General

 

The board of directors should set up specialized committees in order to advise the board in respect of decisions to be taken, to give comfort to the board that certain issues have been adequately addressed and, if necessary, to bring specific issues to the attention of the board. The decision-making should remain the collegial responsibility of the board.

 

Each committee should meet sufficiently regularly to execute its duties effectively. The company may organise committee meetings using video, telephone or internet-based means.

 

The board of directors determines the terms of reference of each committee with respect to the organization, procedures, policies and activities of the committee.

 

The board of directors appoints the members and ensures that a chair is appointed for each committee. Each committee must be composed of at least three members. Only directors can be member of a specialized committee, and their appointment cannot be for a term longer than their mandate as director. Members of the executive and senior management may be invited to attend committee meetings to provide relevant information and insights into their areas of responsibility. Each committee should be entitled to meet with any relevant person without any executive being present. Each committee is entitled to request independent professional advice in the framework of the performance of its roles, at the company’s expense.

 

The board of directors should ensure that each committee, as a whole, has a balanced composition and has the necessary independence, skills, knowledge, experience and capacity to execute its duties effectively.

 

Strategy formulation should not be referred to any permanent committee.

 

After each committee meeting, the board of directors should receive a written report on its findings and recommendations ('minutes') from each committee and oral feedback from each committee at the next board of directors meeting.

 

2.7.2. Current specific committees

 

The board of directors has established, in its midst and under its responsibility, two board committees which are responsible for assisting the board of directors and making recommendations in specific fields: an audit committee (in accordance with article 7:119 of the BCAC and provision 4.10 of the Code) and a nomination and remuneration committee (in accordance with article 7:120 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and provision 4.17 of the Code).

 

The terms of reference of these committees are set out in Section 3 and Section 4 below. Depending on the need, the board can set up additional or ad hoc committees.

 

8

 

 

2.8. Executive management

 

The executive management is appointed by the board of directors, in close consultation with the CEO, on the basis of a recommendation by the nomination and remuneration committee. The board of directors determines the powers and duties entrusted to the executive management and develop a clear delegation policy, in close consultation with the CEO.

 

The executive management is responsible and accountable to the board of directors for the discharge of its responsibilities. The executive management formulates proposals to the board of directors in relation to the company's strategy and its implementation. Interactions between board members and executives should take place in a transparent way, and the chair should always be informed.

 

The board of directors intends to empower executive management to enable it to perform its responsibilities and duties. Taking into account the company’s values, its risk appetite and key policies, executive management should have sufficient latitude to propose and implement corporate strategy.

 

The current terms of reference of the CEO and other executive management are set out in Section 5.

 

2.9. Company secretary

 

The board of directors appoints a secretary who has the necessary skills and knowledge of corporate governance matters.

 

The role of the secretary includes supporting the board and its committees on all governance matters, preparing the Charter and the Corporate Governance Statement, ensuring a good information flow within the board and its committees and between the executive management and the non-executive board members, drafting the minutes of the board meetings (ensuring that the essence of the discussions and decisions at board meeting are accurately captured), and facilitating induction and assisting with professional development of directors as required. Individual board members should have access to the company secretary.

 

2.10. External advice

 

The directors and the specialized committees of the board of directors can have access to independent professional advice at the company’s expense, provided that such advisor acts as advisor to the board of directors and not to individual directors only. Prior to contacting external advisors, directors should inform the chair of the board of directors thereof. Unless the board of directors decides otherwise with a majority vote, the directors must submit the conclusion of the professional advice to the other members of the board of directors.

 

2.11. Conduct by directors

 

2.11.1. General

 

Each director is encouraged to exhibit at all times the highest standards of integrity and probity, and to comply with the following standards:

 

Independence of judgment is required in the decisions of all directors, executive and non-executive alike, whether the non-executive directors are independent directors or not.
Directors should update their skills and improve their knowledge of the company to fulfil their role both on the board and on board committees (where applicable).
Directors should make sure they receive detailed and accurate information and should study it carefully so as to acquire and maintain a strong command of the key issues relevant to the company’s business. They should seek clarification whenever they deem it necessary.

All directors are encouraged to attend shareholders’ meetings of the company.

 

9

 

 

2.11.2. Confidentiality

 

Directors should not use the information obtained in their capacity as a board member for purposes other than for the exercise of their mandate. Board members should handle the confidential information received in their capacity as a board member with utmost care.

 

2.11.3. Integrity and independence of mind

 

Board members should engage actively in their duties and should be able to make their own sound, objective and independent judgements when discharging their responsibilities. Acting with independence of mind includes developing a personal conviction and having the courage to act accordingly by assessing and challenging the views of other board members, by interrogating the executives when appropriate in the light of the issues and risks involved, and by being able to resist group pressure.

 

Board members should make sure they receive detailed and accurate information and should spend sufficient time studying it carefully so as to acquire and maintain a clear understanding of the key issues relevant to the company’s business. Board members should seek clarification whenever they deem it necessary.

 

Board members should communicate to the board any information in their possession that could be relevant to the board’s decision-making. In the case of sensitive or confidential information, board members should consult the chair.

 

2.11.4. Conflicts of interest

 

In accordance with article 7:96 and/or 7:97 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, all directors must inform the board of directors and the statutory auditor of the company of conflicts of interest as they arise and abstain from voting on the matter involved in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

Prior to his or her appointment, a director must inform the board of directors of his or her transactions and/or business relationships with the company or its subsidiaries. During his or her mandate as a director, a director must inform the chair of the board of directors of the transactions and/or business relationships that he or she (or his or her affiliates) contemplates to enter into, and such transactions and/or business relationships can only be entered into after approval by the board of directors, where applicable in accordance with article 7:97 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

Each board member should place the company’s interests above their own. The board members have the duty to look after the interests of all shareholders on an equivalent basis. Each board member should act in accordance with the principles of reasonableness and fairness.

 

Each board member should inform the board of any conflict of interests that could in their opinion affect their capacity of judgement. In particular, at the beginning of each board or committee meeting, board members should declare whether they have any conflict of interests regarding the items on the agenda.

 

Each board member should, in particular, be attentive to conflicts of interests that may arise between the company, its board members, its significant or controlling shareholder(s) and other shareholders. The board members who are proposed by significant or controlling shareholder(s) should ensure that the interests and intentions of these shareholder(s) are sufficiently clear and communicated to the board in a timely manner

 

10

 

 

The board should act in such a manner that a conflict of interests, or the appearance of such a conflict, is avoided. In the possible case of a conflict of interests, the board should, under the lead of its chair, decide which procedure it will follow to protect the interests of the company and all its shareholders. In the next annual report, the board should explain why they chose this procedure. However, where there is a substantial conflict of interests, the board should carefully consider communicating as soon as possible on the procedure followed, the most important considerations and the conclusions.

 

When the board takes a decision, board members should disregard their personal interests. They should not use business opportunities intended for the company for their own benefit.

 

2.12. Organization of meetings

 

2.12.1. Schedule of meetings

 

At the beginning of the year, the chair of the board of directors will establish a schedule and agenda of subjects to be discussed during the year (to the extent that this can be foreseen). The board of directors will meet sufficiently regularly to discharge its duties effectively. The date, hour and place of these regularly scheduled meetings may be changed by decision of the board of directors. Additional unscheduled meetings of the board of directors may be called upon at any time when the company’s interest so requires or upon the request of two directors.

 

2.12.2. Convening of meetings and advance distribution of materials

 

The meetings are convened by the chair of the board of directors. The chair will establish the agenda for each meeting of the board of directors, after consultation with the CEO. Each director is encouraged to suggest the inclusion of items on the agenda at any time. The agenda should list the topics to be discussed and specify whether they are for information, for deliberation or for decision-making purposes. If the chair does not convene the meeting within 14 days following the request to call a meeting by two directors, these directors can convene the meeting.

 

The notice to convene a meeting of the board of directors must mention the place, date, hour and agenda for the meeting, and must be sent to the directors preferably at least one week prior to the meeting. The due convening of a meeting cannot be challenged if all directors are present or represented at the meeting.

 

Information that is important to the understanding of the board of directors of the business to be conducted at a meeting of the board of directors will be distributed in writing to the directors before the meeting.

 

2.12.3. Conduct of meetings

 

Meetings are in principle held in person. If this is not possible, they may attend by telephone conferencing or video conferencing. Such participation in a meeting shall be considered to constitute the participation of a person who is present at the meeting.

 

The company may organise – where necessary and appropriate – board meetings using video, telephone or internet-based means.

 

The meetings of the board of directors are chaired by the chair. In the absence of the chair, the meetings are chaired by another director or the CEO.

 

The company secretary attends all meetings. Other persons or members of the executive management can attend the meetings upon invitation by the chair or the board of directors.

 

The meeting of the board of directors can only validly deliberate and resolve on matters that are included on the agenda of the meeting of the board of directors if at least half of the directors are present or represented at the meeting. If this quorum is not present or represented at the meeting, a second meeting of the board of directors can be convened. The quorum requirement shall not apply to this second meeting, except for matters that are included on the agenda of this second meeting, but that were not included on the agenda of the first meeting.

 

11

 

 

On matters that are not included on the agenda of the meeting, the meeting of the board of directors can only validly deliberate and resolve if all members of the board of directors are present or represented at the meeting and agree to deliberate and resolve on such matter.

 

Each director can give a power of attorney to another director to represent him or her at a meeting. A director can represent more than one director.

 

All decisions within the board of directors require a simple majority of the votes cast at a validly convened and quorate meeting.

 

The resolutions of the board of directors may be taken by unanimous written consent of the directors, with the exception of the resolutions for which the articles of association exclude such possibility. This procedure cannot be used to use the powers of the board of directors within the framework of the authorized capital (capital autorisé).

 

The minutes of the meeting summarize the discussions of the board of directors, specify any decisions taken and state any reservations voiced by directors. The names of the interveners should only be recorded if specifically requested by them. The board of directors believes that on occasions, where the subject matter is too sensitive to put in writing, the board of directors can reserve the right only to discuss the matter at the meeting.

 

3. Audit committee

 

3.1. Terms of reference

 

The audit committee will arrange its procedures, policies and activities in accordance with the terms of reference set out in this Section 3.

 

The board of directors believes that the policies and procedures of the committee should remain flexible and can be deviated from in order to best react to changing conditions and provide reasonable assurance to the board of directors that the accounting and reporting practices of the company meet applicable requirements. The general provisions that apply to directors and the special committees of the board of directors set out in Section 2 also apply to the audit committee.

 

3.2. Role of the committee

 

The role of the audit committee is to assist the board of directors in fulfilling its monitoring responsibilities in respect of control in the broadest sense, including risks.

 

Without prejudice to the legal responsibilities of the board, the committee shall have at least the following roles:

 

to inform the board of directors of the result of the audit of the financial statements and the manner in which the audit has contributed to the integrity of the financial reporting and the role that the audit committee has played in that process;
to monitor the financial reporting process, and to make recommendations or proposals to ensure the integrity of the process;
to monitor the effectiveness of the company’s internal control and risk management systems, and the company’s internal audit process and its effectiveness;
to monitor the audit of the annual statutory and consolidated financial statements, including the follow-up questions and recommendations by the statutory auditor and, as the case may be, the auditor responsible for the audit of the consolidated financial statements;
to assess and monitor the independence of the statutory auditor, in particular with respect to the appropriateness of the provision of additional services to the company. More specifically, the audit committee analyses, together with the statutory auditor, the threats for the statutory auditor's independence and the security measures taken to limit these threats, when the total amount of fees exceeds the criteria specified in article 4 §3 of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014; and

12

 

 

to make recommendations to the board of directors on the selection, appointment and remuneration of the company’s statutory auditor in accordance with article 16 § 2 of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014.

 

These tasks and roles are further described below. The board of directors may determine any additional roles of the committee.

 

The committee shall report regularly to the board of directors on the exercise of its duties, and at least when the board of directors prepares the annual accounts, the consolidated accounts, and where applicable the condensed financial statements intended for publication. The committee should also report regularly to the board of directors on the exercise of its duties, identifying any matters in respect of which it considers that action or improvement is needed, and making recommendations as to the steps to be taken. The audit review and the reporting on that review should cover the company and its subsidiaries as a whole.

 

The committee is an advisory body only and the decision-making remains within the collegial responsibility of the board of directors.

 

3.3. Composition of the committee

 

The committee must be composed of at least three members. The members of the committee are appointed by the board of directors. They can be removed by the board of directors at any time. Only non-executive directors can be member of the committee, and their appointment cannot be for a term longer than their mandate as director. At least one of its members must be an independent director.

 

The members of the committee must have a collective expertise relating to the activities of the company, and at least one member of the audit committee must have the necessary competence in accounting and auditing.

 

The committee appoints a chair amongst its members.

 

3.4. Specific tasks of the committee

 

3.4.1. Financial reporting process

 

When monitoring the financial reporting process, the committee should, in particular, review the relevance and consistency of the accounting standards used by the company and its subsidiaries. This includes the criteria for the consolidation of the accounts of companies in the group.

 

This review involves assessing the correctness, completeness and consistency of financial information.

 

The review covers periodic information before it is made public. It should be based on an audit program adopted by the committee. If the periodic information contains scientific data, the committee may ask other board members to review the content.

 

Executive management must inform the committee of the methods used to account for significant and unusual transactions where the accounting treatment may be open to different approaches. In this respect, particular attention should be paid to both the existence of, and the justification for, any activity carried out by the company in offshore centres and/or through special purpose vehicles.

 

The committee discusses significant financial reporting issues with both executive management and the external auditor.

 

13

 

 

The committee should also monitor management’s responsiveness to the findings of the internal audit function and to the recommendations made in the external auditor’s management letter.

 

3.4.2. Internal control and risk management systems

 

The committee must monitor the efficiency of the company’s internal control and risk management systems.

 

The monitoring of the effectiveness of the company’s internal control and risk management systems set up by executive management should be done at least once a year, with a view to ensuring that the main risks (including those relating to fraud and compliance with existing legislation and regulations) are properly identified, managed and disclosed according to the framework approved by the board of directors.

 

The committee reviews the statements included in the (draft) Corporate Governance Statement on internal control and risk management.

 

The committee reviews the specific arrangements in place which the staff of the company may use, in confidence, to raise concerns about possible improprieties in financial reporting or other matters. If deemed necessary, arrangements should be made for proportionate and independent investigation of such matters, for appropriate follow-up action and arrangements whereby staff can inform the chair of the committee directly.

 

3.4.3. Internal audit

 

An independent internal audit function should be established within the company, with resources and skills adapted to the company’s nature, size and complexity. If the company does not have an internal audit function, the need for one should be reviewed at least annually by the committee. Given the current size of the company, no internal audit function has been appointed at this time.

 

The committee reviews the internal auditor’s work program, having regard to the complementary roles of the internal and external audit functions. It should receive internal audit reports or a periodic summary thereof.

 

In particular, the committee should make recommendations on the selection, appointment, reappointment and removal of the head of internal audit and on the budget allocated to internal audit, and should monitor the responsiveness of executive management to the committee’s findings and recommendations.

 

3.4.4. External audit

 

The committee will make a proposal to the board of directors on the selection, appointment and reappointment of the external auditor and the terms of his or her engagement.

 

In accordance with the Belgian Companies and Association Code, final proposals on the appointment and reappointment of the external auditor are to be submitted by the board to the general shareholders’ meeting. The committee’s proposal in this respect shall be included on the agenda of the general shareholders’ meeting.

 

The committee should obtain, on an annual basis, a written report from the external auditor confirming its independence and containing a description of all relationships between the external auditor and the company and its group. In monitoring the independence of the external auditor, the committee shall, together with the external auditor, examine the risks relating to the independence of the external auditor and the safety measures taken to decrease these risks as documented by the external auditor.

 

14

 

 

The committee shall also monitor the nature and extent of the additional services provided by the external auditor. The committee will propose to the board and apply formal policy specifying the types of additional services that are (i) excluded, (ii) permissible after review by the committee, and (iii) permissible without referral to the committee, taking into account the specific requirements of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the relevant legislations.

 

The committee should be informed of the external auditor’s work program. Without prejudice to applicable laws requiring the external auditor to report to or warn the board of directors, the committee shall require the external auditor to timely inform it of any key matters arising from the statutory audit of the annual accounts, and in particular on material weaknesses in internal control in relation to the financial reporting process.

 

The committee reviews the effectiveness of the external audit process, and the responsiveness of executive management to the recommendations made in the external auditor's management letter.

 

The committee investigates the issues giving rise to the resignation of the external auditor (where applicable), and makes recommendations as to any required action.

 

3.4.5. Point of contact for internal and external auditors

 

In addition to maintaining an effective working relationship with executive management, the internal and external auditors should be guaranteed free access to the board of directors. To this effect, the committee will act as the principal contact point for the internal and external auditors. The external auditor and the head of the internal audit (if applicable) have direct and unrestricted access to the chair of the committee and the chair of the board of directors.

 

3.5. Operation of the committee

 

3.5.1. Schedule of meetings

 

At the latest at the beginning of the year, the chair of the committee will establish a schedule and agenda of subjects to be discussed during the year (to the extent that this can be foreseen). The committee shall meet whenever it deems it necessary for the proper performance of its duties and at least four regularly scheduled meetings each year. At least twice a year, the committee should meet the external and internal auditors (if any), to discuss matters relating to its terms of reference and any issues arising from the audit process. Additional unscheduled meetings of the committee may be called upon at any time when the committee deems this necessary or upon the request of any member of the committee.

 

3.5.2. Convening of meetings and advance distribution of materials

 

The meetings are convened by the chair of the committee. The chair will establish the agenda for each meeting of the committee. Each member is encouraged to suggest the inclusion of items on the agenda at any time. The agenda should list the topics to be discussed. If the chair of the committee does not convene the meeting within 7 days following the request to call a meeting by another member, this member can convene the meeting.

 

The notice to convene a meeting of the committee must mention the place, date, hour and agenda for the meeting, and must be sent to the members at least one week prior to the meeting. The due convening of a meeting cannot be challenged if all members are present or represented at the meeting.

 

Information that is important to the understanding of the committee of the business to be conducted at a meeting of the committee should be distributed in writing to the members before the meeting.

 

15

 

  

3.5.3. Conduct of meetings

 

Meetings are held in person. Members that cannot be present at the meeting can attend meetings via conference call, video conference or other communication means, provided that all members can communicate with each other.

 

The meetings of the committee are chaired by its chair. In the absence of the chair, the meetings are chaired by another member.

 

The committee decides whether, and if so, when the CEO, the chief financial officer (or senior employees responsible for finance, accounting, and treasury matters), the internal auditor and the external auditor should attend its meetings. The committee is entitled to meet with any relevant person without any member of the executive management present.

 

The committee can only validly deliberate and resolve on matters that are included on the agenda of the meeting if at least two of the members are present at the meeting. On matters that are not included on the agenda of the meeting, the meeting of the committee can only validly deliberate and resolve if all members of the committee are present or represented at the meeting and agree to deliberate and resolve on such matters.

 

Each member can give a power of attorney to another member to represent him or her at a meeting.

 

All decisions within the committee require a simple majority of the votes cast at a validly convened and quorate meeting. In case the votes are tied, the director chairing the committee shall have a casting vote.

 

The decisions, and reports of findings and recommendations, of the committee may be taken by unanimous written consent of the members.

 

3.5.4. Access to information

 

The members of the committee shall have unrestricted access to the offices and all information and papers kept by the company and its subsidiaries. Each member may ask the executive management or any other staff member of the company or its subsidiaries to submit the information that he or she deems useful, appropriate or necessary to perform his or her tasks within the framework of the committee. When requesting such information, each member shall inform the other members of the committee thereof and exchange such information with the other members of the committee. Where practical or appropriate such requests will be channelled through the chair of the board of directors.

 

The committee can have access to external advisors in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10.

 

3.5.5. Reporting to the board of directors

 

The committee shall prepare reports of its findings and recommendations. Such reports shall be submitted to the board of directors as soon as practically possible after each meeting of the committee.

 

The committee shall report regularly and at least once a year prior to the approval of the annual financial statements and annual report by the board of directors on the operations, findings and recommendations of the committee in accordance with this Section 3.

 

The other members of the board of directors have access to the working papers of the committee. Where practical or appropriate, requests to have such access should be made through the chair of the committee.

 

16

 

 

3.5.6. Evaluation

 

The committee should regularly, and at least every two to three years, review its terms of reference and its own effectiveness and recommend any necessary changes to the board of directors.

 

4. Nomination and remuneration committee

 

4.1. Terms of reference

 

The nomination and remuneration committee will arrange its procedures, policies and activities in accordance with the terms of reference set out in this Section 4.

 

The board of directors believes that the policies and procedures of the committee should remain flexible and can be deviated from in order to best react to changing conditions. The general provisions that apply to directors and the special committees of the board of directors as set out in Section 2 also apply to the nomination and remuneration committee.

 

4.2. Role of the committee

 

The role of the nomination and remuneration committee is:

 

to identify, recommend and nominate, for the approval of the board of directors, candidates to fill vacancies in the board of directors and executive management positions as they arise. In this respect, the nomination and remuneration committee must consider and advise on proposals made by relevant parties, including management and shareholders;
to advise the board of directors on any proposal for the appointment of the chief executive officer and on the chief executive officer’s proposals for the appointment of other members of the executive management;
to draft appointment procedures for members of the board of directors and the chief executive officer;
to ensure that the appointment and re-election process is organized objectively and professionally;
to periodically assess the size and composition of the board of directors and make recommendations to the board of directors with regard to any changes;
to consider issues related to succession planning;
to make proposals to the board of directors on the remuneration policy for directors and members of the executive management and the persons responsible for the day-to-day management of the company, as well as, where appropriate, on the resulting proposals to be submitted by the board of directors to the shareholders’ meeting;
to make proposals to the board of directors on the individual remuneration of directors and members of the executive management, and the persons responsible for the day-to-day management of the company, including variable remuneration and long-term incentives, whether or not share-related, in the form of share options or other financial instruments, and arrangements on early termination, and where applicable, on the resulting proposals to be submitted by the board of directors to the shareholders’ meeting;
to prepare a remuneration report to be included by the board of directors in the annual Corporate Governance Statement;
to present and provide explanations in relation to the remuneration report at the annual shareholders’ meeting; and
to report regularly to the board of directors on the exercise of its duties.

 

The committee is an advisory body only and the decision-making remains within the collegial responsibility of the board of directors.

 

17

 

  

4.3. Composition of the committee

 

The committee must be composed of at least three members. The members of the committee are appointed by the board of directors. They can be removed by the board of directors at any time. Only non-executive directors can be member of the committee, and their appointment cannot be for a term longer than their mandate as director. In accordance with the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, a majority of its members must be independent directors.

 

The committee appoints a chair amongst its members. The chair of the board of directors can chair the committee, but should not chair the committee when dealing with the designation of his successor.

 

The CEO can, and will in principle be invited to, participate in an advisory capacity to the meetings of the committee when it deals with the remuneration of other executive managers.

 

4.4. Specific tasks of the committee

 

4.4.1. Nomination of directors

 

With respect to the appointment of directors, the CEO and the other members of the executive management, the committee should at least:

 

Draft transparent (re-)appointment procedures for board members, the CEO and the other members of the executive management.
Periodically assess the size, composition and performance of the board of directors and its committees and make recommendations to the board of directors with regard to any changes.
Assist the board of directors in the nomination procedure, as set out in Section 2.3.4.
Advise on proposals for appointment originating from shareholders, as set out in Section 2.3.4.
Prepare plans for the orderly succession of board members, and to lead the re-appointment process of board members.
Ensure that sufficient and regular attention is paid to the succession of executives and that appropriate talent development programs and programs to promote diversity in leadership are in place.
Consider proposals made by relevant parties, including executive management and shareholders. In particular, the CEO is entitled to submit proposals to the committee and should be consulted by the committee, especially when dealing with issues concerning executive directors or the executive management.

 

4.4.2. Remuneration policy

 

The committee should:

 

Make proposals to the board of directors on the remuneration policy for directors and executive management, as well as, where appropriate, on the resulting proposals to be submitted by the board to the shareholders.
Make proposals to the board of directors regarding the individual remuneration of directors and executive managers, including variable remuneration and long-term incentives, whether share-related or not, in the form of share options or other financial instruments, and regarding the arrangements on early termination, and, where applicable, on the resulting proposals to be submitted by the board to the shareholders. The CEO participates to the meetings of the committee in an advisory capacity each time the remuneration of another member of the executive management is being discussed.
Annually, submit a remuneration report to the board of directors that is to be included in the Corporate Governance Statement and provide explanations thereon at the shareholders’ meeting.

 

18

 

 

At least once a year, the committee makes proposals to the board of directors regarding the operation and performance of executive management, and the realization of the company's strategy against agreed performance measures and targets. The CEO should not be present at the discussion of his or her own evaluation. The evaluation criteria should be clearly specified.

 

4.5. Operation of the committee

 

4.5.1. Schedule of meetings

 

At the latest at the beginning of the year, the chair of the committee will establish a schedule and agenda of subjects to be discussed during the year (to the extent that this can be foreseen). The committee shall have at least two regularly scheduled meeting each year. Additional unscheduled meetings of the committee may be called upon at any time when the committee deems this necessary or upon the request of any member of the committee.

 

4.5.2. Convening of meetings and advance distribution of materials

 

The meetings are convened by the chair of the committee. The chair will establish the agenda for each meeting of the committee. Each member is encouraged to suggest the inclusion of items on the agenda at any time. The agenda should list the topics to be discussed. If the chair of the committee does not convene the meeting within 7 days following the request to call a meeting by another member, this member can convene the meeting.

 

The notice to convene a meeting of the committee must mention the place, date, hour and agenda for the meeting, and must be sent to the members at least one week prior to the meeting. The due convening of a meeting cannot be challenged if all members are present or represented at the meeting.

 

Information that is important to the understanding of the committee of the business to be conducted at a meeting of the committee should be distributed in writing to the members before the meeting.

 

4.5.3. Conduct of meetings

 

Meetings are held in person. Members that cannot be present at the meeting can attend meetings via conference call, video conference or other communication means, provided that all members can communicate with each other.

 

The meetings of the committee are chaired by its chair. In the absence of the chair, the meetings are chaired by another member.

 

The committee can only validly deliberate and resolve on matters that are included on the agenda of the meeting if at least two of the members are present at the meeting. On matters that are not included on the agenda of the meeting, the meeting of the committee can only validly deliberate and resolve if all members of the committee are present or represented at the meeting and agree to deliberate and resolve on such matter.

 

Each member can give a power of attorney to another member to represent him or her at a meeting.

 

All decisions within the committee require a simple majority of the votes cast at a validly convened and quorate meeting. In case the votes are tied, the director chairing the committee shall have a casting vote.

 

The decisions, and reports of findings and recommendations, of the committee may be taken by unanimous written consent of the members.

 

19

 

 

4.5.4. Access to information

 

The committee can have access to external advisors in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.10.

 

4.5.5. Reporting to the board of directors

 

The committee shall prepare a report of its findings and recommendations. Such reports shall be submitted to the board of directors as soon as practically possible after each meeting of the committee.

 

The committee shall report regularly and at least once a year prior to the approval of the annual financial statements by the board of directors on the operations, findings and recommendations of the committee in accordance with this Section 3. At the same time, the committee shall submit its remuneration report, to be included in the Corporate Governance Statement.

 

The other members of the board of directors have access to the working papers of the committee. Where practical or appropriate, requests to have such access should be made via the chair of the committee.

 

4.5.6. Specific guidelines

 

The members of the committee should treat the information of executive management in a confidential manner. They should report such conflict of interest to the chair of the board of directors and the chair of the committee.

 

4.5.7. Evaluation

 

The committee should regularly and at least every two to three years review its terms of reference and its own effectiveness and recommend any necessary changes to the board of directors.

 

5. CEO and other executive management

 

5.1. Terms of reference

 

The CEO and other executive management will arrange their procedures, policies and activities in accordance with the terms of reference set out in this Section 5. These terms of reference have been determined by the board of directors in close consultation with the CEO. Interactions between board members and executives should take place in a transparent way and, except in the case of a conflict of interest, the chair should always be informed.

 

5.2. Structure of executive management

 

The CEO oversees the different activities of MDxHealth. Together with the CEO, the heads of the main activities constitute the executive management of MDxHealth, as illustrated in Appendix 2. The executive management includes all executive directors of the company.

 

5.3. Chief executive officer

 

5.3.1. Appointment

 

The CEO is appointed, and can be removed, by the board of directors of the company. The board of directors, further to the advice of the nomination and remuneration committee, is to approve the main terms and conditions of the contract for the appointment of the CEO, including consideration of whether the CEO may accept memberships of other corporate boards, taking into consideration time constraints and potential conflicts of interests, balanced against the opportunity for the CEO’s professional development.

 

20

 

 

5.3.2. Role

 

The CEO is charged by the board of directors with the day-to-day management of the company, and is therefore also managing director of the company. In this function, the CEO has the following general responsibilities:

 

responsible for the management of the company and the implementation of the decisions of the board of directors, within the strategy, planning, values and budgets approved by the board of directors;
responsible for overseeing the different central departments and business units of the company, and reporting to the board of directors on their activities; and
responsible for the development of proposals for the board of directors relating to strategy, planning, finances, operations, human resources and budgets, and such other matters that are to be dealt with at the level of the board of directors.

 

5.3.3. Specific tasks

 

In exercising his role, the CEO has the following specific tasks:

 

The CEO takes the final decision in the decisions of the executive management and in the proposals that the executive management submits to the board of directors.
The CEO must put internal controls in place (i.e. systems to identify, assess, manage and monitor financial and other risks), without prejudice to the monitoring role of the board of directors, based on the framework approved by the board of directors.
The CEO is responsible and accountable vis-à-vis the board of directors of the company for the complete, timely, reliable and accurate preparation of the company’s financial statements, in accordance with the applicable accounting standards and policies of the company.
The CEO is responsible and accountable vis-à-vis the board of directors of the company for the preparation of the company’s required disclosure of the financial statements and other material financial and non-financial information.
The CEO presents the board of directors with a balanced and understandable assessment of the company’s financial situation,
The CEO provides the board of directors in due time with the information necessary for the board of directors to carry out its duties,
The CEO is responsible and accountable to the board of directors for the discharge of his or her responsibilities and those of the other executive managers.
The board of directors of the company can charge the CEO with other specific tasks.

 

5.4. Other executive managers

 

5.4.1. Appointment

 

The executive managers other than the CEO are appointed and removed by the CEO in close consultation with the board of directors of the company, and taking into account the need for a balanced executive team. The board of directors, further to the advice of the nomination and remuneration committee, is to approve the main terms and conditions of the contract for the appointment of the other executive managers including consideration of whether the executives may accept memberships of other corporate boards, taking into consideration time constraints and potential conflicts of interests, balanced against the opportunity for the executive’s professional development.

 

21

 

 

5.4.2. Tasks

 

The tasks of the heads of the main activities and central departments (and their divisions) are the following:

 

They must organize their business unit/department in accordance with the guidelines determined by the CEO.
They report to the CEO on the operation and activities of their business unit/department.

 

5.5. Operation of executive management

 

5.5.1. Conduct of meetings

 

The executive managers will periodically meet with CEO to discuss:

 

The strategy of their department.
The organization of their department.
The financial management of their department.
New projects.
Compliance with budgets.
The follow-up of existing projects.

 

At least on a monthly basis, the CEO and other executive managers shall meet to discuss the overall general strategy, financial management and business of the company. During these meetings, the executive management also discusses proposals for decisions to be made by the board of directors, including with respect to strategy, planning, finances and budgets. Additional meetings can be called by the CEO whenever the need for such meetings arises.

 

5.5.2. Reporting to the board of directors

 

The CEO shall report regularly during the scheduled meetings of the board of directors on the operations, findings and recommendations of the committee.

 

The members of the board of directors can have access to the assistance or advice of the executive management. Where practical or appropriate, requests to have such access should be made via the CEO.

 

5.6. Conduct by executive management

 

5.6.1. General

 

Each executive manager is encouraged to exhibit at all times the highest standards of integrity and probity. They must be loyal to the company and its subsidiaries.

 

5.6.2. Confidentiality

 

Executive managers cannot use the information obtained in their capacity as executive manager for purposes other than for the exercise of their mandate.

 

Executive managers should treat all inside information (as defined by applicable law) as strictly confidential, and should disclose such information to other employees and staff members of the company and its subsidiaries only on a need-to-know basis, subject to appropriate measures to secure confidentiality and in accordance with the guidelines established by the board of directors.

 

22

 

 

5.6.3. Conflicts of interest

 

Each executive manager is encouraged to arrange his or her personal and business affairs so as to avoid direct and indirect conflicts of interest with the company.

 

To the extent relevant, the Section 2.11.4 (see above) is mutatis mutandis applicable to executive managers.

 

The above is without prejudice to the rules that apply to executive directors in the performance of their mandate as director.

 

6. Remuneration of directors and managers

 

6.1. Remuneration policy

 

The board of directors should adopt, upon the advice of the nomination and remuneration committee, a remuneration policy designed to (i) attract, reward and retain the necessary talent, (ii) promote the achievement of strategic objectives in accordance with the company’s risk appetite and behavioural norms, and (iii) promote sustainable value creation.

 

The board of directors should make sure that the remuneration policy is consistent with the overall remuneration framework of the company, as well as the provisions of the 2020 Code and the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

Article 7:89/1 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, which provides that listed companies must establish a remuneration policy with respect to directors, other officers and delegates for day-to-day management, details the objectives of, as well as the information that needs to be included in, the remuneration policy. The remuneration policy must be approved by a binding vote of the general shareholders' meeting and must be submitted to the general shareholders' meeting for approval whenever there is a material change and in any case at least every four years.

 

In addition, in accordance with the 2020 Code:

 

For non-executive board members, the remuneration policy should take into account their role as board members, and specific roles such as chair of the board, or chair or member of board committees, as well as their resulting responsibilities and commitment in time.
Non-executive board members should not receive any performance-related remuneration that is directly related to the results of the company.
For executives, the remuneration policy should describe the different components of and determine an appropriate balance between fixed and variable remuneration, and cash and deferred remuneration.
The variable part of the executive remuneration package should be structured to link reward to overall corporate and individual performance, and to align the interests of the executives with the sustainable value-creation objectives of the company.
When the company awards short-term variable remuneration to the executive management, this remuneration should be subject to a cap.
The board should approve the main terms and conditions of the contracts of the CEO and other executives further to the advice of the remuneration committee. The contracts should contain specific provisions relating to early termination.

 

23

 

 

Following the modification of the directors' remuneration on 30 July 2020, effective as from 1 July 2020, the non-executive directors that are not independent directors shall not be entitled to a remuneration in cash, but shall each year be entitled to receive share options for a maximum of 10,000 shares of the company. This is contrary to provision 7.6 of the 2020 Code, which provides that no share options should be granted to non-executive directors. The company believes that this provision of the 2020 Code is not appropriate and adapted to take into account the realities of companies in the biotech and life sciences industry that are still in a development phase. Notably, the ability to remunerate non-executive directors with share options allows the company to limit the portion of remuneration in cash that the company would otherwise need to pay to attract or retain renowned experts with the most relevant skills, knowledge and expertise. The company is of the opinion that granting non-independent non-executive directors the opportunity to be remunerated in part in share-based incentives rather than all in cash enables the non-independent non-executive directors to link their effective remuneration to the performance of the company and to strengthen the alignment of their interests with the interests of the company’s shareholders. The company believes that this is in the interest of the company and its stakeholders. Furthermore, the company believes that this is customary for directors active in companies in the life sciences industry.

 

In accordance with provision 7.6 of the 2020 Code, the non-executive directors should receive a part of their remuneration in the form of shares of the company. The company has however no distributable reserves and therefore does not meet the legal requirements to proceed to a shares buy-back. As a result, the company does not own any treasury shares and is unable to grant existing shares to non-executive directors as part of their remuneration. The interests of the non-independent non-executive directors are currently considered to be sufficiently oriented to the creation of long-term value for the company. Finally, the board will propose to remunerate the independent directors in cash, but leaving it at the own initiative of the independent directors whether or not they wish to use such funds (in whole or in part) to acquire existing shares of the company.

 

In accordance with provision 7.9 of the 2020 Code, the board of directors should set a minimum threshold of shares to be held by the executive management. A part of the remuneration of the executive management consists of options to subscribe for the company’s shares, which should allow the executive management over time to acquire shares of the company, in line with the objectives of the option plans.

 

Pursuant to article 7:91 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and provision 7.11 of the 2020 Code, shares should not vest and share options should not be exercisable within three years as of their granting. It has been expressly provided by the company's general shareholders' meeting that the board of directors is explicitly authorised to deviate from the provisions of 7:91 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, for all persons who fall within the scope of these provisions (whether directly or pursuant to articles 7:108 and 7:121 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, or otherwise). The company is of the opinion that this allows for more flexibility when structuring share-based awards. For example, it is customary for option plans to provide for a vesting in several instalments over a well-defined period of time, instead of vesting after three years only. This seems to be more in line with prevailing practice.

 

In accordance with provision 7.12 of the 2020 Code, the board of directors should include provisions that would enable the company to recover variable remuneration paid, or withhold the payment of variable remuneration, and specify the circumstances in which it would be appropriate to do so, insofar as enforceable by law. The company believes that this provision of the 2020 Code is not appropriate and adapted to take into account the realities of companies in the biotech and life sciences industry, including, notably, for management teams located in the United States. The share option plans set up by the company do however contain bad leaver provisions that can result in the share options, whether vested or not, automatically and immediately becoming null and void. Notwithstanding the company's position that share options are not to be qualified as variable remuneration, the board of directors is of the opinion that such bad leaver provisions sufficiently protect the company's interests and that it is therefore currently no necessary to provide for additional contractual provisions that give the company a contractual right to reclaim any (variable) remuneration from the members of the executive management. For that reason, there are no contractual provisions in place between the company and the members of the executive management that give the company a contractual right to reclaim from said executives any variable remuneration that would be awarded.

 

24

 

 

6.2. Remuneration report

 

The board of directors of the company is to adopt a remuneration report which is to be submitted to the board of directors by the nomination and remuneration committee.

 

The remuneration report shall be drafted in a clear and comprehensible manner. It shall provide a comprehensive overview of the remuneration, including all benefits, in whatever form, granted or due during the financial year covered by the annual report to each of the directors and the members of the executive management, including newly recruited and former senior executives, in accordance with the remuneration policy.

 

The remuneration report must contain all legally required information in accordance with article 3:6, §3 and §3/1 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

The remuneration report forms a well-defined part of the Corporate Governance Statement.

 

7. Shares and Shareholders

 

7.1. General

 

The board of directors intends to treat all shareholders that are in the same situation equally and to respect their rights.

 

7.2. Communication with shareholders and potential shareholders

 

The disclosure and communication policy of the company is to promote an effective dialogue with the shareholders and potential shareholders through appropriate investor relation programmes, in order to achieve a better understanding of their objectives and concerns. Feedback of such dialogue should be given to the board, on at least an annual basis.

 

The company will ensure that all necessary facilities and information are available in order to allow the shareholders to exercise their rights.

 

The board of directors also encourages its shareholders to participate to its shareholders' meetings, through which communication between the company and the shareholders can be established.

 

In the event that the company should have one or more controlling shareholders, the board will endeavour to have the controlling shareholders make a considered used of its/their position and respect the rights and interests of minority shareholders. The board will to the extent possible encourage the controlling shareholders to clearly express their strategic objectives and to respect the corporate governance principles.

 

7.3. Rights and obligations of the shareholders

 

This Section 7.3 summarizes the material rights and obligations of the shareholders of the company under Belgian law and the company’s articles of association. The description hereafter is only a summary and does not purport to give a complete overview of the articles of association, nor of all relevant provisions of Belgian law. Neither should it be considered as legal advice regarding these matters.

 

7.3.1. Form and transferability of the shares

 

The company’s shares can take the form of dematerialized or registered shares. A register of registered shares (which may be held in electronic form) is maintained at the company's registered office. It may be consulted by any holder of shares. A dematerialized share will be represented by an entry on a personal account of the owner or holder, with a recognized account holder or clearing and settlement institution. Holders of shares may elect, at any time, to have their registered shares converted into dematerialized shares, and vice versa, at their own expense

 

25

 

 

All of the company’s shares are fully paid up and freely transferable. This is without prejudice to certain restrictions that may apply pursuant to applicable securities laws requirements.

 

7.3.2. Currency of the shares

 

The company's shares do not have a nominal value, but reflect the same fraction of the company's share capital, which is denominated in euro.

 

7.3.3. Voting rights attached to the shares

 

Each shareholder of the company is entitled to one vote per share. There are no different categories of shares. Shareholders may vote by proxy, subject to the rules described in the company's articles of association.

 

Voting rights can be mainly suspended in relation to shares:

 

which are not fully paid up, notwithstanding the request thereto of the board of directors of the company;
to which more than one person is entitled or on which more than one person has rights in rem (droits réels) on, except in the event a single representative is appointed for the exercise of the voting right vis-à-vis the company;
which entitle their holder to voting rights above the threshold of 3%, 5%, 10%, 15%, 20% and any further multiple of 5% of the total number of voting rights attached to the outstanding financial instruments of the company on the date of the relevant general shareholders' meeting, in the event that the relevant shareholder has not notified the company and the FSMA at least 20 calendar days prior to the date of the general shareholders' meeting in accordance with the applicable rules on disclosure of major shareholdings; and
of which the voting right was suspended by a competent court or the FSMA.

 

Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, the voting rights attached to shares owned by the company, or a person acting in its own name but on behalf of the company, or acquired by a subsidiary of the company, as the case may be, are suspended. Generally, the general shareholders' meeting has sole authority with respect to:

 

the approval of the annual financial statements of the company;
the distribution of profits (except interim dividends);
the appointment (at the proposal of the board of directors and upon recommendation by the nomination and remuneration committee) and dismissal of directors of the company;
the appointment (at the proposal of the board of directors and upon recommendation by the audit committee) and dismissal of the statutory auditor of the company;
the granting of release from liability to the directors and the statutory auditor of the company;
the determination of the remuneration of the directors and of the statutory auditor for the exercise of their mandate;

 

26

 

 

the advisory vote on the remuneration report included in the annual report of the board of directors, the binding vote on the remuneration policy that the company intends to submit for the first time to the general shareholders’ meeting to be held on 27 May 2021, and subsequently upon every material change to the remuneration policy and in any case at least every four years, and the determination of the following features of the remuneration or compensation of directors, members of the executive management and certain other executives (as the case may be): (i) in relation to the remuneration of executive and non-executive directors, members of the executive management and other executives, an exemption from the rule that share based awards can only vest after a period of at least three years as of the grant of the awards, (ii) in relation to the remuneration of executive directors, members of the executive management and other executives, an exemption from the rule that (unless the variable remuneration is less than a quarter of the annual remuneration) at least one quarter of the variable remuneration must be based on performance criteria that have been determined in advance and that can be measured objectively over a period of at least two years and that at least another quarter of the variable remuneration must be based on performance criteria that have been determined in advance and that can be measured objectively over a period of at least three years, (iii) in relation to the remuneration of non-executive directors, any variable part of the remuneration (provided, however that no variable remuneration can be granted to independent non-executive directors), and (iv) any service agreements to be entered into with executive directors, members of the executive management and other executives providing for severance payments exceeding twelve months’ remuneration (or, subject to a motivated opinion by the nomination and remuneration committee, eighteen (18) months' remuneration);
the filing of a claim for liability against directors;
the decisions relating to the dissolution, merger and certain other reorganizations of the company; and
the approval of amendments to the articles of association.

 

7.3.4. General shareholders' meeting

 

The company encourages its shareholders to participate in general shareholders' meetings. In order to facilitate this, shareholders may vote in absentia by proxy voting. Agendas and all other relevant information are made available on the company's website in advance of general shareholders' meetings.

 

Notices of all shareholders’ meetings, and all related documents, such as specific board of directors’ and auditor’s reports, are published on the company’s website. The notices will also provide appropriate additional information regarding the specific formalities to be fulfilled for admission, participation and voting at general shareholders’ meetings, including with respect to voting by distance and/or proxy.

 

7.3.5. Dividends

 

All of the shares of the company entitle the holder thereof to an equal right to participate in dividends in respect of the financial year ending 31 December 2020 and future years. All of the shares participate equally in the company's profits (if any). Pursuant to the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, the shareholders can in principle decide on the distribution of profits with a simple majority vote at the occasion of the annual general shareholders' meeting, based on the most recent statutory audited financial statements, prepared in accordance with Belgian GAAP and based on a (non-binding) proposal of the company's board of directors. The Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the company's articles of association also authorize the board of directors to declare interim dividends without shareholder approval. The right to pay such interim dividends is, however, subject to certain legal restrictions.

 

The company's ability to distribute dividends is subject to availability of sufficient distributable profits as defined under Belgian law on the basis of the company's stand-alone statutory accounts prepared in accordance with Belgian GAAP. In particular, dividends can only be distributed if following the declaration and issuance of the dividends the amount of the company's net assets on the date of the closing of the last financial year as follows from the statutory non-consolidated financial statements (i.e. summarized, the amount of the assets as shown in the balance sheet, decreased with provisions and liabilities, all in accordance with Belgian accounting rules), decreased with, except in exceptional cases, to be disclosed and justified in the notes to the annual accounts, the non-amortized costs of incorporation and extension and the non-amortized costs for research and development, does not fall below the amount of the paid-up capital (or, if higher, the issued capital), increased with the amount of non-distributable reserves.

 

27

 

 

In addition, pursuant to Belgian law and the company's articles of association, the company must allocate an amount of 5% of its Belgian GAAP annual net profit (bénéfices nets) to a legal reserve in its stand-alone statutory accounts, until the legal reserve amounts to 10% of the company's share capital.

 

7.3.6. Notification of significant participations

 

Pursuant to the Belgian Act of 2 May 2007 (as amended from time to time) on the disclosure of significant shareholdings in issuers whose securities are admitted to trading on a regulated market and containing various provisions, a notification to the company and to the FSMA is required by all natural persons and legal entities (i.e. legal persons, registered business associations without legal personality and trusts) in the following circumstances (non-exhaustive list):

 

an acquisition or disposal of voting securities, voting rights or financial instruments that are treated as voting securities;
the holding of voting securities upon first admission thereof to trading on a regulated market;
the conclusion, modification or termination of an agreement to act in concert;
the passive reaching of a threshold;
the reaching of a threshold by persons or legal entities acting in concert;
the downward reaching of the lowest threshold;
where a previous notification concerning the financial instruments treated as equivalent to voting securities is to be updated;
the acquisition or disposal of the control of an entity that holds the voting securities; and
where the company introduces additional notification thresholds in the articles of association,

 

in each case where the percentage of voting rights attached to the securities held by such persons reaches, exceeds or falls below the legal threshold, set at 5% of the total voting rights, and 10%, 15%, 20% and further multiples of 5% or, as the case may be, the additional thresholds provided in the articles of association. The company has provided for an additional threshold of 3% in the articles of association.

 

The notification must be made immediately and at the latest within four trading days after the date on which the notification requirement is triggered. Where the company receives a transparency notification, it has to publish such information within three trading days following receipt of the notification.

 

Subject to certain exceptions, no shareholder may, pursuant to article 25/1 of the Belgian Law of 2 May 2007 on the disclosure of major participations in issuers of which shares are admitted to trading on a regulated market and regarding miscellaneous provisions, cast a greater number of votes at a general shareholders' meeting of the company than those attached to the rights and securities that it has notified in accordance with the aforementioned disclosure rules at least 20 calendar days prior to the date of the general shareholders' meeting.

 

The forms on which such notifications must be made, as well as further explanations, can be found on the website of the FSMA (www.fsma.be). Violation of the disclosure requirements may result in the suspension of voting rights, a court order to sell the securities to a third party and/or criminal liability. The FSMA may also impose administrative sanctions.

 

The company is required to publicly disclose any notifications of significant shareholdings received, and must mention these notifications in the notes to its financial statements. A list as well as a copy of such notifications will be accessible on the company's website (www.mdxhealth.com).

 

28

 

 

7.3.7. Prevention of market abuse

 

The board of directors has adopted a dealing code to prevent market abuse by its directors and executive managers. The dealing code includes the procedures that should be followed by directors, executive managers and other staff members and their affiliates or relatives:

 

with respect to treating confidential inside information, and
trades by them in financial instruments of the company, whether directly or indirectly.

 

With respect to trading in financial instruments of the company, the dealing code provides for the following rules:

 

No trades in financial instruments are permitted during certain blocked periods before the release of annual and semi-annual financial statements and whenever the person concerned has inside information that has not yet been disclosed to the market. During other periods, any trade contemplated must be reported to the compliance officer who can decide to prohibit the trade during a term of no more than two months.
All trades in financial instruments must be reported two business days on forehand to the compliance officer. These trades in shares will be disclosed by the company in line with applicable legislation.
Trades are defined as any sale or purchase of, or agreement to sell or purchase, any financial instrument of the company, and the grant, acceptance, acquisition, disposal, exercise or discharge of any option (whether for the call, or put, or both) or other right or obligation, present or future, conditional or unconditional, to acquire or dispose of any financial instrument, or any interest in a financial instrument, of the company. Financial instruments of the company are defined as shares, warrants, and convertible bonds issued by the company, and any other right issued by the company to acquire such shares, warrants and convertible bonds.

 

The company’s dealing code is available on the “Investors – Shareholders’ Information” section of the company’s website (www.mdxhealth.com).

 

29

 

 

Appendix 1 - Deviations

 

The list below contains an overview of the provisions of the 2020 Code that are not fully complied with.

 

Given the size of the company, no internal audit function exist at this time. In line with provision 4.14 of the 2020 Code, the need for an internal audit function will be reviewed annually.
Following the modification of the directors' remuneration on 30 July 2020, effective as from 1 July 2020, the non-executive directors that are not independent directors shall not be entitled to a remuneration in cash, but shall each year be entitled to receive share options for a maximum of 10,000 shares of the company. This is contrary to provision 7.6 of the 2020 Code, which provides that no share options should be granted to non-executive directors. The company believes that this provision of the 2020 Code is not appropriate and adapted to take into account the realities of companies in the biotech and life sciences industry that are still in a development phase. Notably, the ability to remunerate non-executive directors with share options allows the company to limit the portion of remuneration in cash that the company would otherwise need to pay to attract or retain renowned experts with the most relevant skills, knowledge and expertise. the company is of the opinion that granting non-independent non-executive directors the opportunity to be remunerated in part in share-based incentives rather than all in cash enables the non-independent non-executive directors to link their effective remuneration to the performance of the company and to strengthen the alignment of their interests with the interests of the company’s shareholders. The company believes that this is in the interest of the company and its stakeholders. Furthermore, the company believes that this is customary for directors active in companies in the life sciences industry.

In accordance with provision 7.6 of the 2020 Code, the non-executive directors should receive a part of their remuneration in the form of shares of the company. The company has however no distributable reserves and therefore does not meet the legal requirements to proceed to a shares buy-back. As a result, the company does not own any treasury shares and is unable to grant existing shares to non-executive directors as part of their remuneration. The interests of the non-independent non-executive directors are currently considered to be sufficiently oriented to the creation of long-term value for the company. Finally, the board will propose to remunerate the independent directors in cash, but leaving it at the own initiative of the independent directors whether or not they wish to use such funds (in whole or in part) to acquire existing shares of the company.

In accordance with provision 7.9 of the 2020 Code, the board of directors should set a minimum threshold of shares to be held by the executive management. A part of the remuneration of the executive management consists of options to subscribe for the company’s shares, which should allow the executive management over time to acquire shares of the company, in line with the objectives of the option plans.

Pursuant to article 7:91 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and provision 7.11 of the 2020 Code, shares should not vest and share options should not be exercisable within three years as of their granting. It has been expressly provided by the company's general shareholders' meeting that the board of directors is explicitly authorised to deviate from the provisions of 7:91 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, for all persons who fall within the scope of these provisions (whether directly or pursuant to articles 7:108 and 7:121 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, or otherwise). The company is of the opinion that this allows for more flexibility when structuring share-based awards. For example, it is customary for option plans to provide for a vesting in several instalments over a well-defined period of time, instead of vesting after three years only. This seems to be more in line with prevailing practice.

In accordance with provision 7.12 of the 2020 Code, the board of directors should include provisions that would enable the company to recover variable remuneration paid, or withhold the payment of variable remuneration, and specify the circumstances in which it would be appropriate to do so, insofar as enforceable by law. The company believes that this provision of the 2020 Code is not appropriate and adapted to take into account the realities of companies in the biotech and life sciences industry, including, notably, for management teams located in the United States. The share option plans set up by the company do however contain bad leaver provisions that can result in the share options, whether vested or not, automatically and immediately becoming null and void. Notwithstanding the company's position that share options are not to be qualified as variable remuneration, the board of directors is of the opinion that such bad leaver provisions sufficiently protect the company's interests and that it is therefore currently no necessary to provide for additional contractual provisions that give the company a contractual right to reclaim any (variable) remuneration from the members of the executive management. For that reason, there are no contractual provisions in place between the company and the members of the executive management that give the company a contractual right to reclaim from said executives any variable remuneration that would be awarded.

 

30

 

 

Appendix 2 – Organizational structure

 

The executive management team of MDxHealth is composed of the following positions:

 

Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

Chief Commercial Officer (CCO)

Executive Vice President of Corporate Development (EVP) & General Counsel (GC)

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

 

The executive management includes all executive directors of MDxHealth.

 

 

31 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

 

Free Translation

 

This English version of the March 2012 Stock Option Plan of MDxHealth SA is a free translation of the original French version. In case of discrepancies between the original French version and this English version, the original French version shall prevail.

 

MARCH 2012 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

MDxHealth SA

 

 

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

Article 1 - Purpose of the Plan

 

This March 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) describes the general conditions of the Stock Options that the Company issued to the Selected Participants.

 

The aim of the Plan is to realize the following corporate and human resources goals:

 

(i) to encourage and motivate the Selected Participants;

 

(ii) to enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain employees and consultants with the required experience and skills;

 

(iii) to link the interests of the Selected Participants closer to the interests of the shareholders of the Company by giving them the opportunity to share in the increase of the value of the Company.

 

Article 2 - Definitions and interpretation

 

The following terms shall have the following meaning for the purpose of the Plan:

 

Acceptance

The subscription to the Stock Options by the Selected Participant at the occasion of the issuance of the Stock Options;
   
Beneficiary With respect to a natural person, a person validly designated by the Selected Participant, being either his/her spouse or legal heirs, in order to exercise the rights of the Selected Participant under the Plan after the death of the Selected Participant. Designation, revocation and re-designation of a Beneficiary must be done in writing in accordance with the applicable law. In the absence of any valid designation, the heirs of the Selected Participant in accordance with the applicable law of inheritance shall he deemed to be the Beneficiary. In the event that there are several heirs, all heirs acting jointly or one person designated by all heirs acting jointly shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary;
   
Board of Directors The board of directors of the Company;
   
Company MDxHealth SA, a company established under Belgian law, having its registered office at Avenue de 1‘Hôpital 11, CHU Tour 5 GIGA, B-400() Liege, Belgium, registered with the register of legal persons under number 0479.292.440;
   
Consultant Any person or legal entity that is not an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary and that is performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary;
   
Control The possibility de facto or de jure to exercise a decisive influence over the appointment of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the general orientation of the Company, as determined in Article 5 and following of the Belgian Company Code;
   
Date of Grant March 15, 2012;
   
Date of Termination of the employment or consultancy agreement The effective date of termination of the employment agreement, or as applicable. consultancy agreement for whatever reason, with the exception of a termination of a consultancy agreement immediately followed by the signing of a new employment or consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary; a termination of an employment agreement immediately followed by the signing of a new employment or consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

2

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

Employee An individual having an employment agreement of an indefinite term with the Company or a Subsidiary:
   
Executive Any person responsible for the general management of the Company in the sense of Article 96, §3 in fine of the Belgian Company Code, i.e. Dr. Jan Groen, Mr. Joseph Sollee, and Mr. Christopher Thibodeau;
   
Exercise Period The period during which the Selected Participant can exercise the Stock Options granted to him/her, provided and to the extent that the Stock Options are exercisable in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan and in any other arrangement that may exist between the Selected Participant and the Company;
   
Exercise Price The price at which each Share subject to a Stock Option may be acquired/subscribed to upon the exercise of that Stock Option;
   
Notification A letter sent to the official domicile or registered office of the addressee by means of (i) a courier with notice of receipt or (ii) a registered letter. The date of the Notification is: (i) the date of signing for receipt or. in the absence thereof, (ii) the postmarked date of the registered letter;
   
Plan The present March 2012 Stock Option Plan:
   
Reference Date will have the meaning as set forth in Article 7.1.1. of this Plan;
   
Selected Participant(s) The Employees (mainly) or Consultants selected to take up Stock Options under this Plan:
   
Shares The shares of the Company having the same rights and advantages as the existing ordinary shares of the Company;
   
Stock Option A warrant issued by the Company entitling the Selected Participant to acquire/subscribe to a Share pursuant to the Plan during a certain period at a certain price:
   
Stock Option Price The price, if any, which the Selected Participant owes to the Company for the acquisition of the Stock Option itself;
   
Subsidiary Any company or organization which is directly or indirectly under the Control of the Company;
   
Take-Over The official notification by the FSMA of a take-over bid within the meaning of Article 3 § 1, 1° of the Act of April 1st, 2007 on takeover bids (or within the meaning of any other subsequent legislation replacing, amending or completing the foregoing);
   
Transfer - Transferring Any transaction under living persons which has as its purpose the sale, purchase, granting or taking of options, exchange. waiver, contribution to a company, transfer in any manner whether or not for consideration, the giving of payment or pledge. or the acceptance of payment or pledge, or generally any agreement which has as its object an immediate or future transfer of title;
   
Vested Stock Options Stock Options that have become definitively acquired by the Selected Participant in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, without prejudice to the possibility that the Stock Options become void in cases where they are not exercised or can no longer be exercised pursuant to certain conditions.

 

Except insofar as the context otherwise requires. (i) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and (ii) words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa.

 

3

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

Article 3 - Type and number of Stock Options

 

3.1 The total number of Stock Options issued under the Plan is 195,000 (hundred ninety-five thousand).

 

3.2 Each Stock Option shall entitle a Selected Participant to acquire one (1) Share. which shall have the same rights and obligations as the outstanding shares of the Company.

 

The Shares issued at the occasion of the exercise of the Stock Options shall be entitled to a share of the profit of the Company as of and for the full accounting year in which they are issued.

 

A Share shall represent the same fraction of the capital of the Company as the other outstanding shares of the Company.

 

Dividends paid for the Shares shall not benefit from the reduced withholding tax rate of 21%, i.e. the so-called “VVPR” status.

 

Article 4 - Administration

 

The Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the possibility to delegate its powers or certain of its powers to certain persons of the management and/or to certain committees that may be established by the Board of Directors, in compliance with the Belgian Company Code and the Company’s Charter of Corporate Governance.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in as far as the decisions are in line with the purpose of the Plan, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine, define and interpret all rules, regulations or other measures required or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

Article 5 - Conditions of the Stock Options

 

5.1 Stock Option Price

 

The Selected Participant shall owe no Stock Option Price to the Company upon subscription to the Stock Options.

 

5.2 Exercise Price

 

The Exercise Price shall be equal to the average of the closing prices of the Share of the Company as quoted on Euronext Brussels during the thirty (30) day period preceding the issuance of the Stock Options, being EUR 1.72 per Stock Option.

 

The Exercise Price as determined in accordance with the above paragraph shall in any event never be less than the fractional value of the Shares.

 

Upon exercise of a Stock Option, the Exercise Price must be booked as capital up to an amount equal to the fractional value of the existing shares of the Company. The remainder must be booked as an issuance premium, that shall represent, to the same extent as the capital, a guarantee for third parties, and shall be booked on an unavailable account that can only be decreased or booked away by a decision of the general shareholders’ meeting deciding in the same way as for a modification of the bylaws.

 

4

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

5.3 Term (duration) of the Stock Options

 

The duration of a Stock Option shall be ten (10) years as of the date of the Acceptance.

 

5.4 Registered nature

 

The Stock Options are and shall remain registered, and shall be entered in the register of warrant holders that shall be held at the registered office of the Company. The Stock Options may not be converted into bearer Stock Options. The Company shall deliver to each Selected Participant and Beneficiary, free of charge, a certificate confirming that he/she is duly registered in the register of warrant holders as owner of the Stock Options held by him/her.

 

5.5 Rights as a shareholder

 

The Selected Participant (in his/her capacity as holder of a Stock Option) is not a shareholder of the Company, nor shall he/she have any rights or privileges, which as a rule belong to a shareholder of the Company, as long as the Stock Options have not been exercised.

 

Article 6 - Transfer of the Stock Options

 

6.1 Decease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of the decease of a Selected Participant, all Stock Options (including the Vested Stock Options at the time of decease) shall he transferred to the Beneficiary of the Selected Participant and shall be (or remain as far as the Vested Stock Options are concerned) exercisable at the time and under the terms established in this Plan.

 

6.2 Transferability of the Stock Options

 

Except for the transfer contemplated under Article 6.1 above, the Stock Options cannot be Transferred by a Selected Participant once they have been granted to a Selected Participant.

 

Article 7 - Exercise of the Stock Options

 

Stock Options can only be exercised during an Exercise Period (as specified in Article 7.2 below) provided and to the extent that they have become Vested Stock Options and have become exercisable (in accordance with Article 7.1 below) prior to or during a certain Exercise Period.

 

7.1 Vesting and exercisability of the Stock Options

 

5

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

7.1.1 General vesting mechanism of the Stock Options

 

The Stock Options subscribed to by a Selected Participant shall vest. i.e. become Vested Stock Options, in installments of twenty-five percent (25%) per year during a period of four (4) years as from: (i) generally, December 7. 2011, or (ii) with respect to the Stock Options subscribed to by Elisabeth Davis, Andrea Sura, Kenneth Kami, William D. McClure and Elisabeth Laderman, the date on which they started performing their services as Employee with the relevant Subsidiary, (iii) or with respect to Miriam E. Reyes, for two-thirds of her Stock Options grant, the date on which she started performing her services as Employee with the relevant Subsidiary (June 1, 2011) and as regards one third of her Stock Options grant. December 7, 2011, (all such dates, the “Reference Date”) as follows:

 

During the first year: maximum 25%;

 

During the second year from the Reference Date: maximum 25%, i.e. 50% in total;

 

During the third year from the Reference Date:: maximum 25%, i.e. 75% in total;

 

As from the fourth year from the Reference Date: maximum 25%, i.e. 100% in total.

 

During the second, the third, and the fourth calendar year, the Stock Options subscribed to by a Selected Participant shall vest on a quarterly basis, i.e. for an amount that bears the same proportion to the maximum amount of Stock Options that can vest during that period as the number of (full) quarters that have passed during said given period bears to the total number of quarters of that period. For example, one year and seven months after the date of the Acceptance, a maximum of 37.5% of the Stock Options granted to a Selected Participant could be Vested Stock Options.

 

If the above computation results in a number of Vested Stock Options with figures after the comma, the number of Vested Stock Options obtained by applying the above-mentioned percentages shall be rounded down.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Stock Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant shall automatically vest (if not yet vested) and become Vested Stock Options in the event of a Take-Over.

 

7.1.2 Exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The Selected Participants are allowed to exercise any Vested Stock Options during any Exercise Period as of and from, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives, the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the start of the fourth year) and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives, the moment where such Stock Options became Vested Stock Options.

 

For example, Executives will be able to exercise their Vested Stock Options as of March 15, 2015.

 

7.1.3 Consequences of termination of the employment or consultancy agreement

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraphs and unless lawfully otherwise stipulated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (Managing Director) of the Company, when (i) with respect to Employees, the employment agreement of a Selected Participant is terminated for other reason than for serious cause, or (ii) with respect to Consultants, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Participant is terminated for other reasons than breach of said agreement, the Selected Participant may exercise all his Stock Options that would have become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the employment or consultancy agreement, at the times and in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan. (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives, within a period expiring the later of (a) the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant and (b) one (1) year as from the Date of Termination of the employment or consultancy agreement. and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives one (1) year as from the Dale of Termination of the employment or consultancy agreement.

 

6

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

The Vested Stock Options that are not exercised within the period referred to in the previous paragraph shall automatically lapse and become null and void. The Stock Options that have not become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the employment or consultancy agreement automatically lapse and become null and void.

 

Upon termination of (i) with respect to Employees, a Selected Participant’s employment agreement for serious cause, or (ii) with respect to Consultants, a Selected Participant’s consultancy agreement for breach of said agreement, all Stock Options shall, unless stipulated otherwise by the Board of Directors, whether vested or not, automatically become definitely unexercisable as from the Date of Termination of the employment or consultancy agreement.

 

7.1.4 Consequences of legal retirement, disability or serious disease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of termination of the employment agreement. or as applicable, consultancy agreement of the Selected Participant as a consequence of legal retirement, disability or serious disease, the (at that time) Vested Stock Options shall remain exercisable for the remaining term of the Stock Options pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

 

7.2 Exercise Period

 

Vested Stock Options can only be exercised during the following periods: during the term of the Stock Options, between March 1 and March 31 and between September 1 and September 30. Each Exercise Period shall close on the last banking day of the particular Exercise Period.

 

The Board of Directors may, however, in its absolute discretion, provide for additional Exercise Periods and do so notably in case of a Take-Over (i.e. in case all Stock Options automatically vest in accordance with 7.1.1 in fine above).

 

7.3 Partial exercise

 

A Selected Participant may exercise all or part of his/her Vested Stock Options. However, it is not possible to exercise a Stock Option with respect to fractions of Shares.

 

7.4 Exercise procedure

 

A Stock Option shall be deemed to have been exercised upon receipt by the Company, at the latest on the last banking day of the Exercise Period, of:

 

(i) A Notification signed by the Selected Participant and stating that a Stock Option or a specified number of Stock Options is exercised.

 

(ii) Evidence of complete payment of the Exercise Price, within thirty (30) calendar days following the last banking day of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised. for the number of Shares as indicated in the Notification provided sub (i), by bank transfer to a blocked account of the Company whose number is communicated by the Company.

 

(iii) In the event that a Stock Option is exercised by a person or persons other than the Selected Participant, suitable proof of the right of this person or these persons to exercise the Stock Option.

 

(iv) Any and all statements and documents, which the Board of Directors deems desirable or necessary in order to comply with all applicable legal and regulatory provisions, and the submission of which the Board of Directors consequently requests.

 

7

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

7.5 Conditions for the issuance of Shares

 

7.5.1 The Company shall only be obliged to issue the Shares as a result of the exercise of the Stock Options, by registration in the Company’s share register or any other manner prescribed by the Belgian Company Code, after all of the preceding conditions set forth in Article 7.4 have been fulfilled and following the completion of the capital increase mentioned below.

 

7.5.2 The Board of Directors, or two members thereof, shall, in accordance with Article 591 of the Company Code (or any other provision having the same purport), have the capital increase, resulting from the exercise of the Stock Options, and the fully paid in Shares thus subscribed for, acted before a notary public within 60 days after the closing of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised.

 

7.5.3 If the Company is at that time listed on a regulated or public market, the Company shall make application to the stock exchange in question for such Shares to be admitted for listing.

 

7.5.4 The Company may at its discretion postpone the delivery of the Shares, if this is necessary in order to comply with the applicable regulations or provisions of whatever nature, including but not limited to public offer, registration and other obligations with respect to the Shares of the Company, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

Article 8 - Change in the capital structure of the Company — Exercise of the Stock Options by virtue of Law

 

8.1 Change in the capital structure of the Company

 

Contrary to Article 501 of the Belgian Company Code, the Company explicitly reserves the right to take all possible decisions and to enter into all possible transactions that may have an impact on its capital, on the distribution of profits or on the distribution of liquidation proceeds or that may otherwise affect the rights of the Selected Participants.

 

Should the rights of the Selected Participant be affected by such decision or transaction, then the Selected Participant shall not be entitled to a change of the Exercise Price, a change of the exercise conditions or any other form of (financial or other) compensation, unless such a decision or transaction would have as its main purpose to prejudice the rights of the holders of the Stock Options.

 

In case of a merger, de-merger or stock split of the Company, the rights of the outstanding Stock Options and/or Exercise Price of the Stock Options shall be adapted in accordance with the conversion ratios applied on the occasion of the merger, de-merger or stock split to the other shareholders.

 

8.2 Exercise of the Stock Options by virtue of Law

 

If a Stock Option which is not exercisable or which cannot be exercised pursuant to the issuance conditions (as determined in this Plan) becomes prematurely exercisable on the basis of Article 501 of the Company Code and is also exercised pursuant to said Article, the Shares obtained by exercising the Stock Option shall not be transferable, unless explicitly agreed upon by the Company, until the time the underlying Stock Options would have become exercisable in accordance with the Plan.

 

8

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes Final - March 14, 2012

 

Article 9 - Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Taxes and Social Security

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to withhold from any cash payment made to a Selected Participant, and/or the Selected Participant shall be obliged to pay to the Company or to a Subsidiary (if requested for by the Company or a Subsidiary), the amount of any tax and/or social security contributions, if any, attributable to or payable in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of any Stock Options or attributable to or payable in connection with the delivery of the Shares.

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall also be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to make the necessary reporting, required as a result of the grant of Stock Options, their vesting, their exercisability or the delivery of the Shares.

 

9.2 Costs

 

Stamp duties and other similar duties or taxes levied upon exercise of the Stock Options and/or the delivery of the new Shares shall be borne by the Selected Participant.

 

Costs related to the capital increase that shall take place upon the exercise of the Stock Options shall be borne by the Company.

 

9.3 Applicable law and Competent Courts

 

Belgian law governs the Plan. Disputes shall fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Liege.

 

Stock Options subscribed to in the framework of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of Belgium.

 

9.4 Notifications

 

Each Notification to a Selected Participant shall be made to the address mentioned in the register of warrantholders. Each Notification to the Company, a Subsidiary or the Board of Directors shall be validly made to the address of the registered office of the Company. Address changes must be communicated in accordance with this provision.

 

9.5 Relation to employment or consultancy agreement

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the rights and obligations of a Selected Participant as determined under the terms of his/her employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be affected by his/her participation in the Plan or by any right that he/she may have to participate therein. A Selected Participant who subscribes to Stock Options pursuant to the Plan shall have no rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his/her employment agreement or, as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or the Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from the termination of the rights which he/she would have or of the claims which he/she could make relating to the exercise of the Stock Options under the Plan as a result of the termination of such employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement or from the loss or reduction in value of the rights or advantages.

 

 

9

 

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

Free English translation – for information purposes

 

 

 

Free Translation

 

This English version of the May 2012 Stock Option Plan of MDxHealth SA is a free translation of the original French version. In case of discrepancies between the original French version and this English version, the original French version shall prevail.

 

MAY 2012 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

MDxHealth SA

 

 

 

MDxHealth SA • CHU, Tour 5 GIGA, Av. de l’Hôpital 11, B - 4000 Liège, Belgium
www. MDxHealth.com • Tel (32) 4.366.98.60 • Fax (32) 4.366.98.61
VAT BE 0479.292.440 RPM (Liège) • ING Bank 310-1801580-85

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE 1 PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This May 2012 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) describes the general conditions of the Stock Options that the Company issued to the Selected Participants.

 

The aim of the Plan is to realize the following corporate and human resources goals:

 

(i) to encourage and motivate the Selected Participants;

 

(ii) to enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain directors, employees and consultants with the required experience and skills;

 

(iii) to link the interests of the Selected Participants closer to the interests of the shareholders of the Company by giving them the opportunity to share in the increase of the value of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

The following terms shall have the following meaning for the purpose of the Plan:

 

Beneficiary

With respect to a natural person, a person validly designated by the Selected Participant, being either his/her spouse or legal heirs, in order to exercise the rights of the Selected Participant under the Plan after the death of the Selected Participant. Designation, revocation and re-designation of a Beneficiary must be done in writing in accordance with the applicable law. In the absence of any valid designation, the heirs of the Selected Participant in accordance with the applicable law of inheritance shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary. In the event that there are several heirs, all heirs acting jointly or one person designated by all heirs acting jointly shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary;
   
Board of Directors The board of directors of the Company;
   
Company MDxHealth SA, a company established under Belgian law, having its registered office at Avenue de l’Hôpital 11, CHU Tour 5 GIGA, B-4000 Liège, Belgium, registered with the register of legal persons under number 0479.292.440;
   
Consultant Any person or legal entity that is not an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary and that is performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary;
   
Control The possibility de facto or de jure to exercise a decisive influence over the appointment of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the general orientation of the Company, as determined in Article 5 and following of the Belgian Company Code;

 

2/11

 

 

Date of Grant The offer of the Stock Options to a Selected Participant;
   
Date of Issuance The date on which the Stock Options will be issued, i.e. May 25, 2012; or in case of absence of the required quorum at the first extraordinary general meeting, June 25, 2012;
   
Date of Termination of the director’s mandate,
the employment or consultancy agreement
The effective date of termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement, or as applicable, the consultancy agreement consultancy agreement immediately followed by the signing of a new employment or consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary; a termination of an employment agreement immediately followed by the signing of a new employment or consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary; or the termination of a director’s mandate immediately followed by the re-appointment of such director as Director the Company or a Subsidiary;
   
Director A member of the Board of Directors of the Company or a Subsidiary;
   
Employee An individual having an employment agreement of an indefinite term with the Company or a Subsidiary;
   
Executive Any person responsible for the general management of the Company in the sense of Article 96, §3 in fine of the Belgian Company Code, i.e. Dr. Jan Groen, Mr. Joseph Sollee, and Mr. Christopher Thibodeau;
   
Exercise Period The period during which the Selected Participant can exercise the Stock Options granted to him/her, provided and to the extent that the Stock Options are exercisable in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan and in any other arrangement that may exist between the Selected Participant and the Company;
   
Exercise Price The price at which each Share subject to a Stock Option may be acquired/subscribed to upon the exercise of that Stock Option;
   
Extraordinary General Shareholders Meeting The extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting held before a notary public at the occasion of which the Stock Options are issued by the Company;
   

3/11

 

 

Notification A letter sent to the official domicile or registered office of the addressee by means of (i) a courier with notice of receipt or (ii) a registered letter. The date of the Notification is: (i) the date of signing for receipt or, in the absence thereof, (ii) the postmarked date of the registered letter;
   
Plan The present May 2012 Stock Option Plan;
   
Selected Consultant(s) Consultant(s) selected to accept Stock Options under this Plan;
   
Selected Director(s) Director(s) selected to accept Stock Options under this Plan;
   
Selected Employee(s) Employee(s) selected to accept Stock Options under this Plan;
   
Selected Participant(s) The Selected Directors, the Selected Employees and/or Selected Consultants to take up Stock Options under this Plan, it being understood that the Stock Options issued under this Plan shall mainly be offered to Selected Employees;
   
Shares The shares of the Company having the same rights and advantages as the existing ordinary shares of the Company;
   
Stock Option A warrant issued by the Company entitling the Selected Participant to acquire/subscribe to a Share pursuant to the Plan during a certain period at a certain price;
   
Stock Option Price The price, if any, which the Selected Participant owes to the Company for the acquisition of the Stock Option itself;
   
Subsidiary Any company or organization which is directly or indirectly under the Control of the Company;
   
Take-Over The official notification by the FSMA of a take-over bid within the meaning of Article 3 § 1, 1° of the Act of April 1st, 2007 on takeover bids (or within the meaning of any other subsequent legislation replacing, amending or completing the foregoing);
   
Transfer – Transferring Any transaction under living persons which has as its purpose the sale, purchase, granting or taking of options, exchange, waiver, contribution to a company, transfer in any manner whether or not for consideration, the giving of payment or pledge, or the acceptance of payment or pledge, or generally any agreement which has as its object an immediate or future transfer of title;
   

4/11

 

 

Vested Stock Options Stock Options that have become definitely acquired by the Selected Participant in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, without prejudice to the possibility that the Stock Options become void in cases where they are not exercised or can no longer be exercised pursuant to certain conditions.

 

Except insofar as the context otherwise requires, (i) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and (ii) words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa.

 

ARTICLE 3 TYPE AND NUMBER OF STOCK OPTIONS

 

3.1 The total number of Stock Options issued under the Plan is 700,000 (seven hundred thousand).

 

3.2 Each Stock Option shall entitle a Selected Participant to acquire one (1) Share, which shall have the same rights and obligations as the outstanding shares of the Company.

 

The Shares issued at the occasion of the exercise of the Stock Options shall be entitled to a share of the profit of the Company as of and for the full accounting year in which they are issued.

 

A Share shall represent the same fraction of the capital of the Company as the other outstanding shares of the Company.

 

Dividends paid for the Shares shall not benefit from the reduced withholding tax rate, i.e. the so-called “VVPR” status.

 

ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION

 

The Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the possibility to delegate its powers or certain of its powers to certain persons of the management and/or to certain committees that may be established by the Board of Directors, in compliance with the Belgian Company Code and the Company’s Charter of Corporate Governance.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in as far as the decisions are in line with the purpose of the Plan, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine, define and interpret all rules, regulations or other measures required or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 5 - CONDITIONS OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

5.1 Stock Option Price

 

Except where the Board of Director decides otherwise, on a one to one basis, the Selected Participant shall owe no Stock Option Price to the Company upon subscription to, or acceptance of, the Stock Options.

 

5/11

 

 

5.2 Exercise Price

 

The Exercice Price of a Stock Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company on the Date of the Grant thereof, provided that, for each Selected Participant, the Exercise Price shall never be less than the fractional value of the Shares and that, for each Selected Participant who is not a Selected Employee, the Exercise Price shall not be lower than the higher of (i) the average price of the Shares on Euronext during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Issuance of the Stock Options and (ii) the average price of the Shares on Euronext during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Grant of the Stock Options.

 

Upon exercise of a Stock Option, the Exercise Price must be booked as capital up to an amount equal to the fractional value of the existing shares of the Company. The remainder must be booked as an issuance premium, that shall represent, to the same extent as the capital, a guarantee for third parties, and shall be booked on an unavailable account that can only be decreased or booked away by a decision of the general shareholders’ meeting deciding in the same way as for a modification of the bylaws.

 

5.3 Term (duration) of the Stock Options

 

The duration of a Stock Option shall be ten (10) years as of their Date of Issuance. However, the Board of Directors shall have the right to shorten this term.

 

5.4 Registered nature

 

The Stock Options are and shall remain registered, and shall be entered in the register of warrant holders that shall be held at the registered office of the Company. The Stock Options may not be converted into bearer Stock Options. The Company shall deliver to each Selected Participant and Beneficiary, free of charge, a certificate confirming that he/she is duly registered in the register of warrant holders as owner of the Stock Options held by him/her.

 

5.5 Rights as a shareholder

 

The Selected Participant (in his/her capacity as holder of a Stock Option) is not a shareholder of the Company, nor shall he/she have any rights or privileges, which as a rule belong to a shareholder of the Company, as long as the Stock Options have not been exercised.

 

ARTICLE 6 – TRANSFER OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

6.1 Decease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of the decease of a Selected Participant, all Stock Options (including the Vested Stock Options at the time of decease) shall be transferred to the Beneficiary of the Selected Participant and shall be (or remain as far as the Vested Stock Options are concerned) exercisable at the time and under the terms established in this Plan.

 

6.2 Transferability of the Stock Options

 

Except for the transfer contemplated under Article 6.1 above, the Stock Options cannot be Transferred by a Selected Participant once they have been granted to a Selected Participant.

 

6/11

 

 

ARTICLE 7 – EXERCISE OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

Stock Options can only be exercised during an Exercise Period (as specified in Article 7.2 below) provided and to the extent that they have become Vested Stock Options and have become exercisable (in accordance with Article 7.1 below) prior to or during a certain Exercise Period.

 

7.1 Vesting and exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The vesting schedule of a Stock Option, i.e. the dates and conditions upon which it shall become a Vested Stock Option, shall be as set forth in this Plan, except where, for Stock Options granted to Selected Participants in any capacity other than the capacity of Selected Directors, the Board of Directors determines otherwise and, for Stock Options granted to Selected Participants in their capacity of Selected Directors, the general shareholders’ meeting determines otherwise.

 

7.1.1 General vesting mechanism of the Stock Options

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Stock Options subscribed to by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than the capacity of Selected Director shall vest, i.e. become Vested Stock Options, in installments of twenty-five percent (25%) per year during a period of four (4) years as of the Date of Grant, as follows:

 

- on the first anniversary date of the Date of Grant: 25%;

 

- during the second year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 50% in total over the first two years after the Date of Grant;

 

- during the third year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 75% in total over the first three years after the Date of Grant;

 

- as from the fourth year from the Date of Grant: 25%, i.e. maximum 100% in total over the first four years after the Date of Grant.

 

During the second, the third, and the fourth years after the date of Grant, the Stock Options subscribed to by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than that of Selected Director shall vest on a quarterly basis, i.e. for an amount that bears the same proportion to the maximum amount of Stock Options that can vest during that period as the number of (full) quarters that have passed during said given period bears to the total number of quarters of that period. For example, one year and seven months after the Date of Grant, a maximum of 37.5% of the Stock Options granted to a Selected Participant could be Vested Stock Options.

 

Except where the general shareholders’ meeting decides otherwise, at each of the annual shareholders’ meeting of respectively 2012, 2013 and 2014, 6,000 Stock Options will be offered to each person or entity who will be a non executive Director of the Company on the date of such meeting. The Stock Options thus granted to such a (non executive) Selected Director shall all vest, i.e. become Vested Stock Options, on the date of the annual shareholders’ meeting that takes place in the calendar year following the calendar year where the Stock Options were granted, provided that on the date preceding the date of the former annual shareholders’ meeting the mandate of such (non executive) Selected Director has not terminated (without prejudice to section 7.1.3 below).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Stock Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant shall automatically vest (if not yet vested) and become Vested Stock Options in the event of a Take-Over.

 

7/11

 

 

7.1.2 Exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The Selected Participants are allowed to exercise any Vested Stock Options during any Exercise Period as of and from, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives or Directors, the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the start of the fourth year) and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives or Directors, the moment where such Stock Options became Vested Stock Options.

 

7.1.3 Consequences of termination of a director’s mandate, an employment agreement or a consultancy agreement

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraphs and unless lawfully otherwise stipulated by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (Managing Director) of the Company, when (i) with respect to Directors, the director’s mandate of a Selected Director is terminated for other reasons than for breach of his duties as a Director, (ii) with respect to Employees, the employment agreement of a Selected Employee is terminated for other reason than for serious cause, or (iii) with respect to Consultants, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Consultant is terminated for other reasons than breach of said agreement, in each such case the Selected Participant may exercise all his Stock Options that have become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement, at the times and in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives, within a period expiring the later of (a) the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant and (b) one (1) year as from the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement, and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives, within a period of one (1) year as from the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement.

 

The Vested Stock Options that are not exercised within the period referred to in the previous paragraph shall automatically lapse and become null and void. The Stock Options that have not become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement automatically lapse and become null and void.

 

Upon termination of a Selected Director’s mandate for breach of his duties as a Director, a Selected Employee’s employment agreement for serious cause or, a Selected Consultant’s consultancy agreement for breach of said agreement, all Stock Options shall, unless stipulated otherwise by the Board of Directors, whether vested or not, will automatically become definitely unexercisable as from the Date of Termination of the Director’s mandate, the employment agreement or as applicable, the consultancy agreement.

 

7.1.4 Consequences of legal retirement, disability or serious disease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement, or as applicable, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Participant as a consequence of legal retirement, disability or serious disease, the (at that time) Vested Stock Options shall remain exercisable for the remaining term of the Stock Options pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

 

8/11

 

 

7.2 Exercise Period

 

Vested Stock Options can only be exercised during the following periods: during the term of the Stock Options, between March 1 and March 31 and between September 1 and September 30. Each Exercise Period shall close on the last banking day of the particular Exercise Period.

 

The Board of Directors may, however, in its absolute discretion, provide for additional Exercise Periods and do so notably in case of a Take-Over (i.e. in case all Stock Options automatically vest in accordance with 7.1.1 in fine above).

 

7.3 Partial exercise

 

A Selected Participant may exercise all or part of his/her Vested Stock Options. However, it is not possible to exercise a Stock Option with respect to fractions of Shares.

 

7.4 Exercise procedure

 

A Stock Option shall be deemed to have been exercised upon receipt by the Company, at the latest on the last banking day of the Exercise Period, of:

 

(i) A Notification signed by the Selected Participant and stating that a Stock Option or a specified number of Stock Options is exercised.

 

(ii) Evidence of complete payment of the Exercise Price, within thirty (30) calendar days following the last banking day of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised, for the number of Shares as indicated in the Notification provided sub (i), by bank transfer to a blocked account of the Company whose number is communicated by the Company.

 

(iii) In the event that a Stock Option is exercised by a person or persons other than the Selected Participant, suitable proof of the right of this person or these persons to exercise the Stock Option.

 

(iv) Any and all statements and documents, which the Board of Directors deems desirable or necessary in order to comply with all applicable legal and regulatory provisions, and the submission of which the Board of Directors consequently requests.

 

7.5 Conditions for the issuance of Shares

 

7.5.1 The Company shall only be obliged to issue the Shares as a result of the exercise of the Stock Options, by registration in the Company’s share register or any other manner prescribed by the Belgian Company Code, after all of the preceding conditions set forth in Article 7.4 have been fulfilled and following the completion of the capital increase mentioned below.

 

7.5.2 The Board of Directors, or two members thereof, shall, in accordance with Article 591 of the Company Code (or any other provision having the same purport), have the capital increase, resulting from the exercise of the Stock Options, and the fully paid in Shares thus subscribed for, acted before a notary public within 60 days after the closing of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised.

 

9/11

 

 

7.5.3 If the Company is at that time listed on a regulated or public market, the Company shall make application to the stock exchange in question for such Shares to be admitted for listing.

 

7.5.4 The Company may at its discretion postpone the delivery of the Shares, if this is necessary in order to comply with the applicable regulations or provisions of whatever nature, including but not limited to public offer, registration and other obligations with respect to the Shares of the Company, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

ARTICLE 8 – CHANGE IN THE CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY – EXERCISE OF THE STOCK OPTIONS BY VIRTUE OF LAW

 

8.1 Change in the capital structure of the Company

 

Contrary to Article 501 of the Belgian Company Code, the Company explicitly reserves the right to take all possible decisions and to enter into all possible transactions that may have an impact on its capital, on the distribution of profits or on the distribution of liquidation proceeds or that may otherwise affect the rights of the Selected Participants.

 

Should the rights of the Selected Participant be affected by such decision or transaction, then the Selected Participant shall not be entitled to a change of the Exercise Price, a change of the exercise conditions or any other form of (financial or other) compensation, unless such a decision or transaction would have as its main purpose to prejudice the rights of the holders of the Stock Options.

 

In case of a merger, de-merger or stock split of the Company, the rights of the outstanding Stock Options and/or Exercise Price of the Stock Options, shall be adapted in accordance with the conversion ratios applied on the occasion of the merger, de-merger or stock split to the other shareholders.

 

8.2 Exercise of the Stock Options by virtue of Law

 

If a Stock Option which is not exercisable or which cannot be exercised pursuant to the issuance conditions (as determined in this Plan) becomes prematurely exercisable on the basis of Article 501 of the Company Code and is also exercised pursuant to said Article, the Shares obtained by exercising the Stock Option shall not be transferable, unless explicitly agreed upon by the Board of Directors, until the time the underlying Stock Options would have become exercisable in accordance with the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 9 – MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Taxes and Social Security

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to withhold from any cash payment made to a Selected Participant, and/or the Selected Participant shall be obliged to pay to the Company or to a Subsidiary (if requested for by the Company or a Subsidiary), the amount of any tax and/or social security contributions, if any, attributable to or payable in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of any Stock Options or attributable to or payable in connection with the delivery of the Shares.

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall also be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to make the necessary reporting, required as a result of the grant of Stock Options, their vesting, their exercisability or the delivery of the Shares.

 

10/11

 

 

9.2 Costs

 

Stamp duties and other similar duties or taxes levied upon exercise of the Stock Options and/or the delivery of the new Shares shall be borne by the Selected Participant.

 

Costs related to the capital increase that shall take place upon the exercise of the Stock Options shall be borne by the Company.

 

9.3 Applicable law and Competent Courts

 

Belgian law governs the Plan. Disputes shall fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Liège.

 

Stock Options subscribed to in the framework of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of Belgium.

 

9.4 Notifications

 

Each Notification to a Selected Participant shall be made to the address mentioned in the register of warrantholders. Each Notification to the Company, a Subsidiary or the Board of Directors shall be validly made to the address of the registered office of the Company. Address changes must be communicated in accordance with this provision.

 

9.5 Relation to employment or consultancy agreement

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the rights and obligations of a Selected Participant as determined under the terms of his/her employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be affected by his/her participation in the Plan or by any right that he/she may have to participate therein. A Selected Participant who subscribes to Stock Options pursuant to the Plan shall have no rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his/her employment agreement or, as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or the Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from the termination of the rights which he/she would have or of the claims which he/she could make relating to the exercise of the Stock Options under the Plan as a result of the termination of such employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement or from the loss or reduction in value of the rights or advantages.

 

 

11/11

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

Free English translation – for information purposes

 

 

Free Translation

 

This English version of the May 2014 Stock Option Plan of MDxHealth SA is a free translation of the original French version. In case of discrepancies between the original French version and this English version, the original French version shall prevail.

 

MAY 2014 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

MDxHealth SA

 

1/9

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes

 

Article 1 - PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This May 2014 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) describes the general conditions of the Stock Options that the Company issued to the Selected Participants.

 

The aim of the Plan is to realize the following corporate and human resources goals:

 

(i) to encourage and motivate the Selected Participants;

 

(ii) to enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain directors, employees and consultants with the required experience and skills;

 

(iii) to link the interests of the Selected Participants closer to the interests of the shareholders of the Company by giving them the opportunity to share in the increase of the value of the Company.

 

Article 2 -DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

The following terms shall have the following meaning for the purpose of the Plan:

 

Beneficiary   With respect to a natural person, a person validly designated by the Selected Participant, being either his/her spouse or legal heirs, in order to exercise the rights of the Selected Participant under the Plan after the death of the Selected Participant. Designation, revocation and re-designation of a Beneficiary must be done in writing in accordance with the applicable law. In the absence of any valid designation, the heirs of the Selected Participant in accordance with the applicable law of inheritance shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary. In the event that there are several heirs, all heirs acting jointly or one person designated by all heirs acting jointly shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary;
     
Board of Directors   The board of directors of the Company;
     
Company   MDxHealth SA, a company established under Belgian law, having its registered office at Rue d’Abhooz 31 - Cap Business Center, 4040 Herstal, Belgium, registered with the register of legal persons under number 0479.292.440;
     
Consultant   Any person or legal entity that is not an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary and that is performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary;
     
Control   The possibility de facto or de jure to exercise a decisive influence over the appointment of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the general orientation of the Company, as determined in Article 5 and following of the Belgian Company Code;
     
Date of Grant   The date on which the offer of the Stock Options to a Selected Participant is made;
     
Date of Issuance   The date on which the Stock Options will be issued, i.e. May 30, 2014; or in case of absence of the required quorum at such meeting, June 23, 2014;
     
Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment or consultancy agreement   The effective date of termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement, or as applicable, the consultancy agreement for whatever reason, with the exception of a termination of a consultancy agreement immediately followed by the signing of an employment or a new consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, a termination of an employment agreement immediately followed by the signing of a new employment or consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, and the termination of a director’s mandate immediately followed by the reappointment of such director as Director the Company or a Subsidiary;
     
Director   A member of the board of directors of the Company or a Subsidiary;
     
Employee   An individual having an employment agreement of an indefinite term with the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

2/9

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes

 

Executive   Any person responsible for the general management of the Company within the meaning of Article 96, §3, 11° of the Belgian Company Code;
     
Exercise Period   The period during which the Selected Participant can exercise the Stock Options granted to him/her, provided and to the extent that the Stock Options are exercisable in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan and in any other arrangement that may exist between the Selected Participant and the Company;
     
Exercise Price   The price at which each Share subject to a Stock Option may be acquired/subscribed to upon the exercise of that Stock Option;
     
Extraordinary General Shareholders Meeting   The extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting held before a notary public at the occasion of which the Stock Options are issued by the Company;
     
Notification   A letter sent to the official domicile or registered office of the addressee by means of (i) a courier with notice of receipt or (ii) a registered letter. The date of the Notification is: (i) the date of signing for receipt or, in the absence thereof, (ii) the postmarked date of the registered letter;
     
Plan   The present May 2014 Stock Option Plan;
     
Selected Consultant(s)   Consultant(s) selected to accept Stock Options under this Plan;
     
Selected Director(s)   Director(s) selected to accept Stock Options under this Plan;
     
Selected Employee(s)   Employee(s) selected to accept Stock Options under this Plan;
     
Selected Participant(s)   The Selected Directors, the Selected Employees and/or Selected Consultants to take up Stock Options under this Plan, it being understood that the Stock Options issued under this Plan shall mainly be offered to Selected Employees;
     
Shares   The shares of the Company having the same rights and advantages as the existing ordinary shares of the Company;
     
Stock Option   A warrant issued by the Company entitling the Selected Participant to acquire/subscribe to a Share pursuant to the Plan during a certain period at a certain price;
     
Stock Option Price   The price, if any, which the Selected Participant owes to the Company for the acquisition of the Stock Option itself;
     
Subsidiary   Any company or organization which is directly or indirectly under the Control of the Company;
     
Take-Over   The official notification by the FSMA of a take-over bid within the meaning of Article 3 § 1, 1° of the Act of April 1st, 2007 on takeover bids (or within the meaning of any other subsequent legislation replacing, amending or completing the foregoing);
     
Transfer – Transferring   Any transaction under living persons which has as its purpose the sale, purchase, granting or taking of options, exchange, waiver, contribution to a company, transfer in any manner whether or not for consideration, the giving of payment or pledge, or the acceptance of payment or pledge, or generally any agreement which has as its object an immediate or future transfer of title;
     
Vested Stock Options   Stock Options that have become definitely acquired by the Selected Participant in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, without prejudice to the possibility that the Stock Options become void in cases where they are not exercised or can no longer be exercised pursuant to certain conditions.

 

3/9

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes

 

Except insofar as the context otherwise requires, (i) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and (ii) words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa.

 

Article 3 -TYPE AND NUMBER OF STOCK OPTIONS

 

3.1 The total number of Stock Options issued under the Plan is 1,500,000 (one million five hundred thousand).

 

3.2 Each Stock Option shall entitle a Selected Participant to acquire one (1) Share.

 

The new Shares issued at the occasion of the exercise of the Stock Options shall have the same rights and benefits as, and rank pari passu in all respects with, the existing and outstanding Shares of the Company at the time of their issuance, and will be entitled to distributions in respect of which the relevant record date or due date falls on or after the date of issue of the Shares.

 

A new Share shall represent the same fraction of the capital of the Company as the other outstanding Shares of the Company.

 

Article 4 -ADMINISTRATION

 

The Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the possibility to delegate its powers or certain of its powers to certain persons of the management and/or to certain committees that may be established by the Board of Directors, in compliance with the Belgian Company Code and the Company’s Charter of Corporate Governance.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in as far as the decisions are in line with the purpose of the Plan, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine, define and interpret all rules, regulations or other measures required or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

Article 5 -CONDITIONS OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

5.1 Stock Option Price

 

Except where the Board of Director decides otherwise, on a one to one basis, the Selected Participant shall owe no Stock Option Price to the Company upon subscription to, or acceptance of, the Stock Options.

 

5.2 Exercise Price

 

The Exercice Price of a Stock Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company on the Date of the Grant thereof. For each Selected Participant, the Exercise Price shall never be less than the fractional value of the Shares. For each Selected Participant who is not a Selected Employee, the Exercise Price shall not be lower than the higher of (i) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Issuance and (ii) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Grant of the Stock Options. For each Selected Participant who is a Selected Employee, the Exercise Price shall not be lower than the lower of (i) the price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels on the day prior to the Date of Grant and (ii) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Grant.

 

Upon exercise of a Stock Option, the Exercise Price must be booked as capital up to an amount equal to the fractional value of the existing shares of the Company. The remainder must be booked as an issuance premium, that shall represent, to the same extent as the capital, a guarantee for third parties, and shall be booked on an unavailable account that can only be decreased or booked away by a decision of the general shareholders’ meeting deciding in the same way as for a modification of the bylaws.

 

5.3 Term (duration) of the Stock Options

 

The duration of a Stock Option shall be ten (10) years as of their Date of Issuance. However, the Board of Directors shall have the right to shorten this term.

 

4/9

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes

 

5.4 Registered nature

 

The Stock Options are and shall remain registered, and shall be entered in the register of warrant holders that shall be held at the registered office of the Company. The Stock Options may not be converted into bearer Stock Options. The Company shall deliver to each Selected Participant and Beneficiary, free of charge, a certificate confirming that he/she is duly registered in the register of warrant holders as owner of the Stock Options held by him/her.

 

5.5 Rights as a shareholder

 

The Selected Participant (in his/her capacity as holder of a Stock Option) is not a shareholder of the Company, nor shall he/she have any rights or privileges, which as a rule belong to a shareholder of the Company, as long as the Stock Options have not been exercised.

 

Article 6 -TRANSFER OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

6.1 Decease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of the decease of a Selected Participant, all Stock Options (including the Vested Stock Options at the time of decease) shall be transferred to the Beneficiary of the Selected Participant and shall be (or remain as far as the Vested Stock Options are concerned) exercisable at the time and under the terms established in this Plan.

 

6.2 Transferability of the Stock Options

 

Except for the transfer contemplated under Article 6.1 above and except if the Board of Directors were to allow a transfer of the Stock Options, the Stock Options cannot be Transferred by a Selected Participant once they have been granted to a Selected Participant.

 

Article 7 -EXERCISE OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

Stock Options can only be exercised during an Exercise Period (as specified in Article 7.2 below) provided and to the extent that they have become Vested Stock Options and have become exercisable (in accordance with Article 7.1 below) prior to or during a certain Exercise Period.

 

7.1 Vesting and exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The vesting schedule of a Stock Option, i.e. the dates and conditions upon which it shall become a Vested Stock Option, shall be as set forth in this Plan, except where, for Stock Options granted to Selected Participants in any capacity other than the capacity of Selected Directors, the Board of Directors determines otherwise and, for Stock Options granted to Selected Participants in their capacity of Selected Directors, the general shareholders’ meeting determines otherwise.

 

7.1.1 General vesting mechanism of the Stock Options

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Stock Options subscribed to by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than the capacity of Selected Director shall vest, i.e. become Vested Stock Options, in installments of twenty-five percent (25%) per year during a period of four (4) years as of the Date of Grant, as follows:

 

during the second year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 50% in total over the first two years after the Date of Grant;

 

during the third year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 75% in total over the first three years after the Date of Grant;

 

as from the fourth year from the Date of Grant: 25%, i.e. maximum 100% in total over the first four years after the Date of Grant.

 

5/9

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes

 

During the second, the third, and the fourth years after the date of Grant, the Stock Options subscribed to by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than that of non-Executive Selected Director shall vest on a quarterly basis, i.e. for an amount that bears the same proportion to the maximum amount of Stock Options that can vest during that period as the number of (full) quarters that have passed during said given period bears to the total number of quarters of that period. For example, one year and seven months after the Date of Grant, a maximum of 37.5% of the Stock Options granted to a Selected Participant could be Vested Stock Options.

 

Except where the general shareholders’ meeting decides otherwise, at each of the annual shareholders’ meeting of respectively 2015 and 2016, 10,000 Stock Options will be offered to each person or entity who will be a non-Executive Director of the Company on the date of such meeting. At the annual shareholders’ meeting of 2014, an additionnal (i.e. on top of the stock options offered on the basis of the May 2012 Stock Option Plan) 4,000 Stock Options will be offered to each person or entity who will be a non-Executive Director of the Company on the date of such meeting. The Stock Options granted to a non-Executive Director shall all vest, i.e. become Vested Stock Options, on the date of the annual shareholders’ meeting that takes place in the calendar year following the calendar year where the Stock Options were granted, provided that on the date preceding the date of the former annual shareholders’ meeting the mandate of such non-Executive Director has not terminated (without prejudice to section 7.1.3 of the Plan).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Stock Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant shall automatically vest (if not yet vested) and become Vested Stock Options in the event of a Take-Over.

 

7.1.2 Exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The Selected Participants are allowed to exercise any Vested Stock Options during any Exercise Period as of and from, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives or Directors, the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the start of the fourth year) and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives or Directors, the moment where such Stock Options became Vested Stock Options. The rules set forth in section 7.1.3. below however prevail over the rules set forth in this section 7.1.2.

 

7.1.3 Consequences of termination of a director’s mandate, an employment agreement or a consultancy agreement

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraphs and unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (Managing Director) of the Company, when (i) with respect to Directors, the director’s mandate of a Selected Director is terminated for other reasons than for breach of his duties as a Director, (ii) with respect to Employees, the employment agreement of a Selected Employee is terminated for other reason than for serious cause, or (iii) with respect to Consultants, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Consultant is terminated for other reasons than breach of said agreement, in each such case the Selected Participant may exercise all his Stock Options that have become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement, at the times and in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives or Directors, within a period starting as set forth in section 7.1.2. and expiring on the later of (a) the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant and (b) one year as from the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement, and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives or Directors, within a period of one year as from the Date of Termination of the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement.

 

The Vested Stock Options that are not exercised within the period referred to in the previous paragraph shall automatically lapse and become null and void. The Stock Options that have not become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement automatically lapse and become null and void.

 

Upon termination of a Selected Director’s mandate for breach of his duties as a Director, a Selected Employee’s employment agreement for serious cause or, a Selected Consultant’s consultancy agreement for breach of said agreement, all Stock Options shall, unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors, whether vested or not, automatically become definitely unexercisable as from the Date of Termination of the Director’s mandate, the employment agreement or as applicable, the consultancy agreement.

 

6/9

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes

 

7.1.4 Consequences of legal retirement, disability or serious disease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement, or as applicable, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Participant as a consequence of legal retirement, disability or serious disease, the (at that time) Vested Stock Options shall remain exercisable for the remaining term of the Stock Options pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

 

7.2 Exercise Period

 

Vested Stock Options can only be exercised during the following periods: during the term of the Stock Options, between March 1 and March 31 and between September 1 and September 30. Each Exercise Period shall close on the last banking day of the particular Exercise Period.

 

The Board of Directors may, however, in its absolute discretion, provide for additional Exercise Periods and do so notably in case of a Take-Over (i.e. in case all Stock Options automatically vest in accordance with 7.1.1 in fine above).

 

7.3 Partial exercise

 

A Selected Participant may exercise all or part of his/her Vested Stock Options. However, it is not possible to exercise a Stock Option with respect to fractions of Shares.

 

7.4 Exercise procedure

 

A Stock Option shall be deemed to have been exercised upon receipt by the Company, at the latest on the last banking day of the Exercise Period, of:

 

(i) A Notification signed by the Selected Participant and stating that a Stock Option or a specified number of Stock Options is exercised.

 

(ii) Evidence of complete payment of the Exercise Price, within thirty (30) calendar days following the last banking day of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised, for the number of Shares as indicated in the Notification provided sub (i), by bank transfer to a blocked account of the Company whose number is communicated by the Company.

 

(iii) In the event that a Stock Option is exercised by a person or persons other than the Selected Participant, suitable proof of the right of this person or these persons to exercise the Stock Option.

 

(iv) Any and all statements and documents, which the Board of Directors deems desirable or necessary in order to comply with all applicable legal and regulatory provisions, and the submission of which the Board of Directors consequently requests.

 

7.5 Conditions for the issuance of Shares

 

7.5.1 The Company shall only be obliged to issue the Shares as a result of the exercise of the Stock Options, by registration in the Company’s share register or any other manner prescribed by the Belgian Company Code, after all of the preceding conditions set forth in Article 7.4 have been fulfilled and following the completion of the capital increase mentioned below.

 

7.5.2 The Board of Directors, or two members thereof, shall, in accordance with Article 591 of the Company Code (or any other provision having the same purport), have the capital increase, resulting from the exercise of the Stock Options, and the fully paid in Shares thus subscribed for, acted before a notary public within 60 days after the closing of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised.

 

7/9

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes

 

7.5.3 If the Company is at that time listed on a regulated or public market, the Company shall make application to the stock exchange in question for such Shares to be admitted for listing.

 

7.5.4 The Company may at its discretion postpone the delivery of the Shares, if this is necessary in order to comply with the applicable regulations or provisions of whatever nature, including but not limited to public offer, registration and other obligations with respect to the Shares of the Company, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

Article 8 -CHANGE IN THE CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY – EXERCISE OF THE STOCK OPTIONS BY VIRTUE OF LAW

 

8.1 Change in the capital structure of the Company

 

Contrary to Article 501 of the Belgian Company Code, the Company explicitly reserves the right to take all possible decisions and to enter into all possible transactions that may have an impact on its capital, on the distribution of profits or on the distribution of liquidation proceeds or that may otherwise affect the rights of the Selected Participants.

 

Should the rights of the Selected Participant be affected by such decision or transaction, then the Selected Participant shall not be entitled to a change of the Exercise Price, a change of the exercise conditions or any other form of (financial or other) compensation, unless such a decision or transaction would have as its main purpose to prejudice the rights of the holders of the Stock Options.

 

In case of a merger, de-merger or stock split of the Company, the rights of the outstanding Stock Options and/or Exercise Price of the Stock Options, shall be adapted in accordance with the conversion ratios applied on the occasion of the merger, de-merger or stock split to the other shareholders.

 

8.2 Exercise of the Stock Options by virtue of Law

 

If a Stock Option which is not exercisable or which cannot be exercised pursuant to the issuance conditions (as determined in this Plan) becomes prematurely exercisable on the basis of Article 501 of the Company Code and is also exercised pursuant to said Article, the Shares obtained by exercising the Stock Option shall not be transferable, unless explicitly agreed upon by the Board of Directors, until the time the underlying Stock Options would have become exercisable in accordance with the Plan.

 

Article 9 - MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Taxes and Social Security

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to withhold from any cash payment made to a Selected Participant, and/or the Selected Participant shall be obliged to pay to the Company or to a Subsidiary (if requested for by the Company or a Subsidiary), the amount of any tax and/or social security contributions, if any, attributable to or payable in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of any Stock Options or attributable to or payable in connection with the delivery of the Shares.

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall also be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to make the necessary reporting, required as a result of the grant of Stock Options, their vesting, their exercisability or the delivery of the Shares.

 

9.2 Costs

 

Stamp duties and other similar duties or taxes levied upon exercise of the Stock Options and/or the delivery of the new Shares shall be borne by the Selected Participant.

 

Costs related to the capital increase that shall take place upon the exercise of the Stock Options shall be borne by the Company.

 

8/9

 

 

Free English translation — for information purposes

 

9.3 Applicable law and Competent Courts

 

Belgian law governs the Plan. Disputes shall fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of the Courts of Liège.

 

Stock Options subscribed to in the framework of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of Belgium.

 

9.4 Notifications

 

Each Notification to a Selected Participant shall be made to the address mentioned in the register of warrantholders. Each Notification to the Company, a Subsidiary or the Board of Directors shall be validly made to the address of the registered office of the Company. Address changes must be communicated in accordance with this provision.

 

9.5 Relation to employment or consultancy agreement

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the rights and obligations of a Selected Participant as determined under the terms of his/her employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be affected by his/her participation in the Plan or by any right that he/she may have to participate therein. A Selected Participant who subscribes to Stock Options pursuant to the Plan shall have no rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his/her employment agreement or, as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or the Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from the termination of the rights which he/she would have or of the claims which he/she could make relating to the exercise of the Stock Options under the Plan as a result of the termination of such employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement or from the loss or reduction in value of the rights or advantages.

 

 

9/9

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

 

 

Free English translation

 

This English version of the May 2017 Stock Option Plan of MDxHealth SA is a free translation of the original French version. In case of discrepancies between the original French version and this English version, the original French version shall prevail.

 

MAY 2017 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

MDxHealth SA

 

 

 

MDxHealth SA ● Rue d'Abhooz 31 - CAP Business Center, 4040 Herstal, Belgium

www. mdxhealth.com ● Tel (+32) 4 366 98 60 ● Fax (+32) 4 366.98 61

VAT BE 0479.292.440 (RLP Liège) ● ING Bank 310-1801580-85

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

ARTICLE 1 PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This May 2017 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") describes the general terms and conditions of the Stock Options that the Company may grant to the Selected Participants.

 

The aim of the Plan is to realize the following corporate and human resources goals:

 

(i) encourage and motivate the Selected Participants;

 

(ii) enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain directors,

 

(iii) employees and consultants with the required experience and skills; and

 

(iv) link the interests of the Selected Participants closer to the interests of the shareholders of the Company by giving them the opportunity to share in the increase of the value of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 2 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

The following terms shall have the following meaning for the purpose of the Plan:

 

Beneficiary

With respect to a natural person, a person validly designated by the Selected Participant, being either his/her spouse or legal heirs, in order to exercise the rights of the Selected Participant under the Plan after the death of the Selected Participant. Designation, revocation and re-designation of a Beneficiary must be done in writing in accordance with the applicable law. In the absence of any valid designation, the heirs of the Selected Participant in accordance with the applicable law of inheritance shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary. In the event that there are several heirs, all heirs acting jointly or one person designated by all heirs acting jointly shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary.
Board of Directors The board of directors of the Company.
Company MDxHealth SA, a company established under Belgian law, having its registered office at Rue d'Abhooz 31 - Cap Business Center, 4040 Herstal, Belgium, registered with the register of legal persons under number 0479.292.440.
Consultant Any person or legal entity that is not an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary and that is performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary.
Control The possibility de facto or de jure to exercise a decisive influence over the appointment of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the general orientation of the Company, as determined in Article 5 and following of the Belgian Companies Code.
Date of Grant The date on which the offer of the Stock Options to a Selected Participant is made.
Date of Issuance The date on which the Stock Options will be issued, i.e. 26 May 2017, or in case of absence of the required quorum at such meeting, 19 June 2017.
Date of Termination of the director's mandate, the employment or consultancy agreement The effective date of termination of the director's mandate, the employment agreement, or as applicable, the consultancy agreement for whatever reason, with the exception of a termination of a consultancy agreement immediately followed by the signing of an employment or a new consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, a termination of an employment agreement immediately followed by the signing of a new employment or consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, and the termination of a director's mandate immediately followed by the re-appointment of such director as Director the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

2

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Director A member of the board of directors of the Company or a Subsidiary.
Employee An individual having an employment agreement of an indefinite term with the Company or a Subsidiary.
Executive Any person responsible for the general management of the Company within the meaning of Article 96, §3, 11° of the Belgian Companies Code.
Exercise Period The period during which the Selected Participant can exercise the Stock Options granted to him/her, provided and to the extent that the Stock Options are exercisable in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan and in any other arrangement that may exist between the Selected Participant and the Company.
Exercise Price The price at which each Share subject to a Stock Option may be acquired/subscribed to upon the exercise of that Stock Option.
Extraordinary General Shareholders Meeting The extraordinary general shareholders' meeting held before a notary public at the occasion of which the Stock Options are issued by the Company.
Notification A letter sent to the official domicile or registered office of the addressee by means of (i) a courier with notice of receipt or (ii) a registered letter. The date of the Notification is: (i) the date of signing for receipt or, in the absence thereof, (ii) the postmarked date of the registered letter.
Plan The present May 2017 Stock Option Plan.
Selected Consultant(s) Consultant(s) to whom Stock Options will be granted under this Plan.
Selected Director(s) Director(s) to whom Stock Options will be granted under this Plan.
Selected Employee(s) Employee(s) to whom Stock Options will be granted under this Plan.
Selected Participant(s) The Selected Directors, the Selected Employees, and/or the Selected Consultants, it being understood that the Stock Options issued under this Plan shall mainly be offered to Selected Employees.
Share A share of the Company, representing the share capital of the Company.
Stock Option A warrant issued by the Company entitling the Selected Participant to acquire/subscribe to a Share pursuant to the Plan during a certain period at a certain price.
Stock Option Price The price, if any, which the Selected Participant owes to the Company for the acquisition of the Stock Option itself.
Subsidiary Any company or organization which is directly or indirectly under the Control of the Company.
Take-Over The official notification by the FSMA of a take-over bid within the meaning of Article 3 § 1, 1° of the Belgian Act of April 1st, 2007 on takeover bids (or within the meaning of any other subsequent legislation replacing, amending or completing the foregoing).
Transfer – Transferring Any transaction under living persons which has as its purpose the sale, purchase, granting or taking of options, exchange, waiver, contribution to a company, transfer in any manner whether or not for consideration, the giving of payment or pledge, or the acceptance of payment or pledge, or generally any agreement which has as its object an immediate or future transfer of title.
Vested Stock Options Stock Options that have become definitely acquired by the Selected Participant in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, without prejudice to the possibility that the Stock Options become void in cases where they are not exercised or can no longer be exercised pursuant to certain conditions.

 

Except insofar as the context otherwise requires, (i) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and (ii) words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa.

 

3

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

ARTICLE 3 TYPE AND NUMBER OF STOCK OPTIONS

 

The total number of Stock Options issued under the Plan is 2,500,000 (two million five hundred thousand).

 

Each Stock Option shall entitle a Selected Participant to acquire one (1) Share.

 

The new Shares issued at the occasion of the exercise of the Stock Options shall have the same rights and benefits as, and rank pari passu in all respects with, the existing and outstanding Shares of the Company at the time of their issuance, and will be entitled to distributions in respect of which the relevant record date or due date falls on or after the date of issue of the Shares.

 

A new Share shall represent the same fraction of the capital of the Company as the other outstanding Shares of the Company.

 

ARTICLE 4 ADMINISTRATION

 

The Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the possibility to delegate its powers or certain of its powers to certain persons of the management and/or to certain committees that may be established by the Board of Directors, in compliance with the Belgian Companies Code and the Company's Charter of Corporate Governance.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in as far as the decisions are in line with the purpose of the Plan, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine, define and interpret all rules, regulations or other measures required or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 5 CONDITIONS OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

5.1 Stock Option Price

 

Except where the Board of Director decides otherwise, on a one to one basis, the Selected Participant shall owe no Stock Option Price to the Company upon subscription to, or acceptance of, the Stock Options.

 

5.2 Exercise Price

 

The Exercise Price of a Stock Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company on the Date of the Grant thereof. For each Selected Participant, the Exercise Price shall never be less than the fractional value of the Shares at the Date of Issuance, i.e., (rounded) EUR 0.7977. For each Selected Participant who is not a Selected Employee, the Exercise Price shall not be lower than the higher of (i) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Issuance and (ii) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Grant of the Stock Options. For each Selected Participant who is a Selected Employee, the Exercise Price shall not be lower than the lower of (i) the price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels on the day prior to the Date of Grant and (ii) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Grant.

 

Upon exercise of Stock Options and issue of new shares, the aggregate amount of the exercise price of the Stock Options will be allocated to the share capital of the Company. To the extent that the amount of the exercise price of the Stock Option, per share to be issued upon exercise of the Stock Option, would exceed the fractional value of the then existing shares of the Company existing immediately prior to the issue of the new shares concerned, a part of the exercise price, per share to be issued upon exercise of the Stock Option equal to such fractional value shall be booked as share capital, whereby the balance shall be booked as issue premium. Following the capital increase and issuance of new shares, each new and existing share shall represent the same fraction of the share capital of the Company.

 

4

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

5.3 Term (duration) of the Stock Options

 

The duration of a Stock Option shall be ten (10) years as of their Date of Issuance. However, the Board of Directors shall have the right to shorten this term.

 

5.4 Registered nature

 

The Stock Options are and shall remain registered, and shall be entered in the register of warrant holders that shall be held at the registered office of the Company. The Stock Options may not be converted into bearer Stock Options. The Company shall deliver to each Selected Participant and Beneficiary, free of charge, a certificate confirming that the Participant or Beneficiary is duly registered in the register of warrant holders as owner of the Stock Options.

 

5.5 Rights as a shareholder

 

The Selected Participant (in his or her capacity as holder of a Stock Option) is not a shareholder of the Company, nor shall he or she have any rights or privileges, which as a rule belong to a shareholder of the Company, as long as the Stock Options have not been exercised.

 

ARTICLE 6 TRANSFER OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

6.1 Decease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of the decease of a Selected Participant, all Stock Options (including the Vested Stock Options at the time of decease) shall be transferred to the Beneficiary of the Selected Participant and shall be (or remain as far as the Vested Stock Options are concerned) exercisable at the time and under the terms established in this Plan.

 

6.2 Transferability of the Stock Options

 

Except for the transfer contemplated under Article 6.1 above and except if the Board of Directors were to allow a transfer of the Stock Options, the Stock Options cannot be Transferred by a Selected Participant once they have been granted to a Selected Participant.

 

ARTICLE 7 EXERCISE OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

Stock Options can only be exercised during an Exercise Period (as specified in Article 7.2 below) provided and to the extent that they have become Vested Stock Options and have become exercisable (in accordance with Article 7.1 below) prior to or during a certain Exercise Period.

 

7.1 Vesting and exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The vesting schedule of a Stock Option, i.e. the dates and conditions upon which it shall become a Vested Stock Option, shall be as set forth in this Plan, except where, for Stock Options granted to Selected Participants in any capacity other than the capacity of Selected Directors, the Board of Directors determines otherwise and, for Stock Options granted to Selected Participants in their capacity of Selected Directors, the general shareholders' meeting determines otherwise.

 

5

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

7.1.1 General vesting mechanism of the Stock Options

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Stock Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than the capacity of Selected Director shall vest, i.e. become Vested Stock Options, in installments of twenty-five percent (25%) per year during a period of four (4) years as of the Date of Grant, as follows:

 

on the first anniversary date of the Date of Grant: 25%;

 

during the second year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 50% in total over the first two years after the Date of Grant;

 

during the third year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 75% in total over the first three years after the Date of Grant;

 

as from the fourth year from the Date of Grant: 25%, i.e. maximum 100% in total over the first four years after the Date of Grant.

 

During the second, the third, and the fourth years after the date of Grant, the Stock Options subscribed to by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than that of non-Executive Selected Director shall vest on a quarterly basis, i.e. for an amount that bears the same proportion to the maximum amount of Stock Options that can vest during that period as the number of (full) quarters that have passed during said given period bears to the total number of quarters of that period. For example, one year and seven months after the Date of Grant, a maximum of 37.5% of the Stock Options granted to a Selected Participant could be Vested Stock Options.

 

Except where the general shareholders' meeting decides otherwise, at each of the annual shareholders' meeting of respectively 2017 and 2018, 10,000 Stock Options will be offered to each person or entity who will be a non-Executive Director of the Company on the date of such meeting. The Stock Options granted to a non-Executive Director shall all vest, i.e. become Vested Stock Options, on the date of the annual shareholders' meeting that takes place in the calendar year following the calendar year where the Stock Options were granted, provided that on the date preceding the date of the former annual shareholders' meeting the mandate of such non-Executive Director has not terminated (without prejudice to section 7.1.3 of the Plan).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Stock Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant shall automatically vest (if not yet vested) and become Vested Stock Options in the event of a Take-Over.

 

7.1.2 Exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The Selected Participants are allowed to exercise any Vested Stock Options during any Exercise Period as of and from, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives or Directors, the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the start of the fourth year) and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives or Directors, the moment where such Stock Options became Vested Stock Options. The rules set forth in section 7.1.3. below however prevail over the rules set forth in this section 7.1.2.

 

7.1.3 Consequences of termination of a director's mandate, an employment agreement or a consultancy agreement

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraphs and unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (Managing Director) of the Company, when (i) with respect to Directors, the director's mandate of a Selected Director is terminated for other reasons than for breach of his duties as a Director, (ii) with respect to Employees, the employment agreement of a Selected Employee is terminated for other reason than for serious cause, or (iii) with respect to Consultants, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Consultant is terminated for other reasons than breach of said agreement, in each such case the Selected Participant may exercise all his Stock Options that have become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the director's mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement, at the times and in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives or Directors, within a period starting as set forth in section 7.1.2. and expiring on the later of (a) the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant and (b) one year as from the Date of Termination of the director's mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement, and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives or Directors, within a period of one year as from the Date of Termination of the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement.

 

6

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

The Vested Stock Options that are not exercised within the period referred to in the previous paragraph shall automatically lapse and become null and void. The Stock Options that have not become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the director's mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement automatically lapse and become null and void.

 

Upon termination of a Selected Director's mandate for breach of his duties as a Director, a Selected Employee's employment agreement for serious cause or, a Selected Consultant's consultancy agreement for breach of said agreement, all Stock Options shall, unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors, whether vested or not, automatically become definitely unexercisable as from the Date of Termination of the Director's mandate, the employment agreement or as applicable, the consultancy agreement.

 

7.1.4 Consequences of legal retirement, disability or serious disease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of termination of the director's mandate, the employment agreement, or as applicable, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Participant as a consequence of legal retirement, disability or serious disease, the (at that time) Vested Stock Options shall remain exercisable for the remaining term of the Stock Options pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

 

7.2 Exercise Period

 

Vested Stock Options can only be exercised during the following periods: during the term of the Stock Options, between March 1 and March 31 and between September 1 and September 30. Each Exercise Period shall close on the last banking day of the particular Exercise Period.

 

The Board of Directors may, however, in its absolute discretion, provide for additional Exercise Periods and do so for instance in case of a Take-Over (i.e. in case all Stock Options automatically vest in accordance with 7.1.1 in fine above).

 

7.3 Partial exercise

 

A Selected Participant may exercise all or part of his/her Vested Stock Options. However, it is not possible to exercise a Stock Option with respect to fractions of Shares.

 

7

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

7.4 Exercise procedure

 

A Stock Option shall be deemed to have been exercised upon receipt by the Company, at the latest on the last banking day of the Exercise Period, of:

 

(i) a Notification signed by the Selected Participant and stating that a Stock Option or a specified number of Stock Options is exercised;

 

(ii) evidence of complete payment of the Exercise Price, within thirty (30) calendar days following the last banking day of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised, for the number of Shares as indicated in the Notification provided sub (i), by bank transfer to a blocked account of the Company whose number is communicated by the Company;

 

(iii) in the event that a Stock Option is exercised by a person or persons other than the Selected Participant, suitable proof of the right of this person or these persons to exercise the Stock Option; and

 

(iv) Any and all statements and documents, which the Board of Directors deems desirable or necessary in order to comply with all applicable legal and regulatory provisions, and the submission of which the Board of Directors consequently requests.

 

7.5 Conditions for the issuance of Shares

 

7.5.1 The Company shall only be obliged to issue the Shares as a result of the exercise of the Stock Options, by registration in the Company's share register or any other manner prescribed by the Belgian Companies Code, after all of the preceding conditions set forth in Article 7.4 have been fulfilled and following the completion of the capital increase mentioned below.

 

7.5.2 The Board of Directors, or two members thereof, shall, in accordance with Article 591 of the Belgian Companies Code (or any other provision having the same purport), have the capital increase, resulting from the exercise of the Stock Options, and the fully paid in Shares thus subscribed for, acted before a notary public within 60 days after the closing of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised.

 

7.5.3 If the Company is at that time listed on a regulated or public market, the Company shall make application to the stock exchange in question for such Shares to be admitted for listing.

 

7.5.4 The Company may at its discretion postpone the delivery of the Shares, if this is necessary in order to comply with the applicable regulations or provisions of whatever nature, including but not limited to public offer, registration and other obligations with respect to the Shares of the Company, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

ARTICLE 8 CHANGE IN THE CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY – EXERCISE OF THE STOCK OPTIONS BY VIRTUE OF LAW

 

8.1 Change in the capital structure of the Company

 

Contrary to Article 501 of the Belgian Companies Code, the Company explicitly reserves the right to take all possible decisions and to enter into all possible transactions that may have an impact on its capital, on the distribution of profits or on the distribution of liquidation proceeds or that may otherwise affect the rights of the Selected Participants.

 

Should the rights of the Selected Participant be affected by such decision or transaction, then the Selected Participant shall not be entitled to a change of the Exercise Price, a change of the exercise conditions or any other form of (financial or other) compensation, unless such a decision or transaction would have as its main purpose to prejudice the rights of the holders of the Stock Options.

 

In case of a merger, de-merger or stock split of the Company, the rights of the outstanding Stock Options and/or Exercise Price of the Stock Options, shall be adapted in accordance with the conversion ratios applied on the occasion of the merger, de-merger or stock split to the other shareholders.

 

8

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

8.2 Exercise of the Stock Options by virtue of Law

 

If a Stock Option which is not exercisable or which cannot be exercised pursuant to the issuance conditions (as determined in this Plan) becomes prematurely exercisable on the basis of Article 501 of the Companies Code and is also exercised pursuant to said Article, the Shares obtained by exercising the Stock Option shall not be transferable, unless explicitly agreed upon by the Board of Directors, until the time the underlying Stock Options would have become exercisable in accordance with the Plan.

 

ARTICLE 9 MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Taxes and Social Security

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to withhold from any cash payment made to a Selected Participant, and/or the Selected Participant shall be obliged to pay to the Company or to a Subsidiary (if requested for by the Company or a Subsidiary), the amount of any tax and/or social security contributions, if any, attributable to or payable in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of any Stock Options or attributable to or payable in connection with the delivery of the Shares.

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall also be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to make the necessary reporting, required as a result of the grant of Stock Options, their vesting, their exercisability or the delivery of the Shares.

 

9.2 Costs

 

Stamp duties and other similar duties or taxes levied upon exercise of the Stock Options and/or the delivery of the new Shares shall be borne by the Selected Participant.

 

Costs related to the capital increase that shall take place upon the exercise of the Stock Options shall be borne by the Company.

 

9.3 Applicable law and Competent Courts

 

Belgian law governs the Plan. Disputes shall fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of the Commercial courts of the jurisdiction where the Company has its registered office.

 

Stock Options subscribed to in the framework of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of Belgium.

 

9.4 Notifications

 

Each Notification to a Selected Participant shall be made to the address mentioned in the register of warrantholders. Each Notification to the Company, a Subsidiary or the Board of Directors shall be validly made to the address of the registered office of the Company. Address changes must be communicated in accordance with this provision.

 

9.5 Relation to employment or consultancy agreement

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the rights and obligations of a Selected Participant as determined under the terms of his/her employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be affected by his/her participation in the Plan or by any right that he/she may have to participate therein. A Selected Participant who subscribes to Stock Options pursuant to the Plan shall have no rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his/her employment agreement or, as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or the Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from the termination of the rights which he/she would have or of the claims which he/she could make relating to the exercise of the Stock Options under the Plan as a result of the termination of such employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement or from the loss or reduction in value of the rights or advantages.

 

 

9

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

 

Free English translation

 

This English version of the 2019 Stock Option Plan of MDxHealth SA is a free translation of the original French version. In case of discrepancies between the original French version and this English version, the original French version shall prevail.

 

 

 

2019 STOCK OPTION PLAN

 

MDxHealth SA

 

 

 

 

MDxHealth SA • Rue d’Abhooz 31 - CAP Business Center, 4040 Herstal, Belgium
www. mdxhealth.com • Tel (+32) 4 366 98 60 • Fax (+32) 4 366.98 61
VAT BE 0479.292.440 (RLP Liège) • ING Bank 310-1801580-85

 

1

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Article 1 – PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This 2019 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”) describes the general terms and conditions of the Stock Options that the Company may grant to the Selected Participants.

 

The aim of the Plan is to realize the following corporate and human resources goals:

 

(i) encourage and motivate the Selected Participants;

 

(ii) enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain directors, employees and consultants with the required experience and skills; and

 

(iii) link the interests of the Selected Participants closer to the interests of the shareholders of the Company by giving them the opportunity to share in the increase of the value of the Company.

 

Article 2 – DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

The following terms shall have the following meaning for the purpose of the Plan:

 

Beneficiary With respect to a natural person, a person validly designated by the Selected Participant, being either his/her spouse or legal heirs, in order to exercise the rights of the Selected Participant under the Plan after the death of the Selected Participant. Designation, revocation and re-designation of a Beneficiary must be done in writing in accordance with the applicable law. In the absence of any valid designation, the heirs of the Selected Participant in accordance with the applicable law of inheritance shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary. In the event that there are several heirs, all heirs acting jointly or one person designated by all heirs acting jointly shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary.
   
Board of Directors The board of directors of the Company.
   
Company MDxHealth SA, a company established under Belgian law, having its registered office at Rue d’Abhooz 31 - Cap Business Center, 4040 Herstal, Belgium, registered with the register of legal persons under number 0479.292.440.
   
Consultant Any person or legal entity that is not an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary and that is performing services for the Company or a Subsidiary.
   
Control The possibility de facto or de jure to exercise a decisive influence over the appointment of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the general orientation of the Company, as determined in Article 5 and following of the Belgian Companies Code.
   
Date of Grant The date on which the offer of the Stock Options to a Selected Participant is made.
   
Date of Issuance The date on which the Stock Options will be issued, i.e. 29 May 2019, or in case of absence of the required quorum at such meeting, 21 June 2019.
   
Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment or consultancy agreement The effective date of termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement, or as applicable, the consultancy agreement for whatever reason, with the exception of a termination of a consultancy agreement immediately followed by the signing of an employment or a new consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, a termination of an employment agreement immediately followed by the signing of a new employment or consultancy agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, and the termination of a director’s mandate immediately followed by the re-appointment of such director as Director the Company or a Subsidiary.
   
Director A member of the board of directors of the Company or a Subsidiary.
   
Employee An individual having an employment agreement of an indefinite term with the Company or a Subsidiary.

 

2

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Executive Any person responsible for the general management of the Company within the meaning of Article 96, §3, 11° of the Belgian Companies Code.
   
Exercise Period The period during which the Selected Participant can exercise the Stock Options granted to him/her, provided and to the extent that the Stock Options are exercisable in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan and in any other arrangement that may exist between the Selected Participant and the Company.
   
Exercise Price The price at which each Share subject to a Stock Option may be acquired/subscribed to upon the exercise of that Stock Option.
   
Extraordinary General Shareholders Meeting The extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting held before a notary public at the occasion of which the Stock Options are issued by the Company.
   
Notification A letter sent to the official domicile or registered office of the addressee by means of (i) a courier with notice of receipt or (ii) a registered letter. The date of the Notification is: (i) the date of signing for receipt or, in the absence thereof, (ii) the postmarked date of the registered letter.
   
Plan The present 2019 Stock Option Plan.
   
Selected Consultant(s) Consultant(s) to whom Stock Options will be granted under this Plan.
   
Selected Director(s) Director(s) to whom Stock Options will be granted under this Plan.
   
Selected Employee(s) Employee(s) to whom Stock Options will be granted under this Plan.
   
Selected Participant(s) The Selected Directors, the Selected Employees, and/or the Selected Consultants, it being understood that the Stock Options issued under this Plan shall mainly be offered to Selected Employees.
   
Share A share of the Company, representing the share capital of the Company.
   
Stock Option A warrant issued by the Company entitling the Selected Participant to acquire/subscribe to a Share pursuant to the Plan during a certain period at a certain price.
   
Stock Option Price The price, if any, which the Selected Participant owes to the Company for the acquisition of the Stock Option itself.
   
Subsidiary Any company or organization which is directly or indirectly under the Control of the Company.
   
Take-Over The official notification by the FSMA of a take-over bid within the meaning of Article 3 § 1, 1° of the Belgian Act of April 1st, 2007 on takeover bids (or within the meaning of any other subsequent legislation replacing, amending or completing the foregoing).
   
Transfer – Transferring Any transaction under living persons which has as its purpose the sale, purchase, granting or taking of options, exchange, waiver, contribution to a company, transfer in any manner whether or not for consideration, the giving of payment or pledge, or the acceptance of payment or pledge, or generally any agreement which has as its object an immediate or future transfer of title.
   
Vested Stock Options Stock Options that have become definitely acquired by the Selected Participant in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, without prejudice to the possibility that the Stock Options become void in cases where they are not exercised or can no longer be exercised pursuant to certain conditions.

 

Except insofar as the context otherwise requires, (i) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and (ii) words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa.

 

3

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Article 3 – TYPE AND NUMBER OF STOCK OPTIONS

 

The total number of Stock Options issued under the Plan is 3,000,000 (three million).

 

Each Stock Option shall entitle a Selected Participant to acquire one (1) Share.

 

The new Shares issued at the occasion of the exercise of the Stock Options shall have the same rights and benefits as, and rank pari passu in all respects with, the existing and outstanding Shares of the Company at the time of their issuance, and will be entitled to distributions in respect of which the relevant record date or due date falls on or after the date of issue of the Shares.

 

A new Share shall represent the same fraction of the capital of the Company as the other outstanding Shares of the Company.

 

Article 4 – ADMINISTRATION

 

The Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the possibility to delegate its powers or certain of its powers to certain persons of the management and/or to certain committees that may be established by the Board of Directors, in compliance with the Belgian Companies Code and the Company’s Charter of Corporate Governance.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in as far as the decisions are in line with the purpose of the Plan, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine, define and interpret all rules, regulations or other measures required or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

 

Article 5 – CONDITIONS OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

5.1 Stock Option Price

 

Except where the Board of Director decides otherwise, on a one to one basis, the Selected Participant shall owe no Stock Option Price to the Company upon subscription to, or acceptance of, the Stock Options.

 

5.2 Exercise Price

 

The Exercise Price of a Stock Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company on the Date of the Grant thereof. For each Selected Participant, the Exercise Price shall never be less than the fractional value of the Shares at the Date of Issuance, i.e., (rounded) EUR 0.7977. For each Selected Participant who is not a Selected Employee, the Exercise Price shall not be lower than the higher of (i) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Issuance and (ii) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Grant of the Stock Options. For each Selected Participant who is a Selected Employee, the Exercise Price shall not be lower than the lower of (i) the price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels on the day prior to the Date of Grant and (ii) the average price of the Shares on Euronext Brussels during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Grant.

 

Upon exercise of Stock Options and issue of new shares, the aggregate amount of the exercise price of the Stock Options will be allocated to the share capital of the Company. To the extent that the amount of the exercise price of the Stock Option, per share to be issued upon exercise of the Stock Option, would exceed the fractional value of the then existing shares of the Company existing immediately prior to the issue of the new shares concerned, a part of the exercise price, per share to be issued upon exercise of the Stock Option equal to such fractional value shall be booked as share capital, whereby the balance shall be booked as issue premium. Following the capital increase and issuance of new shares, each new and existing share shall represent the same fraction of the share capital of the Company

 

5.3 Term (duration) of the Stock Options

 

The duration of a Stock Option shall be ten (10) years as of their Date of Issuance. However, the Board of Directors shall have the right to shorten this term.

 

4

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

5.4 Registered nature

 

The Stock Options are and shall remain registered, and shall be entered in the register of warrant holders that shall be held at the registered office of the Company. The Stock Options may not be converted into bearer Stock Options. The Company shall deliver to each Selected Participant and Beneficiary, free of charge, a certificate confirming that the Participant or Beneficiary is duly registered in the register of warrant holders as owner of the Stock Options.

 

5.5 Rights as a shareholder

 

The Selected Participant (in his or her capacity as holder of a Stock Option) is not a shareholder of the Company, nor shall he or she have any rights or privileges, which as a rule belong to a shareholder of the Company, as long as the Stock Options have not been exercised.

 

Article 6 – TRANSFER OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

6.1 Decease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of the decease of a Selected Participant, all Stock Options (including the Vested Stock Options at the time of decease) shall be transferred to the Beneficiary of the Selected Participant and shall be (or remain as far as the Vested Stock Options are concerned) exercisable at the time and under the terms established in this Plan.

 

6.2 Transferability of the Stock Options

 

Except for the transfer contemplated under Article 6.1 above and except if the Board of Directors were to allow a transfer of the Stock Options, the Stock Options cannot be Transferred by a Selected Participant once they have been granted to a Selected Participant.

 

Article 7 – EXERCISE OF THE STOCK OPTIONS

 

Stock Options can only be exercised during an Exercise Period (as specified in Article 7.2 below) provided and to the extent that they have become Vested Stock Options and have become exercisable (in accordance with Article 7.1 below) prior to or during a certain Exercise Period.

 

7.1 Vesting and exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The vesting schedule of a Stock Option, i.e. the dates and conditions upon which it shall become a Vested Stock Option, shall be as set forth in this Plan, except where, for Stock Options granted to Selected Participants in any capacity other than the capacity of Selected Directors, the Board of Directors determines otherwise and, for Stock Options granted to Selected Participants in their capacity of Selected Directors, the general shareholders’ meeting determines otherwise. The vesting schedule and the period before a Stock Option can become exercisable can therefore be shorter than the periods as referred to below in this Article 7.2.

 

7.1.1 General vesting mechanism of the Stock Options

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Stock Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than the capacity of Selected Director shall vest, i.e. become Vested Stock Options, in installments of twenty-five percent (25%) per year during a period of four (4) years as of the Date of Grant, as follows:

 

on the first anniversary date of the Date of Grant: 25%;
   
during the second year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 50% in total over the first two years after the Date of Grant;
   
during the third year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 75% in total over the first three years after the Date of Grant;
   
as from the fourth year from the Date of Grant: 25%, i.e. maximum 100% in total over the first four years after the Date of Grant.

 

5

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

During the second, the third, and the fourth years after the date of Grant, the Stock Options subscribed to by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than that of non-Executive Selected Director shall vest on a quarterly basis, i.e. for an amount that bears the same proportion to the maximum amount of Stock Options that can vest during that period as the number of (full) quarters that have passed during said given period bears to the total number of quarters of that period. For example, one year and seven months after the Date of Grant, a maximum of 37.5% of the Stock Options granted to a Selected Participant could be Vested Stock Options.

 

Starting as from 2019, each non-executive Director shall have an entitled to a maximum of 10,000 or (for the Chairman of the Board of Directors) 20,000 Stock Options per annum, and it being understood that the Company shall have the possibility to pay to non-executive Directors an equivalent amount in cash in lieu of granting Stock Options. The Stock Options granted to a non-Executive Director shall all vest, i.e. become Vested Stock Options, on the date of the annual shareholders’ meeting that takes place in the calendar year following the calendar year where the Stock Options were granted, provided that on the date preceding the date of the former annual shareholders’ meeting the mandate of such non-Executive Director has not terminated (without prejudice to section 7.1.3 of the Plan).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Stock Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant shall automatically vest (if not yet vested) and become Vested Stock Options in the event of a Take-Over.

 

7.1.2 Exercisability of the Stock Options

 

The Selected Participants are allowed to exercise any Vested Stock Options during any Exercise Period as of and from, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives or Directors, the third anniversary of the Date of Grant (the start of the fourth year) and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives or Directors, the moment where such Stock Options became Vested Stock Options. The rules set forth in section 7.1.3. below however prevail over the rules set forth in this section 7.1.2.

 

7.1.3 Consequences of termination of a director’s mandate, an employment agreement or a consultancy agreement

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraphs and unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (Managing Director) of the Company, when (i) with respect to Directors, the director’s mandate of a Selected Director is terminated for other reasons than for breach of his duties as a Director, (ii) with respect to Employees, the employment agreement of a Selected Employee is terminated for other reason than for serious cause, or (iii) with respect to Consultants, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Consultant is terminated for other reasons than breach of said agreement, in each such case the Selected Participant may exercise all his Stock Options that have become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement, at the times and in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, (i) with respect to Selected Participants qualifying as Executives or Directors, within a period starting as set forth in section 7.1.2. and expiring on the later of (a) the fourth anniversary of the Date of Grant and (b) one year as from the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement, and (ii) with respect to Selected Participants not qualifying as Executives or Directors, within a period of one year as from the Date of Termination of the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement.

 

The Vested Stock Options that are not exercised within the period referred to in the previous paragraph shall automatically lapse and become null and void. The Stock Options that have not become Vested Stock Options at the Date of Termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement or, as applicable, the consultancy agreement automatically lapse and become null and void.

 

Upon termination of a Selected Director’s mandate for breach of his duties as a Director, a Selected Employee’s employment agreement for serious cause or, a Selected Consultant’s consultancy agreement for breach of said agreement, all Stock Options shall, unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors, whether vested or not, automatically become definitely unexercisable as from the Date of Termination of the Director’s mandate, the employment agreement or as applicable, the consultancy agreement.

 

7.1.4 Consequences of legal retirement, disability or serious disease

 

In case the holder of a Stock Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of termination of the director’s mandate, the employment agreement, or as applicable, the consultancy agreement of the Selected Participant as a consequence of legal retirement, disability or serious disease, the (at that time) Vested Stock Options shall remain exercisable for the remaining term of the Stock Options pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

 

6

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

7.2 Exercise Period

 

Vested Stock Options can only be exercised during the following periods: during the term of the Stock Options, between March 1 and March 31 and between September 1 and September 30. Each Exercise Period shall close on the last banking day of the particular Exercise Period.

 

The Board of Directors may, however, in its absolute discretion, provide for additional Exercise Periods and do so for instance in case of a Take-Over (i.e. in case all Stock Options automatically vest in accordance with 7.1.1 in fine above).

 

7.3 Partial exercise

 

A Selected Participant may exercise all or part of his/her Vested Stock Options. However, it is not possible to exercise a Stock Option with respect to fractions of Shares.

 

7.4 Exercise procedure

 

A Stock Option shall be deemed to have been exercised upon receipt by the Company, at the latest on the last banking day of the Exercise Period, of:

 

(i) a Notification signed by the Selected Participant and stating that a Stock Option or a specified number of Stock Options is exercised;

 

(ii) evidence of complete payment of the Exercise Price, within thirty (30) calendar days following the last banking day of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised, for the number of Shares as indicated in the Notification provided sub (i), by bank transfer to a blocked account of the Company whose number is communicated by the Company;

 

(iii) in the event that a Stock Option is exercised by a person or persons other than the Selected Participant, suitable proof of the right of this person or these persons to exercise the Stock Option; and

 

(iv) Any and all statements and documents, which the Board of Directors deems desirable or necessary in order to comply with all applicable legal and regulatory provisions, and the submission of which the Board of Directors consequently requests.

 

7.5 Conditions for the issuance of Shares

 

7.5.1 The Company shall only be obliged to issue the Shares as a result of the exercise of the Stock Options, by registration in the Company’s share register or any other manner prescribed by the Belgian Companies Code, after all of the preceding conditions set forth in Article 7.4 have been fulfilled and following the completion of the capital increase mentioned below.

 

7.5.2 The Board of Directors, or two members thereof, shall, in accordance with Article 591 of the Belgian Companies Code (or any other provision having the same purport), have the capital increase, resulting from the exercise of the Stock Options, and the fully paid in Shares thus subscribed for, acted before a notary public within 60 days after the closing of the Exercise Period in which the Stock Options were exercised.

 

7.5.3 If the Company is at that time listed on a regulated or public market, the Company shall make application to the stock exchange in question for such Shares to be admitted for listing.

 

7.5.4 The Company may at its discretion postpone the delivery of the Shares, if this is necessary in order to comply with the applicable regulations or provisions of whatever nature, including but not limited to public offer, registration and other obligations with respect to the Shares of the Company, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

7

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Article 8 – CHANGE IN THE CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY – EXERCISE OF THE STOCK OPTIONS BY VIRTUE OF LAW

 

8.1 Change in the capital structure of the Company

 

Contrary to Article 501 of the Belgian Companies Code, the Company explicitly reserves the right to take all possible decisions and to enter into all possible transactions that may have an impact on its capital, on the distribution of profits or on the distribution of liquidation proceeds or that may otherwise affect the rights of the Selected Participants.

 

Should the rights of the Selected Participant be affected by such decision or transaction, then the Selected Participant shall not be entitled to a change of the Exercise Price, a change of the exercise conditions or any other form of (financial or other) compensation, unless such a decision or transaction would have as its main purpose to prejudice the rights of the holders of the Stock Options.

 

In case of a merger, de-merger or stock split of the Company, the rights of the outstanding Stock Options and/or Exercise Price of the Stock Options, shall be adapted in accordance with the conversion ratios applied on the occasion of the merger, de-merger or stock split to the other shareholders.

 

8.2 Exercise of the Stock Options by virtue of Law

 

If a Stock Option which is not exercisable or which cannot be exercised pursuant to the issuance conditions (as determined in this Plan) becomes prematurely exercisable on the basis of Article 501 of the Companies Code and is also exercised pursuant to said Article, the Shares obtained by exercising the Stock Option shall not be transferable, unless explicitly agreed upon by the Board of Directors, until the time the underlying Stock Options would have become exercisable in accordance with the Plan.

 

Article 9 – MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Taxes and Social Security

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to withhold from any cash payment made to a Selected Participant, and/or the Selected Participant shall be obliged to pay to the Company or to a Subsidiary (if requested for by the Company or a Subsidiary), the amount of any tax and/or social security contributions, if any, attributable to or payable in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of any Stock Options or attributable to or payable in connection with the delivery of the Shares.

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall also be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to make the necessary reporting, required as a result of the grant of Stock Options, their vesting, their exercisability or the delivery of the Shares.

 

9.2 Costs

 

Stamp duties and other similar duties or taxes levied upon exercise of the Stock Options and/or the delivery of the new Shares shall be borne by the Selected Participant.

 

Costs related to the capital increase that shall take place upon the exercise of the Stock Options shall be borne by the Company.

 

9.3 Applicable law and Competent Courts

 

Belgian law governs the Plan. Disputes shall fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of the Commercial courts of the jurisdiction where the Company has its registered office.

 

Stock Options subscribed to in the framework of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws of Belgium.

 

9.4 Notifications

 

Each Notification to a Selected Participant shall be made to the address mentioned in the register of warrantholders. Each Notification to the Company, a Subsidiary or the Board of Directors shall be validly made to the address of the registered office of the Company. Address changes must be communicated in accordance with this provision.

 

9.5 Relation to employment or consultancy agreement

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan, the rights and obligations of a Selected Participant as determined under the terms of his/her employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be affected by his/her participation in the Plan or by any right that he/she may have to participate therein. A Selected Participant who subscribes to Stock Options pursuant to the Plan shall have no rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of his/her employment agreement or, as applicable, consultancy agreement with the Company or the Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from the termination of the rights which he/she would have or of the claims which he/she could make relating to the exercise of the Stock Options under the Plan as a result of the termination of such employment agreement, or as applicable, consultancy agreement or from the loss or reduction in value of the rights or advantages.

 

8

 

Exhibit 10.6

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

 

Free English translation

 

This English version of the 2021 Share Option Plan of MDxHealth SA is a free translation of the original French version. In case of discrepancies between the original French version and this English version, the original French version shall prevail.

 

 

 

2021 SHARE OPTION PLAN

 

MDXHEALTH SA

 

 

 

 

MDxHealth SA • Rue d’Abhooz 31 - CAP Business Center, 4040 Herstal, Belgium
www. mdxhealth.com • Tel (+32) 4 366 98 60 • Fax (+32) 4 366.98 61
VAT BE 0479.292.440 (RLP Liège) • ING Bank 310-1801580-85

 

1

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Article 1 – PURPOSE OF THE PLAN

 

This 2021 Share Option Plan (the “Plan”) describes the general terms and conditions of the Share Options that the Company may grant to the Selected Participants.

 

The aim of the Plan is to realise the following corporate and human resources goals:

 

(i) encourage, motivate and retain the Selected Participants;

 

(ii) enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to attract and retain Members of the Personnel with the required experience and skills; and

 

(iii) link the interests of the Selected Participants closer to the interests of the shareholders of the Company by giving them the opportunity to share in the increase of the value of the Company.

 

Article 2 – DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

The following terms shall have the following meaning for the purpose of the Plan:

 

Belgian Companies and
Associations Code
the Belgian Companies and Associations Code of 23 March 2019 (as amended from time to time).
   
Beneficiary With respect to a natural person, a person validly designated by the Selected Participant, being either the Selected Participant’s spouse, or the cohabiting partner, or legal heirs, in order to exercise the rights of the Selected Participant under the Plan after the death of the Selected Participant. Designation, revocation and re-designation of a Beneficiary must be done in writing in accordance with the applicable law. In the absence of any valid designation, the heirs of the Selected Participant in accordance with the applicable law of inheritance shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary. In the event that there are several heirs, all heirs acting jointly or one person designated by all heirs acting jointly shall be deemed to be the Beneficiary.
   
Board of Directors The board of directors of the Company.
   
Business Day A day on which banks are open for business in Belgium, excluding Saturdays and Sundays.
   
Company MDxHealth SA, a company established under Belgian law, having its registered office at Rue d’Abhooz 31 - Cap Business Center, 4040 Herstal, Belgium, registered with the register of legal persons under number 0479.292.440.
   
Control The possibility de facto or de jure to exercise a decisive influence over the appointment of the majority of the members of the Board of Directors or the general orientation of the Company’s governance, as determined in articles 1:14 and following of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

2

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Date of Grant The date on which the offer of the Share Options to a Selected Participant is made.
   
Date of Issuance The date on which the Share Options will be issued pursuant to a resolution of the Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting, i.e. 27 May 2021, or in case of absence of the required attendance quorum at such meeting, 24 June 2021.
   
Date of Termination of the
Selected Participant’s
Director’s mandate,
employment agreement,
management agreement or
similar agreement
The effective date of termination of the Selected Participant’s Director’s mandate, employment agreement, management agreement or similar agreement for whatever reason, with the exception of a termination of a management agreement immediately followed by the signing of an employment agreement, a new management agreement or a similar agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, a termination of an employment agreement immediately followed by the signing of a new employment agreement, management agreement or similar agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary, and the termination of a Director’s mandate immediately followed by the re-appointment as Director of the Company or a Subsidiary.
   
Director A member of the board of directors of the Company or a Subsidiary.
   
Exercise Period The period during which the Selected Participant can exercise the Share Options granted to him/her, provided and to the extent that the Share Options are exercisable in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan and in any other arrangement that may exist between the Selected Participant and the Company.
   
Exercise Price The price at which each Share subject to a Share Option may be acquired/subscribed for upon the exercise of that Share Option.
   
Extraordinary General
Shareholders’ Meeting
The extraordinary general shareholders’ meeting of the Company held before a notary public at the occasion of which the Share Options are issued by the Company.
   
Member of the Personnel A member of the personnel of the Company or a Subsidiary as defined under article 1:27 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code.

 

3

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Notification A written letter sent to the official domicile or registered office of the addressee by means of (i) a courier with notice of receipt, (ii) a registered letter or (iii) an e-mail sent to the addressee’s e-mail address. The date of the Notification is: (i) the date of signing for receipt, or (ii), in the absence thereof, the postmarked date of the registered letter, or (iii) the date of sending of the e-mail, provided that the e-mail was sent to the correct e-mail address of the addressee.
   
Plan The present 2021 Share Option Plan.
   
Public Takeover Bid The official notification by the FSMA of a public takeover bid within the meaning of article 3 § 1, 1° of the Belgian Act of 1 April 2007 on public takeover bids, as amended (or within the meaning of any other subsequent legislation replacing, amending or completing the foregoing).
   
Selected Participant(s) Any Member of the Personnel to whom Share Options will be granted pursuant to, or under, this Plan.
   
Share A share of the Company, representing the share capital of the Company.
   
Share Option A subscription right issued by the Company entitling the Selected Participant to acquire/subscribe for one (1) Share pursuant to the Plan during a certain period at a certain price.
   
Share Option Price The price, if any, which the Selected Participant owes to the Company for the acquisition of the Share Option itself.
   
Subsidiary Any company or organization which is directly or indirectly under the Control of the Company.
   
Transfer – Transferring Any transaction under living persons which has as its purpose the sale, acquisition, granting or accepting of options, exchange, waiver, contribution to a company, transfer in any manner whether or not for consideration, the giving of payment or pledge, or the acceptance of payment or pledge, or generally any agreement which has as its object an immediate or future transfer of title.
   
Vested Share Options Share Options that have become definitely acquired by the Selected Participant in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, without prejudice to the possibility that the Share Options become void in cases where they are not exercised or can no longer be exercised pursuant to Plan.

 

Except insofar as the context otherwise requires, (i) words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa and (ii) words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender and vice versa.

 

4

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Article 3 – TYPE AND NUMBER OF SHARE OPTIONS

 

The total number of Share Options issued under the Plan is 3,600,000 (three million six hundred thousand).

 

Each Share Option shall entitle a Selected Participant to acquire one (1) Share.

 

The new Shares to be issued at the occasion of the exercise of the Share Options shall have the same rights and benefits as, and rank pari passu in all respects, including with respect to entitlements to distributions and dividends, with the existing and outstanding Shares of the Company at the time of their issuance. They will be entitled to dividends and other distributions in respect of which the relevant record date or due date falls on or after the date of issue of the Shares.

 

A new Share shall represent the same fraction of the capital of the Company as the other outstanding Shares of the Company at that moment.

 

Article 4 – ADMINISTRATION

 

The Board of Directors shall administer the Plan. The Board of Directors shall have the possibility to delegate its powers or certain of its powers to certain persons of the management and/or to certain committees that may be established by the Board of Directors, in compliance with the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and the Company’s Charter of Corporate Governance.

 

Subject to the provisions of the Plan and in as far as the decisions are in line with the purpose of the Plan, the Board of Directors is entitled to determine, define and interpret all rules, regulations or other measures required or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The Board of Directors may terminate the Plan at any time. Share Options granted prior to such termination shall remain valid and exercisable in accordance with the Plan.

 

Article 5 – CONDITIONS OF THE SHARE OPTIONS

 

5.1 Share Option Price

 

Except where the Board of Directors decides otherwise, on a one to one basis, the Selected Participant shall owe no Share Option Price to the Company upon subscription for, or acceptance of, the Share Options.

 

5.2 Exercise Price

 

The Exercise Price of a Share Option shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company on the Date of the Grant thereof. The Exercise Price shall not be lower than the lower of (i) the price of the Shares on the relevant regulated market on which the Shares are listed and traded on the day prior to the Date of Grant (should the Shares be listed on Euronext Brussels, Euronext Brussels must be used as market of reference), and (ii) the average price of the Shares on the relevant regulated market on which the Shares are listed and traded during the period of 30 days preceding the Date of Grant (should the Shares be listed on Euronext Brussels, Euronext Brussels must be used as market of reference).

 

5

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Upon exercise of Share Options and issue of new shares, the aggregate amount of the exercise price of the Share Options will be allocated to the share capital of the Company. To the extent that the amount of the exercise price of the Share Option, per share to be issued upon exercise of the Share Option, would exceed the fractional value of the then existing shares of the Company existing immediately prior to the issue of the new shares concerned, a part of the exercise price, per share to be issued upon exercise of the Share Option equal to such fractional value shall be booked as share capital, whereby the balance shall be booked as issue premium. In accordance with article 7:178 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, following the capital increase and issuance of new shares, each new and existing share shall represent the same fraction of the share capital of the Company.

 

5.3 Term (duration) of the Share Options

 

The duration of a Share Option shall be ten (10) years as of their Date of Issuance. However, the Board of Directors shall have the right to shorten this term. Unless a shorter term is provided by the Board of Directors, a Share Option is therefore (in any event) automatically null, void and of no value at 24:00 (midnight) on the tenth (10th) anniversary date of the Date of Issuance.

 

5.4 Registered nature

 

The Share Options are and shall remain registered, and shall be entered in the register of subscription right holders that shall be held at the registered office of the Company. The Company shall deliver to each Selected Participant and Beneficiary, free of charge, a certificate confirming that the Participant or Beneficiary is duly registered in the register of subscription right holders as owner of the Share Options.

 

5.5 Rights as a shareholder

 

The Selected Participant (in the Selected Participant’s capacity as holder of a Share Option) is not a shareholder of the Company, nor shall the Selected Participant have any rights or privileges, which as a rule belong to a shareholder of the Company, as long as the Share Options held by the Selected Participant have not been exercised.

 

Article 6 – TRANSFER OF THE SHARE OPTIONS

 

6.1 Decease

 

In case the holder of a Share Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of the decease of a Selected Participant, all Share Options (including the Vested Share Options at the time of decease) shall be transferred to the Beneficiary of the Selected Participant and shall be (or remain as far as the Vested Share Options are concerned) exercisable at the time and under the terms established in this Plan.

 

6.2 Transferability of the Share Options

 

Except for the transfer contemplated under article 6.1 above and except if the Board of Directors were to allow a transfer of the Share Options, the Share Options cannot be Transferred by a Selected Participant once they have been granted to a Selected Participant.

 

6

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Article 7 – EXERCISE OF THE SHARE OPTIONS

 

Share Options can only be exercised during an Exercise Period (as specified in article 7.2 below) provided and to the extent that they have become Vested Share Options and have become exercisable (in accordance with article 7.1 below) prior to or during a certain Exercise Period.

 

7.1 Vesting and exercisability of the Share Options

 

The vesting schedule of a Share Option, i.e. the dates and conditions upon which it shall become a Vested Share Option, shall be as set forth in this Plan, except where, for Share Options granted to Selected Participants in any capacity other than the capacity of Directors, the Board of Directors determines otherwise and, for Share Options granted to Selected Participants in their capacity of Directors, the general shareholders’ meeting determines otherwise. The vesting schedule and the period before a Share Option can become exercisable can therefore be shorter than the periods as referred to below in this article 7.2.

 

7.1.1 General vesting mechanism of the Share Options

 

Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the Share Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than the capacity of Director shall vest, i.e. become Vested Share Options, in installments of twenty-five percent (25%) per year during a period of four (4) years as of the Date of Grant, as follows:

 

on the first anniversary date of the Date of Grant: 25%;
   
during the second year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 50% in total over the first two years after the Date of Grant;
   
during the third year from the Date of Grant: maximum 25%, i.e. maximum 75% in total over the first three years after the Date of Grant;
   
as from the fourth year from the Date of Grant: 25%, i.e. maximum 100% in total over the first four years after the Date of Grant.

 

During the second, the third, and the fourth years after the Date of Grant, the Share Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant in any capacity other than the capacity of (non-executive) Director shall vest on a quarterly basis, i.e. for a number that bears the same proportion to the maximum number of Share Options that can vest during that period as the number of (full) quarters that have passed during said given period bears to the total number of quarters of that period. For example, one year and seven months after the Date of Grant, a maximum of 37.5% of the Share Options granted to a Selected Participant could be Vested Share Options.

 

Unless determined otherwise by the Extraordinary General Shareholders’ Meeting, non-executive Directors that are not independent Directors shall not be entitled to a remuneration in cash, but shall each year be entitled to receive share options for a maximum of 10,000 Shares of the Company.

 

The Share Options granted to a non-executive Director shall all vest, i.e. become Vested Share Options, on the date of the ordinary shareholders’ meeting that takes place in the calendar year following the calendar year where the Share Options were granted, provided that on the date preceding the date of the former ordinary shareholders’ meeting the mandate of such non-executive Director has not terminated (without prejudice to section 7.1.3 of the Plan).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, all Share Options subscribed for by a Selected Participant shall automatically vest (if not yet vested) and become Vested Share Options in the event of a Public Takeover Bid.

 

7

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

7.1.2 Exercisability of the Share Options

 

The Selected Participants are allowed to exercise any Vested Share Options during any Exercise Period as of and from the moment where such Share Options became Vested Share Options. The rules set forth in section 7.1.3. below however prevail over the rules set forth in this section 7.1.2.

 

7.1.3 Consequences of termination of a Director’s mandate, employment agreement, management agreement or similar agreement

 

Without prejudice to the provisions of the following paragraphs and unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer (Managing Director) of the Company, when (i) the Director’s mandate of a Selected Participant is terminated for other reasons than for breach of his duties as a Director, (ii) the employment agreement of a Selected Participant is terminated for other reason than for serious cause, or (iii) management or similar agreement of the Selected Participant is terminated for other reasons than breach of said agreement, in each such case the Selected Participant may exercise all his Share Options that have become Vested Share Options at the Date of Termination of the Selected Participant’s Director’s mandate, employment agreement, management agreement or similar agreement, as relevant, at the time and in accordance with the conditions set forth in the Plan, within a period of one year as from the Date of Termination of the employment agreement, management agreement or similar agreement.

 

The Vested Share Options that are not exercised within the period referred to in the previous paragraph shall automatically lapse and become null and void. The Share Options that have not become Vested Share Options at the Date of Termination of the Selected Participant’s Director’s mandate, employment agreement, management agreement or similar agreement, as relevant, automatically lapse and become null and void.

 

Upon termination of (i) the Director’s mandate of the Selected Participant for breach of his duties as a Director, (ii) the employment agreement of the Selected Participant for serious cause, or (iii) management or similar agreement of the Selected Participant for breach of said agreement, all Share Options granted to the Selected Participant shall, unless determined otherwise by the Board of Directors, whether vested or not, automatically become definitely non-exercisable as from the Date of Termination of the Selected Participant’s Director’s mandate, employment agreement, management agreement or similar agreement, as relevant.

 

7.1.4 Consequences of legal retirement, disability or serious disease

 

In case the holder of a Share Option is a natural person, the following will apply: in the event of termination of the Director’s mandate, employment agreement, management agreement or similar agreement of the Selected Participant, as relevant, as a consequence of legal retirement, disability or serious disease, the (at that time) Vested Share Options shall remain exercisable for the remaining term of the Share Options pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.

 

7.2 Exercise Period

 

Vested Share Options can only be exercised during the following periods: during the term of the Share Options, between 1 March and 31 March, and between 1 September and 30 September. Each Exercise Period shall close on the last Business Day of the particular Exercise Period.

 

The Board of Directors may, however, in its absolute discretion, provide for additional Exercise Periods and do so for instance in case of a Public Takeover Bid (e.g. in case all Share Options automatically vest in accordance with 7.1.1 in fine above).

 

8

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

7.3 Partial exercise

 

A Selected Participant may exercise all or part of his/her Vested Share Options. However, it is not possible to exercise a Share Option with respect to fractions of Shares.

 

7.4 Exercise procedure

 

A Share Option shall be deemed to have been exercised upon receipt by the Company, at the latest on the last Business Day of the Exercise Period, of:

 

(i) a Notification signed by the Selected Participant and stating that a Share Option or a specified number of Share Options is exercised;

 

(ii) evidence of complete payment of the Exercise Price, within thirty (30) calendar days following the last Business Day of the Exercise Period in which the Share Options were exercised, for the number of Shares as indicated in the Notification provided sub (i), by bank transfer to a blocked account of the Company whose number is communicated by the Company;

 

(iii) in the event that a Share Option is exercised by a person or persons other than the Selected Participant, suitable proof of the right of this person or these persons to exercise the Share Option; and

 

(iv) Any and all statements and documents, which the Board of Directors deems desirable or necessary in order to comply with all applicable legal and regulatory provisions, and the submission of which the Board of Directors consequently requests.

 

7.5 Conditions for the issuance of Shares

 

7.5.1 The Company shall only be obliged to issue the Shares as a result of the exercise of the Share Options, by registration in the Company’s share register or any other manner prescribed by the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, after all of the preceding conditions set forth in article 7.4 have been fulfilled and following the completion of the capital increase mentioned below.

 

7.5.2 The Board of Directors, or one member thereof or any other person specifically delegated for such purpose, shall, in accordance with article 7:187 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code (or any other provision having the same purport), have the capital increase, resulting from the exercise of the Share Options, and the fully paid in Shares thus subscribed for, acted before a notary public within 60 days after the closing of the Exercise Period in which the Share Options were exercised.

 

7.5.3 If, at the time of exercise of the Share Options, the Shares are admitted to listing and/or trading on the regulated market of Euronext Brussels, another regulated market or another trading platform, the Company shall use reasonable efforts in order to take such actions and make such filings as shall be necessary to have the Shares that are issued upon exercise of the relevant Share Options admitted to listing and/or trading on the regulated market of Euronext Brussels, such other regulated market or such other trading platform under the timeline as shall be decided by the Board of Directors.

 

7.5.4 The Company may at its discretion postpone the delivery of the Shares, if this is necessary in order to comply with the applicable regulations or provisions of whatever nature, including but not limited to public offer, registration and other obligations with respect to the Shares of the Company, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

9

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

Article 8 – CHANGE IN THE CAPITAL STRUCTURE OF THE COMPANY – EXERCISE OF THE SHARE OPTIONS BY VIRTUE OF LAW

 

8.1 Change in the capital structure of the Company

 

Contrary to article 7:71 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code, the Company explicitly reserves the right to take all possible decisions and to enter into all possible transactions that may have an impact on its capital, on the distribution of profits or on the distribution of liquidation proceeds or that may otherwise affect the rights of the Selected Participants.

 

Should the rights of the Selected Participant be affected by such decision or transaction, then the Selected Participant shall not be entitled to a change of the Exercise Price, a change of the exercise conditions or any other form of (financial or other) compensation, unless such a decision or transaction would have as its main purpose to prejudice the rights of the holders of the Share Options.

 

In case of a merger, de-merger or share split of the Company, the rights attached to the outstanding Share Options and/or Exercise Price of the Share Options, shall be adapted in accordance with the conversion ratios applied at the occasion of the merger, de-merger or share split to the other shareholders.

 

8.2 Exercise of the Share Options by virtue of law

 

If a Share Option which is not exercisable or which cannot be exercised pursuant to the issuance conditions (as determined in this Plan) becomes prematurely exercisable on the basis of article 7:71 of the Belgian Companies and Associations Code and is also exercised pursuant to said article, the Shares obtained by exercising the Share Option shall not be transferable, unless explicitly agreed upon by the Board of Directors, until the time the underlying Share Options would have become exercisable in accordance with the Plan.

 

Article 9 – MISCELLANEOUS

 

9.1 Taxes and social security

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to withhold from any cash payment made to a Selected Participant, and/or the Selected Participant shall be obliged to pay to the Company or to a Subsidiary (if requested for by the Company or a Subsidiary), the amount of any tax and/or social security contributions, if any, attributable to or payable in connection with the grant, vesting or exercise of any Share Options or attributable to or payable in connection with the delivery of the Shares.

 

The Company or a Subsidiary shall also be entitled, in accordance with the applicable law or practice, to make the necessary reporting, required as a result of the grant of Share Options, their vesting, their exercisability or the delivery of the Shares.

 

10

 

 

Free English translation - For information purposes only

 

9.2 Costs

 

Stamp duties and other similar duties or taxes levied upon exercise of the Share Options and/or the delivery of the new Shares shall be borne by the Selected Participant.

 

Costs related to the capital increase that shall take place upon the exercise of the Share Options shall be borne by the Company.

 

9.3 Applicable law and competent courts

 

Belgian law governs the Plan. Disputes shall fall under the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts and tribunal of the jurisdiction where the Company has its registered office.

 

Share Options subscribed for in the framework of this Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Belgium.

 

9.4 Notifications

 

Each Notification to a Selected Participant shall be made to the address mentioned in the register of subscription rights holders or the relevant notice details as set out in the agreement between the Company and the Selected Participant pursuant to which the Share Options were granted. Each Notification to the Company, a Subsidiary or the Board of Directors shall be validly made to the address of the registered office of the Company. Address changes must be communicated in accordance with this provision.

 

9.5 Relation to Selected Participant’s agreement

 

Notwithstanding any provision of the plan, the rights and obligations of a Selected Participant as determined under the terms of the Selected Participant’s employment agreement or management agreement or similar agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary shall not be affected by the Selected Participant’s participation in the Plan or by any right that the Selected Participant may have to participate therein. A Selected Participant who subscribes for Share Options pursuant to the Plan shall have no rights to compensation or damages in consequence of the termination of the Selected Participant’s employment agreement, or management agreement or similar agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary for any reason whatsoever, insofar as those rights arise or may arise from the termination of the rights which the Selected Participant would have or of the claims which the Selected Participant could make relating to the exercise of the Share Options under the Plan as a result of the termination of such Selected Participant’s employment agreement, or management agreement or similar agreement, or from the loss or reduction in value of the rights or advantages.

 

 

11

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made as of the effective date indicated on the signature page hereof, by and between MDxHealth, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the undersigned individual (the “Indemnitee”).

 

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is currently serving as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of the Company, an Affiliate (as defined below) and/or, at the Company’s request, as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and the Company wishes Indemnitee to continue his or her service in such capacity(ies) without concern of unwarranted personal liability; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and Indemnitee recognize that litigation against corporations has increased over past decades, in particular in the United States, and increasingly has subjected officers and directors personally to the risks and expenses of such litigation; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and its Affiliates desire to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals such as Indemnitee to serve as officers and directors and to indemnify its officers and directors so as to provide them with the maximum protection against personal liability permitted by law; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect and hereafter amended (the “Certificate”) and By-Laws, as currently in effect and hereafter amended (the “By-Laws” and together with the Certificate, the “Charter Documents”), do not prohibit or restrict contracts between the Company and its directors and officers with respect to indemnification of such directors and officers; and

 

WHEREAS, the statutory indemnification provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”), Section 145, expressly provide that they are non-exclusive; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company, its Affiliates and Indemnitee recognize that the cost and availability of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance has not only fluctuated widely over time, but frequently that such insurance frequently contains express or implied limitations on coverage of specific risks and may involve protracted claims procedures that prevent the timely payment or reimbursement of losses incurred by directors and officers in their own defense, or by the Company or its Affiliates on their behalf; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company wishes therefore to provide Indemnitee with an independent contractual right to indemnification and advancement of defense expenses in addition to that provided in the Charter Documents, to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

 

 

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and the mutual agreements set forth in this Agreement, as well as other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Indemnification. 

 

(a) Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, if Indemnitee is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in (including, without limitation, as a witness) any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, or other alternate dispute resolution mechanism, or investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, including, without limitation, any appeal therefrom (collectively, “Proceeding”) (other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company and/or any of its Affiliates to procure a judgment in its favor) by reason of (or arising in part out of) any (i) event or occurrence related to the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee and/or agent of the Company or any Affiliate, or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (collectively, “Corporate Status”), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity, or (ii) event or occurrence related to or associated with, directly or indirectly, the U.S. operations or activities of an Affiliate, or (iii) U.S. related or associated actions alleged to have been taken or omitted, directly or indirectly, on the part of Indemnitee while serving as a director, officer, employee and/or agent of any Affiliate or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of such Affiliate, against all Expenses (as defined below), judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement, including without limitation all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of the foregoing, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, provided Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or such Affiliate, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. As used herein, (i) “Affiliate” shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company, where ‘control’ means direct or indirect ownership of more than 50% of an entity’s outstanding voting securities, and (ii) “Expenses” shall mean all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. “Expenses” also shall include Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersede as bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent.

 

(b) Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by law, if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted on the part of Indemnitee while serving in such capacity, Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is otherwise involved in (e.g., as a witness) any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company or any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other entity controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company (collectively, a “Subsidiary”) to procure a judgment in its favor, against all Expenses, and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement, including without limitation all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of the foregoing, actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, provided Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or such Subsidiary, except that, if applicable law so provides, no such indemnification shall be made under this Section 1(b) in respect of any Proceeding, claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudicated by court order or judgment to be liable to the Company or such Subsidiary, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or any other court in which such Proceeding is or was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such reasonable Expenses as the Court of Chancery or other such court shall deem proper.

 

2

 

 

(c) Additional Indemnity. In addition to, and without regard to any limitations on, the indemnification provided for in Section 1(a) and Section 1(b) of this Agreement, the Company shall and hereby does indemnify and hold harmless Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf if, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company), including, without limitation, all liability arising out of the negligence or active or passive wrongdoing of Indemnitee. The only limitation that shall exist upon the Company’s obligations pursuant to this Agreement shall be that the Company shall not be obligated to make any payment to Indemnitee that is finally determined to be unlawful.

 

(d) Mandatory Payment of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 1(a) or Section 1(b) above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Proceeding is disposed of, on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (i) the disposition being adverse to the Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that the Indemnitee was liable to the Company, (iii) a plea of guilty or nolo  contendere by the Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that the Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or (v) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, an adjudication that the Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, the Indemnitee shall be considered for the purpose hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter.

 

(e) Advancement of Expenses. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company shall advance, without duplication, all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding referenced in Section 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), or 4(a) hereof (including, without limitation, retainers and prepaid, deposited or escrowed amounts), within 30 days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. All such undertakings shall be unsecured, shall bear no interest and shall be accepted without reference to the financial ability of the Indemnitee to make repayment.

 

2. Notice of Proceeding and Review of Indemnification Request.

 

(a) Notice. As a condition precedent to Indemnitee’s right to be indemnified under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall give the Company notice in writing, as soon as practicable, of any Proceeding for which Indemnitee expects to or will seek indemnification or for which indemnification could be sought under this Agreement. Such notice shall include a written request for indemnification, and shall be accompanied by a copy of any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, and/or indictment received by Indemnitee, as well as any other documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification. Indemnitee shall direct such notice, request and documentation to the chief executive officer of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power.

 

3

 

 

(b) Assumption of Defense and Selection of Counsel. With respect to any Proceeding of which the Company is notified under the preceding Section 2(a), the Company shall be entitled to participate therein at its own expense and/or to assume the defense thereof at its own expense, with legal counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election to do so, in which case Indemnitee shall provide the Company such information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably require in connection with such defense and as shall be within Indemnitee’s power to so provide. After delivery of such notice from the Company to the Indemnitee of its intention to assume the defense of the Proceeding, Indemnitee’s approval of Company counsel, and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such Proceeding, other than as provided below. The Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his or her own counsel in connection with such Proceeding, but the fees and expenses of such counsel incurred after such notice, approval and retention shall be at the expense of the Indemnitee, unless (i) the employment of counsel by the Indemnitee has been authorized by the Company, (ii) counsel to the Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest or position on any significant issue between the Company and the Indemnitee in the conduct of the defense of such action or (iii) the Company shall not in fact have employed counsel to assume the defense of such action, in each of which cases the fees and expenses of counsel for the Indemnitee shall be at the expense of the Company, except as otherwise expressly provided by this Agreement. The Company shall not be entitled, without the consent of the Indemnitee, to assume the defense of any claim brought by or in the right of the Company or as to which counsel for the Indemnitee shall have reasonably made the conclusion provided for in clause (ii) above. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, (i) the Company shall not be permitted to settle any Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, on behalf of the Indemnitee, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, unless the Company assumes full and sole responsibility for such settlement and such settlement grants the Indemnitee a complete and unqualified release in respect of any potential or resulting liability or the Indemnitee is otherwise fully indemnified against all such liability and (ii) the Company shall not be liable for any amount paid by the Indemnitee in settlement of any Proceeding that is not defended by the Company, unless the Company has consented to such settlement, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(c) Procedure for Review; Reviewing Party; Payment. Any indemnification and Expense advances provided for in Section 1 and this Section 2 shall be made by the Company promptly, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after receipt by the Company of the applicable written request of Indemnitee, except that Expense advances pursuant to Section 1(e) shall be made no later than ten (10) days after such receipt (each, a “Payment Period”), unless in any case with respect to such requests the Company determines prior to expiration of the applicable Payment Period that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification set forth in this Agreement. If a claim for indemnification or for advancement of expenses under this Agreement or under any statute, provision of the Charter Documents, resolution of the Board of Directors or otherwise providing for such indemnification is not paid in full by the Company within forty-five (45) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee may, at any time thereafter, bring an action against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. Subject to Section 3 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) of bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. However, Indemnitee shall be entitled to receive interim payments of expenses pursuant to Subsection 1(e) unless and until such defense may be finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. It is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

4

 

 

(d) Notice to Insurers. To the extent that the Company maintains, or shall at any time maintain, an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents or fiduciaries of the Company or of any other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt by the Company of a notice of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement, or the threat of the commencement, of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective applicable insurance policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies; provided that no such payments by such insurers shall relieve the Company of any liability or obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee except as and to the extent expressly provided under this Agreement.

 

3. Indemnitee’s Right to Enforce Indemnification Provisions; Presumptions and Burden of Proof; Expenses of Enforcement.

 

(a) Right to Enforce Indemnification. If the Company denies Indemnitee’s request for indemnification or Expense advances provided for in this Agreement, in whole or in part, or if disposition and payment thereof is otherwise not made within the applicable Payment Period(s) referred to above, the right to such indemnification or Expense advances shall be enforceable by the Indemnitee in the Delaware Court of Chancery or any other court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(b) No Presumptions; Burden of Proof. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by this Agreement or applicable law. In addition, neither the failure of any Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether an Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by any Reviewing Party that an Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of legal proceedings by such Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination that such Indemnitee should be indemnified under this Agreement or applicable law, shall be a defense to such Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that such Indemnitee has not met any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief. In connection with any determination by the Reviewing Party or otherwise as to whether the Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or Expense advances hereunder, the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish that the Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 3(b) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

5

 

 

(c) Presumption of Good Faith. Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Company or any Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the other officers of the Company or any Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or any Affiliate or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or any Affiliate by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Company or any Affiliate. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or any Affiliate shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement. It shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company. Anyone seeking to overcome this presumption shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.

 

(d) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to this Section 3 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

(e) Expenses of Enforcing Indemnification. In the event that Indemnitee seeks a judicial adjudication to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under, or to record damages for breach of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to recover from the Company, and shall be indemnified by the Company against, any and all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in such judicial adjudication, but only if Indemnitee prevails therein. If it shall be determined in said judicial adjudication that Indemnitee is entitled to receive part but not all of the indemnification or advancement of Expenses sought, the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such judicial adjudication shall be appropriately prorated. The Company shall, within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor from Indemnitee, advance such Expenses to Indemnitee pursuant to comparable procedures as those set forth in Section 1(e) above with respect to advancement of Expenses for indemnification claims under Sections 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), and 4(a).

 

4. Additional Indemnification Rights. 

 

(a) Scope. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Charter Documents or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors, an officer, or an agent, such changes shall be, ipso facto, within the purview of Indemnitee’s rights and the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

 

(b) Nonexclusivity; Effectiveness; Survival of Rights. The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Charter Documents, any other agreement, any vote of stockholders or directors, the DGCL or other applicable law, or otherwise, both as to action taken or omitted in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action taken or omitted in another capacity while holding such office. This Agreement shall be effective as of the effective date of this Agreement and shall apply to acts or omissions of Indemnitee that occurred prior to, on, and/or after such date, provided that Indemnitee was serving in an indemnified capacity at the time such act or omission occurred. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the indemnification provided under this Agreement shall continue as to Indemnitee for any action taken or not taken while serving in an indemnified capacity even though he or she may have ceased to serve in any such capacity at the time of the applicable action, suit or other covered Proceeding.

 

6

 

 

(c) Company Amendments. The Company shall not adopt any amendment to the Company’s Charter Documents, or enter into any agreement, the effect of which would be to deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s rights to indemnity pursuant to this Agreement, the Charter Documents, the DGCL or any other applicable law as applied to any act or failure to act occurring in whole or in part prior to the date upon which the amendment or agreement was approved by the Board of Directors or the stockholders, as the case may be. If the Company shall adopt any amendment to the Charter Documents or other agreement the effect of which would be to so deny, diminish or encumber Indemnitee’s rights to indemnity, such amendment or agreement shall apply only to acts or failures to act occurring entirely after the date upon which such amendment or agreement was approved.

 

5. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including without limitation all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

6. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to any Proceedings initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, counterclaim or crossclaim, except (i) to the extent not otherwise prohibited by this Agreement, with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other agreement or insurance policy or under the Company’s Charter Documents or any applicable statute or other law, (ii) in specific cases if the Board of Directors has approved the initiation or bringing of such Proceeding, or (iii) as otherwise required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, regardless of whether Indemnitee ultimately is determined to be entitled to such indemnification, or insurance recovery, as the case may be; or

 

(b) Lack of Good Faith. To indemnify Indemnitee with respect to any Proceedings instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous; or

 

(c) Insured Claims. To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such Expenses or liabilities have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under a policy of insurance; or

 

7

 

 

(d) Claims under Section 16(b). To indemnify Indemnitee for the payment of profits inuring to and recoverable by the Company pursuant to Section 16(b) of the Exchange, or any similar successor statute, and any Expenses incurred with respect thereto; or

 

(e) Other Court Determinations. To indemnify Indemnitee for any acts or omissions, or transactions, from which a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines an officer or director, as applicable, may not be relieved of liability under applicable law or pertinent public policy; or

 

(f) Fraud. To indemnify Indemnitee if a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines that Indemnitee has committed fraud on the Company.

 

7. Contribution. 

 

(a) Whether or not the indemnification provided in Section 1(a), 1(b), 1(c), and 4(a) hereof is available, in respect of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount of any judgment or settlement of such action, suit or proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have against Indemnitee. The Company shall not enter into any settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding) unless such settlement provides for a full and final release of all claims asserted against Indemnitee.

 

(b) Without diminishing or impairing the obligations of the Company set forth in the preceding subparagraph (a), if, for any reason, Indemnitee shall elect or be required to pay all or any portion of any judgment or settlement in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), the Company shall contribute to the amount of expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred and paid or payable by Indemnitee in proportion to the relative benefits received by the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, from the transaction from which such action, suit or proceeding arose; provided, however, that the proportion determined on the basis of relative benefit may, to the extent necessary to conform to law, be further adjusted by reference to the relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company other than Indemnitee who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, in connection with the events that resulted in such expenses, judgments, fines or settlement amounts, as well as any other equitable considerations which the law may require to be considered. The relative fault of the Company and all officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who are jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such action, suit or proceeding), on the one hand, and Indemnitee, on the other hand, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, the degree to which their actions were motivated by intent to gain personal profit or advantage, the degree to which their liability is primary or secondary and the degree to which their conduct is active or passive.

 

(c) The Company hereby agrees to fully indemnify and hold Indemnitee harmless from any claims of contribution which may be brought by officers, directors or employees of the Company, other than Indemnitee, who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee.

 

(d) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

8

 

 

8. Indemnification for Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by or on his or her behalf in connection therewith.

 

9. No Duplication of Payments. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment in connection with any Proceeding against Indemnitee to the extent such Indemnitee has actually received payment (under any insurance policy, provision of the Charter Documents or otherwise) of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. In the event the Company makes any indemnification payments to Indemnitee and Indemnitee later receives payments from the proceeds of insurance covering the same Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement so indemnified by the Company, Indemnitee shall promptly refund such indemnification payments to the Company to the extent of such insurance reimbursement.

 

10. Miscellaneous. 

 

(a) Governing Law. This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflict of law.

 

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction. The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery of Delaware for any purpose in connection with any actions or proceedings that arise out of or relate to this Agreement.

 

(c) Entire Agreement; Amendments; Enforcement of Rights. This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions and agreements between them relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, no modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by Indemnitee and an authorized officer of the Company who is not Indemnitee. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

(d) Notices. All notices, request, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) upon delivery, if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (ii) on the first business day after the date on which it is mailed by overnight courier service or transmitted via facsimile or (iii) on the third business day after the date on which it is mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid:

 

(i) If to Indemnitee, at the address specified on the signature page of this Agreement; and

 

(ii) If to the Company, at:

 

15279 Alton Pkwy, Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92618

Attn: Legal Dept.

 

or to such other address as may have been furnished in writing to Indemnitee by the Company or to the Company by Indemnitee, as the case may be.

 

9

 

 

(e) Due Authority; Further Assurances. This Agreement has been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and, when executed, acknowledged and delivered, will become a valid and binding contract. MDxHealth, S.A., as an Affiliate of the Company, hereby acknowledges the undertakings of the Company hereunder for the benefit of Indemnitee, recognizing that the ability to attract and retain qualified individuals provided by such undertakings benefits not only the Company, its wholly-owned subsidiary, but also MDxHealth, S.A., and as such MDxHealth, S.A. agrees not to take any actions, or fail to take necessary action, in a manner that is for the purpose of avoiding the obligations of the Company with regard to such undertakings. Each of the Indemnitee, the Company and MDxHealth, S.A. agrees to execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and do all such further acts as may be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

(f) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(g) Successors And Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, including without limitation any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all, substantially all or a substantial part of the business or assets of the Company. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, legal representatives, executor and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect, and whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all, substantially all or a substantial part of the business or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

(h) Subrogation. In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company to effectively bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

(i) Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

10

 

 

(j) Construction of Certain Phrases.

 

(i) For purposes of this Agreement, references to the “Company” shall include, in addition to MDxHealth, Inc., any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger to which MDxHealth, Inc. (or any of its Affiliates) is a party which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(ii) For purposes of this Agreement, without limitation, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any Affiliate, which imposes any duties on, or involves services by Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries.

 

(iii) For purposes of this Agreement, without limitation, references to “Indemnitee” shall include the corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other enterprise through which the undersigned individual is serving as a director of the Company, as its permanent representative.

 

(k) Company Compliance with Law. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement.

 

[Remainder of page has intentionally left blank.]

 

11

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the effective date indicated below (or if no date is indicated, as of the latest date signed below by a party hereto).

 

COMPANY:    
     
MDxHealth, Inc.   Effective Date:
     
By:      
Print Name:      
Title:      
Date: _______________________ , 20_________    

 

INDEMNITEE:  
   
Signed:    
Print Name:    
Name of Director Entity:  
  (Indicate name of entity serving as director, for an Indemnitee serving as its permanent representative)
 
Address:  
     
     
     
Date: _________________ , 20__________  

 

ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED by MDxHealth, S.A., solely as and to the extent of the provisions of, and its obligations as set forth in, Section 10(e) of this Agreement.

 

MDxHealth, S.A.

  MDxHealth, S.A.
     
By:   By:
Print Name:   Print Name:
Position:   Position:
Date: ____________________ , 20____________   Date: _____________________ , 20___________

 

 

12

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

OncoMethylome Sciences, Inc., a company incorporated in the state of Delaware and with offices in North Carolina. Hereinafter referred to as the COMPANY. The COMPANY is represented by Herman Spolders for purposes of this Agreement.

 

And

 

Mr. Joseph Sollee, residing at                    . Hereinafter referred to as EMPLOYEE.

 

Article 1 - Scope of Services

 

1.1 The COMPANY hereby employs EMPLOYEE as General Counsel, and EMPLOYEE hereby accepts such employment upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. EMPLOYEE shall report to the CEO (CEO being the CEO of OncoMethylome Sciences S.A. (the PARENT)). The tasks of EMPLOYEE include but are not limited to the following:

 

- Coordinate the legal aspects of the Group

 

- Assist in the Group’s Corporate, Intellectual Property and Business Development activities

 

In the performance of those tasks EMPLOYEE shall not, without the express prior written approval of the CEO, enter into any contract on behalf of the COMPANY or bind the COMPANY in any other way.

 

1.2 While so employed, EMPLOYEE agrees to diligently and faithfully perform those tasks set forth in Section 1.1 and to use his reasonable best efforts, skills and abilities to further the interests of the COMPANY. EMPLOYEE shall be based in the Raleigh-Durham area of North Carolina, and shall conduct work on behalf of the COMPANY at the offices of the COMPANY in Durham, North Carolina or remotely, on a schedule to be agreed from time to time between CEO and EMPLOYEE.

 

1.3 EMPLOYEE agrees to comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, and policies, standards and regulations of the COMPANY now existing or hereafter promulgated

 

1.4 EMPLOYEE confirms that he is in possession of all the necessary documents to be legally employed and to reside in the United States.

 

 

 

 

Article 2 - Remuneration and Benefits

 

2.1 EMPLOYEE shall receive an annual base salary of USD 200,000.00, less required federal and state withholdings and other authorized deductions, payable in accordance with the COMPANY’S normal payroll schedule. If EMPLOYEE is employed for less than a full calendar year, he will receive a pro-rata share of the annual base salary based on the time of actual service during the year.

 

Not later than June 30, 2008 or within thirty days after the effective date of employment identified in Section 3.1, EMPLOYEE will be granted options to purchase 25,000 shares of common stock of the PARENT, at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the PARENT common stock at or near the date of grant. Such options will be incentive stock options to the extent permissible under applicable tax laws. For clarity, (i) the above-referenced grant is in addition to the existing options held by EMPLOYEE, which existing options shall continue to vest, each in accordance with its terms following the effective date of employment, and (ii) based on EMPLOYEE’s prior and continuing service to the COMPANY, the one-year-of-service cliff vesting limitation shall not be applicable to EMPLOYEE with respect to the above-referenced grant.

 

EMPLOYEE shall be eligible to participate in the COMPANY’s group welfare and employee benefit plans made available generally to the COMPANY’s full-time employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms and conditions established by the applicable plan documents, with the cost of coverage under such plans to be covered on the same basis as for other senior executives of COMPANY. EMPLOYEE shall be entitled annually to paid vacation and other paid time off in compliance with all applicable laws and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the COMPANY’s vacation and professional leave policies generally applicable to other senior executives of the COMPANY, as may be amended from time to time in the COMPANY’s sole discretion. EMPLOYEE shall be:

 

(i) eligible for annual bonuses to be decided upon annually by the CEO and Board of Directors on the same basis as for other senior executives of COMPANY, with an initial target annual bonus of 15%. The attribution of bonuses in any given year does not constitute an obligation for the COMPANY to attribute such benefits in the ensuing years;

 

(ii) eligible for employee stock options (in addition to the above-specified hire options) to be decided upon annually by the CEO and Board of Directors. The attribution of stock options in any given year does not constitute an obligation for the COMPANY to attribute such benefits in the ensuing years;

 

(iii) entitled to 4 weeks of paid holidays and vacation per calendar year. If EMPLOYEE starts his contract or terminates his contract other than on the last day of the year, EMPLOYEE will be entitled to receive the pro-rata share of the 4 weeks mentioned in the previous sentence;

 

(iv) eligible to participate in any comprehensive group medical, dental and disability plans provided by COMPANY, to the extent allowed by the terms of such plans, with the cost of coverage for EMPLOYEE (and, with respect to medical and dental plans, his family) to be covered by COMPANY; and

 

(v) eligible to participate in any 401(k) plans provided by COMPANY, to the extent allowed by the terms of such plans.

 

2.2 The COMPANY will reimburse EMPLOYEE for all reasonable expenses properly incurred by EMPLOYEE for the benefit of the COMPANY, subject to the review and approval of the CEO, including for example telecommunications (i.e. blackberry) and legal licensure (U.S. State Legal Bars and CLE programs). EMPLOYEE shall submit these expenses at the end of each month using the COMPANY’s Expense Reimbursement Form and shall attach the original invoices to the Form.

 

- 2 -

 

 

Article 3 - Term and Termination; Effect of Termination

 

3.1 This contract will take effect on April 28, 2008 (or earlier at EMPLOYEE’s convenience) and shall continue until EMPLOYEE’s employment is otherwise terminated, whether by EMPLOYEE or the COMPANY, each in its sole discretion. In connection with any such termination, the COMPANY shall pay EMPLOYEE all compensation and benefits accrued, but unpaid (including any accrued but unused vacation), up to the date of termination.

 

3.2 All information, documents and material entrusted to EMPLOYEE within the framework of this Agreement shall remain the property of the COMPANY. EMPLOYEE is required to return all such information, documents and material to the COMPANY (and all copies and reproductions thereof) at the moment of termination of this Agreement for whatever reason.

 

3.3 Except as otherwise provided below in this Section 3, if EMPLOYEE’s employment is terminated involuntarily by the COMPANY without Cause, or EMPLOYEE resigns his employment for Good Reason, then: (i) the COMPANY shall continue to pay EMPLOYEE each month, for a period of four (4) months from the date of termination, an amount equal to one twelfth (1/12) of EMPLOYEE’s annual base salary in effect as of the date of termination, (ii) the COMPANY will maintain (and pay premiums on) EMPLOYEE’s group medical and dental coverage during the period EMPLOYEE is receiving payments under clause (i) of this Section 3.3; and (iii) except in the case where EMPLOYEE resigns based on a material diminution in his duties, responsibilities, authorities, powers or functions (i.e. clause (ii) of the Good Reason definition), any outstanding but unvested or partially vested options held by EMPLOYEE in COMPANY and/or PARENT shall automatically (or, to the extent required by the terms of the applicable Stock Option Plan, following necessary board action) become fully vested and exercisable as of the effective date of such termination, with EMPLOYEE having a minimum of 90 days in which to exercise such option (or longer, as provided in the applicable stock option plan or Stock Option Agreement and/or to account for any lock-up period or closed trading window).

 

3.4 In the event that any termination that triggers severance under Section 3.3(i) occurs because of a consolidation, merger, reorganization, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock (including a control group tender offer) of COMPANY or PARENT, or other business combination in which PARENT is not the surviving entity (a “Change of Control”), or in any event at any time within a period commencing six months before and ending twelve months after a Change of Control, then PARENT (itself or through the COMPANY) or the acquiring corporation, as the case may be, shall extend the severance period in Section 3.3(i) and benefits period in Section 3.300 from four (4) to six (6) months, at the same monthly rates; provided that if the PARENT or acquiring corporation offers a more favorable general severance plan or program to similarly-situated executives of the COMPANY, EMPLOYEE may instead elect to participate in such plan or program.

 

- 3 -

 

 

3.5 For purposes of this Article 3:

 

Cause” means (i) any wanton or willful dereliction of duties by EMPLOYEE, (ii) EMPLOYEE’s conviction of a felony involving moral turpitude, fraud, theft, embezzlement or financial dishonesty that is materially detrimental to the COMPANY or its good will or that materially causes harm to COMPANY’S relationships with its customers, suppliers or employees, (iii) EMPLOYEE’s habitual and intemperate use of alcohol or illegal drugs that materially interferes with EMPLOYEE’s ability to perform the essential duties of his employment, or (iv) EMPLOYEE’s dishonest or willful breach of the confidentiality, intellectual property or other material provisions of this Agreement provided however, that COMPANY has provided EMPLOYEE with written notice thereof stating with specificity the facts and circumstances underlying the finding of Cause and, if the basis for such finding of Cause is capable of being cured by EMPLOYEE, providing an opportunity to cure the same within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of such notice.

 

Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following without EMPLOYEE’s prior written consent: (i) a reduction in EMPLOYEE’s then current annual base salary, (ii) a material diminution in EMPLOYEE’s duties, responsibilities, authorities, powers or functions (other than in connection with EMPLOYEE’s termination by the COMPANY for Cause), (iii) a relocation of EMPLOYEE’s place of employment by more than fifty (50) miles, (iv) a breach by the COMPANY of any material provision of this Agreement or of any equity award or agreement between EMPLOYEE and PARENT, or (v) the failure of the COMPANY to obtain the assumption in writing of its obligations under this Agreement in all material respects by any successor to all or substantially all of its assets after any Change of Control; provided however, that EMPLOYEE has provided COMPANY (prior to his resignation) with written notice thereof stating with specificity the facts and circumstances underlying the finding of Good Reason and, if the basis for such finding is capable of being cured by COMPANY, providing an opportunity to cure the same within thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of such notice.

 

Article 4 - Confidentiality

 

4.1 At all times, EMPLOYEE shall hold in strictest confidence and not use or disclose to any person, firm, corporation or any other organisation or entity, including any representative or agent of the foregoing, without prior written authorisation of the COMPANY any Confidential Information.

 

4.2 Confidential Information” shall mean, with respect to the COMPANY and its affiliates, any proprietary information, technical data, trade secrets and know-how (including, without limitation, research, product plans, products, services, customer lists and customers), markets, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances, data, materials prepared for internal purposes and any other business information of the COMPANY or its affiliates disclosed to EMPLOYEE either directly or indirectly in writing, orally or by drawings or observation. The Confidential Information also includes all analyses, compilations, studies or other documents prepared by EMPLOYEE while in the employment of the COMPANY. EMPLOYEE further understands that “Confidential Information” shall not include any of the foregoing items which has become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of EMPLOYEE or of others who were under confidentiality obligations as to the item or items involved.

 

- 4 -

 

 

4.3 Notwithstanding the present provision, EMPLOYEE may use or disclose Confidential Information to the extent it can demonstrate, by clear and convincing evidence that such Confidential Information:

 

(i) at the time of disclosure to the COMPANY is generally available to the public, or after such disclosure becomes generally available through no wrongful act by EMPLOYEE;

 

(ii) is disclosed by EMPLOYEE in order to comply with the requirements of applicable law or governmental regulations, provided that EMPLOYEE gives the COMPANY prior notice of such disclosure and takes reasonable actions to avoid such disclosure or minimize its extent; or

 

(iii) is independently developed by EMPLOYEE without aid, application or use of the Confidential Information received from the COMPANY as far as related to the activities of the COMPANY or the services it renders to the COMPANY.

 

4.4 EMPLOYEE recognizes that the COMPANY and its affiliates have received and in the future will receive from third parties their confidential or proprietary information subject to a duty on their part to maintain the confidentiality of such information and to use it only for certain limited purposes. EMPLOYEE agrees to hold all such confidential or proprietary information in the strictest confidence and not to disclose it to any person, firm, corporation or other organisation or to use it, except as necessary to carry out COMPANY business and, where applicable, only as required or authorised under the terms of any agreement between the COMPANY or its affiliates and such third party.

 

4.5 All obligations of confidentiality under this Agreement shall terminate five (5) years from the date of the termination or expiration of this Agreement, for any reason whatsoever.

 

Article 5 - Intellectual Property

 

5.1 EMPLOYEE affirms its obligations to the COMPANY and its affiliates and agrees as follows, recognizing and expressly agreeing that no additional consideration can be claimed for the assignment of the rights hereunder EMPLOYEE hereby irrevocably assigns, worldwide and for the duration of the contract, all Intellectual Property to the COMPANY (or an affiliate or designee of the COMPANY as designated by the COMPANY) (together with such person’s successors and assigns, the “Assignee”) who accepts, all of EMPLOYEES’s rights in all Intellectual Property that it makes or conceives, whether as a sole inventor or sole author, or as a joint inventor or joint author, whenever or wherever made or conceived in the course of EMPLOYEE’s employment with the COMPANY under the present agreement provided and to the extent that such invention relates directly to the Field; to the maximum extent permitted by Section 66-57.1 of North Carolina Commerce and Business Code, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Limited Exclusion Notification”). This assignment shall not apply to Intellectual Property previously assigned to a former person or company; provided that such assignment is in writing and precedes this assignment. EMPLOYEE understands and acknowledges that “Intellectual Property” shall mean any information of a technical and/or business nature such as ideas, discoveries, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information and writings or other works of authorship, as well as any texts, reports, images, logos, distinctive signs, slogans, schedules, databases, collections of information, packaging, manuals, preparatory design material, inter alia for computer programs, translations, etc. (this enumeration is non exhaustive) in each case made or conceived in the course of EMPLOYEE’s employment with the COMPANY under the present agreement provided and to the extent related directly to the Field.

 

As far as copyrighted works are concerned, this assignment is agreed upon by EMPLOYEE for all modes of exploitation known on the day of signature of the present agreement, in any form, two dimensional or three-dimensional or in any other way, including in particular the right to record the work by all known means on every medium (paper, three-dimensional or electronic), the right to make an unlimited number of copies of the work, the right to issue copies to the public, the right to make the work public and to communicate the work to the public in any way (including via the Internet) and in all countries of the world, the right to adapt and modify the work (additions, omissions, updates, ...), the right to translate the work in all languages and the right to register the work as a trademark or as a design in the whole world . In case of exploitation of a copyrighted work which enters within the scope of the present agreement in a way which was unknown at the date of signature of the present agreement, EMPLOYEE agrees to negotiate with the COMPANY in good faith an assignment to the COMPANY of the right of exploitation unknown on the day of signature of the present agreement, against a reasonable share in the profit of the exploitation of this work.

 

- 5 -

 

 

In case moral rights exist to the work concerned, EMPLOYEE expressly waives its right to be mentioned as the author in case of exploitation of the work, including computer programs and also expressly waives its right to make the work public. It follows that only the COMPANY will decide unilaterally when and how the said work will be communicated to the public. In case moral rights exist to the work concerned, EMPLOYEE grants the right to the COMPANY to make reasonable modifications and adaptations to its work, in particular modifications inherent to translations, updating, modifications and adaptations of computer programs and databases, modification of the layout of works (sites, databases, forms etc.), the making of summaries or, regarding visual works, the enlargement, reduction, change of colours and contrasts, the isolation of individual elements etc., and EMPLOYEE expressly waives his right to invoke its moral right in order to oppose these modifications or adaptations.

 

5.2 EMPLOYEE agrees to abstain from using the Intellectual Property created in the Field by it as sole inventor or sole author or joint inventor or joint author within the framework of the present agreement in violation of the rights assigned by the present agreement.

 

EMPLOYEE agrees in particular not to communicate the Intellectual Property in the Field of which it is sole inventor or sole author or joint inventor or joint author to third parties without prior written approval of the COMPANY.

 

5.3 During and subsequent to EMPLOYEE’s employment with the COMPANY, upon the request and at the expense of the COMPANY or its Assignee or its nominee and for no additional personal fees, EMPLOYEE agrees to execute any instrument that the COMPANY considers necessary to secure for or maintain for the benefit of the COMPANY or its Assignee adequate patent and other property rights in any country or jurisdiction with respect to any Intellectual Property. EMPLOYEE also agrees to assist the COMPANY or its Assignee as required to draft said instruments and to obtain and enforce such rights. EMPLOYEE acknowledges and agrees that only the COMPANY or its Assignee shall have the right to register a work, as described in Section 5.1, created by EMPLOYEE within the framework of the collaboration covered by the present agreement, as a trademark or as a design.

 

5.4 EMPLOYEE agrees to promptly disclose to the COMPANY or its Assignee any Intellectual Property when conceived or made by it, in whole or in part, and to make and maintain adequate and current records thereof. Upon the termination of EMPLOYEE’s employment, EMPLOYEE agrees to promptly turn over to the COMPANY or its Assignee all models, prototypes, drawings, records, documents and the like in its possession or under its control, whether prepared by EMPLOYEE or others, relating to Intellectual Property, and any other work done for the COMPANY and its affiliates related thereto. EMPLOYEE acknowledges that all such items are the sole property of the COMPANY or its Assignee.

 

5.5 Subject to Section 5.1, EMPLOYEE agrees that any patent application filed by EMPLOYEE claiming or covering Intellectual Property in the Field within 6 months following termination of his employment with the COMPANY shall be the sole property of the COMPANY or its Assignee, unless and until finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been made and conceived after the termination of its collaboration with the COMPANY or its Assignee.

 

Article 6 - Non-Compete and Other Activities

 

6.1 EMPLOYEE undertakes, during the execution of this Agreement and, in case of termination of this Agreement, either by it, voluntarily, or by the COMPANY, for a period of six months thereafter anywhere within the prohibited area, to the COMPANY, (i) not to exercise operational activities, as an employee, officer or in any other manner of another company that would compete with the activities of the COMPANY in the field of genomic and genetic based clinical diagnostic cancer services (the “Field”), (ii) not to solicit, entice away (or try to do so) any clients or customers or prospective clients or customers of the COMPANY, anywhere in the world and (iii) not to be involved, directly or indirectly, in whatever capacity, in activities which are competing with the activities of the COMPANY in the Field. For the purpose of this provision, “prohibited area” includes each and all of the following geographic areas: (i) within 50 miles of Durham, North Carolina, (ii) North Carolina, (iii) North America, and (iv) Europe. With respect to this provision, EMPLOYEE acknowledges that the COMPANY competes in a global market and that unfair competition can only be prevented by enforcing this specific provision in the prohibited locations specifically set forth in this Article.

 

6.2 Subject to the non-compete provisions of Section 6.1 and the fulfillment of EMPLOYEE’s primary duties to the COMPANY in accordance with Article 1, EMPLOYEE may engage in independent commercial, legal and/or business activities so long as such activities do not, in the reasonable opinion of the CEO, conflict with the activities of COMPANY or the proper performance of EMPLOYEE’s duties and responsibilities to the COMPANY. EMPLOYEE will keep the CEO informed of the nature of such outside activities as appropriate.

 

- 6 -

 

 

Article 7 - Miscellaneous

 

7.1 EMPLOYEE acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing covenants and provisions of this Agreement are reasonably necessary for the protection of the COMPANY and that such covenants and provisions are reasonably limited with respect to the activities prohibited, the duration thereof, the geographical area thereof, the scope thereof and the effect on EMPLOYEE and the general public. EMPLOYEE further acknowledges and agrees that the purpose and effect of such restrictive covenants and provisions is solely to protect the COMPANY for a limited period of time from unfair competition by EMPLOYEE, and that the promises and benefits contained in this Agreement are conditioned upon EMPLOYEE agreeing to abide by and be bound by all of the covenants and provisions contained in this Agreement.

 

7.2 Any litigation under this Agreement may be brought by the COMPANY in the State of North Carolina, notwithstanding that EMPLOYEE is not at that time a resident of the State of North Carolina and cannot be served process within that state. EMPLOYEE hereby irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the courts of North Carolina (whether federal or state courts) over his or her person.

 

7.3 EMPLOYEE represents that he has not been debarred nor received notice of any action or threat with respect to his debarment under the provisions of the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992, 21 U.S.C. § 335 (a). EMPLOYEE agrees promptly to notify COMPANY upon receipt of any such notice and further agree, upon COMPANY’S request, to provide a separate written certification, on a form provided by COMPANY, to this effect.

 

7.4 EMPLOYEE agrees that this Agreement supersedes any agreement or understanding previously existing between the COMPANY and its affiliates (including their predecessors) and EMPLOYEE relating to the matters contained herein.

 

7.5 EMPLOYEE agrees that this instrument is the whole agreement between the COMPANY and EMPLOYEE and that no modification or variation shall be deemed valid unless provided for in a subsequent written agreement signed by both Parties.

 

7.6 EMPLOYEE’s employment with the COMPANY is not for a specific term and can be terminated by EMPLOYEE or the COMPANY at any time for any reason, with or without cause. EMPLOYEE acknowledges and agrees that any contrary representations which may have been made or which may be made to EMPLOYEE were not authorized by the COMPANY and are superseded by this agreement. The COMPANY request that all of its employees, to the extent possible, give advance notice if they intend to resign.

 

- 7 -

 

 

7.7 The following provisions shall survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason: Section 6.1 and Articles 3, 4, 5 and 7; each in accordance with its terms. Expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason shall not (i) relieve the parties of any liability or obligation which accrued hereunder prior to the effective date of such termination or expiration, (ii) preclude either party from pursuing all rights and remedies it may have hereunder or at law or in equity, with respect to any breach of this Agreement or (iii) prejudice either party’s right to obtain performance of any obligation.

 

7.8 In the event EMPLOYEE leaves the employment of the COMPANY for any reason, EMPLOYEE agrees that the COMPANY is entitled to communicate EMPLOYEE’s continuing obligations under this Agreement to any future or potential employer and EMPLOYEE hereby consents to any such communication or notification.

 

7.9 If any part of any covenant or provision contained in this Agreement is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or by any arbitration panel to which a dispute is submitted, to be invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, then the court or arbitration panel so deciding shall interpret such provisions in a manner so as to enforce them to the fullest extent of the law. The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable, and the invalidity or unenforceability of any other provisions (or part thereof) of this Agreement shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions (or remaining part thereof).

 

7.10 By signing this Agreement, EMPLOYEE represents and warrants that EMPLOYEE is not under any obligation to any person or other third party and does not have any other interest that is inconsistent or in conflict with this Agreement, or that would prevent, limit or impair its performance of any of the covenants hereunder or its duties as an EMPLOYEE of the COMPANY.

 

7.11 Except as otherwise provided herein, no failure or delay of a Party to exercise any right or remedy under this Agreement shall be considered as a waiver of such right or remedy, or any other right and remedy under this Agreement. EMPLOYEE agrees that all remedies available to the COMPANY by reason of a breach of any of the foregoing provisions of this Agreement are cumulative and that none is exclusive and that all remedies may be exercised concurrently or consecutively at the option of the COMPANY.

 

7.12 This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. The COMPANY may assign this Agreement to a wholly-owned subsidiary, “spin-off’ COMPANY, or other entity affiliated with the COMPANY. EMPLOYEE shall not assign his rights or obligations hereunder to any person or entity without the prior written consent of the COMPANY.

 

7.13 If a benefit promised herein is otherwise provided by the terms of a plan or policy sponsored by the COMPANY on account of the same event giving rise to the benefit under this Agreement, nothing herein shall be construed to entitle EMPLOYEE to duplicate benefits.

 

I HAVE READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY AND I UNDERSTAND AND ACCEPT THE OBLIGATIONS WHICH IT IMPOSES UPON ME WITHOUT RESERVATION. I SIGN THIS AGREEMENT VOLUNTARILY AND FREELY, IN DUPLICATE, WITH THE UNDERSTANDING THAT ONE COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY THE COMPANY AND THE OTHER COUNTERPART WILL BE RETAINED BY ME.

  

/s/ Joseph Sollee   April 14, 2008   /s/ Herman Spolders   April 14, 2008
             
EMPLOYEE signature & date           COMPANY signature & date

 

- 8 -

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

LIMITED EXCLUSION NOTIFICATION

 

δ 66-57.1 Employee’s right to certain inventions

 

Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that the employees shall assign or offer to assign any of his rights in an invention to his employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facility or trade secret information except for those inventions that (i) relate to the employer’s business or actual or demonstrably anticipated research and development, or (ii) result from any work performed by the employee for the employer. To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to apply to the type of invention described, it is against the public policy of this State and is unenforceable. The employee shall bear the burden of proof in establishing that his invention qualifies under this section.

 

  ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT:
   
  /s/ Joseph Sollee
   
  Employee’s Signature
   
  Dated: April 14, 2008

 

- 9 -

 

 

 

 

 

Jan Groen

President & CEO

+1 949 812 6979 x101

jan.groen@mdxhealth.com

 

January 27, 2014

 

VIA EMAIL ONLY

 

Joseph Sollee

117 Faison Road

Chapel Hill, NC 27517

 

Re: Amendment to Employment Agreement

 

Dear Joe:

 

This letter sets forth the terms of our proposal, in connection with your (new) position as “Executive Vice President of Corporate Development, General Counsel and Secretary”, to amend certain provisions of your Employment Agreement with MDxHealth, Inc. (formerly known as Oncomethylome Sciences, Inc.), which agreement initially took effect on April 28, 2008 (the “Agreement”). Specifically, the parties have agreed, as and from the date of this letter, to:

 

A. Expand the four (4) months severance period set forth in Section 3.3(i) of the Agreement to nine (9) months. As such, Section 3.4 of the Agreement shall have no more effect and is hereby deleted in its entirety; and

 

B. Add a new Section 7.14 to the Agreement, as set forth on Schedule I enclosed with this letter.

 

If the foregoing properly and accurately reflects your understanding of our agreement, please execute in the space provided below and return the original executed copy to me for my records. Except as expressly amended by this letter, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect

 

  Sincerely,
   
  Jan Groen, on behalf of MDxHealth, Inc.
   
  /s/ Jan Groen
  J. Groen
  CEO

 

  WITNESSED BY:
   
    /s/ Christopher Thibodeau
  Name:  Christopher Thibodeau
  Title:
  Date: February 1, 2014

 

ACKNOWLEDGED & AGREED:  
   
By: /s/ Joseph Sollee  
  Joseph Sollee  
   
  Date:February 1, 2014  

 

15279 Alton Parkway | Suite 100 | Irvine, CA 92618 | 949.812.6979 | Fax: 949.242.2960 | www.mdxhealth.com

 

- 10 -

 

 

Schedule I

 

7.14 The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under this Agreement are either exempt from or comply with Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code (“Section 409A”) and this Agreement shall be interpreted to that end. The parties acknowledge and agree that the interpretation of Section 409A and its application is uncertain and may be subject to change as additional guidance and interpretations become available. If any payments or other benefits due to EMPLOYEE could cause the application of an accelerated or additional tax under Section 409A, such payments or other benefits shall be deferred or restructured, to the extent possible (without any reduction in such payments or benefits ultimately paid or provided to EMPLOYEE), in a manner that does not cause such an accelerated or additional tax. The Company shall consult with EMPLOYEE in good faith regarding the implementation of the provisions of this Section 7.14. In this regard:

 

(i) Six-Month Delay for Specified Employees. If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the EMPLOYEE in connection with his employment termination is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the EMPLOYEE is a “specified employee” as defined in Section 409A, no part of such payments shall be paid before the day that is six (6) months plus one (1) day after the EMPLOYEE’s date of termination or, if earlier, the EMPLOYEE’s death (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the EMPLOYEE during the period between the date of termination and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the EMPLOYEE in a lump sum on such New Payment Date. Thereafter, any payments that remain outstanding as of the day immediately following the New Payment Date shall be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii) Termination as a Separation from Service. A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits subject to Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment until such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A and for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “resignation,” “termination,” “terminate,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean separation from service.

 

(iii) Payments for Reimbursements and In-Kind Benefits. All reimbursements for costs and expenses under this Agreement shall be paid in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the EMPLOYEE incurs such expense. With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Section 409A, (a) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (b) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year.

 

(iv) Payments within Specified Number of Days. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days, the actual date of payment shall be within the sole discretion of the COMPANY.

 

(v) Installments as Separate Payment. If under this Agreement, an amount is paid in two (2) or more installments, for purposes of Section 409A, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment.

 

 

- 11 -

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of February 18, 2019, by and between MDxHealth, Inc., a company incorporated in the state of Delaware and with an office located at 15279 Alton Pkwy, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 (“Company”), and Mr. Michael K. McGarrity (“Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.  WHEREAS, the Company engages in the business of oncologic molecular diagnostics;

 

B.  WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and to direct Executive to serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the MDxHealth group;

 

C.  WHEREAS, the Executive desires to provide employment services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Article I EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

 

1.1  Position & Duties. Executive shall be employed as the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and, at the direction of the Company, shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the MDxHealth group. As such, Executive shall be an exempt salaried employee. Executive shall report to the Board of Directors of MDxHealth SA (“Board”), an affiliate of the Company (“Parent”). As the Chief Executive Officer, Executive shall have responsibility for the general business operations of the Company and the MDxHealth group, subject to the guidelines, plans or policies as may be established, modified, or approved by the Board from time to time.

 

1.2  Start Date. Executive will commence employment with the Company on February 18, 2019 (“Start Date”) or such other date as mutually agree to by the parties.

 

1.3  Location of Services. Unless the Company determines otherwise in its sole discretion, the principal place of business for the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder shall be at the Company’s offices located in Irvine, California, subject to such domestic and international travel as may be required to perform Executive’s duties hereunder. Executive acknowledges that frequent and extensive international travel will be necessary for the performance of his duties and taking into account the location of Parent’s headquarters in Belgium. Executive shall relocate to Irvine, California, as soon as reasonably possible following the execution of this Agreement.

 

1.4  At-Will Employment. Subject to Articles III and IV, Executive’s employment with the Company is “at-will,” and either the Company or Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason with or without cause. Subject to Articles III and IV, the Company may also change Executive’s compensation, duties, assignments, responsibilities, and primary work location, or the other terms and conditions of Executive’s employment at any time without advance notice. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is his sole employer within the MDxHealth group.

 

1

 

 

1.5  Other Business Affiliations. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1, Executive agrees that, without the approval of the Board, Executive shall not, during the period of employment with the Company, devote any time to any business affiliation which would interfere with or derogate from Executive’s duties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

1.6  Compliance with Laws. Executive agrees to comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, and policies, standards and regulations of the Company now existing or hereafter promulgated. Among other things, Executive agrees to pay special attention to the medical fraud and abuse and anti-kickback laws, not just as they apply to the Company and its affiliates, but also as they apply to Company’s and its affiliates’ relationships with other parties and with healthcare professionals. The Company and its affiliates are committed to ensuring that their practices and procedures are compliant and that their relationships with other parties and healthcare professionals benefit patients and enhances the practice of medicine.

 

Article II COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

2.1  Base Salary. Executive shall be paid a gross annual base salary of $400,000 (“Base Salary”), less deductions and withholding required by law or approved by Executive, paid in accordance with the Company’s normal and customary payroll practices. The Board (or the Nominations and Remuneration Committee of the Board) will review the Base Salary annually; provided, however that any increases in Base Salary are not guaranteed and will be determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

 

2.2  Annual Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary described in Section 2.1, subject to the approval by the general shareholders meeting of the Parent, for each full calendar year of employment with the Company (“Annual Bonus Period”), Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 50% of Executive’s then in effect Base Salary (“Potential Annual Bonus”). For the calendar year 2019, the Potential Annual Bonus will be pro-rated for the partial year of employment. The amount and calculation of the actual annual bonus will be based on the Executive’s and the Company’s achievement of performance goals established in advance by the Board in its sole discretion and will require approval by the general shareholders meeting of the Parent, in accordance with the applicable mandatory Belgian corporate governance rules (“Annual Bonus”). For avoidance of doubt, Executive understands that, absent shareholder approval, applicable mandatory Belgian corporate governance rules generally mandate that certain executive bonuses be partially structured over a two-year and three-year performance period rather than a single year period. The Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned and paid no later than March 15th of the year following the Annual Bonus Period (“Payment Date”). In the event Executive’s employment terminates for any reason other than for Cause prior to the end of the Annual Bonus Period, Executive shall be eligible to receive a pro-rata Annual Bonus based on Executive’s period of employment during the applicable calendar year and achievement by Executive and the Company of the objectives during that time period. In this case, the prorated Annual Bonus, if any, will only be deemed earned and paid on the Payment Date. All bonus payments shall be made less deductions and withholdings required by law or approved by Executive. Notwithstanding the above, for calendar year 2019, subject to compliance with any applicable mandatory Belgian corporate governance rules, the following performance criteria, targets and weighting shall apply:

 

Assuring sufficient funding for Parent (as to be further specified by the Board): 30%;

 

Results top line / bottom line (as to be further specified by the Board): 30%;

 

Strategic / corporate initiatives (as to be further specified by the Board): 40%.

 

2

 

 

2.3  Sign On Bonus. The Company will pay Executive a one time sign on bonus in the gross amount of $85,000.00, less deductions and withholdings required by law or approved by Executive (“Sign On Bonus”). The Sign On Bonus will paid in the second payroll following Executive’s Start Date. The Sign On Bonus is provided to facilitate the Executive’s relocation to Irvine, California, and the Company will not provide supplemental reimbursement for relocation costs.

 

2.4  Reimbursable Expenses. Upon submission of expense reports sufficient to substantiate the Company’s federal income tax deductions for such expenses under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and in compliance with the expense report procedures as may be established by the Company from time to time, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder on behalf of the Company.

 

2.5  Benefits. Executive and his dependents will be eligible to participate in all group health, medical, dental, disability and insurance plans, incentive, savings and retirement plans, and such other employee benefits (collectively, “Plans”), if any, as the Company may establish for its executives and on the same terms and conditions as are generally applicable to executives of the Company. Such Plans may be modified or terminated by the Company from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plans. Executive’s and his dependents’ participation in such plans may be limited to the extent the Company reasonably determines it is necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences.

 

2.6  Vacations, Holidays & Sick Leave. Executive shall be eligible to accrue up to thirteen and one third (13 1/3) hours of vacation per month, which is equivalent to one hundred sixty (160) hours or twenty (20) days per full calendar year. The Company’s policies and/or practices as are generally applicable to executive employees of the Company shall apply to Executive’s accrual and use of vacation. Executive will be eligible to earn paid sick leave in accordance with the Company’s standard policy for similarly situated employees and applicable law. Executive will also be entitled to all paid holidays provided to the Company’s executive employees in California.

 

3

 

 

2.7  Stock Options.

 

(a)  Grant Terms. Subject to approval by the Board at its next regularly scheduled Board meeting following the date of this Agreement, Executive shall be granted an option to purchase 1,500,000 common shares of the Parent, which represents approximately 2.5% of the current share capital of the Parent (the “Stock Option”). The per share exercise price of the Stock Option shall be equal to the higher of (i) average price of the common shares of the Parent on Euronext during the period of 30 days preceding the date of the grant, or (ii) the closing price on the Euronext of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The Stock Option shall vest in three equal annual installments on each anniversary of the Start Date. The Stock Option shall be subject to such other terms and conditions set forth in the stock option plan(s) (“Plan”) pursuant to which it is granted and the agreement evidencing the grant.

 

(b)  Accelerated Vesting. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below) and provided the Board approves this provision in connection with the approval of the Stock Option, the Stock Option shall vest in full upon a Change of Control, except that in the case of a Change of Control that occurs during the first six (6) months following the Start Date, the Stock Option shall only vest with respect to 50% of the underlying shares subject to the Stock Option.

 

(c)  Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means (i) the occurrence of any of the following events: the consolidation, merger, reorganization, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock (including a control group tender offer) of the Company or Parent, (ii) completion of any other business combination in which Parent is not the surviving entity, or (iii) the announcement of the launch of public tender offer for all of the Parent’s voting securities that are not yet owned by the person making the tender offer (“Public Tender Offer”) that is unconditional, or the announcement that a conditional Public Tender Offer that has previously been launched has become unconditional.

 

Article III TERMINATION

 

3.1  Termination Due to Executive’s Death. The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the death of the Executive.

 

3.2  Termination Due to Executive’s Disability. To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Company shall have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement with immediate effect upon the Executive’s Disability (as defined below) by providing written notice in accordance with Section 6.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform the essential duties of Executive’s position for either one hundred twenty (120) consecutive calendar days or one hundred fifty (150) calendar days in any twelve (12) month period by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment with or without a reasonable accommodation, consistent with the requirements of applicable state and federal law. In the event of any dispute regarding the existence of a Disability, the matter will be resolved by the determination of a physician qualified to practice medicine in the State of California (a “Physician”), whose identity is mutually agreed to by both parties, and whose determination shall be final and binding. If the parties cannot agree on a Physician, each party shall select one Physician, and those two Physicians shall select a third Physician to make the Disability determination, which shall be final and binding.

 

4

 

 

3.3  Termination by the Company for Cause. The Company shall have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement with immediate effect for Cause (as defined below) by providing written notice in accordance with Section 6.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform any duties reasonably requested by the Board, provided such duties are consistent with his title and position; (ii) Executive’s act or omission which constitutes misrepresentation or fraud and which causes, or is reasonably likely to cause, more than de minimis harm to the Company, Parent or its affiliates (together with Parent, the “Group”), including its or their business or reputation; (iii) Executive’s material violation of the Company’s or the Group’s lawful and material policies or procedures of which the Executive has had prior written notice or any laws, regulations or rules that are material to the business of the Company or the Group; (iv) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; (v) Executive’s commission, indictment on charges related to, conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to a felony or similar or equivalent charge pursuant to applicable law, involving dishonesty that caused, or is reasonable likely to cause, more than de minimis harm to the Company or any entity in the Group, including its or their business or reputation; (vi) Executive’s misappropriation of Company or Group assets or breach of his fiduciary duties to the Company or the Group; provided, however, that a termination shall not be a termination for Cause with respect to any event or circumstance described in clauses (i), (iii), or (iv) that is reasonably susceptible of cure (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) (a “Curable Event”) unless (a) Executive has been given written notice of the Curable Event and at least ten (10) business days to cure, and (b) the Curable Event or circumstance remains uncured at the end of such ten (10) business day period; provided, however, that if such failure to cure cannot reasonably be remedied within such ten (10) business day period (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion), it shall not constitute Cause hereunder if the Executive shall commence such remedy within such ten (10) business day period and thereafter diligently pursues such remedy and causes its completion within thirty (30) days thereafter.

 

3.4  Resignation by Executive For Good Reason. The Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason (as defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in the character or scope of Executive’s duties, responsibilities, or authority, (ii) a material reduction in Base Salary other than a reduction that is proportionate to any general reduction in base salaries of executive officers of the Company and/or Parent; or (iii) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, a breach of Section 6.20 hereof; provided, however, that for an event to constitute an event of Good Reason under this Section 3.4, the Executive must (a) provide the Company with written notice in accordance with Section 6.4 of Executive’s intent to terminate employment and a detailed description of the event Executive believes constitutes Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the initial existence of the event, and (b) the Company shall have sixty (60) days after Executive provides the notice described above to cure the event that constitutes Good Reason (the “Cure Period”). Provided that the Company has not cured the event reportedly giving rise to Good Reason, Executive will have ninety (90) days following the end of the Cure Period to terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason, after which Good Reason will no longer exist with respect to the event to which such cure period applied.

 

5

 

 

3.5  Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time without Cause, and the Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment without Good Reason, in each case upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

Article IV COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION

 

4.1  Final Pay Upon Termination. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Company shall pay to Executive (or his beneficiaries) in accordance with California law the unpaid portion of the Base Salary earned through the date of termination, any Annual Bonus earned prior to termination but remaining unpaid, and all accrued but unused paid vacation leave (“Final Pay”), less deductions and withholdings required by law. Final Pay will be paid in accordance with California law.

 

4.2  Termination by the Company for Cause, due to Executive’s Death or Disability, or Executive’s Resignation without Good Reason. If the Company terminates Executive for Cause, or due to Executive’s Death or Disability, or Executive resigns without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Final Pay only, and no severance, compensation or benefits shall be owed or paid by the Company.

 

4.3  Termination by the Company without Cause or Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason. Although Executive is employed at all times on an “at-will” basis, if the Company terminates Executive without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, Executive shall be eligible to receive as severance upon the execution and non-revocation of a Release (as defined below) an amount equal to six (6) month’s of Executive’s Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination, less deductions and withholdings required by law (“Severance Pay”). As of the first anniversary of the Start Date, the Severance Pay will increase to twelve (12) months of Base Salary, less deductions and withholdings required by law. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision will continue to apply following a Change of Control provided that the conditions herein are satisfied.

 

4.4  Timing of Severance Payment and Release Requirement. The Severance Pay shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum within ten (10) business days following the effective date of a general release of all claims by Executive in a form provided by and acceptable to the Company (“Release”), which Release must be effective and irrevocable no later than fifty-five (55) days after the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

Article V NONCOMPETITION DURING EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1  Noncompetition During Employment. During his employment, Executive shall devote his full time and efforts to the business of the Company and will not directly or indirectly, engage, individually or as an officer, director, employee, consultant, advisor, partner or co-venturer, or as a stockholder or other proprietor owning more than a five percent (5%) interest in any firm, corporation, partnership or other organization (in case of any such ownership or participation) in any enterprise or business that competes directly or indirectly with the products and/or services of the Company or the Group. Executive shall furnish to the Board a detailed statement of any outside employment or consulting services in which Executive seeks to engage or invest, and, as from time to time requested by the Board, resubmit for approval a detailed statement thereof. In the event the Board determines in good faith that such violation or conflict exists, Executive shall refrain from such employment, consulting services or investment. It is intended and agreed that during the term of Executive’s employment, Executive will knowingly perform no act which may confer any competitive benefit or advantage upon any enterprise or business competing with Company or the Group.

 

6

 

 

5.2  Non-Solicitation. Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of his employment for any reason, and within the geographical regions in which the Company or the Group does business, Executive shall not induce or attempt to induce, either directly or indirectly, any employee, agent or consultant of the Company or the Group to terminate his or her association with the Company or the Group or attempt by any means to persuade or incite such individuals to accept another employment or engagement or to leave the Company or the Group. The Company and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 5.2 are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

 

5.3  In the event of the breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Article 5, the Company, in addition to all other remedies available to it at law or in equity, shall be entitled to seek preliminary or permanent injunctive relief and/or specific performance to enforce the provisions set forth in this Article 5.

 

Article VI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

6.1  Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. In conjunction with the execution of this Agreement, Executive will execute and enter into the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 1, the terms of which shall be incorporated into this Agreement.

 

6.2  No Breach of Duty. Executive represents that Executive’s performance of this Agreement and employment with the Company does not and will not breach any agreement or duty to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by Executive before his employment with the Company. Executive has not and will not enter into any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict with this Agreement. Executive represents that he is not currently restricted from being employed by the Company or entering into this Agreement.

 

7

 

 

6.3  Arbitration. Except for workers’ compensation claims, disputes solely before government agencies (including but not limited to the NLRB or EEOC), unemployment insurance claims, and other claims which may not be arbitrated as a matter of law, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, controversies, or claims, whether based in contract, tort, common or statutory law, between Executive and the Company and/or its agents, and whether arising under or relating to this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, the termination of Executive’s employment, or any other manner of the parties’ relationship (“Arbitrable Claims”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration conducted pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. Executive and the Company agree that arbitration shall be exclusive, final and binding remedy for all Arbitrable Claims, and Executive, the Company and its agents hereby waive any rights each may have to a jury trial in regard to Arbitrable Claims. Executive and the Company further agree that the arbitrator shall have the sole authority to determine the arbitrability of Arbitrable Claims. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator before JAMS in Irvine, California (or other mutually agreed upon city) under the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures and the JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness, if applicable, in effect on the date this Agreement is signed (“JAMS Rules”), except as expressly set forth herein or where such rules are not in compliance with applicable state or federal law. A copy of the JAMS Rules is available for review through the Company by submitting a request to the Human Resources Department, by contacting JAMS at telephone number 800¬352-5267, or at JAMS’ website at www.jamsadr.com. Both Executive and the Company shall be entitled to file dispositive motions before the arbitrator to the same extent as would be allowed had the dispute been heard in a court of law having jurisdiction over the parties’ claims or counterclaims. The arbitrator shall have the same authority as a court to award equitable relief, damages, costs, and fees as provided by law or the applicable JAMS Rules for the particular claims asserted. Executive and the Company shall follow the JAMS Rules applicable to initial filing fees, but in no event will Executive be responsible for any portion of those fees in excess of the filing or initial appearance fees applicable to court actions in the jurisdiction where the arbitration will be conducted. The Company otherwise shall pay all costs and expenses unique to arbitration, including without limitation the arbitrator’s fees. The arbitrator must follow applicable law and may award only those remedies that would have applied had the matter been heard in court. All Arbitrable Claims must be brought within the statutes of limitations applicable to such claims. The arbitrator’s decision must be in writing and contain findings of fact and conclusions of law. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement affects Executive’s ability to participate in class, collective or representative actions. Both the Company and Executive agree to bring any dispute in arbitration on an individual basis only, and not on a class, collective, or private attorney general representative basis on behalf of others. There will be no right or authority for any dispute to be brought, heard or arbitrated as a class, collective, representative or private attorney general action, or as a member in any such class, collective, representative or private attorney general proceeding (“Class Action Waiver”). This Class Action Waiver does not apply to any claim Executive brings in arbitration as a private attorney general solely on his own behalf and not on behalf of others. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the JAMS Rules, disputes regarding the validity, enforceability or breach of the Class Action Waiver may be resolved only by a civil court of competent jurisdiction and not by an arbitrator.

 

6.4  Notices. All Notices and all other communications which are required to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (i) personally delivered, (ii) mailed by United States registered or certified mail postage prepaid, (iii) sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, (iv) sent via e-mail to the recipient, in each case as follows:

 

If to Company: MDxHealth, Inc.
  15279 Alton Parkway, Suite 100
  Irvine CA 92618,
  Attn: General Counsel (Confidential)
  Email: joseph.sollee@mdxhealth.com

 

8

 

 

If to Executive: Michael McGarrity

 

or such other address or addresses as either party hereto shall have designated by notice in writing to the other party hereto. Such notices shall be deemed given on the date on which personally served or emailed, or if by mail or courier on the third (3rd) day after being posted or on the date of actual receipt, whichever is earlier.

 

6.5  Independent Counsel. Each party acknowledges that it has been represented by independent counsel of its choice, or has had the opportunity to be represented by independent counsel of its choice, and that to the extent, if any, that it desired, has availed itself of this right and opportunity throughout all negotiations that have preceded the execution of this Agreement, and that it has executed the same with the consent and upon the advice of such independent counsel. Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the drafting party has no application and is expressly waived, and the parties agree to all of the provisions in this Agreement based on the advice of their respective counsel.

 

6.6  Conditions to Employment. This Agreement and Executive’s employment are also contingent upon Executive’s proof of identity and work eligibility. Under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, employers are required to verify the identity and employment eligibility of all new hires within three (3) business days of their first day of work. To assist the Company in complying with this requirement, Executive is required to bring appropriate documents with him on his first day. This Agreement and Executive’s employment are contingent upon successful completion of a reference check and/or background check.

 

6.7  Taxes. All payments under this Agreement will be made less deductions and withholdings required by law.

 

6.8  The Company’s Property. The Executive, upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason or, if earlier, upon the Company’s reasonable request, shall promptly return all Property (as defined below) that had been entrusted or made available to Executive by the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Property” means all records, files, memoranda, reports, price lists, customer lists, drawings, plans, sketches, keys, codes, computer hardware and software and other property of any kind or description prepared, developed or acquired by Executive during Executive’s employment by the Company or its predecessors in interest (and any duplicates of any such property) together with any and all information, ideas, concepts, discoveries, and inventions and the like conceived, made, developed or acquired at any time by Executive individually or with others during Executive’s employment that relate to the Company’s business.

 

6.9  Resignation From Board. The Executive, upon the termination of Executive’s employment shall promptly resign from the Board, Board of Directors of the Company and each of its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent company, successors and assigns.

 

9

 

 

6.10  Section 409A of the Code. It is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that no payment or entitlement pursuant to this Agreement will give rise to any adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and that such payments or entitlements to which the Executive is or could become entitled to under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, with the payments intended to be exempt under the “short-term deferral” and “separation pay” exceptions to the maximum extent permitted under Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with such intent. Further, no effect shall be given to any provision herein in a manner that reasonably could be expected to give rise to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may unilaterally amend the terms of this Agreement to avoid the application of, or to comply with, Section 409A, in a particular circumstance or as necessary or desirable to satisfy any of the requirements under Section 409A or to mitigate any additional tax, interest and/or penalties that may apply under Section 409A if exemption or compliance is not practicable, but the Company shall not be under any obligation to make any such amendment. For purposes of Section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate and distinct payment. Nothing in this Agreement shall provide a basis for any person to take action against the Company or any affiliate thereof based on matters covered by Section 409A, including the tax treatment of any amount paid under the Agreement, and neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall under any circumstances have any liability to the Executive or his estate or any other party for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable under this Agreement, including taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Section 409A.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if amounts or benefits payable by reference to the timing of the Executive’s termination of employment constitute non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, as determined in the Company’s sole discretion, (i) such amounts or benefits shall not be paid unless the Executive experiences a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), (ii) to the extent that any payment period conditioned on the Executive’s execution of a release commences in one calendar year and ends in the subsequent calendar year, such amounts or benefits shall be paid in the second calendar year; and (iii) if Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, such amounts or benefits shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day following the date of Executive’s separation from service, or if earlier, the date of Executive’s death.

 

6.11  Golden Parachute. In the event that the benefits provided for in this Agreement (together with any other benefits or amounts) otherwise constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would, but for this Section 6.11 be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced to the extent necessary such that no portion of the such benefits would be subject to the Excise Tax. In the event of a reduction of benefits hereunder, the Consulting Firm (as defined below) shall determine which benefits shall be reduced so as to achieve the principle set forth in the preceding sentence. In no event shall the foregoing be interpreted or administered so as to result in an acceleration of payment or further deferral of payment of any amounts (whether under this Agreement or any other arrangement) in violation of Section 409A. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6.11, including the manner and amount of any reduction in Executive’s benefits under this Agreement, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made in writing in good by the accounting firm designated by the Company (the “Consulting Firm”). In the event that the Consulting Firm (or any affiliate thereof) is unable or unwilling to act, Executive may appoint a nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Consulting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Consulting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company, and the Company shall enter into any agreement requested by the Consulting Firm in connection with the performance of the services hereunder. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6.11, the Consulting Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Consulting Firm such information and documents as the Consulting Firm may reasonably request to make a determination under this Section 6.11.

 

10

 

 

6.12  Legal Representatives. Upon the death or disability of Executive, any payments due under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive’s legal representatives.

 

6.13  Representations. Executive represents that he has not been debarred nor received notice of any action or threat with respect to his debarment under the provisions of the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992, 21 U.S.C. § 335 (a). Executive agrees promptly to notify Company upon receipt of any such notice and further agree, upon Company’s request, to provide a separate written certification, on a form provided by Company, to this effect.

 

6.14  Shareholder Approval by Parent. The provisions of this Agreement that contain obligations for the Company and/or create rights for the Executive in function of a change of control over the Parent or the Group are subject to the approval by the general shareholders meeting of the Parent in accordance with article 556 of the Belgian Company Code. Other provisions in relation to variable remuneration are subject to the approval by the general shareholders meeting of the Parent.

 

6.15  Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby.

 

6.16  Survival. Articles III, IV, V, and VI shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.17  Entire Agreement; Employment Amendments; Waiver. This Agreement, together with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, is the entire agreement between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner, except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and the President or Vice President of the Company. Failure of either party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or any rights with respect thereto or failure to exercise any election provided for herein shall in no way be considered to be a waiver of such provisions, rights or elections or in any way effect the validity of this Agreement. The failure of either party to exercise any of said provisions, rights or elections shall not preclude or prejudice such party from later enforcing or exercising the same or other provisions, rights or elections which it may have under this Agreement.

 

11

 

 

6.18  Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is his sole employer, and that his employment relationship is only subject to California law. With the exception of “Arbitrable Claims” as defined in Section 6.3, the federal courts and/or state courts of the State of California, Orange County shall have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any dispute arising out of this Agreement and/or employment relationship or termination thereof and Executive consents to such jurisdiction and venue.

 

6.19  Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any action for the breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with such action.

 

6.20  Successors And Assigns. This Agreement and Executive’s obligations hereunder will be binding upon his heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or the Parent to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Executive”   “Company”
     
By: /s/ Michael K. McGarrity   By: /s/ Koen Hoffman
  Michael K. McGarrity      
        /s/ Walter Narajowski
         
     
      /s/ Joseph Sollee
      Joseph Sollee
      EVP Corp Dev & General Counsel
      February 18, 2019

 

12

 

 

Exhibit 1

 

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 

This PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), effective as of February, 18, 2019, is executed by me, Michael McGarrity, in favor of MDxHealth, Inc. (“Company”).

 

As a condition of my employment by Company, and in consideration of my employment and the compensation previously and hereafter paid to me by Company, I agree to the following:

 

1. PROTECTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

(a)  Company Information. I acknowledge that during my employment by the Company I will have access to confidential information of the Company and its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent company, successors and assigns (collectively, “Affiliated Entities”; references to Company in this Section 1 include Affiliated Entities). I agree at all times during my employment with the Company and following termination thereof for any reason, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization of the Board of Directors of MDxHealth SA, any Company Confidential Information. I understand that my unauthorized use or disclosure of Company Confidential Information during my employment will lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination and legal action by the Company. I understand that “Company Confidential Information” means any non-public information that relates to the actual or anticipated business, research or development activities of the Company, or to the Company’s technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans or other information regarding the Company’s products or services and markets therefor, software, source code, developments, inventions, discoveries, processes, formulas, technology, documentation, designs, drawings, engineering processes, data, marketing information, customer lists and customers, suppliers, employees, financial and other business information; provided, however Company Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items to the extent the same have become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine or of others. I understand that nothing herein is intended to preclude or dissuade me from engaging in activities protected by state and federal law, including the National Labor Relations Act such as discussing wages, benefits, or terms and conditions of employment, including discussions regarding forming, joining or supporting labor unions, raising complaints about working conditions for my and my fellow employees’ mutual aid or protection or other legally protected activities under applicable law.

 

(b)  Former Employer Information. I agree that during my employment with the Company, I will not improperly use, disclose, or induce the Company to use any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer, or any other company, person, or entity. I further agree that I will not bring onto the premises of the Company or transfer onto the Company’s technology systems any unpublished document, proprietary information or trade secrets belonging to any such employer, company, person or entity unless consented to in writing by both the Company and such employer, company, person or entity.

 

13

 

 

(c)  Third Party Information. I recognize that the Company may have received and in the future may receive from third parties associated with the Company, e.g., the Company’s customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, partners, joint venturers or collaborators (“Associated Third Parties”) their confidential or proprietary information (“Associated Third Party Confidential Information”). By way of example, Associated Third Party Confidential information may include the practices, technology and requirements of Associated Third Parties, and information related to the business conducted between the Company and such Associated Third Parties. I agree at all times during my employment with the Company and thereafter to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation any Associated Third Party Confidential Information, except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such Associated Third Parties. I understand that my unauthorized use or disclosure of Associated Third Party Confidential Information during my employment will lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination and legal action by the Company.

 

(d)  Immunity From Liability For Confidential Disclosure Of Trade Secret(s). Pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (18 U.S.C. 1833(b)), I shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in confidence either directly or indirectly to a Federal, State, or local government official, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating, a violation of law. I shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret made in a complaint, or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If I file a lawsuit alleging retaliation by the company for reporting a suspected violation of the law, I may disclose the trade secret to my attorney and use the trade secret in the court proceeding, so long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. This paragraph will govern to the extent it may conflict with any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(e)  Protected Rights. No sections in this Agreement, including the sections addressing my confidentiality obligations, is intended to or shall limit, prevent, impede or interfere in any way with my right, without prior notice to the Company, to provide information to the government, participate in investigations, testify in proceedings regarding the Company’s past or future conduct, or engage in any activities protected under whistleblower statutes.

 

2. INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS

 

(a)  Inventions And Original Works Retained And Licensed To The Company. I have attached hereto as Exhibit A, a list describing all inventions, discoveries, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets, which were conceived in whole or in part by me prior to my employment with the Company to which I have any right, title or interest, which are subject to California Labor Code Section 2870 attached hereto as Exhibit B, and which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products, or research and development (“Excluded Inventions”); or, if no such list is attached, I represent and warrant that there are no such Excluded Inventions. Furthermore, I represent and warrant that the inclusion of any Excluded Inventions on Exhibit A of this Agreement will not materially affect my ability to perform all obligations under this Agreement. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate into or use in connection with any product, process, service, technology or other work by or on behalf of Company any Excluded Invention, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, to make, have made, modify, use, import, offer for sale, and sell such Excluded Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, service, technology or other work and to practice any method related thereto.

 

14

 

 

(b)  Inventions And Original Works Assigned To The Company. I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and I hereby assign and transfer to the Company, or its designee, all my worldwide right, title, and interest in and to (i) any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, know-how, ideas, software, compositions of matter and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under patent, copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive, create, develop, reduce to practice, or otherwise make (or cause to be conceived, created, developed, reduced to practice or made), during the entire period of time I am in the employ of the Company (including during my off-duty hours), or with the use of Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or Company Confidential Information, except as provided in Section 2(g) below (collectively referred to as “Inventions”) (ii) any and all trade secrets, patent rights, copyrights, moral rights, and other intellectual property rights anywhere in the world (collectively referred to as “Intellectual Property Rights”) embodied in or related to such Inventions. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act, and the Company will be considered the author and owner of such works. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any Inventions is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty or other consideration will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such Inventions.

 

(c)  Moral Rights. To the extent permitted by applicable law, I assign to the Company all “moral rights” I may have in any Inventions, except as provided in Section 2(g) below. If and to the extent an assignment or transfer of any Moral Rights is not valid or enforceable under any applicable law, I grant the Company a worldwide, unlimited, royalty-free right and license in and to, and I hereby forever waive and agree never to assert, any and all Moral Rights I may have in or with respect to any Inventions even after termination of my employment or work on behalf of the Company. “Moral Rights” mean any rights to attribution or claim authorship of a work of authorship, to object to or prevent the modification of any work of authorship, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any work, and any similar right, existing under judicial or statutory law of any country or jurisdiction in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

 

(d)  Assignment of Claims. I further perpetually, irrevocably, and unconditionally assign, transfer, and convey to Company and its successors and assigns all claims for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation of the Inventions, including all rights to sue for and to receive and recover all past, present and future profits and damages accruing from any infringement, misappropriation or violation of Intellectual Property Rights in the Inventions.

 

15

 

 

(e)  Maintenance of Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate, accurate and current written records of all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. These records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, electronic files, reports and any other format that may be specified by the Company. Such records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

(f)  Further Assurances. I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem proper or necessary in order to apply for, register, obtain, maintain, defend, and enforce such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions and any rights relating thereto, and testifying in a suit or other proceeding relating to such Inventions and any rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature with respect to any Inventions including, without limitation, to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering such Inventions, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any papers, oaths and to do all other lawfully permitted acts with respect to such Inventions with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

 

(g)  Exception to Assignments. I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions, original works of authorship or trade secrets that I believe meet the criteria in California Labor Code Section 2870; and I will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief.

 

3. NO BREACH OF DUTY

 

I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not, and to the best of my present knowledge and belief, will not breach any agreement or duty to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I agree I will not enter into any agreement either written or oral in conflict with the terms of this Agreement. I am not at the present time restricted from being employed by the Company or entering into this Agreement. I represent that I have no other agreements, relationships or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with my obligations to the Company under this Agreement or my ability to become employed and perform the services for which I am being hired by the Company. I further agree that if I have signed a confidentiality agreement or similar type of agreement with any former employer or other entity, I will comply with the terms of any such agreement to the extent that its terms are lawful under applicable law. I represent and warrant that after undertaking a careful search (including searches of my computers, cell phones, electronic devices and documents), I have returned all property and confidential information belonging to all prior employers.

 

16

 

 

4. TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

 

Upon separation from employment with the Company, I agree to immediately sign and deliver to the Company the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit C. I also agree to keep the Company advised of my home and business address for a period of three (3) years after termination of my employment with the Company, so that the Company can contact me regarding my continuing obligations provided by this Agreement.

 

5. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER

 

In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my obligations under this Agreement.

 

6. USE AND RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY

 

I will not remove (either physically or electronically) any property belonging to the Company or MDxHealth group, from the Company’s or MDxHealth group’s premises, except as required in the ordinary course of my employment, unless the Company grants me authorization to do so. I agree that upon separation from employment with the Company or on demand by the Company during my employment, I will immediately deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all Company and MDxHealth group property, including, but not limited to, Company Confidential Information, Associated Third Party Confidential Information, as well as all devices and equipment belonging to the Company and MDxHealth group (including computers, handheld electronic devices, telephone equipment, and other electronic devices), Company credit cards, records, data, notes, notebooks, reports, files, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, photographs, charts, all other documents and property, and reproductions of any of the aforementioned items that were developed by me pursuant to my employment with the Company, obtained by me in connection with my employment with the Company, or otherwise belonging to the Company or its Affiliates, including, without limitation, those records maintained pursuant to Section 2(e). I also consent to an exit interview to confirm my compliance with this Section 6.

 

7. NO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Nothing in this Agreement changes my status as an express at-will employee. I agree that unless specifically provided in another writing signed by me and the Board of Directors of MDxHealth SA, my employment by the Company is not for a definite period of time. Rather, my employment relationship with the Company is one of employment at will and may be terminated by either myself or the Company at any time, with or without cause.

 

17

 

 

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(a)  Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rules or principles that may result in the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than California. I expressly agree that the federal courts and/or state courts of the State of California, Orange County, shall have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any dispute arising out of this Agreement, including any lawsuit filed against me by the Company.

 

(b)  Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits herein, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior discussions, representations and agreements, written or oral, between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the Board of Directors of MDxHealth SA and me. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

 

(c)  Severability. If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

 

(d)  Successors And Assigns. This Agreement and my obligations hereunder will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

 

(e)  Remedies. By virtue of the duties and responsibilities attendant with my engagement by the Company, I understand that great loss and irreparable damage would be suffered by the Company if I should breach any of the terms of this Agreement. I acknowledge that each such term is reasonably necessary to protect and preserve the interests of the Company. Therefore, in addition to all other remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to, without posting a bond, specific performance, a temporary restraining order and a permanent injunction to prevent a breach or the continuation of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f)  Waiver. Waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

(g)  Survivorship. My obligations under this Agreement, and the rights of the Company hereunder, will survive termination of my employment with the Company.

 

(h)  Agreement Read, Understood and Fair. I have carefully read and considered the provisions of this Agreement and agree that all of the restrictions set forth are fair and reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the interests of the Company. The Company acknowledges that the goodwill and value of the Company is enhanced by these provisions and that said enhancement is desired by me.

 

(i)  Effective Date. The Agreement shall be deemed retroactive to the first day of my employment by the Company.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

18

 

 

(j)  Signatures. This Agreement may be signed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, with the same force and effectiveness as though executed in a single document.

 

Michael McGarrity    
     
/s/ Michael McGarrity    
(Signature)    
     
Date: February 18, 2019    
     
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:    
     
MDxHealth, Inc.    
     
By: /s/ Koen Hoffman   /s/ Walter Narajowski
Name:  Koen Hoffman   Walter Narajowski
Title: Chair man   REMCO Chair
Date: February 18, 2019   February 18, 2019
     
    /s/ Joseph Sollee
    Joseph Sollee
    EVP Corp Dev & General Counsel
    February 18, 2019

 

19

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

LIST OF EXCLUDED INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

TITLE DATE IDENTIFYING NUMBER OR BRIEF DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

____ No inventions or improvements

 

____ Additional sheets attached

 

Signature of Employee: /s/ Michael McGarrity  
Print Name of Employee: Michael McGarrity  
Date: 2/18/19  

 

20

 

 

EXHIBIT B

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS, ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS

 

California Labor Code § 2870. Invention on Own Time - Exemption from Agreement.

 

(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

 

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer.

 

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

21

 

 

At-Will Executive Employee Agreement with Severance

 

EXHIBIT C

 

MDxHealth, Inc.

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

 

This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, software, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, and sources of customers, lists of employees, proposals to customers, drafts of proposals, business plans and projections, reports, job notes, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to MDxHealth, Inc. (“Company”), its parent, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together “Affiliated Entities”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all terms of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein) conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that Agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company and Affiliated Entities, and their customers, consultants or licensees.

 

Date:       
      Michael McGarrity
       
       
      Signature

 

 

22

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of May 21, 2019, by and between MDxHealth, Inc., a company incorporated in the state of Delaware and with an office located at 15279 Alton Pkwy, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 (“Company”), and Mr. John Bellano (“Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. WHEREAS, the Company engages in the business of oncologic molecular diagnostics;

 

B. WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as Chief Commercial Officer;

 

C. WHEREAS. the Executive desires to provide employment services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Article I. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

 

1.1 Position & Duties. Executive shall be employed as the Chief Commercial Officer of the Company. As such, Executive shall be an exempt salaried employee Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) As the Chief Commercial Officer, the tasks of Executive shall include oversight and management of the commercial operations of the Company, including but are not limited to the following:

 

Managing the (internal and external) co-ordination of all sales, marketing and managed care activities, including implementation and execution of sales and marketing policies and practices;

 

Developing and implementing annual and extended sales plans in support of commercial strategy and objectives;

 

Oversight and implementation of coordinated commercial communications, supporting sales plan objectives and organizational expenditure requirements; and

 

Active participation in corporate strategic planning and development, forecasting, resource planning and budgeting;

 

subject in each instance to the guidelines, plans or policies as may be established, modified, or approved by the Board of Directors and/or the Company from time to time.

 

1.2 Start Date. Executive will commence employment with the Company on June 17, 2019 (“Start Date”) or such other date as mutually agreed to by the parties.

 

1

 

 

1.3 Location of Services. Unless the Company determines otherwise in its sole discretion, the principal place of business for the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder shall be at the Company’s offices located in Irvine, California, subject to such domestic and international travel as may he required to perform Executive’s duties hereunder. Executive shall relocate to Southern California, as soon as reasonably possible following the execution of this Agreement.

 

1.4 At-Will Employment. Subject to Articles III and IV, Executive’s employment with the Company is “at-will,” and either the Company or Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason with or without cause. Subject to Articles III and IV, the Company may also change Executive’s compensation, duties, assignments, responsibilities, and primary work location, or the other terms and conditions of Executive’s employment at any time without advance notice. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is his sole employer within the MDxHealth group.

 

1.5 Other Business Affiliations. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1, Executive agrees that, without the approval of the CEO, Executive shall not, during the period of employment with the Company, devote any time to any business affiliation which would interfere with or derogate from Executive’s duties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

1.6 Compliance with Laws. Executive agrees to comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, and policies, standards and regulations of the Company now existing or hereafter promulgated. Among other things, Executive agrees to pay special attention to the medical fraud and abuse and anti-kickback laws, not just as they apply to the Company and its affiliates, but also as they apply to Company’s and its affiliates’ relationships with other parties and with healthcare professionals. The Company and its affiliates are committed to ensuring that their practices and procedures are compliant and that their relationships with other parties and healthcare professionals benefit patients and enhances the practice of medicine.

 

Article II. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

2.1 Base Salary. Executive shall be paid a gross annual base salary of $300,000 (“Base Salary”), less deductions and withholding required by law or approved by Executive, paid in accordance with the Company’s normal and customary payroll practices.

 

2.2 Annual Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary described in Section 2.1, for each full calendar year of employment with the Company (“Annual Bonus Period”), Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 30% of Executive’s then in effect Base Salary (“Potential Annual Bonus”). For the calendar year 2019, the Potential Annual Bonus will be pro-rated for the partial year of employment. The amount and calculation of the actual annual bonus will be based on the Executive’s and the Company’s achievement of performance goals established in advance by the CEO and the Board of Directors (“Annual Bonus”), subject in certain circumstances to compliance with applicable Belgian corporate governance rules mandating that certain executive bonuses be partially structured over a two-year and three-year performance period rather than a single year period. The Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned and paid no later than March 15th of the year following the Annual Bonus Period (“Payment Date”). In the event Executive’s employment terminates for any reason other than for Cause prior to the end of the Annual Bonus Period, Executive shall be eligible to receive a pro-rata Annual Bonus based on Executive’s period of employment during the applicable calendar year and achievement by Executive and the Company of the objectives during that time period. In this case, the prorated Annual Bonus, if any, will only be deemed earned and paid on the Payment Date. All bonus payments shall be made less deductions and withholdings required by law or approved by Executive.

 

2

 

 

2.3 Sign On Bonus. The Company will pay Executive a one-time sign on bonus in the gross amount of $50,000.00, less deductions and withholdings required by law or approved by Executive (“Sign On Bonus”). The Sign On Bonus will be paid in the second payroll following Executive’s Start Date. The Sign On Bonus is provided to facilitate the Executive’s relocation to Southern California, and the Company will not provide supplemental reimbursement for relocation costs.

 

2.4 Reimbursable Expenses. Upon submission of expense reports sufficient to substantiate the Company’s federal income tax deductions for such expenses under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and in compliance with the expense report procedures as may be established by the Company from time to time, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder on behalf of the Company.

 

2.5 Benefits. Executive and his dependents will be eligible to participate in all group health, medical, dental, disability and insurance plans, incentive, savings and retirement plans, and such other employee benefits (collectively, “Plans”), if any, as the Company may establish for its executives and on the same terms and conditions as are generally applicable to executives of the Company. Such Plans may be modified or terminated by the Company from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plans. Executive’s and his dependents’ participation in such plans may be limited to the extent the Company reasonably determines it is necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences.

 

2.6 Vacations, Holidays & Sick Leave. Executive shall be eligible to accrue up to thirteen and one third (13 1/3) hours of vacation per month, which is equivalent to one hundred sixty (160) hours or twenty (20) days per full calendar year. The Company’s policies and/or practices as are generally applicable to executive employees of the Company shall apply to Executive’s accrual and use of vacation. Executive will be eligible to earn paid sick leave in accordance with the Company’s standard policy for similarly situated employees and applicable law. Executive will also be entitled to all paid holidays provided to the Company’s executive employees in California.

 

2.7 Stock Options.

 

(a) Grant Terms. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors of Company’s affiliate MDxHealth S.A. (the “Parent”) at its next regularly scheduled meeting of the Parent’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) following the date of this Agreement, Executive shall be granted an option to purchase 400,000 common shares of the Parent (the “Stock Option”). The per share exercise price of the Stock Option shall be equal to the higher of (i) average price of the common shares of the Parent on Euronext during the period of 30 days preceding the date of the grant, or (ii) the closing price on the Euronext of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The Stock Option will vest over the course of four years, in accordance with the terms of the option plan of the Parent, and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions set forth in the stock option plan(s) (“Plan”) pursuant to which it is granted and the agreement evidencing the grant.

 

(b) Accelerated Vesting. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below) and provided the Board approves this provision in connection with the approval of the Stock Option, the Stock Option shall vest in full upon a Change of Control, except that in the case of a Change of Control that occurs during the first six (6) months following the Start Date, the Stock Option shall only vest with respect to 50% of the underlying shares subject to the Stock Option.

 

(c) Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means (i) the occurrence of any of the following events: the consolidation, merger, reorganization, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock (including a control group tender offer) of the Company or Parent, (ii) completion of any other business combination in which Parent is not the surviving entity, or (iii) the announcement of the launch of public tender offer for all of the Parent’s voting securities that are not yet owned by the person making the tender offer (“Public Tender Offer”) that is unconditional, or the announcement that a conditional Public Tender Offer that has previously been launched has become unconditional.

 

3

 

 

Article III. TERMINATION

 

3.1 Termination Due to Executive’s Death. The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the death of the Executive.

 

3.2 Termination Due to Executive’s Disability. To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Company shall have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement with immediate effect upon the Executive’s Disability (as defined below) by providing written notice in accordance with Section 6.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform, with or without a reasonable accommodation, and consistent with the requirements of applicable state and federal law, the essential functions of Executive’s position by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment, injury or other medical condition, for a period of time not less than either one hundred twenty (120) consecutive calendar days or one hundred eighty (180) calendar days in any twelve (12) month period. In the event of any dispute regarding the existence of a Disability, the matter will be resolved by the determination of a physician qualified to practice medicine in the State of California (a “Physician”), whose identity is mutually agreed to by both parties, and whose determination shall be final and binding. If the parties cannot agree on a Physician, each party shall select one Physician, and those two Physicians shall select a third Physician to make the Disability determination, which shall be final and binding.

 

3.3 Termination by the Company for Cause. The Company shall have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement with immediate effect for Cause (as defined below) by providing written notice in accordance with Section 6.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform any duties reasonably requested by the CEO, provided such duties are consistent with his title and position; (ii) Executive’s act or omission which constitutes misrepresentation or fraud and which causes, or is reasonably likely to cause, more than de minimis harm to the Company, Parent or its affiliates (together with Parent, the “Group”), including its or their business or reputation; (iii) Executive’s material violation of the Company’s or the Group’s lawful and material policies or procedures of which the Executive has had prior written notice or any laws, regulations or rules that are material to the business of the Company or the Group; (iv) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; (v) Executive’s commission, indictment on charges related to, conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to a felony or similar or equivalent charge pursuant to applicable law, involving dishonesty that caused, or is reasonable likely to cause, more than de minimis harm to the Company or any entity in the Group, including its or their business or reputation; (vi) Executive’s misappropriation of Company or Group assets or breach of his fiduciary duties to the Company or the Group; provided, however, that a termination shall not be a termination for Cause with respect to any event or circumstance described in clauses (i), (iii), or (iv) that is reasonably susceptible of cure (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) (a “Curable Event”) unless (a) Executive has been given written notice of the Curable Event and at least ten (10) business days to cure, and (b) the Curable Event or circumstance remains uncured at the end of such ten (10) business day period; provided, however, that if such failure to cure cannot reasonably be remedied within such ten (10) business day period (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion), it shall not constitute Cause hereunder if the Executive shall commence such remedy within such ten (10) business day period and thereafter diligently pursues such remedy and causes its completion within thirty (30) days thereafter.

 

3.4 Resignation by Executive For Good Reason. The Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason (as defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in the character or scope of Executive’s duties, responsibilities, or authority, (ii) a material reduction in Base Salary other than a reduction that is proportionate to any general reduction in base salaries of executive officers of the Company and/or Parent; or (iii) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, a breach of Section 6.20 hereof; provided, however, that for an event to constitute an event of Good Reason under this Section 3.4, the Executive must (a) provide the Company with written notice in accordance with Section 6.4 of Executive’s intent to terminate employment and a detailed description of the event Executive believes constitutes Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the initial existence of the event, and (b) the Company shall have sixty (60) days after Executive provides the notice described above to cure the event that constitutes Good Reason (the “Cure Period”). Provided that the Company has not cured the event reportedly giving rise to Good Reason, Executive will have ninety (90) days following the end of the Cure Period to terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason, after which Good Reason will no longer exist with respect to the event to which such cure period applied.

 

3.5 Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time without Cause, and the Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment without Good Reason, in each case upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

4

 

 

Article IV. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION

 

4.1 Final Pay Upon Termination. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Company shall pay to Executive (or his beneficiaries) in accordance with California law the unpaid portion of the Base Salary earned through the date of termination, any Annual Bonus earned prior to termination but remaining unpaid, and all accrued but unused paid vacation leave (“Final Pay”), less deductions and withholdings required by law. Final Pay will be paid in accordance with California law.

 

4.2 Termination by the Company for Cause, due to Executive’s Death or Disability, or Executive’s Resignation without Good Reason. If the Company terminates Executive for Cause, or due to Executive’s Death or Disability, or Executive resigns without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Final Pay only, and no severance, compensation or benefits shall be owed or paid by the Company.

 

4.3 Termination by the Company without Cause or Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason. Although Executive is employed at all times on an “at-will” basis, if the Company terminates Executive without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, Executive shall be eligible to receive as severance upon the execution and non-revocation of a Release (as defined below) an amount equal to six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination, less deductions and withholdings required by law (“Severance Pay”). As of the first anniversary of the Start Date, the Severance Pay will increase to twelve (12) months of Base Salary, less deductions and withholdings required by law. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision will continue to apply following a Change of Control provided that the conditions herein are satisfied.

 

4.4 Timing of Severance Payment and Release Requirement. The Severance Pay shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum within ten (10) business days following the effective date of a general release of all claims by Executive in a form provided by and acceptable to the Company (“Release”), which Release must be effective and irrevocable no later than fifty-five (55) days after the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

Article V. NONCOMPETITION DURING EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1 Noncompetition During Employment. During his employment, Executive shall devote his full time and efforts to the business of the Company and will not directly or indirectly, engage, individually or as an officer, director, employee, consultant, advisor, partner or co-venturer, or as a stockholder or other proprietor owning more than a five percent (5%) interest in any firm, corporation, partnership or other organization (in case of any such ownership or participation) in any enterprise or business that competes directly or indirectly with the products and/or services of the Company or the Group. Executive shall furnish to the CEO a detailed statement of any outside employment or consulting services in which Executive seeks to engage or invest, and, as from time to time requested by the CEO, resubmit for approval a detailed statement thereof. In the event the CEO determines in good faith that such violation or conflict exists, Executive shall refrain from such employment, consulting services or investment. It is intended and agreed that during the term of Executive’s employment, Executive will knowingly perform no act which may confer any competitive benefit or advantage upon any enterprise or business competing with Company or the Group.

 

5

 

 

5.2 Non-Solicitation. Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of his employment for any reason, and within the geographical regions in which the Company or the Group does business, Executive shall not induce or attempt to induce, either directly or indirectly, any employee, agent or consultant of the Company or the Group to terminate his or her association with the Company or the Group or attempt by any means to persuade or incite such individuals to accept another employment or engagement or to leave the Company or the Group. The Company and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 5.2 are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

 

5.3 In the event of the breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Article 5, the Company, in addition to all other remedies available to it at law or in equity, shall be entitled to seek preliminary or permanent injunctive relief and/or specific performance to enforce the provisions set forth in this Article 5.

 

Article VI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

6.1 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. In conjunction with the execution of this Agreement, Executive will execute and enter into the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 1, the terms of which shall be incorporated into this Agreement.

 

6.2 No Breach of Duty. Executive represents that Executive’s performance of this Agreement and employment with the Company does not and will not breach any agreement or duty to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by Executive before his employment with the Company. Executive has not and will not enter into any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict with this Agreement. Executive represents that he is not currently restricted from being employed by the Company or entering into this Agreement.

 

6.3 Arbitration. Except for workers’ compensation claims, disputes solely before government agencies (including but not limited to the NLRB or EEOC), unemployment insurance claims, and other claims which may not be arbitrated as a matter of law, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, controversies, or claims, whether based in contract, tort, common or statutory law, between Executive and the Company and/or its agents, and whether arising under or relating to this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, the termination of Executive’s employment, or any other manner of the parties’ relationship (“Arbitrable Claims”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration conducted pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. Executive and the Company agree that arbitration shall be exclusive, final and binding remedy for all Arbitrable Claims, and Executive, the Company and its agents hereby waive any rights each may have to a jury trial in regard to Arbitrable Claims. Executive and the Company further agree that the arbitrator shall have the sole authority to determine the arbitrability of Arbitrable Claims. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator before JAMS in Irvine, California (or other mutually agreed upon city) under the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures and the JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness, if applicable, in effect on the date this Agreement is signed (“JAMS Rules”), except as expressly set forth herein or where such rules are not in compliance with applicable state or federal law. A copy of the JAMS Rules is available for review through the Company by submitting a request to the Human Resources Department, by contacting JAMS at telephone number 800¬352-5267, or at JAMS’ website at www.jamsadr.com. Both Executive and the Company shall be entitled to file diapositive motions before the arbitrator to the same extent as would be allowed had the dispute been heard in a court of law having jurisdiction over the parties’ claims or counterclaims. The arbitrator shall have the same authority as a court to award equitable relief, damages, costs, and fees as provided by law or the applicable JAMS Rules for the particular claims asserted. Executive and the Company shall follow the JAMS Rules applicable to initial filing fees, but in no event will Executive be responsible for any portion of those fees in excess of the filing or initial appearance fees applicable to court actions in the jurisdiction where the arbitration will be conducted. The Company otherwise shall pay all costs and expenses unique to arbitration, including without limitation the arbitrator’s fees. The arbitrator must follow applicable law and may award only those remedies that would have applied had the matter been heard in court. All Arbitrable Claims must be brought within the statutes of limitations applicable to such claims. The arbitrator’s decision must be in writing and contain findings of fact and conclusions of law. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement affects Executive’s ability to participate in class, collective or representative actions. Both the Company and Executive agree to bring any dispute in arbitration on an individual basis only, and not on a class, collective, or private attorney general representative basis on behalf of others. There will be no right or authority for any dispute to be brought, heard or arbitrated as a class, collective, representative or private attorney general action, or as a member in any such class, collective, representative or private attorney general proceeding (“Class Action Waiver”). This Class Action Waiver does not apply to any claim Executive brings in arbitration as a private attorney general solely on his own behalf and not on behalf of others. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the JAMS Rules, disputes regarding the validity, enforceability or breach of the Class Action Waiver may be resolved only by a civil court of competent jurisdiction and not by an arbitrator.

 

6

 

 

6.4 Notices. All Notices and all other communications which are required to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (i) personally delivered, (ii) mailed by United States registered or certified mail postage prepaid, (iii) sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, (iv) sent via e-mail to the recipient, in each case as follows:

 

  If to Company: MDxHealth, Inc.
    15279 Alton Parkway, Suite 100
    Irvine CA 92618,
    Attn: General Counsel (Confidential)
    Email: joseph.sollee@mdxhealth.com
     
  If to Executive: John Bellano

 

or such other address or addresses as either party hereto shall have designated by notice in writing to the other party hereto. Such notices shall be deemed given on the date on which personally served or emailed, or if by mail or courier on the third (3rd) day after being posted or on the date of actual receipt, whichever is earlier.

 

6.5 Independent Counsel. Each party acknowledges that it has been represented by independent counsel of its choice, or has had the opportunity to be represented by independent counsel of its choice, and that to the extent, if any, that it desired, has availed itself of this right and opportunity throughout all negotiations that have preceded the execution of this Agreement, and that it has executed the same with the consent and upon the advice of such independent counsel. Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the drafting party has no application and is expressly waived, and the parties agree to all of the provisions in this Agreement based on the advice of their respective counsel.

 

6.6 Conditions to Employment. This Agreement and Executive’s employment are also contingent upon Executive’s proof of identity and work eligibility. Under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, employers are required to verify the identity and employment eligibility of all new hires within three (3) business days of their first day of work. To assist the Company in complying with this requirement, Executive is required to bring appropriate documents with him on his first day. This Agreement and Executive’s employment are contingent upon successful completion of a reference check and/or background check.

 

6.7 Taxes. All payments under this Agreement will be made less deductions and withholdings required by law.

 

6.8 The Company’s Property. The Executive, upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason or, if earlier, upon the Company’s reasonable request, shall promptly return all Property (as defined below) that had been entrusted or made available to Executive by the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Property” means all records, files, memoranda, reports, price lists, customer lists, drawings, plans, sketches, keys, codes, computer hardware and software and other property of any kind or description prepared, developed or acquired by Executive during Executive’s employment by the Company or its predecessors in interest (and any duplicates of any such property) together with any and all information, ideas, concepts, discoveries, and inventions and the like conceived, made, developed or acquired at any time by Executive individually or with others during Executive’s employment that relate to the Company’s business.

 

6.9 Resignation From Corporate Positions. The Executive, upon the termination of Executive’s employment shall promptly resign from any appointments as an officer or board member of the Company and each of its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent company, successors and assigns.

 

7

 

 

6.10 Section 409A of the Code. It is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that no payment or entitlement pursuant to this Agreement will give rise to any adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and that such payments or entitlements to which the Executive is or could become entitled to under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, with the payments intended to be exempt under the “short-term deferral” and “separation pay” exceptions to the maximum extent permitted under Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with such intent. Further, no effect shall be given to any provision herein in a manner that reasonably could be expected to give rise to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may unilaterally amend the terms of this Agreement to avoid the application of, or to comply with, Section 409A, in a particular circumstance or as necessary or desirable to satisfy any of the requirements under Section 409A or to mitigate any additional tax, interest and/or penalties that may apply under Section 409A if exemption or compliance is not practicable, but the Company shall not be under any obligation to make any such amendment. For purposes of Section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate and distinct payment. Nothing in this Agreement shall provide a basis for any person to take action against the Company or any affiliate thereof based on matters covered by Section 409A, including the tax treatment of any amount paid under the Agreement, and neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall under any circumstances have any liability to the Executive or his estate or any other party for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable under this Agreement, including taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Section 409A.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if amounts or benefits payable by reference to the timing of the Executive’s termination of employment constitute non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, as determined in the Company’s sole discretion, (i) such amounts or benefits shall not be paid unless the Executive experiences a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), (ii) to the extent that any payment period conditioned on the Executive’s execution of a release commences in one calendar year and ends in the subsequent calendar year, such amounts or benefits shall be paid in the second calendar year; and (iii) if Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, such amounts or benefits shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day following the date of Executive’s separation from service, or if earlier, the date of Executive’s death.

 

6.11 Golden Parachute. In the event that the benefits provided for in this Agreement (together with any other benefits or amounts) otherwise constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would, but for this Section 6.11 be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced to the extent necessary such that no portion of the such benefits would be subject to the Excise Tax. In the event of a reduction of benefits hereunder, the Consulting Firm (as defined below) shall determine which benefits shall be reduced so as to achieve the principle set forth in the preceding sentence. In no event shall the foregoing be interpreted or administered so as to result in an acceleration of payment or further deferral of payment of any amounts (whether under this Agreement or any other arrangement) in violation of Section 409A. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6.11, including the manner and amount of any reduction in Executive’s benefits under this Agreement, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made in writing in good by the accounting firm designated by the Company (the “Consulting Firm”). In the event that the Consulting Firm (or any affiliate thereof) is unable or unwilling to act, Executive may appoint a nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Consulting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Consulting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company, and the Company shall enter into any agreement requested by the Consulting Firm in connection with the performance of the services hereunder. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6.11, the Consulting Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Consulting Firm such information and documents as the Consulting Firm may reasonably request to make a determination under this Section 6.11.

 

8

 

 

6.12 Legal Representatives. Upon the death or disability of Executive, any payments due under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive’s legal representatives.

 

6.13 Representations. Executive represents that he has not been debarred nor received notice of any action or threat with respect to his debarment under the provisions of the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992, 21 U.S.C. § 335 (a). Executive agrees promptly to notify Company upon receipt of any such notice and further agree, upon Company’s request, to provide a separate written certification, on a form provided by Company, to this effect.

 

6.14 Shareholder Approval by Parent. The provisions of this Agreement that contain obligations for the Company and/or create rights for the Executive in function of a change of control over the Parent or the Group are subject to the approval by the general shareholders meeting of the Parent in accordance with article 556 of the Belgian Companies Code of 7 May 1999 (as amended). Other provisions in relation to variable remuneration are subject to the approval by the general shareholders meeting of the Parent.

 

6.15 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby.

 

6.16 Survival. Articles III, IV, V, and VI shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.17 Entire Agreement; Employment Amendments; Waiver. This Agreement, together with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, is the entire agreement between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner, except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and the President or Vice President of the Company. Failure of either party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or any rights with respect thereto or failure to exercise any election provided for herein shall in no way be considered to be a waiver of such provisions, rights or elections or in any way effect the validity of this Agreement. The failure of either party to exercise any of said provisions, rights or elections shall not preclude or prejudice such party from later enforcing or exercising the same or other provisions, rights or elections which it may have under this Agreement.

 

6.18 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is his sole employer, and that his employment relationship is only subject to California law. With the exception of “Arbitrable Claims” as defined in Section 6.3, the federal courts and/or state courts of the State of California, Orange County shall have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any dispute arising out of this Agreement and/or employment relationship or termination thereof and Executive consents to such jurisdiction and venue.

 

6.19 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any action for the breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with such action.

 

6.20 Successors And Assigns. This Agreement and Executive’s obligations hereunder will be binding upon his heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or the Parent to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Executive”   “Company”
     
By: /s/ John Bellano   By: /s/ Michael McGarrity
John Bellano   Michael McGarrity, CEO
         

 

9

 

 

Exhibit 1

 

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 

This PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), effective as of _________________, ___, ____, is executed by me, ________________, in favor of MDxHealth, Inc. (“Company”).

 

As a condition of my employment by Company, and in consideration of my employment and the compensation previously and hereafter paid to me by Company, I agree to the following:

 

1. PROTECTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

(a) Company Information. I acknowledge that during my employment by the Company I will have access to confidential information of the Company and its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent company, successors and assigns (collectively, “Affiliated Entities”; references to Company in this Section 1 include Affiliated Entities). I agree at all times during my employment with the Company and following termination thereof for any reason, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization of the Chief Executive Officer, any Company Confidential Information. I understand that my unauthorized use or disclosure of Company Confidential Information during my employment will lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination and legal action by the Company. I understand that “Company Confidential Information” means any non-public information that relates to the actual or anticipated business, research or development activities of the Company, or to the Company’s technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans or other information regarding the Company’s products or services and markets therefor, software, source code, developments, inventions, discoveries, processes, formulas, technology, documentation, designs, drawings, engineering processes, data, marketing information, customer lists and customers, suppliers, employees, financial and other business information; provided, however Company Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items to the extent the same have become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine or of others. I understand that nothing herein is intended to preclude or dissuade me from engaging in activities protected by state and federal law, including the National Labor Relations Act such as discussing wages, benefits, or terms and conditions of employment, including discussions regarding forming, joining or supporting labor unions, raising complaints about working conditions for my and my fellow employees’ mutual aid or protection or other legally protected activities under applicable law.

 

(b) Former Employer Information. I agree that during my employment with the Company, I will not improperly use, disclose, or induce the Company to use any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer, or any other company, person, or entity. I further agree that I will not bring onto the premises of the Company or transfer onto the Company’s technology systems any unpublished document, proprietary information or trade secrets belonging to any such employer, company, person or entity unless consented to in writing by both the Company and such employer, company, person or entity.

 

10

 

 

(c) Third Party Information. I recognize that the Company may have received and in the future may receive from third parties associated with the Company, e.g., the Company’s customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, partners, joint venturers or collaborators (“Associated Third Parties”) their confidential or proprietary information (“Associated Third Party Confidential Information”). By way of example, Associated Third Party Confidential information may include the practices, technology and requirements of Associated Third Parties, and information related to the business conducted between the Company and such Associated Third Parties. I agree at all times during my employment with the Company and thereafter to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation any Associated Third Party Confidential Information, except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such Associated Third Parties. I understand that my unauthorized use or disclosure of Associated Third Party Confidential Information during my employment will lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination and legal action by the Company.

 

(d) Immunity From Liability For Confidential Disclosure Of Trade Secret(s). Pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (18 U.S.C. 1833(b)), I shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in confidence either directly or indirectly to a Federal, State, or local government official, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating, a violation of law. I shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret made in a complaint, or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If I file a lawsuit alleging retaliation by the company for reporting a suspected violation of the law, I may disclose the trade secret to my attorney and use the trade secret in the court proceeding, so long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. This paragraph will govern to the extent it may conflict with any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(e) Protected Rights. No sections in this Agreement, including the sections addressing my confidentiality obligations, is intended to or shall limit, prevent, impede or interfere in any way with my right, without prior notice to the Company, to provide information to the government, participate in investigations, testify in proceedings regarding the Company’s past or future conduct, or engage in any activities protected under whistleblower statutes.

 

2. INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS

 

(a) Inventions And Original Works Retained And Licensed To The Company. I have attached hereto as Exhibit A, a list describing all inventions, discoveries, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets, which were conceived in whole or in part by me prior to my employment with the Company to which I have any right, title or interest, which are subject to California Labor Code Section 2870 attached hereto as Exhibit B, and which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products, or research and development (“Excluded Inventions”); or, if no such list is attached, I represent and warrant that there are no such Excluded Inventions. Furthermore, I represent and warrant that the inclusion of any Excluded Inventions on Exhibit A of this Agreement will not materially affect my ability to perform all obligations under this Agreement. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate into or use in connection with any product, process, service, technology or other work by or on behalf of Company any Excluded Invention, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, to make, have made, modify, use, import, offer for sale, and sell such Excluded Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, service, technology or other work and to practice any method related thereto.

 

11

 

 

(b) Inventions And Original Works Assigned To The Company. I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and I hereby assign and transfer to the Company, or its designee, all my worldwide right, title, and interest in and to (i) any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, know-how, ideas, software, compositions of matter and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under patent, copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive, create, develop, reduce to practice, or otherwise make (or cause to be conceived, created, developed, reduced to practice or made), during the entire period of time I am in the employ of the Company (including during my off-duty hours), or with the use of Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or Company Confidential Information, except as provided in Section 2(g) below (collectively referred to as “Inventions”) (ii) any and all trade secrets, patent rights, copyrights, moral rights, and other intellectual property rights anywhere in the world (collectively referred to as “Intellectual Property Rights”) embodied in or related to such Inventions. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act, and the Company will be considered the author and owner of such works. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any Inventions is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty or other consideration will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such Inventions.

 

(c) Moral Rights. To the extent permitted by applicable law, I assign to the Company all “moral rights” I may have in any Inventions, except as provided in Section 2(g) below. If and to the extent an assignment or transfer of any Moral Rights is not valid or enforceable under any applicable law, I grant the Company a worldwide, unlimited, royalty-free right and license in and to, and I hereby forever waive and agree never to assert, any and all Moral Rights I may have in or with respect to any Inventions even after termination of my employment or work on behalf of the Company. “Moral Rights” mean any rights to attribution or claim authorship of a work of authorship, to object to or prevent the modification of any work of authorship, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any work, and any similar right, existing under judicial or statutory law of any country or jurisdiction in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

 

(d) Assignment of Claims. I further perpetually, irrevocably, and unconditionally assign, transfer, and convey to Company and its successors and assigns all claims for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation of the Inventions, including all rights to sue for and to receive and recover all past, present and future profits and damages accruing from any infringement, misappropriation or violation of Intellectual Property Rights in the Inventions.

 

(e) Maintenance of Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate, accurate and current written records of all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. These records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, electronic files, reports and any other format that may be specified by the Company. Such records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

12

 

 

(f) Further Assurances. I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem proper or necessary in order to apply for, register, obtain, maintain, defend, and enforce such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions and any rights relating thereto, and testifying in a suit or other proceeding relating to such Inventions and any rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature with respect to any Inventions including, without limitation, to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering such Inventions, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any papers, oaths and to do all other lawfully permitted acts with respect to such Inventions with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

 

(g) Exception to Assignments. I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions, original works of authorship or trade secrets that I believe meet the criteria in California Labor Code Section 2870; and I will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief.

 

3. NO BREACH OF DUTY

 

I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not, and to the best of my present knowledge and belief, will not breach any agreement or duty to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I agree I will not enter into any agreement either written or oral in conflict with the terms of this Agreement. I am not at the present time restricted from being employed by the Company or entering into this Agreement. I represent that I have no other agreements, relationships or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with my obligations to the Company under this Agreement or my ability to become employed and perform the services for which I am being hired by the Company. I further agree that if I have signed a confidentiality agreement or similar type of agreement with any former employer or other entity, I will comply with the terms of any such agreement to the extent that its terms are lawful under applicable law. I represent and warrant that after undertaking a careful search (including searches of my computers, cell phones, electronic devices and documents), I have returned all property and confidential information belonging to all prior employers.

 

4. TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

 

Upon separation from employment with the Company, I agree to immediately sign and deliver to the Company the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit C. I also agree to keep the Company advised of my home and business address for a period of three (3) years after termination of my employment with the Company, so that the Company can contact me regarding my continuing obligations provided by this Agreement.

 

5. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER

 

In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my obligations under this Agreement.

 

6. USE AND RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY

 

I will not remove (either physically or electronically) any property belonging to the Company or MDxHealth group, from the Company’s or MDxHealth group’s premises, except as required in the ordinary course of my employment, unless the Company grants me authorization to do so. I agree that upon separation from employment with the Company or on demand by the Company during my employment, I will immediately deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all Company and MDxHealth group property, including, but not limited to, Company Confidential Information, Associated Third Party Confidential Information, as well as all devices and equipment belonging to the Company and MDxHealth group (including computers, handheld electronic devices, telephone equipment, and other electronic devices), Company credit cards, records, data, notes, notebooks, reports, files, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, photographs, charts, all other documents and property, and reproductions of any of the aforementioned items that were developed by me pursuant to my employment with the Company, obtained by me in connection with my employment with the Company, or otherwise belonging to the Company or its Affiliates, including, without limitation, those records maintained pursuant to Section 2(e). I also consent to an exit interview to confirm my compliance with this Section 6.

 

13

 

 

7. NO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Nothing in this Agreement changes my status as an express at-will employee. I agree that unless specifically provided in another writing signed by me and the Chief Executive Officer, my employment by the Company is not for a definite period of time. Rather, my employment relationship with the Company is one of employment at will and may be terminated by either myself or the Company at any time, with or without cause.

 

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(a) Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rules or principles that may result in the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than California. I expressly agree that the federal courts and/or state courts of the State of California, Orange County, shall have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any dispute arising out of this Agreement, including any lawsuit filed against me by the Company.

 

(b) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits herein, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior discussions, representations and agreements, written or oral, between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the Chief Executive Officer and me. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

 

(c) Severability. If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

 

(d) Successors And Assigns. This Agreement and my obligations hereunder will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

 

(e) Remedies. By virtue of the duties and responsibilities attendant with my engagement by the Company, I understand that great loss and irreparable damage would be suffered by the Company if I should breach any of the terms of this Agreement. I acknowledge that each such term is reasonably necessary to protect and preserve the interests of the Company. Therefore, in addition to all other remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to, without posting a bond, specific performance, a temporary restraining order and a permanent injunction to prevent a breach or the continuation of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f) Waiver. Waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

(g) Survivorship. My obligations under this Agreement, and the rights of the Company hereunder, will survive termination of my employment with the Company.

 

(h) Agreement Read, Understood and Fair. I have carefully read and considered the provisions of this Agreement and agree that all of the restrictions set forth are fair and reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the interests of the Company. The Company acknowledges that the goodwill and value of the Company is enhanced by these provisions and that said enhancement is desired by me.

 

(i) Effective Date. The Agreement shall be deemed retroactive to the first day of my employment by the Company.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

14

 

 

(j) Signatures. This Agreement may be signed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, with the same force and effectiveness as though executed in a single document.

 

John Bellano  
     
   
(Signature)  
   
Date:                                     

 

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
MDxHealth, Inc.  
   
By:                             
Name:   
Title:    
Date:    

 

15

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

LIST OF EXCLUDED INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

TITLE   DATE   IDENTIFYING NUMBER OR BRIEF DESCRIPTION
         
         
         

 

____ No inventions or improvements

 

____ Additional sheets attached

 

Signature of Employee:    
Print Name of Employee:    
Date:    

 

16

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS, ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS

 

California Labor Code § 2870. Invention on Own Time - Exemption from Agreement.

 

  (a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

 

  (1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer.

 

  (2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

  (b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

 

17

 

 

At-Will Executive Employee Agreement with Severance

 

EXHIBIT C

 

MDxHealth, Inc.

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

 

This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, software, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, and sources of customers, lists of employees, proposals to customers, drafts of proposals, business plans and projections, reports, job notes, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to MDxHealth, Inc. (“Company”), its parent, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together “Affiliated Entities”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all terms of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein) conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that Agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company and Affiliated Entities, and their customers, consultants or licensees.

 

Date:      
      John Bellano
       
       
      Signature

 

 

18

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.11

 

EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EXECUTIVE EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of July 18, 2019, by and between MDxHealth, Inc., a company incorporated in the state of Delaware and with an office located at 15279 Alton Pkwy, Suite 100, Irvine, CA 92618 (“Company”), and Mr. Ron Kalfus (“Executive”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. WHEREAS, the Company engages in the business of oncologic molecular diagnostics;

 

B. WHEREAS, the Company desires to employ Executive as Chief Financial Officer;

 

C. WHEREAS. the Executive desires to provide employment services to the Company on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and conditions set forth below, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

Article I. EMPLOYMENT AND DUTIES

 

1.1 Position & Duties. Executive shall be employed as the Chief Financial Officer of the Company. As such, Executive shall be an exempt salaried employee Executive shall report to the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) As the Chief Financial Officer, the tasks of Executive shall include oversight and management of the financial operations of the Company, including but not limited to the following:

 

Managing the (internal and external) co-ordination of all finance-related departments such as accounting, tax and payroll, including implementation and execution of financial policies and practices;

 

Developing and implementing financial plans in support of operational, commercial and corporate strategy and objectives, including managing cash positions and cash flows;

 

Preparing quarterly, annual and other financial reports, filings and disclosures;

 

Oversight and implementation of coordinated financial communications, supporting financial, operational and corporate objectives and organizational expenditure requirements; and

 

Active participation in corporate strategic planning and development, forecasting, resource planning and budgeting;

 

subject in each instance to the guidelines, plans or policies as may be established, modified, or approved by the Board of Directors and/or the Company from time to time.

 

1

 

1.2 Start Date. Executive will commence employment with the Company on July 22, 2019 (“Start Date”) or such other date as mutually agreed to by the parties.

 

1.3 Location of Services. Unless the Company determines otherwise in its sole discretion, the principal place of business for the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder shall be at the Company’s offices located in Irvine, California, subject to such domestic and international travel as may he required to perform Executive’s duties hereunder. Executive shall relocate to Southern California, as soon as reasonably possible following the execution of this Agreement.

 

1.4 At-Will Employment. Subject to Articles III and IV, Executive’s employment with the Company is “at-will,” and either the Company or Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time and for any reason with or without cause. Subject to Articles III and IV, the Company may also change Executive’s compensation, duties, assignments, responsibilities, and primary work location, or the other terms and conditions of Executive’s employment at any time without advance notice. Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is his sole employer within the MDxHealth group.

 

1.5 Other Business Affiliations. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.1, Executive agrees that, without the approval of the CEO, Executive shall not, during the period of employment with the Company, devote any time to any business affiliation which would interfere with or derogate from Executive’s duties and obligations under this Agreement.

 

1.6 Compliance with Laws. Executive agrees to comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, and policies, standards and regulations of the Company now existing or hereafter promulgated. Among other things, Executive agrees to pay special attention to the medical fraud and abuse and anti-kickback laws, not just as they apply to the Company and its affiliates, but also as they apply to Company’s and its affiliates’ relationships with other parties and with healthcare professionals. The Company and its affiliates are committed to ensuring that their practices and procedures are compliant and that their relationships with other parties and healthcare professionals benefit patients and enhances the practice of medicine.

 

Article II. COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS

 

2.1 Base Salary. Executive shall be paid a gross annual base salary of $275,000 (“Base Salary”), less deductions and withholding required by law or approved by Executive, paid in accordance with the Company’s normal and customary payroll practices.

 

2.2 Annual Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary described in Section 2.1, for each full calendar year of employment with the Company (“Annual Bonus Period”), Executive shall be eligible to earn an annual bonus of up to 30% of Executive’s then in effect Base Salary (“Potential Annual Bonus”). For the calendar year 2019, the Potential Annual Bonus will be pro-rated for the partial year of employment. The amount and calculation of the actual annual bonus will be based on the Executive’s and the Company’s achievement of performance goals established in advance by the CEO and the Board of Directors (“Annual Bonus”), subject in certain circumstances to compliance with applicable Belgian corporate governance rules mandating that certain executive bonuses be partially structured over a two-year and three-year performance period rather than a single year period. The Annual Bonus, if any, will be earned and paid no later than March 15th of the year following the Annual Bonus Period (“Payment Date”). In the event Executive’s employment terminates for any reason other than for Cause prior to the end of the Annual Bonus Period, Executive shall be eligible to receive a pro-rata Annual Bonus based on Executive’s period of employment during the applicable calendar year and achievement by Executive and the Company of the objectives during that time period. In this case, the prorated Annual Bonus, if any, will only be deemed earned and paid on the Payment Date. All bonus payments shall be made less deductions and withholdings required by law or approved by Executive.

 

2

 

2.3 Reimbursable Expenses. Upon submission of expense reports sufficient to substantiate the Company’s federal income tax deductions for such expenses under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and in compliance with the expense report procedures as may be established by the Company from time to time, the Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable business expenses incurred in the performance of Executive’s duties hereunder on behalf of the Company.

 

2.4 Benefits. Executive and his dependents will be eligible to participate in all group health, medical, dental, disability and insurance plans, incentive, savings and retirement plans, and such other employee benefits (collectively, “Plans”), if any, as the Company may establish for its executives and on the same terms and conditions as are generally applicable to executives of the Company. Such Plans may be modified or terminated by the Company from time to time in accordance with the terms of the Plans. Executive’s and his dependents’ participation in such plans may be limited to the extent the Company reasonably determines it is necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences.

 

2.5 Vacations, Holidays & Sick Leave. Executive shall be eligible to accrue up to thirteen and one third (13 1/3) hours of vacation per month, which is equivalent to one hundred sixty (160) hours or twenty (20) days per full calendar year. The Company’s policies and/or practices as are generally applicable to executive employees of the Company shall apply to Executive’s accrual and use of vacation. Executive will be eligible to earn paid sick leave in accordance with the Company’s standard policy for similarly situated employees and applicable law. Executive will also be entitled to all paid holidays provided to the Company’s executive employees in California.

 

2.6 Stock Options.

 

(a) Grant Terms. Subject to approval by the Board of Directors of Company’s affiliate MDxHealth S.A. (the “Parent”) at its next regularly scheduled meeting of the Parent’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) following the date of this Agreement, Executive shall be granted an option to purchase 200,000 common shares of the Parent (the “Stock Option”). The per share exercise price of the Stock Option shall be equal to the higher of (i) average price of the common shares of the Parent on Euronext during the period of 30 days preceding the date of the grant, or (ii) the closing price on the Euronext of the underlying shares on the date of grant. The Stock Option will vest over the course of four years, in accordance with the terms of the option plan of the Parent, and shall be subject to such other terms and conditions set forth in the stock option plan(s) (“Plan”) pursuant to which it is granted and the agreement evidencing the grant.

 

(b) Accelerated Vesting. In the event of a Change of Control (as defined below) and provided the Board approves this provision in connection with the approval of the Stock Option, the Stock Option shall vest in full upon a Change of Control, except that in the case of a Change of Control that occurs during the first six (6) months following the Start Date, the Stock Option shall only vest with respect to 50% of the underlying shares subject to the Stock Option.

 

(c) Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement, “Change of Control” means (i) the occurrence of any of the following events: the consolidation, merger, reorganization, sale of all or substantially all of the assets or capital stock (including a control group tender offer) of the Company or Parent, (ii) completion of any other business combination in which Parent is not the surviving entity, or (iii) the announcement of the launch of public tender offer for all of the Parent’s voting securities that are not yet owned by the person making the tender offer (“Public Tender Offer”) that is unconditional, or the announcement that a conditional Public Tender Offer that has previously been launched has become unconditional.

 

3

 

Article III. TERMINATION

 

3.1 Termination Due to Executive’s Death. The Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon the death of the Executive.

 

3.2 Termination Due to Executive’s Disability. To the extent permissible under applicable law, the Company shall have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement with immediate effect upon the Executive’s Disability (as defined below) by providing written notice in accordance with Section 6.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Disability” shall mean the Executive’s inability to perform, with or without a reasonable accommodation, and consistent with the requirements of applicable state and federal law, the essential functions of Executive’s position by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment, injury or other medical condition, for a period of time not less than either one hundred twenty (120) consecutive calendar days or one hundred eighty (180) calendar days in any twelve (12) month period. In the event of any dispute regarding the existence of a Disability, the matter will be resolved by the determination of a physician qualified to practice medicine in the State of California (a “Physician”), whose identity is mutually agreed to by both parties, and whose determination shall be final and binding. If the parties cannot agree on a Physician, each party shall select one Physician, and those two Physicians shall select a third Physician to make the Disability determination, which shall be final and binding.

 

3.3 Termination by the Company for Cause. The Company shall have the right, exercisable at any time, to terminate the Executive’s employment under this Agreement with immediate effect for Cause (as defined below) by providing written notice in accordance with Section 6.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall mean: (i) Executive’s gross negligence or willful misconduct in the performance of Executive’s duties or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform any duties reasonably requested by the CEO, provided such duties are consistent with his title and position; (ii) Executive’s act or omission which constitutes misrepresentation or fraud and which causes, or is reasonably likely to cause, more than de minimis harm to the Company, Parent or its affiliates (together with Parent, the “Group”), including its or their business or reputation; (iii) Executive’s material violation of the Company’s or the Group’s lawful and material policies or procedures of which the Executive has had prior written notice or any laws, regulations or rules that are material to the business of the Company or the Group; (iv) Executive’s material breach of this Agreement or the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement; (v) Executive’s commission, indictment on charges related to, conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to a felony or similar or equivalent charge pursuant to applicable law, involving dishonesty that caused, or is reasonable likely to cause, more than de minimis harm to the Company or any entity in the Group, including its or their business or reputation; (vi) Executive’s misappropriation of Company or Group assets or breach of his fiduciary duties to the Company or the Group; provided, however, that a termination shall not be a termination for Cause with respect to any event or circumstance described in clauses (i), (iii), or (iv) that is reasonably susceptible of cure (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion) (a “Curable Event”) unless (a) Executive has been given written notice of the Curable Event and at least ten (10) business days to cure, and (b) the Curable Event or circumstance remains uncured at the end of such ten (10) business day period; provided, however, that if such failure to cure cannot reasonably be remedied within such ten (10) business day period (as determined by the Company in its reasonable discretion), it shall not constitute Cause hereunder if the Executive shall commence such remedy within such ten (10) business day period and thereafter diligently pursues such remedy and causes its completion within thirty (30) days thereafter.

 

4

 

3.4 Resignation by Executive For Good Reason. The Executive may terminate his employment for Good Reason (as defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.4. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean: (i) a material diminution in the character or scope of Executive’s duties, responsibilities, or authority, (ii) a material reduction in Base Salary other than a reduction that is proportionate to any general reduction in base salaries of executive officers of the Company and/or Parent; or (iii) the Company’s material breach of this Agreement, including, for the avoidance of any doubt, a breach of Section 6.20 hereof; provided, however, that for an event to constitute an event of Good Reason under this Section 3.4, the Executive must (a) provide the Company with written notice in accordance with Section 6.4 of Executive’s intent to terminate employment and a detailed description of the event Executive believes constitutes Good Reason within thirty (30) days after the initial existence of the event, and (b) the Company shall have sixty (60) days after Executive provides the notice described above to cure the event that constitutes Good Reason (the “Cure Period”). Provided that the Company has not cured the event reportedly giving rise to Good Reason, Executive will have ninety (90) days following the end of the Cure Period to terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason, after which Good Reason will no longer exist with respect to the event to which such cure period applied.

 

3.5 Termination by the Company without Cause or Resignation by Executive Without Good Reason. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any time without Cause, and the Executive may terminate the Executive’s employment without Good Reason, in each case upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to the other party in accordance with Section 6.4.

 

Article IV. COMPENSATION UPON TERMINATION

 

4.1 Final Pay Upon Termination. Upon the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, the Company shall pay to Executive (or his beneficiaries) in accordance with California law the unpaid portion of the Base Salary earned through the date of termination, any Annual Bonus earned prior to termination but remaining unpaid, and all accrued but unused paid vacation leave (“Final Pay”), less deductions and withholdings required by law. Final Pay will be paid in accordance with California law.

 

4.2 Termination by the Company for Cause, due to Executive’s Death or Disability, or Executive’s Resignation without Good Reason. If the Company terminates Executive for Cause, or due to Executive’s Death or Disability, or Executive resigns without Good Reason, Executive shall be entitled to receive the Final Pay only, and no severance, compensation or benefits shall be owed or paid by the Company.

 

4.3 Termination by the Company without Cause or Executive’s Resignation for Good Reason. Although Executive is employed at all times on an “at-will” basis, if the Company terminates Executive without Cause or Executive resigns for Good Reason, Executive shall be eligible to receive as severance upon the execution and non-revocation of a Release (as defined below) an amount equal to six (6) months of Executive’s Base Salary in effect at the time of the termination, less deductions and withholdings required by law (“Severance Pay”). As of the first anniversary of the Start Date, the Severance Pay will increase to twelve (12) months of Base Salary, less deductions and withholdings required by law. For the avoidance of doubt, this provision will continue to apply following a Change of Control provided that the conditions herein are satisfied.

 

4.4 Timing of Severance Payment and Release Requirement. The Severance Pay shall be paid to Executive in a lump sum within ten (10) business days following the effective date of a general release of all claims by Executive in a form provided by and acceptable to the Company (“Release”), which Release must be effective and irrevocable no later than fifty-five (55) days after the termination of Executive’s employment.

 

5

 

Article V. NONCOMPETITION DURING EMPLOYMENT

 

5.1 Noncompetition During Employment. During his employment, Executive shall devote his full time and efforts to the business of the Company and will not directly or indirectly, engage, individually or as an officer, director, employee, consultant, advisor, partner or co-venturer, or as a stockholder or other proprietor owning more than a five percent (5%) interest in any firm, corporation, partnership or other organization (in case of any such ownership or participation) in any enterprise or business that competes directly or indirectly with the products and/or services of the Company or the Group. Executive shall furnish to the CEO a detailed statement of any outside employment or consulting services in which Executive seeks to engage or invest, and, as from time to time requested by the CEO, resubmit for approval a detailed statement thereof. In the event the CEO determines in good faith that such violation or conflict exists, Executive shall refrain from such employment, consulting services or investment. It is intended and agreed that during the term of Executive’s employment, Executive will knowingly perform no act which may confer any competitive benefit or advantage upon any enterprise or business competing with Company or the Group.

 

5.2 Non-Solicitation. Executive agrees that during his employment and for a period of one (1) year after the termination of his employment for any reason, and within the geographical regions in which the Company or the Group does business, Executive shall not induce or attempt to induce, either directly or indirectly, any employee, agent or consultant of the Company or the Group to terminate his or her association with the Company or the Group or attempt by any means to persuade or incite such individuals to accept another employment or engagement or to leave the Company or the Group. The Company and Executive agree that the provisions of this Section 5.2 are necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company.

 

5.3 In the event of the breach or threatened breach by Executive of any of the provisions of this Article 5, the Company, in addition to all other remedies available to it at law or in equity, shall be entitled to seek preliminary or permanent injunctive relief and/or specific performance to enforce the provisions set forth in this Article 5.

 

Article VI. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

6.1 Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement. In conjunction with the execution of this Agreement, Executive will execute and enter into the Company’s standard Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit 1, the terms of which shall be incorporated into this Agreement.

 

6.2 No Breach of Duty. Executive represents that Executive’s performance of this Agreement and employment with the Company does not and will not breach any agreement or duty to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by Executive before his employment with the Company. Executive has not and will not enter into any agreement, either written or oral, in conflict with this Agreement. Executive represents that he is not currently restricted from being employed by the Company or entering into this Agreement.

 

6

 

6.3 Arbitration. Except for workers’ compensation claims, disputes solely before government agencies (including but not limited to the NLRB or EEOC), unemployment insurance claims, and other claims which may not be arbitrated as a matter of law, Executive and the Company agree that any and all disputes, controversies, or claims, whether based in contract, tort, common or statutory law, between Executive and the Company and/or its agents, and whether arising under or relating to this Agreement, Executive’s employment with the Company, the termination of Executive’s employment, or any other manner of the parties’ relationship (“Arbitrable Claims”) shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration conducted pursuant to the Federal Arbitration Act. Executive and the Company agree that arbitration shall be exclusive, final and binding remedy for all Arbitrable Claims, and Executive, the Company and its agents hereby waive any rights each may have to a jury trial in regard to Arbitrable Claims. Executive and the Company further agree that the arbitrator shall have the sole authority to determine the arbitrability of Arbitrable Claims. The arbitration shall be conducted by a single arbitrator before JAMS in Irvine, California (or other mutually agreed upon city) under the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures and the JAMS Policy on Employment Arbitration Minimum Standards of Procedural Fairness, if applicable, in effect on the date this Agreement is signed (“JAMS Rules”), except as expressly set forth herein or where such rules are not in compliance with applicable state or federal law. A copy of the JAMS Rules is available for review through the Company by submitting a request to the Human Resources Department, by contacting JAMS at telephone number 800¬352-5267, or at JAMS’ website at www.jamsadr.com. Both Executive and the Company shall be entitled to file diapositive motions before the arbitrator to the same extent as would be allowed had the dispute been heard in a court of law having jurisdiction over the parties’ claims or counterclaims. The arbitrator shall have the same authority as a court to award equitable relief, damages, costs, and fees as provided by law or the applicable JAMS Rules for the particular claims asserted. Executive and the Company shall follow the JAMS Rules applicable to initial filing fees, but in no event will Executive be responsible for any portion of those fees in excess of the filing or initial appearance fees applicable to court actions in the jurisdiction where the arbitration will be conducted. The Company otherwise shall pay all costs and expenses unique to arbitration, including without limitation the arbitrator’s fees. The arbitrator must follow applicable law and may award only those remedies that would have applied had the matter been heard in court. All Arbitrable Claims must be brought within the statutes of limitations applicable to such claims. The arbitrator’s decision must be in writing and contain findings of fact and conclusions of law. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s decision in any court having jurisdiction. This Agreement affects Executive’s ability to participate in class, collective or representative actions. Both the Company and Executive agree to bring any dispute in arbitration on an individual basis only, and not on a class, collective, or private attorney general representative basis on behalf of others. There will be no right or authority for any dispute to be brought, heard or arbitrated as a class, collective, representative or private attorney general action, or as a member in any such class, collective, representative or private attorney general proceeding (“Class Action Waiver”). This Class Action Waiver does not apply to any claim Executive brings in arbitration as a private attorney general solely on his own behalf and not on behalf of others. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the JAMS Rules, disputes regarding the validity, enforceability or breach of the Class Action Waiver may be resolved only by a civil court of competent jurisdiction and not by an arbitrator.

 

6.4 Notices. All Notices and all other communications which are required to be given under this Agreement must be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when (i) personally delivered, (ii) mailed by United States registered or certified mail postage prepaid, (iii) sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, (iv) sent via e-mail to the recipient, in each case as follows:

 

  If to Company: MDxHealth, Inc.
    15279 Alton Parkway, Suite 100
    Irvine CA 92618,
    Attn: General Counsel (Confidential)
    Email: joseph.sollee@mdxhealth.com
     
  If to Executive: Ron Kalfus

  

7

 

or such other address or addresses as either party hereto shall have designated by notice in writing to the other party hereto. Such notices shall be deemed given on the date on which personally served or emailed, or if by mail or courier on the third (3rd) day after being posted or on the date of actual receipt, whichever is earlier.

 

6.5 Independent Counsel. Each party acknowledges that it has been represented by independent counsel of its choice, or has had the opportunity to be represented by independent counsel of its choice, and that to the extent, if any, that it desired, has availed itself of this right and opportunity throughout all negotiations that have preceded the execution of this Agreement, and that it has executed the same with the consent and upon the advice of such independent counsel. Accordingly, any rule of law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the drafting party has no application and is expressly waived, and the parties agree to all of the provisions in this Agreement based on the advice of their respective counsel.

 

6.6 Conditions to Employment. This Agreement and Executive’s employment are also contingent upon Executive’s proof of identity and work eligibility. Under the Immigration Reform and Control Act of 1986, employers are required to verify the identity and employment eligibility of all new hires within three (3) business days of their first day of work. To assist the Company in complying with this requirement, Executive is required to bring appropriate documents with him on his first day. This Agreement and Executive’s employment are contingent upon successful completion of a reference check and/or background check.

 

6.7 Taxes. All payments under this Agreement will be made less deductions and withholdings required by law.

 

6.8 The Company’s Property. The Executive, upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason or, if earlier, upon the Company’s reasonable request, shall promptly return all Property (as defined below) that had been entrusted or made available to Executive by the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, “Property” means all records, files, memoranda, reports, price lists, customer lists, drawings, plans, sketches, keys, codes, computer hardware and software and other property of any kind or description prepared, developed or acquired by Executive during Executive’s employment by the Company or its predecessors in interest (and any duplicates of any such property) together with any and all information, ideas, concepts, discoveries, and inventions and the like conceived, made, developed or acquired at any time by Executive individually or with others during Executive’s employment that relate to the Company’s business.

 

6.9 Resignation From Corporate Positions. The Executive, upon the termination of Executive’s employment shall promptly resign from any appointments as an officer or board member of the Company and each of its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent company, successors and assigns.

 

6.10 Section 409A of the Code. It is the intention of the parties to this Agreement that no payment or entitlement pursuant to this Agreement will give rise to any adverse tax consequences under Section 409A of the Code (“Section 409A”) and that such payments or entitlements to which the Executive is or could become entitled to under this Agreement are intended to be exempt from or comply with Section 409A, with the payments intended to be exempt under the “short-term deferral” and “separation pay” exceptions to the maximum extent permitted under Section 409A, and this Agreement shall be interpreted and administered in a manner consistent with such intent. Further, no effect shall be given to any provision herein in a manner that reasonably could be expected to give rise to adverse tax consequences under Section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may unilaterally amend the terms of this Agreement to avoid the application of, or to comply with, Section 409A, in a particular circumstance or as necessary or desirable to satisfy any of the requirements under Section 409A or to mitigate any additional tax, interest and/or penalties that may apply under Section 409A if exemption or compliance is not practicable, but the Company shall not be under any obligation to make any such amendment. For purposes of Section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate and distinct payment. Nothing in this Agreement shall provide a basis for any person to take action against the Company or any affiliate thereof based on matters covered by Section 409A, including the tax treatment of any amount paid under the Agreement, and neither the Company nor any of its affiliates shall under any circumstances have any liability to the Executive or his estate or any other party for any taxes, penalties or interest due on amounts paid or payable under this Agreement, including taxes, penalties or interest imposed under Section 409A.

 

8

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing and anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if amounts or benefits payable by reference to the timing of the Executive’s termination of employment constitute non-qualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, as determined in the Company’s sole discretion, (i) such amounts or benefits shall not be paid unless the Executive experiences a “separation from service” (within the meaning of Section 409A), (ii) to the extent that any payment period conditioned on the Executive’s execution of a release commences in one calendar year and ends in the subsequent calendar year, such amounts or benefits shall be paid in the second calendar year; and (iii) if Executive is a “specified employee” (within the meaning of Section 409A) as of the date of Executive’s separation from service, such amounts or benefits shall not be paid until the date that is six months and one day following the date of Executive’s separation from service, or if earlier, the date of Executive’s death.

 

6.11 Golden Parachute. In the event that the benefits provided for in this Agreement (together with any other benefits or amounts) otherwise constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and would, but for this Section 6.11 be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), then Executive’s benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced to the extent necessary such that no portion of the such benefits would be subject to the Excise Tax. In the event of a reduction of benefits hereunder, the Consulting Firm (as defined below) shall determine which benefits shall be reduced so as to achieve the principle set forth in the preceding sentence. In no event shall the foregoing be interpreted or administered so as to result in an acceleration of payment or further deferral of payment of any amounts (whether under this Agreement or any other arrangement) in violation of Section 409A. Unless the Company and Executive otherwise agree in writing, all determinations required to be made under this Section 6.11, including the manner and amount of any reduction in Executive’s benefits under this Agreement, and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determinations, shall be made in writing in good by the accounting firm designated by the Company (the “Consulting Firm”). In the event that the Consulting Firm (or any affiliate thereof) is unable or unwilling to act, Executive may appoint a nationally recognized public accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Consulting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Consulting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company, and the Company shall enter into any agreement requested by the Consulting Firm in connection with the performance of the services hereunder. For purposes of making the calculations required by this Section 6.11, the Consulting Firm may make reasonable assumptions and approximations concerning the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code. The Company and Executive shall furnish to the Consulting Firm such information and documents as the Consulting Firm may reasonably request to make a determination under this Section 6.11.

 

9

 

6.12 Legal Representatives. Upon the death or disability of Executive, any payments due under this Agreement shall be paid to Executive’s legal representatives.

 

6.13 Representations. Executive represents that he has not been debarred nor received notice of any action or threat with respect to his debarment under the provisions of the Generic Drug Enforcement Act of 1992, 21 U.S.C. § 335 (a). Executive agrees promptly to notify Company upon receipt of any such notice and further agree, upon Company’s request, to provide a separate written certification, on a form provided by Company, to this effect.

 

6.14 Shareholder Approval by Parent. The provisions of this Agreement that contain obligations for the Company and/or create rights for the Executive in function of a change of control over the Parent or the Group are subject to the approval by the general shareholders meeting of the Parent in accordance with article 556 of the Belgian Companies Code of 7 May 1999 (as amended). Other provisions in relation to variable remuneration are subject to the approval by the general shareholders meeting of the Parent.

 

6.15 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this Agreement is held to be invalid, void, or unenforceable, the remainder of the provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby.

 

6.16 Survival. Articles III, IV, V, and VI shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.17 Entire Agreement; Employment Amendments; Waiver. This Agreement, together with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, is the entire agreement between the parties hereto concerning the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces all prior or contemporaneous agreements or understandings between the parties. This Agreement may not be amended or modified in any manner, except by an instrument in writing signed by Executive and the President or Vice President of the Company. Failure of either party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or any rights with respect thereto or failure to exercise any election provided for herein shall in no way be considered to be a waiver of such provisions, rights or elections or in any way effect the validity of this Agreement. The failure of either party to exercise any of said provisions, rights or elections shall not preclude or prejudice such party from later enforcing or exercising the same or other provisions, rights or elections which it may have under this Agreement.

 

6.18 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The Executive acknowledges and agrees that the Company is his sole employer, and that his employment relationship is only subject to California law. With the exception of “Arbitrable Claims” as defined in Section 6.3, the federal courts and/or state courts of the State of California, Orange County shall have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any dispute arising out of this Agreement and/or employment relationship or termination thereof and Executive consents to such jurisdiction and venue.

 

6.19 Attorneys’ Fees. In the event of any action for the breach of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with such action.

 

6.20 Successors And Assigns. This Agreement and Executive’s obligations hereunder will be binding upon his heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns. The Company shall require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company or the Parent to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

“Executive”   “Company”
         
By: /s/ Ron Kalfus   By: /s/ Michael McGarrity
  Ron Kalfus     Michael McGarrity, CEO

 

10

 

Exhibit 1

 

PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

 

This PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT (“Agreement”), effective as of _________________, ___, ____, is executed by me, ________________, in favor of MDxHealth, Inc. (“Company”).

 

As a condition of my employment by Company, and in consideration of my employment and the compensation previously and hereafter paid to me by Company, I agree to the following:

 

1. PROTECTION OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

(a) Company Information. I acknowledge that during my employment by the Company I will have access to confidential information of the Company and its affiliates, subsidiaries, parent company, successors and assigns (collectively, “Affiliated Entities”; references to Company in this Section 1 include Affiliated Entities). I agree at all times during my employment with the Company and following termination thereof for any reason, to hold in the strictest confidence, and not use, except for the benefit of the Company, or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation without written authorization of the Chief Executive Officer, any Company Confidential Information. I understand that my unauthorized use or disclosure of Company Confidential Information during my employment will lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination and legal action by the Company. I understand that “Company Confidential Information” means any non-public information that relates to the actual or anticipated business, research or development activities of the Company, or to the Company’s technical data, trade secrets or know-how, including, but not limited to, research, product plans or other information regarding the Company’s products or services and markets therefor, software, source code, developments, inventions, discoveries, processes, formulas, technology, documentation, designs, drawings, engineering processes, data, marketing information, customer lists and customers, suppliers, employees, financial and other business information; provided, however Company Confidential Information does not include any of the foregoing items to the extent the same have become publicly known and made generally available through no wrongful act of mine or of others. I understand that nothing herein is intended to preclude or dissuade me from engaging in activities protected by state and federal law, including the National Labor Relations Act such as discussing wages, benefits, or terms and conditions of employment, including discussions regarding forming, joining or supporting labor unions, raising complaints about working conditions for my and my fellow employees’ mutual aid or protection or other legally protected activities under applicable law.

 

(b) Former Employer Information. I agree that during my employment with the Company, I will not improperly use, disclose, or induce the Company to use any proprietary information or trade secrets of any former or concurrent employer, or any other company, person, or entity. I further agree that I will not bring onto the premises of the Company or transfer onto the Company’s technology systems any unpublished document, proprietary information or trade secrets belonging to any such employer, company, person or entity unless consented to in writing by both the Company and such employer, company, person or entity.

 

11

 

(c) Third Party Information. I recognize that the Company may have received and in the future may receive from third parties associated with the Company, e.g., the Company’s customers, suppliers, licensors, licensees, partners, joint venturers or collaborators (“Associated Third Parties”) their confidential or proprietary information (“Associated Third Party Confidential Information”). By way of example, Associated Third Party Confidential information may include the practices, technology and requirements of Associated Third Parties, and information related to the business conducted between the Company and such Associated Third Parties. I agree at all times during my employment with the Company and thereafter to hold in the strictest confidence, and not to use or to disclose to any person, firm or corporation any Associated Third Party Confidential Information, except as necessary in carrying out my work for the Company consistent with the Company’s agreement with such Associated Third Parties. I understand that my unauthorized use or disclosure of Associated Third Party Confidential Information during my employment will lead to disciplinary action, up to and including immediate termination and legal action by the Company.

 

(d) Immunity From Liability For Confidential Disclosure Of Trade Secret(s). Pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (18 U.S.C. 1833(b)), I shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made in confidence either directly or indirectly to a Federal, State, or local government official, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating, a violation of law. I shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret made in a complaint, or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If I file a lawsuit alleging retaliation by the company for reporting a suspected violation of the law, I may disclose the trade secret to my attorney and use the trade secret in the court proceeding, so long as any document containing the trade secret is filed under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. This paragraph will govern to the extent it may conflict with any other provision of this Agreement.

 

(e) Protected Rights. No sections in this Agreement, including the sections addressing my confidentiality obligations, is intended to or shall limit, prevent, impede or interfere in any way with my right, without prior notice to the Company, to provide information to the government, participate in investigations, testify in proceedings regarding the Company’s past or future conduct, or engage in any activities protected under whistleblower statutes.

 

2. INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS

 

(a) Inventions And Original Works Retained And Licensed To The Company. I have attached hereto as Exhibit A, a list describing all inventions, discoveries, original works of authorship, developments, improvements, and trade secrets, which were conceived in whole or in part by me prior to my employment with the Company to which I have any right, title or interest, which are subject to California Labor Code Section 2870 attached hereto as Exhibit B, and which relate to the Company’s proposed business, products, or research and development (“Excluded Inventions”); or, if no such list is attached, I represent and warrant that there are no such Excluded Inventions. Furthermore, I represent and warrant that the inclusion of any Excluded Inventions on Exhibit A of this Agreement will not materially affect my ability to perform all obligations under this Agreement. If, in the course of my employment with the Company, I incorporate into or use in connection with any product, process, service, technology or other work by or on behalf of Company any Excluded Invention, I hereby grant to the Company a nonexclusive, royalty-free, fully paid-up, irrevocable, perpetual, worldwide license, with the right to grant and authorize sublicenses, to make, have made, modify, use, import, offer for sale, and sell such Excluded Invention as part of or in connection with such product, process, service, technology or other work and to practice any method related thereto.

 

12

 

(b) Inventions And Original Works Assigned To The Company. I agree that I will promptly make full written disclosure to the Company, will hold in trust for the sole right and benefit of the Company, and I hereby assign and transfer to the Company, or its designee, all my worldwide right, title, and interest in and to (i) any and all inventions, original works of authorship, developments, concepts, improvements, designs, discoveries, know-how, ideas, software, compositions of matter and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or registrable under patent, copyright or similar laws, which I may solely or jointly conceive, create, develop, reduce to practice, or otherwise make (or cause to be conceived, created, developed, reduced to practice or made), during the entire period of time I am in the employ of the Company (including during my off-duty hours), or with the use of Company’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or Company Confidential Information, except as provided in Section 2(g) below (collectively referred to as “Inventions”) (ii) any and all trade secrets, patent rights, copyrights, moral rights, and other intellectual property rights anywhere in the world (collectively referred to as “Intellectual Property Rights”) embodied in or related to such Inventions. I further acknowledge that all original works of authorship which are made by me (solely or jointly with others) within the scope of and during the period of my employment with the Company and which are protectable by copyright are “works made for hire,” as that term is defined in the United States Copyright Act, and the Company will be considered the author and owner of such works. I understand and agree that the decision whether or not to commercialize or market any Inventions is within the Company’s sole discretion and for the Company’s sole benefit and that no royalty or other consideration will be due to me as a result of the Company’s efforts to commercialize or market any such Inventions.

 

(c) Moral Rights. To the extent permitted by applicable law, I assign to the Company all “moral rights” I may have in any Inventions, except as provided in Section 2(g) below. If and to the extent an assignment or transfer of any Moral Rights is not valid or enforceable under any applicable law, I grant the Company a worldwide, unlimited, royalty-free right and license in and to, and I hereby forever waive and agree never to assert, any and all Moral Rights I may have in or with respect to any Inventions even after termination of my employment or work on behalf of the Company. “Moral Rights” mean any rights to attribution or claim authorship of a work of authorship, to object to or prevent the modification of any work of authorship, or to withdraw from circulation or control the publication or distribution of any work, and any similar right, existing under judicial or statutory law of any country or jurisdiction in the world, or under any treaty, regardless of whether or not such right is denominated or generally referred to as a “moral right.”

 

(d) Assignment of Claims. I further perpetually, irrevocably, and unconditionally assign, transfer, and convey to Company and its successors and assigns all claims for past, present and future infringement or misappropriation of the Inventions, including all rights to sue for and to receive and recover all past, present and future profits and damages accruing from any infringement, misappropriation or violation of Intellectual Property Rights in the Inventions.

 

13

 

(e) Maintenance of Records. I agree to keep and maintain adequate, accurate and current written records of all Inventions made by me (solely or jointly with others) during the term of my employment with the Company. These records will be in the form of notes, sketches, drawings, electronic files, reports and any other format that may be specified by the Company. Such records will be available to and remain the sole property of the Company at all times.

 

(f) Further Assurances. I agree to assist the Company, or its designee, at the Company’s expense, in every proper way to secure the Company’s rights in the Inventions and any rights relating thereto in any and all countries, including the disclosure to the Company of all pertinent information and data with respect thereto, the execution of all applications, specifications, oaths, assignments and all other instruments which the Company shall deem proper or necessary in order to apply for, register, obtain, maintain, defend, and enforce such rights and in order to assign and convey to the Company, its successors, assigns, and nominees the sole and exclusive rights, title and interest in and to such Inventions and any rights relating thereto, and testifying in a suit or other proceeding relating to such Inventions and any rights relating thereto. I further agree that my obligation to execute or cause to be executed, when it is in my power to do so, any such instrument or papers shall continue after the termination of this Agreement. If the Company is unable because of my mental or physical incapacity or for any other reason to secure my signature with respect to any Inventions including, without limitation, to apply for or to pursue any application for any United States or foreign patents or copyright registrations covering such Inventions, then I hereby irrevocably designate and appoint the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as my agent and attorney in fact, to act for and in my behalf and stead to execute and file any papers, oaths and to do all other lawfully permitted acts with respect to such Inventions with the same legal force and effect as if executed by me.

 

(g) Exception to Assignments. I understand that the provisions of this Agreement requiring assignment to the Company do not apply to any invention which qualifies fully under the provisions of Section 2870 of the California Labor Code, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B. I will advise the Company promptly in writing of any inventions, original works of authorship or trade secrets that I believe meet the criteria in California Labor Code Section 2870; and I will at that time provide to the Company in writing all evidence necessary to substantiate that belief.

 

3. NO BREACH OF DUTY

 

I represent that my performance of all the terms of this Agreement and as an employee of the Company does not, and to the best of my present knowledge and belief, will not breach any agreement or duty to keep in confidence proprietary information acquired by me in confidence or in trust prior to my employment by the Company. I agree I will not enter into any agreement either written or oral in conflict with the terms of this Agreement. I am not at the present time restricted from being employed by the Company or entering into this Agreement. I represent that I have no other agreements, relationships or commitments to any other person or entity that conflict with my obligations to the Company under this Agreement or my ability to become employed and perform the services for which I am being hired by the Company. I further agree that if I have signed a confidentiality agreement or similar type of agreement with any former employer or other entity, I will comply with the terms of any such agreement to the extent that its terms are lawful under applicable law. I represent and warrant that after undertaking a careful search (including searches of my computers, cell phones, electronic devices and documents), I have returned all property and confidential information belonging to all prior employers.

 

14

 

4. TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

 

Upon separation from employment with the Company, I agree to immediately sign and deliver to the Company the “Termination Certification” attached hereto as Exhibit C. I also agree to keep the Company advised of my home and business address for a period of three (3) years after termination of my employment with the Company, so that the Company can contact me regarding my continuing obligations provided by this Agreement.

 

5. NOTIFICATION OF NEW EMPLOYER

 

In the event that I leave the employ of the Company, I hereby grant consent to notification by the Company to my new employer about my obligations under this Agreement.

 

6. USE AND RETURN OF COMPANY PROPERTY

 

I will not remove (either physically or electronically) any property belonging to the Company or MDxHealth group, from the Company’s or MDxHealth group’s premises, except as required in the ordinary course of my employment, unless the Company grants me authorization to do so. I agree that upon separation from employment with the Company or on demand by the Company during my employment, I will immediately deliver to the Company (and will not keep in my possession, recreate or deliver to anyone else) any and all Company and MDxHealth group property, including, but not limited to, Company Confidential Information, Associated Third Party Confidential Information, as well as all devices and equipment belonging to the Company and MDxHealth group (including computers, handheld electronic devices, telephone equipment, and other electronic devices), Company credit cards, records, data, notes, notebooks, reports, files, proposals, lists, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, photographs, charts, all other documents and property, and reproductions of any of the aforementioned items that were developed by me pursuant to my employment with the Company, obtained by me in connection with my employment with the Company, or otherwise belonging to the Company or its Affiliates, including, without limitation, those records maintained pursuant to Section 2(e). I also consent to an exit interview to confirm my compliance with this Section 6.

 

7. NO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

Nothing in this Agreement changes my status as an express at-will employee. I agree that unless specifically provided in another writing signed by me and the Chief Executive Officer, my employment by the Company is not for a definite period of time. Rather, my employment relationship with the Company is one of employment at will and may be terminated by either myself or the Company at any time, with or without cause.

 

15

 

8. GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

(a) Governing Law and Jurisdiction. This Agreement will be governed by the laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law rules or principles that may result in the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than California. I expressly agree that the federal courts and/or state courts of the State of California, Orange County, shall have exclusive jurisdiction to adjudicate any dispute arising out of this Agreement, including any lawsuit filed against me by the Company.

 

(b) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Exhibits herein, sets forth the entire agreement and understanding between the Company and me relating to the subject matter herein and supersedes all prior discussions, representations and agreements, written or oral, between us. No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, will be effective unless in writing signed by the Chief Executive Officer and me. Any subsequent change or changes in my duties, salary or compensation will not affect the validity or scope of this Agreement.

 

(c) Severability. If one or more of the provisions in this Agreement are deemed void by law, then the remaining provisions will continue in full force and effect.

 

(d) Successors And Assigns. This Agreement and my obligations hereunder will be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators and other legal representatives and will be for the benefit of the Company, its successors, and its assigns.

 

(e) Remedies. By virtue of the duties and responsibilities attendant with my engagement by the Company, I understand that great loss and irreparable damage would be suffered by the Company if I should breach any of the terms of this Agreement. I acknowledge that each such term is reasonably necessary to protect and preserve the interests of the Company. Therefore, in addition to all other remedies available to the Company at law or in equity, the Company shall be entitled to, without posting a bond, specific performance, a temporary restraining order and a permanent injunction to prevent a breach or the continuation of a breach of any of the terms of this Agreement.

 

(f) Waiver. Waiver by the Company of a breach of any provision of this Agreement will not operate as a waiver of any other or subsequent breach.

 

(g) Survivorship. My obligations under this Agreement, and the rights of the Company hereunder, will survive termination of my employment with the Company.

 

(h) Agreement Read, Understood and Fair. I have carefully read and considered the provisions of this Agreement and agree that all of the restrictions set forth are fair and reasonable and are reasonably required for the protection of the interests of the Company. The Company acknowledges that the goodwill and value of the Company is enhanced by these provisions and that said enhancement is desired by me.

 

(i) Effective Date. The Agreement shall be deemed retroactive to the first day of my employment by the Company.

 

[The remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

16

 

(j) Signatures. This Agreement may be signed in two counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, with the same force and effectiveness as though executed in a single document.

 

Ron Kalfus  
     
   
(Signature)  
     
Date:    
     
ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO:  
     
MDxHealth, Inc.  
     
By:    
     
Name:             
     
Title:    
     
Date:    

 

17

 

EXHIBIT A

 

LIST OF EXCLUDED INVENTIONS AND ORIGINAL WORKS OF AUTHORSHIP

 

TITLE   DATE   IDENTIFYING NUMBER OR BRIEF DESCRIPTION
         
         
         
         
         

 

____ No inventions or improvements

 

____ Additional sheets attached

 

Signature of Employee:    
     
Print Name of Employee:    
     
Date:    

 

18

 

EXHIBIT B

 

CALIFORNIA LABOR CODE SECTION 2870

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS, ASSIGNMENT OF RIGHTS

 

California Labor Code § 2870. Invention on Own Time - Exemption from Agreement.

 

(a) Any provision in an employment agreement which provides that an employee shall assign, or offer to assign, any of his or her rights in an invention to his or her employer shall not apply to an invention that the employee developed entirely on his or her own time without using the employer’s equipment, supplies, facilities, or trade secret information except for those inventions that either:

 

(1) Relate at the time of conception or reduction to practice of the invention to the employer’s business, or actual or demonstrably anticipated research or development of the employer.

 

(2) Result from any work performed by the employee for the employer.

 

(b) To the extent a provision in an employment agreement purports to require an employee to assign an invention otherwise excluded from being required to be assigned under subdivision (a), the provision is against the public policy of this state and is unenforceable.

 

19

 

EXHIBIT C

 

MDxHealth, Inc.

 

TERMINATION CERTIFICATION

 

This is to certify that I do not have in my possession, nor have I failed to return, any devices, records, software, data, notes, reports, proposals, lists, and sources of customers, lists of employees, proposals to customers, drafts of proposals, business plans and projections, reports, job notes, correspondence, specifications, drawings, blueprints, sketches, materials, equipment, other documents or property, or reproductions of any aforementioned items belonging to MDxHealth, Inc. (“Company”), its parent, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or assigns (together “Affiliated Entities”).

 

I further certify that I have complied with all terms of the Company’s Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement signed by me, including the reporting of any inventions and original works of authorship (as defined therein) conceived or made by me (solely or jointly with others) covered by that Agreement.

 

I further agree that, in compliance with the Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement, I will preserve as confidential all trade secrets, confidential knowledge, data or other proprietary information relating to products, processes, know-how, designs, formulas, developmental or experimental work, computer programs, data bases, other original works of authorship, customer lists, business plans, financial information or other subject matter pertaining to any business of the Company and Affiliated Entities, and their customers, consultants or licensees.

 

Date:      
      Ron Kalfus
       
       
      Signature

 

 

20 

 

 

Exhibit 10.12

 

CERTAIN IDENTIFIED INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S-K ITEM 601(B)(10)(IV). ASTERISKS DENOTE OMISSIONS. SUCH INFORMATION IS BOTH (i) IMMATERIAL AND (ii) IS OF A TYPE REGULARLY TREATED AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL BY THE REGISTRANT.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

EXCLUSIVE LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

BETWEEN

 

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY

 

&
 

ONCOMETHYLOME SCIENCES SA

 

JHU Ref. No.: 3970

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated License Agreement (the “Agreement”) dated September 1, 2004 is entered into by and between The Johns Hopkins University, a Maryland corporation having an address at 3400 N. Charles Street, Baltimore, Maryland, 21218-2695 (“JHU”) and OncoMethylome Sciences SA, a corporation having an address at Niveau +2, Tour 4 de Pharmacie (batiment 36), Ulg CHU, Av. de l’Hopital no. 1, 4000 Sart-Tilman (Liege), Belgium (“Company”), with respect to the following:

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, JHU and Company are parties to a Collaborative Research Agreement (the “CRA”) dated as of the 8th day of September, 1999, pursuant to which JHU has granted an option to Company to license certain rights and technology developed pursuant to the CRA, a copy of which is incorporated herein by reference; and

 

WHEREAS, as a center for research and education, JHU is interested in licensing PATENT RIGHTS and TECHNOLOGY RIGHTS (both hereinafter defined) in a manner that will benefit the public by facilitating the distribution of useful products and the utilization of new processes, but is without capacity to commercially develop, manufacture, and distribute any such products or processes; and

 

WHEREAS, a valuable invention(s) entitled “Method of Detection of Prostate Cancer” (JHU Ref. No. 3970) was developed during foe course of the RESEARCH PROJECT (as this term is defined herein) by Dr. David Sidransky (hereinafter, “Inventor”); and

 

WHEREAS, JHU has acquired through assignment all rights, title and interest, with the exception of certain retained rights by the United States government, in its interest in said valuable inventions; and

 

WHEREAS, Company obtained certain rights in such inventions pursuant to the terms of that certain License Agreement dated as of August 29, 2003 by and between JHU and the Company (the “Prior Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, JHU and Company desire to amend and restate in its entirety the Prior Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree that all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Agreement are extinguished by the execution hereof and that such Prior Agreement shall be superseded and replaced in its entirety by this Agreement, and the parties hereto further agree as follows:

 

Article 1
DEFINITIONS

 

All definitions included in the CRA and used in this Agreement are incorporated by reference. All references to particular Exhibits, Articles or Paragraphs shall mean the Exhibits to, and Paragraphs and Articles of, this Agreement, unless otherwise specified. For the purposes of this Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

 

1.1 AFFILIATED COMPANY” as used herein in either singular or plural shall mean any corporation, company, partnership, joint venture or other entity, which controls, is controlled by or is under common control with Company. For purposes of this Paragraph 1.1, control shall mean the direct or indirect ownership of at least fifty-percent (50%).

 

Page 1 of 20

 

 

1.2 EFFECTIVE DATE” of this Agreement shall mean August 29, 2003.

 

1.3 EXCLUSIVE LICENSE” shall mean a grant by JHU to Company of its entire right and interest in the PATENT RIGHTS subject to rights retained by the United States Government, if any, in accordance with the Bayh-Dole Act of 1980 (established by P.L. 96-517 and amended by P.L. 98-620, codified at 35 USC § 200 et. seq. and implemented according to 37 CFR Part 401), and subject to the retained right of JHU to make, have made, provide and use for its and The Johns Hopkins Health Systems’ purposes LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S), including the ability to distribute any biological material disclosed and/or claimed in PATENT RIGHTS for nonprofit academic research use to non-commercial entities as is customary in the scientific community.

 

1.4 EXCLUSIVE LICENSED FIELD” shall mean (a) diagnostics, including but not limited to tests performed at Company’s and its customers’ service laboratories, clinical research, clinical grade reagents, and kits for diagnostic tests and (b) research grade reagents and kits for research. For the avoidance of doubt, diagnostics does not include the sale or offer for sale of therapeutics.

 

1.5 LICENSED FIELD” shall mean (a) the EXCLUSIVE LICENSED FIELD and (b) the field of SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, to the extent not already included in the EXCLUSIVE LICENSED FIELD.

 

1.6 LICENSED PRODUCT(S)” as used herein in either singular or plural shall mean any process or method, material, compositions, drug, or other product, the manufacture, use or sale of which would constitute, but for the license granted to Company pursuant to this Agreement, an infringement of a claim of PATENT RIGHTS (infringement shall include, but is not limited to, direct, contributory, or inducement to infringe).

 

1.7 LICENSED SERVICE(S)” as used herein in either singular or plural shall mean the performance on behalf of a third party of any method including any diagnostic tests or the use of any product or composition which would constitute, but for the license granted to Company pursuant to this Agreement, an infringement of a claim of the PATENT RIGHTS, (infringement shall include, but not be limited to, direct, contributory or inducement to infringe).

 

1.8 NET SALES” shall mean gross revenues and fees actually received by Company, AFFILIATED COMPANY and/or SUBLICENSEE(S) from the sale and/or provision of LICENSED PRODUCT(S), less trade discounts allowed, refunds, rebates (price reductions, including Medicaid and similar types of rebates, e.g. chargebacks), returns and recalls, sales and use taxes, duties and similar governmental assessments and , to the extent actually paid by seller and/or charged by seller to the buyer, transportation, packing and shipping insurance; provided, however, that if Company, AFFILIATED COMPANY and/or SUBLICENSEE(S) sells a PANEL, the gross sales revenues and fees attributable to such PANEL shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among each assay comprising such PANEL, and NET SALES for purposes of royalty payments shall be determined and calculated separately for each such assay hereunder (as independent products, services or, if an individual assay includes Other Components (as defined below), combination products and/or services). In the event that Company, AFFILIATED COMPANY and/or SUBLICENSEE(S) sells a LICENSED PRODUCT(S) in combination with other active components or services which are not LICENSED PRODUCT(S) (“Other Components”), the NET SALES for purposes of royalty payments on the combination shall be calculated as follows:

 

(a) If all LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and Other Components contained in the combination are available separately, the NET SALES for purposes of royalty payments will be calculated by multiplying the NET SALES of the combination by the fraction A/A+B, where A is the separately available price of all LICENSED PRODUCT(S) in the combination, and B is the separately available price for all Other Components in the combination.

 

Page 2 of 20

 

 

(b) If the combination includes Other Components which are not sold separately (but all LICENSED PRODUCT(S) in the combination are available separately), the NET SALES for purposes of royalty payments will be calculated by multiplying the NET SALES of the combination by A/C, where A is the separately available price of all LICENSED PRODUCT(S) in the combination and C is the invoiced price of the combination (or pro rata portion thereof attributable to the assay, if applicable); provided that COMPANY may elect instead, in its discretion, to calculate NET SALES in accordance with Section 1.8(a), where B is the separately available price for all Other Components for which a separately available price can be determined (thereby excluding from B any Other Components for which a separately available price is not available).

 

(c) If the LICENSED PRODUCTS contained in the combination are not sold separately, the NET SALES for such combination shall be NET SALES of such combination as defined in the first sentence of this Paragraph 1.8. [***].

 

The term “Other Components” shall include, without limitation, genetic or protein markers/reagents, amplification enzymes, DNA extraction tools, processing and detection instruments and methods not covered in the PATENT RIGHTS; but shall exclude solvents, diluents, carriers, excipients or the like used in formulating a product. By way of example only, set forth in Exhibit C hereto is a hypothetical calculation of NET SALES for purposes of this Section 1.8 in connection with sales of a PANEL that includes a combination of Other Components.

 

1.9 NET SERVICE REVENUES” shall mean gross service revenues and fees actually received by Company, AFFILIATED COMPANY and/or SUBLICENSEE(S) for the performance of LICENSED SERVICE(S) less trade discounts allowed, refunds, rebates (price reductions, including Medicaid and similar types of rebates, e.g. chargebacks), returns and recalls, sales and use taxes, duties and similar governmental assessments imposed upon and with specific reference to the LICENSED SERVICE(S) and transportation, packing and shipping insurance actually paid by seller and/or charged by seller to the buyer; provided, however, that if Company, AFFILIATED COMPANY and/or SUBLICENSEE(S) provides a LICENSED SERVICE(S) utilizing a PANEL, the gross sales revenues and fees attributable thereto shall be allocated on a pro rata basis among each assay comprising such PANEL, and NET SERVICE REVENUES for purposes of royalty payments shall be determined and calculated separately for each such assay hereunder (as independent products, services or, if an individual assay includes Other Components, combination products and/or services). In the event that Company, AFFILIATED COMPANY and/or SUBLICENSEE(S) sells a LICENSED SERVICE(S) in combination with other services or Other Components or as part of a kit (“Other Items”), the NET SERVICE REVENUES for purposes of royalty payments shall be calculated as follows:

 

(a) If all LICENSED SERVICE(S) and Other Items contained in the combination are available separately, the NET SERVICE REVENUES for purposes of royalty payments will be calculated by multiplying the NET SERVICE REVENUES of the combination by the fraction A/A+B, where A is the separately available price of all LICENSED SERVICE(S) in the combination, and B is the separately available price for all Other Items in the combination.

 

(b) If the combination includes Other Items which are not sold separately (but all LICENSED SERVICE(S) in the combination are available separately), the NET SERVICE REVENUES for purposes of royalty payments will be calculated by multiplying the NET SERVICE REVENUES of the combination by A/C, where A is the separately available price of all LICENSED SERVICE(S) in the combination and C is the invoiced price of the combination (or pro rata portion thereof attributable to the assay, if applicable); provided that COMPANY may elect instead, in its discretion, to calculate NET SERVICE REVENUES in accordance with Section 1.9(a), where B is the separately available price for all Other Items for which a separately available price can be determined (thereby excluding from B any Other Items for which a separately available price is not available).

 

Page 3 of 20

 

 

(c) If the LICENSED SERVICE(S) contained in the combination are not sold separately, the NET SERVICE REVENUES for such combination shall be NET SERVICE REVENUES of such combination as defined in the first sentence of this Paragraph 1.9. [***]

 

1.10 PANEL” shall mean a panel or kit that includes multiple assays of different markers, which panel includes a LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and/or is utilized in the provision of a LICENSED SERVICE(S).

 

1.11 PATENT RIGHTS” shall mean the U.S. patent application Serial No. 10,295,483 filed on November 15, 2002, and the PCT patent application Serial No. PCT/US02/367 filed on November 15, 2002, and both assigned to JHU entitled “Method of Detection of Prostate Cancer”, and the inventions disclosed and claimed therein, and all continuations, divisions, and reissues based thereof, and continuations-in-part to the extent the claims of the continuation-in-part are supported by the disclosure in the parent application and any new matter added to the continuation-in-part is unencumbered by a third party and supports the claims of the parent application, and any corresponding foreign patent applications, and any patents, patents of addition or other equivalent foreign patent rights issuing, granted or registered thereon.

 

1.12 RESEARCH PROJECT” shall mean the collaborative research program between JHU and Company described and funded in accordance with the CRA.

 

1.13 SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH” shall mean basic scientific research, including, without limitation, (a) in vitro or in vivo research (but not clinical) studies directed to understanding biological sciences, (b) research directed to the identification and discovery of genetic targets for therapeutic or diagnostic purposes, including, without limitation, high throughput screening and screening for new genetic targets for genetic polymorphisms or product development, and (c) research studies directed to understanding environmental sciences, agricultural sciences, forensic sciences, chemical sciences, cosmetic sciences, and related industrial applications. For avoidance of doubt, SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH excludes the development of any therapeutic or diagnostic products or clinical trials for any diagnostic, pharmaceutical or other therapeutic products.

 

1.14 SUBLICENSEE(S)” as used herein in either singular or plural shall mean any person or entity other than an AFFILIATED COMPANY to which Company has granted a sublicense under this Agreement pursuant to which such entity is required to pay to Company royalties or other remuneration based on such entity’s revenues or other income of any kind received in connection with the sale or distribution of LICENSED PRODUCTS or provision of LICENSED SERVICES.

 

1.15 TECHNOLOGY RIGHTS” shall mean JHU’s rights not covered under PATENT RIGHTS in any technical information, know-how, process, procedure, composition, device, method, formula, protocol, technique, software, design, drawing or data developed by Inventor in the performance of the collaborative research program between JHU and Company described and funded in accordance with the CRA.

 

Page 4 of 20

 

 

1.16 VALID CLAIM” shall mean any claim of any issued or pending patent within PATENT RIGHTS that has not been (i) finally rejected or (ii) declared invalid by a patent office or court of competent jurisdiction in any unappealed or unappealable decision.

 

Article 2
LICENSE GRANT

 

2.1 Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, JHU hereby grants to Company (i) an EXCLUSIVE LICENSE to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and to provide the LICENSED SERVICE(S) in the United States and worldwide under the PATENT RIGHTS in the EXCLUSIVE LICENSED FIELD. (ii) a license on the most exclusive basis available to TECHNOLOGY RIGHTS to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and to provide the LICENSED SERVICE(S) in the United States and worldwide in the EXCLUSIVE LICENSED FIELD and (iii) a non-exclusive license to make, have made, use, import, offer for sale and sell the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and to provide the LICENSED SERVICE(S) in the United States and worldwide under the PATENT RIGHTS in the field of SCIENTIFIC RESEARCH, to the extent not included in the EXCLUSIVE LICENSE granted in clauses (i) or (ii) of this sentence. It is agreed and understood that Company will make available on reasonable terms research reagents and research kits to the academic research community for non-commercial research purposes. This Grant shall apply to the Company and any AFFILIATED COMPANY, except that any AFFILIATED COMPANY shall not have the right to sublicense others as set forth in Paragraph 2.2 below. If any AFFILIATED COMPANY exercises rights under this Agreement, such AFFILIATED COMPANY shall be bound by all terms and conditions of this Agreement, including but not limited to indemnity and insurance provisions and royalty payments, which shall apply to the exercise of the rights, to the same extent as would apply had this Agreement been directly between JHU and the AFFILIATED COMPANY. In addition, Company shall remain fully liable to JHU for all acts and obligations of AFFILIATED COMPANY such that acts of the AFFILIATED COMPANY shall be considered acts of the Company.

 

2.2 Sublicense. Company may sublicense to others under this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Paragraph and subject to JHU’s prior written approval of the sublicense agreement or form thereof as applicable. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. As a condition to its validity and enforceability, each sublicense agreement with a SUBLICENSEE shall: (a) incorporate by reference the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (b) be consistent with the terms, conditions and limitations of this Agreement, (c) prohibit SUBLICENSEE’s further sublicense of the rights delivered hereunder, (d) name JHU as an intended third party beneficiary of the obligations of SUBLICENSEE without imposition of obligation or liability on the part of JHU or its Inventors to the SUBLICENSEE, (e) specifically incorporate Paragraphs 6.2 “Representations by JHU”, 7.1 “Indemnification”, 10.1 “Use of Name”, 10.4 “Product Liability” into the body of the sublicense agreement, and cause the terms used in therein to have the same meaning as in this Agreement, and, (f) bear signature from JHU indicating JHU’s review and approval of the sublicense agreement. Company shall provide to JHU each proposed sublicense agreement with a SUBLICENSEE, executed by both Company and proposed SUBLICENSEE, for review, approval and signature by JHU. To the extent that any terms, conditions or limitations of any sublicense agreement are inconsistent with this Agreement, those terms, conditions and limitations are null and void against JHU, even though JHU has approved the sublicense in writing.

 

Page 5 of 20

 

 

2.3 Government Rights. The United States Government may have acquired a nonexclusive, nontransferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on behalf of the United States the inventions described in PATENT RIGHTS throughout the world. The rights granted herein are additionally subject to: (i) the requirement that any LICENSED PRODUCT(S) produced for use or sale within the United States shall be substantially manufactured in the United States (unless a waiver under 35 USC § 204 or equivalent is granted by the appropriate United States government agency), (ii) the right of the United States government to require JHU, or its licensees, including Company, to grant sublicenses to responsible applicants on reasonable terms when necessary to fulfill health or safety needs, and, (iii) other rights acquired by the United States government under the laws and regulations applicable to the grant/contract award under which the inventions were made.

 

Article 3
FEES, ROYALTIES, & PAYMENTS

 

3.1 License Fee. Company shall pay or shall have paid to JHU within thirty (30) days of the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement a license fee as set forth in Exhibit A. JHU will not submit an invoice for the license fee, which is nonrefundable and shall not be credited against royalties or other fees.

 

3.2 Minimum Annual Royalties. Company shall pay to JHU minimum annual royalties as set forth in Exhibit A. These minimum annual royalties shall be due, without invoice from JHU, within thirty (30) days of each anniversary of the EFFECTIVE DATE beginning with the first anniversary. Running royalties accrued under Paragraph 3.3 and paid to JHU during the one year period preceding an anniversary of the EFFECTIVE DATE shall be credited against the minimum annual royalties due on that anniversary date.

 

3.3 Running Royalties. Company shall pay to JHU a running royalty as set forth in Exhibit A, for each LICENSED PRODUCT(S) sold, and for each LICENSED SERVICE(S) provided, by Company, AFFILIATED COMPANIES and SUBLICENSEE(S), based on NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES for the term of this Agreement. Such payments shall be made quarterly. All non-US taxes related to LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) sold under this Agreement shall be paid by Company and shall not be deducted from royalty or other payments due to JHU. No multiple royalties are intended to be paid with respect to the same unit of LICENSED PRODUCT or because the manufacture, use or sale of a LICENSED PRODUCT is covered by more than one VALID CLAIM under the PATENT RIGHTS.

 

In order to insure JHU the full royalty payments contemplated hereunder, Company agrees that in the event any LICENSED PRODUCT(S) shall be sold to an AFFILIATED COMPANY or SUBLICENSEE(S) or to a corporation, firm or association with which Company shall have any agreement, understanding or arrangement with respect to consideration (such as, among other things, an option to purchase stock or actual stock ownership, or an arrangement involving division of profits or special rebates or allowances) without which agreement, understanding or arrangement, prices paid by such corporation, firm or association for a LICENSED PRODUCT would be higher than the net selling price (per NET SALES) reported by Company, or if such agreement, understanding or arrangement results in extending to such corporation, firm or association lower prices for LICENSED PRODUCT(S) than those charged to outside concerns buying similar merchandise in similar amounts and under similar conditions, then, and in any such event, the royalties to be paid hereunder for such LICENSED PRODUCT(S) shall be based upon the greater of: 1) the net selling price (per NET SALES) at which the purchaser of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) resells such product to the end user, 2) the NET SERVICE REVENUES received from using the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) in providing a LICENSED SERVICE, 3) the fair market value of the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or 4) the net selling price (per NET SALES) of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) paid by the purchaser.

 

Page 6 of 20

 

 

3.4 Patent Reimbursement. Company will reimburse JHU, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of an invoice from JHU, for all costs associated with the preparation, filing, maintenance, and prosecution of PATENT RIGHTS incurred by JHU on or before the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement. In accordance with Paragraph 4.1 below, Company will reimburse JHU, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of an invoice from JHU, for all costs associated with the preparation, filing, maintenance, and prosecution of PATENT RIGHTS incurred by JHU subsequent to the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement.

 

3.5 Form of Payment. All payments under this Agreement shall be made in U.S. Dollars. Checks are to be made payable to “The Johns Hopkins University”. Wire transfers may be made through:

 

[***]

 

Company shall be responsible for any and all costs associated with wire transfers.

 

3.6 Late Payments. In the event that any payment due hereunder is not made when due, the payment shall accrue interest beginning on the tenth day following the due date thereof; calculated at the annual rate of the sum of [***], the interest being compounded on the last day of each calendar quarter, provided however, that in no event shall said annual interest rate exceed the maximum legal interest rate for corporations. Each such payment when made shall be accompanied by all interest so accrued. Said interest and the payment and acceptance thereof shall not negate or waive the right of JHU to seek any other remedy, legal or equitable, to which it may be entitled because of the delinquency of any payment including, but not limited to termination of this Agreement as set forth in Paragraph 9.2.

 

Article 4
PATENT PROSECUTION, MAINTENANCE, & INFRINGEMENT

 

4.1 Prosecution & Maintenance. JHU, at Company’s expense, shall file, prosecute and maintain all patents and patent applications specified under PATENT RIGHTS and, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Company shall be licensed thereunder. Title to all such patents and patent applications shall reside in JHU. JHU shall have full and complete control over all patent matters in connection therewith under the PATENT RIGHTS, provided however, that JHU shall (a) cause its patent counsel to timely copy Company on all official actions and written correspondence with any patent office, and (b) allow Company an opportunity to comment and advise JHU. JHU shall consider and reasonably incorporate all comments and advice. By concurrent written notification to JHU and its patent counsel at least thirty (30) days in advance (or later at JHU’s discretion) of any filing or response deadline, or fee due date, Company may elect not to have a patent application filed in any particular country or not to pay expenses associated with prosecuting or maintaining any patent application or patent, provided that Company pays for all costs incurred up to JHU’s receipt of such notification. Failure to provide such notification can be considered by JHU to be Company’s authorization to proceed at Company’s expense. Upon such notification, JHU may file, prosecute, and/or maintain such patent applications or patent at its own expense and for its own benefit, and any rights granted hereunder or license granted hereunder held by Company, AFFILIATED COMPANIES or SUBLICENSEE(S) to PATENT RIGHTS which comprise the subject of such patent applications or patent and/or apply to the particular country, shall terminate. If JHU decides to abandon or allow to lapse any patent application or patent within the PATENT RIGHTS or discontinue any other patent prosecution activities in respect thereof in any country, JHU shall inform Company and Company shall be given the opportunity to assume patent prosecution activities in respect thereof at Company’s expense.

 

4.2 Notification. Each party will notify the other promptly in writing when any infringement by another is uncovered or suspected.

 

Page 7 of 20

 

 

4.3 Infringement. Company shall have the first right to enforce any patent within PATENT RIGHTS against any infringement or alleged infringement thereof; and shall at all times keep JHU informed as to the status thereof Before Company commences an action with respect to any infringement of such patents, Company shall give careful consideration to the views of JHU and to potential effects on the public interest in making its decision whether or not to sue. Thereafter, Company may, at its own expense, institute suit against any such infringer or alleged infringer and control and defend such suit in a manner consistent with the terms and provisions hereof and recover, for its account, any damages, awards or settlements resulting therefrom, subject to Paragraph 4.5. However, no settlement, consent judgement or other voluntary final disposition of the suit may be entered into without the prior written consent of JHU, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. This right to sue for infringement shall not be used in an arbitrary or capricious manner. JHU shall reasonably cooperate in any such litigation at Company’s expense.

 

If Company elects not to enforce any patent within the PATENT RIGHTS, then it shall so notify JHU in writing within ninety (90) days of receiving notice that an infringement exists, and JHU may, in its sole judgment and at its own expense, take steps to enforce any patent and control, settle, and defend such suit in a manner consistent with the terms and provisions hereof; and recover, for its own account, any damages, awards or settlements resulting therefrom.

 

4.4 Patent Invalidity Suit. If a declaratory judgement action is brought naming Company as a defendant and alleging invalidity of any of the PATENT RIGHTS, JHU may elect to take over the sole defense of the action at its own expense. Company shall cooperate fully with JHU in connection with any such action. In the event that all applicable claims of a patent or patent application included within the PATENT RIGHTS under which Company is selling or actively developing a LICENSED PRODUCT or LICENSED SERVICE shall be held invalid or not infringed by the LICENSED PRODUCTS or LICENSED SERVICE that Company is selling or actively developing, by a court of competent jurisdiction in a given country, whether or not there is a conflicting decision by another court of competent jurisdiction in such country, Company may cease all royalty payments on its, its AFFILIATES’ or its SUBLICENSEES’ sales of such LICENSED PRODUCT covered by such claims and, if it does so, shall deposit such royalty payments in an interest-bearing escrow account until such judgment is finally reversed by an unappealed or unappealable decree of a court of competent jurisdiction of higher dignity in such country or is otherwise unappealable or is unappealed within the time allowed therefor; provided, however, that if such judgment is finally reversed by an unappealed or unappealable decree of a court of competent jurisdiction of higher dignity in such country, the former royalty payments shall be resumed and the royalty payments not theretofore made and interest earned thereon shall become due and payable to JHU.

 

4.5 Recovery. Any recovery by Company under Paragraph 4.3 shall be deemed to reflect loss of commercial sales, and Company shall pay to JHU [***]. If the cost and expenses exceed the recovery, then [***] of the excess shall be credited against royalties payable by Company to JHU hereunder in connection with sales of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and/or LICENSED SEVICE(S) covered in the PATENT RIGHTS which are the subject of the infringement suit, in the country of such legal proceedings, provided, however, that any such credit under this Paragraph shall not exceed [***], with any excess credit being carried forward to future calendar years.

 

Page 8 of 20

 

 

Article 5
OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES

 

5.1 Reports. Company shall provide to JHU the following written reports according to the following schedules.

 

(a) Company shall provide quarterly Royalty Reports, substantially in the format of Exhibit B and due within thirty (30) days of the end of each calendar quarter following the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement. Royalty Reports shall disclose the amount of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S) sold, the total NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES of such LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S), any adjustment(s) to NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES for the purposes of royalty calculation pursuant to Sections 1.8 and 1.9 hereof, respectively, any adjustments to reported amounts from prior quarters as a result of “true-up” corrections or for other reasons, and the running royalties due to JHU as a result of NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES by Company, AFFILIATED COMPANIES and SUBLICENSEE(S) thereof. Payment of any such royalties due shall accompany such Royalty Reports. Company shall use reasonable best efforts to collect information each quarter from SUBLICENSEES in such detail and accuracy so as to enable determination of the amounts payable to JHU hereunder. In the event a SUBLICENSEE fails to timely report such information, Company shall include in its report for such quarter a reasonable estimate of NET SALES and NET SERVICE REVENUES and the basis for such estimate, subject to a “true up” correction in the subsequent quarter.

 

(b) Until Company, an AFFILIATED COMPANY or a SUBLICENSEE(S) has achieved a first commercial sale of a LICENSED PRODUCT or LICENSED SERVICE, or received FDA market approval, Company shall provide semiannual Diligence Reports, due within thirty (30) days of the end of every June and December following the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement. These Diligence Reports shall describe Company’s, AFFILIATED COMPANIES or any SUBLICENSEE(S)’s technical efforts towards meeting its obligations under the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c) Company shall provide Annual Reports within thirty (30) days of the end of every December following the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement. Annual Reports shall include:

 

(i) evidence of insurance as required under Paragraph 10.4, or, a statement of why such insurance is not currently required, and

 

(ii) identification of all AFFILIATED COMPANIES which have exercised rights pursuant to Paragraph 2.1, or, a statement that no AFFILIATED COMPANY has exercised such rights, and

 

(iii) notice of all FDA approvals of any LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) obtained by COMPANY, AFFILIATED COMPANY or SUBLICENSEE, the patent(s) or patent application(s) licensed under this Agreement upon which such product or service is based, and the commercial name of such product or service, or, in the alternative, a statement that no FDA approvals have been obtained.

 

Page 9 of 20

 

 

5.2 Records. Company shall make and retain, for a period of three (3) years following the period of each report required by Paragraph 5.1, true and accurate records, files and books of account containing all the data reasonably required for the full computation and verification of sales and other information required in Paragraph 5.1. Such books and records shall be in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied. Company shall permit the inspection and copying of such records, files and books of account by JHU or its agents during regular business hours upon ten (10) business days’ written notice to Company. Such inspection shall not be made more than once each calendar year. All costs of such inspection and copying shall be paid by JHU, provided that if any such inspection shall reveal that an error has been made in the amount equal to five percent (5%) or more of such payment, such costs shall be borne by Company. As a condition to entering into any such agreement, Company shall include in any agreement with its AFFILIATED COMPANIES or its SUBLICENSEE(S) which permits such party to make, use, sell or import the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or provide LICENSED SERVICE(S), a provision requiring such party to retain records of sales of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and records of LICENSED SERVICE(S) and other information as required in Paragraph 5.1 and permit JHU to inspect such records as required by this Paragraph.

 

5.3 Best Efforts. Company shall exercise reasonable best efforts to develop and to introduce the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S) into the commercial market as soon as practicable, consistent with sound and reasonable business practice and judgement; thereafter, until the expiration or termination of this Agreement, Company shall endeavor to keep LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S) reasonably available to the public. Company shall also exercise reasonable efforts to develop LICENSED PRODUCT(S) suitable for different indications within the LICENSED FIELD, so that the PATENT RIGHTS can be commercialized as broadly and as speedily as good scientific and business judgement would deem possible.

 

5.4 Other Products. After clinical or other evidence, provided in writing by JHU to Company, demonstrating the practicality of a particular market or use within the LICENSED FIELD which is not being developed or commercialized by Company, Company shall either provide JHU with a reasonable development plan and start development or attempt to reasonably sublicense the particular market or use to a third party. If within six (6) months of such notification by JHU, Company has not initiated such development efforts or sublicensed that particular market or use, JHU may terminate this license for such particular market or use. This Paragraph shall not be applicable if Company reasonably demonstrates to JHU that commercializing such LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) or granting such a sublicense in said market or use would have a potentially adverse commercial effect upon marketing or sales of the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) developed and being sold by Company.

 

5.5 Patent Acknowledgement. Company agrees that all packaging containing individual LICENSED PRODUCT(S) sold by Company, AFFILIATED COMPANIES and SUBLICENSEE(S) of Company will be marked with the number of the applicable patent(s) licensed hereunder in accordance with each country’s patent laws.

 

Article 6
REPRESENTATIONS

 

6.1 Duties of the Parties. JHU is not a commercial organization. It is an institute of research and education. Therefore, JHU has no ability to evaluate the commercial potential of any PATENT RIGHTS or LICENSED PRODUCT or other license or rights granted in this Agreement. It is therefore incumbent upon Company to evaluate the rights and products in question, to examine the materials and information provided by JHU, and to determine for itself the validity of any PATENT RIGHTS, its freedom to operate, and the value of any LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) or other rights granted.

 

Page 10 of 20

 

 

6.2 Representations by JHU. JHU warrants that it has good and marketable title to its interest in the inventions claimed under PATENT RIGHTS with the exception of certain retained rights of the United States Government, which may apply if any part of the JHU research was funded in whole or in part by the United States government. JHU does not warrant the validity of any patents or that practice under such patents shall be free of infringement. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS PARAGRAPH 6.2, COMPANY, AFFILIATED COMPANIES AND SUBLICENSEE(S) AGREE THAT THE PATENT RIGHTS ARE PROVIDED “AS IS”, AND THAT JHU MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY WITH RESPECT TO THE PERFORMANCE OF LICENSED PRODUCT(S) AND LICENSED SERVICE(S) INCLUDING THEIR SAFETY, EFFECTIVENESS, OR COMMERCIAL VIABILITY. JHU DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO PRODUCT(S) AND SERVICE(S) LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ALL WARRANTIES, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR ANY PARTICULAR PURPOSE. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, JHU ADDITIONALLY DISCLAIMS ALL OBLIGATIONS AND LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF JHU AND INVENTORS, FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, ATTORNEYS’ AND EXPERTS’ FEES, AND COURT COSTS (EVEN IF JHU HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, FEES OR COSTS), ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE MANUFACTURE, USE, OR SALE OF THE PRODUCT(S) AND SERVICE(S) LICENSED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. COMPANY, AFFILIATED COMPANIES AND SUBLICENSEE(S) ASSUME ALL RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY FOR LOSS OR DAMAGE CAUSED BY A PRODUCT AND/OR SERVICE MANUFACTURED, USED, OR SOLD BY COMPANY, ITS SUBLICENSEE(S) AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES WHICH IS A LICENSED PRODUCT(S) OR LICENSED SERVICE(S) AS DEFINED IN THIS AGREEMENT.

 

Article 7
INDEMNIFICATION

 

7.1 Indemnification. JHU and the Inventors will have no legal liability exposure to third parties if JHU does not license the LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S), and any royalties JHU and the Inventors may receive is not adequate compensation for such legal liability exposure. Therefore, JHU requires Company to protect JHU and Inventors from such exposure to the same manner and extent to which insurance, if available, would protect JHU and Inventors. Furthermore, JHU and the Inventors will not, under the provisions of this Agreement or otherwise, have control over the manner in which Company or its AFFILIATED COMPANIES or its SUBLICENSEE(S) or those operating for its account or third parties who purchase LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) from any of the foregoing entities, develop, manufacture, market or practice the inventions of LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S). Therefore, Company, AFFILIATED COMPANY and SUBLICENSEE shall indemnify, defend with counsel reasonably acceptable to JHU, and hold JHU, The Johns Hopkins Health Systems, their present and former trustees, officers, Inventors of PATENT RIGHTS, agents, faculty, employees and students harmless as against any judgments, fees, expenses, or other costs arising from or incidental to any product liability or other lawsuit, claim, demand or other action brought as a consequence of the practice of said inventions by any of the foregoing entities, whether or not JHU or said Inventors, either jointly or severally, is named as a party defendant in any such lawsuit and whether or not JHU or the Inventors are alleged to be negligent or otherwise responsible for any injuries to persons or property. Practice of the inventions covered by LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S), by an AFFILIATED COMPANY or an agent or a SUBLICENSEE(S) or a third party on behalf of or for the account of Company or by a third party who purchases LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S) from Company, shall be considered Company’s practice of said inventions for purposes of this Paragraph. The obligation of Company to defend and indemnify as set out in this Paragraph shall survive the termination of this Agreement, shall continue even after assignment of rights and responsibilities to an affiliate or sublicensee, and shall not be limited by any other limitation of liability elsewhere in this Agreement.

 

Page 11 of 20

 

 

Article 8
CONFIDENTIALITY

 

8.1 Confidentiality. If necessary, the parties will exchange information, which they consider to be confidential. The recipient of such information agrees to accept the disclosure of said information which is marked as confidential (the “Confidential Information”) at the time it is sent to the recipient, and to employ all reasonable efforts to maintain the Confidential Information secret and confidential, such efforts to be no less than the degree of care employed by the recipient to preserve and safeguard its own confidential information. The information shall not be disclosed or revealed to anyone except employees of the recipient who have a need to know the information and who have entered into a secrecy agreement with the recipient under which such employees are required to maintain confidential the Confidential Information of the recipient and such employees shall be advised by the recipient of the confidential nature of the information and that the Confidential Information shall be treated accordingly.

 

The obligations of this Paragraph shall also apply to AFFILIATED COMPANIES and/or SUBLICENSEE(S) provided such Confidential Information by Company. JHU’s, Company’s, AFFILIATED COMPANIES, and SUBLICENSEES’ obligations under this Paragraph shall extend until three (3) years after the termination of this Agreement.

 

8.2 Exceptions. The recipient’s obligations under Paragraph 8.1 shall not extend to any part of the Confidential Information:

 

(a) that can be demonstrated to have been in the public domain or publicly known and readily available to the trade or the public prior to the date of the disclosure; or

 

(b) that can be demonstrated, from written records to have been in the recipient’s possession or readily available to the recipient from another source not under obligation of secrecy to the disclosing party prior to the disclosure; or

 

(c) that becomes part of the public domain or publicly known by publication or otherwise, not due to any unauthorized act by the recipient; or

 

(d) that is demonstrated from written records to have been developed by or for the receiving party without reference to Confidential Information disclosed by the disclosing party; or

 

(e) that is required to be disclosed by law, government regulation or court order.

 

8.3 Right to Publish. JHU may publish manuscripts, abstracts or the like describing the PATENT RIGHTS and inventions contained therein provided Confidential Information of Company as defined in Paragraph 8.1, is not included or without first obtaining approval from Company to include such Confidential Information. Otherwise, JHU and the Inventors shall be free to publish manuscripts and abstracts or the like directed to the work done at JHU related to the licensed technology without prior approval.

 

Article 9
TERM & TERMINATION

 

9.1 Term. The term of this Agreement shall commence on the EFFECTIVE DATE and shall continue, in each country, until the date of expiration of the last to expire patent included within PATENT RIGHTS in that country or if no patents issue then for a term of twenty (20) years from the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement.

 

Page 12 of 20

 

 

9.2 Termination By Either Party. This Agreement may be terminated by either party, in the event that the other party (a) files or has filed against it a petition under the Bankruptcy Act, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, has a receiver appointed for it or a substantial part of its assets, or otherwise takes advantage of any statute or law designed for relief of debtors or (b) fails to perform or otherwise breaches any of its obligations hereunder, if, following the giving of notice by the terminating party of its intent to terminate and stating the grounds therefor, the party receiving such notice shall not have cured the failure or breach within thirty (30) days. In no event, however, shall such notice or intention to terminate be deemed to waive any rights to damages or any other remedy which the party giving notice of breach may have as a consequence of such failure or breach.

 

9.3 Termination by Company. Company may terminate this Agreement and the license granted herein, for any reason, upon giving JHU ninety (90) days written notice.

 

9.4 Obligations and Duties upon Termination. If this Agreement is terminated, both parties shall be released from all obligations and duties imposed or assumed hereunder to the extent so terminated, except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement. Upon termination, both parties shall cease any further use of the confidential information disclosed to the receiving party by the other party. Termination of this Agreement, for whatever reason, shall not affect the obligation of either party to make any payments for which it is liable prior to or upon such termination. Termination shall not affect JHU’s right to recover unpaid royalties, fees, reimbursement for patent expenses, or other forms of financial compensation incurred prior to termination. Upon termination Company shall submit a final royalty report to JHU and any royalty payments, fees, unreimbursed patent expenses and other financial compensation due JHU shall become immediately payable. Furthermore, upon termination of this Agreement, all rights in and to the PATENT RIGHTS shall revert immediately to JHU at no cost to JHU. Upon termination of this Agreement, any SUBLICENSEE(S) shall become a direct licensee of JHU, provided that JHU’s obligations to SUBLICENSEE(S) are no greater than JHU’s obligations to Company under this Agreement. Company shall provide written notice of such to each SUBLICENSEE(S) with a copy of such notice provided to JHU.

 

Article 10
MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 Use of Name. Company, AFFILIATED COMPANIES and SUBLICENSEE(S) shall not use the name of The Johns Hopkins University or The Johns Hopkins Health System or any of its constituent parts, such as the Johns Hopkins Hospital or any contraction thereof or the name of Inventors in any advertising, promotional, sales literature or fundraising documents without prior written consent from an authorized representative of JHU. Company, AFFILIATED COMPANIES and SUBLICENSEE(S) shall allow at least seven (7) business days notice of any proposed public disclosure for JHU’s review and comment or to provide written consent.

 

10.2 Registration of License. Company, at its expense, may register the license granted under this Agreement in any country where the use, sale or manufacture of a LICENSED PRODUCT or LICENSED SERVICE in such country would be covered by a VALID CLAIM of the PATENT RIGHTS. Upon request by Company, JHU shall agree to promptly execute any “short form” licenses submitted to it by Company in order to effect the foregoing registration in such country.

 

10.3 No Partnership. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create any agency, employment, partnership, joint venture or similar relationship between the parties other than that of a licensor/licensee. Neither party shall have any right or authority whatsoever to incur any liability or obligation (express or implied) or otherwise act in any manner in the name or on the behalf of the other, or to make any promise, warranty or representation binding on the other.

 

Page 13 of 20

 

 

10.4 Notice of Claim. Each party shall give the other or its representative immediate notice of any suit or action filed, or prompt notice of any claim made, against them arising out of the performance of this Agreement or arising out of the practice of the inventions licensed hereunder.

 

10.5 Product Liability. Prior to initial human testing or first commercial sale of any LICENSED PRODUCT(S) or LICENSED SERVICE(S) as the case may be in any particular country, Company shall establish and maintain, in each country in which Company, an AFFILIATED COMPANY or SUBLICENSEE(S) shall test or sell LICENSED PRODUCT(S) and LICENSED SERVICE(S), product liability or other appropriate insurance coverage in the minimum amount of [***] per claim and will annually present evidence to JHU that such coverage is being maintained. Upon JHU’s request, Company will furnish JHU with a Certificate of Insurance of each product liability insurance policy obtained. JHU shall be listed as an additional insured in Company’s said insurance policies. If such Product Liability insurance is underwritten on a ‘claims made’ basis, Company agrees that any change in underwriters during the term of this Agreement will require the purchase of ‘prior acts’ coverage to ensure that coverage will be continuous throughout the term of this Agreement.

 

10.6 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, and legal relations between the parties hereto shall be determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland applicable to contracts solely executed and wholly to be performed within the State of Maryland without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of laws. Any disputes between the parties to the Agreement shall be brought in the state or federal courts of Maryland. Both parties agree to waive their right to a jury trial.

 

10.7 Notice. All notices or communication required or permitted to be given by either party hereunder shall be deemed sufficiently given if mailed by registered mail or certified mail, return receipt requested, or sent by overnight courier, such as Federal Express, to the other party at its respective address set forth below or to such other address as one party shall give notice of to the other from time to time hereunder. Mailed notices shall be deemed to be received on the third business day following the date of mailing. Notices sent by overnight courier shall he deemed received the following business day.

 

If to Company: Attn: Herman Spolders BVBA, CEO
OncoMethylome Sciences SA
Niveau +2, Tour 4 de Pharmacie (batiment 36)
Ulg CHU, Av. de l’Hopital no. 1
4000 Sart-Tilman (Liege)
Belgium

 

With a copy to: OncoMethylome Sciences SA
2505 Meridian Parkway, Suite 310
Durham, NC 27713
Attn.: Legal Dept.

 

If to JHU: Licensing and Technology Development
Johns Hopkins University
100 N. Charles Street
5th Floor
Baltimore, MD 21201
Attn.: Director

 

10.8 Compliance with All Laws. In all activities undertaken pursuant to this Agreement, both JHU and Company covenant and agree that each will in all material respects comply with such Federal, state and local laws and statutes, as may be in effect at the time of performance and all valid rules, regulations and orders thereof regulating such activities.

 

Page 14 of 20

 

 

10.9 Successors and Assigns. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights or obligations created herein, except for the right to receive any remuneration hereunder, may be assigned by either party, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of the other party, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided, however that either party shall be free to assign this Agreement in connection with any sale of substantially all of its assets without the consent of the other. . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties hereto.

 

10.10 No Waivers; Severability. No waiver of any breach of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver of any other breach of the same or other provision of this Agreement, and no waiver shall be effective unless made in writing. Any provision hereof prohibited by or unenforceable under any applicable law of any jurisdiction shall as to such jurisdiction be deemed ineffective and deleted herefrom without affecting any other provision of this Agreement. It is the desire of the parties hereto that this Agreement be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by law, and should any provision contained herein be held by any governmental agency or court of competent jurisdiction to be void, illegal and unenforceable, the parties shall negotiate in good faith for a substitute term or provision which carries out the original intent of the parties.

 

10.11 Entire Agreement; Amendment. Company and JHU acknowledge that they have read this entire Agreement and that this Agreement, including the attached Exhibits constitutes the entire understanding and contract between the parties hereto and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous oral or written communications with respect to the subject matter hereof, all of which communications are merged herein. It is expressly understood and agreed that (i) there being no expectations to the contrary between the parties hereto, no usage of trade, verbal agreement or another regular practice or method dealing within any industry or between the parties hereto shall be used to modify, interpret, supplement or alter in any manner the express terms of this Agreement; and (ii) this Agreement shall not be modified, amended or in any way altered except by an instrument in writing signed by both of the parties hereto.

 

10.12 Delays or Omissions. Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party hereto, shall impair any such right, power or remedy to such party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or in any similar breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

10.13 Force Majeure. If either party fails to fulfill its obligations hereunder (other than an obligation for the payment of money), when such failure is due to an act of God, or other circumstances beyond its reasonable control, including but not limited to fire, flood, civil commotion, riot, war (declared and undeclared), revolution, or embargoes, then said failure shall be excused for the duration of such event and for such a time thereafter as is reasonable to enable the parties to resume performance under this Agreement, provided however, that in no event shall such time extend for a period of more than one hundred eighty (180) days.

 

10.14 Further Assurances. Each party shall, at any time, and from time to time, prior to or after the EFFECTIVE DATE of this Agreement, at reasonable request of the other party, execute and deliver to the other such instruments and documents and shall take such actions as may be required to more effectively carry out the terms of this Agreement.

 

Page 15 of 20

 

 

10.15 Survival. All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein and which by their express terms or by implication are to be performed after the execution and/or termination hereof, or are prospective in nature, shall survive such execution and/or termination, as the case may be. This shall include Paragraphs 3.6 (Late Payments), 5.2 (Records), and Articles 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10.

 

10.16 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving any person, firm, corporation or other entity, other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, any right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision hereof

 

10.17 Headings. Article headings are for convenient reference and not a part of this Agreement. All Exhibits are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

10.18 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which when taken together shall be deemed but one instrument.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated License Agreement shall take effect as of the EFFECTIVE DATE when it has been executed below by the duly authorized representatives of the parties.

 

Page 16 of 20

 

 

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY   ONCOMETHYLOME SCIENCES SA
     
    By: Herman H. Spolders BVBA
      Chief Executive Officer
     
/s/ R. Keith Baker   /s/ Herman H. Spolders
R. Keith Baker, MBA, Ph.D.   Drs. Herman H. Spolders,
Director   Managing Director
Licensing and Technology Development    
     
08/31/2004   08/31/2004
(Date)   (Date)

 

Acknowledged by

 

/s/ Dr. David Sidransky  
Dr. David Sidransky  
   
08/25/2004  
(Date)  

 

EXHIBIT A. LICENSE FEE & ROYALITIES.

EXHIBIT B. SALES & ROYALTY REPORT FORM.

EXHIBIT C. NET SALES CALCULATION EXAMPLE

 

Page 17 of 20

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

LICENSE FEE & ROYALTIES

 

1. License Fee: The license fee due under Paragraph 3.1 is [***]

 

2. Minimum Annual Royalty: The minimum annual royalty pursuant to Paragraph 3.2 is [***]

 

3. Royalties: The running royalty rate payable under Paragraph 3.3 is:

 

[***]

 

Page 18 of 20

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

QUARTERLY SALES & ROYALTY REPORT

 

FOR LICENSE AGREEMENT BETWEEN Company AND

 

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY DATED

 

[EFFECTIVE DATE OF AGREEMENT]

 

FOR PERIOD OF ______________ TO _________________

 

TOTAL ROYALTIES DUE FOR THIS PERIOD $_______________

 

PRODUCT
ID
PRODUCT NAME *JHU
REFERENCE
1st COMMERCIAL
SALE DATE
TOTAL NET
SALES/SERVICES
ROYALTY
RATE
AMOUNT
DUE
             
             
             
             
             
             

 

* Please provide the JHU Disclosure Number or Patent Reference

 

This report format is to be used to report quarterly royalty statements to JHU. It should be placed on Company letterhead and accompany any royalty payments due for the reporting period. This report shall be submitted even if no sales are reported.

 

Page 19 of 20

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

NET SALES CALCULATION EXAMPLE

 

By way of example only, and without amending or otherwise limiting the terms of the agreement, if COMPANY were to realize commercial sales of $100,000 for the applicable quarter with respect to a Panel that includes four assays with the following characteristics:

 

Assay A: Includes the LICENSED PRODUCT and one Other Component;
Assay B: Includes only the LICENSED PRODUCT;
Assay C: Includes only the LICENSED PRODUCT, but requires intellectual property of a third party in order to obtain freedom to operate; and
Assay D: Does not include any LICENSED PRODUCT;

 

then the royalty calculation for the Panel (for that quarter) would be as follows:

 

[***]

 

 

Page 20 of 20

 

Exhibit 10.13

 

CERTAIN IDENTIFIED INFORMATION HAS BEEN OMITTED FROM THIS EXHIBIT IN ACCORDANCE WITH REGULATION S-K ITEM 601(B)(10)(IV). ASTERISKS DENOTE OMISSIONS. SUCH INFORMATION IS BOTH (i) IMMATERIAL AND (ii) IS OF A TYPE REGULARLY TREATED AS PRIVATE OR CONFIDENTIAL BY THE REGISTRANT.

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO RESTATED AND AMENDED LICENSE AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO.1 TO THE RESTATED AND AMENDED LICENSE AGREEMENT (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of April 15th, 2005, by and between The Johns Hopkins University, a Maryland corporation having an address at 3400 N. Charles St., Baltimore, MD 21218 (“JHU”) and OncoMethylome Sciences S.A. (formerly known as OncoGenome Sciences, S.A.), a corporation having an address at Niveau +2, Tour 4 de Pharmacie (batiment 36), Ulg CHU, Av. de l’Hopital no. 1, 4000 Sart-Tilman (Liege), Belgium (“Company”), with respect to the following:

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, JHU entered into an Restated and Amended License Agreement with Company on September 1, 2004 with respect to an invention entitled “Method of Detection of Prostate Cancer” (JHU Ref. No. 3970) which was developed during the course of the RESEARCH PROJECT by Dr. David Sidransky (the “License Agreement”);

 

WHEREAS, Company has indicated to JHU that Company wishes to acquire a license to a related invention entitled “Neoplasia Diagnostic Compositions and Method of Use” (JHU Ref. No. 4415) which was developed during the course of the RESEARCH PROJECT by Drs. David Sidransky and Jonathan Epstein (hereinafter “Inventors”);

 

WHEREAS, in exchange for payment of additional consideration by Company set forth in this Amendment, JHU is willing to grant Company a license under the PATENT RIGHTS and TECHNOLOGY RIGHTS, as set forth herein.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained in this Amendment, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

I. Definitions. Unless otherwise defined in this Amendment, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings given such terms in the License Agreement.

 

II. Amendments. The parties hereby agree to further amend the License Agreement by:

 

A. Deleting Paragraph 1.11 in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

 

“1.11 "PATENT RIGHTS" shall mean the U.S. patent application Serial No. 10,295,483 filed on November 15, 2002, and the PCT patent application Serial No. PCT/US02/367 filed on November 15, 2002, and both assigned to JHU entitled “Method of Detection of Prostate Cancer” (JHU-3970; David Sidransky), and the PCT patent application Serial No. [TBA] filed on March 17, 2005, assigned to JHU entitled “Neoplasia Diagnostic Compositions and Method of Use” (JHU-4415; David Sidransky and Jonathan Epstein), and the inventions disclosed and claimed therein, and all continuations, divisions, and reissues based thereof, and continuations-in-part to the extent the claims of the continuation-in-part are supported by the disclosure in the parent application and any new matter added to the continuation-in-part is unencumbered by a third party and supports the claims of the parent application, and any corresponding foreign patent applications, and any patents, patents of addition or other equivalent foreign patent rights issuing, granted or registered thereon.”

 

 

 

 

B. Deleting Paragraph 3.5 in its entirely and replacing it with the following:

 

“3.5 Form of Payment. All payments under this Agreement shall be made in U.S. Dollars. Checks are to be made payable to “The Johns Hopkins University”. Wire transfers may be made through:

 

[***]

 

Company shall be responsible for any and all costs associated with wire transfers.”

 

III. Payments. Company shall pay or shall have paid to JHU within thirty (30) days of the effective date of this Amendment a license fee of [***]. JHU will not submit an invoice for the license fee, which is nonrefundable and shall not be credited against royalties or other fees.

 

IV. Ratification. Except as expressly amended by this Amendment, the License Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the License Agreement is hereby ratified and confirmed as of the date first written above.

 

V. Governing Law. This Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law of such state.

 

VI. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Page 2 of 5 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the respective parties hereto have executed this Amendment by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY   ONCOMETHYLOME SCIENCES, S.A.
    By: Herman H. Spolders, BVBA
      Chief Executive Officer
       
By: /s/ R. Keith Baker   By: /s/ Herman H. Spolders
  R. Keith Baker, MBA, Ph.D.     Herman H. Spolders
  Sr. Director Licensing and Technology Development     Managing Director
     
Date: 07/14/2005   Date: 07/26/2005

 

I have read and agree to abide by the terms of this Amendment.

 

 

By:   Date:
  Dr. David Sidransky       
         
By:   Date:  
  Dr. Jonathan Epstein    

 

Page 3 of 5 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the respective parties hereto have executed this Amendment by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY   ONCOMETHYLOME SCIENCES, S.A.
    By: Herman H. Spolders, BVBA
      Chief Executive Officer
       
By: /s/ R. Keith Baker   By: /s/ Herman H. Spolders
  R. Keith Baker, MBA, Ph.D.     Herman H. Spolders
  Sr. Director Licensing and Technology Development     Managing Director
     
Date:   Date:

 

I have read and agree to abide by the terms of this Amendment.

 

By: /s/ Dr. David Sidransky    Date: 06/14/2005
  Dr. David Sidransky       
         
By:   Date:  
  Dr. Jonathan Epstein    

 

Page 4 of 5 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF the respective parties hereto have executed this Amendment by their duly authorized officers as of the date first set forth above.

 

THE JOHNS HOPKINS UNIVERSITY   ONCOMETHYLOME SCIENCES, S.A.
    By: Herman H. Spolders, BVBA
      Chief Executive Officer
       
By: /s/ R. Keith Baker   By: /s/ Herman H. Spolders
  R. Keith Baker, MBA, Ph.D.     Herman H. Spolders
  Sr. Director Licensing and Technology Development     Managing Director
     
Date:   Date:

 

I have read and agree to abide by the terms of this Amendment.

 

 

By:   Date:
  Dr. David Sidransky       
         
By: /s/ Dr. Jonathan Epstein   Date: 06/20/2005
  Dr. Jonathan Epstein    

 

Page 5 of 5 

Exhibit 10.14

 

EXECUTION VERSION

 

AGREEMENT FOR THE PROVISION OF A LOAN FACILITY

 

OF UP TO €9,000,000

 

Dated 23 September 2019

 

Between

 

KREOS CAPITAL VI (UK) LIMITED, a company incorporated in England and Wales under registration number 11535385 whose registered office is at Amf Building, 25 Old Burlington Street, London W1S 3AN (the “Lender”, which expression shall include its successors and assigns);

 

and

 

MDxHEALTH SA, a limited liability company by shares, incorporated in Belgium and registered in the Legal Entities Register (Liège) under number 0479.292.440 whose registered office is at Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium (the “Borrower”).

 

WHEREAS:

 

1. The Borrower wishes to borrow up to the Total Loan Facility (as defined below) and the Lender wishes to make the Total Loan Facility available to the Borrower on the terms of this agreement (this “Loan Agreement”); and

 

2. The Borrower hereby confirms that on or about the date of this Loan Agreement it (and it shall procure each relevant Group Company) shall enter into the Initial Security Documents as security for monies borrowed by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement.

 

LOAN FACILITY TERMS:

 

Total Loan Facility Up to €9,000,000 available to be drawn down from the date of this Loan Agreement.
Expiry Date Subject to Clause 3.4, in relation to the ability to drawdown a Tranche, 1 November 2019.
Advance Payments In relation to each Tranche, the last month’s repayment amount (comprising principal and interest) as set out in the Repayment Schedule.
Loan Term The Interest Only Period from (and including) the First Monthly Repayment Date followed by thirty six (36) monthly payments of principal and interest.
Transaction Fee €112,500 payable upon execution of this Loan Agreement.
End of Loan Payments In relation to each Tranche, 5% of the amount drawn down under the relevant Tranche.
Minimum Drawdown Amount €900,000
Drawdown Fees In relation to each Tranche, 7% of the amount drawn down under the relevant Tranche.

 

1

 

 

1. DEFINITIONS

 

In this Loan Agreement, including the recitals set out above, unless otherwise defined:

 

1.1 Accounts” means the audited annual group consolidated profit and loss account and balance sheet of the Borrower for the period ended on 31 December;

 

1.2 Advance Payment” has the meaning given in Clause 5.3 and is in the amount set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms;

 

1.3 Affiliate” means, in relation to any person, (i) any other person directly or indirectly owned by or controlled by such person including subsidiaries; or (ii) any person that directly or indirectly owns or controls such person including holding companies;

 

1.4 Applicable Interest Rate” has the meaning given in Clause 6.2;

 

1.5 Assignee” has the meaning given in Clause 15.4;

 

1.6 Business Day” means any day on which banks are generally open for business in London (England), Brussels (Belgium) and Irvine (USA) other than a Saturday or Sunday;

 

1.7 Change of Control” has the meaning as given in Clause 9.1.13;

 

1.8 Charged Assets” means the assets and undertaking of a Group Company charged or to be charged to the Lender from time to time pursuant to the Security Documents;

 

1.9 Confidential Information” means all information relating to the Borrower, the Group or the Loan Documents of which the Lender becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, the Lender or which is received by the Lender in relation to, or for the purpose of becoming the Lender under the Loan Documents from either:

 

1.9.1 any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

1.9.2 any other party, if the information was obtained by that party directly or indirectly from any member of the Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

1.9.3 is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by the Lender of the confidentiality provisions in this Agreement; or

 

1.9.4 is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

2

 

 

1.9.5 is known by the Lender before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with Clauses 1.9.1 or 1.9.2 or is lawfully obtained by the Lender after that date, from a source which is, as far as the Lender is aware, unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as the Lender is aware, has not been obtained in breach of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

1.10 Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking in a form agreed between the Lender and the Borrower;

 

1.11 Contractual Currency” has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.2;

 

1.12 Convertible Loans Agreement” means the convertible loans agreement between the Lender and the Borrower, in the agreed form, and dated the same date as this Loan Agreement;

 

1.13 Drawdown” means the drawdown of a Tranche under the Loan Facility;

 

1.14 Drawdown Date” means, subject to Clause 3.2.2, the date specified by the Borrower in the relevant Drawdown Notice or as may be otherwise agreed in writing by the Borrower and the Lender;

 

1.15 Drawdown Fee” means the Drawdown Fee in the amount set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms;

 

1.16 Drawdown Notice” means a drawdown notice served in accordance with Clause 3.2 in the form attached hereto as Schedule A (as may be amended with the prior written consent of the Lender);

 

1.17 Dutch Omnibus Security Agreement” means the agreement between the MDxHealth DutchCo 1, MDxHealth DutchCo 2, MDxHealth DutchCo 3 and the Lender pursuant to which those subsidiaries each grant security to the Lender, in the agreed form;

 

1.18 End of Loan Payment” means the End of Loan Payment in the amount set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms;

 

1.19 Event of Default” means any of the events or circumstances described in Clause 9;

 

1.20 Equity Financing” means a fundraising by the Borrower (or any Group Company) through the issue of shares, loan stock or other securities or instruments (including securities or instruments convertible into, or carrying the right to subscribe for shares);

 

1.21 Existing Financial Indebtedness” means (i) the Financial Indebtedness specified in Notes 14 and 15 of the Borrower’s Annual Report 2018; and (ii) up to €2,000,000 owing to certain sellers pursuant to a sale and purchase agreement dated 14 September 2015 relating to the purchase of the entire issued share capital of NovioGendix;

 

3

 

 

1.22 Expiry Date” means the relevant date(s) in relation to the ability to drawdown a Tranche set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms;

 

1.23 Financial Indebtedness” means (i) monies borrowed; (ii) finance or capital leases; (iii) receivables sold or discounted; (iv) other transactions or arrangements having the commercial effect of borrowing (excluding any Equity Financings); (v) the marked to market value of derivative transactions entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price; (vi) counter-indemnity obligations in respect of guarantees or other instruments issued by a bank or financial institution; and (vii) liabilities under guarantees or indemnities for any of the obligations referred to in items (i) to (vi);

 

1.24 Group” means the Borrower and its direct and indirect subsidiaries (if any) from time to time and “Group Company” means any member of the Group;

 

1.25 Initial Security Documents” means the documents listed in Schedule B and dated on or about the date of this Loan Agreement;

 

1.26 Intellectual Property” means copyrights and related rights (including, without limitation, rights in computer software), patents, supplementary protection certificates, utility models, trade marks, trade names, service marks, domain name registrations, registered and unregistered rights in designs, database rights, semi-conductor topography rights, plant variety rights, rights protectable by the law of passing off or by laws against unfair competition, rights in undisclosed or confidential information (such as know how, trade secrets and inventions (whether patentable or not)), and other similar intellectual property rights (whether registered or not) and applications for such rights as may exist anywhere in the world;

 

1.27 Interest Only Period” has the meaning given to it in Clause 5.1.1;

 

1.28 Interim Payment” means the payment in respect of the period from each Drawdown Date (where the Drawdown Date is not the first day of a calendar month) to the First Monthly Repayment Date being the amount of interest accruing at the Applicable Interest Rate on the amount drawn down for the period from the and including the Drawdown Date to First Monthly Repayment Date;

 

1.29 Loan” means the loan to be made in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement;

 

1.30 Loan Documents” means collectively this Loan Agreement, Convertible Loans Agreement, the Security Documents and any other agreement designated as a “Loan Document” by the Lender and the Borrower;

 

1.31 Loan Facility” means the loan facility set out in this Loan Agreement;

 

1.32 Loan Term” means with respect to each Tranche, the period set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms (or such later date as may be agreed by the Lender in writing);

 

1.33 Material Adverse Change” has the meaning given to it in Clause 3.4.1;

 

4

 

 

1.34 Material Group Company” means a Group Company that has granted to the Lender a Security Interest over all or materially all of its assets;

 

1.35 MDxHealth DutchCo 1” means MDxHealth BV, a private company with limited liability, incorporated in the Netherlands and registered with the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 09164747, having its corporate seat in Nijmegen, the Netherlands and its registered office at Transistorweg 5, Novio Tech Campus, 6534AT Nijmegen, the Netherlands;

 

1.36 MDxHealth DutchCo 2” means MDxHealth Servicelab BV, a private company with limited liability, incorporated in the Netherlands and registered with the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 09164803, having its corporate seat in Nijmegen, the Netherlands and its registered office at Transistorweg 5, Novio Tech Campus, 6534AT Nijmegen, the Netherlands;

 

1.37 MDxHealth DutchCo 3” means MDxHealth Research BV, a private company with limited liability, incorporated in the Netherlands and registered with the trade register of the Dutch Chamber of Commerce under number 09176917, having its corporate seat in Nijmegen, the Netherlands and its registered office at Transistorweg 5, Novio Tech Campus, 6534AT Nijmegen, the Netherlands;

 

1.38 MDxHealth USA” means MDxHealth Inc., a Delaware corporate with registered address at 1209 Orange Street, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19801, USA;

 

1.39 Minimum Drawdown Amount” means the minimum amount permitted to be drawn down in each Tranche and is the amount set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms;

 

1.40 Monthly Repayment Date” means the first day of a calendar month, and “First Monthly Repayment Date” shall mean the first Monthly Repayment Date being either (i) the Drawdown Date (where the Drawdown Date is the first day of a calendar month); or (ii) the first day of the next calendar month following the Drawdown Date (where the Drawdown Date is not the first day of a calendar month);

 

1.41 Observer” has the meaning given in Clause 8.1.12;

 

1.42 Pledge Agreement” means the security agreement pursuant to which the Borrower agrees to pledge all its assets in favour of the Lender, in the agreed form;

 

1.43 Qualifying Lender” means a lender to which a borrower can make a payment of interest without withholding tax or any other Tax deduction;

 

1.44 Related Fund” in relation to a fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund;

 

5

 

 

1.45 Repayment Schedule” has the meaning given in Clause 5.1.1;

 

1.46 Security Documents” means the Initial Security Documents, and any other applicable document, in the agreed form, evidencing the security over assets of the Borrower (or any Group Company), or any document entered into by the Borrower (or any Group Company) creating a Security Interest, guarantee and/or indemnity in favour of the Lender or otherwise designated as a Security Document;

 

1.47 Security Interest” means any mortgage, charge (whether fixed or floating, legal or equitable), pledge, lien, hypothecation, assignment by way of security or otherwise, trust arrangement, title retention or encumbrance or enforceable security right of a third party, any other type of security interest or preferential arrangement having a similar effect to any of the foregoing or in the nature of security of any kind whatsoever and in any jurisdiction;

 

1.48 “Security Period” means the period commencing on the date of this Loan Agreement and ending on the date upon which the Borrower shall have indefeasibly performed all its obligations (including making all payments) under this Loan Agreement and no amounts are capable of being drawn under the Total Loan Facility;

 

1.49 Taxes” means all present and future income, value added and other taxes, levies, imposts, deductions, charges and withholdings in the nature of taxes (other than taxes on the profits of the Lender) whatsoever together with interest thereon and penalties with respect thereto made on or in respect thereof and “Tax” shall be construed accordingly;

 

1.50 Total Loan Facility” means the amount set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms;

 

1.51 Tranche” means an amount drawn down out of the Total Loan Facility pursuant to this Loan Agreement;

 

1.52 Transaction Fee” the amount set forth above under the heading Loan Facility Terms; and

 

1.53 US IP Security Agreement” means the agreement pursuant to which the Borrower grants security over its patents registered in the USA in favour of the Lender, in the agreed form;

 

1.54 US Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement” means the agreement pursuant to which MDxHealth USA guarantees the obligations of the Borrower under this Loan Agreement, in the agreed form;

 

1.55 US Subsidiary Security Agreement” means the agreement pursuant to which MDxHealth USA grants security over its assets in favour of the Lender, in the agreed form;

 

1.56 “VAT” means:

 

(i) any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive 2006/112); and

 

(ii) any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (i) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

6

 

 

2. INTERPRETATION

 

In this Loan Agreement (unless the context requires otherwise) any reference to:

 

2.1 any law or legislative provision includes a reference to any subordinate legislation made under that law or legislative provision before the date of this Loan Agreement, to any modification, re-enactment or extension of that law or legislative provision made before that date and to any former law or legislative provision which it consolidated or re-enacted before that date;

 

2.2 any gender includes a reference to other genders and the singular includes a reference to the plural and vice versa;

 

2.3 a Clause or Schedule is to a clause or schedule (as the case may be) of or to this Loan Agreement;

 

2.4 a “person” shall be construed as including a reference to an individual, firm, company, corporation, partnership, unincorporated body of persons or any country (or state thereof or any agency thereof);

 

2.5 an “amendment” includes a supplement, novation or re-enactment in writing and “amended” is to be construed accordingly;

 

2.6 assets” includes present and future properties, undertakings, revenues, rights and benefits of every description;

 

2.7 an “authorisation” includes an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, registration and notarisation;

 

2.8 a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental, inter-governmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory, self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;

 

2.9 control” means in relation to a body corporate, the power of a person to secure that the affairs of the body corporate are conducted in accordance with the wishes of that person:

 

(i) by means of the holding of shares, or the possession of voting power, in or in relation to that or any other body corporate; or

 

(ii) as a result of any powers conferred by the articles of association or any other document regulating that or any other body corporate;

 

7

 

 

2.10 holding company” means, in relation to any company or corporation, a company or corporation which (i) holds a majority of the voting rights in the first mentioned company or corporation; (ii) is a member of the first mentioned company or corporation and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors or equivalent body; or (c) is a member of the first mentioned company or corporation and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other members, a majority of the voting rights in that company or corporation;

 

2.11 subsidiary” means, in relation to any company or corporation, a company or corporation (i) which is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the first mentioned company or corporation; (ii) more than half the issued share capital and/or voting rights of which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the first mentioned company or corporation; or (iii) which is a subsidiary of another subsidiary of the first mentioned company or corporation, and for this purpose, a company or corporation shall be treated as being controlled by another if that other company or corporation is able to direct its affairs and/or to control the composition of its board of directors or equivalent body;

 

2.12 (or to any specified provision of) this Loan Agreement, any other document or a provision of any other document, shall be construed as a reference to this Loan Agreement, that document or a provision of that document as in force for the time being and as amended in accordance with the terms thereof, or, as the case may be, with the agreement of the relevant parties and (where such consent is, by the terms of this Loan Agreement or the relevant document, required to be obtained as a condition to such amendment being permitted) the prior written consent of the Lender;

 

2.13 other” and “otherwise” are not to be construed ejusdem generis with any foregoing words where a wider construction is possible and “include” and “including”, “in particular”, “for example” or any similar expression are to be construed as being by way of illustration or emphasis only and are not to be construed as, nor shall they take effect as, limiting the generality of any foregoing words;

 

2.14 a document being in “agreed form” is a document which is previously agreed in writing by or on behalf of the Lender, if not so agreed, is in the form specified by the Lender;

 

2.15 $” is the official currency of the United States of America;

 

2.16 ” is the official currency of the European Union;

 

2.17 any reference to an Event of Default being continuing is a reference to an Event of Default that has not been waived by the Lender or remedied to the satisfaction of the Lender (acting reasonably); and

 

2.18 the headings in this Loan Agreement are inserted for convenience only and do not form part of this Loan Agreement and do not affect its interpretation.

 

8

 

 

3. LOAN FACILITY

 

3.1 Lender’s Commitment

 

3.1.1 Subject to Clauses 3.4 and 3.5 below, the Lender shall and agrees hereby to make available to the Borrower the Total Loan Facility under the terms of this Loan Agreement, to be drawn down as set out in the Loan Facility Terms and in accordance with Clause 3.2.

 

3.1.2 The Lender shall not be under any commitment to advance the Loan (or any part thereof) after the Expiry Date or upon the earlier termination of the Loan Facility in accordance with Clause 3.4 or Clause 4.2.

 

3.1.3 The unutilised portion (if any) of the Loan Facility shall be cancelled after the expiry of the final period for Drawdown as specified in the Loan Facility Terms, whereupon the Total Loan Facility shall be reduced accordingly.

 

3.1.4 In granting the Loan Facility, the Lender is relying on the representations and warranties contained in Clause 7.

 

3.1.5 Each Drawdown made under the Loan Facility shall be secured by the Security Documents.

 

3.2 Date of Advance(s) of the Loan

 

3.2.1 Subject to Clauses 3.1.2 and 3.2.2, (and subject to the satisfaction of the relevant conditions set forth in Clauses 3.4 and 3.5), each Tranche shall be advanced and made available to the Borrower within five (5) Business Days from receipt by the Lender of an executed Drawdown Notice (or such shorter period as the Lender may agree in writing). Each Drawdown Notice must be received by the Lender at least five (5) Business Days prior to the end of the relevant Expiry Date. Each Drawdown Notice shall constitute a separate and independent obligation of the Borrower incorporating the terms of this Loan Agreement. Once a Drawdown Notice has been delivered to the Lender, it is irrevocable. Each Tranche requested to be advanced pursuant to a Drawdown Notice shall be in an amount equal to or greater than the Minimum Drawdown Amount. If the Drawdown Date is the first day of a calendar month and such day is not a Business Day, the Lender shall only be obliged to advance the Tranche to the Borrower on the first Business Day of that month.

 

3.2.2 if the Drawdown Date falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the Lender shall only be obligated to pay the Drawdown Amount to the Borrower on the next Business Day in that calendar month.

 

3.3 Method of Disbursement

 

The payment by the Lender to the account specified in the Drawdown Notice shall constitute the making of the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) and the Borrower shall thereupon become indebted, as principal and direct obligor, to the Lender in an amount equal to the Loan (or the relevant part thereof) and all interest thereon and other payments due in connection therewith under this Loan Agreement.

 

9

 

 

3.4 Termination or Modification of Funding Commitment

 

The Lender’s commitment to advance each Tranche of the Loan in accordance with the terms of this Loan Agreement is limited in aggregate to the amount of the Total Loan Facility; provided, however, that the Lender, acting in its sole discretion, may terminate or modify its funding commitment pursuant to this Loan Agreement at any time if, in the opinion of the Lender:

 

3.4.1 there is any material adverse change in the business or financial condition of the Group, taken as a whole (“Material Adverse Change”);

 

3.4.2 on either the date of the Drawdown Notice or at any time up to and including the Drawdown Date:

 

(i) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the borrowing to be made pursuant to the Drawdown Notice; Or

 

(ii) the Borrower’s representations and warranties in Clause 7 or those which are set out in any Security Document would not be true if repeated on each of those dates with reference to the circumstances then existing.

 

3.5 Conditions Precedent requirements relative to the Advance of the Loan

 

3.5.1 The Lender’s obligation to provide the Loan (or any part thereof) is subject to the prior satisfaction by the Borrower of the following conditions:

 

(i) subject to the condition subsequent referred to in Clause 8.1.30, the provision of a copy of the resolutions of the Borrower’s board of directors authorising the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement and the execution and delivery to the Lender of this Loan Agreement and associated documents, including but not limited to, the Security Documents;

 

(ii) the provision of a copy if the resolutions of the MDxHealth DutchCo 1, MDxHealth DutchCo 2, MDxHealth DutchCo 3 and MDxHealth USA boards of directors, and to the extent required, shareholders, authorising the transactions contemplated by this Loan Agreement and the Initial Security Documents and the execution and delivery to the Lender of the Initial Security Documents (in each case to which they are a party);

 

(iii) the provision of copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and the Memorandum and Articles of Association of the Borrower;

 

(iv) subject to the condition subsequent referred to in Clause 8.1.30, all necessary consents of shareholders, warrant holders, and other third parties (including landlords) with respect to the entering into of this Loan Agreement and the execution of associated documents, including but not limited to, any Security Documents, have been obtained;

 

10

 

 

(v) the provision of a certificate of a director of the Borrower confirming that the borrowing of the Loan Facility in full would not cause any borrowing limit binding on the Borrower to be exceeded;

 

(vi) the provision of specimen signatures, authenticated by a director or the company secretary of the Borrower, of the persons authorised to execute and deliver this Loan Agreement and associated documents, including but not limited to, the Security Documents and the Convertible Loans Agreement, in the resolutions of the board of directors referred to in Clause 3.5.1(i);

 

(vii) the relevant parties having executed and delivered to the Lender the originals of the Security Documents, the Convertible Loans Agreement and this Loan Agreement;

 

(viii) submission and/or filing of the Initial Security Documents and/or perfection of the Security Interests therein, in each case in accordance with all applicable laws in respect of such registration within the time frame provided for under applicable law (including filing of the Pledge Agreement and Dutch Omnibus Security Agreement at each of the UK Intellectual Property Office and the German patent register; and the filing of the US IP Security Agreement at the United States Patent and Trademark Office);

 

(ix) the Borrower’s compliance with Clauses 10.1, 10.3.1(i) and evidence of the Borrower’s compliance with Clause 12.2.3 below;

 

(x) delivery to the Lender of the financial model and forecasts for the Group as requested by the Lender;

 

(xi) delivery to the Lender of the most recent management accounts of the Borrower;

 

(xii) the provision of copies of any policies of insurance maintained by the Borrower or any other Group Company in respect of the Charged Assets including such insurance as are required pursuant to and complying in all respects with the requirements of Clause 12.2.2;

 

(xiii) any such other documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender as the Lender may request prior to signing this Loan Agreement;

 

(xiv) confirmation from the Borrower that the Charged Assets being free and clear of all Security Interests whatsoever expected to the extent permitted by Clause 8.2;

 

(xv) in relation to the ability to drawdown a Tranche, the Borrower having raised a gross amount (before costs and expenses) of at least €4,5000,000 by way of an Equity Financing on or after 30 July 2019, and having provided satisfactory evidence thereof to the Lender; and

 

11

 

 

(xvi) in relation to the ability to drawdown a Tranche, the Borrower providing satisfactory evidence to the Lender that the amount specified in any Drawdown Notice is less than or equal to the gross amount raised by the Borrower by way of Equity Financing (before costs and expenses) on or after 3o July 2019 minus the amount already drawn down under this Loan Agreement.

 

Each copy document delivered under this Clause 3.5.1 shall be certified as a true and up to date copy by a director or the company secretary of the Borrower.

 

3.6 Waiver Possibility

 

If the Lender advances all or any part of the Loan to the Borrower prior to the satisfaction of all or any of the conditions referred to in Clause 3.5 (which the Lender has no obligation to do) the Borrower shall satisfy or procure the satisfaction of such condition or conditions which have not been satisfied within fourteen (14) Business Days of the Drawdown Date for the first Tranche (or within such longer period as the Lender may agree or specify in writing), provided, that the Lender at its discretion may waive the satisfaction of any condition, in whole or in part and with or without conditions, without prejudicing the Lender’s right to require subsequent fulfilment of such conditions.

 

3.7 Use of Funds and Charged Assets

 

3.7.1 Unless the Lender shall otherwise agree in writing, the Borrower shall use the Loan solely for the purpose of general working capital. The Lender shall not be under any obligation to concern itself with the application of the Loan.

 

3.7.2 The Charged Assets charged to the Lender pursuant to the Security Documents shall form security for all monies and obligations owed to the Lender by the Borrower or any other Group Company until expiration of the Security Period.

 

4. TERM

 

4.1 Subject to Clause 15.1, this Loan Agreement is effective upon execution by the Lender and the Borrower and shall continue until the later of (i) termination in accordance with its terms; and (ii) the date upon which the Borrower shall have indefeasibly performed and satisfied all its obligations (including making all payments) under this Loan Agreement.

 

4.2 If the conditions set out in Clause 3.5 have not been satisfied by the earlier of (i) drawdown of the first Tranche and (ii) 1 November 2019 (except to the extent waived in writing by the Lender), the Lender shall in its sole discretion have the option to either terminate this Loan Agreement or extend the period in which such conditions must be satisfied.

 

12

 

 

5. REPAYMENT AND PREPAYMENT

 

5.1 Repayments

 

5.1.1 The Borrower shall repay, in advance, principal (and interest in accordance with Clause 6.1) in respect of each Tranche on each Monthly Repayment Date PROVIDED THAT, subject to Clause 5.1.2, the first twelve (12) monthly payments in relation to each Tranche shall comprise interest only (the “Interest Only Period”), and thereafter shall comprise equal instalments of principal and interest. Prior to each Drawdown Date, the Lender shall prepare a repayment schedule specifying the amounts payable, in accordance with the above principles, on each Monthly Repayment Date and attach such schedule to the relevant Drawdown Notice, as the same may be revised from time to time by the Lender in accordance with Clause 5.1.4 (the “Repayment Schedule”).

 

5.1.2 In the event that the Borrower (i) shall have received a minimum of $10,000,000 by way of new Equity Financings occurring on or after 3o July 2019 but before the end of the Interest Only Period (and provided satisfactory evidence thereof to the Lender); and (ii) provided satisfactory evidence to the Lender that a Local Coverage Determination (LCD) affording Medicare coverage for the SelectMDx for Prostate Cancer test has become effective, the Interest Only Period shall be extended to the first eighteen (18) monthly payments in relation to each Tranche (the “Extension Period”) and following the Extension Period the payment period for payments of principal and interest shall be reduced to thirty (30) monthly payments, in relation to each Tranche.

 

5.1.3 All payments that the Borrower makes under this Loan Agreement shall, subject to Clause 10.6, be made in full, without any deduction, set-off or counterclaim and in immediately available cleared funds on the due date to an account which the Lender may specify to the Borrower for the purpose.

 

5.1.4 The Lender shall have the right to issue a revised Repayment Schedule from time to time if the Lender, in its sole discretion, considers it necessary in order to correct an error or to ensure that, in respect of each Tranche, on the expiry of the relevant Loan Term there will be no amounts owing from the Borrower to the Lender in respect of the relevant Tranche(s) (and the Borrower acknowledges that as a result the monthly amount required to be paid pursuant to Clause 5.1.1 may be increased from time to time in accordance with any revised Repayment Schedule) PROVIDED THAT all monthly repayments after the Interest Only Period shall be equal instalments of principal and interest.

 

5.1.5 Subject to Clause 5.1.6, each payment received by the Lender in respect of any Tranche shall be applied as follows:

 

(i) first, to discharge all outstanding fees, costs and expenses of or due to the Lender in respect of such Tranche;

 

(ii) secondly, to discharge all accrued interest in respect of such Tranche; and

 

(iii) thirdly, to reduce the outstanding principal balance of such Tranche.

 

13

 

 

5.1.6 The Lender may in its discretion apply any payment received or recovered from the Borrower to discharge any unpaid amount in respect of any Tranche.

 

5.1.7 Any amount repaid or prepaid may not be redrawn.

 

5.1.8 If the Drawdown Date is not a Monthly Repayment Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender, on the Drawdown Date (by way of deduction by the Lender of the amount of the Tranche actually advanced to the Borrower), the Interim Payment

 

5.1.9 If a payment date under Clause 5.1.1 falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant payment date shall be the next Business Day in that calendar month.

 

5.2 Currency of Payments

 

Repayment of the Loan and payment of all other amounts owed to the Lender will be paid in the currency in which each Tranche has been provided (the “Contractual Currency”), i.e. in C, unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing. The Borrower shall bear the cost in the event of and in respect of any conversion by the Lender of an amount received by it in any currency other than the Contractual Currency.

 

5.3 Advance Payment

 

On each Drawdown Date with respect to a Tranche, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender (by way of deduction by the Lender from the amount of the Tranche advanced to the Borrower) the advance payment specified above in the Loan Facility Terms with respect to the applicable Tranche (the “Advance Payment”) which shall be held by the Lender and applied in or towards payment of the last repayment in respect of that particular Tranche.

 

5.4 Prepayments

 

The Borrower shall be entitled to prepay the Loan, in whole but not in part, subject to the following conditions:

 

5.4.1 the Borrower shall submit to the Lender an irrevocable written request to prepay the Loan, at least ten (10) Business Days in advance, indicating the amount to be prepaid and the date of the proposed prepayment;

 

5.4.2 on the date of prepayment the Borrower shall pay the Lender an amount equal to:

 

(i) the outstanding principal amount of the Loan;

 

(ii) all accrued and unpaid interest;

 

(iii) in respect of each Tranche, the aggregate of the monthly interest payments scheduled to be paid by the Borrower on each Monthly Repayment Date (as is set out in the relevant Repayment Schedule(s) issued by the Lender) for the period from the date of prepayment to the expiry of the Loan Term, in each case discounted to present value from the applicable Monthly Repayment Date to the date of prepayment at the rate of 4% per annum by way of compensation for any loss of profit that otherwise would have accrued to the Lender if the Loan had not been prepaid;

 

(iv) all unpaid End of Loan Payments;

 

(v) all unpaid fees, costs and expenses; and

 

(vi) all other sums payable by the Borrower to the Lender under this Loan Agreement and/or the Security Documents.

 

14

 

 

6. INTEREST

 

6.1 The Borrower shall pay, in advance during the Interest Only Period and otherwise in arrears, all unpaid and accrued interest in respect of each Tranche outstanding on each Monthly Repayment Date.

 

6.2 Subject to Clause 6.3, interest on the principal amount of each Tranche from time to time shall accrue from day to day at a rate of 9.5% per annum (the “Applicable Interest Rate”), from the Drawdown Date until the repayment in full of the Loan. Interest on the Loan and each part thereof shall be paid on each Monthly Repayment Date in the Contractual Currency in the amounts to be specified in the Repayment Schedule.

 

6.3 Time of payment of any sum due from the Borrower is of the essence under this Loan Agreement. If the Borrower fails to pay any sum to the Lender on its due date for payment, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender forthwith on demand, interest on such sum (compounded on a monthly basis) from the due date to the date of actual payment (as well after as before judgment) at a rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate plus 3% per annum. If the Borrower fails to pay any sum within ten (10) Business Days after such sum is due and payable, the Borrower shall pay to the Lender forthwith on demand, a one-off late payment charge of 2% of such sum to compensate the Lender for additional administrative expense.

 

6.4 If a payment date under Clause 6.1 falls on a day which is not a Business Day, the relevant payment date shall be the next Business Day in that calendar month.

 

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

7.1 The Borrower warrants and represents to the Lender the following as at the date of this Loan Agreement:

 

7.1.1 the Borrower is a public limited company duly organised and validly existing under the laws of Belgium and it, and is resident for Tax purposes solely in Belgium;

 

7.1.2 the Borrower and each Group Company has the corporate capacity, and has (subject to the condition subsequent referred to in Clause 8.1.3o) taken all corporate action and obtained all consents, including third party consents, necessary for it:

 

(i) to execute the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be party;

 

(ii) to borrow under this Loan Agreement and to make all the payments contemplated by, and to comply with all its other obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be party; and

 

(iii) to grant the Lender a first priority Security Interest in respect of the Charged Assets pursuant to the Security Documents to which it is or is to be party;

 

15

 

 

7.1.3 the Borrower’s subsidiaries are each duly organised and validly existing under the laws of their respective countries of incorporation and are resident for Tax purposes solely in their respective country of incorporation;

 

7.1.4 the Loan Documents to which the Borrower or any Group Company is or is to be party, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery (and, where applicable, registration as provided for in the Loan Documents):

 

(i) constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms; and

 

(ii) create legal, valid and binding security interests enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to any relevant insolvency laws affecting creditors’ rights generally;

 

7.1.5 the execution and (where applicable) registration by the Borrower and any Group Company of the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be party, and the borrowing by the Borrower and any Group Company of the Loan and its compliance with the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be party, will not involve or lead to a contravention of:

 

(i) any applicable law or other legal requirement;

 

(ii) the constitutional documents of the Borrower or any Group Company; Or

 

(iii) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any Group Company or any of their assets;

 

7.1.6 all consents, licences, approvals and authorisations required by the Borrower or any Group Company in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of the Loan Documents to which it is or is to be party have been or (upon execution thereof) shall have been obtained by the Drawdown Date and are (or upon execution thereof shall be) in full force and effect during the life of this Loan Agreement;

 

7.1.7 all financial and other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower in connection with the negotiation of the Loan Documents delivered to the Lender pursuant to the Loan Documents was true and accurate in all material respects when given, there are no other facts or matters the omission of which would have made any statement or information contained therein misleading in any material respect and all projections and statements of belief and opinion given to the Lender were made in good faith after due and careful enquiry;

 

16

 

 

7.1.8 the Accounts for the last three financial years prior to the date of this Agreement and for each of the financial years following the date of this Agreement were prepared in accordance with accounting principles and practices generally accepted in Belgium and consistently applied and fairly represent (in conjunction with the notes thereto) the financial condition of the Borrower as at the date to which they were drawn up and the results of the Borrower’s operations during the financial year then ended;

 

7.1.9 since publication of the most recent Accounts, there has been no Material Adverse Change;

 

7.1.10 it has its centre of main interest (COMI) in Belgium for the purposes of the EU Regulation on Insolvency Proceedings (Recast) (2015/848);

 

7.1.11 there is no action, proceeding or claim pending or, so far as the Borrower is aware or ought reasonably to be aware, threatened against any Group Company before any court or administrative agency which might have a material adverse effect on the business, condition or operations of the Borrower or any subsidiary;

 

7.1.12 subject to Clause 8.2 the Borrower or the relevant member of the Group owns with good and marketable title all the Charged Assets, free from all security interests and other interests and rights of every kind, and all the Charged Assets are in good operating condition and repair, and are adequate for the uses to which they are being put;

 

7.1.13 subject to Clause 8.1.17, the Group has no Financial Indebtedness;

 

7.1.14 subject to Clause 8.2, the Group has not granted any security over its assets to any third party except for such security arising in the ordinary course of business (including without limitation any security deposits with landlords retention of title arrangement with suppliers and similar); and

 

7.1.15 the Borrower has, as at the date of this Loan Agreement, no direct or indirect subsidiaries other than MDxHealth DutchCo 1, MDxHealth DutchCo 2, MDxHealth DutchCo 3 and MDxHealth USA.

 

7.2 The Borrower’s representations and warranties set out in this Loan Agreement shall survive the execution of this Loan Agreement and shall during the Security Period (if capable of repetition) be deemed to be repeated on each Drawdown Date and each Monthly Repayment Date with respect to the facts and circumstances then existing, as if made at such time.

 

17

 

 

8. UNDERTAKINGS

 

8.1 The Borrower undertakes to the Lender (or, in case of Clause 8.1.13, the Lender undertakes to the Borrower) to comply with the following provisions of this Clause 8 at all times during the Security Period, except as the Lender may otherwise agree in writing:

 

8.1.1 the Borrower will (and will procure that each Group Company will) obtain, effect and keep effective all permissions, licences, consents and permits which may from time to time be required: (i) in connection with the Charged Assets; and (ii) to conduct its business;

 

8.1.2 subject to Clause 8.2, the Borrower will (and to the extent any Group Company has charged its assets pursuant to a Security Document, the Borrower shall procure that this Group Company shall) own only for its own account the Charged Assets free from all Security Interests;

 

8.1.3 subject to Clause 8.3, the Borrower will not (and shall procure that each Group Company will not) sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of the Charged Assets or any of its other material assets or any share therein and shall give immediate notice to the Lender of any judicial process or encumbrance affecting the Charged Assets;

 

8.1.4 the Borrower will provide to the Lender (on a Group consolidated basis) with:

 

(i) the following information by way of a monthly report:

 

(a) details of any changes to the management/directors of any Group Company;

 

(b) details of any Group Company incorporated or acquired or proposed to be incorporated or acquired on or after the date of this Loan Agreement; and

 

(ii) such other information (financial or otherwise) as the Lender may request (acting reasonably) from time to time concerning any Group Company and its affairs (including, without limitation, information concerning the Charged Assets, its assets from time to time and any request (acting reasonably) for amplification or explanation of any item in the financial statements, budgets or other material provided by the Borrower under this Loan Agreement);

 

8.1.5 the Borrower will provide to the Lender all documents, confirmations and evidence required by the Lender and necessary to satisfy its “know your customer” requirements or similar identification checks in order to meet its obligations from time to time under applicable money laundering, or similar, laws and regulations;

 

18

 

 

8.1.6 the Borrower will provide the Lender (on a Group consolidated basis) with its monthly consolidated management accounts and any Group management accounts (each certified by a director) as fairly presenting the data reflected, at the earlier of: (i) thirty (30) calendar days of the end of each calendar month; or (ii) when such information is provided to any shareholder or investor in the Borrower (to include notification of the commencement of litigation by or against the Borrower) and the Borrower will also provide copies of any announcement made public by the Borrower (or any Group Company) concerning dividends, annual or interim financial positions and affairs of the Borrower (or any Group Company), and copies of any other documents required to be filed with applicable statutory or regulatory authorities or agencies in relation to the activities of the Borrower (or any Group Company);

 

8.1.7 the Borrower will provide the Lender (on a Group consolidated basis) with annual audited (if applicable) financial statements at the earlier of (i) provision of such statements to any shareholder or investor in the Borrower or (ii) within one hundred and eighty (18o) calendar days of the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, in each case including a statement of operations, balance sheet, statement of cash flows and shareholders’ equity, certified by a firm of chartered accountants of recognised national standing;

 

8.1.8 the Borrower will before the start of each financial year and in any event within ten (10) calendar days of their approval by its board of directors, provide the Observer (on a Group consolidated basis) with a budget showing: (i) a projected consolidated balance sheet as of the end of each financial year; (ii) a projected profit and loss account; and (iii) a cash flow forecast for the forthcoming financial year (a “Budget”);

 

8.1.9 the Borrower will provide the Observer (on a Group consolidated basis) with any revised version of a Budget previously provided to the Lender pursuant to Clause 8.1.8 within ten (to calendar days) of the approval by its board of directors of such revised Budget;

 

8.1.10 the Borrower will provide the Observer with (and shall procure, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, that each Group Company will provide the Observer with) copies of all board packs, notices, minutes, consents and other material that it provides to its board of directors at the same time they are to its board of directors;

 

8.1.11 the Borrower will provide the Lender with (and shall procure, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, that each Group Company will provide the Lender with) all documents dispatched by the Borrower and each Group Company to its shareholders, or its creditors generally at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

8.1.12 the Borrower will grant (and shall procure, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, that each Group Company will grant) the Lender the right to have a representative to meet with its managing director and finance director once every six months throughout the Security Period to review and discuss the operating performance and financial condition of the Group. In addition, the Lender shall be entitled to have a representative attend all meetings of the Borrower’s (and shall procure, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Group Company’s) board of directors in a non-voting observer capacity (the “Observer”). The Borrower agrees (and shall procure, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, that each Group Company agrees) to give notice of all board meetings to the Lender (to the extent it has not already given this to the Observer) at the same time as to its board of directors. The Lender agrees that, upon written request of the Borrower, it will promptly replace the Observer if the Borrower has reasonable grounds for such request (with details of such grounds being provided to the Lender with any such request);

 

19

 

 

8.1.13 the Lender shall procure that the Observer will, prior to receiving any information to be provided under this Loan Agreement, enter into confidentiality, discretion and no-trade commitments in form and substance satisfactory to the Borrower and the Lender shall further procure that the Observer shall upon request of the board of directors, in case of a conflict of interest in respect of any topic discussed on a meeting of any board of directors, leave the meeting for the period during which such topic is discussed and not receive any information relating thereto;

 

8.1.14 the Borrower will (and will procure that each Group Company will) maintain in force and promptly obtain or renew, and will promptly send certified copies to the Lender of, all consents required:

 

(i) for the Borrower and each Group Company to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, as relevant;

 

(ii) for the validity or enforceability of the Loan Documents; and

 

(iii) for the Borrower and each Group Company to continue to own the Charged Assets, and the Borrower will, and will procure that each Group Company will, comply with the terms of all such consents;

 

8.1.15 the Borrower will notify the Lender as soon as it becomes aware of:

 

(i) the occurrence of an Event of Default; or

 

(ii) any matter which indicates that an Event of Default has occurred, may have occurred or is likely to occur, and will thereafter keep the Lender fully up to date with all developments;

 

8.1.16 the Borrower will (and shall ensure that each Group Company will) maintain adequate risk protection through insurances on and in relation to its business and assets to the extent reasonably required on the basis of good business practice taking into account, inter alia, its (and any Group Company’s) financial position and nature of operations. All insurances must be with reputable independent insurance companies or underwriters;

 

8.1.17 the Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no Group Company will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness, except:

 

(i) under this Loan Agreement;

 

(ii) Existing Financial Indebtedness;

 

(iii) subject to Clause 8.1.26, where a Group Company is lending to or borrowing from the Borrower or another Group Company;

 

(iv) non-speculative hedging transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business in connection with protection against interest rate or currency fluctuations; or

 

(v) arising in the ordinary course of business with suppliers of goods or services with a maximum duration of one hundred and eighty (180) days;

 

(vi) prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, finance leases entered into by Group Companies in an aggregate amount, at any time, of up to $400,000;

 

(vii) in an aggregate amount, at any time, for all Group Companies of up to $ioo,000; and

 

(viii) performance bonds, advance payments, rental guarantees or similar instruments) entered into in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount (excluding the amount of any bond or surety issued in relation to a Group pension fund or leasehold improvement), at any time, for all Group Companies of up to $250,000;

 

20

 

 

8.1.18 notwithstanding Clause 8.1.17, the Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no Group Company will) incur or allow to remain outstanding any Financial Indebtedness (other than the Existing Financial Indebtedness) owing to any shareholder of a Group Company (excluding other Group Companies) or any persons or companies related to them, unless such Financial Indebtedness is on terms (including interest, repayment and subordination) satisfactory to the Lender;

 

8.1.19 subject to Clause 8.2, the Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other Group Company will) create or permit to subsist any Security Interest over any of its assets;

 

8.1.20 subject to Clause 8.2, the Borrower shall not (and shall ensure that no other Group Company will):

 

(i) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are leased to or intended to be re-acquired by any Group Company;

 

(ii) sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables;

 

(iii) enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject to a combination of accounts; or

 

(iv) enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect) in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction is entered into primarily as a method of raising Financial Indebtedness or of financing the acquisition of an asset;

 

8.1.21 the Borrower will not (and shall ensure that no other Group Company will) declare and/or make or agree to make (whether in the relevant constitutional documents or otherwise) any distribution by way of dividend or otherwise without the prior written consent of the Lender, except for a distribution by a Group Company to a Material Group Company;

 

8.1.22 the Borrower shall be responsible for all costs associated with the Charged Assets including all tax assessments, insurance premiums, operating costs and repair and maintenance costs as well as any fees associated with registering of any Security Interest granted in connection with this Loan;

 

8.1.23 the Borrower shall at the request of the Lender (acting reasonably) from time to time (and shall procure that each Group Company shall) promptly execute and deliver such further documents creating Security Interests in favour of the Lender over such assets and in such form as the Lender may require in its discretion from time to time to: (i) secure all monies, obligations and liabilities of the Borrower and/or any Group Company to the Lender; (ii) facilitate the realisation of the Charged Assets; and/or (iii) exercise the powers conferred on the Lender or a receiver or administrator appointed under any Security Document, from time to time;

 

8.1.24 subject to Clause 8.3, the Borrower shall not (and shall procure that each Group Company shall not) by one or a series of transactions, whether related or not and whether at one time or over a period of time, sell, lease, convey, transfer, assign, license or otherwise dispose of or deal with all or any material part of its property, assets or undertaking, including (but not limited to) by any form of sale and leaseback, invoice discounting or factoring PROVIDED THAT in the case of the Intellectual Property of a Group Company, the relevant Group Company may, in the normal course of business and on an arm’s length basis for good and valuable consideration, grant non-exclusive licenses and sublicenses of the Intellectual Property to third parties;

 

8.1.25 subject to Clause 8.3, the Borrower shall (and it shall procure each Group Company shall) :

 

(i) preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of all Intellectual Property necessary for its business;

 

(ii) use reasonable endeavours to prevent, and take action against, any infringement in any material respect of the Intellectual Property necessary for its business;

 

(iii) prosecute and maintain all applications and registrations in place in respect of the Intellectual Property which it has now or makes hereinafter and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain such Intellectual Property in full force and effect and record its interest in such Intellectual Property unless such Intellectual Property has been the subject of a valid resolution of a quorate and duly-convened meeting of the board of directors confirming that any such Intellectual Property are either (i) immaterial or (ii) no longer required in the ordinary course of the Group’s business;

 

(iv) not use or permit the Intellectual Property necessary for its business to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect of such Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of such Intellectual Property or imperil the right of the Group to use such Intellectual Property; and

 

(v) not discontinue the use of such Intellectual Property, unless such Intellectual Property has been the subject of a valid resolution of a quorate and duly-convened meeting of the board of directors confirming that any such Intellectual Property is either (i) immaterial or (ii) no longer required in the ordinary course of the Group’s business;

 

21

 

 

8.1.26 the Borrower will (and will procure that each Group Company will) not transfer by way of inter-company loan or otherwise any cash proceeds or cash equivalents to any Group Company that is not a Material Group Company;

 

8.1.27 the Borrower will (and will procure that each Group Company will) not amend any of the terms of, or increase any amounts owing under, the Existing Financial Indebtedness;

 

8.1.28 the Borrower shall not (and shall procure that no Group Company shall) acquire any Affiliate (other than by way of incorporation including, for the avoidance of doubt, acquisition of a shelf company) without the prior written consent or the Lender;

 

8.1.29 the Borrower shall not (and shall procure that no Group Company shall) incorporate any Affiliate (or acquire an Affiliate by way of incorporation including, for the avoidance of doubt, acquisition of a shelf company) without first notifying the Lender and if the Lender shall so request (acting reasonably) after receipt of such notification, the Borrower shall procure that such Affiliate shall promptly execute and deliver to the Lender documents (in such form as the Lender may require (acting reasonably)) creating Security Interests in favour of the Lender over all or materially all of the assets of such Affiliate; and

 

8.1.30 the Borrower shall procure that a resolution is proposed to shareholders of the Borrower to approve Clause 9.1.13, by no later than the Annual General Meeting of Borrower to be held in 2020, in accordance with Article 556 of the Belgian Companies Code (or the successor provision in the Belgian Companies and Associations Code) and shall promptly upon such resolution being approved provide a copy of such resolution to the Lender.

 

8.2 Group Companies shall be permitted to have the following Security Interests:

 

8.2.1 a Security Interest provided to the Lender under this Loan Agreement or any Security Document;

 

8.2.2 a Security Interest arising in the ordinary course of business (including without limitation any security deposits with landlords, retention of title arrangement with suppliers and similar); and

 

8.2.3 the Security Interest of the Borrower specified in Note 14 of the Borrower’s Annual Report 2018; and

 

8.2.4 prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, a Security Interest in favour of the financer over the assets acquired pursuant to finance leases entered into by a Group Companies in an aggregate amount, at any time, for all Group Companies of up to $400,000.

 

8.3 Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Group Companies shall be entitled to sell, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets:

 

8.3.1 to a Material Group Company;

 

8.3.2 provided such assets are replaced by assets of a comparable or superior type, value and quality (as determined by the Borrower, acting reasonably) and provided such replacement assets are subject to a Security Interest in favour of the Lender to the same extent (if at all) the sold, assigned, transferred or other disposed of assets were;

 

8.3.3 to the extent they are obsolete or redundant;

 

22

 

 

8.3.4 pursuant to non-exclusive intellectual property licences in the ordinary course of business;

 

8.3.5 to the extent they are non-cash generating and are not anticipated by the Borrower (acting reasonably) to be cash generating in the future in the ordinary course of business;

 

8.3.6 to extent they do not relate to or are not otherwise required for the operation of the SelectMDX and/or ConfirmMDX businesses (or any other material business of the Borrower) in the ordinary course;

 

8.3.7 a licence of the Select IP for non-current markets such as point of care or primary care settings; and

 

8.3.8 in an aggregate amount, at any time, for all Group Companies of up to $100,000.

 

8.4 For the avoidance of doubt and subject always to Clause 8.1.20(ii), nothing in the Loan Documents will restrict the Group Companies’ right to use a third party as collection agent / service provider for the collection of receivables and related services.

 

9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

9.1 An Event of Default occurs if:

 

9.1.1 the conditions set out in Clause 3.5 (except to the extent waived in writing by the Lender) are not satisfied within forty-five (45) days of the execution of this Loan Agreement unless the period for satisfaction is extended in accordance with Clause 4.2;

 

9.1.2 any Group Company fails to pay when due and payable or (if so payable) on demand any sum payable under this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents or under any document relating to the Security Documents unless its failure to pay is solely caused by administrative or technical error and payment is made within five (5) Business Days of its due date;

 

9.1.3 any other breach by any Group Company (as relevant) occurs of any provision of this Loan Agreement or any Security Document or the Borrower or any Group Company does not comply with, perform or observe any other obligation accepted or undertaking given by it to the Lender, unless the Lender (at its sole discretion) notifies the Borrower in writing that it is satisfied that the breach has not put any of the security for the Loan immediately at risk and that it considers that the breach is capable of remedy. No Event of Default under this Clause will occur if the failure to comply with, perform or observe is capable of remedy and is remedied within fifteen (15) Business Days of the earlier of (A) the Lender giving notice to the Borrower and (B) the Borrower becoming aware of the failure to comply, perform or observe;

 

9.1.4 any representation, warranty or statement made by, or by an officer of, any Group Company in this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents or in the Drawdown Notice or any other notice or document relating to this Loan Agreement or any other Security Document is incorrect, untrue or misleading in any material respect when it is made or deemed repeated. No Event of Default under this clause will occur if the circumstances underlying the misrepresentation are capable of remedy and are remedied within fifteen (15) Business Days of the earlier of (A) the Lender giving notice to the Borrower and (B) the Borrower becoming aware of the misrepresentation;

 

23

 

 

9.1.5 Financial Indebtedness of any Group Company in an amount which the Lender (acting reasonably) considers to be material is not paid when due or any event of default occurs in accordance with the terms of the such Financial Indebtedness or any Security Interest over any of the assets of any Group Company is enforced;

 

9.1.6 any order shall be made by any competent court, a petition presented or any resolution shall be passed by any Group Company for the appointment of a liquidator, administrator or receiver of, or for the winding up of, any Group Company or a moratorium is imposed or declared over any or all of the assets and business of any Group Company;

 

9.1.7 an encumbrancer takes possession of or a receiver, liquidator, supervisor, compulsory manager, trustee, administrator or similar official is appointed over the whole or, in the opinion of the Lender, any material part of, the assets of any Group Company or a distress, execution or other process is levied or enforced upon or sued out against the whole or, in the opinion of the Lender, a material part of the assets of any Group Company;

 

9.1.8 an administration application is presented or made for the making of an administration order or a notice of intention to appoint an administrator is issued by any Group Company or its directors or by the holder of Security Interest or a notice of appointment of an administrator is filed by any person with the court;

 

9.1.9 any judgment made against any Group Company is not paid, stayed or discharged within fourteen (14) days;

 

9.1.10 any Group Company shall stop payment or shall be unable to, or shall admit inability to, pay its debts as they fall due, or shall be adjudicated or found insolvent, or shall enter into any composition or other arrangement with its creditors generally;

 

9.1.11 any event shall occur which under the law of any jurisdiction to which any Group Company is subject has an effect equivalent or similar to any of the events referred to in Clause 9.1.6, 9.1.7, 9.1.8, 9.1.9 or 9.1.1o;

 

9.1.12 any Group Company ceases, threatens to cease, or suspends carrying on its business or a part of its business;

 

9.1.13 there is a Change of Control in any Group Company; for purposes of this Clause 9.1.13, a “Change of Control” shall include (without limitation) any of the following events (whether in one or in a series of related transactions): merger, consolidation or reorganisation of a Group Company with or into any person other than a Group Company, the sale of all or (in the opinion of the Lender) substantially all the assets of any Group Company to any person other than a Group Company; the sale or issue of shares or securities of a Group Company (whether by that Group Company or by shareholders of that Group Company) resulting in persons who beneficially and/or legally hold a majority of shares and/or voting power of that Group Company as at the date of this Loan Agreement no longer holding such majority; the exclusive license of all or a material portion of any Group Company’s Intellectual Property to any other entity or person, other than a Group Company; PROVIDED THAT the Lender may agree, by written notice to the Borrower, that a Change of Control shall not be deemed an Event of Default, but that nevertheless the consequences set forth in Clause 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 shall apply, and in such event the Loan, all accrued interest and all other amounts accrued or owing under this Loan Agreement and the Security Documents shall be due and payable simultaneously with the closing of the Change of Control transaction;

 

9.1.14 it becomes unlawful or impossible: (i) for the Borrower and/or each Group Company (as relevant) to discharge any liability under the Loan Documents or to comply with any other obligation which the Lender considers material under the Loan Documents or the Security Documents; or (ii) for the Lender to exercise or enforce any right under, or to enforce any Security Interest created by this Loan Agreement or the Security Documents;

 

24

 

 

9.1.15 any provision of the Loan Documents proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable, or a Security Interest created by the Security Documents proves to have been or becomes invalid or unenforceable or such a Security Interest proves to have ranked after, or loses its priority to, another Security Interest of a third party or any other third party claim or interest, provided however that if the Borrower and/or any Group Company proposes replacement security which the Lender accepts, and such replacement security is constituted in a manner acceptable to the Lender within such period of time as the Lender may require, such event shall cease to constitute an Event of Default;

 

9.1.16 the security constituted by the Security Documents is in any way materially imperilled or in jeopardy provided however that if the Borrower and/or any Group Company proposes replacement security which the Lender accepts, and such replacement security is constituted in a manner acceptable to the Lender within such period of time as the Lender may require, such event shall cease to constitute an Event of Default;

 

9.1.17 any other event (whether related or not) occurs which constitutes a Material Adverse Change (in the reasonable opinion of the Lender), from the position applicable as at the date of this Loan Agreement;

 

9.1.18 any event of default (howsoever described to the extent there are any) specified in the Security Documents shall occur; or

 

9.1.19 the Borrower fails to comply with its obligation in Clause 8.1.3o or the general shareholders’ meeting of the Borrower does not approve the resolution referred to in that Clause in accordance with Article 556 of the Belgian Companies Code (or the successor provision in the Belgian Companies and Associations Code).

 

9.2 Lender’s Rights

 

On or at any time following the occurrence of any Event of Default the Lender may:

 

9.2.1 serve on the Borrower a notice stating that all obligations of the Lender to the Borrower under this Loan Agreement including (without limitation) the obligation to advance the Loan (or any part thereof) are terminated;

 

9.2.2 serve on the Borrower a notice stating that, the Loan, all interest and all other amounts accrued, owing or payable under the Loan Documents are immediately due and payable;

 

9.2.3 declare the Security Documents to be enforceable; and/or

 

9.2.4 take any other action which, as a result of the Event of Default or any notice served under Clauses 9.2.1 or 9.2.2 above, the Lender is entitled to take under the Security Documents or any applicable law.

 

9.3 End of Lender’s Obligations

 

On the service of a notice under Clause 9.2.1 and/or Clause 9.2.2, all the obligations of the Lender to the Borrower under this Loan Agreement shall terminate.

 

9.4 Acceleration

 

On the service of a notice under Clause 9.2.2, the following sums shall become immediately due and payable:

 

9.4.1 the outstanding principal amount of the Loan;

 

9.4.2 all accrued and unpaid interest;

 

25

 

 

9.4.3 in respect of each Tranche, the aggregate of the monthly interest payments scheduled to be paid by the Borrower on each Monthly Repayment Date (as is set out in the Repayment Schedule(s) issued by the Lender) for the period from the date of service of the notice under Clause 9.2.2 to the expiry of the relevant Loan Term, in each case discounted to present value from the applicable Monthly Repayment Date to the date of prepayment at the rate of 4% per annum (provided that such discount will not apply in case of an Event of Default under Clause 9.1.2 which is not remedied within 10 Business Days after the occurrence of such Event of Default) by way of compensation for any loss of profit that otherwise would have accrued to the Lender if an Event of Default had not occurred;

 

9.4.4 all unpaid End of Loan Payments;

 

9.4.5 all unpaid fees, costs and expenses; and

 

9.4.6 all other sums payable by the Borrower to the Lender under the Loan Documents.

 

9.5 Waiver of Event of Default

 

The Lender, at its sole and absolute discretion, may waive any Event of Default hereunder, prior to or after the event or events giving rise thereto, PROVIDED THAT such waiver may be effected only by written notice provided by the Lender to the Borrower to that effect (and subject further to Clause 15.3 below); it being understood and acknowledged, that if and so long as no notice of waiver of an Event of Default was so provided, such Event of Default shall be deemed as having occurred and in effect for all purposes hereunder.

 

10. FEES, EXPENSES AND TAXES

 

10.1 Transaction Fee

 

The Transaction Fee shall be paid by the Borrower to the Lender upon the execution of this Loan Agreement.

 

10.2 End of Loan Payments

 

The End of Loan Payment shall accrue on the amount of each Tranche and shall be payable in respect of each Tranche on the earlier of: (i) the date on which the Loan falls due for repayment in full; and (ii) the date on which the final payment by the Borrower in respect of the relevant Tranche is due for payment.

 

10.3 Documentary Costs

 

10.3.1 The Borrower shall promptly pay to the Lender on the Lender’s demand, the reasonable legal expenses plus applicable VAT and disbursements incurred by the Lender in connection with:

 

(i) the negotiation, execution, preparation and perfection of the Loan Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby up to $100,000 it being agreed by the Lender that it shall apply the $50,000 commitment deposit it has already received against such legal expenses;

 

(ii) the negotiation, execution, preparation and perfection of Security Documents after the date of this Loan Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, it being understood that to the extent that the related legal work is performed prior to 1 November 2019, it will be subject to the cap in paragraph (i) above;

 

(iii) any amendment or supplement to the Loan Documents, or any proposal for such an amendment to be made; and

 

(iv) any consent or waiver by the Lender concerned under or in connection with the Loan Documents or any request by the Borrower for such a consent or waiver.

 

26

 

 

10.3.2 The Borrower shall promptly pay to the Lender on the Lender’s demand, the legal expenses plus applicable VAT (if any and to the extent the Lender is not entitled to a credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the appropriate Tax authority) and disbursements incurred by the Lender in connection with any step taken by the Lender with a view to the protection or enforcement of any right or Security Interest created by the Loan Documents.

 

10.4 Certain taxes and duties

 

10.4.1 The Borrower shall promptly pay any documentary, stamp or other equivalent Tax or duty payable on or by reference to the Loan Documents or local law equivalent, and shall, on the Lender’s demand, fully indemnify the Lender against any costs, losses, liabilities and expenses resulting from any failure or delay by the Borrower to pay such a tax.

 

10.4.2 Where the Borrower is required by the Loan Documents to pay, reimburse or indemnify the Lender for any fee, cost and expense, the Borrower, at the same time as it pays, reimburses or indemnifies (as the case may be) the Lender shall also pay, reimburse or indemnify such part thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that the Lender is entitled to a credit or repayment in respect of such VAT from the appropriate Tax authority.

 

10.5 Recovery of Overdue Fees

 

Without prejudice to any other provisions of this Loan Agreement, the Lender shall be entitled (and the Borrower hereby irrevocably authorises the Lender), at any time and from time to time, to apply any credit balance (whether or not then due) to which the Borrower is then entitled on any account with the Lender in (or towards) satisfaction of the sum or sums from time to time owing by the Borrower to the Lender under and/or pursuant to the Loan Documents. The Lender is not obliged to exercise its rights under this Clause 10.5, but if the rights are exercised, the Lender shall give notice to the Borrower of any such application promptly thereafter.

 

10.6 Liability for Taxes

 

10.6.1 The Borrower shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax deduction, unless a Tax deduction is required by law. The Borrower shall promptly upon becoming aware that it must make a Tax deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax deduction) notify the Lender.

 

10.6.2 Subject to Clause 10.6.5, if the Borrower is required to make any Tax deduction by law from any payment due under the Loan Documents, the payment due from the Borrower shall be increased to an amount equal to the amount which would have been due for payment if no Tax deduction had been required, reduced by any credit, relief or remission for, or repayment of such Tax deduction to which Lender (acting reasonably) determines it is both entitled to and, in the case of a credit, able to utilise. If such entitlement, utilisation and/or the amount thereof would only become known after the date of payment, Borrower will make its payment without taking into account any credit, relief or remission and Lender will repay to Borrower an amount equal to such credit, relief or remission once the Lender has (acting reasonably) determined such credit, relief or remission has been determined and, in the case of a credit, utilised.

 

10.6.3 If the Borrower is required to make a Tax deduction, the Borrower shall make that Tax deduction and any payment required in connection with that Tax deduction within the time allowed and in the amount required by law.

 

10.6.4 Within thirty (30) days of making either a Tax deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax deduction, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Tax deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to the relevant taxing authority.

 

10.6.5 A payment shall not be increased under Clause 10.6.2 by reason of a Tax deduction, if (i) the Lender has assigned, prior to the due date for payment, this Loan Agreement to an Assignee who is not a Qualifying Lender on the date of such assignment; or (ii) the payment could have been made to the Lender without a Tax deduction if the Lender had been a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration, or application of) any law or Treaty or any published practice or published concession of any relevant taxing authority which is not a change resulting from the entry into effect of the Multilateral Convention to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to prevent BEPS (“MLI”).

 

27

 

 

10.6.6 The Lender shall, upon request, from the Borrower promptly provide it with such evidence as it may require (acting reasonably) to show that the Lender is at the date of this Loan Agreement a company resident in the United Kingdom as well as any other evidence reasonably requested by the Borrower and necessary to establish that the Lender is a Qualifying Lender.

 

10.6.7 The Lender shall cooperate in completing any procedural formalities necessary for the Borrower to obtain authorisation to make payments without or, as the case may be, with a reduced Tax deduction.

 

10.7 Drawdown Fees

 

10.7.1 The Drawdown Fee shall be due and payable in respect of each Tranche as from the relevant Drawdown Date and shall be subject to the provisions of the Convertible Loans Agreement.

 

10.8 Illegality and Increased Costs

 

10.8.1 If it is or becomes contrary to any law or regulation for the Lender to make available the Loan Facility or to maintain its obligations to do so or fund the Loan, the Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower whereupon: (a) the Lender’s obligations to make the Loan Facility available shall be terminated; and (b) the Borrower shall be obliged to prepay the Loan either: (i) forthwith; or (ii) on a future specified date on or before the latest date permitted by the relevant law or regulation.

 

10.8.2 If the result of any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of), or to the generally accepted interpretation or application of, or the introduction of, any law or regulation is to subject the Lender to Taxes or change the basis of the payment of Taxes by the Lender with respect to any payment under this Loan Agreement (other than Taxes on the overall net income, profits or gains of the Lender), then: (i) the Lender shall notify the Borrower in writing of such event promptly upon its becoming aware of the same; and (ii) the Borrower shall on demand, made at any time whether or not the Loan has been repaid, pay to the Lender the amount of the increased costs which the Lender has suffered as a result.

 

11. INDEMNITIES

 

11.1 Indemnity for Non-Scheduled Payments

 

Without derogating from, and without prejudice to the Lender’s right under, Clause to above, the Borrower shall indemnify the Lender fully on its demand in respect of all expenses, liabilities and losses which are suffered or incurred by the Lender, as a result of or in connection with:

 

11.1.1 any Tranche not being borrowed on the date specified in the Drawdown Notice for any reason other than a default by the Lender;

 

11.1.2 any failure (for whatever reason) by the Borrower to make payment of any amount due under the Loan Documents on the due date or, if so payable, on demand; or

 

11.1.3 the occurrence and/or continuance of an Event of Default and/or the acceleration of repayment of the Loan under Clause 9.4, and in respect of any Taxes for which the Lender is liable or held liable in connection with any amount paid or payable to the Lender (whether for its own account or otherwise) under the Loan Documents (other than Taxes on the overall net income, profits or gains of the Lender).

 

11.2 The Borrower shall within three (3) Business Days of demand, indemnify the Lender against any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Lender as a result of funding, or making arrangements to fund, any portion of the Total Loan Facility which is not advanced by the Lender to the Borrower by the end of the Expiry Date, other than by reason of default or negligence by the Lender.

 

28

 

 

11.3 Third Party Claims Indemnity

 

The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender fully on its demand in respect of claims, demands, proceedings, liabilities, taxes, losses and expenses of every kind, including without limitation legal fees and expenses (“liability items”) which may be made or brought against, or incurred by, the Lender, in any country, in relation to:

 

11.3.1 any action lawfully taken, or omitted or neglected to be taken, under or in connection with the Loan Documents by the Lender or by any receiver appointed under the Security Documents after the occurrence of any Event of Default; and

 

11.3.2 any breach or inaccuracy of any of the representations and warranties contained in Clause 7 of this Loan Agreement or in the Security Documents or any breach of any undertaking contained in Clause 8 hereof or elsewhere in the Loan Documents.

 

12. RISK AND INSURANCE

 

12.1 All risk of loss, theft and damage of and to the Charged Assets from any cause whatsoever shall be the risk of the Borrower, and no such event shall relieve the Borrower of any obligation under a Drawdown Notice.

 

12.2 The Borrower shall:

 

12.2.1 bear all risk of loss of or damage to the Charged Assets whether insured against or not;

 

12.2.2 at its expense, (i) keep the Charged Assets insured against loss or damage, and (ii) maintain liability and other insurance, in each case as ordinarily insured against by other owners in businesses similar to Borrower’s. All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as reasonably satisfactory to Lender;

 

12.2.3 procure that all policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to the Lender, showing Lender as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show the Lender as an additional insured within 3o days after the first Drawdown Date;

 

12.2.4 upon request produce to the Lender the policy and all premium receipts;

 

12.2.5 promptly notify the Lender of any event which may give rise to a claim in excess of $200,000 under the policy and upon request (but only following an Event of Default) irrevocably appoint the Lender to be its sole agent to negotiate agree or compromise such claim; and

 

12.2.6 upon request following the occurrence of an Event of Default, assign by way of security or a complete assignment to the Lender the Borrower’s rights under such policy and irrevocably appoint the Lender to institute any necessary proceedings.

 

13. RELEASE OF SECURITY

 

Upon expiry of the Security Period, the Lender shall take appropriate action, at the request and cost of the Borrower, to release the Security Interest over the Charged Assets.

 

14. NOTICES

 

14.1 Any notice, demand or other communication (“Notice”) to be given by any party under, or in connection with, this Loan Agreement shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the party giving it. Any Notice shall be served by sending it by email addresses set out in Clause 14.2, or delivering it by hand or by pre-paid first class post to the addresses set out in Clause 14.2 and in each case marked for the attention of the relevant party set out in Clause 14.2 (or as otherwise notified from time to time in accordance with the provisions of this Clause 14). Any Notice so served by fax, post or hand shall be deemed to have been duly given or made as follows:

 

29

 

 

14.1.1 if sent by email, at the time of transmission; or

 

14.1.2 in the case of delivery by hand, when delivered, or

 

14.1.3 in the case of delivery by first class post, on the second Business Day after posting,

 

PROVIDED THAT in each case where delivery by fax or by hand occurs after 5pm on a Business Day (local time in the place of receipt) or on a day which is not a Business Day, service shall be deemed to occur at gam on the next following Business Day (local time in the place of receipt).

 

References to time in this Clause are to local time in the country of the addressee.

 

14.2 The addresses and fax number of the parties for the purpose of Clause 14 are as follows:

 

14.2.1 Lender:

 

Address: Amf Building, 25 Old Burlington Street, London W1S 3AN

 

For the attention of: The Directors

 

with a copy to:

 

Lender’s law firm: Bird & Bird LLP

 

Address: 12 New Fetter Lane,

London EC4A 1JP

 

Email: struan.penwarden@twobirds.com

 

For the attention of: Struan Penwarden

 

30

 

 

14.2.2 Borrower:

 

Address: Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040

Herstal, Belgium

For the attention of: CEO

Email: notice@mdxhealth.com

 

With a copy to each of:

 

MDxHealth Inc.

15279 Alton Parkway, Suite 100

Irvine, CA 92618

For the attention of: General Counsel

Email: legal@mdxhealth.com

 

and

 

Baker & McKenzie CVBA/SCRL

Louizalaan 149

1050 Brussels, Belgium

For the attention of: Roel Meers and Eric Blomme

Email: Roel.Meers@bakermckenzie.com and Eric.Blomme@bakermckenzie.com

 

14.3 A party may notify the other party to this Loan Agreement of a change to its name, relevant addressee, address or email address for the purposes of this Clause 14, PROVIDED THAT such notice shall only be effective on:

 

14.3.1 the date specified in the notification as the date on which the change is to take place; or

 

14.3.2 if no date is specified or the date specified is less than five (5) Business Days after the date on which notice is given, the date following five (5) Business Days after notice of any change has been given.

 

14.4 In proving service it shall be sufficient to prove that the envelope containing such notice was properly addressed and sent or delivered to the address shown thereon or that the facsimile transmission was made and a facsimile confirmation report was received, as the case may be.

 

31

 

 

15. GENERAL

 

15.1 All agreements, covenants, representations, warranties and indemnities of the Borrower contained in this Loan Agreement or in the Drawdown Notices or other documents delivered pursuant hereto or in connection herewith and continuing, shall survive and remain binding following the execution and delivery, and the expiration, cancellation or other termination of this Loan Agreement and/or the Drawdown Notice until expiration of the Security Period.

 

15.2 If the Borrower shall fail to perform any of its obligations under any Drawdown Notice duly and promptly, the Lender may, at its option and at any time, perform the same without waiving any default on the part of the Borrower, or any of the Lender’s rights. The Borrower shall reimburse the Lender, within five (5) Business Days after notice thereof is given to the Borrower, for all expenses and liabilities incurred by the Lender in the performance of the Borrower’s obligations.

 

15.3 No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of the Lender, any right or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Loan Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law or in equity. Waiver by the Lender of any default shall not constitute waiver of any other default.

 

15.4 The Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights, benefits and obligations under this Loan Agreement. The Lender shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to assign, sell, pledge, grant a Security Interest in or otherwise encumber its rights under this Loan Agreement and/or one or more Drawdown Notices to any (i) Related Fund; (ii) or upon the occurrence of an Event of Default or in connection with a sale of multiple loans made by the Lender as part of a portfolio transaction, to any third party (other than a distressed debt or loan-to-own investor) (an “Assignee”), and/or may act as an agent for any Assignee in accepting any Drawdown Notice. The Borrower hereby irrevocably consents to any assignment, sale, pledge, grant of a security interest or any other disposal to an Assignee. The Borrower agrees that if it receives notice from the Lender that it is to make payments under this Loan Agreement and/or any Drawdown Notice to such Assignee rather than to the Lender, or that any of its other obligations under the relevant Drawdown Notice are to be owed to the named Assignee, the Borrower shall comply with any such notice. Subject to the foregoing, this Loan Agreement and each Drawdown Notice inures to the benefit of, and is binding upon, the successors and assigns of the Lender.

 

15.5 The Lender shall, and shall procure that the Observer will, keep all Confidential Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted below, and to ensure that all Confidential Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

15.6 The Lender may disclose:

 

15.6.1 to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and representatives such Confidential Information as the Lender shall consider appropriate if any person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this Clause 15.6.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

15.6.2 to any person:

 

15.6.2.1 to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations under one or more Loan Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, representatives and professional advisers;

 

15.6.2.2 to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation;

 

15.6.2.3 to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes; or

 

32

 

 

15.6.2.4 with the consent of the Borrower,

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as such party shall consider appropriate if:

 

15.6.2.5 in relation to Clause 15.6.2.1, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential Information;

 

15.6.2.6 in relation to Clauses 15.6.2.2 and 15.6.2.3 above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Lender it is not practicable so to do in the circumstances.

 

15.7 The Lender acknowledges that some or all of the information relating the Borrower and any Group Company is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Lender undertakes not to, and shall procure that the Observer will not, use any such information for any unlawful purpose.

 

15.8 The Lender agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Borrower:

 

15.8.1 of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to Clause 15.6.2.2 except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

15.8.2 upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of the confidentiality provisions of this Agreement.

 

15.9 The confidentiality obligations in this Loan Agreement are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on the Lender for a period of twelve months from the earlier of:

 

15.9.1 the date on which all amounts payable by the Borrower under or in connection with the Loan Documents have been paid in full; and

 

15.9.2 the date on which the Lender otherwise ceases to be a Lender.

 

15.10 If, at any time, any provision herein is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

15.11 A person who is not a party to this Loan Agreement has no right under the Contract (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or enjoy the benefits of this Loan Agreement.

 

15.12 This Loan Agreement, together with the Security Documents, constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Loan Agreement may not be modified except in writing executed by the Lender and the Borrower. No supplier or agent of the Lender is authorised to bind the Lender or to waive or modify any term of this Loan Agreement.

 

33

 

 

15.13 This Loan Agreement may be executed in counterparts (including facsimile and .pdf copies), each of which shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

15.14 This Loan Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law. The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Loan Agreement or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with this Loan Agreement (a “Dispute”). The parties to this Loan Agreement agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly no party to this Loan Agreement will argue to the contrary. This Clause 15.14 is for the benefit of the Lender only. As a result, the Lender shall not be prevented from taking proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the extent allowed by law, the Lender may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

15.15 Without prejudice to any other mode of service allowed under any relevant law, the Borrower:

 

15.15.1 represents and warrants to the Lenders that it has appointed Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited as its agent for service of process in relation to any proceedings before the English courts in connection with the Loan Documents and agrees to provide the Lenders with evidence of such appointment and to maintain such appointment at all times during the Security Period (and promptly provide evidence, on request of the Lender, that such appointment is continuing); and

 

15.15.2 agrees that failure by an agent for service of process to notify the Borrower of the process will not invalidate the proceedings concerned.

 

34

 

 

SCHEDULE A

FORM OF DRAWDOWN NOTICE

DRAWDOWN NOTICE

Drawdown

No. [   ]

 

  dated 2019  

 

between

 

KREOS CAPITAL VI (UK) LIMITED MDxHEALTH SA
the (“Lender”) the (“Borrower”)

 

This Drawdown Notice forms a Schedule to a Loan Agreement between the Lender and the Borrower dated [                           ] September 2019 (the “Loan Agreement”)

 

The Lender has granted the Borrower a loan facility pursuant to the terms and conditions set out in the Loan Agreement and attached Schedules.

 

Words and expressions in this Drawdown Notice shall have the same meanings as in the Loan Agreement.

 

35

 

 

PART 1

Loan Details

 

Total Loan Facility

[                         ]
   
Amount of Loan Facility to be drawn down pursuant to this [                         ]
Drawdown Notice  
   
Loan Term The Interest Only Period followed by, subject to Clause 5.1.1, thirty six (36) monthly payments from the First Monthly Repayment Date
   
Bank Account Details for remittance of funds [                         ]
   
Drawdown Date (which shall be a date not later than the Expiry Date) [                  ] 2019
   
Repayment Schedule – Please see Part 2  

 

We confirm that:

 

(a) the representations and warranties made by us in the Loan Agreement are true and accurate on the date of this Drawdown Notice as if made on such date; and

 

(b) no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the delivery of this Drawdown Notice.

 

This Drawdown Notice is irrevocable.

 

for and on behalf of

 

MDxHEALTH SA    
     
Authorised Signatory  
     
Name    
     
Dated [   ] 2019    

 

36

 

 

PART 2

 

Repayment Schedule

 

[To be provided by Lender prior to submission of relevant Drawdown Notice]

 

37

 

 

SCHEDULE B

INITIAL SECURITY DOCUMENTS

 

Belgium

 

Pledge Agreement

 

The Netherlands

 

Dutch Omnibus Security Agreement

 

USA

 

US IP Security Agreement

 

US Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement

 

US Subsidiary Security Agreement

 

38

 

 

Duly executed by the parties on the date first set out on the first page of this Loan Agreement.

 

BORROWER

 

Signed   /s/ Michael McGarrity  

 

For and on behalf of

MDXHEALTH SA  
Authorised signatory  
   
Name    Michael McGarrity  
Title CEO  

 

LENDER

 

Signed   /s/ Aris Constantinides  

 

For and on behalf of

KREOS CAPITAL VI (UK) LIMITED  
Authorised signatory  
   
Name    Aris Constantinides  
Title Director

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.15

 

Date: 19 April 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) KREOS CAPITAL VI (UK) LIMITED

 

(2) MDxHEALTH SA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEED OF AMENDMENT TO LOAN
FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

 

1

 

 

THIS DEED is dated ____ April 2021 and made between:

 

(1) KREOS CAPITAL VI (UK) LIMITED a company incorporated in England and Wales under registration number 11535385 whose registered office is at Amf Building, 25 Old Burlington Street, London W 1 S 3AN (the “Lender”); and

 

(2) MDxHEALTH SA, a limited liability company by shares, incorporated in Belgium and registered in the Legal Entities Register (Liège) under number 0479.292.440 whose registered office is at Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium (the “Borrower”).

 

WHEREAS

 

(A) On 23 September 2019, the Lender and the Borrower entered into an agreement for a loan facility of up to €9,000,000, as amended pursuant to a deed of amendment dated 19 October 2020 (the “Loan Agreement”).

 

(B) The Borrower has, as at the date of this Deed, drawn down the full amount of the loan facility made available pursuant to the Loan Agreement (the “Drawdown Amount”).

 

(C) The Lender has now agreed to amend the repayment provisions of the Loan Agreement as detailed in the provisions of this Deed.

 

NOW THIS DEED WITNESSETH as follows:

 

1. INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 In this Deed, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and phrases that are defined in the Loan Agreement (as further amended by this Deed) will bear the same meanings in this Deed.

 

1.2 The headings in this Deed are inserted for convenience only and do not form part of this Deed and do not affect its interpretation.

 

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

2.1 The provisions of the Loan Agreement are hereby amended, with effect from the CP Satisfaction Date (as defined below), to provide that:

 

2.1.1 the Repayment Schedule for the Drawdown Amount shall be as set out in the Schedule to this Deed (the “New Repayment Schedule”), which shall supersede and replace the Repayment Schedule issued by the Lender prior to the date of this Deed. The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that in calculating and agreeing to the amounts and to the Monthly Repayment Dates in the New Repayment Schedule, the Lender has taken into account all principal, interest, fees received by it and the Advance Payment deducted by it prior to the date of this Deed and therefore, notwithstanding any provision of the Loan Agreement (including, but not limited to, the Applicable Interest Rate) the amounts in the New Repayment Schedule are the remaining cash payments which still need to be paid by the Borrower to the Lender;

 

2.1.2 the monthly payments in the New Repayment Schedule comprising interest only will be considered to be the “Interest Only Period”; and

 

2.1.3 Clause 5.1.2 of the Loan Agreement is replaced as follows:

 

“In the event that the Borrower shall have received gross proceeds for a minimum amount of USD 30,000,000 by way of new Equity Financing occurring before the end of the Loan Term (and provided satisfactory evidence thereof to the Lender):

 

(i) the Interest Only Period shall be extended with six Monthly Repayment Dates; or

 

2

 

 

(ii) a new Interest Only Period of sixth Monthly Repayment Dates shall start,

 

(without, for the avoidance of doubt, extending the Loan Term and provided that if there are less than six Monthly Repayment Dates remaining until the end of the Loan Term at the relevant time, the extended or new Interest Only Period will end on (and not include) the final Monthly Repayment Date) and the Lender shall issue to the Borrower a new Repayment Schedule to replace the Repayment Schedule applicable at the time of such extension or new Interest Only Period (provided that all monthly repayments after the extended or new Interest Only Period shall be equal instalments of principal and interest).”

 

2.2 In the event that the Lender converts the First Discretionary Convertible Loan and/or the Second Discretionary Convertible (each as defined and in accordance with the Amended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement (as defined below)) into shares to be issued by the Borrower to the Lender, at the time of the conversion the Lender shall issue to the Borrower a further Repayment Schedule to replace the New Repayment Schedule, reflecting, as a result of the conversion, the proportionate reduction in payments of principal and interest to be made by the Borrower to the Lender over the remainder of the Loan Term and:

 

2.2.1 as concerns the First Discretionary Convertible Loan, the €11,700 reduction in the End of Loan Payment; and

 

2.2.2 as concerns the Second Discretionary Convertible Loan, the €13,162.5 reduction in the End of Loan Payment.

 

2.3 The rescheduling and the amendment to the Loan Agreement provided for by this Deed is subject to the prior satisfaction by the Borrower of the following conditions (with the date that these conditions are satisfied being the “CP Satisfaction Date”):

 

2.3.1 the delivery to the Lender of a copy of the resolutions of the Borrower’s board of directors authorising the transactions contemplated by this Deed and the amended and restated convertible loans agreement originally dated 23 September 2019 in the form attached at Schedule 2 (the “Amended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement”) and the execution and delivery to the Lender of this Deed and associated documents;

 

2.3.2 the Borrower having executed and delivered to the Lender (in accordance with clause 6.2 of this Deed) this Deed, the Amended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement and any amendments to and/or confirmations relating to the Security Documents; and

 

2.3.3 compliance by the Borrower of its obligations in Clauses 3 and 4 of this Deed.

 

2.4 As from the CP Satisfaction Date, details of the End of Loan Payments under the heading Loan Facility Terms in the Loan Agreement shall be deleted and replaced with:

 

“In relation to each Tranche, 6.50% of the amount drawn down under the relevant Tranche.”.

 

2.5 As from the CP Satisfaction Date, the Convertible Loans Agreement shall be replaced by, and restated in the form of, the Amended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement as set out in Schedule 2.

 

2.6 Save as hereby amended, all the provisions of the Loan Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

 

2.7 In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Loan Agreement (as amended by this Deed) and the New Repayment Schedule, the New Repayment Schedule shall prevail.

 

3

 

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1 The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that as at the date of this Deed and the CP Satisfaction Date:

 

3.1.1 this Deed and the Amended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement, do now or, as the case may be, will, upon execution and delivery, constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with their respective terms;

 

3.1.2 the execution by the Borrower of this Deed will not involve or lead to a contravention in any material respect of:

 

(a) any applicable law or other legal requirement;

 

(b) the constitutional documents of the Borrower or any Group Company; or

 

(c) any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any Group Company or any of their assets;

 

3.1.3 all material consents, licences, approvals and authorisations required by the Borrower in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of this Deed and the Amended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement have been or (upon execution thereof) shall have been obtained and shall be (or upon execution thereof shall be) in full force and effect during the term of the Loan Agreement;

 

3.1.4 the Borrower has the corporate capacity and has taken all corporate action necessary for it to execute this Deed; and

 

3.1.5 all representations and warranties provided by the Borrower in the Loan Agreement continue to be true and correct in all material respects; and

 

3.1.6 no Event of Default has occurred.

 

3.2 The Borrower acknowledges that the Lender is entering into this Deed in reliance on the representations and warranties contained in this Clause.

 

4. COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

The Borrower shall reimburse the Lender for all of its costs reasonably incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance and implementation of this Deed and associated documents and the Amended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement (subject to any agreed cap).

 

5. CONTINUING STATUS OF SECURITY

 

5.1 The Borrower acknowledges and agrees that the Pledge Agreement:

 

5.1.1 ranks as continuing security for the payment and discharge of all amounts due and payable by and obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents; and

 

5.1.2 shall continue in full force and effect in all respects.

 

4

 

 

6. COUNTERPARTS

 

6.1 This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute the one agreement.

 

6.2 Transmission of the executed signature page of a counterpart of this Deed by e-mail (in PDF, JPEG or other agreed format) shall take effect as delivery of an executed counterpart of this Deed. If this method of delivery is adopted, without prejudice to the validity of the agreement thus made, each party to this Deed shall provide the other with the original of such counterpart as soon as reasonably possible thereafter.

 

6.3 No counterpart shall be effective until all parties to this Deed have executed and delivered at least one counterpart.

 

7. MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1 A person who is not a party to this Deed may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

7.2 If there is any conflict between the terms of this Deed and the Loan Agreement, the terms of this Deed shall prevail.

 

8. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

8.1 This Deed and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

8.2 The parties to this Deed irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim that arises out of, or in connection with, this Deed or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims).

 

5

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Deed is executed and delivered as a deed and takes effect on the date first written above.

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

The Lender:

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED on )  
behalf of KREOS CAPITAL VI (UK) ) /s/ Ross Ahlgren
LIMITED acting by: ) (signature of director)
)  
Ross Ahlgren )  
(print name of director) in the presence of: )  
  )  

 

Signature of witness: /s/ Lauren Mahoney  
     
Name of witness: Lauren Mahoney  
     
Address of witness: Kreos Capital, AMF Building, 25-28
Old Burlington Street, London,
W1S 3AN, UK
 
     
Occupation of witness: Portfolio Administrator  

 

The Borrower:

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED on )  
behalf of MDxHEALTH SA, a company )  
incorporated in Belgium, acting by: ) /s/ Michael McGarrity
) (Authorised signatory Signature)
Michael McGarrity )  
(print name of director) in the presence of: )  
  )  

 

6

 

 

Schedule

 

New Repayment Schedule

 

DUE DATE DRAWDOWN
(€)
DEPOSIT (€)

FEES

(€)

CAPITAL
(€)
INTEREST
(€)
TOTAL PAYMENT
(€)
             
01-May-21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Jun-21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Jul-21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Aug-21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Sep-21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Oct-21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Nov-21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Dec-21 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Jan-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 71,250.00 71,250.00
01-Feb-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 463,206.35 0.00 463,206.35
01-Mar-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 395,623.40 67,582.95 463,206.35
01-Apr-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 398,755.42 64,450.93 463,206.35
01-May-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 401,912.23 61,294.12 463,206.35
01-Jun-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 405,094.04 58,112.31 463,206.35
01-Jul-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 408,301.03 54,905.32 463,206.35
01-Aug-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 411,533.42 51,672.93 463,206.35
01-Sep-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 414,791.39 48,414.96 463,206.35
01-Oct-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 418,075.15 45,131.20 463,206.35
01-Nov-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 421,384.92 41,821.43 463,206.35
01-Dec-22 0.00 0.00 0.00 424,720.88 38,485.47 463,206.35
01-Jan-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 428,083.25 35,123.10 463,206.35
01-Feb-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 431,472.25 31,734.10 463,206.35
01-Mar-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 434,888.07 28,318.28 463,206.35
01-Apr-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 438,330.93 24,875.42 463,206.35
01-May-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 441,801.05 21,405.30 463,206.35
01-Jun-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 445,298.64 17,907.71 463,206.35
01-Jul-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 448,823.92 14,382.43 463,206.35
01-Aug-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 452,377.11 10,829.24 463,206.35
01-Sep-23 0.00 0.00 0.00 455,958.43 7,247.92 463,206.35
01-Oct-23 0.00 (286,032.13) 585,000.00 459,568.10 3,638.25 762,174.22
(subject to the amount of any Discretionary Convertible Loan converting into shares of the Borrower in accordance with the Convertible Loans Agreement (as amended and restated on the date of this Deed)

 

7

 

 

Schedule 2

 

Amended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement

 

[Please see attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

Exhibit 10.16

 

Date: 19 April 2021

 

 

 

 

KREOS CAPITAL V I (UK) LIMITED

 

AND

 

MDXHEALTH SA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

RELATING TO A

CONVERTIBLE LOANS AGREEMENT

ORIGINALLY DATED 23 SEPTEMBER 2019, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON 19

OCTOBER 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THIS DEED (this “Deed”) is made on the date written above.

 

PARTIES:

 

(1) KREOS CAPITAL VI (UK) LIMITED a company incorporated in England and Wales under registration number 11535385 whose registered office is at Amf Building, 25 Old Burlington Street, London W1S 3AN (the “Lender”); and

 

(2) MDxHEALTH SA, a limited liability company by shares, incorporated in Belgium and registered in the Legal Entities Register (Liège) under number 0479.292.440 whose registered office is at Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium (the “Borrower”).

 

BACKGROUND:

 

(A) The Lender and the Borrower entered into an agreement for the provisions of several convertible loans originally dated 23 September 2019, as amended and restated on 19 October 2020 (the “Convertible Loans Agreement”).

 

(B) The Borrower and the Lender have agreed to amend and restate the Convertible Loans Agreement in the form appended to this Deed.

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 Terms defined in the Convertible Loans Agreement (as amended and restated by this Deed) shall have the same respective meanings in this Deed unless the context otherwise requires.

 

1.2 Unless the context otherwise requires, references in the Convertible Loans Agreement to “this Convertible Loans Agreement” shall be to the Convertible Loans Agreement as amended and restated by this Deed and otherwise from time to time.

 

1.3 Subject to the provisions of this Deed, the Convertible Loans Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be read and construed as one document with this Deed.

 

2. AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE CONVERTIBLE LOANS AGREEMENT

 

With effect from the CP Satisfaction Date (as defined in the deed of amendment to the Loan Agreement to be entered into on the date of this Deed between the Borrower and the Lender), the Convertible Loans Agreement is hereby amended and restated so as to take effect as set out in the Appendix to this Deed.

 

2

 

 

3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1 The Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that:

 

3.1.1 this Deed and the Convertible Loans Agreement constitute the Borrower’s legal, valid and binding obligations enforceable against it in accordance with its respective terms;

 

3.1.2 the execution by the Borrower of this Deed will not involve or lead to a contravention in any material respect of:

 

3.1.2.1 any applicable law or other legal requirement;

 

3.1.2.2 the constitutional documents of the Borrower; or

 

3.1.2.3 any contractual or other obligation or restriction which is binding on the Borrower or any Group Company or any of their assets;

 

3.1.3 all material consents, licences, approvals and authorisations required by the Borrower in connection with the entry into, performance, validity and enforceability of this Deed have been or (upon execution thereof) shall have been obtained and shall be (or upon execution thereof shall be) in full force and effect during the term of the Convertible Loans Agreement;

 

3.1.4 the Borrower has the corporate capacity and has taken all corporate action necessary for it to execute this Deed;

 

3.1.5 all representations and warranties provided by the Borrower in the Loan Agreement that are capable of repetition continue to be true and correct in all material respects; and

 

3.1.6 no Event of Default has occurred.

 

3.2 The Borrower acknowledges that the Lender is entering into this Deed in reliance on the representations and warranties contained in this Clause.

 

4. CONTINUING STATUS OF SECURITY

 

4.1 The Borrower confirms that the Security Documents:

 

4.1.1 rank as continuing security for the payment and discharge of all amounts due and payable by and obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Documents; and

 

4.1.2 shall continue in full force and effect in all respects.

 

5. COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

The Borrower shall reimburse the Lender for all of its costs reasonably incurred in relation to the negotiation, preparation, execution, performance and implementation of this Deed and associated documents, including but not limited to, any amendments to and/or confirmations relating to the Security Documents (subject to any agreed cap).

 

3

 

 

6. COUNTERPARTS

 

6.1 This Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when executed and delivered shall constitute a duplicate original, but all the counterparts shall together constitute the one agreement.

 

6.2 Transmission of the executed signature page of a counterpart of this Deed by e-mail (in PDF, JPEG or other agreed format) shall take effect as delivery of an executed counterpart of this Deed. If this method of delivery is adopted, without prejudice to the validity of the agreement thus made, each party to this Deed shall provide the others with the original of such counterpart as soon as reasonably possible thereafter.

 

6.3 No counterpart shall be effective until all parties has executed and delivered at least one counterpart.

 

7. MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1 A person who is not a party to this Deed may not enforce any of its terms under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999.

 

7.2 If there is any conflict between the terms of this Deed and the Convertible Loans Agreement, the terms of this Deed shall prevail.

 

8. GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

8.1 This Deed and any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with it or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England and Wales.

 

8.2 The parties to this Deed irrevocably agree that the courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute or claim that arises out of, or in connection with, this Deed or its subject matter or formation (including non-contractual disputes or claims).

 

EXECUTED as a DEED and delivered on the date stated at the beginning of this document.

 

4

 

 

EXECUTION PAGE

 

The Lender:

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a )  
DEED on behalf of KREOS CAPITAL VI )  
(UK) LIMITED acting by: )  
  )  
  )  
Ross Ahlgren ) /s/ Ross Ahlgren
(print name of director) in the presence of: ) (signature of director)
  )  
  )  
Signature of witness: /s/ Lauren Mahoney    
     
Name of witness: Lauren Mahoney    
     
Address of witness: Kreos Capital, AMF Building, 25-28    
Old Burlington Street, London    
W1S 3AN, UK    
Occupation of    
Witness:    
Portfolio Administrator    

 

5

 

 

The Borrower:

 

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a

)  
DEED on behalf of MDx HEALTH SA, a )  
company incorporated in Belgium, acting )  
by: )  
  )  
Michael McGarrity ) /s/ Michael McGarrity
(Authorised signatory name) ) (Authorised signatory signature)

 

6

 

 

Schedule

Form of Am ended and Restated Convertible Loans Agreement

 

 

 

[Please see attached]

 

 

7

 

 

Exhibit 10.17

Account #:

 

 

U.S. Small Business Administration

 

Note

 

 

 

 

Paycheck Protection Program

 

SBA Loan #

7043038001
SBA Loan Name MDxHealth, Inc.
Date 6/30/2020
Loan Amount $ 2316400.00
Interest Rate 1.0 Percent Per Year
Borrower MDxHealth, Inc.
Lender Customers Bank

 

1. PROMISE TO PAY:

 

In return for the Loan, Borrower promises to pay to the order of Lender the amount of $ 2316400.00 .00, interest on the unpaid principal balance, and all other amounts required by this Note.

 

2. DEFINITIONS:

 

“Loan” means the loan evidenced by this Note.

 

“PPP” means the Paycheck Protection Program authorized under the SBA 7(a) Loan Program and the CARES Act.

 

“SBA” means the Small Business Administration, an Agency of the United States of America.

 

3. PAYMENT TERMS:

 

Borrower must make all payments at the place Lender or SBA designates. The payment terms for this Note are:

 

 

 

 

NOTE TERMS:

 

Maturity: This Note will mature 5 years from date of Note.

 

Repayment Terms:

 

The interest rate is 1.0% per year. The interest rate may only be changed in accordance with SOP 50 10, the CARES Act, or guidance established by the SBA or U.S. Treasury.

 

Payments of the Loan shall be deferred until the date on which the amount of forgiveness determined under Section 1106 of the CARES Act is remitted to the Lender. If Borrower fails to apply for forgiveness within 10 Months after the last day of the Covered Period, principal and interest payments will commence 10 months from the last day of the Covered Period. Borrower must pay principal and interest payments every month, beginning on the dated described above; payments must be made on the same day as the date of the Note in the months they are due. Interest shall continue to accrue during the deferment.

 

Lender will apply each installment payment first to pay interest accrued to the day Lender receives the payment, then to bring principal current and will apply any remaining balance to reduce principal.

 

This Loan is made under the provisions of the PPP, 7(a) Loan Program and the CARES Act. The principal under this Note may be reduced or forgiven in accordance with the loan forgiveness provisions of the CARES Act and regulations or requirements established by SBA and the U.S. Treasury. The principal of this Note is not deemed forgiven or reduced until documented in a writing, signed by Lender or the SBA. Interest under this loan will not be forgiven but payments for interest may be made by SBA.

 

Lender shall notify Borrower of its determination of debt forgiveness and of any remaining balance which shall continue to be due and owing under the Note (the “Remaining Obligations”). The Remaining Obligations plus interest will be fully amortized over the remaining term of this Note. Lender will determine the amount of the monthly payment using this calculation and will notify the Borrower of such payment amount.

 

BORROWER AGREES THAT THE MONTHLY PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS PROVIDED BY LENDER TO BORROWER TO SATISFY THE REMAINING OBLIGATIONS SHALL BE BINDING UPON THE BORROWER AND GIVEN THE SAME LEGAL EFFECT AS IF THE SPECIFIC AMOUNT OF THE PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST PAYMENTS WERE SET FORTH IN THIS NOTE.

 

Loan Prepayment:

 

No prepayment fee will be due under the terms of this Note.

 

All remaining principal and accrued interest is due and payable 5 years from date of Note.

 

Page 2 of 6

 

 

4. DEFAULT:

 

Borrower is in default under this Note if Borrower does not make a payment when due under this Note, or if Borrower:

 

A. Fails to do anything required by this Note;

 

B. Defaults on any other loan with Lender;

 

C. Does not disclose, or anyone acting on their behalf does not disclose, any material fact to Lender or SBA;

 

D. Makes, or anyone acting on their behalf makes, a materially false or misleading representation to Lender or SBA;

 

E. Defaults on any loan or agreement with another creditor, if Lender believes the default may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note;

 

F. Fails to pay any taxes when due;

 

G. Becomes the subject of a proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law;

 

H. Has a receiver or liquidator appointed for any part of their business or property;

 

I. Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

 

J. Has any adverse change in financial condition or business operation that Lender believes may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note;

 

K. Reorganizes, merges, consolidates, or otherwise changes ownership or business structure without Lender’s prior written consent; or

 

L. Becomes the subject of a civil or criminal action that Lender believes may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note.

 

5. LENDER’S RIGHTS IF THERE IS A DEFAULT:

 

Without notice or demand and without giving up any of its rights, Lender may:

 

A. Require immediate payment of all amounts owing under this Note;

 

B. Collect all amounts owing from Borrower;

 

C. File suit and obtain judgment;

 

Page 3 of 6

 

 

6. LENDER’S GENERAL POWERS:

 

Without notice and without Borrower’s consent, Lender may:

 

A. Incur expenses to collect amounts due under this Note, enforce the terms of this Note or any other Loan Document. If Lender incurs such expenses, it may demand immediate repayment from Borrower or add the expenses to the principal balance;

 

B. Release anyone obligated to pay this Note;

 

7. WHEN FEDERAL LAW APPLIES:

 

When SBA is the holder, this Note will be interpreted and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. Lender or SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Note, Borrower may not claim or assert against SBA any local or state law to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law.

 

8. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:

 

Under this Note, Borrower includes the successors of Borrower, and Lender includes its successors and assigns.

 

9. GENERAL PROVISIONS:

 

A. All individuals and entities signing this Note are jointly and severally liable.

 

B. Borrower waives all suretyship defenses.

 

C. Lender may exercise any of its rights separately or together, as many times and in any order it chooses. Lender may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights without giving up any of them.

 

D. Borrower may not use an oral statement of Lender or SBA to contradict or alter the written terms of this Note.

 

E. If any part of this Note is unenforceable, all other parts remain in effect.

 

F. To the extent allowed by law, Borrower waives all demands and notices in connection with this Note, including presentment, demand, protest, and notice of dishonor. Borrower also waives any defenses based upon any claim that Lender did not obtain any guarantee.

 

Page 4 of 6

 

 

10. DISCLOSURES

 

A. This Loan is made under the terms and conditions of the PPP and SBA 7(a) Loan Program and shall be subject to current and future regulations, guidance, statutory provisions or rules governing the PPP or SBA 7(a) Loan Programs.

 

B. Forgiveness of principal under this Loan may only granted in accordance with the PPP and the CARES Act, Lender has made no promise, guarantee, or representation to Borrower regarding forgiveness of the principal or accrued interest under this Loan and Borrower may not rely on any statement or representation from Lender with respect to loan forgiveness. Borrower understands that forgiveness is only available for principal that is used of the limited purposes that qualify for forgiveness under SBA requirements.

 

C. The Paycheck Protection Program Borrower Application Form (SBA Form 2483) contains certain statements, including the Statements Required by Law and Executive Orders and the Debarment and Suspension Executive Order and by executing below the Borrower is confirming to have read and understood the statements included in the Application Form.

 

D. Borrower understands and acknowledges that not more than 40% of the amount forgiven can be attributable to non-payroll costs.

 

E. Borrower understands and agrees that forgiveness is not automatic and Borrower must request it.

 

11. CERTIFICATIONS

 

By signing below, Borrower certifies, represents, warrants, and agrees:

 

A. All certifications, authorizations, and representations made by Borrower and/or the authorized representative of Borrower in the Paycheck Protection Program Borrower Application Form (SBA Form 2483) submitted to Lender remain true and accurate as of the date of this Note.

 

B. The proceeds of such Loan are intended to be used for payroll costs; costs related to the continuation of group health care benefits during periods of paid sick, medical, or family leave, and insurance premiums; employee salaries, commissions, or similar compensations; payments of interest on mortgage obligations (which shall not include any prepayment of or payment of principal on a mortgage obligation); rent (including rent under a lease agreement); utilities; interest on any other debt obligations that were incurred before February 15, 2020, and as otherwise permitted under the CARES Act, as amended and/or modified.

 

C. No parts of the proceeds of such Loan will be used for personal, family or household purposes.

 

D. The undersigned is exercising and will continue to exercise actual control over the managerial decisions of the Borrower concerning the use of funds and/or credit to be derived from the Loan.

 

Page 5 of 6

 

 

E. The undersigned hereby agrees to promptly correct any defect, error or omission, or provide any documentation requested or required, upon request of Lender or SBA, which may be discovered in the contents of any loan documentation, the application or in the execution or acknowledgment thereof, and will execute, or re-execute, acknowledge and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be necessary or reasonably requested by Lender to satisfy the terms and conditions of this Loan, and/or the requirements of PPP, SBA, or Treasury, as applicable.

 

F. The execution of this Note and any related loan documents prior to completion of all of Lender’s conditions may be permitted as an accommodation to Borrower. Lender shall not be obligated to fund the Loan until Lender receives and satisfies all of its loan conditions and requirements under applicable rule or law and receives all documents it deems necessary, including but not limited to the satisfactory evidence and documentation of payroll costs supporting the requested Loan and any forms to be completed by Lender, including SBA Form 2484.

 

G. If the Borrower is an entity, the undersigned is authorized and empowered to execute and deliver this Note to Lender, any required corporate or company action necessary to authorize the Loan has been duly completed or performed, and the actions taken herein are hereby ratified and confirmed.

 

12. STATE-SPECIFIC PROVISIONS:

 

13. BORROWER’S NAME(S) AND SIGNATURE(S):

 

By signing below, each individual or entity becomes obligated under this Note as Borrower.

 

BORROWER:  
   
MDxHealth, Inc.  
   
By: /s/ Ron Kalfus  
  Ron Kalfus, CFO  

 

 

Page 6 of 6

 

Exhibit 10.18

 

LEASE

BETWEEN

ALTON CORPORATE PLAZA LLC

AND

MDXHEALTH, INC.

 

 

 

LEASE

 

THIS LEASE is made as of December 17, 2019          , by and between ALTON CORPORATE PLAZA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, hereafter called “Landlord,” and MDXHEALTH, INC., a Delaware corporation, hereafter called “Tenant.”

 

Article 1 BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

Each reference in this Lease to the “Basic Lease Provisions” shall mean and refer to the following collective terms, the application of which shall be governed by the provisions in the remaining Articles of this Lease.

 

1.   Tenant’s Trade Name: N/A
         
2.   Premises:    
    Suite No.:   120 (The Premises are more particularly described in Section 2.1.)
    Address of Building:   15285 Alton Parkway, Irvine, CA 92618
    Project Description:   Alton Plaza (as shown on Exhibit Y to this Lease)
         
3.   Use of Premises: General administrative office, engineering office and laboratory and for no other use.
         
4.   Estimated Commencement Date: See Section 3.1.
         
5.   Lease Term: 72 months, plus such additional days as may be required to cause this Lease to expire on the final day of the calendar month.

 

6. Basic Rent:

 

Months of Term or Period

Monthly Rate Per Rentable
Square Foot
Monthly Basic Rent
1 to 12 $1.78 $19,170.60
13 to 24 $1.85 $19,924.50
25 to 36 $1.92 $20,678.40
37 to 48 $2.00 $21,540.00
49 to 60 $2.08 $22,401.60
61 to 72 $2.16 $23,263.20

 

Notwithstanding the above schedule of Basic Rent to the contrary, as long as Tenant is not in Default (as defined in Section 14.1) under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of 2 full calendar months of Basic Rent in the aggregate amount of $38,341.20 (i.e. $19,170.60 per month) (the “Abated Basic Rent”) for the first 2 full calendar months of the Term (the “Abatement Period”). In the event Tenant Defaults at any time during the Term beyond any applicable “cure” period with the result that Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated, then unamortized Abated Basic Rent to the date of such termination (amortized over the initial 72 months of the Term) shall immediately become due and payable. The payment by Tenant of the unamortized Abated Basic Rent in the event of a Default shall not limit or affect any of Landlord’s other rights, pursuant to this Lease or at law or in equity. Only Basic Rent shall be abated during the Abatement Period and all other additional rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

2

 

 

7. Expense Recovery Period: Every twelve month period during the Term (or portion thereof during the first and last Lease years) ending June 30.

 

8. Floor Area of Premises: approximately 10,770 rentable square feet

 

Floor Area of Building: approximately 18,931 rentable square feet

 

9. Letter of Credit: $150,000.00

 

10. Broker(s): Irvine Management Company (“Landlord’s Broker”) is the agent of Landlord exclusively and CBRE (“Tenant’s Broker”) is the agent of Tenant exclusively.

 

11. Parking: 33 parking spaces in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit F to this Lease.

 

12. Address for Payments and Notices:

 

  LANDLORD TENANT  
       
  Payment Registration Address:    
       
  Email tenantportal@irvinecompany.com to request an account for the Tenant Payment Portal.

MDXHEALTH, INC.

15285 Alton Parkway, Suite 120

Irvine, CA 92618

 
       
  Notice Address:    
       
  THE IRVINE COMPANY LLC    
  550 Newport Center Drive    
  Newport Beach, CA 92660    
  Attn: Senior Vice President, Operations    
    Office Properties    

 

LIST OF LEASE EXHIBITS (All exhibits, riders and addenda attached to this Lease are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Lease):

 

  Exhibit A Description of Premises
  Exhibit B Operating Expenses
  Exhibit C Utilities and Services
  Exhibit D Tenant’s Insurance
  Exhibit E Rules and Regulations
  Exhibit F Parking
  Exhibit G Additional Provisions
  Exhibit G-1 First Right Space
  Exhibit H Landlord’s Disclosures
  Exhibit I Letter of Credit Template
  Exhibit J Survey Form
  Exhibit X Work Letter
  Exhibit Y Project Description

 

3

 

 

Article 2 PREMISES

 

2.1 LEASED PREMISES. Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises shown in Exhibit A (the “Premises”), containing approximately the floor area set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Floor Area”). The Premises are located in the building identified in Item 2 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Building”), which is a portion of the project described in Item 2 (the “Project”). Landlord and Tenant stipulate and agree that the Floor Area of Premises set forth in Item 8 of the Basic Lease Provisions is correct.

 

2.2 ACCEPTANCE OF PREMISES. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor any representative of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Project or the suitability or fitness of either for any purpose, except as set forth in this Lease. Tenant acknowledges that the flooring materials which may be installed within portions of the Premises located on the ground floor of the Building may be limited by the moisture content of the Building slab and underlying soils. The taking of possession or use of the Premises by Tenant for any purpose other than construction or fixturization shall conclusively establish that the Premises and the Building were in satisfactory condition and in conformity with the provisions of this Lease in all respects, except for those matters which Tenant shall have brought to Landlord’s attention on a written punch list. The punch list shall be limited to any items required to be accomplished by Landlord under the Work Letter (if any) attached as Exhibit X, and shall be delivered to Landlord within 30 days after the Commencement Date (as defined herein). If there is no Work Letter, or if no items are required of Landlord under the Work Letter, by taking possession of the Premises Tenant accepts the improvements in their existing condition, and waives any right or claim against Landlord arising out of the condition of the Premises. Nothing contained in this Section 2.2 shall affect the commencement of the Term or the obligation of Tenant to pay rent. Landlord shall diligently complete all punch list items of which it is notified as provided above.

 

Article 3 TERM

 

3.1 GENERAL. The term of this Lease (“Term”) shall be for the period shown in Item 5 of the Basic Lease Provisions. The Term shall commence (“Commencement Date”) on the earlier of (a) 30 days after the date the Premises are deemed “ready for occupancy” (as hereinafter defined) and possession thereof is delivered to Tenant, but not earlier than June 1, 2020, or (b) the date Tenant commences its regular business activities within the Premises. Promptly following request by Landlord, the parties shall memorialize on a form provided by Landlord (the “Commencement Memorandum”) the actual Commencement Date and the expiration date (“Expiration Date”) of this Lease; should Tenant fail to execute and return the Commencement Memorandum to Landlord within 5 business days (or provide specific written objections thereto within that period), then Landlord’s determination of the Commencement and Expiration Dates as set forth in the Commencement Memorandum shall be conclusive. The Premises shall be deemed “ready for occupancy” when Landlord, to the extent applicable, (i) has substantially completed all the work required to be completed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter (if any) attached to this Lease but for minor punch list matters, and (ii) has obtained the requisite governmental approvals for Tenant’s occupancy in connection with such work.

 

3.2 DELAY IN POSSESSION. If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant on or before the Estimated Commencement Date set forth in Item 4 of the Basic Lease Provisions, this Lease shall not be void or voidable nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any resulting loss or damage. However, Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the Commencement Date occurs as provided in Section 3.1 above, except that if Landlord’s failure to substantially complete all work required of Landlord pursuant to Section 3.1(i) above is attributable to any action or inaction by Tenant (including without limitation any Tenant Delay described in the Work Letter, if any, attached to this Lease), then the Premises shall be deemed ready for occupancy, and Landlord shall be entitled to full performance by Tenant (including the payment of rent), as of the date Landlord would have been able to substantially complete such work and deliver the Premises to Tenant but for Tenant’s delay(s).

 

4

 

 

Article 4 RENT AND OPERATING EXPENSES

 

4.1 BASIC RENT. From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord without deduction or offset a Basic Rent for the Premises in the total amount shown (including subsequent adjustments, if any) in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions (the “Basic Rent”). If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, any rental adjustment shown in Item 6 shall be deemed to occur on the first day of the next calendar month following the specified monthly anniversary of the Commencement Date. The Basic Rent shall be due and payable in advance commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each successive calendar month of the Term, as prorated for any partial month. No demand, notice or invoice shall be required. An installment in the amount of 1 full month’s Basic Rent at the initial rate specified in Item 6 of the Basic Lease Provisions, and 1 month’s estimated Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be delivered to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease and shall be applied against the Basic Rent first due hereunder; the next installment of Basic Rent shall be due on the first day of the fourth calendar month of the Term, which installment shall, if applicable, be appropriately prorated to reflect the amount prepaid for that calendar month.

 

4.2 OPERATING EXPENSES. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in accordance with Exhibit B of this Lease.

 

4.3 LETTER OF CREDIT. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, concurrently with Tenant’s execution of this Lease, a letter of credit in the amount stated in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions, which letter of credit shall be in form and with the substance of Exhibit I attached hereto. The letter of credit shall be issued by a financial institution acceptable to Landlord with a branch in Orange County, California, at which draws on the letter of credit will be accepted. The letter of credit shall provide for automatic yearly renewals throughout the Term of this Lease and shall have an outside expiration date (if any) that is not earlier than 30 days after the expiration of the Lease Term. In the event the letter of credit is not continuously renewed through the period set forth above, or upon any breach under this Lease by Tenant, including specifically Tenant’s failure to pay Rent or to abide by its obligations under Sections 7.1 and 15.2 below, Landlord shall be entitled to draw upon said letter of credit by the issuance of Landlord’s sole written demand to the issuing financial institution. Any such draw shall be without waiver of any rights Landlord may have under this Lease or at law or in equity as a result of any Default hereunder by Tenant.

 

Article 5 USES

 

5.1 USE. Tenant shall use the Premises only for the purposes stated in Item 3 of the Basic Lease Provisions and for no other use whatsoever. The uses prohibited under this Lease shall include, without limitation, use of the Premises or a portion thereof for (i) offices of any agency or bureau of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof; (ii) offices or agencies of any foreign governmental or political subdivision thereof; or (iii) schools, temporary employment agencies or other training facilities which are not ancillary to corporate, executive or professional office use. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way interfere with the rights or quiet enjoyment of other occupants of the Building or the Project, or use or allow the Premises to be used for any unlawful purpose, nor shall Tenant permit any nuisance or commit any waste in the Premises or the Project. Tenant shall not perform any work or conduct any business whatsoever in the Project other than inside the Premises. Tenant shall comply at its expense with all present and future laws, ordinances and requirements of all governmental authorities that pertain to Tenant or its use of the Premises, and with all energy usage reporting requirements of Landlord. Pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938, Landlord hereby states that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) (defined in California Civil Code § 55.52(a)(3)). Pursuant to Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby provides the following notification to Tenant: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction related accessibility standards within the premises.”

 

5

 

 

5.2 SIGNS. Provided Tenant continues to occupy the entire Premises, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to one (1) “eyebrow” sign on the Building for Tenant’s name and graphics in a location designated by Landlord, subject to Landlord’s right of prior approval that such exterior signage is in compliance with the Signage Criteria (defined below). Except as provided in the foregoing and except for Landlord’s standard suite signage identifying Tenant’s name and/or logo, Tenant shall have no right to maintain signs in any location in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Project and shall not place or erect any signs that are visible from the exterior of the Building. The size, design, graphics, material, style, color and other physical aspects of any permitted sign shall be subject to Landlord’s written determination, as determined solely by Landlord, prior to installation, that signage is in compliance with any covenants, conditions or restrictions encumbering the Premises and Landlord’s signage program for the Project, as in effect from time to time and approved by the City in which the Premises are located (“Signage Criteria”). Prior to placing or erecting any such signs, Tenant shall obtain and deliver to Landlord a copy of any applicable municipal or other governmental permits and approvals, except to Landlord’s standard suite signage. Tenant shall be responsible for all costs of any permitted sign, including, without limitation, the fabrication, installation, maintenance and removal thereof and the cost of any permits therefor, except that Landlord shall pay for the initial installation costs only of the standard suite signage. If Tenant fails to maintain its sign in good condition, or if Tenant fails to remove same upon termination of this Lease and repair and restore any damage caused by the sign or its removal, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense. Landlord shall have the right, at Landlord’s cost, to temporarily remove any signs in connection with any repairs or maintenance in or upon the Building. The term “sign” as used in this Section shall include all signs, designs, monuments, displays, advertising materials, logos, banners, projected images, pennants, decals, pictures, notices, lettering, numerals or graphics. Tenant’s “eyebrow” signage rights under this Section 5.2 belong solely to MDxHealth, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and any attempted assignment or transfer of such rights shall be void and of no force and effect.

 

5.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.

 

(a) For purposes of this Lease, the term “Hazardous Materials” means (i) any “hazardous material” as defined in Section 25501(n) of the California Health and Safety Code, (ii) hydrocarbons, polychlorinated biphenyls or asbestos, (iii) any toxic or hazardous materials, substances, wastes or materials as defined pursuant to any other applicable state, federal or local law or regulation, and (iv) any other substance or matter which may result in liability to any person or entity as a result of such person’s possession, use, storage, release or distribution of such substance or matter under any statutory or common law theory.

 

(b) Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, stored, used, generated, released or disposed of on, under, from or about the Premises (including without limitation the soil and groundwater thereunder) without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining prior written consent of Landlord, to utilize within the Premises a reasonable quantity of standard office products that may contain Hazardous Materials (such as photocopy toner, “White Out”, and the like), provided however, that (i) Tenant shall maintain such products in their original retail packaging, shall follow all instructions on such packaging with respect to the storage, use and disposal of such products, and shall otherwise comply with all applicable laws with respect to such products, and (ii) all of the other terms and provisions of this Section 5.3 shall apply with respect to Tenant’s storage, use and disposal of all such products. Landlord may, in its sole and absolute discretion, place such conditions as Landlord deems appropriate with respect to Tenant’s use, storage and/or disposal of any Hazardous Materials requiring Landlord’s consent. Tenant understands that Landlord may utilize an environmental consultant to assist in determining conditions of approval in connection with the storage, use, release, and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials by Tenant on or about the Premises, and/or to conduct periodic inspections of the storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal of such Hazardous Materials by Tenant on and from the Premises, and Tenant agrees that any costs incurred by Landlord in connection therewith shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent hereunder upon demand.

 

6

 

 

(c) Prior to the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall complete, execute and deliver to Landlord a Hazardous Material Survey Form (the “Survey Form”) in the form of Exhibit J attached hereto. The completed Survey Form shall be deemed incorporated into this Lease for all purposes, and Landlord shall be entitled to rely fully on the information contained therein. On each anniversary of the Commencement Date until the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant shall disclose to Landlord in writing the names and amounts of all Hazardous Materials which were stored, generated, used, released and/or disposed of on, under or about the Premises for the twelve-month period prior thereto, and which Tenant desires to store, generate, use, release and/or dispose of on, under or about the Premises for the succeeding twelve-month period. In addition, to the extent Tenant is permitted to utilize Hazardous Materials upon the Premises, Tenant shall promptly provide Landlord with complete and legible copies of all the following environmental documents relating thereto: reports filed pursuant to any self-reporting requirements; permit applications, permits, monitoring reports, emergency response or action plans, workplace exposure and community exposure warnings or notices and all other reports, disclosures, plans or documents (even those which may be characterized as confidential) relating to water discharges, air pollution, waste generation or disposal, and underground storage tanks for Hazardous Materials; orders, reports, notices, listings and correspondence (even those which may be considered confidential) of or concerning the release, investigation, compliance, cleanup, remedial and corrective actions, and abatement of Hazardous Materials; and all complaints, pleadings and other legal documents filed by or against Tenant related to Tenant’s storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

 

(d) Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the obligation, to inspect, sample and/or monitor the Premises and/or the soil or groundwater thereunder at any time to determine whether Tenant is complying with the terms of this Section 5.3, and in connection therewith Tenant shall provide Landlord with full access to all facilities, records and personnel related thereto. If Tenant is not in compliance with any of the provisions of this Section 5.3, or in the event of a release of any Hazardous Material on, under, from or about the Premises caused or permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees, Landlord and its agents shall have the right, but not the obligation, without limitation upon any of Landlord’s other rights and remedies under this Lease, to immediately enter upon the Premises without notice and to discharge Tenant’s obligations under this Section 5.3 at Tenant’s expense, including without limitation the taking of emergency or long-term remedial action. Landlord and its agents shall endeavor to minimize interference with Tenant’s business in connection therewith, but shall not be liable for any such interference. In addition, Landlord, at Tenant’s expense, shall have the right, but not the obligation, to join and participate in any legal proceedings or actions initiated in connection with any claims arising out of the storage, generation, use, release and/or disposal by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises.

 

(e) If the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project caused or permitted by Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees results in (i) injury to any person, (ii) injury to or any contamination of the Premises or the Project, or (iii) injury to or contamination of any real or personal property wherever situated, Tenant, at its expense, shall promptly take all actions necessary to return the Premises and the Project and any other affected real or personal property owned by Landlord to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials and to remedy or repair any such injury or contamination, including without limitation, any cleanup, remediation, removal, disposal, neutralization or other treatment of any such Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, take any remedial action in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project or any other affected real or personal property owned by Landlord or enter into any similar agreement, consent, decree or other compromise with any governmental agency with respect to any Hazardous Materials claims; provided however, Landlord’s prior written consent shall not be necessary in the event that the presence of Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises or the Project or any other affected real or personal property owned by Landlord (i) imposes an immediate threat to the health, safety or welfare of any individual and (ii) is of such a nature that an immediate remedial response is necessary and it is not possible to obtain Landlord’s consent before taking such action. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant shall indemnify, hold harmless, protect and defend (with attorneys acceptable to Landlord) Landlord and any successors to all or any portion of Landlord’s interest in the Premises and the Project and any other real or personal property owned by Landlord from and against any and all liabilities, losses, damages, diminution in value, judgments, fines, demands, claims, recoveries, deficiencies, costs and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees, court costs and other professional expenses), whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, arising directly or indirectly out of the use, generation, storage, treatment, release, on- or off-site disposal or transportation of Hazardous Materials on, into, from, under or about the Premises, the Building or the Project and any other real or personal property owned by Landlord caused or permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees. Such indemnity obligation shall specifically include, without limitation, the cost of any required or necessary repair, restoration, cleanup or detoxification of the Premises, the Building and the Project and any other real or personal property owned by Landlord, the preparation of any closure or other required plans, whether such action is required or necessary during the Term or after the expiration of this Lease and any loss of rental due to the inability to lease the Premises or any portion of the Building or Project as a result of such Hazardous Materials, the remediation thereof or any repair, restoration or cleanup related thereto. If it is at any time discovered that Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees may have caused or permitted the release of any Hazardous Materials on, under, from or about the Premises, the Building or the Project or any other real or personal property owned by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, immediately prepare and submit to Landlord a comprehensive plan, subject to Landlord’s approval, specifying the actions to be taken by Tenant to return the Premises, the Building or the Project or any other real or personal property owned by Landlord to the condition existing prior to the introduction of such Hazardous Materials. Upon Landlord’s approval of such plan, Tenant shall, at its expense, and without limitation of any rights and remedies of Landlord under this Lease or at law or in equity, immediately implement such plan and proceed to cleanup, remediate and/or remove all such Hazardous Materials in accordance with all applicable laws and as required by such plan and this Lease. The provisions of this Section 5.3(e) shall expressly survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.

 

7

 

 

(f) Landlord hereby discloses to Tenant, and Tenant hereby acknowledges, certain facts relating to Hazardous Materials at the Project known by Landlord to exist as of the date of this Lease, as more particularly described in Exhibit H attached hereto. Tenant shall have no liability or responsibility with respect to the Hazardous Materials facts described in Exhibit H, nor with respect to any Hazardous Materials which Tenant proves were not caused or permitted by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants or invitees. Notwithstanding the preceding two sentences, Tenant agrees to notify its agents, employees, contractors, licensees, subtenants, and invitees of any exposure or potential exposure to Hazardous Materials at the Premises that Landlord brings to Tenant’s attention. Tenant hereby acknowledges that this disclosure satisfies any obligation of Landlord to Tenant pursuant to California Health & Safety Code Section 25359.7, or any amendment or substitute thereto or any other disclosure obligations of Landlord.

 

Article 6 LANDLORD SERVICES

 

6.1 UTILITIES AND SERVICES. Landlord and Tenant shall be responsible to furnish those utilities and services to the Premises to the extent provided in Exhibit C, subject to the conditions and payment obligations and standards set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to furnish any services or utilities when the failure is the result of any accident or other cause beyond Landlord’s reasonable control, nor shall Landlord be liable for damages resulting from power surges or any breakdown in telecommunications facilities or services. Except as set forth in Section 11.3 below, Landlord’s temporary inability to furnish any services or utilities shall not entitle Tenant to any damages, relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or constitute a constructive or other eviction of Tenant, except that Landlord shall diligently attempt to restore the service or utility promptly. Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably establish for the provision of services and utilities, and shall cooperate with all reasonable conservation practices established by Landlord. Landlord shall at all reasonable times have free access to all electrical and mechanical installations of Landlord.

 

6.2 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF COMMON AREAS. During the Term, Landlord shall operate all Common Areas within the Building and the Project. The term “Common Areas” shall mean all areas within the Building and other buildings in the Project which are not held for exclusive use by persons entitled to occupy space, including without limitation parking areas and structures, driveways, sidewalks, landscaped and planted areas, hallways and interior stairwells not located within the premises of any tenant, common electrical rooms, entrances and lobbies, elevators, and restrooms not located within the premises of any tenant.

 

6.3 USE OF COMMON AREAS. The occupancy by Tenant of the Premises shall include the use of the Common Areas in common with Landlord and with all others for whose convenience and use the Common Areas may be provided by Landlord, subject, however, to compliance with Rules and Regulations described in Article 17 below. Landlord shall at all times during the Term have exclusive control of the Common Areas, and may restrain or permit any use or occupancy, except as otherwise provided in this Lease or in Landlord’s rules and regulations. Tenant shall keep the Common Areas clear of any obstruction or unauthorized use related to Tenant’s operations. Landlord may temporarily close any portion of the Common Areas for repairs, remodeling and/or alterations, to prevent a public dedication or the accrual of prescriptive rights, or for any other reasonable purpose. Landlord’s temporary closure of any portion of the Common Areas for such purposes shall not deprive Tenant of reasonable access to the Premises.

 

6.4 CHANGES AND ADDITIONS BY LANDLORD. Landlord reserves the right to make alterations or additions to the Building or the Project or to the attendant fixtures, equipment and Common Areas, and such change shall not entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or other claim against Landlord. No such change shall deprive Tenant of reasonable access to or use of the Premises.

 

8

 

 

Article 7 REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

 

7.1 TENANT’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Subject to Articles 11 and 12 and Exhibit G, Tenant at its sole expense shall make all repairs necessary to keep the Premises and all improvements and fixtures therein in good condition and repair, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Notwithstanding Section 7.2 below, Tenant’s maintenance obligation shall include without limitation all appliances, interior glass, doors, door closures, hardware, fixtures, electrical, plumbing, fire extinguisher equipment and other equipment installed in the Premises and all Alterations constructed by Tenant pursuant to Section 7.3 below, together with any supplemental HVAC equipment servicing only the Premises. All repairs and other work performed by Tenant or its contractors shall be subject to the terms of Sections 7.3 and 7.4 below. Alternatively, should Landlord or its management agent agree to make a repair on behalf of Tenant and at Tenant’s request, Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord as additional rent for all reasonable costs incurred (including the standard supervision fee) upon submission of an invoice.

 

7.2 LANDLORD’S MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. Subject to Articles 11 and 12, Landlord shall provide service, maintenance and repair with respect to the heating, ventilating and air conditioning (“HVAC”) equipment of the Building (exclusive of any supplemental HVAC equipment servicing only the Premises) and shall maintain in good repair the Common Areas, roof, foundations, footings, the exterior surfaces of the exterior walls of the Building (including exterior glass), and the structural, electrical, mechanical, fire/life safety, and plumbing systems of the Building (including elevators, if any, serving the Building), except to the extent provided in Section 7.1 above. Landlord need not make any other improvements or repairs except as specifically required under this Lease, and nothing contained in this Section 7.2 shall limit Landlord’s right to reimbursement from Tenant for maintenance, repair costs and replacement costs as provided elsewhere in this Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of the California Civil Code or any similar or successor laws to the contrary, Tenant understands that it shall not make repairs at Landlord’s expense or by rental offset. Except as provided in Section 11.1 and Article 12 below, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements to any portion of the Building, including repairs to the Premises, nor shall any related activity by Landlord constitute an actual or constructive eviction; provided, however, that in making repairs, alterations or improvements, Landlord shall interfere as little as reasonably practicable with the conduct of Tenant’s business in the Premises. Tenant hereby waives any and all rights under and benefits of subsection 1 of Section 1932, and Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor laws now or hereafter in effect.

 

7.3 ALTERATIONS. Except for cosmetic alteration projects that do not exceed $50,000.00 during each calendar year and that satisfy the criteria in the next following sentence (which work shall require notice to Landlord but not Landlord’s consent), Tenant shall make no alterations, additions, decorations or improvements (collectively referred to as “Alterations”) to the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld as long as the proposed Alterations do not affect the structural, electrical or mechanical components or systems of the Building, are not visible from the exterior of the Premises, do not change the basic floor plan of the Premises, and utilize only Landlord’s building standard materials (“Standard Improvements”). Landlord may impose, as a condition to its consent, any requirements that Landlord in its discretion may deem reasonable or desirable. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant shall use Landlord’s designated mechanical and electrical contractors for all Alterations work affecting the mechanical or electrical systems of the Building. Should Tenant perform any Alterations work that would necessitate any ancillary Building modification or other expenditure by Landlord, then Tenant shall promptly fund the cost thereof to Landlord. Tenant shall obtain all required permits for the Alterations and shall perform the work in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ordinances with contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord, and except for cosmetic Alterations not requiring a permit, Landlord shall be entitled to a supervision fee in the amount of 5% of the cost of the Alterations. Any request for Landlord’s consent shall be made in writing and shall contain architectural plans describing the work in detail reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Landlord may elect to cause its architect to review Tenant’s architectural plans, and the reasonable cost of that review shall be reimbursed by Tenant. Should the Alterations proposed by Tenant and consented to by Landlord change the floor plan of the Premises, then Tenant shall, at its expense, furnish Landlord with as-built drawings and CAD disks compatible with Landlord’s systems. Alterations shall be constructed in a good and workmanlike manner using materials of a quality reasonably approved by Landlord Unless Landlord otherwise agrees in writing, all Alterations affixed to the Premises, including without limitation all Tenant Improvements constructed pursuant to the Work Letter (except as otherwise provided in the Work Letter), but excluding moveable trade fixtures and furniture, shall become the property of Landlord. Such Alterations shall be surrendered with the Premises at the end of the Term, except that Landlord may, by notice to Tenant given at the time of Landlord’s approval of any Alterations, require Tenant to remove by the Expiration Date, or sooner termination date of this Lease, all or any Alterations (including without limitation all telephone and data cabling) installed either by Tenant or by Landlord at Tenant’s request (collectively, the “Required Removables”), and to replace any non-Standard Improvements with the applicable Standard Improvements. Tenant, at the time it requests approval for a proposed Alteration, may request in writing that Landlord advise Tenant whether the Alteration or any portion thereof, is a Required Removable. Within 10 days after receipt of Tenant’s request, Landlord shall advise Tenant in writing as to which portions of the subject Alterations are Required Removables. In connection with its removal of Required Removables, Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises arising from that removal and shall restore the affected area to its pre-existing condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Landlord agrees that the Tenant Improvements as and to the extent set forth in the Plan and Cost Estimate referenced in Exhibit X shall not constitute Required Removables.

 

9

 

 

7.4 MECHANIC’S LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished, or obligations incurred by or for Tenant. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall promptly cause any such lien to be released by posting a bond in accordance with California Civil Code Section 8424 or any successor statute. In the event that Tenant shall not, within 15 days following the imposition of any lien, cause the lien to be released of record by payment or posting of a proper bond, Landlord shall have, in addition to all other available remedies, the right to cause the lien to be released by any means it deems proper, including payment of or defense against the claim giving rise to the lien. All expenses so incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s attorneys’ fees, shall be reimbursed by Tenant promptly following Landlord’s demand, together with interest from the date of payment by Landlord at the maximum rate permitted by law until paid. Tenant shall give Landlord no less than 20 days’ prior notice in writing before commencing construction of any kind on the Premises.

 

7.5 ENTRY AND INSPECTION. Landlord shall at all reasonable times, upon at least 24 hours advance, written or verbal notice given by Landlord (except in emergencies, when no notice shall be required), have the right to enter the Premises to inspect them, to supply services in accordance with this Lease, to make repairs and renovations as reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord, and to submit the Premises to prospective or actual purchasers or encumbrance holders (or, during the final twelve months of the Term or when an uncured Default exists, to prospective tenants), all without being deemed to have caused an eviction of Tenant and without abatement of Rent except as provided elsewhere in this Lease. If reasonably necessary, Landlord may temporarily close all or a portion of the Premises to perform repairs, alterations and additions. Except in emergencies or to provide Building services, Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable prior verbal notice of entry and shall use reasonable efforts to minimize any interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

 

Article 8 [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED]

 

Article 9 ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

9.1 RIGHTS OF PARTIES.

 

(a) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, Tenant may not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, sublet, encumber, or otherwise transfer all or any part of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other than Tenant (each, a “Transfer”), without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.1(b). For purposes of this Lease, references to any subletting, sublease or variation thereof shall be deemed to apply not only to a sublease effected directly by Tenant, but also to a sub-subletting or an assignment of subtenancy by a subtenant at any level. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, no Transfer (whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law) shall be valid or effective without Landlord’s prior written consent and, at Landlord’s election, such a Transfer shall constitute a material default of this Lease.

 

(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Article 9, if Tenant or any subtenant hereunder desires to transfer an interest in this Lease, Tenant shall first notify Landlord in writing and shall request Landlord’s consent thereto. Tenant shall also submit to Landlord in writing: (i) the name and address of the proposed transferee; (ii) the nature of any proposed subtenant’s or assignee’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of any proposed sublease or assignment (including without limitation the rent and other economic provisions, term, improvement obligations and commencement date); (iv) evidence that the proposed assignee or subtenant will comply with the requirements of Exhibit D to this Lease; and (v) any other information requested by Landlord and reasonably related to the Transfer. Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent, provided: (1) the use of the Premises will be consistent with the provisions of this Lease and with Landlord’s commitment to other tenants of the Building and Project; (2) any proposed subtenant or assignee demonstrates that it is financially responsible by submission to Landlord of all reasonable information as Landlord may request concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee, including, but not limited to, a balance sheet of the proposed subtenant or assignee as of a date within 90 days of the request for Landlord’s consent and statements of income or profit and loss of the proposed subtenant or assignee for the two-year period preceding the request for Landlord’s consent; (3) the proposed assignee or subtenant is neither an existing tenant or occupant of the Building or Project nor a prospective tenant with whom Landlord or Landlord’s affiliate has been actively negotiating to become a tenant at the Building or Project; and (4) the proposed transferee is not an SDN (as defined below) and will not impose additional burdens or security risks on Landlord. If Landlord consents to the proposed Transfer, then the Transfer may be effected within 90 days after the date of the consent upon the terms described in the information furnished to Landlord; provided that any material change in the terms shall be subject to Landlord’s consent as set forth in this Section 9.1(b). Landlord shall approve or disapprove any requested Transfer within 30 days following receipt of Tenant’s written notice and the information set forth above. Except in connection with a Permitted Transfer (as defined below), if Landlord approves the Transfer Tenant shall pay a transfer fee of $1,000.00 to Landlord concurrently with Tenant’s execution of a Transfer consent prepared by Landlord.

 

10

 

 

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Subsection (b) above, and except in connection with a “Permitted Transfer” (as defined below), in lieu of consenting to a proposed assignment or subletting, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease in its entirety in the event of an assignment, or terminate this Lease as to the portion of the Premises proposed to be subleased with a proportionate abatement in the rent payable under this Lease, such termination to be effective on the date that the proposed sublease or assignment would have commenced. Landlord may thereafter, at its option, assign or re-let any space so recaptured to any third party, including without limitation the proposed transferee identified by Tenant.

 

(d) Should any Transfer occur, Tenant shall, except in connection with a Permitted Transfer, promptly pay or cause to be paid to Landlord, as additional rent, 50% of any amounts paid by the assignee or subtenant, however described and whether funded during or after the Lease Term, to the extent such amounts are in excess of the sum of (i) the scheduled Basic Rent payable by Tenant hereunder (or, in the event of a subletting of only a portion of the Premises, the Basic Rent allocable to such portion as reasonably determined by Landlord) and (ii) the direct out-of-pocket costs, as evidenced by third party invoices provided to Landlord, incurred by Tenant to effect the Transfer, which costs shall be amortized over the remaining Term of this Lease or, if shorter, over the term of the sublease.

 

(e) The sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant (other than bulk sales in the ordinary course of business) or the merger or consolidation of Tenant or the sale of a controlling interest in Tenant’s capital stock shall be deemed a Transfer within the meaning and provisions of this Article. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign this Lease to a successor to Tenant by merger, consolidation or the purchase of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or a controlling interest in Tenant’s capital stock, or assign this Lease or sublet all or a portion of the Premises to an Affiliate (defined below), without the consent of Landlord but subject to the provisions of Section 9.2, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied (a “Permitted Transfer”): (i) Tenant is not then in Default hereunder; (ii) Tenant gives Landlord written notice at least 10 business days before such Permitted Transfer; and (iii) the successor entity resulting from any merger or consolidation of Tenant or the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, has a net worth (computed in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, except that intangible assets such as goodwill, patents, copyrights, and trademarks shall be excluded in the calculation (“Net Worth”)) at the time of the Permitted Transfer that is at least equal to the Net Worth of Tenant immediately before the Permitted Transfer. Tenant’s notice to Landlord shall include reasonable information and documentation evidencing the Permitted Transfer and showing that each of the above conditions has been satisfied. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s successor shall sign and deliver to Landlord a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement. “Affiliate” shall mean an entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with Tenant.

 

9.2 EFFECT OF TRANSFER. No subletting or assignment, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant, or any successor-in-interest to Tenant hereunder, of its obligation to pay rent and to perform all its other obligations under this Lease. Each assignee, other than Landlord, shall be deemed to assume all obligations of Tenant under this Lease and shall be liable jointly and severally with Tenant for the payment of all rent, and for the due performance of all of Tenant’s obligations, under this Lease. Such joint and several liability shall not be discharged or impaired by any subsequent modification or extension of this Lease. Consent by Landlord to one or more transfers shall not operate as a waiver or estoppel to the future enforcement by Landlord of its rights under this Lease.

 

11

 

 

9.3 SUBLEASE REQUIREMENTS. Any sublease, license, concession or other occupancy agreement entered into by Tenant shall be subordinate and subject to the provisions of this Lease, and if this Lease is terminated during the term of any such agreement, Landlord shall have the right to: (i) treat such agreement as cancelled and repossess the subject space by any lawful means, or (ii) require that such transferee attorn to and recognize Landlord as its landlord (or licensor, as applicable) under such agreement. Landlord shall not, by reason of such attornment or the collection of sublease rentals, be deemed liable to the subtenant for the performance of any of Tenant’s obligations under the sublease. If Tenant is in Default (hereinafter defined), Landlord is irrevocably authorized to direct any transferee under any such agreement to make all payments under such agreement directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall apply towards Tenant’s obligations under this Lease) until such Default is cured. No collection or acceptance of rent by Landlord from any transferee shall be deemed a waiver of any provision of Article 9 of this Lease, an approval of any transferee, or a release of Tenant from any obligation under this Lease, whenever accruing. In no event shall Landlord’s enforcement of any provision of this Lease against any transferee be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s right to enforce any term of this Lease against Tenant or any other person.

 

Article 10 INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

 

10.1 TENANT’S INSURANCE. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall provide and maintain in effect the insurance described in Exhibit D. Evidence of that insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date.

 

10.2 LANDLORD’S INSURANCE. Landlord shall provide the following types of insurance, with or without deductible and in amounts and coverages as may be determined by Landlord in its discretion: property insurance, subject to standard exclusions (such as, but not limited to, earthquake and flood exclusions), covering the Building or Project and commercial general liability coverage. In addition, Landlord may, at its election, obtain insurance coverages for such other risks as Landlord or its Mortgagees may from time to time deem appropriate, including earthquake, and terrorism. Landlord may elect to self-insure any insurance coverage required or elected by Landlord. Landlord shall not be required to carry insurance of any kind on any tenant improvements or Alterations in the Premises installed by Tenant or its contractors or otherwise removable by Tenant (collectively, “Tenant Installations”), or on any trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, interior plate glass, signs or items of personal property in the Premises, and Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or replace any of the foregoing items should damage occur. All proceeds of insurance maintained by Landlord upon the Building and Project shall be the property of Landlord, whether or not Landlord is obligated to or elects to make any repairs.

 

10.3 JOINT INDEMNITY.

 

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to Section 10.5 below, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, its agents, lenders, and any and all affiliates of Landlord, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs or expenses arising either before or after the Commencement Date from Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, or from the conduct of its business, or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or its agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, contractors, invitees or licensees in or about the Premises, the Building or the Common Areas, or from any Default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant’s part to be performed under this Lease, or from any act or negligence of Tenant or its agents, employees, subtenants, vendors, contractors, invitees or licensees. Landlord may, at its option, require Tenant to assume Landlord’s defense in any action covered by this Section 10.3(a) through counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be obligated to indemnify Landlord against any liability or expense to the extent such liability or expense: (i) is ultimately determined to have been caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees, or (ii) covered by Landlord’s indemnity obligations set forth in Section 10.3(b) below.

 

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, but subject to Section 10.5 below, Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant, its agents, lenders, and any and all affiliates of Tenant, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs or expenses arising either before or after the Commencement Date from the active negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, in connection with the maintenance or repair of the Common Areas of the Project. Tenant may, at its option, require Landlord to assume Tenant’s defense in any action covered by this Section 10.3(b) through counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be obligated to indemnify Tenant against any liability or expense to the extent such liability or expense: (i) is ultimately determined to have been caused by the sole negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees, or (ii) is covered by Tenant’s indemnity obligations set forth in Section 10.3(a) above.

 

10.4 LANDLORD’S NONLIABILITY. Unless caused by the negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors but subject to Section 10.5 below, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its employees, agents and invitees, and Tenant hereby waives all claims against Landlord, its employees and agents for loss of or damage to any property, or any injury to any person, resulting from any condition including, but not limited to, acts or omissions (criminal or otherwise) of third parties and/or other tenants of the Project, or their agents, employees or invitees, fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning, electrical works or other fixtures in the Building, whether the damage or injury results from conditions arising in the Premises or in other portions of the Building. It is understood that any such condition may require the temporary evacuation or closure of all or a portion of the Building. Should Tenant elect to receive any service from a concessionaire, licensee or third party tenant of Landlord, Tenant shall not seek recourse against Landlord for any breach or liability of that service provider. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, in no event shall Landlord be liable for Tenant’s loss or interruption of business or income (including without limitation, Tenant’s consequential damages, lost profits or opportunity costs), or for interference with light or other similar intangible interests.

 

12

 

 

10.5 WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives all rights of recovery against the other on account of loss and damage occasioned to the property of such waiving party to the extent that the waiving party is entitled to proceeds for such loss and damage under any property insurance policies carried or otherwise required to be carried by this Lease; provided however, that the foregoing waiver shall not apply to the extent of Tenant’s obligation to pay deductibles under any such policies and this Lease. By this waiver it is the intent of the parties that neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be liable to any insurance company (by way of subrogation or otherwise) insuring the other party for any loss or damage insured against under any property insurance policies, even though such loss or damage might be occasioned by the negligence of such party, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees. The foregoing waiver by Tenant shall also inure to the benefit of Landlord’s management agent for the Building.

 

Article 11 DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION

 

11.1 RESTORATION.

 

(a) If the Building of which the Premises are a part is damaged as the result of an event of casualty, then subject to the provisions below, Landlord shall repair that damage as soon as reasonably possible unless Landlord reasonably determines that: (i) the Premises have been materially damaged and there is less than 1 year of the Term remaining on the date of the casualty; (ii) any Mortgagee (defined in Section 13.1) requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to the payment of the mortgage debt; or (iii) proceeds necessary to pay the full cost of the repair are not available from Landlord’s insurance, including without limitation earthquake insurance. Should Landlord elect not to repair the damage for one of the preceding reasons, Landlord shall so notify Tenant in the “Casualty Notice” (as defined below), and this Lease shall terminate as of the date of delivery of that notice.

 

(b) As soon as reasonably practicable following the casualty event but not later than 60 days thereafter, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing (“Casualty Notice”) of Landlord’s election, if applicable, to terminate this Lease. If this Lease is not so terminated, the Casualty Notice shall set forth the anticipated period for repairing the casualty damage. If the anticipated repair period exceeds 270 days and if the damage is so extensive as to reasonably prevent Tenant’s substantial use and enjoyment of the Premises, then either party may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other within 10 days following delivery of the Casualty Notice. In addition, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease if: (a) a substantial portion of the Premises has been damaged by casualty and such damage cannot reasonably be repaired within 60 days after Tenant’s receipt of the Casualty Notice; (b) there is less than 1 year of the Term remaining on the date of the casualty; (c) the casualty was not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees or contractors; and (d) Tenant provides Landlord with written notice of its intent to terminate within 10 days after the date of Tenant’s receipt of the Casualty Notice.

 

(c) In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant terminates this Lease pursuant to Section 11.1(b), Landlord shall repair all material damage to the Premises or the Building as soon as reasonably possible and this Lease shall continue in effect for the remainder of the Term. Upon notice from Landlord, Tenant shall assign or endorse over to Landlord (or to any party designated by Landlord) all property insurance proceeds payable to Tenant under Tenant’s insurance with respect to any Tenant Installations; provided if the estimated cost to repair such Tenant Installations exceeds the amount of insurance proceeds received by Landlord from Tenant’s insurance carrier, the excess cost of such repairs shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord prior to Landlord’s commencement of repairs. Within 15 days of demand, Tenant shall also pay Landlord for any additional excess costs that are determined during the performance of the repairs to such Tenant Installations.

 

(d) From and after the 6th business day following the casualty event, the rental to be paid under this Lease shall be abated in the same proportion that the Floor Area of the Premises that is rendered unusable by the damage from time to time bears to the total Floor Area of the Premises.

 

(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 11.1, but subject to Section 10.5, the cost of any repairs shall be borne by Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to termination rights, if the damage is due to the fault or neglect of Tenant or its employees, subtenants, contractors, invitees or representatives. In addition, the provisions of this Section 11.1 shall not be deemed to require Landlord to repair any Tenant Installations, fixtures and other items that Tenant is obligated to insure pursuant to Exhibit D or under any other provision of this Lease.

 

13

 

 

11.2 LEASE GOVERNS. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Lease, including without limitation Section 11.1, shall govern any damage or destruction and shall accordingly supersede any contrary statute or rule of law.

 

11.3 ABATEMENT AND INTERFERENCE WITH USE. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises or any portion thereof as a result of (i) any repair, maintenance, alteration or other work performed by Landlord (including those required or permitted by Landlord hereunder), or which Landlord failed to perform, after the Commencement Date and required by this Lease, which substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of or ingress to or egress from the Building, the Building parking facility or the Premises, (ii) any failure to provide the services, utilities, or the use of or ingress to and egress from the Building, the Building parking facility or the Premises, required by this Lease, or (iii) the presence of hazardous or toxic materials (not brought onto the Premises or into the Building by Tenant, its employees, agents or contractors) in violation of applicable law which is required to be remediated, abated, mitigated and/or removed in accordance with applicable law (any such set of circumstances as set forth in items (i), (ii) or (iii) above, to be known as an “Abatement Event”), then Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such Abatement Event, and, if such Abatement Event continues for five (5) consecutive business days, or ten (10) non-consecutive business days in any twelve (12) month period, after Landlord’s receipt of any such notice (the “Eligibility Period”), then, so long as the cause for the Abatement Event was within the reasonable control of Landlord, or Landlord is otherwise obligated under the terms of this Lease to provide such work or service, rent (including Monthly Installments of Basic Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses) (“Rent”) shall be abated or reduced, as the case may be, after the expiration of the Eligibility Period, for such time that such Abatement Event continues (the “Abatement Period”), in the proportion that the rentable area of the portion of the Premises that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, bears to the total rentable area of the Premises; provided, however, that in the event that Tenant is prevented from using, and does not use, a portion of the Premises for a period of time in excess of the Eligibility Period and the remaining portion of the Premises is not sufficient to allow Tenant to effectively conduct its business therein, and if Tenant does not conduct its business from such remaining portion, then, so long as the cause for the Abatement Event was within the reasonable control of Landlord, for such time after the expiration of the Eligibility Period during which Tenant is so prevented from effectively conducting its business therein, the Rent for the entire Premises shall be abated for such time as Tenant continues to be so prevented from using, and does not use, the Premises. If, however, Tenant reoccupies any portion of the Premises during the Abatement Period, the Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion, based on the proportion that the rentable area of such reoccupied portion of the Premises bears to the total rentable area of the Premises, shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord from the date Tenant reoccupies such portion of the Premises. To the extent Tenant is entitled to abatement without regard to the Eligibility Period because of an event described in Sections 11 or 12 of this Lease, then the Eligibility Period shall not be applicable.

 

Article 12 EMINENT DOMAIN

 

Either party may terminate this Lease if any material part of the Premises is taken or condemned for any public or quasi-public use under Law, by eminent domain or private purchase in lieu thereof (a “Taking”). Landlord shall also have the right to terminate this Lease if there is a Taking of any portion of the Building or Project which would have a material adverse effect on Landlord’s ability to profitably operate the remainder of the Building. The termination shall be effective as of the effective date of any order granting possession to, or vesting legal title in, the condemning authority. If this Lease is not terminated, Basic Rent and Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses shall be appropriately adjusted to account for any reduction in the square footage of the Building or Premises. All compensation awarded for a Taking shall be the property of Landlord and the right to receive compensation or proceeds in connection with a Taking are expressly waived by Tenant; provided, however, Tenant may file a separate claim for Tenant’s personal property and Tenant’s reasonable relocation expenses, provided the filing of the claim does not diminish the amount of Landlord’s award. If only a part of the Premises is subject to a Taking and this Lease is not terminated, Landlord, with reasonable diligence, will restore the remaining portion of the Premises as nearly as practicable to the condition immediately prior to the Taking. Tenant agrees that the provisions of this Lease shall govern any Taking and shall accordingly supersede any contrary statute or rule of law.

 

Article 13 SUBORDINATION; ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE

 

13.1 SUBORDINATION. Tenant accepts this Lease subject and subordinate to any mortgage(s), deed(s) of trust, ground lease(s) or other lien(s) now or subsequently arising upon the Premises, the Building or the Project, and to renewals, modifications, refinancings and extensions thereof (collectively referred to as a “Mortgage”). The party having the benefit of a Mortgage shall be referred to as a “Mortgagee”. This clause shall be self-operative, but upon request from a Mortgagee, Tenant shall execute a commercially reasonable subordination and attornment agreement in favor of the Mortgagee, provided such agreement provides a non-disturbance covenant benefiting Tenant. Alternatively, a Mortgagee shall have the right at any time to subordinate its Mortgage to this Lease. Upon request, Tenant, without charge, shall attorn to any successor to Landlord’s interest in this Lease in the event of a foreclosure of any mortgage. Tenant agrees that any purchaser at a foreclosure sale or lender taking title under a deed in lieu of foreclosure shall not be responsible for any act or omission of a prior landlord, shall not be subject to any offsets or defenses Tenant may have against a prior landlord, and shall not be liable for the return of the Security Deposit not actually recovered by such purchaser nor bound by any rent paid in advance of the calendar month in which the transfer of title occurred; provided that the foregoing shall not release the applicable prior landlord from any liability for those obligations. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord’s Mortgagees and their successors-in-interest are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 13.1.

 

14

 

 

13.2 ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE. Tenant shall, within 10 business days after receipt of a written request from Landlord, execute and deliver a commercially reasonable estoppel certificate in favor of those parties as are reasonably requested by Landlord (including a Mortgagee or a prospective purchaser of the Building or the Project).

 

Article 14 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

14.1 TENANT’S DEFAULTS. In addition to any other event of default set forth in this Lease, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a “Default” by Tenant:

 

(a) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent required to be made by Tenant, as and when due, where the failure continues for a period of 3 business days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant. The term “Rent” as used in this Lease shall be deemed to mean the Basic Rent and all other sums required to be paid by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease.

 

(b) The assignment, sublease, encumbrance or other Transfer of the Lease by Tenant, either voluntarily or by operation of law, whether by judgment, execution, transfer by intestacy or testacy, or other means, without the prior written consent of Landlord unless otherwise authorized in Article 9 of this Lease.

 

(c) The discovery by Landlord that any financial statement provided by Tenant, or by any affiliate, successor or guarantor of Tenant, was intentionally and materially false.

 

(d) Except where a specific time period is otherwise set forth for Tenant’s performance in this Lease (in which event the failure to perform by Tenant within such time period shall be a Default), the failure or inability by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in any other subsection of this Section 14.1, where the failure continues for a period of 30 days after written notice from Landlord to Tenant. However, if the nature of the failure is such that more than 30 days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in Default if Tenant commences the cure within 30 days, and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion.

 

The notice periods provided herein are in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice periods provided by law, and Landlord shall not be required to give any additional notice under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, or any successor statute, in order to be entitled to commence an unlawful detainer proceeding.

 

14.2 LANDLORD’S REMEDIES.

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of any Default by Tenant, then in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, Landlord may exercise the following remedies:

 

(i) Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. Such termination shall not affect any accrued obligations of Tenant under this Lease. Upon termination, Landlord shall have the right to reenter the Premises and remove all persons and property. Landlord shall also be entitled to recover from Tenant:

 

(1) The worth at the time of award of the unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of termination;

 

(2) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided;

 

15

 

 

(3) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided;

 

(4) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result from Tenant’s default, including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, commissions and other expenses of reletting, including necessary repair, renovation, improvement and alteration of the Premises for a new tenant, reasonable attorneys’ fees, and any other reasonable costs; and

 

(5) At Landlord’s election, all other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted by law. Any sum, other than Basic Rent, shall be computed on the basis of the average monthly amount accruing during the 24 month period immediately prior to Default, except that if it becomes necessary to compute such rental before the 24 month period has occurred, then the computation shall be on the basis of the average monthly amount during the shorter period. As used in subparagraphs (1) and (2) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate of 10% per annum. As used in subparagraph (3) above, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by discounting the amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus 1%.

 

(ii) Landlord may elect not to terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises, in which event Landlord may continue to enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease, including the right to collect all rent as it becomes due. Efforts by the Landlord to maintain, preserve or relet the Premises, or the appointment of a receiver to protect the Landlord’s interests under this Lease, shall not constitute a termination of the Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises. In the event that Landlord elects to avail itself of the remedy provided by this subsection (ii), Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to an assignment or subletting of the Premises subject to the reasonable standards for Landlord’s consent as are contained in this Lease.

 

(b) The various rights and remedies reserved to Landlord in this Lease or otherwise shall be cumulative and, except as otherwise provided by California law, Landlord may pursue any or all of its rights and remedies at the same time. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of the right or remedy or of any breach or Default by Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of rent shall not be a (i) waiver of any preceding breach or Default by Tenant of any provision of this Lease, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent accepted, regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of the preceding breach or Default at the time of acceptance of rent, or (ii) a waiver of Landlord’s right to exercise any remedy available to Landlord by virtue of the breach or Default. The acceptance of any payment from a debtor in possession, a trustee, a receiver or any other person acting on behalf of Tenant or Tenant’s estate shall not waive or cure a Default under Section 14.1. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent required by this Lease shall be deemed to be other than a partial payment on account of the earliest due stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction and Landlord shall accept the check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of the rent or pursue any other remedy available to it. Tenant hereby waives any right of redemption or relief from forfeiture under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1174 or 1179, or under any successor statute, in the event this Lease is terminated by reason of any Default by Tenant. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord’s agents during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord. No employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys to the Premises prior to the termination of this Lease, and the delivery of the keys to any employee shall not operate as a termination of the Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

 

14.3 LATE PAYMENTS. Any Rent due under this Lease that is not paid to Landlord within 5 days of the date when due shall bear interest at the maximum rate permitted by law from the date due until fully paid. The payment of interest shall not cure any Default by Tenant under this Lease. In addition, Tenant acknowledges that the late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain. Those costs may include, but are not limited to, administrative, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed on Landlord by the terms of any ground lease, mortgage or trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, if any rent due from Tenant shall not be received by Landlord or Landlord’s designee within 5 days after the date due, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in addition to the interest provided above, a late charge for each delinquent payment equal to the greater of (i) 5% of that delinquent payment or (ii) $100.00. Acceptance of a late charge by Landlord shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s Default with respect to the overdue amount, nor shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any of its other rights and remedies.

 

14.4 RIGHT OF LANDLORD TO PERFORM. If Tenant is in Default of any of its obligations under the Lease, Landlord shall have the right to perform such obligations. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such performance upon demand together with an administrative charge equal to 10% of the cost of the work performed by Landlord.

 

14.5 DEFAULT BY LANDLORD. Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation under this Lease unless and until it has failed to perform the obligation within 30 days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying in reasonable detail the nature and extent of the failure; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than 30 days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it commences performance within the 30 day period and thereafter diligently pursues the cure to completion. Tenant hereby waives any right to terminate or rescind this Lease as a result of any default by Landlord hereunder or any breach by Landlord of any promise or inducement relating hereto, and Tenant agrees that its remedies shall be limited to a suit for actual damages and/or injunction and shall in no event include any consequential damages, lost profits or opportunity costs.

 

14.6 EXPENSES AND LEGAL FEES. Should either Landlord or Tenant bring any action in connection with this Lease, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of the action its reasonable attorneys’ fees, and all other reasonable costs. The prevailing party for the purpose of this paragraph shall be determined by the trier of the facts.

 

16

 

 

14.7 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE.

 

(a) LANDLORD AND TENANT EACH ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT IS AWARE OF AND HAS HAD THE ADVICE OF COUNSEL OF ITS CHOICE WITH RESPECT TO ITS RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY, AND EACH PARTY DOES HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND KNOWINGLY WAIVE AND RELEASE ALL SUCH RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER PARTY HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER (AND/OR AGAINST ITS OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, OR SUBSIDIARY OR AFFILIATED ENTITIES) ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE PREMISES, AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.

 

(b) In the event that the jury waiver provisions of Section 14.7(a) are not enforceable under California law, then, unless otherwise agreed to by the parties, the provisions of this Section 14.7(b) shall apply. Landlord and Tenant agree that any disputes arising in connection with this Lease (including but not limited to a determination of any and all of the issues in such dispute, whether of fact or of law) shall be resolved (and a decision shall be rendered) by way of a general reference as provided for in Part 2, Title 8, Chapter 6 (§§ 638 et. seq.) of the California Code of Civil Procedure, or any successor California statute governing resolution of disputes by a court appointed referee. Nothing within this Section 14.7 shall apply to an unlawful detainer action.

 

14.8 SATISFACTION OF JUDGMENT. The obligations of Landlord do not constitute the personal obligations of the individual partners, trustees, directors, officers, members or shareholders of Landlord or its constituent partners or members. Should Tenant recover a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only from the interest of Landlord in the Project and out of the rent or other income from such property receivable by Landlord, and no action for any deficiency may be sought or obtained by Tenant.

 

Article 15 END OF TERM

 

15.1 HOLDING OVER. If Tenant holds over for any period after the Expiration Date (or earlier termination of the Term) without the prior written consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall constitute a tenancy at sufferance only and a Default by Tenant; such holding over with the prior written consent of Landlord shall constitute a month-to-month tenancy commencing on the 1st day following the termination of this Lease and terminating 30 days following delivery of written notice of termination by either Landlord or Tenant to the other. In either of such events, possession shall be subject to all of the terms of this Lease, except that the monthly rental shall be 150% of the total monthly rental for the month immediately preceding the date of termination, subject to Landlord’s right to modify same upon 30 days notice to Tenant. The acceptance by Landlord of monthly hold-over rental in a lesser amount shall not constitute a waiver of Landlord’s right to recover the full amount due unless otherwise agreed in writing by Landlord. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises upon the expiration of this Lease despite demand to do so by Landlord, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including without limitation, any claims made by any succeeding tenant relating to such failure to surrender. The foregoing provisions of this Section 15.1 are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord under this Lease or at law.

 

15.2 SURRENDER OF PREMISES; REMOVAL OF PROPERTY. Upon the Expiration Date or upon any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall quit and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in as good order, condition and repair as when received or as hereafter may be improved by Landlord or Tenant, reasonable wear and tear and repairs which are Landlord’s obligation excepted, and shall remove or fund to Landlord the cost of removing all wallpapering, voice and/or data transmission cabling installed by or for Tenant and Required Removables, together with all personal property and debris, and shall perform all work required under Section 7.3 of this Lease. If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Section 15.2, Landlord may effect the removal and/or make any repairs, and the cost to Landlord shall be additional rent payable by Tenant upon demand.

 

17

 

 

Article 16 PAYMENTS AND NOTICES

 

All sums payable by Tenant to Landlord shall be paid, without deduction or offset, in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at its address set forth in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions, or at any other place as Landlord may designate in writing. Unless this Lease expressly provides otherwise, as for example in the payment of rent pursuant to Section 4.1, all payments shall be due and payable within 5 days after demand. All payments requiring proration shall be prorated on the basis of the number of days in the pertinent calendar month or year, as applicable. Any notice, election, demand, consent, approval or other communication to be given or other document to be delivered by either party to the other may be delivered to the other party, at the address set forth in Item 12 of the Basic Lease Provisions, by personal service, or by any courier or “overnight” express mailing service. Either party may, by written notice to the other, served in the manner provided in this Article, designate a different address. The refusal to accept delivery of a notice, or the inability to deliver the notice (whether due to a change of address for which notice was not duly given or other good reason), shall be deemed delivery and receipt of the notice as of the date of attempted delivery. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant under this Lease, service of any notice upon any one of them shall be deemed as service upon all of them.

 

Article 17 RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

Tenant agrees to comply with the Rules and Regulations attached as Exhibit E, and any reasonable and nondiscriminatory amendments, modifications and/or additions as may be adopted and published by written notice to tenants by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order, or cleanliness of the Premises, Building, Project and/or Common Areas. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of the Rules and Regulations or the breach of any covenant or condition in any lease or any other act or conduct by any other tenant, and the same shall not constitute a constructive eviction hereunder. One or more waivers by Landlord of any breach of the Rules and Regulations by Tenant or by any other tenant(s) shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach of that rule or any other. Tenant’s failure to keep and observe the Rules and Regulations shall constitute a default under this Lease. In the case of any conflict between the Rules and Regulations and this Lease, this Lease shall be controlling.

 

Article 18 BROKER’S COMMISSION

 

The parties recognize as the broker(s) who negotiated this Lease the firm(s) whose name(s) is (are) stated in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, and agree that Landlord shall be responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to those broker(s) unless otherwise provided in this Lease. It is understood that Landlord’s Broker represents only Landlord in this transaction and Tenant’s Broker (if any) represents only Tenant. Each party warrants that it has had no dealings with any other real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and agrees to indemnify and hold the other party harmless from any cost, expense or liability (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any other real estate broker or agent employed or claiming to represent or to have been employed by the indemnifying party in connection with the negotiation of this Lease. The foregoing agreement shall survive the termination of this Lease.

 

Article 19 TRANSFER OF LANDLORD’S INTEREST

 

In the event of any transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, the transferor shall be automatically relieved of all obligations on the part of Landlord accruing under this Lease from and after the date of the transfer, provided that Tenant is duly notified of the transfer. Any funds held by the transferor in which Tenant has an interest, including without limitation, the Security Deposit, shall be turned over, subject to that interest, to the transferee. No Mortgagee to which this Lease is or may be subordinate shall be responsible in connection with the Security Deposit unless the Mortgagee actually receives the Security Deposit. It is intended that the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to the foregoing, be binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during and in respect to their respective successive periods of ownership.

 

Article 20 INTERPRETATION

 

20.1 NUMBER. Whenever the context of this Lease requires, the words “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall include the plural as well as the singular.

 

20.2 HEADINGS. The captions and headings of the articles and sections of this Lease are for convenience only, are not a part of this Lease and shall have no effect upon its construction or interpretation.

 

18

 

 

20.3 JOINT AND SEVERAL LIABILITY. If more than one person or entity is named as Tenant, the obligations imposed upon each shall be joint and several and the act of or notice from, or notice or refund to, or the signature of, any one or more of them shall be binding on all of them with respect to the tenancy of this Lease, including, but not limited to, any renewal, extension, termination or modification of this Lease.

 

20.4 SUCCESSORS. Subject to Sections 13.1 and 22.3 and to Articles 9 and 19 of this Lease, all rights and liabilities given to or imposed upon Landlord and Tenant shall extend to and bind their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Nothing contained in this Section 20.4 is intended, or shall be construed, to grant to any person other than Landlord and Tenant and their successors and assigns any rights or remedies under this Lease.

 

20.5 TIME OF ESSENCE. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

 

20.6 CONTROLLING LAW/VENUE. This Lease shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of California. Should any litigation be commenced between the parties in connection with this Lease, such action shall be prosecuted in the applicable State Court of California in the county in which the Building is located.

 

20.7 SEVERABILITY. If any term or provision of this Lease, the deletion of which would not adversely affect the receipt of any material benefit by either party or the deletion of which is consented to by the party adversely affected, shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

20.8 WAIVER. One or more waivers by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, covenant or condition contained in this Lease shall not be a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition. Consent to any act by one of the parties shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of that party’s consent to any subsequent act. No breach of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived unless the waiver is in a writing signed by the waiving party.

 

20.9 INABILITY TO PERFORM. In the event that either party shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any work or in performing any act required under this Lease by reason of any cause beyond the reasonable control of that party, then the performance of the work or the doing of the act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the time for performance shall be extended for a period equivalent to the period of the delay. The provisions of this Section 20.9 shall not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of Rent.

 

20.10 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease and its exhibits and other attachments cover in full each and every agreement of every kind between the parties concerning the Premises, the Building, and the Project, and all preliminary negotiations, oral agreements, understandings and/or practices, except those contained in this Lease, are superseded and of no further effect. Tenant waives its rights to rely on any representations or promises made by Landlord or others which are not contained in this Lease. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to modify the provisions of this Lease, any statute, law, or custom to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

20.11 QUIET ENJOYMENT. Upon the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, and subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Tenant shall have the right of quiet enjoyment and use of the Premises for the Term without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person claiming by or through Landlord.

 

20.12 SURVIVAL. All covenants of Landlord or Tenant which reasonably would be intended to survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, including without limitation any warranty or indemnity hereunder, shall so survive and continue to be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the respective parties and their successors and assigns.

 

Article 21 EXECUTION AND RECORDING

 

21.1 COUNTERPARTS; DIGITAL SIGNATURES. This Lease may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original and all of which shall be one and the same agreement. The parties agree to accept a digital image (including but not limited to an image in the form of a PDF, JPEG, GIF file, or other e-signature) of this Lease, if applicable, reflecting the execution of one or both of the parties, as a true and correct original.

 

21.2 CORPORATE AND PARTNERSHIP AUTHORITY. If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of the entity represents and warrants that such individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease and that this Lease is binding upon the corporation, limited liability company or partnership in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, deliver a certified copy of its organizational documents or an appropriate certificate authorizing or evidencing the execution of this Lease.

 

19

 

 

21.3 EXECUTION OF LEASE; NO OPTION OR OFFER. The submission of this Lease to Tenant shall be for examination purposes only, and shall not constitute an offer to or option for Tenant to lease the Premises. Execution of this Lease by Tenant and its return to Landlord shall not be binding upon Landlord, notwithstanding any time interval, until Landlord has in fact executed and delivered this Lease to Tenant, it being intended that this Lease shall only become effective upon execution by Landlord and delivery of a fully executed counterpart to Tenant.

 

21.4 RECORDING. Tenant shall not record this Lease without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant, upon the request of Landlord, shall execute and acknowledge a “short form” memorandum of this Lease for recording purposes.

 

21.5 AMENDMENTS. No amendment or mutual termination of this Lease shall be effective unless in writing signed by authorized signatories of Tenant and Landlord, or by their respective successors in interest. No actions, policies, oral or informal arrangements, business dealings or other course of conduct by or between the parties shall be deemed to modify this Lease in any respect.

 

21.6 BROKER DISCLOSURE. By the execution of this Lease, each of Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and confirm (a) receipt of a copy of a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Agency Relationship conforming to the requirements of California Civil Code 2079.16, and (b) the agency relationships specified in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, which acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Tenant’s Broker identified in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions. If there is no Tenant’s Broker so identified in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions, then such acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Landlord’s Broker. By the execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant are executing the confirmation of the agency relationships set forth in Item 10 of the Basic Lease Provisions.

 

Article 22 MISCELLANEOUS

 

22.1 NONDISCLOSURE OF LEASE TERMS. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Lease and any related documents are confidential information. Except to the extent disclosure is required by law, Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal and space-planning consultants, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to prospective subtenants or assignees under this Lease, to any party having a bona fide need to know such terms in connection with a merger, acquisition, asset sale, corporate reorganization, or financing, or pursuant to legal requirement.

 

22.2 TENANT’S FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The application, financial statements and tax returns, if any, submitted and certified to by Tenant as an accurate representation of its financial condition have been prepared, certified and submitted to Landlord as an inducement and consideration to Landlord to enter into this Lease. Tenant shall during the Term furnish Landlord with current annual financial statements accurately reflecting Tenant’s financial condition upon written request from Landlord within 10 business days following Landlord’s request; provided, however, that so long as Tenant is a publicly traded corporation on a nationally recognized stock exchange, the foregoing obligation to deliver the statements shall be waived.

 

22.3 MORTGAGEE PROTECTION. No act or failure to act on the part of Landlord which would otherwise entitle Tenant to be relieved of its obligations hereunder or to terminate this Lease shall result in such a release or termination unless (a) Tenant has given notice by registered or certified mail to any Mortgagee of a Mortgage covering the Building whose address has been furnished to Tenant and (b) such Mortgagee is afforded a reasonable opportunity to cure the default by Landlord (which shall in no event be less than 60 days), including, if necessary to effect the cure, time to obtain possession of the Building by power of sale or judicial foreclosure provided that such foreclosure remedy is diligently pursued. Tenant shall comply with any written directions by any Mortgagee to pay Rent due hereunder directly to such Mortgagee without determining whether a default exists under such Mortgagee’s Mortgage.

 

20

 

 

22.4 SDN LIST. Tenant hereby represents and warrants that neither Tenant nor any officer, director, employee, partner, member or other principal of Tenant (collectively, “Tenant Parties”) is listed as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person (“SDN”) on the list of such persons and entities issued by the U.S. Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). In the event Tenant or any Tenant Party is or becomes listed as an SDN, Tenant shall be deemed in breach of this Lease and Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease immediately upon written notice to Tenant.

 

LANDLORD:   TENANT:
     
ALTON CORPORATE PLAZA LLC,     MDXHEALTH, INC.,
a Delaware limited liability company   a Delaware corporation
       
By /s/ Steven M. Case   By /s/ Ron Kalfus
  Steven M. Case   Printed Name Ron Kalfus
  Executive Vice President   Title CFO
  Office Properties      
         
By /s/ Holly McManus   By /s/ Michael McGarrity
  Holly McManus   Printed Name Michael McGarrity
  Vice President, Operations   Title CEO
  Office Properties      

 

21

 

Exhibit 10.19

 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

I. PARTIES AND DATE.

 

This First Amendment to Lease (“Amendment”) dated _April 23, 2020_____________, is by and between ALTON CORPORATE PLAZA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and MDXHEALTH, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

II. RECITALS.

 

On December 17, 2019, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease (the “Lease”) for space in a building located at 15285 Alton Parkway, Suite 120, Irvine, California (“Suite 120” or “Premises”).

 

Landlord and Tenant each desire to modify the Lease to add approximately 8,161 rentable square feet of space known as Suite 100 in the Building (“Suite 100”) pursuant to the Right of First Offer set forth in Section 3 of Exhibit G to the Lease, adjust the Basic Rent, and make such other modifications as are set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” next below.

 

III. MODIFICATIONS.

 

A. Basic Lease Provisions. The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows:

 

1. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Item 2 shall be amended by adding “and Suite No. 100” to the Premises.

 

2. Item 4 is hereby amended by adding the following:

 

“Estimated Commencement Date for Suite 100: 18 weeks following the date of the First Amendment to Lease”

 

3. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Item 5 shall be deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

“The Lease Term for the entire Premises shall expire 72 months following the Commencement Date for Suite 100, plus such additional days as may be required to cause this Lease to expire on the final day of the calendar month.”

 

1

 

 

4. Item 6 is hereby deleted and the following substituted therefor:

 

“6. Basic Rent:

 

Basic Rent for Suite 120:

 

Months of Term or Period for Suite 120   Monthly Rate Per
Rentable Square
Foot for Suite 120
    Monthly Basic Rent
for Suite 120
 
1 to 12   $ 1.78     $ 19,170.60  
13 to 24   $ 1.85     $ 19,924.50  
25 to 36   $ 1.92     $ 20,678.40  
37 to 48   $ 2.00     $ 21,540.00  
49 to 60   $ 2.08     $ 22,401.60  
61 to Expiration Date   $ 2.16     $ 23,263.20  

 

Notwithstanding the above schedule of Basic Rent for Suite 120 to the contrary, as long as Tenant is not in Default (as defined in Section 14.1) under this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of 2 full calendar months of Basic Rent in the aggregate amount of $38,341.20 (i.e. $19,170.60 per month) (the “Suite 120 Abated Basic Rent”) for the first 2 full calendar months of the Term (the “Abatement Period for Suite 120”). In the event Tenant Defaults at any time during the Term beyond any applicable “cure” period with the result that Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises is terminated, then unamortized Suite 120 Abated Basic Rent to the date of such termination (amortized over the initial Term for Suite 120) shall immediately become due and payable. The payment by Tenant of the unamortized Suite 120 Abated Basic Rent in the event of a Default shall not limit or affect any of Landlord’s other rights, pursuant to this Lease or at law or in equity. Only Basic Rent shall be abated during the Abatement Period for Suite 120 and all other additional rent and other costs and charges specified in this Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.

 

Basic Rent for Suite 100:

 

Months of Term or Period for Suite 100   Monthly Rate Per
Rentable Square
Foot of Suite 100
    Monthly Basic
Rent for Suite 100
 
1 to 12   $ 1.81     $ 14,771.41  
13 to 24   $ 1.88     $ 15,342.68  
25 to 36   $ 1.96     $ 15,995.56  
37 to 48   $ 2.04     $ 16,648.44  
49 to 60   $ 2.12     $ 17,301.32  
61 to 72   $ 2.20     $ 17,954.20  

 

2

 

 

Notwithstanding the above schedule of Basic Rent for Suite 100 to the contrary, as long as Tenant is not in Default (as defined in Section 14.1 of the Lease), Tenant shall be entitled to an abatement of 2 full calendar months of Basic Rent for Suite 100 in the aggregate amount of $29,542.82 (i.e. $14,771.41 per month) (the “Suite 100 Abated Basic Rent”) for first 2 full calendar months following the Commencement Date for Suite 100 (the “Abatement Period for Suite 100”). In the event Tenant Defaults at any time during the Term, as extended herein, the unamortized Suite 100 Abated Basic Rent (amortized over the initial 72 months of the Term as to Suite 100) shall immediately become due and payable. The payment by Tenant of the Suite 100 Abated Basic Rent in the event of a Default shall not limit or affect any of Landlord’s other rights, pursuant to the Lease or at law or in equity. Only Basic Rent for Suite 100 shall be abated during the Abatement Period for Suite 100 and all other additional rent and other costs and charges specified in the Lease shall remain as due and payable pursuant to the provisions of the Lease.”

 

5. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Item 8 shall be amended by adding “and Suite 100 comprising approximately 8,161 rentable square feet.”

 

6. Item 9 is hereby deleted and the following substituted in lieu thereof” “9. Letter of Credit: $250,000.00”

 

7. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Item 11 shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

 

“11. Parking: 59 parking spaces in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit F to this Lease.”

 

B. Commencement Date for Suite 100. As used herein, the “Commencement Date for Suite 100” shall occur on the earlier of (a) 30 days after the date Suite 100 is deemed “ready for occupancy” (as hereinafter defined) as set forth below and possession thereof is delivered to Tenant, or (b) the date Tenant commences its regular business activities within all or any portion of Suite 100. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not tender possession of Suite 100 to Tenant (and the Commencement Date shall accordingly be postponed) during any period in which any “shelter in place” or similar order issued by any federal, state, or local governmental agency in connection with the COVID-19 pandemic is in effect that is applicable to the Premises, unless Tenant otherwise agrees to accept possession. Promptly following request by Landlord, the parties shall memorialize on a form provided by Landlord (the “Suite 100 Commencement Memorandum”) the actual Commencement Date for Suite 100; should Tenant fail to execute and return the Suite 100 Commencement Memorandum to Landlord within 5 business days (or provide specific written objections thereto within that period), then Landlord’s determination of the Commencement Date for Suite 100 as set forth in the Suite 100 Commencement Memorandum shall be conclusive. Suite 100 shall be deemed “ready for occupancy” when Landlord, to the extent applicable, (i) has substantially completed all the work required to be completed by Landlord pursuant to the Work Letter attached to this Amendment but for minor punch list matters, and (ii) has obtained the requisite governmental approvals for Tenant’s occupancy in connection with such work.

 

3

 

 

C. Delay in Possession. If Landlord, for any reason whatsoever, cannot deliver possession of Suite 100 to Tenant on or before the Estimated Commencement Date for Suite 100 set forth in Section III.A.2 above, this Amendment shall not be void or voidable nor shall Landlord be liable to Tenant for any resulting loss or damage. However, Tenant shall not be liable for any rent for Suite 100 until the Commencement Date for Suite 100 occurs as provided in Section III.B above, except that if Landlord’s failure to substantially complete all work required of Landlord pursuant to Section III.B(i) above is attributable to any action or inaction by Tenant (including without limitation any Tenant Delay described in the Work Letter attached to this Amendment), then Suite 100 shall be deemed ready for occupancy, and Landlord shall be entitled to full performance by Tenant (including the payment of rent for Suite 100), as of the date Landlord would have been able to substantially complete such work and deliver Suite 100 to Tenant but for Tenant’s delay(s).

 

D. Letter of Credit. Landlord is currently holding a letter of credit in the amount of $150,000.00 as security for Tenant’s performance under the Lease. Not later than 10 business days after Tenant’s delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver an amendment to, or replacement of, the letter of credit increasing the amount thereof to the amount set forth in Section III.A.6 of this Amendment.

 

E. Right to Extend This Lease. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Suite 100 shall be deemed a part of the Premises with respect to Section 1 of Exhibit G to the Lease entitled “Right to Extend This Lease”.

 

F. Right of First Offer. Section 3 of Exhibit G to the Lease is hereby exercised by Tenant and of no further force or effect.

 

G. Signage. Section 5.2 of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that, provided Tenant continues to occupy the entire Premises, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to two (2) “eyebrow” signs on the Building, subject to the terms of said Section 5.2.

 

H. Floor Plan of Premises. Effective as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100, Exhibit A-1 attached to this Amendment shall be added to Exhibit A of the Lease.

 

I. Tenant Improvements. Landlord hereby agrees to complete the Tenant Improvements for Suite 100 in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit X, Work Letter, attached hereto.

 

J. ADA Compliance. Landlord shall be responsible for the cost of taking any required measures to ensure that the Common Areas comply with the provisions of the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”) in effect as of the Commencement Date of the Lease, and the cost thereof shall not be included within the Operating Expenses allocated to Tenant.

 

4

 

 

K. Good Working Order Warranty. Landlord warrants to Tenant that the windows and seals, fire sprinkler system, lighting, heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems and all plumbing and electrical systems serving Suite 100 (collectively, the “Building Systems”), and the roof and structural components of the Building, shall be in good operating condition and in compliance with current building codes and all other applicable Federal, State and local laws, including but not limited to the Americans with Disabilities Act (“ADA”), as of the Commencement Date for Suite 100. Provided that Tenant shall notify Landlord that the Building Systems serving Suite 100 are not in good operating condition within 30 days following the Commencement Date for Suite 100, then Landlord shall, except as otherwise provided in the Lease, promptly after receipt of such notice from Tenant setting forth the nature and extent of such noncompliance, rectify same at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and not as part of the Operating Expenses described in Exhibit B of the Lease.

 

L. HVAC. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the HVAC unit(s) servicing the Premises are designed and intended to provide comfort cooling for general office purposes and areas only, and are not designed or intended to provide heating, ventilation, or air conditioning for specialty or critical operations areas within the Premises (e.g., laboratory, clean room, warehouse, or computer server areas). Accordingly, Tenant (and not Landlord) shall be responsible at its sole expense to procure, operate, and maintain any necessary or desired supplemental HVAC equipment to service those specialty or critical operations areas with heating, ventilation, or air conditioning above general office comfort cooling levels.

 

IV. GENERAL.

 

A. Effect of Amendments. The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.

 

B. Entire Agreement. This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” above and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

C. Counterparts; Digital Signatures. If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation. The parties agree to accept a digital image (including but not limited to an image in the form of a PDF, JPEG, GIF file, or other e-signature) of this Amendment, if applicable, reflecting the execution of one or both of the parties, as a true and correct original.

 

5

 

 

D. Defined Terms. All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.

 

E. Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, or is comprised of any of them, each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation, limited liability company or partnership represents that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of such entity and that this Amendment is binding upon such entity in accordance with its terms.

 

F. California Certified Access Specialist Inspection. Pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938, Landlord hereby states that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) (defined in California Civil Code § 55.52(a)(3)). Pursuant to Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby provides the following notification to Tenant: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction related accessibility standards within the premises.”

 

G. Attorneys’ Fees. The provisions of the Lease respecting payment of attorneys’ fees shall also apply to this Amendment.

 

H. Nondisclosure of Lease Terms. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Amendment and any related documents are confidential information. Except to the extent disclosure is required by law, Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal and space-planning consultants, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to prospective subtenants or assignees under the Lease or pursuant to legal requirement.

 

I. Brokers. Article 18 of the Lease is amended to provide that the parties recognize the following parties as the brokers who negotiated this Amendment, and agree that Landlord shall be responsible for payment of brokerage commissions to such brokers pursuant to its separate agreements with such brokers: Irvine Management Company (“Landlords Broker”) is the agent of Landlord exclusively and CBRE (“Tenants Broker”) is the agent of Tenant exclusively. By the execution of this Amendment, each of Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and confirm (a) receipt of a copy of a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Agency Relationship conforming to the requirements of California Civil Code 2079.16, and (b) the agency relationships specified herein, which acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Tenant’s Broker. If there is no Tenant’s Broker so identified herein, then such acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Landlord’s Broker. By the execution of this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant are executing the confirmation of the agency relationships set forth herein. The warranty and indemnity provisions of Article 18 of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be binding and enforceable in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment.

 

6

 

 

V. EXECUTION.

 

Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment on the date as set forth in “I. PARTIES AND DATE.” above.

 

LANDLORD:   TENANT:
       
ALTON CORPORATE PLAZA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company
  MDXHEALTH, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
         
By /s/ Steven Case   By /s/ Ron Kalfus
  Steven M. Case      
  Executive Vice President     Printed Name Ron Kalfus
  Office Properties     Title CFO
         
By /s/ Holly McManus   By /s/ Michael McGarrity
  Holly McManus      
  Vice President, Operations     Printed Name Michael McGarrity
  Office Properties     Title CEO

 

7

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

I. PARTIES AND DATE.

 

This Second Amendment to Lease (“Amendment”) dated March 23, 2021, by and between ALTON CORPORATE PLAZA LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and MDXHEALTH, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

 

II. RECITALS.

 

On December 17, 2019, Landlord and Tenant entered into a lease for space in a building (“15285 Building”) located at 15285 Alton Parkway, Suite 120, Irvine, California (“Premises”), which lease was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated April 23, 2020, wherein Suite 100 in the 15285 Building was added to the Premises. The Lease, as so amended, shall hereinafter be referred to as the “Lease”.

 

Landlord and Tenant each desire to modify the Lease to add approximately 13,448 rentable square feet of space known as Suite No. 100 in the building (“15279 Building”) located at 15279 Alton Parkway-K in the Project (“15279 Premises”), adjust the Basic Rent, and make such other modifications as are set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” next below.

 

III. MODIFICATIONS.

 

A. Basic Lease Provisions. The Basic Lease Provisions are hereby amended as follows:

 

1. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises, Item 2 shall be amended by adding the following to the Premises:

 

15279 Premises:

 

  Suite No.: 100
  Address of 15279 Building 15279 Alton Parkway-K, Irvine, CA 92618
  Project: Alton Plaza (as shown on Exhibit Y attached to the Lease)

 

Following the Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises, the 15279 Building and the 15285 Building shall individually and collectively, as the context may reasonably require, be referred to in the Lease as the “Building” or “Buildings”.”

 

2. Item 4 is hereby amended by adding the following: “Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises: October 1, 2021”

 

3. Item 5 is hereby amended by adding the following:

 

“Lease Term for the 15279 Premises: The Term of this Lease with respect to the 15279 Premises shall expire October 31, 2026.”

 

 

 

 

4. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises, Item 6 shall be amended by adding the following for the 15279 Premises:

 

“Basic Rent for the 15279 Premises (i.e., 13,448 rentable square feet):

 

Months of Term or Period   Monthly Rate Per
Rentable Square Foot
    Monthly Basic Rent  
10/1/21 to 9/30/22   $ 1.69     $ 22,727.12  
10/1/22 to 9/30/23   $ 1.76     $ 23,668.48  
10/1/23 to 9/30/24   $ 1.83     $ 24,609.84  
10/1/24 to 9/30/25   $ 1.90     $ 25,551.20  
10/1/25 to 10/31/26   $ 1.98       $26,627.04”  

 

5. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises, Item 8 shall be deleted in its entirety and the following shall be substituted in lieu thereof:

 

“8. Floor Area of Premises: approximately 32,379 rentable square feet, comprised of the following:

 

8,161 rentable square feet in Suite 100 in the 15285 Building

10,770 rentable square feet in Suite 120 in the 15285 Building

13,448 rentable square feet in Suite 100 in the 15279 Building

 

Floor Area of Buildings: approximately 18,931 rentable square feet in the 15285 Building and approximately 14,030 rentable square feet in the 15279 Building”

 

6. Item 9 is hereby deleted in its entirety and the following substituted in lieu thereof:

 

“9. Security Deposit: $65,000.00

Letter of Credit: $250,000.00”

 

7. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises, Item 11 shall be amended by adding the following:

 

“Parking for the 15279 Premises: 44 parking spaces in accordance with the provisions set forth in Exhibit F to this Lease.”

 

B. Security Deposit. Concurrently with Tenant’s delivery of this Amendment, Tenant shall deliver the sum stated in Item 9 of the Basic Lease Provisions in the Lease (as set forth in Section III.A.6 of this Amendment) (the “Security Deposit”), to be held by Landlord as security for the full and faithful performance of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, to pay any rental sums, including without limitation such additional rent as may be owing under any provision hereof, and to maintain the Premises as required by the Lease. Upon any breach of the foregoing obligations by Tenant, Landlord may apply all or part of the Security Deposit as full or partial compensation. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall within 5 days after written demand by Landlord deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit separate from its general funds, and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security Deposit. In no event may Tenant utilize all or any portion of the Security Deposit as a payment toward any rental sum due under the Lease. Any unapplied balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned to Tenant or, at Landlord’s option, to the last assignee of Tenant’s interest in the Lease within 30 days following the termination of the Lease and Tenant's vacation of the Premises. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of Section 1950.7 of the California Civil Code, or any similar or successor laws now or hereafter in effect. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to retain and apply to the Security Deposit due hereunder any remaining balance of the security deposit previously deposited by Tenant with Landlord pursuant to the existing prior lease between Landlord (as successor-in-interest to Alton Plaza Property, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, formerly Alton Plaza Property, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Tenant dated August 9, 2011, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated August 18, 2011, by a Second Amendment to Lease dated December 7, 2012, and by a Third Amendment to Lease dated October 16, 2015 (as amended, the “Existing Lease”) relating to the 15279 Premises, which lease is currently scheduled to expire on September 30, 2021.

 

2

 

 

C. Right to Extend this Lease. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises, Tenant may exercise its right pursuant to Section 1 of Exhibit G to the Lease entitled “Right to Extend this Lease” with respect to either or both the original Premises (i.e., 15285 Alton Parkway, Suites 100 and 120) or the 15279 Premises.

 

D. Signage. Section 5.2 of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that, provided Tenant continues to occupy the entire 15279 Premises, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to one (1) exterior building top sign on the 15279 Building, subject to the terms of Section 5.2 of the Lease.

 

E. Floor Plan of Premises. Effective as of the Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises, Exhibit A-2 attached to this Amendment shall be added to Exhibit A of the Lease.

 

F. Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall be permitted to construct the Tenant Improvements for the 15279 Premises in accordance with the provisions of Exhibit X, Work Letter, attached hereto.

 

G. HVAC Units. Prior to the Commencement Date for the 15279 Premises, (i) Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Tenant owns certain of the HVAC units serving the Premises as listed and noted on the attached Exhibit B, and (ii) Tenant hereby agrees to purchase the other HVAC units listed and noted on the attached Exhibit B at a total cost of $28,943.00. Thereafter, such HVAC units will not be subject to after-hours HVAC charges. Tenant agrees the existing HVAC units are being purchased in their existing as-is condition and that during the Lease Term as to the 15279 Premises the maintenance, repair, and replacement, including the repair of any damages to the 15279 Building resulting from any such maintenance, repair, or replacement shall be the responsibility of Tenant. In addition, prior to vacating the 15279 Premises, Tenant shall remove the existing HVAC units in accordance with the procedures and requirements set forth on attached Exhibit B-1 and repair any damages resulting from such removal.

 

IV. GENERAL.

 

A. Effect of Amendments. The Lease shall remain in full force and effect except to the extent that it is modified by this Amendment.

 

B. Entire Agreement. This Amendment embodies the entire understanding between Landlord and Tenant with respect to the modifications set forth in “III. MODIFICATIONS” above and can be changed only by a writing signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

3

 

 

C. Counterparts; Digital Signatures. If this Amendment is executed in counterparts, each is hereby declared to be an original; all, however, shall constitute but one and the same amendment. In any action or proceeding, any photographic, photostatic, or other copy of this Amendment may be introduced into evidence without foundation. The parties agree to accept a digital image (including but not limited to an image in the form of a PDF, JPEG, GIF file, or other e-signature) of this Amendment, if applicable, reflecting the execution of one or both of the parties, as a true and correct original.

 

D. Defined Terms. All words commencing with initial capital letters in this Amendment and defined in the Lease shall have the same meaning in this Amendment as in the Lease, unless they are otherwise defined in this Amendment.

 

E. Authority. If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or partnership, or is comprised of any of them, each individual executing this Amendment for the corporation, limited liability company or partnership represents that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment on behalf of such entity and that this Amendment is binding upon such entity in accordance with its terms.

 

F. California Certified Access Specialist Inspection. Pursuant to California Civil Code § 1938, Landlord hereby states that the Premises have not undergone inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp) (defined in California Civil Code § 55.52(a)(3)). Pursuant to Section 1938 of the California Civil Code, Landlord hereby provides the following notification to Tenant: “A Certified Access Specialist (CASp) can inspect the subject premises and determine whether the subject premises comply with all of the applicable construction-related accessibility standards under state law. Although state law does not require a CASp inspection of the subject premises, the commercial property owner or lessor may not prohibit the lessee or tenant from obtaining a CASp inspection of the subject premises for the occupancy or potential occupancy of the lessee or tenant, if requested by the lessee or tenant. The parties shall mutually agree on the arrangements for the time and manner of the CASp inspection, the payment of the fee for the CASp inspection, and the cost of making any repairs necessary to correct violations of construction related accessibility standards within the premises.”

 

G. Attorneys’ Fees. The provisions of the Lease respecting payment of attorneys’ fees shall also apply to this Amendment.

 

H. Nondisclosure of Lease Terms. Tenant acknowledges that the content of this Amendment and any related documents are confidential information. Except to the extent disclosure is required by law, Tenant shall keep such confidential information strictly confidential and shall not disclose such confidential information to any person or entity other than Tenant’s financial, legal and space-planning consultants, provided, however, that Tenant may disclose the terms to prospective subtenants or assignees under the Lease or pursuant to legal requirement.

 

I.    Brokers. Article 18 of the Lease is amended to provide that the parties recognize the following parties as the brokers who negotiated this Amendment, and agree that Landlord shall be responsible for payment of brokerage commissions to such brokers pursuant to its separate agreements with such brokers: Irvine Management Company (“Landlord’s Broker”) is the agent of Landlord exclusively and CBRE (“Tenant’s Broker”) is the agent of Tenant exclusively. By the execution of this Amendment, each of Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge and confirm (a) receipt of a copy of a Disclosure Regarding Real Estate Agency Relationship conforming to the requirements of California Civil Code 2079.16, and (b) the agency relationships specified herein, which acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Tenant’s Broker. If there is no Tenant’s Broker so identified herein, then such acknowledgement and confirmation is expressly made for the benefit of Landlord’s Broker. By the execution of this Amendment, Landlord and Tenant are executing the confirmation of the agency relationships set forth herein. The warranty and indemnity provisions of Article 18 of the Lease, as amended hereby, shall be binding and enforceable in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

4

 

 

V. EXECUTION.

 

Landlord and Tenant executed this Amendment on the date as set forth in “I. PARTIES AND DATE.” above.

 

LANDLORD:

 

ALTON CORPORATE PLAZA LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

 

TENANT:

 

MDXHEALTH, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

         

By:

/s/ Steven M. Case

 

By:

/s/ Ron Kalfus

 

Steven M. Case

 

Printed Name: 

Ron Kalfus

  Executive Vice President, Leasing & Marketing   Title: CFO
  Office Properties      
         

By:

/s/ Holly McManus

  By:

/s/ Michael McGarrity 

 

Holly McManus

  Printed Name: Michael McGarrity 

 

Vice President, Operations

  Title: CEO
  Office Properties      

  

5

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

Dated 24 April 2020

 

Between

 

MDxHealth SA

 

and

 

MVM V LP

 

MVM GP (No.5) LP

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

relating to new ordinary shares of MDxHealth SA

 

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

Between:

 

(1) MDxHealth SA, a limited liability company organised and existing under the laws of Belgium, having its registered office at CAP Business Center, Zone Industrielle des Hauts-Sarts, Rue d’Abhooz 31, 4040 Herstal, Belgium, registered with the Register of Legal Entities Liège (division Liège) under enterprise number 0479.292.440,

 

hereinafter referred to as the “Issuer”;

 

And:

 

(2) MVM V LP, a limited partnership registered in England and Wales (LP019472), with registered address at 30 St George Street, London W1S 2FH, United Kingdom,

 

(3) MVM GP (No.5) LP, a limited partnership registered in Scotland (SL032976), with registered address at 50 Lothian Road, Festival Square, Edinburgh EH3 9WJ, United Kingdom,

 

The parties referred to sub (2) and (3) are hereinafter jointly referred to as the “Subscribers” and individually as a “Subscriber”;

 

The parties referred to sub (1), (2) and (3) are hereinafter jointly referred to as the “Parties” and individually as a “Party”.

 

WHEREAS:

 

(A) The Issuer is a commercial-stage molecular diagnostics company. The Issuer’s shares are listed on the regulated market of Euronext Brussels. At the date of this Agreement, the Issuer’s share capital is represented by 70,528,525 outstanding shares.

 

(B) In order to support the Issuer’s strategy to grow the business, the Issuer intends to increase its capital in the aggregate amount of EUR 12,738,632.94 by means of a capital increase within the framework of the authorised capital by issuing new ordinary shares to the Subscribers.

 

(C) The Subscribers are prepared to subscribe to such capital increase of the Issuer by a contribution in cash under the terms and conditions set out in this subscription agreement (the “Agreement”), within the limits of the Issuer’s remaining authorised capital as available at the date of this Agreement and without the shareholding resulting from its subscription reaching 30% of the Issuer’s capital.

 

(D) The new ordinary shares to be issued by the Issuer to the Subscribers will only be admitted to trading after submission and approval of a listing prospectus, as further set out below in this Agreement.

 

(E) The Subscribers recognise that the further development and growth of the Issuer’s business may require the Issuer to raise additional financing in the future, whether through additional equity offerings or otherwise.

 

(F) On 30 July 2019, the Issuer and an affiliated entity of the Subscribers have entered into a non-disclosure agreement with a view to enable the assessment of the Issuer’s business.

 

(G) The board of directors of the Issuer has duly considered the transaction set out in this Agreement in accordance with its fiduciary duties and has unanimously approved this Agreement on 23 April 2020.

 

1

 

THE PARTIES HEREBY AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1 Interpretation

 

1.1 The original version of this Agreement has been drafted in English. Should this Agreement be translated into any other language, the English version shall prevail among the Parties to the fullest extent permitted by Belgian law, provided, however, that whenever translations of certain words or expressions are contained in the original English version of this Agreement, such translations shall be conclusive in determining the Belgian legal concept(s) to which the Parties intended to refer.

 

1.2 Capitalised words used in this Agreement or in its recitals have the meaning ascribed to them in this Agreement.

 

1.3 When using the expressions “shall use its best efforts” or “shall use its best endeavours” (or any similar expression or any derivation thereof) in this Agreement, the Parties intend to refer to the Belgian legal concept of “middelenverbintenis” / “obligation de moyen”.

 

1.4 When using the words “shall cause” or “shall procure that” (or any similar expression or any derivation thereof), the Parties intend to refer to the Belgian law concept of “sterkmaking” / “porte-fort”.

 

1.5 The words “include”, “includes”, including” and all forms and derivations thereof shall mean including but not limited to.

 

2 Capital Increase

 

2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement, the Issuer shall proceed to increase the Issuer’s capital by a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors within the framework of the authorised capital (“toegestane kapitaal”/“capital autorisé”), on the basis of a special board report in accordance with article 7:198 juncto articles 7:179, 7:191 and 7:193 of the Belgian Code of Companies and Associations (a draft of which is attached as Annex 1).

 

2.2 The board of directors of the Issuer shall realise this by way of a capital increase in cash in an aggregate amount of EUR 12,738,632.94, against issuance of 20,162,924 new ordinary shares (the “New Shares”), with cancellation of the preferential subscription rights of the existing shareholders for the benefit of the Subscribers (the “Capital Increase”).

 

2.3 The Capital Increase shall take place on:

 

(i) 15 May 2020, or

 

(ii) if the conditions precedent set forth in Clause 4.1 have not been satisfied or otherwise waived by the Subscribers by the date referred to in paragraph (i), then on the date that is fifteen Business Days (as defined below) after the earliest date that all of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4.1 are either satisfied or waived by the Subscribers.

 

The day on which the Capital Increase shall take place in accordance with this Clause 2.3 shall be referred to as the “Closing Date”. For the purpose of this Agreement, “Business Day” shall mean any calendar day, other than a Saturday or a Sunday, on which banks are generally open for business in Belgium and the United Kingdom.

 

2

 

2.4 The subscription price per New Share (the “Subscription Price”) shall be equal to EUR 0.631785.

 

2.5 All New Shares shall be of the same type and shall enjoy identical rights as the existing ordinary shares in the Issuer and shall fully share in the profits of the Issuer’s current financial year which started on 1 January 2020 and any dividends or other distributions declared on or after the date of this Agreement.

 

2.6 The New Shares shall be initially in the registered form on the Closing Date until the Issuer shall have obtained the admission to trading on the regulated market of Euronext Brussels in accordance with Article 6.6 (the “Admission to Trading”); from the moment after the New Shares have obtained Admission to Trading, they can be converted, at the request of the Subscribers, into dematerialised form.

 

2.7 Following the subscription for the New Shares, the Subscribers shall make such filings and notifications of their respective holding of shares in the Issuer, as shall be required by applicable law, including (but not limited to) the applicable Belgian shareholder transparency rules.

 

3 Subscription commitment

 

On and subject to the terms and conditions set out in this Agreement (including the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4), the Subscribers undertake to the Issuer to subscribe at the Subscription Price for 20,162,924 New Shares on the Closing Date, in the proportions set out in the table below and to fully pay for such New Shares by depositing an aggregate amount of EUR 12,738,632.94 on the blocked bank account in the Issuer’s name as referred to in article 7:195 of the Belgian Code of Companies and Associations (the “Blocked Account”) at the latest on the Closing Date prior to the execution of the notarial deed in respect of the Capital Increase. The Issuer shall notify the details of the aforementioned Blocked Account to the Subscribers at the latest three Business Days prior to the contemplated Closing Date.

 

Subscriber   Number of shares     Subscription amount
MVM V LP     19,755,592     EUR 12,481,286.69
MVM GP (No.5) LP     407,332     EUR 257,346.25

 

4 Conditions precedent

 

4.1 The obligations of the Subscribers set out in Clause 3 are subject to the satisfaction of each of the following conditions precedent:

 

(i) each of respectively Biovest NV and Valiance Holdings Limited, Valiance Life Sciences Growth Investment Fund SICAV-SIF and TopMDx Ltd. having unconditionally and irrevocably undertaken in writing to vote, or having unconditionally and irrevocably voted by correspondence, in favour of the appointment of Eric Bednarski as a new director of the Issuer at the general shareholders’ meeting referred to in Clause 6.1;

 

(ii) the annual accounts of the Issuer for financial year ending 31 December 2019 being drawn up by the board of directors must be in a form without material deviations from the unaudited financial results announced by the Issuer in its press release of 26 February 2020;

 

3

 

(iii) on or before the Closing Date, the Subscribers having received an irrevocable payment instruction from the Issuer in a form reasonably satisfactory to it, authorising and instructing the financial institution where the Blocked Account is held to deduct from the funds in the Blocked Account immediately after the effective realisation of the Capital Increase and the resulting issue of the New Shares on the Closing Date, and prior to any other payment from the Blocked Account, the aggregate amount equal to the fees and expenses of the Subscribers pursuant to Clause 6.5 of this Agreement and to pay such aggregate amount to any account designated by the Subscribers;

 

(iv) each of the representations or warranties made by the Issuer as set out in Clause 7.1 being true or accurate as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date;

 

(v) each of the representations or warranties made by the Issuer as set out in Clause 7.2 being true or accurate in all material respects as of the date of this Agreement;

 

(vi) the Issuer having complied with all of its obligations under this Agreement that have to be complied with on or prior to the Closing Date; and

 

(vii) on or before the Closing Date no event has occurred resulting in the destruction of the Issuer’s molecular diagnostics laboratory facility located in Irvine, California (the “Facility”) or an unplanned discontinuation of the operation of the Facility; for these purposes, an “event” means (a) any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, act of terrorism, the declaration by the United States or the state of California of a national emergency or war or other calamity or crisis; or (b) accidents, fires, explosions, plagues or epidemics, or (c) natural disasters such as but not limited to storm, cyclone, hurricane, earthquake, landslide, flood, drought etc., or (d) any event of a similar nature.

 

4.2 The Issuer shall use its best efforts to ensure the due satisfaction of the conditions precedent that are set out in Clause 4.1 as soon as possible.

 

4.3 The Subscribers may at any time waive in whole or in part any of the conditions precedent set out in Clause 4.1 by written notice to the Issuer, provided, however, that the Subscribers must confirm in writing to the Issuer (with e-mail to the Issuer’s CEO being sufficient) no later than Sunday, 26 April 2020, at 6:00 p.m. Brussels time, whether the condition precedent in paragraph (ii) of Clause 4.1 is waived or satisfied, and that in the absence of such confirmation in writing to the Issuer by that time the condition precedent in in paragraph (ii) of Clause 4.1 shall be irrevocable and definitively deemed satisfied.

 

5 Closing

 

On the Closing Date, the realisation of the Capital Increase, the subscription for the New Shares by the Subscribers and the issuance of the New Shares will be recorded in a notarial deed in accordance with article 7:186 of the Belgian Code of Companies and Associations.

 

6 Issuer’s undertakings

 

6.1 The Issuer shall, subject to the provisions of Clause 8.3, include the appointment, subject to the occurrence of the Capital Increase, of Eric Bednarski as a new director of the Issuer as a proposed resolution on the agenda of a general shareholders’ meeting of the Issuer scheduled to be held within 40 calendar days as from 28 May 2020.

 

4

 

6.2 With effect as from the date of this Agreement and for as long as the Subscribers jointly own 5% of the shares in the Issuer, Subscribers shall have the right to have a non-voting board observer (the “Observer”) at the board of directors of the Issuer. The Observer shall initially be Eric Bednarski and thereafter, as from the appointment of Eric Bednarski as a director, Kyle Dempsey.

 

As long as the Subscribers have the right to have an Observer at the board of directors as aforementioned, the Observer can be replaced at the request of the Subscribers.

 

The Subscribers agree that, upon written request of the Issuer, it will promptly replace the individual serving as Observer if the Observer has been in material breach of the confidentiality, discretion or no-trade commitments referred to above, or if the Observer has a management role or senior position within a significant competitor of the Issuer.

 

The Observer shall have access to the same level of information as a director (including in relation to information that is discussed at the level of the committees of the board of directors), and is entitled to attend meetings of the board of directors of the Issuer.

 

The Subscribers shall procure that the Observer will, prior to receiving any information to be provided to the Observer pursuant to this Agreement, enter into confidentiality, discretion and no-trade commitments in form and substance satisfactory to the Issuer. The Subscribers shall further procure that the Observer shall upon request of the Issuer’s board of directors, in case of a conflict of interest (in the sense of Art. 7:96 of the Belgian Code of Companies and Associations) in respect of any topic discussed on a meeting of any board of directors, leave the meeting for the period during which such topic is discussed.

 

6.3 Subject to the provisions of Clause 8.3, the Issuer’s Board of Directors shall use best efforts to cause the proposal set out in Clause 6.1 to be approved at the Issuer’s general shareholders’ meeting referred to in Clause 6.1 (including by supporting and defending the relevant proposal and recommending that the Issuer’s shareholders approve the relevant proposal). If the proposal set out in Clause 6.1 were not to be adopted at the Issuer’s general shareholders’ meeting referred to in Clause 6.1, the board of directors of the Issuer shall convene, subject to the provisions of Clause 8.3, as soon as reasonably practicable thereafter a special shareholders’ meeting with as agenda the same or a similar proposal to appoint a Subscribers’ representative as a director of the Issuer.

 

The Subscribers acknowledge that the representative that is to be appointed as director pursuant to Clause 6.1 is required to act as any other member of the Issuer’s board of directors with regard to discretion and confidentiality.

 

6.4 As soon as practicable after the appointment of Eric Bednarski as a director in accordance with Clause 6.1, the Issuer’s Board of Directors shall appoint Eric Bednarski as a member of the Issuer’s Nomination and Remuneration Committee and make any other required changes to the committee to ensure compliance with Belgian law.

 

6.5 In consideration of the Subscribers’ commitment of time and personnel and the Subscribers having incurred the expense of instructing advisers in connection with the Subscribers’ contemplated investment in the Capital Increase, the Issuer agrees to pay to the Subscribers on the Closing Date reasonable fees and all expenses of the Subscribers’ legal counsel, as well as any other expense incurred by the Subscribers in relation to the preparation of the Capital Increase, with a maximum of ninety thousand US dollars (USD 90,000) (exclusive of any applicable VAT or sales taxes, but inclusive of other costs and charges) as properly substantiated by appropriate documentation.

 

5

 

6.6 The Issuer undertakes to (i) apply to Euronext Brussels for the Admission to Trading of the New Shares, as soon as practicable after the Closing Date and in any event within 90 days after the Closing Date and (ii) prepare as soon as reasonably possible after the date of this Agreement, and submit as soon as practicable after the Closing Date to the FSMA for timely approval, a listing prospectus prepared in respect of the New Shares in accordance with Article 3(3) of Regulation (EU) 2017/1129 of the European Parliament and of the Council.

 

6.7 The Issuer undertakes that, during the Term (as defined in Clause 8) of this Agreement, neither the board of directors, nor any of its subsidiaries (for which the Issuer procures the result), nor the competent corporate bodies of its subsidiaries (for which the Issuer procures the result), shall:

 

(i) decide on any issuance of shares, subscription rights or convertible bonds in the framework of the authorized capital, other than (x) for the purpose of the Capital Increase, (y) in connection with the grant of subscription rights or stock options to employees, consultants, directors or other members of the personnel of the Issuer and/or its subsidiaries, or otherwise in the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practice, or (z) pursuant to the exercise or conversion of outstanding securities or rights issued by the Issuer prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

(ii) enter into any loan agreement, credit facility, bond issuance or any other form of bank debt financing arrangement in excess of EUR 2,000,000 in the aggregate (other than payment holidays or deferred payment arrangements with suppliers or customers, or similar working capital arrangements);

 

(iii) make any initial or further approach or offer to, entertain any approach or offer from, or enter into or continue discussions or negotiations with, or enter into any agreement with, any other person with a view to the sale or issuance of any shares of the Issuer;

 

(iv) decide on or propose any merger split, transfer or contribution of a branch of activity or universality, any sale or other form of transfer of a substantial part of the business or assets of the Issuer or any of its subsidiaries; and

 

(v) take any initiatives for any share buy-back;

 

except in each case with the prior written approval of the Subscribers, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall restrict the Issuer after the Term to do any transaction or operation, whether as referred to in paragraphs (i) to (v) or otherwise.

 

6.8 The Issuer undertakes, as soon as practicable after the appointment of Eric Bednarski as a director in accordance with Clause 6.1, to (i) add Eric Bednarski to the Issuer’s existing D&O insurance and (ii) procure that the Issuer’s US subsidiary, MDxHealth, Inc., will enter into indemnification agreements directly with Eric Bednarski to indemnify him, to the greatest extent permitted by law, for liabilities to the extent that they may arise from, or claims therefor which are based on, US-associated activities of the US subsidiary or the Issuer, including any claims based on a theory of derivative liability in the right of the US subsidiary.

 

6

 

7 Representations and warranties

 

7.1 The Issuer represents and warrants to the Subscribers on and as of the date of this Agreement and on and as of the Closing Date (as if the representations and warranties had been repeated on that date) that:

 

7.1.1 it is duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Belgium, with full power and authority to conduct its business and is not in violation of any of the provisions of its organisational documents;

 

7.1.2 (a) it has 70,528,525 ordinary shares outstanding, (b) it has a maximum of 6,328,687 subscription rights (inschrijvingsrechten) outstanding that give right to the acquisition of ordinary shares upon their exercise or conversion, and (c) it entered into an “Agreement for the Provision of Several Convertible Loans”, dated 23 September 2019, with Kreos Capital VI (UK) Limited (“Kreos”), which allows Kreos to subscribe for up to 741,177 ordinary shares (subject to the adjustments provided for in such agreement), such that (subject to the foregoing provisions) its fully diluted share capital would be represented by a maximum of 77,598,389 ordinary shares, not taking into account the New Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement;

 

7.1.3 it has taken all necessary corporate and/or regulatory actions to authorise the execution and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and such execution and performance do not and will not conflict with or constitute a default or breach under any provision of (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party, (ii) its organisational documents, or (iii) any law, regulation or stock exchange rule;

 

7.1.4 it has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Issuer enforceable in accordance with its terms;

 

7.1.5 the New Shares, when issued and paid for in accordance with this Agreement, will be validly and duly issued and fully paid shares of the only class of shares of the Issuer in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Issuer’s organisational documents and Belgian law; and

 

7.1.6 all necessary consents, authorisations, notification, actions or things required to be taken, fulfilled or done under Belgian law for the carrying out by the Issuer of the actions contemplated by this Agreement or the compliance by the Issuer with the terms of this Agreement will be in full force and effect (except in relation to the Admission to Trading of the New Shares).

 

7.2 The Issuer represents and warrants to the Subscribers on and as of the date of this Agreement that:

 

7.2.1 there has been no material change in the Issuer’s business since its 2018 Annual Report which would be reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect, save as previously publicly disclosed;

 

7.2.2 the information that has been publicly disclosed by the Issuer contains (taken as a whole) all material information reasonably necessary to enable investors to make an informed assessment of the risks involved in the investment in shares of the Issuer, the assets and liabilities, financial position, profits and losses and prospects of the Issuer and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole);

 

7

 

7.2.3 except for the existence of this Agreement, it does not have at the date of entry into this Agreement any inside information (within the meaning of the Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 16 April 2014 on market abuse) concerning the Issuer that has not been publicly disclosed (irrespective of any legal basis to delay disclosure to the public thereof);

 

7.2.4 it has not received any form of formal and/or informal correspondence or other communication from the Palmetto GBA Molecular Diagnostic Services (MolDx) Program, Medicare, other governmental authorities or their respective representatives that the draft Local Coverage Determination (“LCD”) of SelectMDx may be materially to the detriment of the Issuer altered, delayed or rejected, with the exception of alterations that were requested by the Issuer;

 

7.2.5 it has not within the 24 months preceding the date of this Agreement received any notification from a contracting party that such contracting party will amend or change the payment obligations of the Issuer’s existing material contracts to the detriment of the Issuer, save for such amendments or changes that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

7.2.6 it has no knowledge of any ongoing litigation or of a threat of litigation, save for such litigation or threatened litigation that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

7.2.7 it has not been informed of any investigations, audit findings, deficiencies or negative outcomes related to laboratory investigations, regulatory certifications, accreditations or compliance matters from state organizations, federal organizations, CMS, the Clinical Laboratory Improvements Amendments (“CLIA”) or the College of American Pathologists (“CAP”) that, to its knowledge, remain open or ongoing, save for such investigations, audit findings, deficiencies or negative outcomes that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

7.2.8 it has not been informed of any audits or investigations related to coverage, claim eligibility or payment review of claims in relation to ConfirmMDx and/or SelectMDx that, to its knowledge, remain open or ongoing, save for such audits or investigations that would not have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

7.2.9 it has not been informed of any adverse future changes to its Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) reimbursable amounts or to its contracted reimbursable amounts with commercial payers, except for any such changes that would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and

 

7.2.10 it has not been informed of any lawsuits or adversarial proceedings related to patents, freedom-to-operate, validity of claims, inventorship, or infringement for SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx, and is not aware of any issued or pending patents that would limit the Issuer’s freedom to operate in the preparation, processing or execution of the SelectMDx and ConfirmMDx tests. The scope of the issued claims of each of the issued US patents (7,252,935 and 7,524,633 and 6,596,488) would prevent an unlicensed third party from practicing the current commercial form of the ConfirmMDx test without infringing one or more claims thereof. The scope of the issued claims of issued US patent (10,329,625) would prevent an unlicensed third party from practicing the current commercial form of the SelectMDx test without infringing one or more claims thereof.

 

For the purposes of this Clause 7.2, “Material Adverse Effect” means any material adverse effect on, or any development resulting in a material adverse effect on, the Issuer’s future consolidated earnings and equity, provided, however, that the following shall not be considered as having a Material Adverse Effect: (A) the outbreak or pandemic of the SARS-CoV-2 virus and/or Covid-19 or, (B) the actions taken by governments or other authorities to counter the SARS-CoV-2 virus and/or Covid-19, and (C) the worsening of, respectively, this outbreak or pandemic, the consequences thereof or the measures taken to counter them.

 

8

 

7.3 Each of the Subscribers represent and warrant to the Issuer on and as of the date of this Agreement and on and as of the Closing Date (as if the representations and warranties had been repeated on that date) that:

 

7.3.1 it has taken all necessary corporate and/or regulatory actions to authorise the execution and the performance of its obligations under this Agreement and such execution and performance do not and will not conflict with or constitute a default or breach under any provision of (i) any agreement or instrument to which it is a party or (ii) its organisational documents;

 

7.3.2 it has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations under this Agreement and this Agreement constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Subscriber enforceable in accordance with its terms; and

 

7.3.3 except for the New Shares that it will subscribe for pursuant to this Agreement, it does not have at the date of this Agreement any shares in the Issuer or other right to acquire such Shares.

 

7.4 The representations and warranties in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect despite any completion of the arrangement for the issue and subscription of the New Shares under this Agreement.

 

7.5 Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 7.4, the Issuer shall have no liability to the Subscribers for indemnification under a claim for breach of any of the representations and warranties made by the Issuer pursuant to Clauses 7.1 and 7.2, unless a claim for indemnification is notified by the Subscribers in writing to the Issuer:

 

7.5.1 prior to the expiry of the statute of limitations provided for by applicable law in relation to claims based on a breach of the representations and warranties made by the Issuer pursuant to Clause 7.1; and

 

7.5.2 within 18 months as from the Closing Date in relation to claims based on a breach of the representations and warranties made by the Issuer pursuant to Clause 7.2.

 

8 Term

 

8.1 Without prejudice to Clauses 6.1 to 6.6 and Clauses 7.4 and 7.5 which shall (subject to what is stated in such clauses) survive the termination of this Agreement, this Agreement is entered for a term (the “Term”) starting on the date of this Agreement and ending on the earlier of:

 

(i) the Closing Date, and

 

(ii) in any event on 30 June 2020 if the Capital Increase has not occurred by that date.

 

9

 

8.2 The termination of this Agreement shall not affect any accrued rights or liabilities in respect of damages for non-performance of obligations under this Agreement falling due for performance prior to such termination (including but not limited to any recourse for failure of the Issuer to comply with Clause 6.6).

 

8.3 It is expressly agreed and understood that:

 

8.3.1 the Subscribers no longer have the right to an Observer if the Capital Increase has not occurred within the Term;

 

8.3.2 the Issuer has the right to remove the proposed appointment of Eric Bednarski as a new director of the Issuer if the Capital Increase has not occurred by the date that the general shareholders’ meeting of the Issuer referred to in Clause 6.1 is scheduled to be held; and

 

8.3.3 the undertakings of the Issuer set out in Clauses 6.1 and 6.3 shall no longer apply if the Capital Increase has not occurred prior to the expiry of the Term.

 

9 Miscellaneous

 

9.1 Disclosure

 

The Subscribers hereby consent to the disclosure of this Agreement in (i) the press release which shall be issued by the Issuer upon the entry into this Agreement and (ii) in the listing prospectus that will be published in the respect of the New Shares, provided in each case that the Issuer shall consult in advance with the Subscribers on the wording of such disclosure.

 

9.2 Confidentiality

 

9.2.1 The existence, subject matter and content of this Agreement are confidential. Subject to Clause 9.1, each Party is prohibited from disclosing all or any part of this Agreement, or even its existence, or any information received by such Party from another Party in the framework of this Agreement, at any time.

 

9.2.2 Clause 9.2.1 shall not prohibit disclosure or use of any information if and to the extent that:

 

(i) The disclosure or use is necessary in order to allow any Party to comply with any legal or regulatory requirement to make any announcement or to provide information to any public authority provided, however, that such Party shall consult with each other Party in respect of (a) the information that it intends to disclose in order to comply with such legal requirement and (b) the manner in which such information will be disclosed;

 

(ii) The disclosure or use is required for the purpose of any judicial or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement;

 

(iii) The disclosure is made to professional advisers of any Party on condition that such professional advisers undertake to comply with the provisions of Clause 9.2.1 in respect of such information as if they were a party to this Agreement;

 

(iv) The information is or becomes publicly available (other than as a result of any breach by such Party of this Agreement);

 

10

 

(v) The information becomes available to the Party bound by this Clause 9.2 from a source which is not bound by any obligation of confidentiality in relation to such information (as can be demonstrated by such Party’s written records and other reasonable evidence); or

 

(vi) The other Parties have given prior written approval to the disclosure or use.

 

9.2.3 The Parties shall take all necessary actions to ensure that no accidental or unauthorised disclosure of the existence or occurrence of this Agreement occurs.

 

9.3 Severability

 

9.3.1 If any provision in this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, under any applicable law, then such provision or part of it shall be deemed not to form part of this Agreement, and the legality, validity or enforceability of the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected.

 

9.3.2 In such case, each Party shall use its best efforts to immediately negotiate in good faith a valid replacement provision that is as close as possible to the original intention of the Parties and has the same or as similar as possible economic effect.

 

9.4 Assignment of rights and obligations

 

The Parties may not assign any of its rights or transfer any of the obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other Party.

 

9.5 Further assurance

 

Each of the Parties shall use reasonable efforts to take all actions and do all things necessary, proper or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

9.6 Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter. It replaces and annuls all prior agreements, communications, offers, proposals or correspondence, oral or written, exchanged or concluded between the parties relating to the same subject matter.

 

9.7 Applicable law

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it shall be governed by and construed in accordance with Belgian law.

 

11

 

9.8 Jurisdiction

 

The Dutch speaking courts of Brussels have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement (including a dispute relating to non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement).

 

9.9 Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, in the number of originals stated hereinafter. When taken together, the counterparts signed by all parties shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

[NEXT PAGE IS SIGNATURE PAGE]

 

12

 

Done on 24 April 2020, in three (3) originals. Each Party acknowledges receipt of its own original.

 

MDxHealth SA:

 

/s/ Koen Hoffman   /s/ Michael McGarrity

 

Name: Koen Hoffman

 

Title: Chair

 

 

Name: Michael McGarrity

 

Title: CEO

 

13

 

MVM V LP, represented by its manager MVM Partners LLP:

 

/s/ Neil Akhurst   /s/ Thomas Casdagli

 

Name: Neil Akhurst

 

Title: Member

 

 

Name: Thomas Casdagli

 

Title: Member

 

MVM GP (No. 5) LP, represented by its manager MVM Partners LLP:

 

/s/ Neil Akhurst   /s/ Thomas Casdagli

 

Name: Neil Akhurst

 

Title: Member

 

 

Name: Thomas Casdagli

 

Title: Member

 

14

Exhibit 21.1

 

MDxHealth SA Subsidiaries

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
MDxHealth Inc   Delaware
MDxHealth BV   The Netherlands
MDxHealth Servicelab BV   The Netherlands
MDxHealth Research BV   The Netherlands

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

MDxHealth SA

Herstal, Belgium

 

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated August 6, 2021, in the Registration Statement (Form F-1) and related Prospectus of MDxHealth, SA dated October 13, 2021.

 

BDO Réviseurs d’Entreprises SRL

On behalf of it,

/s/ Bert Kegels

 

Zaventem, Belgium 

October 13, 2021